Skip to main content

Full text of "Indian Tertiary and post Tertiary Vertebrata"

See other formats


'ow-'  '4 

''4'/ 


i'^ 


m 


^ im- 


sa; 


h ' ■ ■•f  !'  ' . 

:■>  ".""O'' 


■d 


.«  >; ., 


' ty  ' 


v>\'^ .'  '■ 

'IV.UZ 

Jii; 


y: 


:.y 


.'(yy, 


T.  -tAr. 


MEMOIRS 


OF  THE 


GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY  OF  INDIA. 


BEING 


FIGURES  AND  DESCRIPTIONS  OF  THE  ORGANIC  REMAINS  PROCURED  DURING 
THE  PROGRESS  OF  THE  GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY  OF  INDIA. 


PUBLISHED  BY  OKDEP.  OF  HIS  EXCELLENCY  THE  GOVERNOR  GENERAL  OF  INDIA  IN  COUNCIL. 


Ser.  X. 

INDIAN  TERTIARY  AND  POST-TERTIARY  VERTEBRATA. 


Pt.  i,  1874 —RHINOCEROS  DECCANENSIS.-By  R.  B.  FOOTE,  F.G.S.,  Geological  Sarveg 
of  India.  * 

Pt.  ii,  1876.— MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OP  MAMMALIA; 

Pt.  iii,  1878.-CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS; 

Pt.  iv,  1880.— SUPPLEMENT  TO  CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS ; 

Pt.  V,  1880.— SIW ALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA.— By  R.  LYDEKKER,  B.A., 


Geological  Survey  of  India. 


CALCUTTA: 


OFFICE  OF  SUPERINTENDENT  OF  GOVERNMENT  PRINTING; 
GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY  OFFICE,  AND  BY  ALL  BOOKSELLERS; 
LONDON:  TRUBNER  & CO. 


MDCCCLXXX. 


FEINTED  AX  THE  OFFICE  OF  SCPEEINTENHBIfT  OF  GOVBBNMEKT  PKINIING,  HASTINGS  STBEBT,  CALCUTTA. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS, 


Page. 


Peeface  . . . . . . . . - . • • . vii 

List  of  Plates  . . . ........  xxi 

List  of  Abbreviations  used,  and  works  and  memoirs  quoted  ......  xxiii 

‘ Corrigenda  and  Addenda  xxix 

Part  I.  Ehinoceros  deccanensis,  by  E.  B.  Foote,  F.  G.  S.  . . . . • • 1 

„ II.  Molar  teeth  and  other  remains  of  Mammalia,  by  E.  Lydekker,  B.A.  ...  19 

Introductory  remarks  ...........  19 

Rhinoceros,  remarks  on  ..........  21 

„ 'palceindicus  22 

„ sivalensis  26 

„ platyrhinus  '29 

„ iiamadicus  (=  indicus)  ........  32 

„ iravadicus  ..........  36 

„ 'planidens  Acerotlierium  ■perimense)  .......  41 

„ sp.  var.  . . * . . . . . . . • .43 

Acerotherium  ' . . . . ...  . . . . .51 

„ perimense  ..........  51 

Vishnutherium  iravadicum  ...  . . . . . . . .55 


57 

58 

59 

60 
61 
62 
62 
64 

64 

65 
67 

69 

70 


„ pentapotamice  . . . . . . . .70 

Dinotheriiim  . . . . . , . . . . .72 

„ pentapotamice  . . ...  . . . . . . 

Sunitherium  , . . . . . . . . . . .76 

„ schlagintweitii  . . . . . . - . .76 

List  of  fossil  Indian  Saina  . . . . . . . . .78 

Tetraconodon  . . . . . . . ...  .78 

„ magnum  ..........  79 

Manis  . . . . . . . . . .82 

„ sindiemis  . . . . . . . . , .82 

Amphicyo-n  palceindicus  ..........  84 


Camelopardalis 

„ sivalensis 

Rramatherium 

„ perimense 

Camelus  sivalensis 
Dorcatherium 

„ majus  . 

„ minus  . 

Cervus 

„ latidens 

„ triplidens 

simj)licidens  . 
Listriodon 


A 


IV 


TABLE  OE  CONTENTS. 


Part  TIL  Crania  of  Euminants,  from  the  Indian  Tertiakies,  by  E.  Lydekker 
Introductory  remarks  ........ 

List  of  Indian  Tertiary  Euminants  ...... 

Jios  . . ...... 

„ namadicus  ....... 

„ planifrons  . . . , . . 

„ acutifrom  .....  ... 

„ flatyrhinus  ...... 

Bison  .......... 

„ sivalensis  ...  ..... 

Buhalus  . . . . . . . . 


,,  platyceros 

„ jpalceindicus 

Perihos 

„ occipitalis  (=  Semihos  occipitalis) 
Hemibos  .... 

„ triquetriceros  (=  S.  acuticornis) 

Amphihos  .... 

„ acuticornis  {=  Hemibos  sp.) 

Antilope  .... 

„ sivalensis 

„ patulicornis  . 

„ porrecticornis 

Hydaspitherium 


„ megacephalum 

Homology  of  horns  of  Sivatheridce  and  Camelopardalis 
Capra  .... 


sivalensis 

perimensis 


IV.  Supplement  TO  Crania  of  Euminants,  by 

Introduction  .... 

Bos  planifrons  and  B.  acutifrons 
Bubalus  platyceros 
Hemibos  .... 

„ occipitalis 

„ acuticornis 

„ antilopinus 

Leptohos  falconeri 
,,  frazeri 

Bramatherium  perimense 
Hydaspitherium  grande  and  leptognathus 
Bucapra  daviesii 
List  of  Indian  Tertiary  Euminants 

V.  SiwALiK  AND  Narbada  Proboscidia,  by  I 
Dentition  and  affinites  of  the  Hinotheridm 
Binotherium  pentapotamice 

„ indicum 

„ sindiense 

Dentition  of  the  Elephantidce 
Mastodon 

„ falconeri 
„ pandionis 


R.  Lydekker 


Lydekker 


Page. 

88 

88 

92 

95 

95 

100 

112 

119 

122 

122 

127 

127 

132 

141 

141 

145 

145 

150 

150 

154 

154 

157 

158 

159 
1591 
166 
169 

169 

170 

171 

172 

172 
17a 

173 

174  ,, 
174  i 
176 
178 

178 

179 
179 

179 

180 
180 
182 
182 
183 
192 
196 
198 
202 
202 
213 


TABLE  OF  OONffENTS. 


V 


\i‘  I 

yfpiU 

Mastodon  latidens 
„ perimensis 
„ sivalensis 
Elephas 
Stegodon 

„ cliftii 

- „ hombifrons 

„ insignis 

„ ganesa 

Loxodon 

„ planifrons 

Euelephas 

„ hysudricus 

„ namadicus . 

Table  of  dimensions  of  molars  of  Indian  Mastodons  . 

„ „ „ Stegodons 

,,  Recent  and  fossil  Proboscidia  .... 

Table  showing  the  number  of  ridges  in  the  molars  of  the  Proboscidia 
Conclusion  ........ 

References  to  non-Indian  species  of  fossil  Proboscidia 

Appendix  . . ..... 


Page. 

227 

239 

248 

250 

250 

250 

262 

268 

273 

275 

275 

278 

287 

280 

282 

282 

283 

284 

286 

289 

292 


V ' 


INDIAN  TERTIARY  AND  POST-TERTIARY  VERTERRATA. 

VoL.  I. 


PREFACE. 


In  completing  this  first  volume  of  the  series  of  the  “ Palseontologia  Indica,”  entitled 
“ Indian  Tertiary  and  Post-Tertiary  Vertehrata,”  I avail  myself  of  the  opportunity 
afforded  of  making  certain  corrections  and  additions,  which  subsequent  investigations 
have  rendered  necessary,  in  regard  to  some  of  the  descriptions.  I may  mention 
that  at  tlie  time  of  publication  of  the  second  fasciculus,  there  were  contained  in  the 
Indian  Museum  only  very  fragmentary  remains  of  many  species,  now  represented 
by  a much  larger  and  more  complete  series  : by  the  help  of  these  more  ample  mate- 
rials, I am  now  enabled  in  several  cases  to  correct  certain  errors  into  which  I had 
previously  fallen.  I may  further  add  that  had  I had  any  idea,  at  the  time  of  publi- 
cation of  that  fasciculus,  that  the  Indian  Museum  was  at  all  likely  to  obtain  such 
a magnificent  collection  of  Siwalik  vertebrate  fossils  as  now  enrich  its  cases,  I 
should  not  have  described  remains  of  different  orders  in  the  heterogeneous  manner 
in  which  they  are  there  placed,  hut  should  have  devoted  a fasciculus  to  each  order 
or  sub-order,  as  has  been  subsequently  done. 

I cannot  hut  regret  that  the  execution  of  many  of  the  plates  in  the  second  and 
tliird  fascicuh  is  so  poor ; it  was,  however,  the  best  that  could  be  done  at  the  time. 
A change  in  our  arrangements  has  produced  better  results  in  the  last  fasciculus. 
Three  of  the  worst  of  the  earlier  plates  have  been  reissued  with  the  fourth  and 
fifth  fasciculi. 

In  the  references  given  below,  and  also  in  the  index  to  the  volume,  the  number 
of  the  pages  refers  to  the  continuous  paging  of  the  volume,  and  not  to  the  separate 
paging  of  the  five  component  parts.^  The  plates,  with  the  exception  of  the  first 
three,  have  the  same  heading,  “ Tertiary  Mammalia,’’  as  forming  one  continuous 
series  of  illustrations  of  mammalian  remains.  The  measurements  given  in  this 
volume  are  all  in  inches  and  tenths. 

^ In  the  first  fasciculus,  there  is  of  course  only  one  system  of  paging ; in  the  second,  the  volume  numbering  is  at 
the  bottom  of  each  page  ; and  in  the  succeeding  parts,  on  the  outer  side  of  the  part  numbering. 


Vlll 


PEEPACE. 


The  first  fasciculus  of  this  volume  bears  a different  serial  title  from  the  suc- 
ceeding fasciculi ; this  discrepancy  is  owing  to  the  circumstance,  that  at  the  time 
of  the  publication  of  the  first  fasciculus,  there  was  no  idea  entertained,  that  the  Indian 
Museum  was  likely  to  acquire  the  large  collection  of  Siwalik  fossils  which  are  now 
exhibited  in  its  cases. 

In  the  introductory  remarks  to  the  second  fasciculus,  it  was  stated  that  the  fourth 
fasciculus  would  be  devoted  to  the  description  of  the  remains  of  Carnivora,  and  that 
a classified  synopsis  of  the  fossil  Mammalia  of  South-Eastern  Asia  would  he  ap- 
pended. Since  the  publication  of  the  second  fasciculus  the  collection  of  fossil 
Proboscidia  in  the  Indian  Museum  has  increased  to  such  an  unexpected  extent,  that 
it  has  afforded  ample  materials  for  a large  fasciculus  of  itself  : the  collection  of  fossil 
Carnivora,  on  the  other  hand,  is  still  very  imperfect,  and  its  description  has  accord- 
ingly been  postponed : the  publication  of  the  synopsis  has  likewise  been  deferred. 

No  strict  systematic  arrangement  has  been  adopted  in  the  second,  thu’d,  and 
fourth  fasciculi,  many  of  the  specimens  having  been  obtained  while  the  work  was  still 
in  progress,  and  described  out  of  their  proper  serial  succession  : in  the  fourth  fasci- 
culus the  same  arrangement  of  the  ruminants  has  been  adopted  as  in  the  third,  for 
convenience  of  reference.  Similarly  in  the  lists  of  ruminants  given  on  pages  92  and 
ISO,  the  same  grouping  has  been  adopted : the  reader  will  understand,  therefore, 
that  the  arrangement  in  those  lists  is  in  no  wis'e  a systematic  one . in  a systematic 
list  the  goats  and  sheep  would  of  course  be  placed  with  the  other  Camcornia.  In 
the  last  fasciculus,  where  the  materials  were  all  at  hand  at  the  commencement  of 
tlie  work,  a strictly  systematic  arrangement  has  been  adopted. 

Ehinoceros  deccanensis. — Professor  Elower^  classes  this  species  under  the 
generic,  or  suh-generic,  division  Atelodus,  in  which  are  included  the  living 
B.  Ucornis  and  B.  simus  of  Africa,  and  the  fossil  B.  pachygnathus,  B.  etruscm, 
B.  leptorhmus,  B.  hemitcechus,  and  B.  tichorhinus  of  Europe.  The  lower  jaw 
figured  in  Plate  LXXIV,  fig.  6,  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  under  the 
name  of  B.  sivalensis,^  seems  also  to  indicate  an  animal  belonging  to  the  same 
group. 

Narbada  Ehinoceros. — A recent  re-examination  of  the  two  upper  molars  of 
a rhinoceros  from  the  pleistocene  rocks  of  the  Narbada  valley,  figured  on  Plate  IV, 
figs.  5 and  6,  of  this  volume,  and  described  on  page  32  under  the  name  of  BJiino- 
ceros  namadicus^  has  convinced  me  that  these  teeth  are  specifically  indistinguish- 
able from  those  of  the  living  B.  indicus,  the  very  slight  differences  which  I pointed 
out  as  existing  between  the  recent  and  fossil  last  molars  not  being  more  than  indi- 
vidual varieties.  If,  therefore,  the  similarity  in  the  teeth  can  he  relied  on,  we 

^ Proc.  Zool.  Soc.,  1876,  p.  457. 

2 Althougli  in  the  text  I have  adopted  Falconer’s  determination  of  the  lower  jaws  of  the  Siwalik  Ehinocerotes,  I 
am  quite  unacquainted  with  the  grounds  on  which  such  determinations  were  made. 

® The  name  R.  namadicus  of  Falconer  occurs'  in  the  introduction  to  the  “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  (Pal.  Mem., 
Vol.  I,  p.  21),  and  was,  I believe,  as  stated  in  the  sequel,  applied  to  limb-bones  from  the  Narbada. 


PREPACE. 


ix 

have  evidence  of  the  existence  of  R.  indicus  in  the  pleistocene  of  India, ^ contem- 
poraneously with  the  extinct  mammals. 

I cannot  discover  the  history  of  the  two  molars  under  discussion : when  I joined 
the  Geological  Survey,  they,  in  company  with  other  fossils,  were  in  the  Museum  of 
the  Survey  and  were  labelled  “ Nerhudda  valley.”  Both  teeth  are  in  a highly 
mineralised  condition,  and  the  earlier  one  (fig.  6),  is  embedded  in  a block  of  hard 
brown  clayey  sandstone,  like  many  other  Narbada  specimens  ; I have  therefore  no 
doubt  as  to  their  origin. 

An  ultimate  upper  molar  of  R.  indicus  has  been  obtained  by  Mr.  Eoote  from 
the  alluvium  of  Madras,  showing,  in  conjunction  with  the  Narbada  specimens,  that 
the  former  geographical  range  of  the  species  must  have  been  very  extensive.^ 

A right  humerus  of  a fossil  rhinoceros  from  the  Narbada,  in  the  collection  of 
the  Indian  Museum,  differs  considerably  in  form  from  the  corresponding  bone  of 
R.  indicus,  and  would,  therefore,  seem  to  indicate  tlie  former  existence  of  a second 
Narbada  species.  If  the  species  should  eventually  turn  to  be  distinct,  the  name  of 
R.  namadicus  might  be  appHed  to  it : the  name  is  provisionally  retained  in  the  list 
of  species  of  Rhinoceros  given  below,  in  order  to  mark  the  existence  of  a second 
Narbada  species. 

SiwALiK  Bhinocerotid^. — Since  the  publication  of  the  second  fasciculus  of 
this  volume,  in  which  the  teeth  of  the  Indian  fossil  species  of  Rhinoceros  were 
treated  of,  as  far  as  my  materials  then  went.  Professor  Brandff  has  published 
a synopsis  of  the  living  and  fossil  species  of  Rhinoceros,  in  which  he  has  arrived  at 
conclusions,  which  appear  to  me  unaccountable,  in  regard  to  Falconer’s  three  species 
of  Siwalik  Rhinoceros.  On  page  39  of  that  memoir,  R.  sivalensis  and  R.  palcein- 
dicus  are  considered  as  being  specifically  identical  with  R.  indicus  {unicornis) ; 
no  reasons,  however,  are  given  for  this  union  of  the  three  species,  except  a vague 
remark  of  the  late  Mr.  Blyth,  to  the  effect  that  there  is  a great  resemblance  in 
the  form  of  the  skulls  of  the  three  forms.  Professor  Brandt  appears  to  have 
entirely  overlooked  the  characters  of  the  molars  of  the  three  species.  The  molars 
of  R.  mdicus  are  characterized  by  their  complex  structure,  that  is  to  say,  they  are 
furnished  with  a -‘combing-plate”  and  a “ crochet,”  or,  in  other  words,  the  second 
main  internal  column  is  connected  with  the  outer  wall  of  the  tooth  by  a continuous 
ridge  of  enamel,  and  when  the  tooth  becomes  worn  there  are  at  least  three  islands, 
or  f ossettes,  on  the  crown : further,  the  external  surface  of  the  tooth  runs  nearly 
parallel  to  the  long  axis  of  the  crown  and  is  not  produced  into  a buttress  at  the 
antero-external  angle.  The  three  fossettes  on  the  worn  crown  are  situated  nearly 

‘ A single  upper  molar  in  the  Indian  Museum,  collected  by  Mr.  Hacket  in  the  Narbada  deposits,  is  indistinguish- 
able  from  the  corresponding  tooth  of  the  living  Cervus  (Rucervus)  duvaucellii,  indicating  the  existence  of  another 
living  mammal  in  the  pleistocene. 

^ I regret  that  the  execution  of  the  figures  of  the  Narbada  specimens  is  so  defective,  not  giving  at  all  a fair  idea 
of  their  form. 

3 Mem.  de  I’Acad.  Imp.  des.  Sci.  de  St.  Pet.,  Ser.  VII.  Vol.  XXVI,  No.  5. 


X 


PEERAGE . 


in  the  same  line,  and  parallel  to  the  antero-posterior  axis  of  the  crown.  In  MMno- 
ceros  sivalemis,  on  the  other  hand  (as  is  well  shown  in  the  upper  molar  figured 
in  Plate  Y,  fig.  5 of  this  volume),  there  is  no  combing-plate,  and  the  crochet 
is  quite  unconnected  with  the  outer  wall  of  the  tooth ; consequently  when  the  tooth 
is  worn  down,  there  are  normally  not  more  than  two  fossettes^  on  the  crown  (as  is 
well  shown  in  fig.  6 of  Plate  LXXIV  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ”),  while 
the  antero-external  angle  of  the  tooth  is  produced  into  a large  buttress  (shown 
well  in  my  figure).  The  teeth  of  JR.  sumatrensis  are  of  the  same  type,  but  that 
species  is  distinguished  from  JR.  sivalemis  by  having  two  horns  in  place  of  one  horn. 

The  true  molars  and  premolars  of  JR.  palceindicus  (I  am  here  doing  little 
more  than  repeating  the  matter  given  in  the  text  of  this  volume),  likewise  never 
have  a combing-plate  (though  from  specimens  lately  acquired  by  the  Indian 
Museum,  as  well  as  from  the  young  skuU  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  LXXIY  of 
the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ”),  it  appears  that  the  milk-molars  are,  at  all  events 
sometimes,  furnished  with  one.  In  the  adult  dentition  (as  is  shown  in  fig.  2«  of 
Plate  LXXIV  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”)  there  are  normally  three  fossettes 
on  the  worn  crown  of  each  tooth,  at  some  period  of  its  wear : these  three  fossettes  are 
not,  however,  placed  in  the  same  antero-posterior  line,  as  in  R.  indicus,  but  the 
middle  one  is  placed  somewhat  externally  to  the  other  two  (“  Eauna  Antiqua  Siva- 
lensis”, Plate  LXXIY,  fig.  2a,  Plate  LXXY,  fig.  1),  being  cut  off  from  the  end 
of  the  main  valley,  and  not  from  the  hinder  side  of  it.  Einally,  there  is  no  distinct 
buttress  in  the  true  molars  of  JR.  palceindicus  (“  Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  Plate 
LXXIV,  fig.  2a)  as  in  R.  sivalensis,  the  outer  surface  of  each  molar  being  nearly 
flat  in  the  former  species.  In  treating  of  Rhinoceros  palceindicus  at  page  24s  of 
this  volume,  I noticed  a young  cranium  of  that  species,  which  is  figured  in  the 
‘‘Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” (Plate  LXXIY,  fig.  1),  and  of  which  there  is  a cast 
in  the  Indian  Museum.  In  noticing  this  cranium  in  the  description  of  the  plate. 
Dr.  Ealconer  observes  : “ Very  perfect  specimen  of  cranium  with  both  zygomatic 
arches  entire.  Shows  two  molars  and  two  posterior  premolars  on  either  side.  The 
third  molar  is  still  in  germ.”  Erom  the  mention  of  premolars  by  Dr.  Ealconer,  it 
is  quite  evident  that  he  considered  the  specimen  as  showing  the  permanent  dentition^ 
and  in  my  notice  of  the  cranium,  I naturally  followed  this  identification.  If,  how- 
ever, we  refer  to  the  figure  of  the  cranium  in  question  in  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis,”  we  shall  see  that  the  last  tooth  is  less  worn  than  the  thud,  or  any  of 
the  preceding  teeth.  On  Ealconer’s  supposition,  the  third  tooth,  being  the  first  true 
molar,  should  have  been  more  worn  than  the  second  tooth,  or  last  premolar.  Again, 
had  the  second  tooth  been  the  last  premolar,  and  being  as  much  worn  as  it  is,  the 
last  true  molar  would  have  been  in  use;  further,  the  first  tooth  is  quite  unlike 
a second  premolar.  Erom  the  above,  it  will  be  quite  evident  that  the  four  teeth 
in  Ealconer’s  cranium  really  are  the  four  milk-molars.  There  is  therefore  no  abnor- 

* A broken  skull,  probably  belonging  to  this  species,  in  the  Indian  Museum  shows  three  fossettes  on  the  two 
middle  premolars,  but  none  on  the  true  molars  or  last  premolar. 


PREFACE. 


XI 


mality  in  the  dental  series  oP  this  species,  as  was  the  case  according  to  Dr.  Ealconer’s 
supposition,  and  the  permanent  dental  formula  given  on  prge  24  must  now  he 
made  to  stand  as  follows^ : — 

0— ? C ~ P — M — 

J-  1_1  0—0  3—3  3-3 

The  table  of  measurements  of  the  molars  will  also  require  the  alteration  of 
their  names,  and  will  read  as  follows  : — 


Length  of  1st  milk-molar 
„ of  2nd  „ 

„ of  3rd  „ 

„ of  4th  „ 

Width  of  1st  milk-molar 
,,  of  2nd  „ 

„ of  3rd  „ 

„ of  4th  „ 


In. 

. 1-10 
. 1-65 
. 1-90 
. ^2-20 
. ‘o-89 
. 1-50 
. 1-8.5 
. 1-90 


Professor  Brandt,  in  identifying  H.  sivalensis  with  E.  palcRindicus,  overlooks 
the  above  differences  in  the  dentition,  as  vi'ell  as  the  differences  in  the  crania. 
E.  sivalensis  (“  Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  Plate  LXXIII,  fig.  2a)  has  the  summit 
of  the  occiput  and  parietals  raised  to  a much  higher  point  than  in  E.  palceindicus 
{Ibid.,  fig.  la) ; the  interval  between  the  nasals  and  maxillae  is  much  narrower  in 
the  former  than  in  the  latter ; E.  'palceindicus  is  further  distinguished  by  its  broader 
forehead.  Both  species  agree  in  being  unicorn. 

On  page  44  of  the  same  memoir,  Professor  Brandt  classes  the  Siwalik  E.  platy- 
rhinus  with  E.  sv.matrensis,  in  the  genus,  or  sub-genus  Ceratorhinus  of  Gray,  ap- 
parently merely  on  the  grounds  that  both  species  were  furnished  with  two  horns. 
Now,  the  molars  of  E.  platyrlnnus  are  of  the  complex  type  (as  is  explained  in  the 
text)  of  E.  indicus  and  E.  tichorJiinus,  and  not  of  the  simple  type  of  E.  sumatrensis. 
The  descriptions  given  in  the  text  vdll  amply  show  the  distinctness  of  the  two 
species  above  mentioned,  and  there  are  now  additional  materials  in  the  Indian 
Museum  which  still  further  illustrate  the  dentition  of  the  fossil  species,  and  which 
I hope  to  bring  to  notice  on  a future  occasion.  As  evidence  apart  from  the  upper 
molars,  the  occurrence  of  three  distinct  forms  of  mandible  of  Ehinoceros  (apart  from 
Acerotherium  perimense,  which  is  also  represented  in  the  Indian  Museum)  in  the 
Siwaliks,  proves  the  existence  there  of  three  species,  although  their  references  to 
the  three  named  species  by  Ealconer  (which  I have  accepted  in  the  text)  is 
very  probably  open  to  doubt.  I have  shown  that  E.  platyrhinus,  as  regards  its 
dentition,  is  nearest  to  E.  indicus,  and  E.  sivalensis  to  E.  sumatrensis,  which  is 
precisely  the  reverse  of  the,  what  I cannot  but  call,  arbitrary  identifications  of 
Prof essor  Brandt.  ‘If  characters  like  those  of  the  teeth  described  in  the  sequel  are  to 
be  completely  ignored,  both  Zoology  and  Palseontology  together  would  be  impossible, 
and  all  the  species  of  a genus  might  as  Avell  receive  a single  name.  Professor  Brandt 


’ The  first  milk-molar,  which  often  persists,  is  not  counted  here  in  the  permanent  series. 


Xll 


PEEPACE. 


makes  no  mention  of  the  somewhat  startling  instance  (according  to  his  identifica- 
tions) of  a Miocene  mammal  (for  R.  sivalensis  lived  in  the  Miocene  period  in 
Sind)  being  identical  with  a living  species,  or,  in  other  words,  that  R.  indicus  is  a 
Miocene  species,  and  was  a contemporary  of  the  long  extinct  Binotlierium,  Hyopota- 
mus,  and  Antliracotherium  ; R.  sumatrensis  being  also,  according  to  the  same  author, 
at  least  a Pliocene  species.  As  far  as  I am  aware,  there  are  hardly  any  instances  of 
newer  Pliocene  mammals  being  identical  with  living  species,  and  even  by  far  the 
greater  number  of  the  Pleistocene  forms  are  extinct.  I should  be  inclined  to  look 
very  doubtfully  on  such  pedigrees  for  the  Indian  rhinocerotes  even,  were  they  sup- 
ported by  strong  evidence,  which  in  the  present  case  is  conspicuous  by  its  absence. 

The ‘small  Rhinoceros  tooth  described  on  page  46  and  drawn  in  fig,  10  of 
Plate  VI  of  this  volume,  as  a premolar  of  an  undetermined  species,  I now  think,  in 
all  probability,  is  an  anterior  milk-molar  of  R,  platyrhinus. 

In  a recently  published  memoir  on  the  fossil  species  of  Rhinoceros  and  the 
allied  families,^  Professor  C ope  has  placed  Rhinoceros  sivalensis  in  a distinct  genus 
under  the  name  of  Zalabis. 

This  generic  distinction  is  made  on  the  strength  of  the  statement  originally 
made  by  Falconer,  that  this  species  was  ‘‘ hexaprotodont.”^  I have  already  shown 
in  the  text  of  this  volume  (p.  63),  that  the  specimens  figured  in  the  “Fauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” do  not  support  this  statement.  In  that  work,  there  are  figured 
three  forms  of  lower  jaws  of  Siwalik  Rhinoceros,  referred  to  the  three  named  species, 
none  of  which  are  hexaprotodont,  and  of  which  the  one  referred  to  R.  sivalensis 
lias  no  incisors.  None  of  tlie  skulls  of  R.  sivalensis  with  which  I am  acquainted 
show  any  upper  incisors.  I cannot,  therefore,  see  that  there  is  any  evidence  on 
which  Professor  Cope’s  new  genus  can  be  supported.^ 

The  very  different  conclusions  arrived  at  by  Professors  Brandt  and  Cope  in 
regard  to  Rhinoceros  sivalensis,  afford  subject  for  the  most  serious  reflexions  as  to 
the  present  conditions  under  which  palaeontological  research  is  carried  on.  In  this 
case  we  find  two  eminent  palaeontologists,  with  precisely  the  same  materials  before 
them,  arriving  at  the  most  opposite  conclusions;  Professor  Brandt  identifying 
R.  sivalensis  with  a living  species,  and  Professor  Cope  referring  it  to  an  entirely 
new  genus  ! The  former  writer  appears  to  have  arrived  at  his  conclusions  from 
neglecting  to  notice  the  specific  differences  pointed  out  by  other  workers,  while 
the  latter  has  relied  upon  alleged  differences  which  have  been  shown  to  be  un- 
supported by  any  kind  of  tangible  evidence.  In  both  cases  it  was  incumbent  on  the 
writers  to  have  decidedly  refuted  all  points  which  militate  against  their  own  con- 
clusions, before  instituting  the  sweeping  changes  which  such  conclusions  involve. 

’ Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Geog.  Surv.,  Vol.  V,  p.  232. 

2 Professor  Cope  reckons  tke  outer  lower  tusk  of  Rhinoceros  as  a canine. 

® I may  mention  that  on  page  229  of  his  above  quoted  memoir,  Professor  Cope  omits  Acerotherium  jperimense  • 
from  his  list  of  that  genus,  Rhinoceros  iravadicus  from  the  genus  Rhinoceros,  and  R.  deccanensis  from  the  genus 
Atelodus ; Professor  Cope  also  alludes  to  the  Siwaliks  as  being  undoubtedly  of  upper  Miocene  age ! 


PREPACE. 


Xlll 


If  the  lower  jaw  assigned  to  R.  simlensis  in  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” 
he  rightly  assigned,  and  if  we  admit  the  sub- divisions  into  which  the  old  genus 
Rhinoceros  is  split  up  by  many  modern  naturalists,  R.  simlensis  would  seem  from 
this  point  of  view  to  belong  to  the  genus  Atelodus  characterized  by  the  symphysis 
of  the  mandible  of  the  adult  being  edentulous,  as  in  Rhinoceros  simus.  The  skull 
of  R.  sivalensis  is,  however,  unicorn,  and,  therefore,  differs  from  that  of  R.  simus. 
The  species  in  fact,  if  the  remains  are  rightly  correlated,  will  not  fit  into  any  of 
the  modern  sub-divisions  of  the  genus. 

Rhinoceuos  ieavadictjs. — The  fragment  of  a right  maxilla  of  a species  of 
Rhinoceros  with  two  teeth  described  on  page  45,  and  figured  in  Plate  V,  fig.  4, 
of  this  volume,  which  was  not  specifically  determined,  and  the  teeth  in  which  were 
considered  to  be  premolars,  I now  find  to  belong  to  a young  individual  with  the  milk- 
molar  dentition.  It  appears  probable  that  these  milk-molars  may  have  belonged  to 
a young  individual  of  Rhinoceros  iravadicus,  the  permanent  molars  of  which  species 
are  figured  on  the  same  plate ; in  having  a combing  plate  they  are  more  complex 
than  the  true  molars. 

Aceeotherium  perimense  {Rhinoceros  planidens). — As  I have  already  men- 
tioned in  the  “ Records,”^  the  two  imperfect  upper  molars  of  a rliinoceros  figured 
on  Plate  IV,  figs.  7 and  9,  and  described  on  page  41  of  this  volume,  as  belonging 
to  a new  species  of  Rhinoceros,  under  the  name  of  R.  planidens,  really  belong  to 
Acer  other  ium  perimense  of  Ealconer  and  Cautley.  The  upper  teeth  of  that  species 
figured  on  Plate  VI,  figs.  2 and  5,  as  upper  true  molars,  really  are  premolars,  and 
the  unnamed  specimen  represented  in  fig.  6 of  the  same  plate  is  likewise  an  upper 
premolar  of  the  same  species.^  The  name  of  R.  planidens  must  accordingly  be 
erased  from  the  list  of  Asiatic  species  of  Rhmoceros  given  on  page  52,  and  the 
description  of  its  upper  molars  be  read  as  those  of  A.  perimense.  In  a subsequent 
volume  I shall  hope  to  illustrate  more  fully  the  dentition  and  craniology  of  the 
last  named  species : a cranium  is  now  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum.  As 
the  teeth  of  this  species,  described  on  page  51  as  molars,  are  really  premolars,  the 
statement  as  to  the  difference  in  shape  of  the  molars  of  this  species  from  the  molars 
of  Rhinoceros  will  consequently  not  stand. 

It  is  at  present  unknown  whether  Acerotherium  perimense  was  furnished  witli 
three  or  four  digits  to  the  forelimb,  and  from  the  condition  in  which  Siwalik  fossils 
usually  occur,  it  is  very  improbable  that  this  point  will  ever  be  determined.  It  is, 
therefore,  impossible  to  say  whether  the  species  really  belongs  to  Acerotherium  or  to 
the  new  genus  Aphelops  of  Professor  Cope,®  differing  from  Acerotherium  in  having 
only  three  anterior  digits.  I prefer  provisionally  to  retain  the  species  in  the  older 
genus.  • 

* Vol.  XII,  p.  47. 

^ On  page  44  I mentioned  that  I thought  it  possible  this  tooth  should  he  referred  to  R.  'planidens  (A.  perimense). 
The  cingulum  is  remarkably  developed  in  this  tooth,  and  causes  it  to  resemble  the  premolars  of  R.  deccanensis,  as 
noticed  in  the  description. 

® Bull.  U.  S.  Geol.  Geog.  Surv.,  Vol.  V,  p.  236. 


XIV 


PEEPACE. 


Species  oe  Asiatic  Ehinoceuotid^. — I append  a few  notes  on  the  list  of 
species  of  Rhinoceros  given  on  page  52.  Professor  Brandt,  in  his  memoir  quoted 
above,  admits  Rhinoceros  inermis  of  Lesson  as  a distinct  species,  which  should,  there- 
fore, be  added  to  the  list.  Professor  Cope,  in  the  above  quoted  memoir,  suggests 
tliat  this  species  should  be  referred  to  the  genus  Aphelops.  Professor  Brandt  includes 
under  Rhinoceros  javanicus  {sondaicus)  both  R.  nasalis  and  R.  flowed  of  Gray 
(the  latter  species  classed  as  a synonym  in  my  list).  By  the  same  writer  R.  sieno- 
cephalus  of  Gray  is  considered  to  have  been  founded  on  a young  individual  of  R. 
indicus  i(u,nicornis').  Again,  under  Rhinoceros  {Ceratorhinus)  sumatrensis,VvoiQ^^ov 
Brandt  includes  R.  crossii,  R.  hlythii,  and  R.  nig er  of  Gray;  the  two  former 
so-called  species  were  omitted  from  my  list,  as  being  probably  synonyms. 

The  following  list  of  the  recent  and  fossil  species  of  Rhinocerotidcc  of  South- 
Eastern  Asia  is  given  to  replace  the  one  given  on  page  52,  as  embodying  the  more 
recent  views.  The  synonomy  of  the  existing  species  is  given  on  the  authority  of 
Professor  Brandt,  and  is  taken  from  the  memoir  already  cited.  The  name  by  which 
each  species  has  been  referred  to  in  this  volume  is  taken  as  the  name  of  the  species. 
The  sub-generic  (or  generic)  divisions  of  Rhinoceros  (except  Acerotherium)  have 
been  ignored,  as  they  are,  in  many  cases,  inapplicable  to  the  fossils,  and  the  species 
have  been  arranged  in  alphabetical  order;  synonyms  are  in  italics. 

1.  Acerotherium  perimense  (Falc.  and  Caut.)  Mio-Pliocene.  India  and  Burma. 

Rhinoceros  pe7'imensis  (Falc.  arid  Caut.) 

Rhinoceros  planidens  {olim  nobis). 

2.  Rhinoceros  deccanensis  (Foote).  Pleistocene.  India. 

3.  Rhinoceros  indicus  (Cuv.)  Recent  and  Pleistocene.  India. 

R.  asiaticus  (Blum.) 

R.  iiamadieiis  {olim  nobis)^ 

R.  stenocephalus  (Gray). 

R.  unicornis  (Linne). 

4.  Rhinoceros  inermis  (Lesson).  Recent.  India. 

5.  Rhinoceros  iravadicus  {nobis).^  Mio-Pliocene.  Burma. 

6.  Rhinoceros  javanicus  (Gray).  Recent.  South-Eastern  Asia. 

R.  Jiotoeri  (Gray). 

,R.  javanus  (Cuv.) 

R.  nasalis  (Gray). 

R.  sondaicus  (Horsfield). 

7.  Rhinoceros  lasiotis  (Sclater).  Recent,  Mallacca. 

? 8.  Rhinoceros  namadicus  (Falc.  and  Caut.)  Pleistocene.  India. 

9.  Rhinoceros  palseindicus.  (Falc.  and  Caut.)  Mio-Pliocene.  India. 

10.  Rhinoceros  platyrhinus  (Falc.  and  Caut.)  Mio-Pliocene.  India. 

1 1 . Rhinoceros  sinensis  (Owen).  ? Pliocene.  China. 

12.  Rhinoceros  sivalensis  (Falc.  and  Caut.)  Mio-Pliocene.  India. 

R,  indicus  fossilis  (Baker  and  Durand). 

13.  Rhinoceros  sumatrensis  (Cuv.)  Recent.  South-Eastern  Asia. 

R.  blythii  (Gray). 

R.  crossii  (Gray). 

R.  niger  (Gray). 

R.  sumatranus,  (Raffles). 

1 The  word  nohis  in  this  volume  always  refers  to  myself,  and  not  to  Mr.  Foote. 


PREPACE. 


XV 


SiWALiK  Artiodactyla  DESCRIBED  IN  2nd  PART. — Since  the  publication  of 
the  second  fasciculus  of  this  volume,  the  hst  of  Siwalik  suine  AHiodactyla  has 
been  considerably  increased,  and  the  list  given  on  page  78  is  consequently  incom- 
plete : to  that  list  must  now  he  added — 


Syotherimn  sindiense. 


Sivameryx. 

JBLemimeryx. 

Chceromeryx  silistrensis  has  also  turned  out  to  he  distinct  from  Anthracotherium 
silistrense} 


Pal^ortx. — Two  upper  molars  in  the  Indian  Museum,  from  the  Siwaliks, 
seem  to  me  to  he  in  all  probability  generically  identical  with  Falceoryx  of  the 
Pikermi  beds  of  Attica.^  I cannot, ' however,  at  present  he  quite  certain  of  this 
determination,  owing  to  the  extreme  difficulty  of  distinguishing  the  molars  of  many 
genera  of  ruminants. 

PoRTAX. — Some  upper  and  lower  jaws  with  ruminant  teeth,  from  the  Siwaliks, 
appear  to  me  generically  indistinguishable  from  those  of  Fortax,  and  indicate  a 
Siwalik  representative  of  that  genus. 

PoRTAX  NAMADicus  (Riit.).  When  noticing  the  additions  made  by  Professor 
Riitimeyer  to  the  Indian  fossil  Ruminants,®  I had  not  observed  the  new  Narbada 
species  of  For  tax  (P.  namadicus)  named  by  the  Professor,  from  the  hinder  part 
of  a skull  in  the  British  Museum.^  The  addition  of  this  species  to  the  Narbada  fauna 
is  of  great  importance,  as  connecting  the  living  and  Siwalik  species. 

An  atlas  of  a ruminant  in  the  Narbada  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum  corre- 
sponds so  exactly  with  the  atlas  of  Fortax  picUis  (except  in  being  slightly  larger) 
that  I think  it  probably  belongs  to  Fortax  namadicus.  Two  left  molars  of  a rum- 
inant, formerly  in  the  Museum  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,  and  entered  on 
page  255  of  Ealcoher’s  catalogue  of  that  collection,  as  being  from  the  Narbada, 


* I am  now  uncertain  of  the  generic  distinctness  of  Ilippofotamodon. 

^ “ Animaux  fossiles  et  Geologie  de  I’Attique,”  Plate  XLVII. 

3 pp.  178-180. 

■*  “ Die  Binder  der  Tertiar-Epoche,  &c.,”  p.  89,  Plate  VI,  figs.  7 and  8.  I hope  Professor  Eutimeyer  will  pardon  me 
if  I mention  the  inconvenience  which  arises  from  first  mentioning  the  name  of  a new  species  in  the  midst  of  a paragraph , 
as  he  has  done  in  this  case.  The  description  of  every  new  species  ought  to  have  a distinct  heading,  hy  which  it  at  once 
catches  the  eye.  In  the  case  of  Fortax  namadicus  not  at  first  having  time  to  read  Professor  Biitimeyer’s  memoir 
through,  the  name  of  this  species,  from  appearing  in  the  middle  of  a sentence,  did  not  catch  my  eye  until  I had  time 
for  a more  leisurely  perusal  of  the  work.  Dr.  Gray  uses  the  name  Fortax  ficta  for  the  living  species,  which  also 
occurs  in  a former  part  of  this  volume  ; the  Greek  word  Ilo'pra^,  a young  hovine  animal,  is,  however,  either  masculine 
or  feminine,  and  the  former  gender  should  have  the  preference.  Hence  Forta.x  pictas,  as  given  by  Jerdon 
and  F.  namadicus,  by  Eutimeyer,  are  correct. 


XVI 


PEEFACE. 


and  doubtfully  referred  to  the  genus  Germs  (No.  N,  68),  I have  carefully  compared 
with  the  corresponding  teeth  of  Fortax  pictus,  and  find  that  the  two  are  generically 
indistinguishable,  and  I therefore  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  fossil  teeth 
probably  belong  to  Fortax  namadicus  of  Professor  Eutimeyer.  Similar  teeth  have 
been  obtained  by  Mr.  Hacket  from  the  Narbada,  and  by  Mr.  Eedden  from  the 
Pem-ganga. 

Bovine. — Among  Mr.  Theobald’s  Siwalik  collection,  I have  lately  determined 
two  specimens  of  the  axis  vertebrae  of  a bovine,  which,  from  their  large  size,  must, 
I think,  undoubtedly  belong  to  Bos  acutifrons.  I have  compared  these  vertebrae 
with  a perfect  specimen  of  the  axis  of  Bos  primigenius  in  the  Indian  Museum,  and 
with  another  specimen  figured  by  Professor  Eutimeyer,^  and  I find  that  although 
the  Indian  and  European  vertebrae  are  similar  in  general  plan,  yet  there  are 
many  points  of  detail  in  which  they  differ  considerably,  thus  confirming  my  con- 
clusions drawn  from  the  skulls. 

It  may  be  well  to  mention  here  that  at  the  time  of  writing  the  third  fasciculus 
of  this  volume,^  I was  unacquainted  u ith  the  fact  that  some  varieties  of  Bos  primi- 
genius have  horn-cores  with  an  elliptical  cross  section  at  the  base,  as  the  specimen 
drawn  in  fig.  3 of  Plate  II  of  the  above- quoted  memoir  of  Professor  Eutimeyer. 
In  this  respect,  therefore,  there  is  a closer  relationship  between  Bos  primigenius 
and  B.  planifrons  and  B.  acutifrons  than  I have  indicated  in  the  text. 

It  should  also  be  observed  that  Professor  Boyd  Dawkins  drops  the  name 
Bos  primigenius,  and  identifies  that  animal  with  the  prehistoric  and  historic  Bos 
urus,  now  represented  by  the  cattle  of  Chillingham  Park.  By  Professor  Eutimeyer, 
in  his  last  published  memoir,^  the  name  Bos  primigenius  is  retained  for  the 
Pleistocene  form,  and  the  name  Bos  taurus  adopted  (as  a race  name)  for  the  living 
form. 

With  regard  to  the  bisons.  Professor  Eutimeyer  has  come  to  the  conclusion 
that  the  bones  of  Bison  priscus  are  indistinguishable  from  those  of  Bison  ameri- 
canus,  while,  on  the  other  hand.  Bison  priscm  and  B.  europceus  are  also  indistin- 
guishable specifically.®  There  is  thus  established  an  intimate  connection  between 
the  now  widely  different  European  and  American  bisons.  In  his  latest  work,  how- 
ever, Professor  Eutimeyer  ® retains  the  three  above  mentioned  specific  names,  and 
places  B.  sivalensis  as  the  earliest  representative  of  the  group. 

The  genus  Bubalus  of  other  writers  is  split  up  by  Professor  Eutimeyer  into  two 
genera,*'  which  are  termed  Bubalus  and  Buffelus  ; the  former  includes  the  European 
Pleistocene  B.  antiquus  and  the  living  African  B.  coffer  and  B.  hracliyceros  > the 
latter  includes  B.  platyceros  {sivalensis),  B.  palceindicus,  and  B.  pallasii  in  the 
Pleistocene.  In  the  recent  period  Professor  Eutimeyer  names  the  living  Indian 


> Nov,  Mem.  Soc.  Helv.,  Vol.  XIX,  PI.  IV,  figs.  1,  2- 
- See  page  112. 

* Quar.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.,  Lond.,  Vol.  22,  p.  394. 


'*  “ Die  Kinder  der  Tertiar-Epoche,  etc.,”  p.  189. 
® See  “ Prehistoric  Times,”  2nd  ed.,  p.  296. 

" loc,  cit. 


PREPACE. 


xvn 


buffaloe,  Bu-ffelus  mdicus : this  name  is,  of  course,  synonymous  with  the  name  Bubalus 
buff  elm  adopted  by  Gray,^  and  B.  arm,  adopted  in  tbis  volume,  after  Jerdon.^ 

Professor  Riitimeyer  also  mentions  another,  apparently  Indian  species,  under 
the  name  of  Buffelus  sondaicus. 

The  genus  Bibos,  according  to  Professor  Riitimeyer,  includes  the  domestic  In- 
dian cattle,  B.  indicus,  the  Gour,  B.  gaurus,  a doubtful  species  named  B.  gavceus, 
and  B.  sondaicus  {banting  of  Gray  and  this  work).  Bibos  frontalis  (the  Mithun  or 
Gayal)  of  Lambert  and  Hodgson  is  omitted  from  the  list,  unless  it  be  B.  gavceus. 
Whether  or  no  the  Mithun  occurs  now  in  the  wild  state  or  not,  it  appears  to  me  to 
be  a distinct  species,  though  there  are  some  skulls  in  the  Indian  Museum  which 
bridge  over  the  gap  between  this  animal  and  the  typical  Gour. 

Cee-vtjs. — A palatal  portion  of  a skull  containing  teeth  similar  to  those 
figured  on  Plate  VIII,  fig.  3,  under  the  name  of  Cervus  simpUoidens,  seems  to 
confirm  the  generic  identification  of  those  teeth.  Of  Cervus  trijplidens  (figs.  I,  2, 
Plate  VIII)  I have  not  obtained  any  additional  specimens,  but  I think  the  generic 
identification  is  here  also  correct.  One  of  the  Siwahk  deer  had  flattened  and 
branching  antlers  much  like  those  of  Cervus  duvaucellii,  indicating  the  high  state 
of  evolution  of  the  group  in  Siwahk  times. 

The  Indian  Museum  has  lately  obtained  a complete  maxilla,  containing  molars 
like  the  one  tooth  drawn  in  figs.  7 and  10  of  Plate  VIII.  I had  some  hesitation, 
as  noticed  in  the  text,  in  referring  the  figured  tooth  to  Cervus,  and  I still  am  not 
quite  sure  whether  such  reference  is  correct,  though  I think  it  very  possibly  is. 
The  amount  of  variation  in  the  form  of  the  molars  of  the  Gervidee  is  so  great  that 
it  is  very  difficult  to  say,  in  the  case  of  isolated  teeth,  how  far  this  variability  may 
extend.  I have,  on  account  of  the  possibility  of  doubt,  not  included  Cervus  latidens 
in  the  list  of  ruminants  given  on  page  ISO.  I hope  eventually  to  obtain  materials 
which  will  decisively  indicate  the  genus  of  the  teeth  in  question. 

The  lower  molars  of  a Cervus  drawn  in  fig.  5 of  Plate  VIII,  which  I thought 
might  possibly  belong  to  G.  simplicidens,  I now  find,  from  the  character  of  their 
enamel,  belong,  in  all  probability,  to  a new  species,  which  I propose,  on  a subse- 
quent occasion,  to  call  G.  sivalensis. 

Pal^omertx. — A single  tooth  of  a ruminant  from  the  Siwaliks,  lately  presented 
to  the  Indian  Museum  by  the  Roorkee  (Rurki)  Museum,  seems  to  belong  to 
Balceomeryx,  and  to  have  been  about  the  size  of  P.  bojani : this  tooth  seems  to 
have  come  from  the  lower  Siwaliks  (Nahans),  and  a lower  molar  from  probably 
the  same  horizon  in  Sind,  not  impossibly  belongs  to  the  same  genus. 

Camelopardalis. — A more  complete  lower  jaw  of  Camelopardalis  sivalensis 
than  the  one  of  which  the  molars  are  drawn  in  fig.  5 of  Plate  VII  of  this 
volume  has  lately  been  acquired  by  the  Indian  Museum ; the  new  specimen  is 


Brit.  Mus.  Cat. 


2 Mammals  of  India,  p.  370, 


XVlll 


PREFACE. 


rather  smaller  than  the  figured  one.  A large  series  of  molars  of  this  genus  have 
also  been  obtained  which  seem  to  indicate  the  existence  of  other  Siwalik  species. 

ViSHNUTHEmuM.— Two  associated  upper  molars  of  a sivatheroid  from  the 
Siwaliks  of  the  Punjab,  present  characters  which  distinguish  them  from  the  molars 
of  Slvatherium,  Bramatherium,  and  HydaspitJierkmi ; from  the  size,  and  certain 
details  of  the  form  of  these  teeth,  I have  thought  it  not  impossible  that  they  may 
belong  to  Vishnutherimn  iravadicum,  of  which  the  lower  molars  are  figm?ed  in 
Plate  VII,  figs.  1 and  2. 

Hydaspitheritjm  megacephaltjm. — It  is  possible  that  some  critic  may  say 
that  the  sj)ecific  name  of  tins  species  is  a barbarism,  and,  therefore,  should  be 
replaced.  The  name  megaceplialum  is  undoubtedly  a barbarism,  hut  the  termi- 
nation appears  to  have  gained  general  acceptation  as  a convenient  adjectival  form 
for  scientific  names.  The  Greek  substantive  Ke<^aX7]  if  translated  into  Latin, 
should  probably  he  Cepliala,  and  the  only  direct  adjectival  form  is  Ke<^aXctJT09 ; 
by  naturalists,  however,  a latinised  adjectival  termination,  Cep]ialus,-a~mi,  is  in 
common  use ; e.  g.,  Plesiosaurus  hrachycephalus,  Halcyon  leueocephala,  Btycliozoon 
liomaloceplialum.  The  term  megaceplialum  is  used  for  brevity  in  place  of  megaloce- 
plialum,  on  the  precedent  of  Megatherium  for  Megalotherium. 

Helladotherium. — M.  Gaudry^  states  that  Helladotlierium  occurs  in  India.  I 
am  not  aware  on  what  grounds  this  statement  rests. 

These  additional  specimens  will  aflbrd  ample  material  for  another  memoir, 
illustrative  of  Siwalik  ruminants  and  their  allies. 

Tetraconojdon  magnum. — Since  publishing  (p.  79)  the  description  of  the  imper- 
fect mandible  figured  on  Plate  X,  I have  discovered  the  two  last  molars  belonging  to 
that  specimen,  which  had  previously  been  mixed  up  with  soma  other  specimens. 
As  the  execution  of  Plate  X was  very  poor,  I take  the  opportunity  of  re-issuing  that 
plate  with  one  of  the  newly  found  teeth  in  its  proper  serial  position.  To  the 
measurements  of  the  molars  of  the  figured  specimen  given  on  page  80  must  he 
appended,  “length  of  last  molar  1-95  inches,  width  of  ditto  1‘3  inches.”  This  tooth 
shows  that  Falconer’s  specimen  belonged  to  the  upper  jaw. 

Conclusion. — The  above  additions  and  corrections  will,  I hope,  render  the  con- 
tents of  this  volume  correct,  as  far  as  my  present  knowledge  goes.  European  palieon- 
tologists  will,  I hope,  pardon  many  shortcomings  and  redeterminations  in  my  work 
which  have  been  in  many  cases  almost  unavoidable.  The  work  of  a student  in  ver- 
tebrate palaeontology  in  India  is  one  of  peculiar  ditficulty  in  many  ways.  He  has  first 
of  all  the  difficulty,  common  to  workers  in  other  countries,  of  having  very  frequently 
exceedingly  imperfect  and  scanty  remains  from  which  to  determine  the  affinities  of 
an  animal,  and  is  consequently  liable  to  false  inferences  from  this  som*ce.  Secondly ^ 
he  feels  the  want  of  a large  collection  of  the  remains  of  described  European  species 
of  vertebrates  for  comparison  : it  is  true  the  Indian  Museum  in  Calcutta  possesses  a 

' “ Les  Encbainements  du  Monde  Animal,  Mammiferes  Tertiaries,”  p.  79. 


PREFACE. 


XIX 


considerable  collection  of  casts  and  remains  of  non-Indian  fossil  vertebrates,  but  these 
really  comprehend  only  a few  of  the  better  known  genera.^  Thirdly,  although  the 
library  of  the  Geological  Survey  is  an  extensive  one,  there  are  wanting  a great 
number  of  the  older  works  on  vertebrate  palaeontology,  many  of  which  are  now  out 
of  print : in  many  cases,  moreover,  works,  when  ordered  from  England,  arrive  in  India 
too  late  for  the  purposes  of  the  worker  who  required  them.  Fourthly,  the  student  in 
Indian  vertebrate  palaeontology  at  the  present  time  labours  under  the  great  disad- 
vantage of  working  without  the  possibility  of  appealing  to  other  workers  in  the 
same  branch  of  study  for  assistance  and  advice  in  cases  of  doubt  and  difficulty. 
There  are  also  wanting  in  the  zoological  department  of  the  Indian  Museum  skulls 
of  many  genera  of  living  mammals  which  are  required  for  an  exhaustive  comparison 
of  their  fossil  congeners.  Finally,  in  the  case  of  Siwalik  fossils,  there  occurs  the 
additional  and  special  difficulty  of  taking  up  the  work  in  the  incomplete  state  it  was 
left  at  the  premature  death  of  Dr.  Falconer,  and  of  determining  ill-defined,  imper- 
fectly described  species  in  Calcutta,  without  access  to  the  original  specimens  in 
London.  This  last  difficulty  has  been  the  cause  of  several  errors  in  the  specific 
determinations  which  occiu’  in  this  volume. 

On  the  above  grounds,  I venture  to  hope  that  any  want  of  references  or  com- 
j)arisons  to  European  fossils,  and  consequent  possible  shortcomings  in  this  work, 
will  be  looked  upon  with  a lenient  eye  by  my  European  and  American  fellow 
workers. 

In  conclusion,  it  is  but  fair  to  mention  that  although  there  has  devolved  upon 
myself  the  task  of  describing  the  Siwalik  fossils  in  the  Indian  Museuni  of  Calcutta, 
yet  that  the  far  more  onerous  task  of  amassing  and  bringing  together  that,  perhaps, 
unrivalled  series  has  devolved  upon  my  colleagues  in  the  Geological  Survey,  chief 
among  whom  are  Messrs.  W.  T.  Blanford,  F.  Fedden,  W.  Theobald,  and  A.  B. 
Wynne.  By  far  the  largest  share  of  this  work  has  been  executed  through  the 
indefatigable  energy  and  perseverance  of  Mr.  Theobald,  who,  through  heat  and 
cold,  drought  and  rain,  has  traversed  many  a weary  mile  of  the  hills  and  plains  of 
the  Punjab  to  attain  his  object : to  him  especially  are  due  the  thanks  of  all 
interested  in  the  history  of  the  tertiary  vertebrates  of  India. 


Indian  Museum, 
Calcutta,  January  1880. 


] 


R.  LYDEKKER. 


1 I have  the  authority  of  the  Superintendent  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India  to  offer  named  duplicate 
specimens  of  described  Siwalik  fossils  in  exchange  for  named  specimens  of  teeth  of  European  or  American  tertiary  . 
mammals. 


LIST  OF  PLATES 


Plate. 

I. — Uhinocbros  deccanensis,  (Foote.) 

IL — Ditto. 

III.  — Ditto. 

IV.  — RhinocbroSj  sp.  var. 

V. — Ditto. 

VI. — Ditto. 

VII. — Amphicyon^  Bbamathemum,  Camelopardalis,  DoucatheriuM; Vishnutherium. 

VIII. — Cervus,  Listbiodon,  Manis. 

IX. — Dinotheridm  pentapotami.®,  (Fale.,)  Sanitherium  schlagintweitiIj  (Meyer.) 

X. — Tetbaconodon  magnum,  (Falconer.) 

XI.' — Bos  wamadicus,  (Falc.  & Cant.) 

XII. — Bos  AcuTiFRONS,  (Nobis,)  Bos  planifrons,  (Nobis.) 

XIII.  — Bos  ACUTiFBONSj  (Nobis.) 

XIV.  Bos  PLATYRHINUS,  (Nobis.) 

XV. — Bison  sivalensis,  (Falc.  & Cant,  sp.) 

XVI. — Bos,  sp.  var. 

XVII. — Bison  sivalbnsis,  (Falc.  sp.)  Bubalus  pal®indicus,  (Falc.  & Cant.) 

XVIII. — Bubalus  platycbros,  (Nobis.) 

XIX. — 'Bubalus  PAL®mDicus,  (Falc.  & Cant.)  ’ 

XX. — 'Hemibos  occipitalis,  (Falconer  sp.)  g (Described  in  third  fasciculus  as 
Perihos  occipitalis). 

XXI. — Hemibos  occipitalis,  (Falconer  sp.)  S (Same  specimen  as  in  last  plate) . 

Hemibos  acuticornis,  (Falconer  sp.)  9 (Described  in  third  fasciculus  as 
AmpJiihos) . 

XXI  A. — Hemibos  occipitalis,  (Falc.  sp.)  S 
XXI B. — Hemibos  acuticornis,  (Falc.  sp.)  ? 

XXII. — Hemibos  acuticornis,  (Falc.  sp.)  S (Described  in  third  fasciculus  as  Hemibos 
triquetriceros) . 

XXIII.— Hemibos  acuticornis,  (Falc.  sp.)  $ (Same  specimen  as  in  last  plate). 
XXIIIA. — Hemibos  acuticornis,  (Falc.  sp.)  § 

XXIV. — Hemibos  occipitalis,  (Falc.  sp.)  Z (Described  in  third  fasciculus  as  H^ 
triquetriceros) . 

XXV. — Antilope  sivalensis,  (Nobis,)  A.  patultcornis,  (Nobis,)  A.  porrecticornis, 
(Nobis.) 


xxii 


LIST  OF  PLATES. 

Plate. 

XXVI. — Hydaspitherium  megacephalum,  (Nobis.) 

XXVIT. — Hydaspitherium  megacephalum,  (Nobis,)  Sivatherium  giganteum,  (Falc.  & 

Cant.) 

XXVIII. — Capra  sivalensis,  (Nobis,)  C.  perimensis,  (Nobis,)  Capra,. sp. 

XXIX.  — Dinotherium  pentapotami^,  (Falconer.) 

XXX.  — Ditto. 

XXXI. — Dinotherium,  sp.  var. 

XXXII. — Mastodon  palconeri,  (Nobis.) 

XXXIII.— Ditto. 

XXXIV. — Mastodon  pandionis,  (Falconer.) 

XXXV.— Ditto. 

XXXV  A.— Ditto. 

XXXVI.— Ditto. 

XXXVII. — Mastodon  latidens,  (Clift.) 

XXXVHI.— Ditto. 

XXXIX.— Ditto. 

XL. — Mastodon  perimensis,  (Falc.  & Cant.) 

XLI. — Mastodon  perimensis,  (Falc.  & Cant.,)  Mastodon  sivalensis,  (Falc.  & Cant.) 

XLII. — Mastodon  perimensis,  (Falc.  & Cant.) 

XLIII. — Ditto. 

XLIV. — Mastodon  sivalensis,  (Falc.  & Cant.)  ' 

XLV. — Stegodon  cliftii,  (Falc.  & Cant.,)  S.  bombifrons,  (Falc.  & Cant.,)  S.  insignis, 

(Falc.  & Cant.) 

XLVI. — Stegodon  bombifrons,  (Falc.  & Cant.,)  S.  insignis,  (Falc.  & Cant.) 

t 


LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS  USED,  AND  WORKS  AND  MORE  IMPORT- 
ANT MEMOIRS  QUOTED  IN  THIS  VOLUME. 


“ Abhand.  der  k.  k.  Geol.  Eeich.”=:  “ Abbandlungen  der  k.  k.  Geologiscben  Reichsanstalt,”  q,  v. 

“ Abhandlungen  der  k.  k.  Geologiscben  Eeicbsanstalt,”  Wien. 

“ Abhandlungen  der  Schweizerischen  palantologischen  Gesellschaft,”  Basel. 

Adams,  A.  L.  “ Dentition  and  Osteology  of  Elephas  antiquus.”  Palseont.  Soc.,  1877. 

“ Dentition  and  Osteology  of  Elephas  primigenius,”  Palteont.  Soc.,  1879. 

“ Maltese  Eossil  Elephants.”  Trans.  Zool.  Soc.,  Lon.,  Vol.  IX. 

“ Addenda  and  Corrigenda  to  Paper  on  Tertiary  Mammalia,”  Lydekker,  R.  G.  S.  I.,  Vol.  IX,  p.  154. 

“ Amer.  Jour.  Science  and  Art”  = “ American  Journal  of  Science  and  Art,”  q.  v. 

“ American  Journal  of  Science  and  Art,”  New  Haven. 

“ Anatomy  of  Vertebrates,”  Owen,  London,  1866-68. 

“ Ancient  Euminant  Eauna  of  Switzerland”  = “ Die  Eauna  der  Pfahlbauten  in  der  Schweiz,”  q.  v. 

“ Animaux  Eossiles  et  Geologie  de  I’Attique,”  Gaudry,  Paris,  1862-67. 

“ Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.”  = “ Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History,”  q.  v. 

“ Annals  aad  Magazine  of  Natural  History,”  London. . 

“ Arch,  du  Mus.  d’Hist.  Nat.  de  Lyon”=  “ Archives  du  Museum  d’Histoire  Naturelle  de  Lyon.” 

“ Archives  du  Museum  d’Histoire  Naturelle  de  Lyon,”  Lyons. 

“ Asiatic  Eesearches,”  Calcutta. 

Baker  and  Durand  : “ Memoir  on  sub-Himalayan  fossils.”  J.  A.  S.  B.,  Vol.  V,  p.  490. 

Bettington : “ Memoir  on  certain  fossils,  more  particularly  a new  Euminant,  found  at  the  Isle  of  Perim,  in  the  Gulf  of 
Cambay.”  Jour.  Eoy.  As.  Soc.,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  340. 

Blainville  : “ Osteographie  des  Mammiferes,”  Paris,  1839-64. 

Blanford  and  Medlicott : “ Manual  of  Geology  of  India,”  Calcutta,  1879. 

Blum.  = Blumenbach. 

Brandt : “ Tentamen  Synopseos  Ehinocerotidum  viventium  et  fossilium.”  Mem.  de  I’Acad.  Imp,  des,  Sci.  de  St. 
Pet.,  Ser.  7,  Vol.  XXVI,  pt.  5. 

“ British  Fossil  Mammals”  = “ History  of  British  Fossil  Mammals  and  Birds,”  q.  v. 

“ British  Fossil  Mammals  and  Birds.”  = “ History  of  British  Fossil  Mammals  and  Birds,”  q,  v. 

“British  Museum  Catalogue  of  Ungulates”  = “ Catalogue  of  specimens  of  Mammalia  in  the  British  Museum,  pt. 
Ill,  Ungulata,”  q.  v. 

“ Bulletin  of  the  United  States  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  Territories.”  Washington. 

“ Bui.  U.  S.  Geol.  Geog.  Surv.”  = “ Bulletin  of  the  United  States  Geological  and  Geographical  Survey  of  the  Terri- 
tories,” q.  V. 

“ Catalogue  of  A.  S.  B.”=  “ Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Eemains  of  Vertebrata  in  the  Museum  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of 
Bengal,”’  q.  v. 

“ Catalogue  of  specimens  of  Mammalia  in  the  British  Museum,  pt.  Ill,  Ungulata,”  Gray,  London,  1852. 

“ Catalogue  of  Euminants”  = “ Hand-list  of  the  Edentate,  Thick-skinned,  and  Euminant  Mammals  in  the  British 
Museum,”  q.v. 

“ Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Eemains  of  Vertebrata  in  the  Museum  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,’!  Falconer  and 
Walker,  Calcutta,  1859. 

“ Catalogue  of  Ungulata”  = “ Catalogue  of  specimens  of  Mammalia  in  the  British  Museum,  pt.  Ill,  Ungulata,” 

q.  V. 

“ Cave  Hunting,  W.  B.  Dawkins,  London  1874. 


XXIV 


LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS,  &c. 


Clift,  W. ; “ On  the  Fossil  Eemains  of  two  new  species  of  Mastodon  and  of  other  vertebrated  animals  found  on  the 
left  hank  of  the  Irawadi.”  Trans.  Geol.  Soc.,  Lon.,  Ser.  2,  Vol.  II,  p.  369. 

“ Comparative  Anatomy  of  Vertehrata”  = “ Anatomy  of  Vertebrates,”  q.  v. 

“ Compt.  Rend.”  = “ Comptes  Rendus  Hebdomadaires  des  Seances  de  I’Academie  des  Sciences,”  q.  v. 

“ Comptes  Rendus  Hebdomadaires  des  Seances  de  lAcademie  des  Sciences,”  Paris. 

“Contributions  to  the  Extinct  Vertebrate  Fauna  of  the  Western  Territories,”  Leidy,  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Rep.,  Ser.  2, 
Vol.  II. 

Cope  : “ Extinct  Vertehrata  of  New  Mexico.”  ^ United  States  Geographical  Survey  west  of  the  100th  Meridian,  Vol. 
IV,  pt.  2,  Washington,  1877. 

“ On  the  Extinct  Species  of  Rhinoceridae  of  Rorth  America,  and  their  Allies.”  Bui.  U.  S.  Geol.  Geog.  Surv., 

Vol.  V,  p.  227. 

Croiz  = Croizet. 

Cuv.  = Cuvier. 

Cuvier ; “ Recherches  sur  les  Ossemens  Fossiles,”  Paris,  ed.  1836. 

Dawkins,  W.  B. : “ Cave-hunting,”  London,  1874. 

“ On  the  Dentition  of  Rhinoceros  etruscus  (Falc.) Q.  J.  G.  S.  L.,  Vol.  XXIV,  p.  207. 

“ On  the  Dentition  of  Rhinoceros  leptorhinus  (Owen) :”  Q.  J.  G.  S.  L.,  Vol.  XXIII,  p.  213. 

— — “On  the  Dentition  of  Rhinoceros  megarhinus.”  Nat.  Hist.  Rev.,  1865,  p.  399, 

“ On  the  Fossil  British  Oxen.”  Pt.  I.  Q.  J.  G.  S.  L.,  Vol.  XXII,  p.  391. 

— “ On  the  Molar  Series  of  Rhinoceros  tichorhinus,”  Nat.  Hist.  Rev.,  1863,  p.  525. 

“ Dentition  and  Osteology  of  Elephas  antiquus”  Adams.  Palaeont.  Soc.,  London,  1877. 

“ Dentition  of  Rhinceroses  (Rhinocerotes),  and  on  the  characters  afforded  by  the  skull,”  Gray  : Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist., 
Ser.  4,  Vol.  XI,  p.  356. 

“ Dentition  of  Rhinoceros  etruscus"  Dawkins  : Q.  J.  G.  S.  L.,  Vol.  XXIV,  p.  207. 

“Dentition  of  Rhinoceros  megarhinus"  Dawkins:  Nat.  Hist,  Rev.,  1865, p.  399. 

“ Description  of  a cranium  of  Stegodon  ganesa"  Lydekker : R.  G.  S.  I.,  Vol.  IX,  p.  42. 

“ Die  Fauna  der  Pfahlbauten  in  der  Schweiz.”  Rutimeyer.  Zurich,  1862.  Nov.  Mem.  Soc.  Hel.,  Vol.  XIX. 

“ Die  Rinder  der  Tertiar  Epoche,  &c.,”  Rutimeyer : Ahhand.  der  Schweiz,  pal.  Gesell.,  Vols.  IV,  V,  1877-78. 

“ Distribution  of  Animals”  = “ Geographical  distribution  of  Animals,”  q.  v. 

“ Extinct  animals  of  North  America,”  Flower,  London,  1876. 

“ Extinct  Mammalian  Fauna  of  Dakota  and  Nebraska,”  Leidy  : Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Phil.,  Ser.  2,  Vol.  II. 

“Extinct  Vertehrata  of  New  Mexico,”  Cope : U.  S.  Survey  west  of  100th  Meridian,  Vol.  IV,  pt.  II,  Washington, 
1877. 

“ Extinct  Vertebrate  Fauna  of  the  Western  Territories”  = “ Contributions  to  the  extinct  vertebrate  fauna  of  the 
Western  Territories,”  q.  v. 

F.  and  C.=  Falconer  and  Cautley. 

Fal.  or  Falc.=  Falconer. 

Falconer  and  Cautley  : “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  London,  1846-47. 

■ Walker:  “Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Remains  of  Vertehrata  in  the  Museum  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of 

Bengal,”  Calcutta,  1859. 

Falconer:  “ Palseontological  Memoirs  of  the  late  Hugh” — C.  Murchison,  London,  1868. 

“ F.  A.  S.”  = “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  q.  v. 

“ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  Falconer  and  Cautley,  London,  1846-47. 

Flower,  W.  H. : “ Extinct  Animals  of  North  America,”  London,  1876. 

Forsyth  : “ Highlands  of  Central  India,”  London,  1871. 

“ Fossil  British  Oxen.”  W.  B.  Dawkins.  Q.  J.  G.  S.  L.,  Vol.  XXII,  p.  391. 

“ Fossil  Eemains  of  Mammals  found  in  China,”  Owen  : Q.  J.  G.  S.  L.,  Vol.  XXVI,  p.  417. 

“ Fossil  Eemains  of  two  new  species  of  Mastodon  and  of  other  Vertebrated  Animals  found  on  the  left  bank  of  the 
Irawadi,”  Clift : Trans.  Geol.  Soc.,  Lon.,  Ser.  2,  Vol.  II,  p.  369. 

Further  notice  of  Siwalik  Mammals,”  Lydekker  : E.  G.  S.  I.,  Vol.  XII,  p.  33. 

Gaud.  = Gaudry. 

Gaudry  : “ Animaux  Fossiles  et  Geologie  de  TAttique,”  Paris,  1862-67. 

■ — “ Les  Enchainements  du  Monde  Animal  dans  les  temps  Geologiques  : Mammiferes  tertiaries.”  Paris,  1878. 

“ Genera  of  Indian  Cattle”  = “ Illustrations  of  the  Genera  of  the  Bovinse,”  q.  v. 


LIST  OL  ABBREVIATIONS,  c^c. 


XXV 


“ Geol.  Mag.”  = “ Geological  Magazine,”  q.  v. 

“ Geological  Magazine,”  London. 

“ Geographical  Distribution  of  Animals,”  Wallace,  London,  1876. 

Gervais,  P. : “ Paleontologie  et  Zoologie”  = “ Zoologie  et  Paleontologie  Generales,”  q.  v. 

“ Zoologie  et  Paleontologie  Generales,”  Paris,  1867-69. 

Gray,  J.  E. : “ Catalogue  of  specimens  of  Mammalia  in  the  British  Museum,  Pt.  Ill,  Ungulata,”  London,  1852; 

“ Dentition  of  Rhinoceroses  (Rhinocerotes),  and  on  the  characters  afforded  by  the  skull.”  Ann.  Mag.  Nat. 

Hist.,  Ser.  4,  Vol.  XI,  p.  356. 

“ Hand-list  of  the  Edentate,  Thick-skinned,  and  Ruminant  Mammals  in  the  British  Museum,”  London, 

1873. 

“ Hand-list  of  the  Edentate,  Thick-skinned,  and  Ruminant  Mammals  in  the  British  Museum,”  Gray,  London,  1873. 

“ Highlands  of  Central  India,”  Forsyth,  London,  1871. 

“ Himalayan  Botany”  = “ Illustrations  of  the  Botany  and  other  branches  of  the  Natural  History  of  the  Himalaya 
Mountains,”  q.  v. 

“ History  of  British  Fossil  Mammals  and  Birds,”  Owen,  London,  1846. 

Hodgson,  B. : “ Genera  of  Indian  Cattle”  = “ Illustrations  of  the  Genera  of  the  Bovinse,”  q.v. 

“ Illustrations  of  the  Genera  of  the  Bovinse J.  A.  S.  B.,  Vol.  X,  p.  449. 

“ Illustrations  of  the  Botany  and  other  branches  of  the  Natural  History  of  the  Himalaya  Mountains,”  Royle,  London, 
1839. 

“ Illustrations  of  the  Genera  of  the  Bovinee,”  Hodgson ; J.  A.  S.  B.,  Vol.  X,  p.  449. 

“ Introduction  and  succession  of  Vertebrate  Life  in  America,”  Marsh,  New  Haven,  1877. 

Jerdon : “ The  Mammals  of  India,”  London,  1874. 

“Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Philadelphia”  = “ Journal  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,”  q.  v. 

“ J.  A.  S.  B.”  =“  Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,”  q.  v. 

“ Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,”  Calcutta. 

“ Journal  of  the  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of  Philadelphia,”  Philadelphia. 

“Journal  of  the  Royal  Asiatic  Society,”  London. 

“Jour.  Roy.  As.  Soc.”=“  Journal  of  the  Royal  Asiatic  Society.” 

Kaup : “ Ossements  Fossiles  des  Mammiferes,  qui  se  trouvent  au  Museum  grand-ducal  de  Darmstadt,  ” Darmstadt,  1832 . 
Kowalewsky  : “ Monographic  der  Gattung  Anthracotherium.  Cuv.  etc.”  “ Palseontographica,”  Vol.  XXII. 
Lart.=Lartet. 

Le  Conte:  “Manual  of  Geology,”  Philadelphia,  1879. 

Leidy,  “ Contributions  to  the  Extinct  Vertebrate  Fauna  of  the  Western  Territories.”  U.  S.  Geol.  Surv.  Rep.,  Vol.  I, 
Washington,  1873. 

“ Extinct  Mammalian  Fauna  of  Dakota  and  Nebraska.”  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.,  Phil.,  1869. 

“ Les  Enchainements  du  Monde  Animal,  dans  les  temps  geologiques  : Mammifdres  tertiaries,”  Gaudry,  Paris,  1878. 
Lortet  and  Chantre  :”  Mastodontes  du  Bassin  du  Rhone.”  Arch,  du  Mus.  d’Hist.  Nat.  de  Lyon,  Vol.  II. 

Lubbock  : “ Prehistoric  Times,  etc.”  2nd  Ed.  London,  1 869. 

Lyd.  = Lydekker. 

Lydekker,  R. : “ Addenda  and  Corrigenda  to  Paper  on  Tertiary  Mammals.”  R.  G.  S.  I.,  Vol.  IX,  p.  154. 

“ Description  of  a cranium  of  Stegodon  ganesa.”  R.  G.  S.  I.,  Vol.  IX,  p.  42. 

“ Further  notices  of  Siwalik  Mammals.”  R.  G.  S.  I.,  Vol.  XII,  p.  33. 

“ Notes  on  the  Mammalian  Faunae  of  India  and  Burma.”  R.  G.  S.  I.,  Vol.  IX,  p.  86. 

“ Notices  of  new  and  other  Vertebrata  from  Indian  Tertiary  and  Secondary  rocks.”  R.  G.  S.  T., 

Vol.  X,  p.  30. 

“Notices  of  Siwalik  Mammals.”  R.  G.  S.  I.,  Vol.  XI,  p.  64. 

“ Maltese  Fossil  Elephants,”  L.  Adams.  Trans.  Zool.  Soc.,  Lon.,  Vol.  IX. 

“ Mammals  of  India.”  T.  C.  Jerdon.  London,  1874. 

“ Manual  of  Geology,”  Le  Conte,  Philadelphia,  1879. 

“ Manual  of  Geology  of  India,”  Medlicott  and  Blanford,  Calcutta,  1879. 

“Manual  of  Palaeontology,”  Nicholson,  Edinburgh  and  London,  eds.  1872-79. 

“Marsh,  0.  C. : “Introduction  and  Succession  of  Vertebrate  Life  in  America,”  New  Haven,  1877. 

“ Mastodontes  du  Bassin  du  Rhone,”  Lortet  and  Chantre.  Arch,  de  Mus.  d’Hist.  Nat.  de  Lyon,  V’ol.  II. 

“ Materiaux  pour  la  Paleontologie  Suisse,”  Pictet,  Geneva,  1854-73. 


XXVI 


LIST  OL  ABBEEVIATIONS,  &c. 


Medlicott  and  Blaiiford:  “Manual  of  Geology  of  India,”  Calcutta,  1879. 

“ Mem.  de  I’Acad.  Imp.  des  Sci.  de  St.  Pet.”  “ Memoires  de  I’Academie  Impeviale  des  Sciences  de  St.  Petersburg.” 

“ Mem.  Geol.  Surv.  Ind.”— “ Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India.” 

“ Memoir  on  certain  Fossils,  more  particularly  a new  Ruminant,  found  at  the  Isle  of  Perim,  in  the  gulf  of  Cambay,” 
Bettington.  Jour.  Roy.  As.  Soc.,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  340. 

“Memoires  de  I’Academie  Imperiale  des  Sciences  de  St.  Petersburg,”  St.  Petersburgh. 

“ Memoirs  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India,”  Calcutta. 

Meyer,  H. : “ Studien  liber  der  Genus  Mastodon.”  Palreontographica,  Vol.  XVII. 

“ Ueber  die  fossilen  Reste  von  Wirbelthieren,  welche  die  Herren  von  Schlagintweit  von  ihren  Reisen  in  Indien 

und  Hoch.  Asien  mitgebracht  haben.”  “ Palaeontographica,”  Vol.  XV. 

“Molar  series  of  Mhinoceros  tichorliinus,”  W.  B.  Dawkins.  Nat.  Hist.  Rev.,  1863,  p.  525. 

“ Monographie  der  Gattung  Anthracotherium,  Cuv.  etc.”  Kowalewsky.  “ Palaeontographica,”  Vol.  XXII. 

Murie:  “ On  the  Systematic  Position  of  Sivatherium  giganteum  ol  Falconer  and  Cautley.”  Geol.  Mag.,  Vol,  VIII, 
p.  438. 

“ Nat.  Hist.  Rev.”=“  Natural  History  Review.” 

“ Natural  History  Review,”  London,  1861-65. 

“Nature,”  London. 

Nicholson ; “ Manual  of  Palaeontology,”  Edinburgh  and  London,  eds.  1872-79. 

“ Notes  on  the  Fossil  Mammalian  Faunae  of  India  and  Burma,”  Lydekker.  R.  G.  S.  I.,  Vol.  IX,  p.  86. 

“ Notices  of  new  and  other  Vertebrata  from  Indian  Tertiary  and  Secondary  rocks,”  Lydekker.  R.  G.  S.  I.,  Vol.  X, 

p.  30. 

“ Notices  of  Siwalik  Mammals,”  Lydekker,  R.  G.  S.  I.,  Vol.  XI,  p.  64. 

“ Nouv.  Mem.  Soc.  Hel.”=“  Nouveaux  Memoires  de  la  Societe  Helvetique.” 

“ Nouveaux  Memoires  de  la  Societe,  Helvetique,”  Zurich. 

“ Odontography,”  Owen,  London,  1840-46. 

“ On  the  Extinct  Species  of  Rhinoceridae  of  North  America,  and  their  Allies.”  E.  D.  Cope.  Bui.  U.  S.  Geol.  Geog. 
Surv.,  Vol.  V,  p.  227. 

“ Ossemens  Fossiles”=“  Recherches  sur  les  Ossemens  Fossiles,”  q.  v. 

“ Osteographie”=“  Osteographie  des  Mammiferes,”  q.v. 

“ Osteographie  des  Mammiferes,”  Blainville,  Paris,  1839-64. 

Owen,  R. : “ Anatomy  of  Vertebrates,”  London,  1866-68. 

' “Fossil  remains  of  Mammals  found  in  China.”  Q.  J.  G.  S.  L.,  Vol.  XXVI,  p.  417. 

“ History  of  British  Fossil  Mammals  and  Birds,”  London,  1846. 

“ Odontography,”  London,  1840-46. 

' “ Palaeontology,”  2nd  ed.,  Edinburgh,  1861 . 

“ Palaeontographica,”  Cassel. 

“ Palaeontological  Memoirs”=“  Palaeontological  Memoirs  and  Notes  of  the  late  Hugh  Falconer,”  q.v. 

“ Palseontological  Memoirs  and  Notes  of  the  late  Hugh  Falconer,”  Chas.  Murchison,  London,  1868. 

“ Paleontology,”  Owen,  2nd  ed.,  Edinburgh,  1861. 

“ Paleontology,  Manual  of” — Nicholson,  London  and  Edinburgh,  eds.  1872-79. 

“ Paleontologie  et  Zoologie”=“  Zoologie  et  Paleontologie  Generales,”  q.v. 

“ Paleontologie  Suisse”=“  Materiaux  pour  la  Paleontologie  Suisse,”  q.v. 

“ Pal.  Mem.’ — “ Paleontological  Memoirs  and  Notes  of  the  late  Hugh  Falconer,”  q.v. 

Pictet : “ Materiaux  pour  la  Paleontologie  Suisse,”  Geneva,  1854-73. 

“ Prehistoric  Times,  etc.”  Lubbock,  2nd  ed.  London,  1869. 

“ Proceedings  of  Zoological  Society  of  London,”  London. 

“P.  Z.  S.”— ‘Proceedings  of  Zoological  Society  of  London.” 

“ Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London,”  London. 

“ Recherches  sur  les  Ossemens  Fossiles,”  Cuvier,  Paris,  ed.  1836. 

“ Records”=“  Records  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India.” 

“ Rec.  Geol.  Surv.  Ind.=”  “ Records  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India.” 

“ Records  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India,”  Calcutta. 

Royle ; “ Illustrations  of  the  Botany  and  other  branches  of  the  Natural  History  of  the  Himalaya  Mountains,” 
London,  1839. 


LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS,  &c. 


XXVll 


Eut.=“  Riitimeyer, 

Rutimeyer  : “ Die  Fauna  der  Pfahlbauten  in  der  Schweiz.'’  Zurich,  1862.  Nov.  Mem.  Soc.  Hel.,  Vol.  XIX. 

——“Die  Rinder  der  Tertiar-Epoche,  etc.”  Ahhand.  der.  Schweiz,  pal.  Gesell.,  Vols.  IV,  V. 

“ Studien  iiber  das  Genus  Mastodon,”  Meyer,  Paleeontographica,  Vol.  XVII. 

“ Systematic  Position  of  SivatJierium  giganteum  of  Falconer  and  Cautley,”  Murie.  Geol.  Mag.,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  438. 
“Tertiary  and  Alluvial  Deposits  of  the  Nerbudda  Valley,”  Theobald.  Mem.  Geol.  Surv.  Ind.,  Vol.  II,  p.  279. 
Theobald : “ On  the  Tertiary  and  Alluvial  Deposits  of  the  Nerbudda  Valley.”  Mem.  Geol.  Surv.  Ind.,  Vol.  II,  p.  279. 

Transactions  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London,”  London. 

“ Transactions  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London,”  London. 

Trans.  Geol,  Soc.  Lon.”=  (Transactions  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London.) 

Turner:  “ On  the  characters  of  the  Basis-cranii  of  Ruminants,  as  affording  grounds  for  classification.”  Proc.  Zool. 
Soc.,  Lon.,”  1848-49-50. 

Uber  Osteireichische  Mastodonten  und  ihre  Beziehungen  zu  den  Mastodonarten  Europas,”  Vacek,  Ahhand.  der 
k.  k.  Geol.  Reich.,  Vol.  VII,  pt.  IV. 

“ Ueber  die  fossilen  Reste  von  Wirbelthieren,  welche  die  Herren  von  Schlagintweit  von  ihren  Reisen  in  Indien  und 
Hoch  Asien  mitgebracht  haben.”  H.  Meyer.  “ Palseontographica,”  Vol.  XV. 

Vacek : “ Uber  Osteireichische  Mastodonten  und  ihre  Beziehungen  zu  den  Mastodonarten  Europas.  Ahhand.  der 
k.  k.  Geol.  Reich.,  Vol.  VII,  pt.  IV. 

Wallace:  “ Geographical  Distribution  of  Animals,”  London,  1876. 

Zoologie  et  Paleoutologie  Generales,”  Gervais,  Paris,  1867-69. 


CORRIGENDA  AND  ADDENDA. 


Page  4,  second  line  of  note,  for  “ 1864  ” read  “ 1865.” 

„ 5,  line  12  from  top,  for  “ Davis  ” read  “ Davies.” 

„ 15,  „ 23  „ bottom,  for  “ Palceindicus  ” read  “ Palmindicus.” 

„ 22,  „ 9 „ top,  for  “ 2nd  Ser.,  Vol.  Ill,  ” read  “ 1863.” 

„ „ „ 4 „ bottom,  for  “ fig.  4 ” read  “ fig.  1,”  and  on  next  page. 

„ 23,  „ 4 „ top,for“Plate70,  fig.  6, ’’read  “Plate  LXXIV,  fig.  1.” 

„ 24,  „ 12  „ bottom,  for  “ least  ” read  “ last.” 

„ 26,  „ 11  „ top,  for  “ figs.  2 and  5”  read  “ fig.  5.” 

„ 31,  „ 13  „ bottom,  after  the  word  mandible  add  “ (Plate  VI,  fig.  4).” 

„ 32,  „ 10  „ top,  for  “ molar  ” read  “ premolar.” 

„ 36,  „ 1 „ „ for  “bysodont,”  read  “hypsodont.” 

„ 40,  „ 10  „ bottom,  for  “ conven  ” read  “ convex.” 

„ 41,  „ 7 „ „ for  “ Plate  2 ” read  “ Plate  5.” 

„ 43,  .,  7 „ top,  for  “ swmatranus  ” read  “ sumatrensis." 

„ 46,  „ 19  „ „ for  “ fig.  23  ” read  “ fig.  26.” 

„ 49,  „ 20  „ „ for  “ anis  ” read  “ axis.” 

„ 51,  „ 17  „ bottom,  for  “ valley  ” read  “ valleys.” 

„ 52,  „ 1 „ top,  for  “ molar  ” read  “ premolar.” 

„ 54,  „ 1 „ bottom,  for  “ bysodont  ” read  “ hypsodont.” 

„ 55,  „ 2 „ top,  for  “ bysodont  ” read  “ brachydont.” 

„ 58,  „ 11  „ „ for  “ as  ” read  “ or.” 

„ „ „ 17  „ bottom,  for  “became”  read  “become.” 

„ 60,  ,,  8 „ top,  for  “ bysodont  ” read  “ hypsodont.” 

„ 61,  after  line  11  from  top,  add  “ Genus  Camelus.” 

„ 63,  line  19  from  top,  for  “ elegans  ” read  “ naui.” 

„ ,,  „ 3 „ bottom,  for  “ casps  ” read  “ cusps.” 

„ 65,  „ 19  „ top,  for  “ bysodont  ” read  “ hypsodont.” 

„ 69,  „ 16  „ „ for  “ elephas  ” read  “ elaphus." 

,,  70,  after  line  17  from  top,  add  “ Division  Perissodactyla”  (P) 

„ 72,  line  3 from  top,  for  “ Selonadont  ” read  “ Selenodont.” 

„ „ after  line  11  from  top,  add  “ Order  Proboscidia.” 

„ 76,  above  first  line  from  top,  add  “ Order  Ungueata.  Division  Artiodactyla.’ 
„ 77,  line  15  from  bottom,  for  “ Acotherium  ” read  “ Acotherulum." 

„ 78,  „ 8 „ „ for  “ memoirs  ” read  “ memoir.” 

„ 84,  „ 8 „ top,  for  “ Pietet  ” read  “ Pictet.” 

„ „ lines  19  and  31,  from  top,  for  “ Plate  IV  ” read  “ Plate  VII.” 

„ 85,  line  18  from  bottom,  for  “ Sihursi  ” read  “ Subursi.” 

„ „ „ 12  „ „ ior  “palcendicus”  iea.di“ palceindicus. ” 

„ 86,  „ 4 „ iog,  £ov  “ palcendicus”  veaLdi“ palceindicus.’' 

„ „ „ 7 „ „ ior  “ kelveticas  ” rea.i  “ helveticus.” 

„ 88,  lines  4 & 5 from  bottom,  for  (Plates  G and  S)  read  [Plates  R and,  I). 

„ 92.  This  list  of  Ruminants  will  be  found  amplified  on  page  180. 

„ 93,  line  6 from  bottom,  for  “just”  read  “ first.” 


XXX 


CORRIGENDA  AND  ADDENDA. 

Page  94,  line  20  from  top,  for  “ Mammalia”  read  “Mammalian.” 

„ 95,  „ 14  „ „ transpose  “ Section  Selenodonta  ” and  “ Division  Artiodactjla.” 

„ 99,  „ 1 „ „ for  “vertebrate read  “ Vertebrata.” 

„ 102,  „ 9 „ bottom,  for  “Perim-ganga,”  read  “ Pem-ganga.” 

„ 114,  „ 3 „ „ for  “ the  following  page  ” read  “ page  66.” 

„ 117,  „ 1 „ „ for  “ those  ” read  “ that.” 

„ 126,  „ 1 „ top,  for  “ Mammals  of  Nepal  ” read  “ Genera  of  Indian  Cattle.” 

„ „ „ 2 „ „ for  “ urus  ’’  read  “priscus.” 

„ 139,  „ 1 „ „ for  “ Perim-ganga”  read  “ Pem-ganga.” 

„ 141.  The  species  here  described  as  Perihos  occipitalis,  on  page  174  is  renamed,  Hemihos  occipitalis. 

„ 145.  The  skull  here  described  under  the  name  of  Hemihos  triquetriceros,  on  page  177  is  renamed 
Hemihos  acuticornis, 

„ 148,  line  20  from  top,  for  “ fig.  6 ” read  “ fig.  2.” 

,,  150,  Of  the  two  skulls  described  as  Amphihos  acuticornis,  one  (Plate  XXI,  fig.  1)  is  renamed  on  page  178 
Hemihos  acuticornis,  and  the  other  H.  occipitalis. 

„ 157,  line  9 from  top,  after  the  word  “ species”  add  a colon. 

„ 161,  Note,  for  “ page  44  ” read  “ page  438.” 

„ 167,  line  6 from  bottom,  for  “Severtgoff  ” read  “ Severtzoff,” 

„ 173.  Above  “ Bubalus  platyceeos,  ” add  “ Genus  Bubalus.” 

„ 193,  line  11  from  top,  for  “ left”  read  “ right.” 

„ 258,  „ 11  „ „ „ “ left  ” read  “ right.” 

if.  B.—The  reader  is  requested  to  make  the  above  corrections  with  pen  and  ink. 


DIRECTIONS  TO  THE  BINDER. 


In  fasciculus  1 (“  Rhinoceros  deccanensis’^)  substitute  descriptions  of  Plates  I,  II 
III,  issued  with  fifth  fasciculus  (Prohoscidia)  for  the  one  sheet  in  the  firs, 
fasciculus ; destroy  title  page  and  preliminary  notice. 

In  fasciculus  2 (“Molar  Teeth  and  other  Remains  of  Mammalia”),  destroy 
title  page  and  preface,  corrigenda  and  addenda,  and  appendix  issued  subsequently ; 
also  the  page  entitled  “ Index  to  plates.”  Eor  Plate  X in  that  fasciculus  substitute 
the  corresponding  plate  issued  with  the  fifth  fasciculus,  also  the  descriptions  of 
Plates  IV,  Y,  and  Vl. 

In  fasciculus  3 (“Crania  of  Ruminants”),  destroy  title  page  and  preface, 
substitute  for  the  original  descriptions  of  Plates  XX  to  XXIY  the  new  descriptions 
issued  with  the  fourth  fasciculus,  and  intercalate  Plates  XXI A and  B and  XXIII A 
(issued  with  the  same  fasciculus)  in  their  proper  serial  place;  substitute  reissue 
of  Plates  XXI  and  XXIV  for  original  ones. 

Bind  title-page  to  volume,  contents,  list  of  plates,  etc.,  at  commencement,  and 
index  and  all  the  plates  at  end  of  volume. 


R.  L. 


FAUNA 


OF  THE 

INDIAN  FLUVIATILE  DEPOSITS. 


RHINOCEROS  DECCANENSIS, 

A new  Species  discovered  near  Gokak,  Belg-aum  District,  by  R.  B.  FOOTE,  F.G.S., 
Geological  Survey  of  India. 


In  May  1871,  while  looking  for  sections  in  the  hed  of  a small  nullah,  I came 
upon  some  fragments  of  fossil  bones  and  teeth,  and  amongst  them  part  of  an  upper 
molar  of  a Rhinoceros.  I at  once  set  to  tracing  out  the  source  whence  these 
bones  might  have  been  derived,  and,  after  closely  examining  the  banks  of  the 
nullah  for  a few  dozen  yards  further  up  its  course,  found  a row  of  large  mammalian 
teeth  exposed  at  a height  of  3 feet  above  the  bed  of  the  nullah  and  fully  8 feet  or 
more  below  the  top  of  the  bed  of  black  clay  which  here  forms  the  bank,  and  which 
black  clay  passes  up  into  the  typical  regur  of  this  neighbourhood.  The  spot  at 
which  this  discovery  was  made  lies  about  3^  miles  east  north-east  of  Gokak  (a 
talook  town  in  the  Belgaum  District,  well-known  from  the  proximity  of  the  great 
fall  of  the  Gatparba  River),  and  about  f of  a mile  south  south-east  of  the  little 
village  of  Chickdowlee,  immediately  west  of  which  the  small  nullah  falls  into  the 
Gatparba  River. 

This  small  nullah*  has  cut  deeply  into  and  through  the  regur  at  that  spot, 
and  has  formed  a small  cliff  on  the  face  of  which  the  row  of  teeth  abovementioned 
was  exposed. 

The  rain-wash  from  the  upper  part  of  the  little  cliff  had  covered  up  every- 
thing, the  teeth  excepted,  but  on  removing  it  carefully,  I found  the  teeth  belonged 
to  the  right  ramus  of  the  mandible  of  a Rhinoceros. 

Beneath  the  rain- wash  the  black  clay,  though  much  broken  up  by  sun-cracks, 
was  hard,  and  the  angular  fragments  were  so  closely  wedged  together  that  it 
required  a good  deal  of  time  and  trouble  to  remove  those  immediately  surrounding 
the  bones  without  disturbing  the  latter,  which  were  not  only  extremely  brittle,  but 
also  much  comminuted  in  situ  by  the  action  of  sun-cracks. 

* The  Chickdowlee  nuUah  is  a small  stream  rising  in  the  hiUs  to  the  north-west  of  Buneechmurdee,  and  not  as  it 
is  represented  on  the  map,  the  extension  of  the  large  nullah  flowing  past  Kelvee,  which  reaUy  falls  into  the  great 
Mumdapoor  nuHah  close  to  the  viUage  of  Maldinee. 


2 


PAUNA  OP  THE  INDIAN  ELIJVIATILE  DEPOSITS. 


Had  it  been  feasible  I should  very  gladly  have  deferred  the  extraction  of 
these  bones  for  a day  or  two  to  do  it  more  leisurely  than  was  then  possible ; unfor- 
tunately the  weather  was  very  unsettled,  numerous  heavy  thunderstorms  had  taken 
place  within  the  previous  week,  and  another  was  gathering  at  the  time.  Should 
a flood  come  down  the  nullah  the  greater  part  of  the  bones  laid  bare  would 
certainly  be  swept  away  and  lost.  Then  also  the  spot  being  between  six  and  seven 
miles  from  my  camp,  it  was  impossible  to  keep  watch  over  the  fossil  remains  thus 
exposed,  while  the  attention  of  several  field  labourers  had  been  attracted  by  seeing 
me  busily  removing  the  soil  with  my  hands,  and  they  in  their  cmaosity  would,  in 
all  probability,  have  utterly  ruined  this  valuable  specimen  had  I left  it  unguarded. 
I decided,  therefore,  to  take  it  at  once  as  being  the  siu’est  way  of  getting  it  as  nearly 
as  possible  entire. 

A few  inches  below  the  surface  the  clay  became  damp,  but  was  still  extremely 
tenacious,  and  it  required  great  care  and  much  patient  labour  to  loosen  the  bones 
without  entirely  crushing  them. 

The  position  occupied  by  the  head  was  suggestive  of  its  having  been  drifted  into 
its  present  resting-place,  the  heaviest  part,  the  cranium,  being  undermost.  The 
head  had,  however,  not  been  entirely  overturned,  but  originally  rested  on  the  right 
frontal  bone  and  supraorbital  ridge.  The  greater  part  of  the  right  side  of  the  head 
had  been  broken  away  by  flood  action  undermining  the  bank.  Unfortunately  most 
of  the  bones  thus  detached  and  found  loose  in  the  nullah  were  too  fragmentary  to 
be  joined  together. 

The  left  maxilla  and  left  ramus  of  the  mandible  were  in  perfect  apposition 
when  freshly  exposed,  but  the  left  side  of  the  head  had  suffered  severely  prior 
to  its  entombment,  as  the  frontal  and  nasal  bones  were  missing. 

The  position  of  the  left  ramus  in  apposition  to  the  maxilla  offers  a strong 
indication  of  the  head,  though  much  mutilated,  not  having  been  entirely  deprived 
of  its  external  covering  of  flesh  at  the  time  it  was  buried  in  the  black  clay. 

No  indications  of  any  bones  but  such  as  belonged  to  the  head  were  met  with  in 
situ,  though  the  bank  was  excavated  to  some  little  depth  after  removing  all  that 
remained  of  the  cranium. 

Among  the  bones  found  loose  in  the  bed  of  the  nullah  only  one  or  two  frag- 
ments appear  to  belong  to  the  body  of  the  animal,  and  they  are  somewhat  doubtful. 

The  bones  found  imbedded  were — 

1.  — The  mandible,  nearly  perfect. 

2. -— The  left  maxilla  with  jugal  and  lachrymal  bones  attached. 

3.  — The  squamosal  hone  with  meatus  auditorius  and  post-tympanic  process  of  the  left  side. 

4.  — Part  of  right  frontal  bone. 

5. ' — Hyoid  bones? 

6.  — Pterygoid  bone  (right  side  ?) 

Lying  loose  in  the  sandy  bed  of  the  nullahs  were  parts  of  the  right  maxilla, 
fragments  of  teeth,  and  two  or  three  bones  too  fragmentary  to  be  determined. 


RHINOCEROS  HECCANENSIS. 


3 


When  found  the  bones  were  largely  covered  with  minutely  botryoidal  calcare- 
Bones  very  thickly  encrusted  with  ous  coucretious,  forming  an  extremely  hard  and  dense 
two  kinds  of  kunkur.  crust  irregularly  distributed  over  the  surface,  in  some 

places  in  large  and  thick  patches,  at  others  in  small  wart-like  excrescences.  Erom 
the  brittle  condition  of  the  bones  these  were  very  difficult  to  remove  without  destroy- 
ing the  underlying  surface  of  the  bones.  Many  had  to  be  gently  rasped  away — an 
operation  requiring  much  time  and  patience,  because  of  the  hardness  of  the  material. 

Besides  this  botryoidal  encrustation  the  whole  surface  of  nearly  every  bone 
was  covered  by  a thinner  crust  of  a more  earthy  material  less  hard  than  the  former. 
The  less  dense  parts  of  this  crust  assimilated  to  common  earthy  kunkur,  but  some 
of  the  dense  parts  of  it,  which  showed  an  arrangement  in  vermicular  masses,  though 
less  hard,  were  extremely  tough  and  fully  as  difficult  to  remove  as  the  other  form 
of  encrustation.  The  removal  of  these  crusts  was,  however,  quite  essential,  as  they 
completely  hid  and  altered  the  true  shape  of  many  parts  of  the  bones.  The  encrusta- 
tion was  by  no  means  confined  to  the  surface — it  had  penetrated  most  of  the 
numerous  fissures  due  to  the  expansion  and  contraction  of  the  surrounding  clay. 
These  intrusions  of  kunkur  had  in  many  cases,  particularly  where  they  affected 
the  teeth,  given  rise  to  total  deformity  of  the  parts  by  wedging  them  asunder, 
sometimes  to  the  extent  of  half  an  inch  or  more.  Part  of  the  surface  of  many  of 
the  teeth  has  been  eaten  into,  as  if  by  a kanker,  by  the  calcareous  crust  resting  on 
it,  forming  small  shallow  pits  on  the  surface  of  the  enamel. 

The  degree  of  alteration  the  bones  have  undergone  is  very  various  in  different 
parts ; especially  is  this  the  case  with  regard  to  the  teeth,  in  many  of  which  part 
of  the  enamel  is  perfectly  preserved,  while  closely  adjacent  parts  have  been  greatly 
changed  and  have  lost  all  lustre  and  become  quite  mealy  in  texture.  Excepting 
external  discoloration  from  contact  with  surrounding  soil,  the  bones  are  but 
slightly  altered  from  their  natural  color,  though  a good  deal  of  calcareous  matter 
became  infiltrated  in  their  cancellar  tissue.  The  enamel  of  the  upper  molars  is 
rather  browner  in  color  than  that  of  the  lower  ones.  The  dentine  of  all  the  broken 
teeth  is  a good  deal  stained  along  the  minute  capillary  tubules  of  a deep  black, 
apparently  due  to  the  presence  of  oxide  of  manganese.  The  cavities  in  the  fangs  of 
the  teeth  left  by  the  decay  of  the  pulp  are  mostly  lined  with  acicular  crystals  of 
arragonite.  The  dentine  was  found  to  be  traversed  by  innumerable  minute  cracks, 
rendering  the  mass  extremely  brittle,  especially  near  the  base  of  the  crowns  and  in 
the  fangs.  Owing  to  this  many  of  the  teeth  fell  to  pieces,  and  had  to  be  built  up  by 
fitting  piece  to  piece— a very  long  and  tedious  task  from  the  great  number  of  tiny 
fragments  that  had  to  be  dealt  with.  But  for  the  fact  that  the  manganese  stains  of 
the  dentine  tubules  above  alluded  to  often  formed  patterns  on  the  broken  surfaces, 
the  building  up  process  of  the  dentinous  parts  would  have  been  simply  impossible. 

Some  change  in  the  form  of  some  of  the  bones  has  been  caused  by  the  pres- 
sure of  the  mass  they  were  imbedded  in.  The  parts  principally  affected  by  such 
pressure  are  the  mandibles,  the  jugal  arch,  and  the  supradental  portion  of  the  left 


4 EAUNA  OE  THE  INDIAN  ELHVIATILE  DEPOSITS. 

maxilla.  The  mandible  is  materially  distorted,  the  right  ramus  especially  having 
been  forced  over  to  the  left  side  very  considerably,  and  the  symphysis  having  been 
twisted  so  that  the  left  side  of  the  symphysial  prolongation  is  fully  half  an  inch 
higher  in  level  than  the  right.  The  right  ramus  is  also  rather  broken  at  the  lower 
edge  about  the  middle  of  its  length. 

The  upper  and  outer  part  of  the  left  maxilla  above  the  molar  series  is  much 
crushed  out  of  shape,  so  much  so  that  the  jugal  arch,  instead  of  being  parallel  to 
the  side  of  the  skull,  has  been  turned  over  outwards,  so  that  at  present  it  has  a 
position  nearly  at  right  angles  to  its  normal  one. 

The  plane  of  the  dental  series  of  the  maxilla  has  also  been  considerably  more 
curved  than  normal,  the  result  being  that  the  molars  and  premolars,  instead  of  being 
in  close  apposition  to  each  other  as  in  all  other  species  of  Ehinoceros,  are  divided  by 
spaces.  This  is  especially  observable  between  premolars  2 and  3 and  molars  1 and 
2 and  2 and  3.  The  bones  appear  to  have  been  in  a rather  soft  state  when  thus 
affected,  else  they  must  have  been  far  more  extensively  fractm’ed. 

On  comparison  with  all  the  other  described  species  of  Ehinoceros,  both  living 
and  fossil,  the  head  discovered  at  Chickdowlee  shows  such  marked  differences  that 
it  cannot  be  assigned  to  any  one  of  them,  and  deserves,  therefore,  to  be  considered 
as  a distinct  and  hitherto  undescribed  species.  As  such  I propose  to  call  it  Rli. 
-Deccanensis ; and  as  the  region  in  which  it  was  found  belongs  distinctly  to  the 
Deccan  in  the  older  and  fuller  meaning  of  the  name,  and  most  of  the  other  Asiatic 
Ehinoceroses,  both  recent  and  fossil,  have  been  distinguished  by  geographical 
specific  names,  the  one  now  proposed  appears  quite  suitable. 

The  head  only  of  Hli.  Deccanensis  being  known,  comparisons  could  only  be 
instituted  with  corresponding  parts  of  specimens  of  other  species.  Eight  distinct 
points  of  character  came  specially  under  comparison,  and  they  were  in  order  of 
importance — 

1. — The  proportional  height  of  the  crowns  of  the  teeth. 

3. — The  form  of  the  symphysis  of  the  mandible. 

3.  — The  presence  or  absence  of  incisor  teeth  and  their  size. 

4.  — The  special  structure  of  the  upper  molar  series. 

5.  — The  form  of  the  bones  of  the  periotic  region. 

6.  — The  form  and  proportions  of  the  zygomatic  arch. 

7 • — The  relative  size  as  compared  with  that  of  other  species. 

8. — The  deciduous  character  of  premolar  1. 

In  carrying  out  the  comparison  of  the  remains  of  this  Ehinoceros  with  those 
of  other  species,  I have  followed  the  methods  adopted  by  the  late  Dr.  Ealconer  and 
by  Mr.  Boyd  Dawkins,  e.  r.  s.,*  and  for  the  descriptive  portion  and  plates  have 
adopted  the  terms  (with  two  exceptions)  and  indicative  letters  employed  by  the 
latter  palaeontologist  in  his  several  very  able  papers  on  the  dentition  of  the  Ehino- 
cerotes  found  fossil  in  Great  Britain. 

* See  Falconer’s  Palaeontological  Memoirs  and  Mr.  Boyd  Dawkins’  papers  in  the  Natural  History  Review,  1863 
and  1864,  and  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society,  Vol.  XXIII,  1867,  and  Vol,  XXIV,  1868. 


EHINOCEROS  DECCANENSIS. 


o 


With  regard  to  living  species  I have  followed  the  latest  enumeration  given  by 
Dr.  J.  E.  Grey  in  the  “Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History”^  in  continuation 
of  the  list  published  in  his  catalogue  of  the  Pachydermata  in  the  British  Museum. 

Unfortunately  some  species  included  among  those  are  founded  on  external 
characters  only,  e.  g.,  Bh.  Oswellii  and  Bh.  CrossU,  and  with  such,  of  course,  com- 
parisons were  impossible. 

My  specimen  was  compared  with  all  known  published  descriptions  and  with  the 
fossil  and  recent  specimens  in  the  British  Museum,  the  Boyal  College  of  Surgeons, 
London,  the  Jardin  des  Plantes,  Paris,  the  Museum  of  the  K.  K.  Geol.  Beichs 
Anstalt,  Vienna,  the  Imperial  Museum,  Calcutta,  the  Madras  Museum,  and  last, 
but  not  least,  the  Geological  Museum,  Calcutta.  And  here  I would  express  my 
sincere  thanks  to  Mr.  Henry  Woodward,  v.  r.  s.,  to  Mr.  Davis  of  the  Palaeonto- 
logical Department  of  the  British  Museum,  and  to  Professor  A.  Gaudryof  the  Jardin 
des  Plantes,  for  the  true  courtesy  with  which  they  gave  me  every  assistance  in 
their  power  in  carrying  out  such  comparison  with  the  specimens  in  their  custody. 

The  head  of  Bh.  Beccanensis  indicates  a smaller  and  slighter  animal  than 
Bh.  Indicus,  but  one  larger  in  all  probability  than  any  of  the  other  living  Asiatic 
species. 

The  head  is  that  of  a young  adult  animal  whose  permanent  dentition  is  re- 

Dentai  formula  presented  by  the  formula  H ? C|,  P.  M.  Hi,  M. 

The  teeth,  which  were  not  furnished  with  a cement 
layer,  are  not  much  worn  down  by  use;  indeed,  the  last  molars  in  each  jaw  had 
only  just  begun  to  show  signs  of  wear.  The  animal  belonged  very  markedly  to 
the  hypsodont  section  of  the  family. 

The  incisors  are  wanting  in  the  mandible,  and  from  the  rather  broken  con- 
dition of  the  incisive  border  of  the  symphysial  portion,  it  is  difdcult  to  be  quite 
positive  whether  alveoli  had  ever  been  developed  there  or  not.  The  incisors,  if 
developed  there,  were  extremely  small  and  quite  rudimentary. 

The  premaxillary  bones  are  unfortunately  wanting;  hence  the  presence  or 
absence  of  incisors  in  the  upper  jaw  cannot  be  determined,  but  the  probability  is 
that  they  were  extremely  small  or  wanting.  Two  fragments  of  bone  were  found 
loose,  which  present  some  resemblance  to  the  anterior  extremities  of  pre-maxillary 
bones  in  other  species,  and,  if  they  should  really  be  such,  their  appearance  certainly 
disfavors  the  idea  that  the  animal  possessed  upper  incisors. 

Professor  Owen  has  pointed  out  that  the  development  of  the  horns  of  the 
Rhinocerotes  is  in  the  inverse  proportion  to  the  magnitude  of  the  incisors.  If  this 
law  held  gOod  in  Bh.  JDeccanensis,  it  must  have  had  a very  large  horn  or  pair  of 
horns. t Unfortunately,  however,  the  nasal  bones  were  not  found ; so,  this  point 
remains  for  the  present  undecided. 

* Annals  and  Magazine  of  Natural  History,  4th  Series,  Vol.  XI,  p.  356. 
t Owen’s  Comparative  Anatomy  of  Vertehi’ata,  Vol.  Ill,  p.  356. 


6 


PAUNA  OE  THE  INDIAN  ELUVIATILE  DEPOSITS. 


The  mandible. 


The  anterior  or  symphysial  part  of  the  mandible  is  prolonged  beyond  the 
premolars  in  a narrow  beak-like  projection  unlike  in 
form  or  proportion  to  any  species  hitherto  described 
and  figured.  A correct  idea  of  its  form  will  be  obtained  by  referring  to  figures  3 
and  4,  Plate  II.  The  peculiarity  of  this  symphysial  prolongation  consists  in  its 
narrowness  and  in  the  sudden  diminution  in  width  in  front  of  the  permanent  pre- 
molars. Bh.  Etruscus,  Ealconer,  which  of  fossil  species  most  resembles  it,  shows 
a less  sudden  constriction,  if  the  term  may  be  used,  of  the  extension  of  the  sym- 
physis in  front  of  premolar  2,  and  the  extension  is  moreover  wider  in  proportion.  In 
Bh.  mger.  Gray,  the  symphysis  is  narrow,  but  longer  than  in  the  Deccan  species, 
and  ends  in  a sharp  toothless  incisive  border.  Many  species  of  Rhinoceros,  both 
recent  and  fossil, ^show  this  extension  of  the  symphysis,  but  instead  of  its  being 
narrow  throughout  its  length  and  constricted  immediately  in  front  of  the  premo- 
lars, it  is  wide  at  first,  then  narrows,  and  before  reaching  the  incisive  border  spreads 
out  again  in  a spatulate  form.  In  many  species  large  or  moderate  sized  incisors 
project  from  the  anterior  border.  In  Bh.  JDeccanensis  the  rather  broken  condition 
of  the  incisive  border  («.  b.  fig.  4,  PI.  II)  renders  it  a 
The  mclsois.  little  doubtful  whether  incisors  had  been  developed  there 

or  not.  If  the  small  and  irregular  cavities  observable  in  that  situation  were  true 
alveoli,  and  probably  they  were  so,  the  incisors  must  have  been  very  small  and 
rudimentary,  as  has  already  been  mentioned  above.  There  is  no  trace  of  them 
left,  so  they  had  probably  been  shed  while  the  animal  was  alive. 

There  are  no  indications  of  large  mentary  foramina  Kke  those  so  strongly 
developed  in  Bh.  Etruscus. 

As  already  mentioned  {ante,  p.  6)  the  symphysis  has  been  somewhat  twisted 
by  pressure,  and  the  right  ramus  has  been  forced  over  considerably  towards  the 
left  one,  and  the  central  part  of  the  lower  edge  rather  broken.  The  left  ramus 
appears  to  be  unaffected  by  the  pressure,  but  has  lost  the  coronoid  process.  The 
condyle  is  relatively  small,  the  transverse  length  of  the 
articular  surface  being  only  3 inches,  while  the  same  part 
in  an  otherwise  much  smaller  mandible  of  Bh.  Sondaicus*  measm’ed  3^  inches  across. 
The  curve  of  the  ascending  part  of  the  ramus  commences  just  below  the  median 
groove  of  premolar  3,  The  height  of  the  ascending  part  of  the  ramus  is  9T5  inches 
to  the  summit  of  the  condyle,  measured  vertically  from  the  smTace  the  mandible 
rested  on,  or  11’75  inches,  measured  with  a tape  along  the  posterior  edge  from  the 
condyle  to  the  angle.  Erom  the  angle  to  the  incisive  border,  measured  along  the 
under  side  of  the  ramus,  is  a distance  of  19  inches.  The  left  ramus  only  was 
measured,  being  much  the  more  perfectly  preserved.  The  posterior  edge  of  the 
ascending  ramus  rises  almost  straight,  and  is  not  notched  below  the  condyle  as  in 
Bh.  Sondaicus  and  various  other  species. 


The  ascending  portion  of  the  ramus. 


* In  the  collection  of  the  Imperial  Museum,  Calcutta. 


EHINOCEEOS  DECCANENSIS. 


7 


The  lower  molar  series  is  represented  by  six  normally-shaped  tall  crowned  teeth — 
three  premolars  and  three  molars.  Of  these  premolar 
The  lower  molar  series,  2,  on  either  side,  is  perfect,  except  that  the  posterior 

wall  is  rather  broken. 

Premolar  3 is  imperfect  on  both  sides,  the  inner  being  broken  away.  Premolar  4 
is  altogether  wanting  in  the  right  ramus  and  wants  the  inner  wall  in  the  left  ramus. 

Of  the  true  molars  in  the  right  ramus,  molar  1 is  rather  imperfect ; molar  2 and 
molar  3 are  perfect  in  the  crowns;  these  are  figured  in  Plate  III,  figs.  2 and  3. 
It  will  be  observed  that  the  posterior  collis  of  premolar  3 had  only  lately  begun  to 
come  into  wear.  The  corresponding  teeth  in  the  left  ramus  are  less  well  preserved. 
The  lower  molars  of  Rh.  Deccanensis  are  not  specialized,  and  offer  no  strikingly 
characteristic  differences  from  many  other  species.  The  guard  is  but  sMghtly  deve- 
loped on  the  anterior  and  posterior  walls,  and  does  not  show  on  either  the  inner  or 
outer  walls  in  the  lower  molars.  Molar  1 of  the  left  side  has  been  forced  upwards 
and  backwards  by  an  intrusion  of  the  encrusting  matter,  as  shown  in  fig.  3,  Plate  II. 

The  annexed  measurements  of  the  lower  molars  may  be  interesting  for  pur- 
poses of  comparison — they  are  as  exact  as  the  imperfect  state  of  the  specimen 
admitted  of  their  being.  They  were  made  in  the  following  directions,  after 
Mr.  Boyd  Dawkins’s  system,  at  the  base  of  the  crowns : — 

1. — Antero  posterior,  along  outside  of  crown. 


2.  — Antero  transverse,  across  anterior  collis. 

3. - — Postero  transverse,  across  posterior  collis. 


Tooth. 

Side. 

1. 

2. 

3. 

Premolar  2 

Eight 

1"  3"' 

61'" 

Ditto  3 

Left 

1"  3'" 

Ditto  4 

do. 

1"  7'" 

Molar  1 

Eight 

1"  8"' 

i"2r 

1"  4'" 

Ditto  2 

do. 

I'll'" 

1"3" 

1"  3i" 

Ditto  3 

do. 

2"  1"' 

1"3'" 

1"  2|" 

The  length  of  either  row  of  lower  molars  on  the  right  side  is  11|-  inches, 
measured  along  the  outer  bases  of  the  crowns. 

Before  passing  on  to  the  description  of  the  much  more  complex  upper  molar 
series,  it  will  be  better  to  give  a key  to  the  indicative  letters  used  in  the  plates,  and 
which,  as  already  mentioned,  agree  with  those  employed  by  Mr.  Boyd  Dawkins 
in  his  several  memoirs.  As  both  upper  and  lower  molars  are  recognized  to  be  formed 
on  the  same  plan,  though  differing  very  greatly  in  the  degree  to  which  that  plan  was 
developed,  the  letters  apply  to  the  homologous  parts  in  both  series.  The  teeth  are 
compared  to  a hill  sub-divided  by  two  valleys  running  down  from  the  main  ridge  or 
outer  wall  of  the  tooth.  Besides  the  subordinate  hills  thus  formed,  there  are 
certain  processes  jutting  from  the  walls  of  these  hills  into  the  area  of  the  valleys, 
certain  prominent  ridges  on  the  outer  wall,  certain  remarkable  ledges  of 
enamel  running  round  the  sides  of  the  walls,  and  certain  grooves  dividing  the 
outer  wall  into  areas,  which  all  have  to  be  accounted  for,  as  their  form,  or  presence, 
or  absence  are  of  great  and  often  specific  import.  The  comparison  to  a hill  only 


8 


PAUNA  OP  THE  INDIAN  PLHVIATILE  DEPOSITS. 


holds  good  to  a certain  extent,  but  it  would  be  very  difficult  to  find  any  natural 
object  with  which  abetter  comparison  could  be  instituted,  and  it  has  been  adopted  in 
part  by  so  many  eminent  palseontologists  that  it  is  better  to  carry  it  on  than  introduce 
another,  though  a much  better  one  might  be  found  if  a fortification,  such  as  a small 
Indian  fort  or  medigeval  castle,  were  the  object  adopted  for  the  comparison.  The  follow- 
ing list  shows  the  principal  parts  of  the  teeth  and  the  letters  they  are  indicated  by 

*a.  Anterior  valley .+ 

*b.  Posterior  valley.  |1 
*c.  Accessory  valley. 

*d.  Anterior  collis.§ 

*e.  Median  collis.^ 

*f.  Posterior  collis. 
ff.  Anterior  process=crista.  •» 

hi . Median  process.  ?•  “ Combing  plates  ” of  Boyd  Dawkins. 

712.  Posterior  process=crochet=uncus.  ^ 
i.  Median  groove  on  outer  wall  of  tooth. 

Costse  on  the  outer  wall. 

1.  Outer  wall  (divided  by  “ i”  into  “ m”  and  “ n”).  “ External  lamina  ” of  Boyd  Dawkins .f 
m.  Anterior  area. 


n.  Posterior  area. 

0.  Guard=cingulum=bourrelet=wulst. 
p.  Opening  to  anterior  valley  or  “ pass.” 


The  left  maxiUa  was  found  in  situ  with  its  six  teeth,  and  is  figured  in  Plate  I. 

Of  the  right  maxilla  only  fragments  were  found  loose 
in  the  bed  of  the  nullah,  and  from  these  the  teeth  were 


The  maxilla  and  upper  molar  series. 


missing,  but  fragments  of  some  teeth  were  also  found  loose.  The  upper  molars  were 
unfortunately  more  affected  by  decay  (whatever  may  have  been  the  cause),  and 
more  penetrated  by  the  veins  of  encrusting  matter,  while  the  great  depth  of  the 
valleys  rendered  them  more  fragile  than  the  lower  molars.  Of  the  teeth  in  the 
left  maxilla  p^'emolar  2 and  molar  2 are  much  broken.  Molar  I and  molar  3 are  also 
considerably  damaged  : still  enough  remains  to  give  a fair  idea  of  this  most  charac- 
teristic part  of  the  whole  dentition.  In  both  premolar  2 and  77iolar  2 the  outer 
wall  is  wanting. 

The  premolars  of  Bh.  Deccanensis  are  specialized  by  the  very  great  development 
of  the  ledge  of  enamel,  known  as  the  cingulum  or  guard  ( Boyd  Dawkins  ),  which 
occurs  mostly  on  the  anterior  and  inner  walls  of  the  teeth,  and  which  is  well  shown 
in  both  figs.  I and  2 of  Plate  I.  I think  I am  right  in  saying  that  in  no  other 
species  is  this  peculiar  appendage  of  the  premolars  so  strongly  developed,  and  in  this 
respect  it  resembles  some  of  the  European  miocene  species.  Premolar  I was  deciduous 
and  probably  a very  small  tooth,  as  no  sign  of  it  can  be  made  out  on  the  edge  of  the 
maxilla.  In  premolar  2 a small  pit,*  fig.  1,  Plate  I,  shows  in  the  enamel  ledge  or 

* The  equivalent  terms  in  Latin  are  employed  by  Brandt  {Bh,  tichorldnus,  Mem.,  Acad.  St.  Peter,  6e  ser.,  tom.  VII.) 

J Vallon  oblique,  in  upper  molars,  Cuvier. 

11  Ecorchure  au  bord  posterieur,  Cuvier ; Fossette  posterieur,  Blainville. 

§ Colline  seconde,  of  upper  molars,  Cuvier. 

^ “ La  troisieme  colline,”  of  upper  molar,  “ le  bord  posterieur  de  la  dent.”  Cuvier. 

t Collis  externus,  Brandt.  “ Colline  pi’cmiere  qui  suit  exactement  le  bord.”  Cuvier. 


EIIINOCEROS  DECCANENSIS. 


9 


guard  on  the  anterior  wall  of  the  tooth;  this  is  the  only  part  of  the  building  up  of  the 
teeth  that  I feel  a shade  of  doubt  about,  because  such  a pit  does  not  seem  to  be  known 
in  other  species;  the  fragmentary  parts,  however,  fitted  most  perfectly  together.  The 
corresponding  portion  of  the  right  jaw  premolar,  is  unfortunately  unknown.  This  tooth 
is  a good  deal  more  worn  than  premolar  3 and  4,  and  the  pass  p,  leading  from  the  inner 
wall  of  the  tooth  to  the  anterior  valley,  is  almost  obliterated  by  wear.  The  edge  of 
posterior  wall  of  the  tooth  has  also  been  so  much  worn  that  the  posterior  collis 
is  separated  from  the  posterior  valley  by  a belt-like  surface  of  dentine.  In  premolar  3, 
on  the  contrary,  much  less  wear  has  taken  place,  and  the  three  colles  stand  up  dis- 
tinctly. The  guard  commences  on  the  anterior  wall,  at  about  one-third  of  the  length 
of  the  wall  from  the  anterior  angle  of  the  outer  waU,  and  runs  all  round  the  inner 
wall  till  it  merges  in  the  posterior  collis.  The  pass  p dividing  the  anterior  and 
median  colles  is  deep  and  sharply  defined.  The  external  side  of  the  anterior  valley 
(^.  e.,  the  side  next  the  exterior  wall  of  the  tooth)  is  rather  broken  round  the  top. 
A spur  of  enamel  projects  from  the  median  collis  very  nearly  across  the  anterior 
valley,  and  shows  that  a very  strongly  marked  crochet  characterized  this  tooth. 
The  posterior  valley  is  rather  oval  in  shape,  imperfectly  so  however,  as  the  curve 
on  the  posterior  side  of  the  major  axis  is  much  greater  than  that  on  the  an- 
terior side  of  the  axis,  which  is  parallel  with  the  axis  of  the  median  colKs.  The 
posterior  waU  of  the  tooth  descends  but  little  from  the  posterior  collis,  and  thus 
shows  signs  of  wear,  and  also  gives  the  posterior  valley  a decidedly  pit-Mke  appear- 
ance quite  different  from  the  bay-like  appearance  it  presents  in  many  other  spe- 
cies, owing  to  the  posterior  waU  of  the  tooth  being  deeply  notched  by  the  posterior 
vaUey.  This  character  belongs  also  to  the  posterior  valleys  of  premolar  2 and  4.  The 
outer  wall  of  premolar  3 is  characterized  by  the  anterior  angle  or  costa  ki,  forming  an 
acute  angle ; k2  the  second  costa  is  well  developed,  but  the  whole  wall  of  the  tooth 
is  remarkable  for  its  flatness. 

Premolar  4 is,  on  the  whole,  very  little  different  from  premolar  3,  though  of 
considerably  larger  size.  The  chief  difference  lies  in  the  larger  proportional  size  of  the 
anterior  colUs,  which  is  taller  and  more  bulging  a little  below  the  present  surface  of 
mastication.  Premolar  4 is  perhaps  a little  less  worn  down.  The  anterior  angle  of 
premolar  4 is  also  rather  more  acute.  The  appearance  of  greater  height  in  the  anterior 
collis  of  premolar  4 as  compared  with  premolar  3 is  in  measure  due  to  the  lower  posi- 
tion occupied  by  the  guard  on  the  anterior  half  of  the  inner  wall  of  the  tooth.  The 
central  part  of  the  masticatory  surface  is  rather  broken,  but  there  is  a well  marked 
fold  of  enamel  projecting  from  the  median  coUis,  showing  that  a large  crochet 
would  be  present  were  the  tooth  unbroken.  The  outer  wall  of  the  tooth  is,  like  that 
of  premolar  3,  remarkable  for  its  flatness,  which  greatly  exceeds  that  of  aU  other 
species  I have  been  able  to  compare  it  with.  This  character  will  be  apparent  from  a 
comparison  of  flg.  1 in  Plates  I and  II. 

The  true  molars,  as  already  stated,  are  unfortunately  less  well  preserved,  but 
enough  remains  to  recognize  many  of  their  chief  characteristics.  The  true  molars 

c 


10 


PAUNA  OP  THE  INDIAN  PLHVIATILE  DEPOSITS. 


will  be  seen  not  to  show  the  great  development  of  guard  wMch  is  so  conspicuous 
in  tbe  premolars.  The  guards  in  both  molars  is  confined  to  the  anterior  wall  of 
the  tooth,  and  there  it  occupies  a much  smaller  space,  extending  less  than  half  the 
length  of  the  wall  from  the  inner  anterior  angle.  Moreover,  in  molar  1 its  position 
is  very  different,  as  it  lies  very  high,  nearly  level  indeed  with  the  crown  surface  of 
the  anterior  collis,  upon  which  it  rather  eneroaches  and  makes  a small  shelf,  harp- 
shaped in  plan,  instead  of  a jutting  ledge.  In  molar  2 the  guard  forms  a wide  ledge, 
sloping  upward  from  the  inner  anterior  angle  nearly  to  the  middle  of  the  anterior ; 
unlike  m.  1,  however,  the  guard  springs  from  a point  about  half  way  down  the  side  of 
the  anterior  collis.  The  anterior  collis  of  the  true  molars  is  of  much  larger  propor- 
tions than  in  the  premolars,  as  compared  with  the  whole  size  of  the  teeth,  being  very 
broad  and  stout,  especially  in  molar  1,  where  it  forms  much  more  than  half  of  the 
inner  side  of  the  tooth.  By  this  increase  of  size  in  the  anterior  collis  the  anterior 
valley  is  greatly  narrowed,  and  the  pass  no  longer  occupies  a median  position,  and  has 
become  very  narrow  and  much  deeper  than  in  the  premolars.  The  crochet  }i%.  is  very 
large,  and  all  but  touches  the  posterior  wall  of  the  anterior  collis.  The  outer  wall  of 
the  anterior  valley  also  forms  a projecting  fold  of  enamel  {Ji\,  fig.  1,  Plate  I),  which 
projects  forward  and  inward.  The  posterior  valley  is  unfortunately  wanting,  that 
part  of  the  tooth  being  broken  away,  but  judging  from  the  fragment  of  molar  1 of 
the  right  jaw,  which  was  found  loose  in  the  nullah-bed,  the  posterior  valley  most  likely 
resembled  that  of  premolar  4.  This  fragment,  which  is  figured  in  Plate  II,  fig.  2, 
shows  a saddle-like  slope  descending  from  the  posterior  collis /into  the  posterior  valley. 
On  the  outer  wall  of  the  tooth  it  will  be  seen  that  the  anterior  angle  is  less  promi- 
nent than  in  premolar  4 ; the  hinder  part  of  the  outer  wall  is  much  broken,  but  not 
too  much  to  show  the  peculiar  flatness  described  as  characteristic  of  the  premolars. 
The  figure  of  the  fragment  of  molar  1 of  the  right  jaw  above  referred,  was  given  to 
show  the  great  depth  of  the  anterior  valley,  which,  as  before  remarked,  is  one  of  the 
special  characters  of  the  dentition  of  Deccanensis. 

Molar  2,  the  largest  of  all  the  series,  is  unfortunately  the  least  perfect,  the  an- 
terior collis  only  remaining  in  tolerable  preservation.  The  general  character  of  this 
tooth  can,  however,  be  traced  in  plan.  The  form  of  the  guard  has  been  referred  to 
already  in  the  description  of  molar  1.  The  anterior  collis  {d)  differs  less  from  the  ana- 
logous parts  in  premolar  3 and  4 than  does  that  of  molar  1.  It  is  less  massive  in  form, 
and  does  not  encroach  so  much  on  the  anterior  valley.  The  median  collis  is,  on  the 
contrary,  actually  and  proportionately  stouter  than  in  molar  1.  The  pass  {p)  is  a shade 
less  narrow,  but  would  appear  to  have  been  quite  as  deep  proportionately  in  the 
unbroken  tooth.  The  two  crochets  h\  and  hi  were,  judging  by  the  remaining  lower 
parts  (regarding  the  tooth  as  in  an  inverted  position,)  much  stouter  than  in  molar  1, 
but  the  angle  at  which  they  rise  seems  to  indicate  that  they  projected  less  into  the  area 
of  the  valley. 

The  posterior  valley  is  smaller  at  the  same  depth  than  that  of  premolar  4,  and 
forms  a long  ellipse  in  plan  ; the  major  axis  of  the  ellipse  being  nearly  parallel  to 


EHINOCEEOS  DECCANENSIS. 


11 


the  Kne  of  the  outer  wall  of  the  tooth,  and  far  from  parallel  to  the  axis  of  the 
median  collis  (e).  The  outer  wall  is  entirely  wanting,  and  so  in  fact  is  the  masti- 
catory surface  of  the  entire  tooth,  that  of  the  anterior  collis  only  excepted. 

Molar  3,  though  unhappily  also  much  damaged,  is  more  perfect  than  molar  2, 
and  exhibits  the  trihedral  form  seen  in  most  of  the  Rhinocerotes.  It  had  under- 
gone hut  little  wear  at  the  time  when  its  owner  was  entombed.  This  is  proved  by 
the  great  height  of  the  anterior  collis. 

The  guard  occurs  only  on  the  anterior  walls  very  much  below  the  crown  of  the 
collis.  As  in  the  other  teeth  the  anterior  vaUey  is  extremely  deep,  and  was  intruded 
into  a very  stout  and  long  crochet  {hz ),  the  base  of  which  is  seen  at  some  depth. 
The  posterior  coUis  (/)  is  represented  by  a little  spur-like  cusp  (shown  in  figs.  1 
and  2,  Plate  I)  low  down  on  the  posterior  angle  of  the  tooth. 

The  teeth  of  both  jaws  are  furnished  with  long  fangs,  but  they  were  not 
exposed  sufficiently  in  any  case  to  observe  any  peculiarities  they  may  possibly 
possess. 

The  thickness  of  the  enamel  varies  greatly  in  different  parts  of  the  teeth, 
being  thickest  in  the  walls  of  the  median  collis  and  thinnest  in  the  walls  of  the 
crochets  and  in  the  exterior  walls  of  the  anterior  valleys.  In  the  lower  molars  it 
was  thickest  in  the  outer  wall,  and  thinnest  in  the  walls  of  the  anterior  collis. 

The  length  of  the  upper  molar  series  measured  along  the  edge  of  the  crowns 
from  the  posterior  angle  of  molar  3 to  the  anterior  angle  of  premolar  2 is  10‘9  inches. 
As  before  mentioned  (page  6),  the  supradental  part  of  the  left  maxillary  bone 
is  much  affected  by  crushing,  so  much  so  that  when  the  malar  bone  is  placed 
in  apposition  its  plane  lies  almost  at  a right  angle  to  its  normal  position.  The 
distortion  is  greatest  above  the  true  molars.  On  account  of  this  distortion  the 
zygomatic  arch  has  not  been  figured.  It  forms  a strong  broad  band  connecting 
the  maxilla  with  the  squamosal  bone  by  a rather  flat  arch.  The  zygomatic  process 
is  unfortunately  rather  broken  at  its  base,  and  the  connection  of  the  zygoma  with 
the  squamosal  bone  therefore  incomplete. 

The  lachrymal  bone  shows  a well  marked  post-orbital  projection,  and  the  malar 
bone  has  a distinct  protuberance  on  its  upper  edge  opposite  to  the  position  the  post- 
orbital process  would  occupy  if  developed  in  this  genus. 

The  squamosal  bone  is  figm*ed  in  Plate  III,  fig.  1,  in  order  to  show  the  peculiar 
form  of  the  groove  between  the  post-glenoid  and  post-tympanic  processes  in 
which  the  meatus  auditorius  is  situated,  as  the  form  of  this  part  of  the  cranium  in 
Rh.  Deccanensis  differs  very  greatly  from  many  other  species,  as  will  be  shown 
further  on  in  enumerating  the  points  of  difference  between  this  and  other  allied 
species. 

The  area  between  the  two  processes  is  wide  and  shallow  at  its  upper  part, 
rather  deeper  below  the  opening  of  the  meatus ; in  plan  it  is  very  nearly  rhom- 
boidal.  The  post-glenoid  process  terminates  in  a lobe  about  two-thirds  of  an  inch 
below  its  inferior  junction  with  the  post- tympanic.  The  latter  process  is  greatly 


12 


FAUNA  OF  THE  INDIAN  FLUVIATILE  DEPOSITS. 


thickened  and  protuberant  near  its  centre.  The  meatus  occupies  the  lower  half  of 
the  area  above  defined,  and  is  large. 

The  hinder  edge  of  this  mass  of  bone  would  appear  to  be  part  of  the  supra- 
oecipital,  possibly  of  the  ex-occipital  also,  and  if  so,  it  proves  that  the  occiput  was 
protuberant,  not  concave  as  in  some  species. 

The  other  bones  found  imbedded  were  part  of  the  right  frontal  bone,  the 
right  pterygoid  and  two  slim  bones  which  lay  between  the  rami  of  the  mandible, 
and  have  a resemblance  to  hyoid  bones,  but  are  not  sufficiently  well  preserved  to  be 
identified  with  certainty. 

Rh.  Reccanensis  is  distinguished  specifically  from  all  the  brachydont  miocene 
species,  and  also  from  Bh.  Etruscus,  by  its  strongly  marked  hypsodont  character 
and  by  the  non-persistency  of  the  first  premolar  tooth,  but  it  is  allied  to  many  of 
them  by  the  strong  development  of  the  guard  in  the  molar  series. 

It  is  allied  to  the  African  forms  of  Ehinoceros  by  the  rudimentary  character 
(or  possible  absence)  of  the  incisors,  but  separated  by  the  greatly  elongated  sym- 
physis of  the  mandibles  and  the  great  development  of  the  guard  in  the  premolars. 

There  remain  then  the  three  Em’opean  pleistocene  species — megarMnus,  Jiemi- 
tceclms,  and  tichorhinus — one  hypsodont  miocene  form  from  Pikermi  in  Greece,  the 
pliocene  American  form  Bh.  crassus,  Leidy,  and  the  living  and  fossil  Asiatic 
species  with  which  to  compare  it. 

Mr.  Boyd  Dawkins,  r.  n.  s.,  in  his  very  interesting  paper  on  Bh.  Etrnscm,* 
when  speaking  of  the  division  of  the  Bhinocerotes  into  two  classes  by  the  relative 
heights  of  the  unworn  crowns  of  their  teeth,  reckons  all  the  known  living  species 
to  the  hypsodont  division,  as  also  all  the  Asiatic  fossil  species.  It  appears  to  me, 
however,  that  three  of  the  more  recently  established  living  Asiatic  species — Bh. 
Floweri,  Gray,  Bh.  stenocephaUis,  Gray,  and  Bh.  {ceratorhinus)  niger.  Gray — show 
such  low  crowned  teeth  that  they  approach  more  closely  to  the  brachydont  type, 
and  that  the  conclusion  that  this  type  had  ceased  must  be  modified. 

Taking  the  different  species  to  be  compared  seriatim,  we  find  that  the  Deccan 
species  differs  from  Bh.  megarhinus  by  the  narrowness 
of  the  extended  symphysis,  which  is  broad  and  spatu- 
late  in  the  latter;  by  the  great  development  of  the  guard,  which  is  slight  in 
megarhinus ; by  the  greater  development  of  ( ^2 ) the  second  costa  on  the  outer 
wall;  by  the  different  form  of  the  posterior  valley,  and  by  the  absence  of  the 
deep  notch  on  the  posterior  edge  of  the  rami  of  the  mandible  immediately  below 
the  condyle. 

From  Bh.  hemUceehus  Bh.  Reccanensis  differs  by  the  absence  of  the  thick 
layer  of  cement  found  in  the  molars  of  the  former; 
also  by  the  different  character  of  the  molar  series,  for 
in  Bh.  hemitcechus  the  anterior  and  median  colles  are  very  narrow  and  compressed, 
and  the  posterior  collis  very  low  and  small.  In  Reccanensis,  on  the  contrary,  the 

* Quarterly  Journal,  Geol.  Soc.,  Vol.  XXIV,  1868,  p.  214. 


Eh.  megarhinus. 


Eh.  hemitffichus. 


HHINOCEEOS  DECCANENSIS. 


13 


Eh.  from  Pikermi. 


Eh.  crassus. 


anterior  and  median  coUes  are  stout  and  broad,  and  the  posterior  collis,  though 
small,  attains  the  same  level  as  the  median. 

From  Rh.  tichorhinus  we  must  separate  Reccanensis^  because  of  its  not 
possessing  the  thick  layer  of  cement  on  the  molars ; 
because  of  the  absence  of  the  accessary  valley  “c,” 
and  because  the  grinding  surfaces  of  the  molars  are  not  flat  as  in  tichorhinus^  but 
deeply  excavated. 

From  the  hypsodont  miocene  species  from  Pikermi,  near  Athens,  described, 
but  not  named,  by  Professor  A.  Gaudry  in  his  splendid 
work — “Animaux  Fossiles  et  Geologic  de  I’Attique” — 
Rh.  Reccanensis  differs  by  its  greatly  smaller  size ; by  the  position  of  the  guard, 
which  is  much  higher  up  the  side  of  the  tooth  than  it  is  in  the  Pikermi  species. 
In  the  latter  the  posterior  wall  of  the  tooth  in  premolar  3,  molar  1,  and  molar  2 is 
deeply  notched  by  the  posterior  valley,  which  is  not  the  case  in  Rh.  Reccanensis. 

The  pliocene  American  species,  Rh.  crassus^  Leidy,  possesses  large  incisors 
in  the  lower  jaw,  with  a broad  spatulate  symphysis 
strongly  resembling  Rh.  Indicus,  while  the  upper  molar 
series  is  characterized  by  the  presence  of  four  valleys  (anterior,  two  median,  and 
posterior).  Its  specific  diversity  from  Rh.  Reccanensis  is,  therefore,  abundantly 
clear. 

The  rudimentary  character  (or  possible  absence)  of  the  incisors  at  once  sepa- 
rates Rh.  Reccanensis  from  Rh.  Indicus^  Sondaieus^  Sumatranus,  nasalis,  Gray,  and 
stemcephaluSi  Gray,  but  there  are  other  distinctions  also  which  will  be  pointed 
out  separately.  If  I am  right  in  my  conclusion  that  the  brachydont  type  is 
not  yet  extinct,  Rh.  Reccanensis  would  on  that  ground  alone  be  separated  from 
the  remaining  living  Asiatic  species  (of  which  the  bones  are  known),  namely,  Rh. 
Flowerii  Gray,  and  Rh.  {ceratorhinus)  niger.  Gray,  as  also  from  the  fossil  species 
Rh.  Sinensis^  Owen ; but  there  are  other  distinctions  also  which  require  their  specific 
separation. 

Taking  each  species  by  itself,  it  will  be  seen  that  Rh.  Reccanensis  differs  from 
Rh.  Indicus  in  having  only  rudimentary  (or  no)  incisors, 
instead  of  extremely  large  ones;  also  by  the  greater 
development  of  the  guard,  by  the  much  greater  relative  depth  of  the  valleys,  and 
the  much  greater  flatness  of  the  outer  walls  of  the  upper  molars.  The  rugosities 
at  the  angle  of  the  mandible,  so  conspicuous  in  Rh.  Indicus^  are  hardly  at  all 
developed  in  Rh.  Reccanensis,  which  likewise  has  not  the  deep  notch  on  the 
posterior  edge  of  each  ramus  below  the  condyle.  The  broad  spatulate  extension  of 
the  symphysis  is  quite  unlike  the  narrow  beak-like  form  it  assumes  in  Rh. 
Reccanensis.  Then  the  auditory  fossa  on  the  squamosal  bone  is  quite  unlike,  being 
broadly  rhomboidal  in  shape  in  Reccanensis  and  much  taller  and  narrower  in 
Rh.  Indicus.  In  size  Rh.  Reccanensis  was  certainly  quite  one-fourth  less  than  the 
average  Rh.  Indicns,  if  the  size  of  the  head  offers  a sufficient  datum  to  go  upon  in 

D 


Eh.  Indicus. 


14 


FAUNA  OF  THE  INDIAN  FLUVIATILE  DEPOSITS. 


Ell.  Sondaicus. 


Eh.  Sumatranus. 


making  sucli  an  estimate.  Many  other  minor  but  well  marked  differences  might 
be  adduced,  but  the  above  seem  sufficient. 

From  nil.  Sondaicus  Bh.  Bencanensis  is  separated  by  the  character  of  its 
incisors,  which  are  very  good-sized  in  the  former.  In 
Sondaicus  the  guard  is  only  very  moderately  developed 
in  the  premolars,  while  the  teeth  are  much  less  high  crowned  and  show  relatively 
much  shallower  valleys  and  very  tumid  outer  walls  instead  of  nearly  flat  ones  like 
those  of  Bh.  Beccanensis. 

In  Bh.  Sumatranus  we  find  large  strong  incisors,  a very  slight  development 
of  the  guard  in  the  premolars,  and  a totally  different 
form  of  the  auditory  fossa  of  the  squamosal  bone, 
whereby  to  distinguish  it  specifically  from  the  Deccan  species.  In  Sumatranus, 
owing  to  the  very  great  curvature  of  the  post-glenoid  process,  the  apex  of  the  fossa 
lies  far  behind  the  opening  of  the  meatus  auditorius,  whereas  in  Beccanensis  it  is 
very  nearly  vertically  over  it.  The  posterior  edges  of  the  mandible  are  deeply 
notched  below  the  condyle  in  Sumatranus.  The  zygoma  also  is  much  stouter,  more 
cmwed  in  the  vertical  plane,  and  shows  a crescent-shaped  excavation  on  its  upper 
edge  just  behind  the  post-orbital  angle — all  characters  absent  from  Bh.  Beccanensis. 

The  difference  between  Bh.  Beccanensis  and  Bh.  nasalis.  Gray,  consists  in  the 
possession  by  the  latter  species  of  good-sized  incisors  and 
a persistent  first  premolar.  In  nasalis  the  guard  is  but 
very  slightly  developed,  and  the  rami  are  very  much  slighter  than  in  Beccanensis. 

In  Bh.  Floiceri,  Gray,  the  teeth  are  decidedly  less  tall-crowned  than  in  Bh. 

Beccanensis.  Premolar  1 is  persistent  instead  of  deci- 
duous, and  the  molar  series  is  characterized  by  a very 
prominent  development  of  the  second  costa  ( ^2 ) of  the  outer  wall.  The  zygoma 
also  is  much  more  arched  laterally  than  in  the  Deccan  species,  which  was  a con- 
siderably larger  animal  than  Bh.  Moioeri. 

A comparison  of  Rh.  Beccanensis  with  Bh.  niger.  Gray,  shows  that  the  latter 
has  an  extended  mandibular  symphysis,  longer  in 
proportion  than  that  of  the  former,  which  terminates  in 
a narrow  incisive  edge  not  furnished  with  teeth  and  not  showing  any  signs  of 
alveoli.  Bh.  Beccanensis  shows  several  small  cavities  on  the  incisive  border,  sup- 
posed to  be  alveoli,  from  which  the  existence  of  rudimentary  (though  very  likely 
deciduous)  incisors  must  be  inferred.  The  mandible  of  Bh.  niger  is  much  slighter, 
and  the  ascent  of  the  ramus  does  not  begin  till  well  behind  molar  3,  whereas  in  Bh. 
Beccanensis  it  commences  at  the  middle  of  the  outer  wall  of  molar  3.  The  ascending 
portion  of  the  ramus  of  Bh.  niger  is  also  much  slighter,  and  is  incurved  along  the 
posterior  edge  below  the  condyle  instead  of  straight  as  in  Beccanensis.  The 
zygoma  shows  a well  marked  lunate  excavation  on  its  upper  edge  not  found  in 
my  new  species.  The  meatus  auditorius  of  Bh.  niger  is  narrow  and  leans  slightly 
forward,  and  is  altogether  unlike  that  of  Bh.  Beccanensis. 


Eh.  nasalis. 


Rh.  Floweri. 


Eh.  niffer. 


EHINOCEEOS  DECCANENSIS. 


15 


Eh.  Sivalensis. 


Eh.  Perimensis. 


Eh.  Paloeindicus. 


It  has  already  been  shown  that  Mh.  Deccanensis  agrees  with  the  fossil  Indian 
Ehinoceroses  hitherto  described  in  being  hypsodont.  It  differs,  however,  in  many 
points  which  will  now  be  enumerated. 

Bh.  Sivalensis,  Falconer,  does  not  show  the  guard  on  the  inner  side  of 
the  upper  premolars,  which  is  so  marked  a feature  in 
Deccanensis^  and  both  the  anterior  and  posterior  valleys 
are  relatively  much  shallower.  The  frontal  bones  of  Sivalensis  are  deeply  incurved: 
in  Bh.  Deccanensis  they  are  flat,  or  but  very  triflingly  incurved.  The  zygoma  of  Bh. 
Sivalensis  is  not  so  wide  in  proportion  to  its  length  as  that  of  the  Deccan  species. 

In  Bh.  Berimensis,  Falconer,  the  guard  is  also  absent  from  the  upper  pre- 
molars. The  anterior  and  median  colles  are  much 
more  oblique  and  much  narrower,  and  the  anterior 
valleys  are  much  shallower  and  pointed  at  their  anterior  extremities,  while  the 
posterior  form  deep  notches  on  the  posterior  wall — all  points  of  marked  difference 
from  Bh.  Deccanensis.  The  ascent  of  the  rami  of  the  mandible  begins  well  behind 
molar  3 in  Bh.  Berknensis,  and  not  at  the  median  groove  on  the  outer  wall  of  that 
tooth  as  in  Deccanensis.  Bh.  Berimensis  was  a larger  animal  than  Deccanensis. 

The  most  striking  difference  between  Bh.  Balceindicus,  Falconer,  and  Bh. 

Deccanensis  lies  in  the  form  of  the  auditory  fossa,  which 
in  the  latter  forms  a broad,  shallow,  roughly  rhom- 
boidal  area,  with  the  meatus  opening  into  the  lower  half.  The  meatus  itself  is  some- 
what triangular  in  form.  In  Balceindicus  the  fossa  is  triangular  and  very  small, 
with  a circular  meatus  opening  centrically  and  filling  nearly  the  whole  space  between 
the  post-glenoid  and  post-tympanic  processes.  Bh.  Balceindicus  had  also  good-sized 
lower  incisors,  and  the  prolonged  symphysis,  although  slightly  constricted  in  front 
of  the  premolars,  expands  further  forward  and  becomes  spatulate.  The  upper 
premolars  did  not  possess  a guard,  and  the  valleys  of  the  whole  molar  series  are 
much  shallower  than  in  Bh.  Deccanensis.  The  zygoma  is  more  slender  than  in 
Bh.  Deccanensis. 

Bh.  platyrhinm,  Falconer,  differs  from  Bh.  Deccanensis  in  possessing  large 
incisors  and  a broad  spatulate  symphysis.  The  auditory 

Eh.  plaha’hinus.  i i i j i . 

lossa  IS  also  much  narrower,  and  the  zygoma  much 
narrower  and  more  slender.  Bh.  platyrhinus  does  not  show  any  ant-orbital  wart-like 
rugosities  as  does  Bh.  Deccanensis.  The  anterior  and  median  colies  in  the  molar 
series  in  Bh.  platyrhinus  are  more  oblique,  and  the  walls  of  the  valleys  much 
more  complicated  by  foldings  of  the  enamel. 

Bh.  Sinensis,  Owen,  is  very  distinct  from  Bh.  Deccanensis.  It  is  much  smaller 
and  distinctly  brachydont ; the  upper  premolars  do  not 
possess  a guard ; the  valleys  are  very  shallow,  and  the 
crochet  a mere  wave  in  the  enamel  wall  of  the  median  collis.  Molar  3 is  quadrate, 
rather  than  trihedral,  in  plan,  and  the  enamel  walls  of  all  the  teeth  are  relatively 
very  much  thicker  than  in  Deccanensis. 


Eh.  Sinensis. 


16 


PAUNA  OP  THE  INDIAN  PLHVIATILE  DEPOSITS. 


At  least  three  species  of  Rhinoceros  appear  to  have  been  found  fossil  in 
Burmah,  but  have  not  yet  been  named  and  determined : of  these  one  was  de- 
scribed and  figured  by  Mr.  Clift  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Geological  Society,  2nd 
Series,  Vol.  II,  “ but  not  named:”  the  other  two  are  represented  by  specimens  in  the 
Geological  Museum,  Calcutta.  Mh.  Deccanensis  differs  specifically  from  all  three. 
Of  the  animal  described  by  Mr.  Clift,  two  much  worn  left  upper  molars  are  there 
shown,  in  both  of  which  the  posterior  valleys  form  deep  notches  in  the  posterior 
wall — a character  not  seen  in  Deccanensis.  The  crochets  also  are  mere  waves  in 
the  enamel  walls  of  the  median  collis.  The  anterior  outer  angle  of  the  teeth  is  less 
acute  and  less  projecting  than  in  Deccanensis.  K2,  the  second  costa  on  the  outer 
wall,  is  also  less  prominent  than  in  my  new  species. 

The  second  Burmese  species  is  represented  by  a very  large  and  fine  left  upper 
molar,*  which  must  have  belonged  to  a very  large  animal,  and  far  exceeds  the 
largest  tooth  of  Bh.  Deccanensis  in  size.  It  is  less  tall  crowned ; has  the  guard 
well  developed  anteriorly,  but  faintly  only  on  the  inner  side.  A fan-shaped 
denticule  stands  at  the  mouth  of  the  pass  into  the  relatively  much  shallower 
anterior  valley,  and  a furrow  in  the  enamel  wall  descends  from  the  anterior  coUis 
into  the  valley  just  within  the  pass — a feature  not  met  with  in  Bh.  Deccanensis. 
There  is  only  one  simple  crochet.  The  posterior  area  of  the  outer  wall  is  deeply 
concave  instead  of  being  flat,  and  the  posterior  outer  angle  is  much  less  acute  than 
in  the  Deccan  species. 

Two  right  upper  premolars,  also  in  the  Geological  Museum,  Calcutta,  derived 
from  an  animal  considerably  smaller  than  Wi.  Deccanensis^  represent  the  third 
Burmese  species.  They  are  characterized  by  the  excessive  development  of  the  second 
costa  of  the  outer  wall  ( A;2 ) in  a very  median  position,  and  relatively  much  poste- 
rior to  the  position  of  the  moderate-sized  second  costa  in  Bh.  Deccanensis.  Two 
straight  spur-like  crochets  project  into  the  very  deep  anterior  valleys.  The  more 
forward  of  the  two  crochets,  which  corresponds  to  h\  in  my  species  (see  Plate  I, 
figs.  1 and  2),  is  the  larger,  and  juts  out  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  outer  wall 
of  the  tooth.  The  anterior  and  median  colies  are  narrower  and  more  obliquely 
placed  than  those  in  Bh.  Deccanensis.  It  is  only  on  the  anterior  side  of  the  front 
tooth  that  any  guard  is  shown. 

At  the  same  time  that  I obtained  the  remains  of  Bh.  Deccanensis,  I found, 
lying  loose  in  the  bed  of  the  nullah,  a fragment  of 

Associated  remains.  . , , i i i , 

a right  maxilla  with  two  teeth  (probably  molars  2 
and  3)  of  a large  bovine  animal,  allied  to  Bihos  gaurus,  which  still  lives  in  the 
Syhadri  range. f The  condition  of  the  specimen  and  character  of  the  encrustation 
covering  it  indicated  that  it  came  from  a position  corresponding  to  that  of  the 
Rhinoceros  now  described.  In  the  following  season,  1872,  I had  an  opportunity 

* This  tooth  was  presented  to  the  Geological  Museum  by  General  Sir  Arthur  Phayre,  K.  c.  s.  i.,  late  Chief 
Commissioner  of  Burmah. 

t The  proper  name  of  the  so-called  Western  Ghats. 


EHINOCEllOS  DECCANENSIS. 


17 


of  revisiting  tlie  locality  for  a few  hours,  and  besides  collecting  a variety  of  frag- 
ments, some  belonging  apparently  to  the  individual  I have  described,  and  others 
to  a smaller  but  very  similar  Ehinoceros,  I also  had  the  good  fortune  to  find  a 
great  part  of  the  skull  and  many  vertebrse  of  a large  bovine  whose  teeth  are 
identical  with  those  obtained  in  1871.  As  in  the  case  of  the  Ehinoceros  these 
bones  broke  up  a good  deal  during  and  after  extraction,  and  I have  not  yet  had 
an  opportunity  of  restoring  them  and  determining  the  species  of  the  animal. 

The  bovine  remains  were  found  in  the  bed  of  very  dark  brown  clay  underlying 
the  black  clay  in  which  the  Ehinoceros  occurred,  and  intermediate  between  these 
two  formations  I found  two  thin  beds  of  clayey  grit  containing  numerous  speci- 
mens of  TJnio  These  shells  have  all  been  identified  by 

my  colleague,  Mr.  W.  Theobald,  as  being  of  living  species  : the  age  of  the  formation 
they  occur  in,  and  of  the  overlying  bed  containing  the  Rhinoceros,  may,  therefore, 
be  reasonably  regarded  as  pleistocene.  There  is  no  record  of  the  existence  of 
Ehinocerotes  so  far  south  in  the  Peninsula  of  India,  nor,  as  far  as  I could  ascertain, 
does  any  tradition  of  their  existence  remain  among  the  people.  When  the  indi- 
vidual in  question  inhabited  that  region,  the  principal  geological  features  were 
probably  but  little  different  from  what  they  are  now,  but  the  general  surface  was 
doubtless  covered  with  vast  forests  and  morasses.  Many  featm’es  of  the  present 
sm’face  indicate  that  various  lakes  or  jheels  existed  at  intervals  along  the  valley  of 
the  Gatparba  Eiver,  formed  by  the  damming  back  of  the  waters  by  several  rocky 
barriers,  which  have  since  been  worn  or  broken  through  and  the  lakes  consequently 
drained. 

The  spot  at  which  Rh.  Becccmensis  and  the  other  bones  were  found  lies 
well  within  the  area  of  the  uppermost  of  these  supposed  lakes,  which  was 
drained  by  the  lowering  of  the  rocky  barrier,  in  this  case  of  trap,  which  crossed 
the  Gatpurba  Valley  at  Tegree  (Tegedi)  some  ten  miles  north-east  of  Gokak.  The 
idea  that  this  valley  was  occupied  by  a lake  in  former  times  had  been  arrived  at 
quite  independently  by  my  friend  Mr.  A.  C.  Palles,  c.  e.,  from  the  data  he 
obtained  when  carrying  out  a great  series  of  levellings  in  connection  with  Govern- 
ment irrigation  schemes  in  the  Gatpurba  Valley. 

The  Ehinoceros  lived  no  doubt  among  the  swampy  valleys  at  foot  of  the  Gokak 
hills,  and  its  remains  were  drifted  into  the  lake  after  its  death. 


E 


/ 


4*!aWB." 


> .-_ 


: ■«  ‘-'t  ; ' , ■.’ 


.'I  i!a/?.,: 

\ jrvrvi 

■ ; f f’y- 


•.:fi 


/iltiist'Vl  '■■: 
. , XM.)  ^ 


i?.' ' M' 


r.’... 


t 


i;f  ^ ■• 

" v >'.*/••}  r.-lfh  .Jj/ 
^ ‘'i;. . 

* ' :.v/ . \ ; 


INDIAN  TERTIARY  AND  POST-TERTIARY  VERTEBRATA. 


DESCRIPTIONS 

OP  THE 

MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 

By  R.  LYDEKKER,  B.A., 

GEOIOGICAL  SURVEY  OF  INDIA. 


The  present  memoir  is  the  second  of  a series  intended,  as  far  as  possible,  to  com- 
plete our  knowledge  of  the  Vertebrate  Paunse  of  the  tertiary  and  post-tertiary  strata 
of  India,  a work  which  was  left  unfinished  at  the  death  of  Dr.  Falconer  ; since  that 
time  many  new  forms  of  mammalia  have  been  collected  by  different  members  of 
the  Geological  Survey,  and  more  especially  by  Mr.  Theobald.  The  present  part 
chiefly  contains  descriptions  of  specimens  selected  from  a very  large  series  of 
detached  molar  teeth,  now  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum.  Many  of  these 
belong  to  new  species  or  genera,  or  have  been  hitherto  known  merely  by  slight 
notices  or  small-sized  figures  in  the  “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  and  the  “ Palaeonto- 
logical Memoirs”  of  Dr.  Falconer. 

The  first  part  of  the  paper  treats  of  the  molar  teeth  of  all  the  species  of  fossil 
Indian  'Rhinoceros  at  present  known,  and  of  which  there  are  a large  series  in  the 
Indian  Museum ; the  second  part  describes  the  molars  of  other  genera,  chiefly 
TJngulata^yyxxi  also  comprising  Dinoiherimi,  Manis,  and  Amphicyon ; this  somewhat 
heterogeneous  mixture  of  genera  can  scarcely  he  avoided  in  taking  up  a subject 
parts  of  which  have  already  been  completed ; in  this  paper  I have  described  species 
of  which  in  most  cases  we  possess  little  more  than  the  molar  teeth  or  solitary  bones, 
or  species  of  which  the  crania  have  been  previously  figured,  hut  of  which  the  teeth 
have  never  been  described. 


( 19  ) 


2 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


The  next  part  of  the  series  will  contain  figures  and  descriptions  of  the  crania 
of  a large  number  of  new  and  undescribed  Muminantia,  while  a third  part  will  be 
devoted  to  the  description  of  the  remains  of  Carnivora,  of  which  order  several  species 
were  named,  but  only  a few  described  by  Dr.  Ealconer ; at  the  end  of  this  part  I 
shall  add  a classified  synopsis,  with  references,  of  all  the  extinct  Indian  Mammalia. 

Before  proceeding  to  the  description  of  specimens,  a few  facts  may  be  noticed 
as  to  the  distribution  of  some  of  the  species  of  mammals  treated  of  in  this  part.  Of 
the  genus  Rhinoceros  we  have  one  new  species,  R.  iravadicus,  now  for  the  first  time 
described,  which  is  confined  to  Burma,  while  R.  'platyrhimis,  R.  sivalensis,  and 
R.  imlceindicus  are  found  throughout  the  typical  Siwaliks  to  the  east  of  the  river 
Sutlej;  to  the  west  of  the  Sutlej,  the  new  species  R.  planidens  seems  to  replace 
R.  platyrJiinus,  as  no  remains  of  the  latter  species  have  been  brought  among  a large 
series  of  specimens  by  Mr.  Theobald  from  the  latter  area,  and  the  former  species  was 
not  known  to  Dr.  Ealconer,  whose  specimens  were  chiefly  obtained  from  the  country 
to  the  east  of  the  Sutlej  : Acerotherium  perimense  had  a larger  range  than  any  other 
mammal,  extending  from  Perim  Island  along  the  Siwaliks  to  Burma.  JDinotJierium 
has  hitherto  been  only  found  in  Perim  Island,  Each,  Sind,  and  the  Punjab.  Tapiroid 
animals  {Listriodon  and  Tapirus)  have  been  found  in  Sind,  the  Punjab,  Burma, 
and  China  (Owen)  ; Amphicyon  has  hitherto  occurred  only  in  the  Punjab  district, 
in  strata  which  are  probably  somewhat  older  than  the  typical  Siwaliks,  while 
Borcatlierimn  is  found  along  the  whole  of  the  Sub-Himalayan  Siwaliks  and  in  Sind. 
Ruminants  of  the  genera  Cervus  and  Antilope  are  much  more  common  in  the 
Tertiaries  of  the  Punjab  than  elsewhere,  while  Elephants,  and  more  especially 
Stegodon,  are  there  much  more  rare  than  in  the  Siwaliks  to  the  east.  The  remains 
of  Eippopotamus  are  found  very  abundantly  in  the  strata  on  the  banks  of  the 
Markanda  and  Jhilam  rivers  ; far  away  from  the  present  river-courses,  the  remains 
of  this  genus  do  not  seem  so  common ; if  this  be  more  fully  confirmed,  it  will  lend 
support  to  Mr.  Medlicott’s  suggestion  that  the  present  river-com’ses  existed  in 
Siwalik  times. 

It  will  perhaps  be  said  by  some  that  I have  formed  species  on  somewhat  insuffi- 
cient material ; to  this  I must  reply  that  I have  been  very  careful  never  to  name  any 
species  except  on  the  evidence  of  characteristic  molar  teeth  or  of  very  characteris- 
tic and  unmistakeable  bones.  From  the  condition  of  the  fossils  of  the  Siwaliks  the 
occurrence  of  entire  skulls  of  the  larger  species,  except  of  the  stout  skulls  of  Elephants 
and  Bovines,  is  extremely  rare  in  comparison  to  the  vast  number  of  specimens 
discovered. 

In  the  case  of  the  Cervidce,  I cannot  find  instances  of  any  crania  having  been 
found  in  India,  either  before  or  since  Falconer’s  time.  We  are  therefore  obliged  to 
depend  solely  upon  the  characters  of  the  molar  teeth,  of  which  we  possess  a very 
large  collection  in  the  Indian  Museum,  for  specific  determination-  As  there  appears 
but  little  chance  of  ever  obtaining  a skull  of  this  family  from  the  Siwaliks,  these  teeth 
alone  are  important  as  giving  us  an  idea  of  the  numerous  species  of  these  Ruminants 
( 20  ) 


MOLAU  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


3 


wMcli  prevailed  in  former  times ; should  a skull  with  teeth  he  hereafter  discovered, 
there  will  he  no  difficulty  in  assigning  it  to  its  respective  species.  The  same 
remarks  apply  to  other  animals,  of  many  of  which  we  only  possess  single  teeth. 
The  following  species  or  genera  are  now  for  the  first  time  made  known  or  fully 
described 


Listriodon  pentapotamim^  Ealc.  sp, 
Mhimoeros  planidens^  nobis. 
MMnoceros  iramdicm,  nobis. 
Cerms  triplidens^  nobis. 

Cerms  simplicidem^  nobis. 

Cerms  latidens^  nobis^ 


Dorcatherium  majus,  nobis. 
Dorcatherium  minus,  nobis. 
Vishnutherium  iravadicum,  nobis. 
Dinotlierium  pentapotamicB,  Ealc. 
Manis  sindiensis,  nobis. 

AmpMcyon  palceindiGus,  Ealc.  et  nobis. 


I have  here  to  mention  my  obligations  to  Dr.  Anderson,  the  Director  of  the 
Zoological  Department  of  the  Indian  Museum,  for  his  kindness  in  furnishing  me 
with  specimens  of  the  osteology  of  living  mammals  for  comparison  with  the  fossil 
forms. 


Order:  UNGULATA. 

Div.  PERISSODACTTLA,  Genus  Rhinoceros. 

In  the  Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis/’  the  late  Dr.  Ealconer  distinguished  three 
well-marked  species  of  Rhinoceros  the  remains  of  which  had  been  found  in  the 
strata  of  the  Sub-Himalayan  Siwaliks;  these  species  were  respectively  named 
R.  sivalensis,  R.  palcBindicus,  and  R.  platyrhinus  ; aU.  these  species  were  founded 
upon  well-preserved  crania.  A fourth  species,  E.  namadicm,  from  the  Nerbudda 
was  named  in  manuscript,  but  only  a few  limb  bones  from  this  locality  are  figured 
in  the  Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.**  Beyond  a short  description  of  the  cranium  of 
R.  simlensis,  given  by  Messrs.  Baker  and  Durand  in  the  Journal  of  the  Asiatic 
Society  of  Bengal  for  1836,  no  description  of  any  of  the  above  has  appeared.  A 
fifth  species  of  the  allied  genus  Acerotheriura  was  also  determined  by  Dr.  Ealconer 
on  the  evidence  of  molar  teeth  obtained  from  the  ossiferous  beds  of  Perim  Island  in 
the  Gulf  of  Cambay  : the  name  of  A.  perimense  was  assigned  to  this  species. 

Since  Dr.  Ealconer’s  death  another  species—i?.  deccanensis,  described  by  Mr. 
Eoote  in  the  first  part  of  the  present  volume — ^has  been  added  to  the  Indian  fossil 
fauna : this  species  was  probably  of  Pleistocene  age ; from  Pliocene  strata  in 
China,  Professor  Owen  has  described  molar  teeth  of  another  species,  R,  sinensis, 
allied  to  R.  sumatrensis. 

With  the  exception  of  a figure  of  an  isolated  upper  molar  tooth  of  R.  platyrhinus, 
the  teeth  of  all  the  species  of  Rhinoceros  figured  in  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis” 
are  drawn  on  so  small  a scale,  and  the  specimens  themselves  are  generally  so 
imperfect,  that  the  figures,  which  have  no  accompanying  description,  are  almost 
useless  for  the  specific  determination  of  detached  molar  teeth. 


( 21  ) 


4 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


In  endeavouring  to  refer  to  their  respective  species  a large  series  of  molar  teeth 
of  Rhinoceros  now  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum,  I found  the  great  want 
of  good  figures  and  descriptions  of  the  known  fossil  species  with  which  new  ones 
might  be  compared.  In  the  present  memoir  I have  endeavoured  to  remedy  this 
want  by  giving  figures  and  descriptions  of  the  molar  teeth  of  these  old  species, 
together  with  those  of  others  which  could  not  he  referred  to  any  of  them. 

Eor  the  technical  names  assigned  to  the  different  portions  of  the  molar  teeth  of 
Rhinoceros^  I may  refer  to  Mr.  Boyd  Dawkins’  paper  on  the  molars  of  Rhinoceros 
tichorhinus  (Nat.  Hist.  Rev.,  2nd  Ser.,  Vol.  3,  p.  526),  where  they  will  be  found 
fully  explained.  There  is  also  a list  of  most  of  these  terms  given  in  Mr.  Eoote’s 
Memoir  in  the  first  part  of  this  volume. 

In  the  old  Siwalik  area  it  will  be  found  that,  including  the  new  species  here 
described  and  the  Perim  Island  species  which  has  lately  been  discovered  in  the 
Siwaliks  by  Mr.  Theobald,  there  were  five  species  inhabiting  the  Sub-Himalayan  area, 
though  not  perhaps  all  living  in  the  same  spot.  The  assemblage  of  such  a large 
number  of  forms  of  the  same  genus  in  a limited  area  is,  to  say  the  least,  very 
remarkable,  and  one  is  led  to  wonder  how  or  for  what  purpose  so  many  distinct 
species  were  differentiated  at  the  same  time.  The  explanation  is  probably  to  be 
found  in  the  existence  of  an  abundant  supply  of  food  suitable  for  the  nourishment 
of  large  herbivores,  and  in  the  presence  of  a large  area  for  them  to  wander  over. 
Herbivores,  such  as  the  Elephants  and  Rhinoceros  of  the  Siwaliks,  were  of  too 
large  a size  to  he  much  molested  by  the  attacks  of  Carnwora^  and  they  were  also, 
as  far  as  we  know,  free  from  human  persecution.  Under  such  circumstances  the 
species  of  a genus  might  increase  almost  indefinitely  in  number.  It  appears  to 
me  probable  that  when  in  any  given  area  the  conditions  of  life  are  peculiarly 
suitable  for  a genus  of  animals,  in  that  area  one  would  expect  to  find  a great 
number  of  species  of  that  genus ; the  production  of  species  being,  according  to  my 
ideas,  merely  an  extension  of  the  production  of  individuals.  In  a suitable  area,  the 
number  of  individuals  would  clearly  be  large,  and  some  of  them  would  vary,  and 
so  would  originate  a new  species.  When  the  physical  conditions  in  the  same  area 
became  less  favourable  to  the  genus,  the  “ survival  of  the  fittest  ” would  come  into 
play,  and  the  less  hardy  or  less  modifiable  forms  would  die  out.  In  the  gravels  of 
the  Thames  valley  three  species  of  Rhinoceros  lived  contemporaneously  in  the  same 
area,*  being,  I think,  next  to  those  of  the  Siwaliks,  the  largest  number  of  species 
in  one  area. 

Rhinoceros  Pal^indictjs,  Falconer.  PI.  4,  figs.  3 and  4. 

Of  the  upper  molar  teeth  of  this  species  of  Siwalik  Rhinoceros,  we  have  no 
very  complete  specimens  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum ; I have  therefore 
been  obliged  to  content  myself  with  figuring  the  imperfect  but  characteristic 


( 22  ) 


* Boyd  Dawkins  : Nat.  Hist.  Rev.,  1865,  p.  403. 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


5 


fragment  drawn  in  tlie  accompanying  plate,  together  with  a figure  of  a complete 
premolar  tooth  copied  from  the  ‘^Eauna  Antiqoa  Sivalensis”  {plate  75,^^.  4).  A 
fair  idea  of  the  general  form  of  the  upper  molars  may  be  obtained  from  the  small- 
scale  figure  of  a cranium  in  the  above  work  {plate  70,  6).  My  descriptions 

are  in  part  taken  from  other  incomplete  teeth  in  the  Indian  Museum. 

The  fragment  drawn  {fig.  4)  is  a portion  of  the  inner  half  of,  probably,  the 
second  upper  molar  of  the  right  side ; it  exhibits  the  crochet,  median  valley,  and 
portions  of  the  adjacent  colies,  which  are  the  most  characteristic  portions  of  the 
tooth.  The  entrance  into  the  median  valley  is  seen  to  be  extremely  narrow,  with 
a very  low  pass,  and  no  tubercle.  The  crochet  (projecting  into  the  valley  from 
the  right)  is  large,  simple,  and  slightly  recurved  at  its  free  extremity.  In  the 
present  state  of  the  tooth  (about  half- worn)  it  almost  completely  blocks  the  median 
valley ; were  the  tooth  still  more  worn  down,  the  valley  would  be  completely 
blocked  and  the  crown  would  show  three  pits  or  fossettes  : one  of  these  would  be 
formed  by  the  posterior  valley,  and  the  other  two  by  the  divisions  of  the  median 
valley.  At  a still  later  stage  of  abrasion  the  crown  would  show  two  fossettes  only  ; 
this  would  be  caused  by  the  disappearance  of  the  shallower  portion  of  the  median 
valley,  which  is  placed  on  the  inner  side  gf  the  crochet,  the  outer  extremity  of 
the  median  valley  being  much  deeper  than  the  inner. 

The  anterior  collis  {on  the  left  side  of  the  figure)  forms  a nearly  symmetrical 
blunt  cone,  without  any  " antecrochet,”  projecting  into  the  median  valley  opposite 
to  the  crochet.  This  collis  is  larger  than  the  median  collis  {ofiohich  a portion  is  seen  on 
the  right  side  of  the  figure)^  and  the  two  do  not  overlap  one  another  at  the  entrance 
to  the  median  valley.  The  anterior  face  of  the  tooth  is  nearly  straight,  having  a 
narrow  cingulum  along  its  internal  half ; the  anterior  valley  is  scarcely  defined. 

The  general  outline  of  the  crown  is  approximately  square ; the  dorsum  is 
almost  flat,  and  parallel  to  the  long  axis  of  the  tooth.  This  is  the  most  character- 
istic part  of  the  tooth,  by  which  it  is  at  once  distinguished  from  the  teeth  of 
Rhinoceros  sivalensis — the  only  species  which  it  at  all  resembles  : there  is  one  pro- 
minent costa  on  the  dorsum*  situated  about  half  an  inch  behind  the  antero-external 
angle ; the  latter  angle  has  another  rounded  costa,  but  is  not  produced  into  a 
buttress — another  characteristic  point.  The  costa  on  the  dorsum  does  not  extend 
down  to  the  neck  of  the  tooth ; the  free  edge  of  the  dorsum  rises  into  two  very 
slight  prominences, — one  at  the  termination  o£  the  costa,  and  another  at  an  equal 
distance  from  the  postero-external  angle.  The  posterior  valley  is  large  and 
approximately  circular. 

The  length  of  the  dorsum  of  an  imperfect  specimen  in  the  Indian  Museum 
is  1’95  inches ; this  is  the  only  measurement  I can  give,  owing  to  the  imperfect 
state  of  our  specimens. 

The  premolar  of  the  same  species  ( plate  4,  fig.  3)  belongs  to  the  right  side  : 
the  general  characters  of  the  tooth  are  the  same  as  those  of  the  molar,  viz.,  the 
narrow  median  valley,  the  large  anterior  collis  {on  the  right  of  the  figure)  bending 

( 23  ) 


6 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHEE  EEMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 


towards  the  smaller  posterior  collis  (pn  the  left).  The  crochet  is  long,  pointed,  and 
simple  : there  is  no  antecrochet  or  combing-plate.  The  posterior  valley  forms  a 
long  narrow  slit,  cutting  into  the  left  side  of  the  figure.  There  is  a small  infold 
of  enamel  on  the  anterior  side  of  the  first  collis  ; there  appears  to  be  no  cingulum 
on  the  anterior  surface. 

The  peculiar  straight  dorsum  occurs,  as  in  the  molars ; but  this  is  distinguished 
in  the  premolars  by  the  absence  of  any  distinct  costa,  and  by  the  antero-external 


angle  being  sharper.  The  dimensions  of  the  premolar  are— 

In. 

External  side  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  2*5 

Internal  side  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1'8 

Anterior  side  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  2'6 

Posterior  side  ...  ...  . ...  ...  ...  ...  2*3 


The  molars  of  this  species  may  be  shortly  distinguished  by  the  following 
points  : — 

“ Narrow  median  valley  ; simple  crochet ; straight  dorsum  ; absence  of  combing- 
plate,  of  buttress  at  external  angle,  of  antecrochet,  and  of  tubercle  at  entrance 
of  median  valley ; three  fossettes  on  worn-crown.” 

The  persistent  dentition  of  this  species  seems  to  be  less  complete  than  that 
of  any  other  species  of  Rhinoceros.  In  the  young  skull  figured  in  the  “ Fauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis”  {plate  1)  the  last  molar  has  not  pierced  the  gum,  and 

only  two  premolars  are  present : the  first  of  these  is  a small,  imperfect,  triangular 
tooth,  and  does  not  seem  to  have  had  any  tooth  in  advance  of  it,  which  view 
is  borne  out  by  the  narrowness  and  smallness  of  the  alveolar  border  of  the  maxilla 
in  front  of  this  tooth.  If  still  younger  specimens  are  procured,  it  would  be  inter- 
esting to  make  a section  of  the  maxilla  to  see  if  there  are  any  rudiments  of  the 
anterior  premolars  “ in  alveolo.”  For  the  present  the  persistent  dental  formula 
must  be  written  as  follows  : — 

I-  4^-  c.  ^ P.  M.  -lEl 

The  penultimate  upper  premolar,  as  before  said,  is  a small  and  irregularly 
triangular  tooth  with  a smooth  dorsum ; the  least  premolar  is  a much  larger  tooth, 
with  a straight  dorsum  having  a single  median  costa  opposite  the  median  valley ; 
the  true  molars  have  all  two  costae  on  the  dorsum.  The  dimensions  of  the  molars 


in  the  above-mentioned  cranium  are  as  follows : — 

In. 

Length  of  penultimate  premolar  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  I-IO 

Length  of  last  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1*65 

Length  of  first  molar  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1*90 

Length  of  second  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  2*20 

Width  of  penultimate  premolar  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  0*89 

Width  of  last  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1*50 

Width  of  first  molar  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1*85 

Width  of  second  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1*90 

( 21  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 


7 


The  upper  molars  of  this  species  somewhat  resemble  those  of  the  European 
R.  leptorhinus,  Ouv.  {R.  megarhinus,  ChristoL),  in  having  the  dorsum  nearly  straight 
and  without  a buttress  at  the  antero-external  angle.  The  molars  of  the  Indian 
species  are,  however,  at  once  distinguished  by  having  three  fossettes  on  the  worn- 
crown,  whereas  those  of  the  European  species  have  only  two ; further,  the  two 
colies  are  more  equal-sized  in  the  former,  and  the  median  valley  is  much  narrower 
at  the  entrance  than  in  the  latter.  The  molars  of  R.  leptorhinus  are  further 
distinguished  by  a small  combing-plate.  R.  hemit<schus,  Falc.,  also  has  its  upper 
molars  with  a straight  dorsum ; and  the  two  colles  are  in  close  opposition,  as  in 
R.  palceindicus : the  teeth  of  the  former  are,  however,  sufficiently  distinguished 
by  never  showing  more  than  the  two  fossettes  on  the  worn-crown,  and  by  having 
a small  combing-plate. 

From  the  molars  of  R.  sumatrensis  and  R.  javanicus  those  of  the  present 
species  are  distinguished  by  having  three  fossettes  on  the  crown-surface  instead 
of  only  two. 

The  upper  molars  both  of  this  species  and  of  R.  indicus  present  three  fossettes 
on  the  worn-crown,  but  the  fossettes  are  formed  in  a different  manner : in  the 
present  species  the  two  fossettes  in  the  median  valley  are  formed  by  the  valley 
being  divided  by  the  crochet ; in  R.  indicus  the  two  fossettes  are  formed  by  the 
union  of  the  crochet  and  the  combing-plate ; the  molars  of  R.  palceindicus  have 
no  combing-plate.  The  same  remarks  apply  to  the  molars  of  R.  tichorliinus,  (Ouv.), 
which  are  formed  on  the  same  plan  as  those  of  R.  indicus. 

A figure  of  the  lower  molars  of  this  species  will  be  found  in  the  Fauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” {plate  75,  fig.  2)  ; they  are  characterised  by  having  the 
posterior  valley  considerably  larger  and  deeper  than  the  anterior  valley,  so  that 
the  latter  becomes  completely  obliterated  at  an  early  period  of  w^ear.  The  median 
collis  is  the  larger  of  the  three,  and  the  limited  dentine  surfaces  of  this  and  the 
anterior  collis  form  a complete  semicircle. 

The  lower  molar  figured  in  the  accompanying  plate  (plate  6,  fig.  S)  seems  to 
belong  to  this  species ; it  was  brought  by  Mr.  Fedden  from  the  Manchhar  (Siwalik) 
beds  of  Sind.  The  tooth  is  from  the  left  ramus  of  the  mandible,  and  is  about  one- 
third  worn  down.  The  posterior  collis  (left  of  figu^^e)  is  small,  and  has  its  dentine 
surface  placed  obliquely  to  the  long  axis  of  the  crown ; the  inner  extremity  of  this 
collis  is  rounded  and  narrow ; the  posterior  valley  is  of  considerable  depth  and 
size  with  a wide  open  entrance;  it  would  not  be  obliterated  until  the  crown  became 
worn  down  almost  to  its  base.  The  median  collis  (centre  of  figure)  forms  by  far  the 
greater  part  of  the  worn-crown  surface ; its  inner  wall  is  flat  and  vertical,  and  angulated 
next  the  posterior  valley ; the  anterior  boundary  of  the  posterior  valley  forms  a wall 
of  enamel  running  nearly  at  an  angle  of  45"  to  the  long  axis  of  the  tooth ; on  the 
outer  side  there  is  a marked  angulation  in  the  enamel  wall  of  the  anterior  moiety 
of  this  tooth;  the  anterior  collis  (right  of  figure)  is  very  small,  though  it  extends 
to  the  inner  border  of  the  tooth ; the  anterior  valley  is  very  small  and  shallow,  and 

( 25  ) 


8 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


would  be  soon  obliterated.  The  whole  inner  border  of  the  tooth  forms  a nearly 
straight  line;  the  dorsum  has  a single  vertical  groove;  there  is  no  cingulum  on  any 
part  of  the  crown ; the  enamel  has  a nearly  uniform  thickness.  The  length  of  the 
specimen  is  2'2  inches  and  its  greatest  breadth  I'l  inches. 

This  tooth  differs  from  Falconer’s  figure  by  the  inner  wall  of  the  median  collis 
being  longer  and  flatter,  and  by  the  obliquity  of  the  median  enamel  wall  to  the  long 
axis  of  the  crown.  The  tooth  is,  however,  nearer  to  those  of  this  species  than  to 
those  of  any  other. 

The  mandible  of  this  species  is  spatulate  and  provided  with  one  large  broad 
incisor  on  each  side. 


Rhinocehos  sivalensis,  Falconer.  Plate  4,  figs.  2 & 8 ; and  Plate  5,  figs.  2 & 5. 

Of  this  species  I have  figured  a very  splendid  specimen  of  the  upper  second 
molar  of  the  left  side,  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Pot  war 
district.  Figures  of  penultimate  and  ultimate  molars  of  the  right  maxilla  are 
given  in  Messrs.  Durand  and  Baker’s  paper,  noticed  above ; these  figures  have  been 
copied  in  De  Blainville’s  “ Osteographie  ” {Vol.  IIT^  plate  4).  I have  again 
copied  the  figure  of  the  penultimate  molar,  as  it  presents  slight  differences  from  our 
specimen.  I have  also  figured  {plate  4,  Jig.  2)  the  ultimate  molar  of  the  right 
side  taken  from  a cranium  in  the  Indian  Museum,  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  ; this 
tooth,  though  considerably  worn  down,  still  shows  the  general  relations  of  its  com- 
ponent parts. 

Taking  first  the  specimen  from  the  Potwar  {Jig.  5 ),  we  find  the  general  shape 
of  the  crown  is  approximately  square,  with  a protrusion  at  the  antero-externajl  angle. 
The  anterior  collis  ( left  side  of  Jigure  ) is  considerably  the  larger  of  the  two  ; it  is 
a blunt  cone  in  form ; the  worn  dentine  surface  of  this  collis  runs  obliquely  towards 
the  antero-external  angle  of  the  crown ; there  is  a vertical  hollow  on  the  anterior 
surface  of  the  collis.  The  median  valley  ( centre  of  figure  ) runs  in  approximately 
the  same  direction  as  the  dentine  surface  of  the  anterior  collis ; it  becomes  deeper 
as  it  passes,  outwards  and  terminates  in  a triangular-shaped  cavity,  which  extends  deep 
down  into  the  crown.  The  median  valley  is  entered  by  an  exceedingly  narrow  pass, 
with  a sudden  fall  on  either  side ; there  is  no  tubercle  at  the  entrance  to  this 
valley,  the  bottom  of  which  forms  a mere  line  between  the  colies.  A single  pointed 
crochet  extends  three-fourths  across  the  valley  from  the  median  collis.  There  is 
no  combing-plate  or  antecrochet  in  the  median  valley. 

The  median  collis  ( right  side  of  figure ) forms  a slender  cone  slightly  twisted 
on  itself ; a small  but  distinct  third  or  posterior  collis  is  seen  on  the  right  side  of  the 
former  separated  by  a shallow  cleft ; this  posterior  collis  is  continued  outwards, 
as  a narrow  wall,  becoming  lower  as  it  passes  outwards,  which  forms  the  boundary 
to  the  posterior  valley  ( middle  of  right  side  of  figure  ) ; this  valley  is  ovate  at  the 
top,  becoming  circular  at  the  base. 

( 26  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA, 


9 


On  the  anterior  side  of  the  tooth  {left  of  figure)  a cingulum  runs  along  the 
greater  part  of  the  surface ; the  cingulum  is  broadest  on  the  inner  half  of  the 
anterior  surface,  and  forms  a distinct  but  shallow,  and  triangular  anterior  valley ; there 
is  a gap  in  the  cingulum  at  the  middle  of  this  valley  : there  is  no  cingulum  along 
the  inner  surface  of  the  tooth.  The  antero- external  angle  of  the  crown  is  produced 
into  a very  prominent  process,  the  worn  surface  presenting  the  section  of  two 
arches  separated  by  a valley,  and  with  another  valley  on  the  inner  side  of  the  most 
anterior  of  the  two  arches ; the  postero-external  angle  forms  an  acute  spur. 

The  dorsum  of  the  tooth  is  placed  obliquely  to  the  long  axis  of  the  crown ; its 
upper  half  curves  over  towards  the  inner  side ; posteriorly  to  the  buttress  there  is  no 
distinct  costa  on  the  dorsum.  The  worn-crown  presents  two  fossettes  only. 

The  characteristic  points  of  the  teeth  of  this  species  are  as  follows  : — 

“ Buttress  at  antero-external  angle  : single  crochet ; curved  dorsum  and  narrow 
median  valley ; absence  of  comhing-plate,  of  antecrochet,  and  of  tubercle  at  en- 
trance to  median  valley  ; two  fossettes  on  worn-crown.” 

The  measurements  of  this  specimen  are  as  follows  : — 


In. 

Length  of  anterior  surface  ...  ...  ... 

Ditto  external  surface  ...  ...  ...  2-55 

Ditto  internal  surface  ...  ...  ...  1'85 

Ditto  posterior  surface  ...  ...  ...  1*95 


The  presence  of  the  buttress,  of  only  two  fossettes  on  the  crown,  and  the  curved 
line  of  the  dorsum,  at  once  distinguish  the  molars  of  this  species  from  those  of  the 
preceding  species. 

The  molar  tooth  figured  by  Baker  and  Durand  is  remarkable  for  the  unequal 
development  of  the  two  colles,  the  anterior  collis  being  placed  much  nearer  to  the 
inner  border  of  the  crown  than  the  median  collis. 

The  ultimate  upper  molar  drawn  in  plate  4 {fig>  2)  is  from  the  right  side ; 
it  shows  an  anterior  collis  of  large  size ; the  median  valley  is  narrow  at  the  en- 
trance, expands  and  becomes  deeper  as  it  passes  outwards ; the  crochet  is  very  small 
and  blunt,  the  median  collis  {on  the  left  of  the  figure)  is  placed  obliquely  to  the 
anterior  wall  {right  of  figure)  and  is  confluent  with  the  outer  dentine  mass,  as  in  all 
ultimate  molars.  In  one  of  Messrs.  Baker  and  Durand’s  figures  of  an  ultimate  molar 
of  this  species  the  crochet  is  divided  at  the  extremity. 

In  both  this  and  the  preceding  species  there  are  no  combing-plates  present  in 
the  median  valley,  by  which  the  molar  teeth  are  at  once  distinguished  from  those 
of  the  two  next  species.  The  presence  of  only  two  fossettes  on  the  worn-crown 
distinguishes  the  upper  molars  of  B.  sivalensis  from  those  of  B.  jplatyrhinus,  in 
which  there  are  three.  The  molars  of  this  species  have  some  resemblance  to  those 
of  B.jamnicus;  the  buttress  at  the  antero-external  angle  is,  however,  more  pro- 
duced in  the  fossil  species,  and  the  dorsum  in  consequence  is  more  curved : the 
cingulum  is  also  larger  on  the  anterior  surface  in  the  fossil  species  : the  crochet  is 

( 27  ) 


10 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMAIALIA. 


nmcb.  larger  and  more  pointed  in  the  Siwalik  form  than  in  the  living  species ; the 
molars  of  both  species  agree  in  having  only  two  fossettes  on  the  worn-crown. 
The  molars  of  M.  sivalensis  are  distinguished  from  those  of  R.  tichorliinm  (Guv.),  and 
of  R,  incUcus  by  the  presence  of  only  two  in  place  of  three  fossettes  on  the  worn-crown 
and  by  the  absence  of  the  combing-plate.  They  resemble  those  of  R.  siimatrensis  in 
having  a large  buttress  at  the  antero-external  angle ; the  median  collis  is,  however, 
much  smaller  in  proportion  to  the  anterior  collis  in  the  fossil  than  in  the  living 
species,  and  the  latter  lacks  the  large  cingulum  which  occurs  on  the  anterior  sur- 
face of  the  teeth  of  the  former  species. 

Erom  the  molars  of  R.  leptorliinus  and  R.  hemitmcJius  the  very  prominent 
buttress  at  the  antero-external  angle,  the  absence  of  the  combing-plate,  and  the 
curved  dorsum  of  the  molars  of  the  present  species  are  sufficient  distinctions. 

The  molars  of  R.  etniscus  (“  Eal. : Pal.  Mem.^  Vol.  II,  ylate  25,  jig.  7)  some- 
what resemble  those  of  R.  sivalensis,  both  having  a buttress  at  the  antero-external 
angle,  a long  cingulum  on  the  anterior  surface,  unequal  colles,  a simple  pointed 
crochet,  no  combing-plate,  and  presenting  only  two  fossettes  on  the  worn-crown 
surface.  The  molars  of  R.  sivalensis  are,  however,  distinguished  by  the  posterior 
collis  being  more  distinct  and  elongated,  by  the  inner  extremity  of  the  median  valley 
being  three-cornered  instead  of  oblong,  by  the  crown  being  relatively  longer  in 
proportion  to  its  width,  and  by  the  ridges  of  the  buttress  being  placed  farther  apart, 
and  extending  lower  down  on  the  surface  of  the  crown. 

The  persistent  dentition  of  this  species  seems  to  be  as  follows : — 

I 0 (P)-0  (?*)  p 0-0  p 4-4  3-3 

0—0  '^•0—0  3—3  3—3 

Eigures  of  very  much  worn  lower  molars  of  this  species  are  given  in  plate  75 
of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.”  The  specimen  figured  here  {plate  6,  Jig.  1) 
is  the  last  molar  of  the  left  ramus  of  the  mandible ; the  crown  is  in  an  early  state 
of  wear.  Ths  anterior  collis  {extreme  left  of  figure)  is  remarkable  for  its  very 
small  size  ; its  inner  boundary  not  extending  beyond  the  middle  line  of  the  crown ; 
the  anterior  valley  {left  of  figure)  is  narrower  and  shallower  than  the  posterior  valley 
{right  of  figure),  and  extends  farther  on  the  outer  side  ; the  worn  dentine-surface  of 
the  median  collis  {centre  of  figure)  runs  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  antero- 
posterior axis  of  the  tooth,  while  that  of  the  posterior  collis  is  placed  very  obliquely 
to  the  same  axis.  The  posterior  surface  of  the  tooth  is  divided  by  a deep  and 
nearly  vertical  groove ; on  the  inner  side  of  this  groove  there  is  a very  small  conical 
tubercle ; there  is  no  cingulum  on  any  part  of  the  tooth ; the  enamel  is  smooth  and 
polished  and  of  uniform  thickness.  Owing  to  its  shallowness  the  anterior  valley 
becomes  obliterated  at  an  earlier  period  of  wear  than  the  posterior  valley.  The 
length  of  the  specimen  is  2’4s  inches,  and  its  width  1*4  inches. 

Erom  Ealconer’s  figure  the  species  seems  never  to  have  developed  the  first 
premolar  in  the  lower  jaw ; the  second  premolar  is  of  relatively  large  size.  The 
( 28  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


11 


mandible  is  but  little  produced  in  front  of  this  tooth,  and  seems  to  have  been  un- 
provided with  incisors. 

Rhinoceeos  plattehinus,  Falconer.  Plate  4,  fig.  4. 

The  subjoined  description  of  the  upper  molars  of  this  species  is  partly  derived 
from  the  restored  figure  of  a penultimate  upper  molar  of  the  right  side  given  in 
the  “Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  {plate  76,  Jig.  11  a)  : [this  Jigu7'e  is  copied  m the 
pv'esent  paper  (plate  4,  Jig.  4,)  on  a scale  of  one-half  the  natm'al  size  and  partly 
from  a cast  of  the  molars  of  the  complete  cranium  of  the  species  discovered  by 
Colonel  Baker,  and  now  in  the  British  Museum.  The  species  is  confined  to  the 
Siwaliks. 

The  specimen  in  the  accompanying  figure  is  the  above-mentioned  penulti- 
mate right  upper  molar ; the  transverse  diameter  of  the  anterior  collis  {on  the  right 
of  the  figure)  considerably  exceeds  that  of  the  median  collis  {on  the  left)  ; the 
base  of  the  median  collis  overlaps  that  of  the  anterior  collis,  so  that,  in  the 
position  of  the  figure,  no  part  of  the  base  of  the  median  valley  externally  to  the 
crochet  is  visible  from  the  front.  The  anterior  collis  forms  a thick  depressed  cone, 
projecting  on  the  posterior  side  into  the  median  valley.  The  median  collis  is  un- 
symmetrically  shaped,  the  posterior  wall  being  nearly  vertical,  while  the  anterior 
boundary  forms  an  irregular  convex  line,  blocking  the  entrance  to  the  median  valley. 
The  pass  to  this  valley  is  sharp  and  well  marked,  somewhat  external  to  the  inner 
boundary  of  the  tooth,  and  as  high  as  the  level  of  the  cingulum,  with  an  abrupt 
descent  into  the  valley.  There  is  no  tubercle  obstructing  the  entrance  to  the  median 
valley,  which  winds  between  the  bases  of  the  two  colies  as  a narrow  sinuous  line. 

The  crochet  is  given  off  from  the  side  of  the  median  collis  nearly  at  right 
angles  to  the  inner  border  of  the  tooth,  and  has  a loop  of  enamel  on  its  external  side ; 
in  the  angle  formed  between  the  internal  wall  of  the  crochet  and  the  anterior  wall 
of  the  median  collis  there  is  a small  fold  of  enamel ; the  base  of  the  crochet  is  but 
slightly  constricted ; the  anterior  wall  of  the  crochet  slopes  towards  the  inner  side 
of  the  tooth,  so  that  the  bottom  of  the  valley  is  very  narrow  at  this  point ; the 
whole  of  the  bottom  of  the  valley,  from  the  entrance  as  far  as  the  crochet,  forms, 
therefore,  a mere  line  betw^een  the  colles. 

Externally  to  the  crochet  the  median  valley  is  divided  into  two  parts  by  the 
combing-plate  {seen  at  the  top  of  the  median  valley),  which  is  small  and  blunt,  and 
forms  an  angle  of  45°  with  the  internal  border  of  the  tooth ; there  is  no  ante- 
crochet  given  off  from  the  anterior  collis ; the  anterior  boundary  of  the  median 
valley  forms  a line  running  at  right  angles  to  the  inner  border  of  the  tooth,  and 
there  is  consequently  no  production  of  the  valley  in  the  direction  of  the  antero- 
external  angle  of  the  tooth. 

The  dorsum  of  the  tooth  is  marked  by  a slight  anterior  costa ; the  antero- 
external  angle  forms  a sharp  edge,  but  is  not  produced  into  a buttress ; the  postero- 

( 29  ) 


12 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


external  angle  is  produced  backwards.  A distinct  cingulum  runs  along  the  whole  of 
the  anterior  surface  and  that  surface  only. 

The  anterior  valley  is  very  narrow,  bounded  by  the  straight  anterior  portion  of 
the  cingulum ; the  posterior  valley  {on  the  left  side  of  the  figure)  is  very  small  and 
narrow ; the  median  collis  in  the  specimen  is  worn  down  and  united  with  the  small 
posterior  collis. 

Were  the  crown  to  be  more  worn  down  than  in  the  figured  specimen,  the 
combing-plate  and  the  crochet  would  unite  and  form  a second  fossette  in  the 
median  valley,  so  that  the  crown  would  present  three  fossettes,  two  formed  by  the 
median  valley  and  the  third  by  the  posterior  valley. 

The  dorsa  of  the  molars  can  be  best  studied  from  Colonel  Baker’s  cranium : in  the 
premolars  there  are  two  vertical  ridges  placed  opposite  the  two  large  colies;  in  the  first 
molar  the  hindmost  of  these  ridges  is  much  smaller  than  the  other ; in  the  second 
molar  it  has  nearly,  and  in  the  last  molar  quite  disappeared.  The  outer  border  of 
the  crown  in  all  the  teeth  is  nearly  parallel  to  the  long  axis  of  the  tooth,  and  wears 
quite  flat.  The  colies  in  the  premolars  are  more  equal  sized  and  the  pass  into  the 
median  valley  is  higher  in  the  premolars  than  in  the  molars.  The  following  are 
the  dimensions  of  the  molar  series  in  Colonel  Baker’s  cranium  :-~ 


Length  of  six  molars 


Width  of  penultimate  molar 
Width  of  first  premolar 


In. 

13-0 


Do. 

of  outer  surface 

of  last  molar  ... 

...  2-75 

Do, 

do. 

do. 

of  penultimate  molar 

...  2-70 

Do. 

do. 

do. 

of  first  do. 

...  2-40 

Do. 

do. 

do. 

of  last  premolar 

...  2-10 

Do. 

do. 

do. 

of  penultimate  do. 

...  2-05 

Do. 

do. 

do. 

of  first  do. 

...  1-75 

3-00 

2-22 


The  dimensions  of  the  figured  upper  molar  of  this  species,  as  given  by 
Dr.  Ealconer,  are  as  follows  : — 


External  side 
Internal  side 
Anterior  side 
Posterior  side 


In. 

4-0 

2- 7 

3- 0 
2-5 


A smaller  specimen,  also  figured  in  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” {'glate  72? 
fig.  6),  has  the  following  measurements  : — 


External  side 

•In. 

...  3-6 

Internal  side 

...  2-2 

Anterior  side 

...  2-9 

Posterior  side 

...  3-0 

Height  of  crown  . . . 

...  3-1 

( 30  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


13 


The  persistent  dentition  of  this  species  is  as  follows  - 


y 0“  0 ip)  0 0 

'2^  "0=0' 


P.  ^ M. 


3-3 

3-3 


The  median  lower  incisors  were  very  small  and  functionless ; the  first  upper 
premolar  was  shed  before  the  last  molar  pierced  the  gum.  Falconer  compared  the 
upper  molars  of  this  species  to  those  of  Rhinoceros  tichorhinus  of  Cuvier  : the  molars 
of  the  two  species  agree  in  presenting  three  fossettes  on  the  crown-surface  | hut  the 
molars  of  the  European  species  are  distinguished  by  the  greater  size  of  the  posterior 
valley,  by  the  non-prolongation  of  the  postero-external  angle  of  the  crown, 
by  the  combing-plate  being  placed  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  external  border, 
by  the  absence  of  the  cingulum  on  the  anterior  surface,  and  by  the  dentine-surface 
of  the  anterior  collis  being  curved  instead  of  straight.  The  presence  of  three 
fossettes  on  the  worn-crown  sufficiently  distinguishes  the  upper  molars  of  Rhinoceros 
platyrhinus  from  those  of  R.  hemitcechus,  R.  leptorhinus,  and  R.  etruscm  of  Falconer. 

From  the  molars  of  both  the  preceding  Siwalik  species,  the  presence  of  the 
combing-plates  in  the  molars  of  this  species  is  a sufficient  distinction. 

The  upper  molars  of  R.  platyrhinus  agree  with  those  of  the  living  R.  indicus 
by  having  a combing-plate  and  three  fossettes  on  the  worn  crown-surface ; those  of 
the  latter  species  are,  however,  distinguished  by  the  non-development  of  the  postero- 
external angle,  and  by  the  curvature  of  the  dentine  surface  of  the  anterior  collis, 
together  with  the  absence  of  the  cingulum  on  the  anterior  surface.  Irrespective  of 
the  upper  molars  the  two  species  are  at  once  distinguished  by  R.  indicus  having 
but  one  nasal  horn,  while  R,  platyrhinus  had  two ; both  species  agree  in  having 
a somewhat  spatulate  mandible  provided  with  large  outer  incisors. 

The  upper  molars  of  R.  sumatrensis  and  R.  jamnicus  are  distinguished  from 
those  of  the  present  species  by  having  only  two  fossettes  on  the  worn-crown,  and  by 
the  absence  of  a combing-plate. 

To  show  the  form  of  the  lower  molars  of  this  species  I have  figured  a 
detached  premolar  of  the  right  ramus  of  the  mandible.  The  specimen  is  but  little 
worn  down,  and  corresponds  in  size  with  the  last  premolar  of  the  mandible  of  this 
species  figured  in  the  “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” {plate  76,  fig.  10).  The  anterior 
collis  ( extreme  left  of  figure  ) is  very  narrow,  and  extends  as  far  inwards  as  the  other 
two.  The  anterior  valley  ( left  of  figure  ) is  noticeable  for  its  very  small  size  and 
narrowness ; the  posterior  valley,  on  the  other  hand,  is  very  large  and  deep ; the 
anterior  valley  would  be  therefore  obliterated  at  an  early  stage  of  wear,  while  the 
posterior  would  remain  for  a much  longer  period.  The  difference  in  the  times  of 
disappearance  of  the  two  valleys  is  greater  than  in  the  lower  molars  of  R.  sivalensis. 
The  worn  dentine-surface  of  the  posterior  collis  ( right  of  figure ) is  placed  at  right 
angles  to  the  long  axis  of  the  crown ; the  dentine-surfaces  of  the  other  two  colies 
are  also  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  same  axis.  There  is  a distinct  cingulum 
running  upwards  and  backwards  from  the  entrance  of  the  posterior  valley  along  the 

1 31  ) 


14 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


inner  surface  of  the  posterior  collis.  The  enamel  is  very  thin  on  the  anterior  collis ; 
over  the  whole  of  the  tooth  it  is  minutely  reticulated.  The  length  of  the  specimen 
is  1*6  inches,  and  its  width  1 inch. 

A last  lower  molar  of  this  species  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum  has 
the  following  dimensions  : — 


Extreme  length  ... 
Width 

Height  of  crown 


In. 

2-95 

1-55 

1-4..2 


The  form  of  this  tooth  is  precisely  similar  to  the  figured  specimen. 

The  first  lower  molar  of  this  species  is  never  shown  : the  second  is  very  small 
and  conical ; the  mandible  is  produced  into  a somewhat  spatulate-formed  symphysis, 
and  was  furnished  with  a pair  of  large  triangular  outer  incisors,  and  a small  central 
pair  of  round  functionless  ones. 


Rhinoceeos  namadicus,  Falconer,  Plate  4,  figs.  6 and  6. 

Ealconer  assigned  the  above  specific  name  to  certain  limb-bones  of  a species 
of  'Rhinoceros  from  the  Nerbudda  valley,  but  I believe  no  teeth  had  at  that  time 
been  obtained.  I am  not  aware  whether  these  limb-bones  had  ever  been  compared 
with  those  of  the  other  species  of  the  genus.  The  upper  molar  teeth  in  the  Indian 
Museum  from  the  Nerbudda  valley  closely  resemble  in  form  those  of  the  Siwalik 
B.  platyrJiinus,  though  they  are  of  much  smaller  size ; and  it  is  only  after  consi- 
derable hesitation  that  I have  separated  the  two  species  ; my  conclusions  are  partly 
drawn  from  certain  differences  in  the  teeth,  partly  from  Ealconer’s  separation  of  the 
two  species,  and  partly  from  the  fact  that  almost  all  the  Nerbudda  Mammals  are 
distinct  from  those  of  the  Siwaliks. 

The  first  specimen  that  I have  to  describe  is  an  upper  molar  of  the  right  side 
{plate  4,  fig.  6) ; the  specimen  is  probably  the  second  of  the  series ; it  is  consider- 
ably smaller  than  the  corresponding  tooth  of  the  last  species.  The  fangs  of  the 
specimen  are  embedded  in  a hard  matrix ; the  crown  is  about  one-third  worn  down ; 
the  whole  of  the  anterior  half  and  the  inner  side  are  complete,  but  the  postero- 
external angle  is  wanting. 

The  transverse  diameter  of  the  anterior  collis  {right  of  figure)  is  slightly 
greater  than  that  of  the  median  collis ; the  base  of  the  latter  does  not  overlap  that 
of  the  former,  so  that  the  entrance  to  the  median  valley  is  nearly  at  right  angles  to 
the  inner  border  of  the  crown,  and  is  but  slightly  curved ; v/hen  the  tooth  is  placed 
in  the  position  of  the  figure,  the  whole  of  the  bottom  of  the  median  valley  is  seen 
from  the  front.  The  anterior  collis  is  of  a regular  conical  form,  the  median  collis 
is  concave  on  the  anterior  side ; there  is  scarcely  any  distinct  pass  leading  into  the 
median  valley,  the  bottom  of  which  is  of  uniform  depth  up  to  the  crochet ; conse- 
( 32  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 


15 


quently  tlie  entrance  to  the  valley  is  remarkahly  low^  almost  on  a level  with  the 
base  of  the  crown,  and  below  that  of  the  cingulum. ; there  is  no  tubercle  at  the 
entrance ; the  basis  of  the  two  coUes  are  in  contact  along  the  bottom  of  the  valley. 

At  a distance  of  one  inch  from  the  internal  border  of  the  crown  the  median 
collis  gives  off  a very  large  and  thickened  crochet,  which  is  directed  forwards  and  a 
little  inwards ; the  neck  of  the  crochet  is  constricted,  and  there  is  no  process  of 
enamel  in  the  angle  formed  between  the.  internal  wall  of  the  crochet  and  the  anterior 
wall  of  the  median  collis  | the  crochet  thickens  slightly  in  the  middle,  and  again  con- 
tracts towards  its  free  extremity ; at  a level  a little  below  that  of  the  present  surface 
of  the  crown,  the  crochet  extends  completely  across  the  median  valley ; there  is  no 
loop  of  enamel  on  its  external  wall  | the  moiety  of  the  median  valley  situated  on 
the  inner  side  of  the  crochet  forms  a triangle  with  curvilinear  boundaries,  the 
whole  of  which  is  visible  from  the  inner  side  of  the  tooth.  Externally  to  the  cro- 
chet the  valley  is  trefoil-shaped ; the  leaves  of  the  trefoil  are  divided  by  two  pro- 
cesses,'— firstly,  a smaU  wedge-shaped  combing-plate,  projecting  into  the  valley  from 
the  outer  side  of  the  tooth ; and,  secondly,  a similarly  shaped  antecrochet  from  the 
anterior  collis.  The  direction  of  the  combing-plate  is  exactly  at  right  angles  to  the 
internal  border  of  the  crown  of  the  tooth:  when  worn  down  the  surface  of  the 
crown  would  display  four  fossettes,' — one  formed  by  the  posterior  valley  ; a second 
consisting  of  that  portion  of  the  median  valley  which  is  internal  to  the  crochet. 
This  fossette  would  not  be  completely  isolated  until  the  tooth  becomes  worn  down 
almost  to  the  base  of  the  crown,  owing  to  the  low  level  of  the  entrance  to  the 
median  vaUey  i the  two  other  fossettes  would  be  on  the  outer  side  of  the  crochet, 
divided  from  each  other  by  the  combing-plate ; they  would  be  isolated  at  an  early 
period  of  wear. 

The  dentine- surface  of  the  anterior  collis  is  directed  at  an  angle  of  45°  to  the 
internal  border  of  the  crown,  so  that  the  outer  extremity  of  the  median  valley  is 
produced  towards  the  antero-external  angle  of  the  tooth. 

The  anterior  side  of  the  tooth  {on  the  right  of  the  figure)  has  an  undulating 
outline,  prominent  in  the  centre  ; a wavy  cingulum  runs  along  the  whole  length  of 
this  surface ; on  the  internal  half  of  this  side  the  cingulum  diverges  from  the  main 
wall,  and  forms  a well-marked  triangular  ''  anterior  valley,”  extending  up  to  the 
antero-internal  angle  of  the  anterior  collis.  There  is  no  trace  of  any  cingulum 
along  the  internal  surface. 

The  posterior  valley  {on  the  extreme  left  of  the  figure)  is  of  very  large  size, 
and  has  a regular  oval  shape ; the  longer  axis  of  the  oval  is  nearly  parallel  with  the 
antero-posterior  axis  of  the  crown;  the  external  wall  of  this  valley  is  nearly  verti- 
cal, while  the  internal  wall  slopes  rapidly  away  towards  the  median  collis  ; the  pass 
into  this  valley  is  sharply  defined,  forming  a ridge  descending  from  the  summit  of 
the  median  collis ; the  pass  leading  into  the  posterior  valley  is  considerable  above 
the  level  of  that  leading  into  the  anterior  valley,  and  above  that  of  the  cingulum, 
so  that  this  valley  would  be  isolated  at  a very  early  period  of  wear. 

( 33  ) 


16 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


The  antero-external  angle  of  the  tooth  forms  a small,  sharp,  wedge-shaped 
process ; there  is  one  prominent  costa  on  the  dorsum  of  the  tooth  near  this  angle ; 
it  is  not  continued  upwards  as  far  as  the  neck.  Unfortunately  the  postero-external 
angle  of  the  tooth  is  broken  away,  so  that  it  is  impossible  to  determine  the  form  of 
this  portion  of  the  crown  : from  an  examination  of  the  base  of  the  crown,  where 
it  is  buried  in  the  matrix,  I consider  that  the  whole  of  the  outer  side  of  the 
tooth  was  nearly  parallel  to  the  inner  side ; and  that  the  antero-posterior  angle  was 
not  produced.  The  dimensions  of  this  specimen  are — 


In. 

External  side 

...  2-0 

Internal  side 

...  1-3 

Anterior  side 

...  2-0 

Posterior  side 

...  1-5 

The  molars  of  both  Rhinoceros  jplatyrhiniis  and  R.  namadicus  are  distin- 
guished from  those  of  R.  sivalensis  and  R.  palceindicus  by  the  complex  form  of 
the  crochet,  and  by  the  presence  of  a comhing-plate.  The  points  by  which  the 
molars  of  the  present  species  are  distinguished  from  those  of  R.  platyrhinus  are 
the  following : — 

Difference  in  form  of  the  median  valley  and  the  base  of  the  two  codes. 

Presence  of  an  antecrochet. 

Difference  in  size  of  combing'-plates. 

Greater  size  of  anterior  valley  and  cingulum. 

Relations  of  posterior  valley  to  median  eollis,  and  its  relative  size. 

Smaller  size. 

The  other  specimen  figured  {plate  6)  is  the  entire  and  perfect  germ  of  a 

third  or  .ultimate  molar  of  the  left  maxilla  from  the  Nerhudda  valley  ; the  specimen 
is  in  the  Indian  Museum.  I refer  the  specimen  to  the  same  species  as  the  preceding. 
The  figure  is  taken  from  the  postero-internal  aspect  of  the  specimen,  looking  dhectly 
into  the  median  valley ; the  anterior  eollis  occupying  the  left  side  of  the  valley  and 
the  median  eollis  the  right. 

The  anterior  eollis  forms  by  far  the  greater  extent  of  the  base  of  the  tooth ; 
its  transverse  section  has  the  form  of  an  isosceles  triangle ; the  summit  is  bent 
over  towards  the  inner  side ; on  the  anterior  side  the  cingulum  commences  on  the 
external  edge,  and  forms  a V-shaped  line  along  this  side  of  the  tooth,  running  as 
far  as  the  base  of  the  anterior  eollis  ; close  to  the  anterior  eollis  there  is  a narrow 
anterior  valley  of  triangular  form  {seen  on  the  extreme  left  of  the  figure)  ; the  lowest 
point  of  the  cingulum  is  rather  more  than  half  an  inch  above  the  neck  of  the 
crown.  The  median  vaUey  is  entered  by  a low  pass,  without  any  tubercle  at  the 
entrance ; this  valley  becomes  deeper  as  it  passes  outwards ; the  level  of  the  pass 
is  the  same  as  that  of  the  cingulum ; the  entrance  of  the  valley  is  wedge-shaped. 
The  crochet  {the  first  projection  across  the  valley)  is  of  great  size  and  extends  com- 
( 34  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


17 


pletely  across  the  valley  ; the  comhing-plate  {the  second  'projection,  on  the  same  side 
as  the  last)  is  shorter  than  in  the  last  specimen ; it  is  opposed  by  the  large  ante- 
crochet  {the  projection  from  the  opposite  side  to  the  two  former  ones)  from  the  anterior 
collis;  the  difference  in  the  relative  position  of  these  processes  of  the  median 
valley  from  those  of  the  last  specimen  is  caused  by  the  different  relations  of  the 
boundary  walls  of  the  two  teeth.  Were  the  crown  of  this  specimen  worn  down 
it  would  present  three  fossettes  in  the  median  valley,  one  on  either  side  of  the 
crochet,  and  a third,  formed  at  the  outer  extremity  of  the  valley,  by  the  combing- 
plate  and  the  antecrochet.  The  posterior  valley,  as  in  all  ultimate  molars,  is  not 
present,  and  the  median  collis  becomes  confluent  with  the  external  wall  of  the 
tooth : the  antero-external  angle  is  sharp  and  pointed ; there  is  a single  vertical 
costa  on  the  dorsum,  situated  at  a distance  of  4 inches  from  the  antero-external 
angle.  The  measurements  of  this  specimen  are  as  follows : — 


Anterior  side 
External  side 
Posterior  side 
Height  of  crown 


In. 

2-1 

2-5 

2-0 

2-8 


A figure  of  an  ultimate  upper  molar  of  the  right  side  of  Bhinoceros  platy- 
rhinus  is  given  in  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  ; in  this  it  will  be  seen  that  there 
is  no  antecrochet,  as  in  the  present  specimen,  and  the  crochet  is  of  much  smaller 
size,  not  extending  right  across  the  valley,  while  the  anterior  valley  is  scarcely 
distinct  from  the  cingulum ; the  dimensions  given  below  are  also  much  larger  than 
those  of  the  present  specimen ; tending  to  confine  the  distinctness  of  the  two  forms. 

The  measurements  of  the  ultimate  molar  of  B.  platyrhimis  given  by  Dr.  Eal- 
coner  are  as  follows  in  inches  : — 


Length  (external  side)  ...  ...  ...  ...  3‘2 

Breadth  (anterior  side)  ...  ...  ...  ...  2’8 

Height  of  crown  ...  ...  ...  ...  3*1 

The  Nerbudda  species  of  Bhinoceros  must,  therefore,  have  been  considerably 
smaller  than  B.  platyrhinus,  which,  apart  from  other  characters,  would  probably  be 
sufficient  to  establish  its  distinctness. 

The  last  upper  molar  of  this  species  is  distinguished  from  the  last  molars  of  B, 
sumatrensis  and  B.  javanicus  by  the  presence  of  a combing-plate  and  an  ante- 
crochet,  and  by  the  greater  size  of  the  crochet,  and  by  the  presence  of  three  fossettes 
instead  of  two  on  the  worn  crown-surface. 

The  last  molar  of  B,  indicus  has  a combing-plate,  an  antecrochet,  and  a large 
crochet ; the  combing-plate  and  antecrochet  do  not,  however,  unite,  so  as  to  divide 
the  median  valley  in  B.  indicus  as  they  do  in  the  present  species  i moreover,  the 
crochet  of  the  former  species  is  recurved  at  its  extremity,  and  passes  up  the  median 
valley  between  the  combing-plate  and  the  antecrochet.  The  crown  of  the  present 

( 35  ) 


18 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 


specimen  is  considerably  more  ‘‘  bysodont”  tban  that  of  tbe  last  molar  of  uni- 
cornisy  being  absolutely  higher  and  also  narrower  at  the  base. 

It  is  to  be  hoped  that  eventually  the  skull  of  this  species  will  he  obtained  from 
the  Nerbudda  valley,  that  we  may  have  more  complete  evidence  as  to  the  distinct- 
ness of  the  species.  The  lower  molars  are  unknown. 

Rhinoceros  iravadicus,  n.  sr.  nobis.  Plate  5,  figs.  1 and  2. 

The  species  is  founded  on  two  upper  molars  from  the  mammaliferous  strata  of 
Ava  {plate  5,  Hgs.  1,  2)  ; both  specimens  are  in  the  Indian  Museum. 

The  most  worn  of  the  two  molars  {fig.  1)  was  discovered  in  a pagoda  at  Prome, 
and  presented  to  the  Indian  Museum  by  Colonel  Phayre  ; from  its  mineral  condi- 
tion there  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  it  is  derived  from  the  bone  beds  of  the  Irawadi 
valley.  The  crown  is  complete,  with  the  exception  of  a small  triangular  piece  of 
enamel  chipped  from  the  outer  wall ; the  “ fangs”  have  been  broken  off  close  to 
the  neck.  The  tooth  has  been  in  wear  for  a considerable  period,  the  height  of  the 
anterior  collis  above  the  neck  being  only  *9  inch.  The  specimen  is  from  the  left 
maxilla ; and  from  its  large  size  and  elongated  shape  is  probably  the  penultimate 
true  molar.  This  is  the  specimen  referred  to  by  Mr.  Foote  in  his  Memoir  on  R. 
deccanensis,  in  the  first  part  of  this  volume  (p.  16). 

The  anterior  collis  {on  the  left  side  of  the  figure)  is  of  much  greater  size  than 
the  median  {on  the  right  side  of  the  figure),  occupying  nearly  one-half  of  the  in- 
ternal face  of  the  tooth ; on  its  inner  side  it  slopes  away  slightly  from  its  base 
downwards  to  the  outer  side ; on  its  posterior  side,  it  gives  off  a blunted  antecro- 
chet,  projecting  into  the  median  valley  {the  centre  of  the  figure)  internally  to  the 
crochet.  The  anterior  surface  of  the  tooth  has  a projecting  angle  {the  centre  of  the 
left  border  of  the  figure)  in  the  middle  of  its  course;  the  cingulum  commences 
at  this  angle,  and  is  continued  as  a distinct  ledge  up  to  the  antero-internal  angle 
of  the  tooth ; there  is  a very  small  and  shallow  anterior  valley  between  the  cin- 
gulum and  the  anterior  collis  ; along  the  internal  surface  of  the  anterior  collis  the 
cingulum  may  he  traced  as  a slight  wavy  line  on  the  enamel,  and  as  a still  fainter 
line  on  the  median  collis. 

The  entrance  to  the  median  valley  is  blocked  by  a large  ovate  tubercle,  ver- 
tically grooved  on  its  internal  surface ; this  tubercle  is  continued  outwards  along 
the  bottom  of  the  median  valley  as  a rounded  ridge.  The  median  valley  runs, 
from  its  commencement,  forwards  and  outwards,  becoming  deeper  as  it  advances ; 
it  is  of  great  width  throughout  its  extent ; its  transverse  diameter  at  the  entrance 
is  *4  inch,  and  at  its  narrowest  part,  caused  by  tbe  projection  of  the  crochet, 
“2 inch;  throughout  its  length  it  preserves  a considerable  width  along  the  bottom; 
the  bases  of  the  colles  being  nowhere  contiguous. 

The  walls  of  the  median  collis  are  more  abrupt  than  those  of  the  anterior ; 
the  crochet  is  short  and  blunt,  not  projecting  more  than  half  way  across  the  valley; 

( 36  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


19 


the  posterior  valley  {in  the  middle  of  the  right  side  of  the  figure)  is  very  deep,  and 
almost  perfectly  oval  in  form  ; the  pass  leading  into  this  vaUey  from  the  posterior 
side  of  the  tooth  is  divided  by  a median  fissure. 

The  antero-external  angle  of  the  tooth  {^eft-hand  top-corner  of  the  figure)  is 
produced  into  a prominent  vertical  buttress  (as  in  Bhmoceros  jamnicus  and  R.  siva- 
lensis)  divided  by  a median  groove,  so  that  the  enamel  in  this  part  of  the  crown- 
surface  forms  two  contiguous  arches.  Owing  to  the  depth  of  the  outer  end  of  the 
anterior  valley,  the  worn-crown  would  present  an  isolated  fossette  at  this  point, 
or  two  fossettes  in  all. 

On  the  dorsum,  the  free  edge  forms  a nearly  horizontal  line ; the  surface  is 
concave  antero-posteriorly.  The  costae  of  the  buttress  do  not  extend  as  far  as  the 
neck  of  the  tooth.  The  measurements  are  as  follows 


External  side  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  3-6 

Internal  side  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1'9 

Anterior  side  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  2‘7 

Posterior  side  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  2'0 

Thickness  of  enamel  on  outer  side  ...  ...  ...  ...  O’  1 

Ditto  on  sides  of  median  valley  ...  ...  ...  0’06 

Width  of  base  of  anterior  eollis  ...  ...  ...  ...  I’O 

Ditto  median  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  0’7 

Height  of  summit  of  tubercle  above  neck  ...  ...  ...  0’4 

Height  of  lowest  part  of  cingulum  above  neck  ...  ...  ...  0’5 


The  ether  specimen  {plate  5,  fig.  2)  is  from  the  bone-beds  of  the  Irawadi ; 
it  is  the  second  upper  molar  of  the  right  side.  The  whole  of  the  grinding  surface 
is  complete,  but  a considerable  portion  of  the  base  of  the  external  wall  and  the 
anterior  angle  has  been  broken  away;  the  crown  is  much  less  worn  than  that 
of  the  last  specimen. 

The  tooth  being  of  the  same  form  as  the  last,  it  is  only  necessary  to  note  a few 
points. 

The  median  eollis  {on  the  left  side  of  the  figure)  is  somewhat  twisted  upon 
itself,  and  constricted  in  the  middle  : the  pass  into  the  posterior  valley  {the  middle 
of  the  left  side  of  the  figure)  is  more  deeply  cleft  than  in  the  last  specimen,  the 
outer  half  being  higher  than  the  inner. 

The  crochet  becomes  gradually  thinner  towards  its  summit,  and  is  sharply  bent 
inwards  on  itself ; a small  process  of  enamel  is  seen  at  the  outer  extremity  of  the 
median  valley,  which  may,  perhaps,  be  the  rudiment  of  a combing-plate.  The 
measurements  of  this  specimen  are  as  follows  : — 


Length  of  external  surface 
Ditto  internal  surface 
Ditto  anterior  surface 
Ditto  posterior  surface 


...  2-6 
...  1-9 

...  2-3 

...  2-0 
( 37  ) 


20 


MOLAK  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


The  characteristics  of  the  upper  molars  of  this  species  may  he  shortly  sum- 
marised as  follows  : — 

‘^Buttress  at  antero -external  angle;  anterior  eollis  tlie  larger;  crochet  simple  and  blunt; 
median  valley  very  wide;  broad  tubercle  at  entrance;  blunt  antecrocbet  and  anterior  eollis.  No 
combing-plate,  and  only  two  fossettes  on  the  worn- crown.” 

The  only  one  of  Ealconer^s  three  species  of  Siwalik  ’Rhinoceros  to  which  the 
molars  of  the  present  species  have  any  resemblance  in  form  is  Rhinoceros  siva- 
lensis ; the  teeth  of  both  these  species  agree  in  having  a buttress  at  the  antero- 
external  angle,  in  the  anterior  eollis  being  larger  than  the  median,  in  the  absence 
of  a combing-plate,  and  in  the  presence  of  two  fossettes  only  on  the  worn-crown. 

They  are  distinguished  by  the  following  points  : — 

In  jR.  simlensis  there  is  no  antecrochet ; neither  is  there  any  tubercle  at  the 
entrance  to  the  median  valley,  nor  any  trace  of  a cingulum  on  the  inner  surface. 
The  median  valley  is  very  wide  in  R.  iravadicus,  and  very  narrow  in  R.  simlensis. 
The  cingulum  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  latter  is  cleft,  and  forms  a wall  above 
a distinct  anterior  valley ; in  the  former  this  cingulum  is  not  cleft,  and  merely 
forms  a flat  ledge,  without  any  distinct  anterior  valley  : the  process  at  the  postero- 
external angle  is  much  more  produced  in  R.  simlensis  than  in  R.  iravadicus. 

Erom  the  molars  of  R.  palceindicus  the  present  specimens  are  distinguished  by 
the  presence  of  only  two  fossettes  on  the  worn-crown ; and  from  those  of  R.  platy- 
rhinus  and  R.  namadiciis  by  the  absence  of  the  combing-plate  and  by  the  presence 
of  two  fossettes  only  on  the  crown. 

There  is  no  marked  resemblance  between  the  molars  of  any  of  the  European 
species  and  these  specimens  i from  the  molars  of  R.  tichorJiinus,  R.  leptorhinus, 
Cuv.,  R.  hemitcecus,  Ealc.,  and  R.  Indicus,  the  present  specimens  are  distinguished 
by  the  absence  of  any  combing-plate. 

The  presence  of  the  large  tubercle  in  the  median  valley  distinguishes  the  teeth 
of  R.  iravad'icus  from  those  of  R.  etriiscus,  Ealc.,  and  R.  deccanensis,  Eoote. 

Erom  R,  sinensis  of  Owen  they  are  distinguished  by  most  of  the  above  charac- 
ters, and  by  the  fact  of  the  median  valley  becoming  deeper  as  it  passes  outwards, 
instead  of  becoming  shallower. 

They  approach  nearest  in  form  to  the  molars  of  the  recent  Rhinocerus  stma- 
irensis  and  R.  javaniciis;  all  the  species  having  the  buttress  at  the  antero-external 
angle  and  the  wide  median  valley,  with  occasionally  a small  tubercle  at  the  en- 
trance ; they  are,  however,  distinguished  by  the  nearly  horizontal  line  formed  by 
the  free  boundary  of  the  dorsum,  in  place  of  the  angulated  line  of  the  recent 
species ; the  two  colles  are  more  equally  sized  in  the  recent  species,  the  ante- 
rior valley  smaller,  and  the  cingulum  less  marked  : the  crochet  is  larger  and  extends 
further  across  the  valley  in  the  recent  species  ; and  from  the  larger  diameter  of  the 
median  eollis,  the  posterior  valley  is  smaller.  It  is,  however,  quite  probable  that 
the  Rhinoceros  of  the  Irawadi  may  have  been  the  direct  ancestor  of  the  recent 
( 38  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


21 


Rhinoceros  sumatrensis,  now  inhabiting  the  same  regions  of  Asia.  The  measure- 
ments of  the  penultimate  upper  molar  of  Rhinoceros  sumatrensis  are-— 

In. 


External  side 
Internal  side 
Anterior  side 
Posterior  side 


2-0 

1- l 

2- 0 

1-6 


These  measurements  indicate  a tooth  rather  smaller,  but  having  the  same  rela- 
tive dimensions  as  that  of  the  Irawadi  species. 

In  addition  to  the  molar  teeth  described  above,  I have  discovered,  in  the  Indian 
Museum  among  some  bones  brought  from  Pegu,  some  years  ago,  portions  of  the 
occiput  of  a species  of  Rhinoceros  ; these  have  been  placed  in  the  their  relative  posi- 
tions and  drawn  {plate  5,  Jig.  3)  with  an  approximate  outline  of  tbe  whole 
occiput.  Erom  the  large  size  of  the  fragments,  and  from  the  locality  in  which  they 
were  found,  as  well  as  from  the  difference  of  their  form  from  tbe  occiputs  of  either 
of  Ealconer’s  three  species  of  Siwalik  Rhinoceros,  I have  no  doubt  but  that  they 
belonged  to  the  large  Rhinoceros  iravadicus  of  Burma. 

The  fragments  consist  of  two  detached  portions  of  the  occiput,  as  shown  in  the 
figure ; one  of  these  comprises  the  left  half  of  the  lower  portion  of  the  occiput,  with 
the  condyle,  partly  broken  on  its  lower  border,  of  the  same  side.  The  second  frag- 
ment consists  of  the  central  portion  of  the  upper  half  of  the  occiput,  showing  the 
crest  or  superior  curved  line,  and  the  depressions  for  the  attachment  of  the  cranio- 
cervical .muscles ; a small  portion  of  the  parietals  between  the  temporal  fossae,  with 
parts  of  the  latter,  are  also  attached  to  the  specimen.  I cannot  be  quite  sure 
whether  the  relative  positions  of  the  two  fragments  are  rightly  placed  in  the  figure 
or  not ; I made  the  interval  between  the  summit  of  the  condyle  and  the  summit 
of  the  occiput  equal  to  two  and  a half  times  the  long  diameter  of  the  former, 
this  being  the  average  interval  between  the  two  points  in  the  skulls  of  such  species 
of  Rhinoceros  as  I have  had  an  opportunity  of  observing.  As  the  specimen  is  in 
too  imperfect  a condition  for  exact  description,  I have  given  its  measurements  below, 
and  then  compared  it  with  the  figures  of  the  occipital  regions  of  the  three  Siwalik 


species  figured  in  the  Eauna  Sivalensis  ; — 

Long  diameter  of  condyle  (partly  broken)  ...  ...  ...  3'6 

Short  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  2*4 

Width  of  occiput  above  condyles  ...  ...  ...  ...  13'5 

Width  of  upper  fragment  ...  ...  ...  ...  7'0 

Height  of  ditto  ' ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  5 

Width  of  parietals  14  inches  in  advance  of  occipital  crest  ...  ...  1*8 

Height  from  lo\^er  border  of  occipital  foramen  to  crest  (?)  ...  ...  lO’lO 

Between  external  angles  of  condyles  ...  ...  ...  ...  6*3 

Height  of  foramen  magnum  ...  ...  ...  ...  2 '4 


Erom  Rhinocet'os  sivalensis  and  R.  palceindicus,  this  specimen  is  at  once  dis- 
tinguished by  its  greatly  superior  size ; the  interval  between  the  lower  border  of 

( 39  ) 


22 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 


the  foramen  magnum  and  the  summit  of  the  occipital  crest  of  the  specimens  of  the  « 
above  species  figured  in  the  “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  is  respectively  9 and  7‘7 
inches  ; while  that  of  our  specimen  is  at  least  lOTO  inches  and  perhaps  rather  more; 
the  height  of  the  occipital  foramen  in  Falconers  two  species  is  1'9  and  1*2  inches 
respectively;  and  the  interval  between  the  external  angles  of  the  condyles  4'8 
inches.  These  measurements  are  much  smaller  than  those  of  the  present  specimen. 
The  dimensions  of  the  condyles  of  the  Siwalik  species  are  not  given. 

The  occiput  of  jR.  palceindicus  is  further  distinguished  from  the  present  speci- 
men by  the  great  width  of  the  parietals  between  the  temporal  fosse, — nowhere  less 
than  3’4  inches  ; further,  the  occiput  of  R.  palceindiGus  drawn  in  plate  74,  fig. 

2(?  of  the  “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  differs  from  the  present  specimen  not  only 
by  its  much  smaller  size,  but  by  the  square  form  of  the  upper  half  of  the  occiput, 
and  by  the  absence  of  the  unusually  deep  lateral  fossse,  and  the  large  median 
tubercle  seen  beneath  the  crest  of  the  present  specimen. 

Of  B.  sivalensis  there  is  no  figure  of  the  occipital  crest  given  in  the  " Fauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis ;”  the  parietals  of  B.  sivalensis^  between  the  temporal  fossse 
though  in  a much  smaller  specimen,  are  wider  than  in  our  specimen ; the  relative 
size  of  the  two  is,  however,  a quite  sufScient  distinction. 

Retween  our  specimen  and  the  occiput  of  Bhinoceros  'platyrhinus,  which  is 
the  only  one  of  the  Siwalik  species  which  approaches  it  in  size,  there  are  very  wide 
and  well-marked  differences.  An  excellent  figure  of  the  occiput  of  B.  platyrhinus 
is  given  in  the  “Fauna  Antique  Sivalensis”  {plate  72,  fig.  2).  On  comparing  this 
with  the  figure  of  the  present  specimen,  the  two  will  he  seen  to  differ  greatly  in  the 
length  of  the  vertical  diameter ; this,  however,  cannot  he  relied  upon,  owing  to  the 
conjectural  restoration  of  the  present  specimen.  The  condyle  of  this  specimen, 
though  broken,  is  slightly  larger  than  that  of  B.  platyrhinus^  and  the  breadth  of  the 
occiput  is  also  rather  larger.  The  occipital  crest,  however,  at  once  distinguishes  the 
two ; the  superior  border  of  this  is  broad  and  convex  in  B.  iravadieus  ; in  B.  platy- 
rhinus  it  is  narrow  and  with  a median  excavation ; so  that  the  surface  of  the 
parietals  between  the  temporal  fossse  in  the  latter  species,  as  is  seen  in  the  crest  of 
Colonel  Baker’s  cranium,  is  concave,  and  placed  considerably  below  the  outer  borders 
of  the  crest.  In  the  present  specimen  this  surface  of  the  parietals  is  flat  or  slightly 
conven,  and  forms  the  highest  part  of  the  cranium.  The  narrowest  part  of  the 
parietals  in  the  Siwalik  species  is  3 '3  inches,  while  the  narrowest  part  remaining  in 
the  present  specimen  is  only  1’8  inches.  The  whole  of  the  upper  part  of  the  occiput 
beneath  the  crest  in  B.  platyrhinus  is  somewhat  hollowed,  but  not  deeply  so,  and 
with  no  prominent  median  projection ; entirely  wanting  the  wide  and  deep  hollows 
of  the  present  specimen. 

The  above  description  or  comparison,  although,  from  the  state  of  the  materials, 
necessarily  incomplete  and  crude,  serves  nevertheless  to  confirm  the  conclusions 
previously  arrived  at  from  the  study  of  the  upper  molar  teeth  as  to  the  specific 
distinctness  of  the  large  fossil  Bhinoceros  of  the  valley  of  the  Irawadi : it  may  he 
( 40  ) 


IIOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 


23 


expected  that  further  researches  will  bring  to  light  more  perfect  specimens  for  future 
examination  and  description.  The  lower  molars  of  this  species  are  unknown,  as  we 
have  none  of  these  teeth  from  Burma  in  the  Indian  Museum. 

R-hinoceros  planidens,  n.  Sp.  nobis.  Plate  4,  figs.  7,  9. 

The  two  upper  molars  of  this  species  (plate  figs. 'I  and  9)  were  collected 
by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks ; the  specimen  drawn  in  fig.  9 is  from  the 
left  side;  that  in  figure  7 is  from  the  right  side.  Eig.  9 shows  the  median 
collis,  and  posterior  and  median  valleys,  with  the  adjoining  half  of  the  anterior 
collis;  figure  7 comprises  the  whole  of  the  internal  half  of  the  crown;  the 
summit  of  the  median  collis  is  broken  off ; unfortunately  neither  of  the  speci- 
mens show  the  dorsum.  The  teeth  present  a good  many  points  of  resemblance 
to  the  Burmese  specimens,  but  also  show  other  points  of  divergence,  which,  taken 
together  with  the  wide  distance  between  the  localities  from  which  they  were 
obtained,  fully  justify  specific  distinction. 

The  median  valley  is  wide  at  the  entrance,  and,  as  in  the  Burmese  and  the  other 
Siwalik  species,  becomes  deeper  as  it  passes  outwards ; so  that  the  worn-crown  would 
present  an  isolated  enamel  pit.  The  crochet  is  blunt  and  simple,  and  does  not  extend 
more  than  half-way  across  the  median  valley.  The  antecrochet  is  much  larger  than 
in  the  Burmese  species,  bounded  by  a deep  vertical  groove  at  its  internal  border. 

The  tubercle  at  the  entrance  to  the  median  valley  is  much  wider  than  in  Rhino- 
ceros iravadicus,  and  its  inner  border  is  nearly  on  a line  with  the  inner  border  of  the 
tooth,  instead  of  being  considerably  external  to  it ; the  outer  side  of  this  tubercle 
descends  suddenly  to  the  bottom  of  the  valley ; externally  to  the  antecrochet  the 
valley  is  continued  as  a mere  line  between  the  bases  of  the  colles,  which  are  conti- 
guous, the  broad  floor  of  the  valley  of  the  Burmese  specimens  being  absent.  This 
narrowness  of  the  bottom  of  the  valley  is  caused  by  the  greater  proportionate  size 
of  the  median  collis,  the  two  colles  being  nearly  equal  in  diameter ; the  diameter  of 
the  base  of  the  anterior  collis  is  ‘9  inch,  and  that  of  the  median  collis  ’8  inch. 

The  anterior  valley  ( seen  on  the  right  side  of  fig.  7 ) forms  in  this  species  a 
distinct  cavity,  instead  of  a flat  surface  as  in  R.  iravadicus  ; the  cavity  is  triangular 
and  bounded  by  the  continuation  of  the  cingulum ; externally  to  this  valley  the 
enamel  of  the  crown  is  sharply  folded  on  itself,  and  is  of  the  same  thickness  as  on 
the  inner  side  of  the  tooth.  On  looking  at  the  corresponding  part  of  the  Burmese 
tooth  (the  centre  of  the  left  side  of  fig.  1,  plate  2),  the  enamel  is  seen  to  have 
almost  entirely  disappeared  at  this  point,  and  to  have  no  trace  of  the  fold.  The 
folded  portion  of  the  enamel  of  the  Siwalik  specimen  forms  a thick  isolated  ledge  on 
the  side  of  the  tooth,  at  a point  where  there  is  no  appreciable  coating  of  enamel  at 
all  in  the  Burmese  specimen. 

The  cingulum  commences  in  the  middle  ofi  the  anterior  surface  of  the  tooth, 
and  is  continued  as  a distinct  ledge  round  the  whole  of  the  anterior  collis  (right 

( 41  ) 


24 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


side  of  fig.  7),  joining  on  to  the  median  tubercle,  which  thus  appears  to  be  merely 
a portion  of  the  cingulum,  and  is  not  isolated  as  in  Mhinoceros  iramdicus.  The 
cingulum  is  continued  posteriosly  for  a very  short  distance  along  the  internal  face 
of  the  median  collis  {left  side  of  fig.  7 and  right  side  of  figure  9) ; it  then  stops 
abruptly,  and  for  a space  of  half  an  inch  in  length,  this  surface  has  no  trace  of  a 
cingulum ; posteriorly  to  this  space  the  cingulum  again  suddenly  commences  as  a 
bold  wide  ledge  {well  seen  in  fig.  9)  very  different  from  the  slight  cingulum  at 
this  part  in  the  Burmese  specimens  {right  side  of  fig.  1,  plate  5).  This  ledge,  two- 
tenths  of  an  inch  in  width,  is  continued  along  the  posterior  surface  of  the  tooth  till 
it  joins  the  outer  wall  of  the  posterior  valley.  The  pass  to  the  posterior  valley  is 
very  sharp  (while  it  is  broad  and  flat  in  R.  iravadicus)^  and  the  valley  itself  long  and 
oval,  and  less  deep  than  in  the  Burmese  species. 

The  cingulum  is  placed  much  higher  up  on  the  crown  than  in  R.  iramdicus  ; 
its  lowest  portion  is  *8  inch  above  the  neck  of  the  tooth  : the  height  of  the  summit 
of  the  median  tubercle  is  *7  above  the  neck.  In  consequence  of  the  median  tubercle 
being  situated  externally  to  the  entrance  of  the  valley,  instead  of  within  it,  as 
in  R.  iravadicus^  the  interval  between  its  summit  and  the  outermost  portion  of  the 
median  valley  is  greater.  This  interval  in  the  Siwalik  specimens  is  respectively  1 *6 
inches  and  1*7  inches,  while  in  the  Burmese  specimens  the  same  interval  is  only 
1‘2  inches.  The  interval  between  the  centre  of  the  pass  leading  into  the  posterior 
valley,  and  the  centre  of  the  internal  surface  of  the  median  collis,  is  in  the  Siwalik 
specimens  IT  inches,  and  in  the  Burmese  species  0’9  inch.  The  length  of  the 
internal  surface  of  the  specimen  drawn  in  figure  7 is  2’2  inches,  or  *3  inch  longer 
than  the  corresponding  surface  of  the  molar  of  R.  iramdicus  ; the  antero-posterior 
diameter  of  the  anterior  collis,  taken  through  the  antecrochet,  in  the  specimen 
drawn  in  figure  7,  is  1’3  inches  ; the  corresponding  line  in  the  molar  of  R.  iramdu 
CHS  is  IT  inches.  Erom  the  parallelism  of  the  dentine-surfaces  of  the  two  colles  in 
the  molars  of  R.  planidens,  I am  inclined  to  think  that  the  antero-external  angle 
of  the  tooth  was  not  produced  into  a buttress.  The  worn-crown  would  present  two 
permanent  fossettes  only,  although  for  a very  short  period  there  might  be  a very 
small  third  fossette,  placed  internally  to  the  crochet,  the  median  valley  being  very 
shallow  at  the  crochet. 

The  molars  of  this  species  are  distinguished  from  those  of  R.  sinensis  by  the 
presence  of  the  tubercle  at  the  entrance  of  the  median  valley,  and  by  the  valley 
becoming  deeper  as  it  passes  outwards. 

Erom  the  molars  of  R.  sivalensis  the  present  specimens  are  distinguished  by 
the  presence  of  the  large  tubercle  at  the  entrance  to  the  median  valley,  and  the 
very  prominent  cingulum  on  the  inner  and  anterior  surfaces,  as  well  as  by  the 
presence  of  the  large  antecrochet  and  the  temporary  third  fossette. 

The  presence  of  only  two  permanent  fossettes  on  the  crown  distinguishes  the 
present  specimens  from  the  molars  of  R.  Itidicus,  R.  platyrhinus,  R.  namadicus,  and 
R.  palceindicus.  The  absence  of  any  combing-plate  distinguishes  these  teeth  from 
( 4.2  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 


25 


those  of  R.  etruscus,  Ealc.,  R.  tiGhorJiinus,  and  R.  leptorhinus,  Guv. ; the  presence  of 
the  tubercle  at  the  entrance  to  the  median  valley  distinguishes  them  from  the  upper 
molars  of  R.  etruscus  and  R.  deccanensis. 

The  great  width  of  the  median  valley,  the  large  antecrochet,  and  the  unusual 
size  of  the  tubercle  at  the  entrance,  together  with  the  wide  cingulum  on  the 
posterior  side,  apart  from  other  characters,  are  amply  sufficient  to  distinguish  these 
specimens  from  the  molars  of  R.  sumatranm  and  B.  javanicus. 

Rhinoceros,  sp.  var. 

In  addition  to  the  above  species  of  Rhinoceros,  we  have  in  the  Indian  Museum, 
various  upper  premolar  and  lower  molar  teeth  which  I am  unable  to  refer  to  any  of 
the  above  species,  but  of  which  I do  not  think  it  desirable  at  present  to  establish 
new  species.  The  first  of  these  specimens  {plate  6,  Jig.  6)  is  an  upper  molar,  or  pre- 
molar tooth  brought  by  Mr.  Fedden  from  Sind : the  specimen  is  from  the  left  side 
of  the  upper  jaw,  and  is  complete  with  the  exception  of  the  dorsum,  which  is  broken 
away  ; from  its  small  size  it  is  probably  a premolar. 

The  general  shape  of  the  crown  is  squared,  with  the  postero-internal  angle 
rounded  off ; the  transverse  diameter  of  the  tooth,  when  complete,  probably  exceeded 
the  antero-posterior.  The  two  colies  are  approximately  equal  in  size,  and  their 
worn  dentine-surfaces  are  directed  obliquely  to  the  median  transverse  line  of  the 
tooth,  and  run  outwards  and  forwards  in  parallel  directions ; there  is  a vertical  groove 
on  the  antero-internal  surface  of  the  anterior  collis  {right  ofjigure), 

A cingulum  surrounds  the  greater  portion  of  the  crown ; this  commences 
at  the  posterior  valley  {hollow  on  left  of  figure)  as  a flat-topped  ridge,  reaching 
nearly  to  the  summit  of  the  median  collis  {left  of  figure) ; it  descends  obliquely 
along  the  front  of  this  collis,  forming  a waving  line  on  its  anterior  surface.  Between 
the  two  main  colles  {centre  of  base  of  figure)  at  the  entrance  to  the  median  valley 
the  cingulum  forms  a wide  ledge ; this  becomes  narrower  on  the  inner  surface  of  the 
median  collis,  and  again  expands  into  a broad  ledge  along  the  whole  of  the  anterior 
surface  of  the  tooth  {right  side  of  figure).  There  is  no  distinct  anterior  valley.  The 
median  valley  does  not  properly  commence  at  the  gap  between  the  two  colles  above 
the  cingulum,  as  is  generally  the  case.  Interiorly  to  the  cingulum  the  two  colles 
are  connected  nearly  up  to  their  summits ; on  the  outer  side  of  this  pass  there  is  a 
sudden  descent  into  the  median  valley  ; this  valley  is  consequently  very  short  and 
becomes  deeper  as  it  passes  outwards.  A triangular  crochet  projects  about  three- 
fourths  of  the  way  across  this  valley ; there  is  no  combing-plate.  The  posterior 
valley  is  somewhat  heart-shaped  at  its  summit,  becoming  more  circular  as  it 
descends.  The  greatest  length  of  the  tooth  is  1’35  inches,  and  the  height  of  the 
crown  ‘9  inch. 

Following  my  usual  rule,  I have  not  made  a distinct  species  upon  the  evidence 
of  this  solitary  premolar  tooth,  though  I think  it  extremely  probable  that  it  is  distinct 
from  all  the  species  noticed  above. 


( 43  ) 


26 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


The  presence  of  the  surrounding  cingulum  and  the  position  of  the  pass  into 
the  median  valley  sufficiently  distinguish  it  from  Ealconer’s  three  species  of  Siwalik 
Rhinoceros,  and  from  the  Nerbudda  and  Burmese  species. 

The  only  one  of  the  above  noticed  species  with  which  I think  the  present 
specimen  can  have  the  least  affinity  is  R.  planidens  of  the  Siwaliks.  The  general 
form  of  the  cingulum  is,  however,  very  different  in  the  two  : in  the  present  specimen 
this  continues  in  a straight  line  along  the  whole  of  the  anterior  surface,  whereas  in 
R.  planidens  it  bends  to  form  a distinct  anterior  valley,  and  does  not  extend  more 
than  half-way  across  the  anterior  surface  of  the  tooth ; the  cingulum,  moreover,  in 
the  latter  species  does  not  extend  completely  across  the  inner  surface  of  the  median 
coHis,  as  in  the  present  specimen. 

The  greatest  difference,  however,  is  found  at  the  entrance  to  the  median  valley 
in  the  two  specimens  : in  R.  planidens,  the  cingulum  forms  a distinct  tubercle  at 
the  entrance  to  the  median  valley,  and  the  top  of  this  tubercle  becomes  the  pass 
into  the  valley,  there  being  no  contact  of  the  base  of  the  collis  further  in. 

These  differences  are  so  great  that  I do  not  think  the  two  specimens  can  belong 
to  the  same  species : at  the  same  time  it  is  not  quite  impossible,  as  considerable 
variations  do  sometimes  occur  between  the  molar  and  premolar  series  of  the  same 
species. 

The  only  described  species  of  Rhinoceros  with  which  this  specimen  agrees  at  all 
closely  is  R.  deccanensis  of  Mr.  Eoote.  The  premolars  of  that  species  {plate  1 of 
the  first  part  of  this  volume)  are  of  exactly  the  same  general  form  and  type  as  the 
present  specimen.  They  both  have  a complete  cingulum,  are  of  the  same  size,  and 
have  the  same  internal  pass  between  the  colles  into  the  median  valley.  The  main 
differences  I can  detect  between  the  two  are  the  following : in  R.  deccanensis  the 
cingulum  forms  a more  complete  collar  round  the  crown,  it  makes  a distinct  ledge 
on  the  inner  surface  of  the  median  collis,  instead  of  only  a waving  line ; while  on 
the  anterior  surface  it  is  raised  up  into'a  sharp  edge  on  its  free  border,  and  so 
forms  an  anterior  valley,  instead  of  a flat  ledge.  The  pass  between  the  colles  is  still 
further  away  from  the  cingullum  in  the  present  specimen  than  in  R.  deccanensis  ; 
and  in  the  latter  there  is  not  the  vertical  groove  on  the  antero-internal  surface  of 
the  anterior  collis.  Eurther,  the  lowest  part  of  the  cingulum  in  the  premolars  of  R. 
deccanensis  is  opposite  to  the  pass  between  the  two  colles ; the  cingulum  rises  con- 
tinuously on  either  side  from  this  lowest  part ; on  the  anterior  surface  the  cingulum 
is  higher  than  on  any  part  of  the  internal  surface  of  the  anterior  collis.  In  the 
present  specimen  the  cingulum  has  its  lowest  level  along  the  anterior  surface ; the 
portion  on  the  internal  surface  of  the  anterior  collis  is  higher  than  that  on  the 
anterior  surface. 

I hope  that  further  specimens  will  subsequently  be  acquired  which  will  further 
elucidate  the  affinites  of  this  specimen ; for  the  present  I think  that  it  is  probably 
a distinct  species.  Its  relationship  with  the  Deccan  Rhinoceros,  the  two  separated 
far  in  time  and  space,  is  very  interesting,  as  I pointed  out  in  my  papers  on  tertiary 
( 41  ) 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


27 


mammals  (Rec.  Geol.  Surv.  Ind.,  Vol.  IX),  the  Deccan  fossil  species  showed  affinites 
to  older  forms,  especially  in  the  presence  of  its  large  cingulum;  the  present 
specimen  shows  another  link  in  the  chain  which  relates  it  to  the  extinct  Rhinoce- 
rotes  and  Acerotheria  of  the  European  Miocene  beds. 

The  specimen  drawn  in  plate  5,  figure  4,  is  a portion  of  the  right  maxilla  of  a 
species  of  Rhinoceros^  containing  two  teeth,  from  Burma,  in  the  Indian  Museum. 
At  the  distal  extremity  of  the  bone  (not  shown  in  the  figure),  there  is  the  alveolus 
of  a third  tooth,  containing  portions  of  the  “ fangs.”  This  tooth  will  probably  be  the 
second  premolar,  as  the  first  usually  falls  out  at  an  early  period ; consequently  the 
two  teeth  drawn  will  be  respectively  the  third  and  fourth  of  the  premolar  series. 
At  the  proximal  extremity  of  the  bone  {also  omitted  in  the  figure)  are  the  imbedded 
fangs  of  a fourth  much  larger  tooth,  which,  if  this  view  be  correct,  wUl  be  the  first 
of  the  true  molar  series : these  teeth  are  referred  to  by  Mr.  Eoote  in  the  first  part 
of  this  volume  (p.  16). 

The  penultimate  premolar  {on  the  right  side  of  the  figure)  is  complete  and 
uninjured ; a portion  of  the  enamel  of  the  anterior  collis  of  the  ultimate  premolar 
has  been  broken  away,  and  a caste  of  the  dentine  only  remains. 

Taking  first  the  penultimate  premolar,  we  find  the  external  surface  or  dorsum 
of  the  tooth  divided  into  two  equal  portions  by  a prominent  vertical  costa ; the 
antero- external  angle  {the  right  upper  angle  of  the  figure)  is  wedge-shaped  and 
slightly  produced ; the  anterior  side  is  angulated  in  the  middle,  and  set  obliquely 
to  the  outer  side.  The  anterior  and  median  colies  are  of  nearly  equal  diameter ; 
the  latter  gives  off  a sharp  wedge-shaped  crochet,  small  and  simple;  it  projects 
about  half-way  across  the  median  valley.  A large  combing-plate  is  given  off  from 
the  outer  wall  of  the  valley ; this  plate  is  thicker  at  its  free  extremity  than  at  its 
origin : the  free  extremity  is  separated  by  a small  interval  from  the  crochet ; the 
worn-crown  would  present  three  fossettes.  The  pass  leading  into  the  median  valley 
is  very  low,  nearly  at  the  base  of  the  crown ; it  is  of  considerable  length,  running 
as  a level  line  between  the  contiguous  bases  of  the  colles  for  a distance  of  rather 
more  than  a quarter  of  an  inch,  at  which  point  there  is  a sudden  descent  into  the 
expanded  valley  : there  is  no  tubercle  at  the  entrance  of  the  valley. 

The  cingulum  occupies  almost  the  whole  of  the  anterior  side  of  the  tooth,  and 
forms  a distinct  ledge ; there  is  no  cingulum  on  the  inner  side ; the  anterior  valley 
is  scarcely  distinguishable.  The  posterior  collis  {on  the  extreme  left  of  the  figure) 
is  small,  though  distinct,  separated  by  a channel  from  the  median  collis ; the 
posterior  valley  is  large  and  nearly  circular  with  a sharp  narrow  pass.  The  measure- 
ments are  as  follows 


In. 

External  side 

1-4 

Internal  side 

0-9 

Anterior  side 

1’2 

Posterior  side 

1-1 

( 45  , 

28 


MOLAU  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


The  ultimate  premolar  is  larger  than  the  other ; it  resembles  the  penultimate, 
with  the  exception  that  the  costa  on  the  dorsum  is  placed,  not  mesially,  hut  close 
to  the  antero-external  angle.  Its  measurements  are — 


External  side 

1-8 

Internal  side 

1-3 

Anterior  side 

1-7 

Posterior  side 

As  these  teeth  belong  to  the  premolar  series,  which  is  subject  to  considerable 
variations  in  the  same  species,  it  would  not  he  safe  to  found  a new  species  upon 
their  evidence  alone,  although  I doubt  if  they  can  he  referred  to  any  of  the 
described  forms  : Mr.  Eoote  considers  them  as  belonging  to  a second  Burmese  species. 

The  premolars  of  Rhinoceros  iravadicus,  as  in  the  recent  Rhinoceros  suma- 
trensis,  probably  had  a buttress  at  the  antero-external  angle,  were  nearly  quadrate 
in  form,  and  had  a wide  open  valley,  without  any  combing-plate. 

A figure  of  the  premolar  of  Rhinoceros  palceindicus  is  given  on  plate  4,  figure 
8,  which  will  be  seen  to  have  no  resemblance  to  the  present  specimens ; the  ulti- 
mate premolar  of  that  species  has  but  one  costa  on  the  dorsum  and  no  combing- 
plate. 

In  plate  73,  figure  26,  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  the  premolars  of 
Rhinoceros  sivalensis  are  shown  : they  are  quite  quadrangular  in  form,  with  no  very 
prominent  costa,  no  combing-plate,  a narrower  valley,  and  only  two  fossettes  on  the 
worn-crown. 

With  Rhinoceros  platyrhinus  the  present  specimens  are  connected  by  the 
presence  of  a combing-plate  : this,  however,  is  the  only  point  in  common.  The  pre- 
molars of  Colonel  Baker’s  specimen  of  R.  platyrhinns  in  the  British  Museum  are 
double  the  size  of  the  present  specimens,  are  more  quadrangular  in  form : they  have 
two  costse  on  the  dorsa  of  the  whole  of  the  series,  and  their  external  border  is  quite 
straight  and  never  like  that  of  the  second  of  the  present  specimens ; while  the  comb- 
ing-plate and  crochet  are  of  much  larger  proportionate  size,  and  closely  approxi- 
mated. 

The  premolars  of  Rhinoceros  deccanensis  are  distinguished  by  the  cingulum 
encircling  the  whole  of  the  internal  surface. 

The  same  remarks  apply  to  Rhinoceros  planidens  as  to  R.  iravadicus. 

We  do  not  know  the  form  of  the  premolars  of  Rhinoceros  namadicus,  though 
they  no  doubt  had  a combing-plate,  and  were  somewhat  oblique.  The  specimens 
might  possibly  belong  to  that  species,  though  the  distance  of  the  localities  and  the 
difference  of  the  age  of  the  beds  in  which  the  two  specimens  occur  tells  somewhat 
against  it. 

The  specimen  drawn  in  plate  6,  figure  10,  is  from  Siwalik  strata,  and  is  in  the 
collection  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal;  it  belongs  to  the  right  maxilla  of  a 
species  of  Rhinoceros.  As  there  is  no  disc  of  pressure  on  the  anterior  side  it  is  pro- 
( 46  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


29 


bably  the  first,  or  perhaps  second  (the  first  disappearing),  of  the  premolar  series. 
The  anterior  wall  of  a larger  succeeding  tooth  is  seen  on  the  left  side  of  the  figure. 
The  specimen  is  quite  complete  ; it  had  only  just  come  into  use,  the  tip  of  the 
anterior  collis  and  the  anterior  part  of  the  external  wall  being  the  only  portions 
flattened  by  abrasion. 

The  tooth  is  remarkable  for  the  excessive  prolongation  of  the  antero-external 
angle  {the  angle  on  the  right  of  the  figure)  in  a manner  unlike  that  of  any  other 
recent  or  fossil  form  that  I have  seen.  > Erom  the  presence  of  a combing-plate  the 
tooth  belongs  to  the  type  of  B.  platyrhinus  and  R,  namadicus ; but  differs  entirely 
in  form  from  the  premolars  of  the  first  of  these  species,  which,  as  shown  in  Colonel 
Baker’s  cranium,  are  nearly  square. 

The  dorsum  has  three  costae,  one  at  the  posterior  angle  {left  of  figure)  and  two 
others  placed  at  equal  distances  in  advance  of  this,  the  anterior  one  occupying  the 
middle  of  the  dorsum;  from  this  anterior  costa  the  dorsum  slopes  a’way  to  the 
antero-external  angle.  The  anterior  collis  on  the  right  of  the  figure  is  very  small, 
with  a concave  border  towards  the  median  valley  ; the  dentine  surface  proceeding 
from  this  collis  towards  the  outer  wall  of  the  tooth  runs  obliquely  forwards  so  as  to 
be  almost  parallel  with  the  posterior  half  of  the  outer  wall. 

The  median  collis  {on  the  left  of  the  figure)  is  larger  than  the  anterior;  it 
gives  off  a long  sinuous  crochet,  stretching  far  into  the  median  valley : from  the 
external  wall  of  the  tooth  there  are  two  long  and  slender  combing-plates,  parallel 
to  one  another;  the  posterior  of  these  unites  with  the  extremity  of  the  crochet, 
while  the  anterior  joins  the  anterior  crochet ; a third  small  process  occupies  the 
angle  between  the  posterior  combing-plate  and  the  outer  wall. 

The  median  valley  is  entered  by  a low  pass,  without  any  tubercle  at  the 
entrance ; it  extends  far  up  towards  the  antero-external  angle  of  the  tooth,  and 
is  of  larger  extent  than  in  any  other  described  tooth. 

Along  the  anterior  side  there  is  a wavy  cingulum,  but  little  raised  from  the 
surface ; there  is  no  distinct  anterior  valley.  The  posterior  valley  is  large  and 
nearly  circular,  entered  by  a high  and  narrow  pass. 

The  measurements  of  this  specimen  are — 


la. 

External  side 

...  1-6 

Internal  side... 

...  0-6 

Anterior  side . . 

...  1-4 

Posterior  side 

...  1-3 

The  specimen  differs  from  the  preceding  Burmese  specimens  by  the  greater 
production  of  the  antero-external  angle,  by  the  small  size  of  the  anterior  collis  in 
proportion  to  the  median,  by  the  double  combing-plates,  and  by  the  slighter 
cingulum,  and  by  the  absence  of  the  anterior  valley.  It  belongs  to  the  hypsodont 
type,  though  tending  towards  the  brachydont.  The  only  species  to  which  it  could 
possibly  belong  is  Rhinoceros  namadicus ; and  until  a larger  series  of  the  molars 

( 47  ) 


80 


MOLAH  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


of  that  species  he  discovered,  it  cannot  he  said  that  it  does  not.  Possibly,  however, 
from  its  very  aberrant  form,  it  belongs  to  yet  another  nndescribed  Siwalik  species. 
The  premolars  of  R.  platyrhimis  have  each  two  costae  on  the  dorsum.  The  ultimate 
premolar  of  B,  palceindicus  has  a large  median  costa  on  the  dorsum,  but  no 
combing-plates.  In  Ealconer’s  figure  of  a premolar  of  this  species  there  is  no 
costa  on  the  dorsum. 

The  tooth  figured  in  Plate  6,  Eigure  9,  was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the 
Siwaliks  ; it  is  probably  either  the  milk  molar  or  a premolar  of  the  left  maxilla  of 
a species  of  BMnoceros.  The  crown  is  perfect  with  the  exception  of  a few  chips 
out  of  the  enamel ; it  is  about  a third  worn  down. 

The  configuration  of  the  crown  surface  presents  some  very  remarkable  pecu- 
liarities which  I have  not  seen  in  any  other  specimens  of  BMnoceros  molars.  The 
crown  surface  is  approximately  square,  with  a slightly  produced  antero-external 
angle ; the  external  surface  or  dorsum  is  nearly  plane,  having  only  a very  slight 
costa  half-an-inch  behind  the  anterior  border.  On  the  anterior  surface  {the  left 
side  of  the  figure)  a slight  cingulum  occupies  the  internal  half;  between  this  and 
the  external  side  of  the  anterior  collis  {left  lower  angle  of  the  figure)  there  is  a 
small  oval  anterior  valley  {the  pit  on  the  left  side  of  the  figure)  placed  more  exter- 
nally than  usual.  The  anterior  and  median  colles  are  of  nearly  the  same  diameter  : 
their  internal  walls  are  nearly  vertical,  with  no  trace  of  any  cingulum  on  them. 

The  anterior  collis  {left  of  figure)  has  a somewhat  triangular  cross-section. 
Instead  of  being  connected  by  a column  of  dentine  with  the  dentine  of  the  outer 
wall  of  the  tooth,  the  anterior  collis  forms  a completely  isolated  pillar,  there 
being  a narrow  pass  on  its  outer  side  connecting  the  anterior  and  median  valleys. 
This  pass  is  so  low  that  it  would  not  be  touched  by  wear  until  the  crown  became 
worn  down  to  the  level  of  the  cingulum.  I have  seen  no  other  specimen,  either 
recent  or  fossil,  in  which  the  anterior  collis  is  isolated  in  a similar  manner. 

The  entrance  to  the  median  valley  {middle  of  lower  border  of  figure)  is  by  a 
narrow  pass,  slightly  higher  than  the  level  of  the  cingulum,  and  without  any 
tubercle  at  the  entrance.  Externally  to  the  pass  the  descent  into  the  valley  is  very 
abrupt  and  steep ; the  extremity  of  the  valley  is  nearly  half-an-inch  below  the 
level  of  the  pass. 

The  median  collis  {right  lower  angle  of  figure)  is  united  to  the  external 
dentine  wall  by  a very  narrow  neck  of  dentine,  running  at  first  forwards  and 
outwards,  and  then  bent  back  on  itself.  On  its  anterior  side  this  neck  gives  off 
a very  small  bifurcate  crochet,  projecting  about  half-way  across  the  median  valley. 
On  its  posterior  side  the  dentine  neck  gives  off  another  bluntly  conical  process, 
projecting  into  the  posterior  valley  {the  pit  on  the  right  side  (f  the  figure) ; the 
narrowness  of  this  dentine  neck  and  the  posterior  process  are  quite  unusual. 

In  consequence  of  the  narrowness  of  this  neck,  the  posterior  valley  is  of  large 
diameter : its  external  wall  is  nearly  vertical,  and  its  anterior  and  posterior  walls 
sloping : the  pass  into  this  valley  is  very  sharp  and  abrupt. 

( 48  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


31 


The  dimensions  of  this  specimen  are — 

In. 

Anterior  side. . . 

...  1-6 

Internal  side... 

...  1-2 

External  side 

...  1-6 

Posterior  side 

...  1-7 

The  lower  molar  figured  in  Plate  6,  Eigure  7,  is  the  antepenultimate  tooth  of 
a right  mandible  of  a ’Rhinoceros  from  the  Siwaliks,  different  from  either  of  the 
three  species  of  Ealconer.  The  specimen  is  in  the  collection  of  the  Asiatic  Society 
of  Bengal ; there  is  also  a detached  portion  of  the  same  jaw  containing  the  ultimate 
and  penultimate  teeth.  The  state  of  wear  of  this  specimen  is  about  the  same  as  that 
of  the  last.  Dr.  Ealconer  described  this  specimen  as  a milk  molar,  but  he  was,  ap- 
parently, not  aware  that  the  next  specimen  in  the  catalogue  belonged  to  this  jaw.  The 
tooth  differs  from  the  lower  molars  of  any  other  species  of  Rhinoceros  that  we  have 
seen,  in  the  great  relative  size  of  the  anterior  collis  {left  of  figure)  which  projects 
on  the  inner  side  in  advance  of  the  other  colles.  The  anterior  valley  is  large 
{left  of  figure)  and  of  equal  depth  with  the  posterior  {right  of  figure)  ; on  the 
worn-crown,  therefore,  the  two  valleys  would  remain,  as  notches  on  the  inner  side, 
for  an  equal  period.  The  outer  end  of  the  anterior  valley  is  rounded,  and  that 
of  the  posterior  valley  angulated ; the  three  worn  dentine  surfaces  leading  from 
the  colles  are  nearly  parallel,  and  placed  obliquely  to  the  longer  anis  of  the 
tooth. 

On  the  anterior  side  of  the  tooth,  the  enamel  of  the  crown  shows  a transverse 
section  of  two  vertical  costae ; these  extend  downwards  to  the  base  of  the  crown. 
On  the  anterior  side  of  the  median  collis  {middle  of  figure)  there  is  a slight  infolding 
of  the  enamel,  and  other  crenulations  may  be  seen  on  the  outer  wall.  The  posterior 
collis  {right  of  figure)  has  its  inner  extremity  expanded  antero-posteriorly.  In 
the  middle  of  the  inner  border  of  the  posterior  valley  {right  of  figure)  there  is 
a simple  ovate  tubercle  detached  from  the  posterior  collis.  There  is  no  cingulum 
on  the  inner  face  of  the  tooth ; but  a small,  though  distinct  cingulum,  occurs  both 
on  the  anterior  and  posterior  surface.  The  length  of  this  tooth  is  1*8  inches,  and 
the  width  *9  inch. 

The  succeeding  tooth  of  this  jaw  {A.  S.  R.  No.  is  unworn;  it  has  the 
same  form  and  the  same  crenulated  enamel  as  the  figured  specimen  ; the  tubercle 
in  the  posterior  valley  is,  however,  considerably  larger.  The  length  of  the  tooth 
is  2 inches. 

The  large  anterior  collis,  the  crenulated  enamel,  and  the  tubercle  in  the 
posterior  valley,  sufficiently  distinguish  the  tooth  from  the  figured  Siwalik  speci- 
mens ; but  it  would  be  somewhat  unsatisfactory  to  found  a new  species  on  a lower 
molar  only. 

The  specimen  drawn  in  Plate  6,  Eigure  3,  is  another  right  lower  molar  of  a 
species  of  Rhinoceros,  different  from  any  of  those  described  above.  The  tooth  is 

( ) 


32 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 


from  tertiary  beds  at  Kusbalgliar,  near  Attock,  the  precise  age  of  which  has  not  yet 
been  determined.  A portion  of  the  posterior  collis  was  broken,  which  has  been 
restored  in  the  figure. 

The  crown  is  very  unsymmetrically  shaped,  the  posterior  valley  {right  of 
figure)  being  greatly  larger  than  the  anterior  valley  {left  of  figure) ; the  posterior 
half  of  the  tooth  is  worn  down  a quarter  of  an  inch  below  the  anterior  half.  The 
dentine  surface  joining  the  posterior  collis  with  the  outer  wall  of  the  tooth  is 
situated  obliquely  to  the  long  axis  of  the  crown : the  median  collis  exposes  the 
largest  dentine  surface ; its  postero-internal  angle  is  acute ; the  posterior  collis 
{extreme  left  of  figure)  is  smaller  than  either  of  the  others,  its  innermost  border 
not  extending  so  far  inwards  as  those  of  the  other  two  colles. 

The  inner  border  of  the  tooth  presents  a nearly  continuous  wall  for  some 
distance  up  on  the  crown,  which  takes  away  from  the  prominences  of  the  colies, 
usually  so  conspicuous  in  the  lower  molars  of  other  species  of  Rhinoceros.  The 
anterior  valley  is  entered  by  a small  and  narrow  pass  through  this  innermost  wall. 
The  entrance  to  the  posterior  collis  is  blocked  for  half  its  length  by  the  inner  crown- 
wall.  Behind  this  there  is  an  open  space  of  rather  more  than  a quarter  of  an  inch 
in  width  leading  directly  into  the  valley  ; the  inner  wall  is  again  continued  on  the 
anterior  aspect  of  the  posterior  collis.  The  narrow  channel  leading  into  the  posterior 
valley  is  slightly  higher  than  the  bottom  of  the  outer  extremity  of  the  valley. 
When  the  crown  becomes  worn  down,  the  outer  extremity  of  the  posterior  valley 
would  be  left  as  an  isolated  fossette  upon  the  crown  surface,  the  outer  extremity  of 
the  valley  disappearing  last ; in  the  lower  molars  of  all  other  species  of  Rhinoceros 
which  I have  seen  described,  except  those  of  Rhinoceros  simus  of  Africa,  which 
have  the  same  peculiarity  as  this  specimen,  the  posterior  valley  is  shallower  on  the 
external  than  on  the  internal  side,  and  consequently  never  forms  an  isolated 
fossette  on  the  crown,  but  merely  forms  a shelving  notch  on  the  inner  border. 

The  whole  of  the  anterior  valley  on  this  specimen  would  disappear  at  an  early 

stage  of  wear.  There  is  no  cingulum  on  any  part  of  the  crown.  The  enamel  is 
thinner  on  the  inner  than  on  the  outer  side  of  the  tooth. 

The  flatness  of  the  inner  wall  of  the  tooth,  together  with  the  peculiar  shape  of 
the  posterior  valley,  sufiiciently  distinguish  the  specimen  from  the  lower  molars  of 
any  of  Falconer’s  species  of  Siwalik  Rhinoceros  ; the  dimensions  are — 

In- 

Extreme  length  ...  ...  ...  ... 

Breadth  at  centre  ...  ...  ...  1-2 

A single  lower  premolar  of  Rhinoceros  merhkii  figured  in  Gervais’  “Faldon- 
tologie  et  Zoologie  ” ( Rlate  XIV,  Fig.  3 ) shows  a fossette  on  the  worn  crown, 
representing  the  posterior  valley ; but  there  is  none  on  the  molars  of  the  same 
specimen. 

I have  but  little  doubt  that  this  tooth  belonged  to  another  distinct  species  of 
Rhinoceros,  which  must  have  had  affinities  with  the  African  R.  simus, 

( 50  ) 


33 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


Genus  Acerotherium,  Kaup. 

Of  this  genus  we  have  one  species  in  India ; the  species  is  only  known  by  its 
molar  teeth,  which  correspond  in  general  form  with  those  of  the  Miocene  European 
species,  but  we  have  no  means  of  knowing  whether  the  Indian  form  was  hornless,  or 
whether  the  number  of  its  digits  were  similar  to  those  of  the  European  genus. 


Acerotherium  Perimense,  Ealconer.  Flate  6,  Figs.  2 and  5. 


The  specimen  drawn  in  figure  6 is  a portion  of  a left  maxilla  from  the  collec- 
tion of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,  which  was  obtained  in  Perim  Island  in  the 
Gulf  of  Cambay;  it  contains  the  last  premolar  and  the  first  molar  teeth.  The 
other  specimen  in  the  same  plate  ( Fig.  2 ) is  a first  molar  of  the  left  maxilla  ; this 
specimen  with  two  others  was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the 
Punjab.  These  are  the  first  recorded  specimens  from  that  formation.  The  Siwalik 
specimen  is  less  worn  than  those  from  Perim  Island,  but  the  two  agree  precisely  in 
size  and  form. 

The  molars  of  this  species  are  distinguished  from  those  of  Rhinoceros  by  their 
transverse  diameter  exceeding  their  antero-posterior  in  length.  The  median  collis 
( right  side  of  figures ) is  slightly  larger  than  the  anterior  collis  ( left  side  of  figures) . 
A cingulum  surrounds  the  whole  of  the  inner  half  of  the  crown  and  is  lowest  on 
the  inner  face.  The  median  valley  {middle  of  lower  border  of  figures)  is  entered  by 
a high  pass.  The  bases  of  the  colles  are  in  contact  at  the  pass.  A small  and  blunt 
crochet  is  seen  in  Eigure  2.  In  the  Perim  Island  specimens  this  has  become  oblite- 
rated by  wear ; the  direction  of  the  upper  portion  of  the  valley  is  different  from  that 
of  the  bottom,  so  that  the  valley  in  the  two  specimens  have  contrary  directions. 
A very  small  enamel  island  would  be  formed  on  the  crown  were  the  tooth  worn  down 
to  the  level  of  the  cingulum.  The  posterior  valley  {on  the  right  side  of  the  figures) 
is  small  and  oval ; the  inner  wall  slopes  rapidly.  The  antero-external  angle  if  eft  top 
angle  of  figures ) forms  a small  buttress  with  two  costae ; this  angle  is  more  bevelled 
away  in  the  specimen  drawn  in  Eigure  2 than  in  the  specimen  drawn  in  Eigure  5. 

The  measurements  of  the  Perim  Island  molar  are — 

In. 


External  side 
Anterior  side 
Internal  side 
Posterior  side 


1- 5 

2- 5 

1- 4 

2- 8 


The  premolar  is  less  worn  than  the  molar,  and  is  almost  square  in  shape.  The 
cingulum  has  been  partly  broken  away  along  the  inner  side.  Its  measurements  are — 


External  side 
Anterior  side 
Internal  side 
Posterior  side 


. 1-5 

. 1-4 

. 1-2 

. 1-4 


( 31  ) 


34 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


A figure  of  an  unworn  left  molar  of  this  species  is  given  in  the  “ Eauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” {Flate  75,  Fig.  15)  from  Perim  Island. 

The  molar  and  premolar  teeth  of  a right  maxilla  of  Rhinoceros  brought  from 
Ava  by  Mr.  Clift  and  figured  in  the  Transactions  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London 
{Second  Series,  Vol.  II,  Plate  5)  belong  to  the  present  species.  Clift’s  figure  is 
copied  in  Dr.  Blainville’s  Osteography  {Atlas,  Vol.  Ill,  Plate  14).  On  the  same 
plate  there  is  another  figure  of  an  upper  molar  of  the  right  side,  also  from  Burma, 
belonging  to  the  same  species. 

This  species  had  therefore  a very  wide  distribution,  having  been  obtained  from 
Burma,  from  the  Sub-Himalayan  Siwaliks  and  from  Perim  Island. 

On  comparing  the  above  specimens  with  the  upper  molars  of  Acerotherium 
incisimm  of  Kaup,,  the  general  form  of  the  two,  though  sufficiently  different  for 
specific  distinction,  is  very  similar,  evidently  belonging  to  the  same  type,  and 
leaving  no  doubt  in  my  mind  that  the  Indian  specimens  are  rightly  placed  in  the 
sub-genus.  In  both  species  we  note  the  excess  of  the  transverse  over  the  antero- 
posterior diameter  of  the  crown  (carried  to  the  greatest  extent  in  the  Indian  species), 
the  wavy  cingulum,  surrounding  the  inner  half  of  the  tooth;  the  simple  valley 
and  single  crochet ; the  direction  of  the  median  valley  is  the  same  in  both  species. 
The  European  species  is  distinguished  by  an  antecrochet,  nearly  blocking  the  median 
valley  on  the  inner  side  of  the  crochet. 

The  presence  of  Acerotherium  among  the  Indian  Tertian  Rhinocerotes  is 
another  link  connecting  the  faunas  of  early  India  and  Miocene  Europe ; in  the 
presence  of  the  cingulum,  and  the  simple  form  of  the  crowns  of  the  molars, 
Acerotherium  is  a connecting  link  between  the  true  Rhinocerotes  and  the 
Palceotheria. 

Including  the  above  new  species  and  the  living  forms,  we  have  the  following 
large  list  of  species  of  Rhinoceros  (or  its  sub-genera),  which  have  been  described, 
from  South-Eastern  Asia ; some  of  the  modern  species  are,  however,  probably 
only  varieties : — 

a.  nasalis,  Gray. 

R.  indicus. 

R.  javanicus. 

R.  sumatrensis, 

R.  stenocephalus , Gray. 

R.  sivalensis,  Falc. 

R.  palmndicus,  Falc. 

li.  platgrhimis,  Falc. 

In  addition  to  these  there  seems  to  be  evidence  of  another  species  from  Burma, 
another  from  Attock,  and  a third  from  Sind.  The  fossil  Rhinocerotes  of  Asia  there- 
fore vie  with  the  Prohoscidia  in  the  number  of  species.  In  the  above  list  nine  of 
the  species  are  extinct,  while  the  total  number  of  living  forms  is  only  six.  It  must 
( 52  ) 


R.  niger,  Gray. 

R.  namadious,  Falc.  et  nobis. 
R.  planidens,  nobis. 

R.  sinensis,  Owen. 

R.  deccanensis,  Foote. 

R.  {A)  perimensis,  Falc. 

U.  iravadicus,  nobis. 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


35 


also  be  remembered  that  many  of  the  latter  are  distinguished  simply  on  external 
characters — a kind  of  evidence  not  available  in  the  case  of  fossil  species. 

Of  three  of  the  above  fossil  species,  viz.,  R.  sivalensis,  R.  palceindicus,  and 
R.  platyrhinus,  the  crania,  in  a more  or  less  complete  state,  have  been  discovered. 
The  two  first  species  were  unicorn  and  the  latter  bicorn.  The  fossil  forms  do  not 
bear  out  the  relationship  between  the  number  of  horns  and  the  lower  incisors 
which  occur  in  the  living  species,  and  which  Dr.  Gray  has  taken  as  a character 
affording  a distinction  of  sub-generic  value.  Among  the  living  species,  in  the 
single-horned  forms,  the  mandible  has  one  pair  of  large  outer  incisors,  and  a smaller 
median  pair;  while  the  two-horned  forms  have  only  the  outer  pair  of  incisors 
present.  Precisely  the  reverse  of  the  above  occurs  among  the  Sivalik  species : 
the  bicorn  R.  platyrlimus  has  a pair  of  large  outer  incisors  in  the  mandible,  and 
a smaller  central  pair;  while  the  unicorn  R.  palcemdicus  has  the  outer  pair  only. 
{See  Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,’^  Rlate  74,  Fig.  4,  and  Rlate  75,  Fig.  10.)  Dr. 
Gray’s  distinction,  therefore,  founded,  on  this  relationship,  is  not  of  real  classifica- 
tory  value,  as  it  is  confined  to  the  species  of  Rhinoceros  of  one  period  only. 

A statement  made  on  the  authority  of  Dr.  Ealconer  regarding  Siwalik  Mam- 
mals, must  of  course  meet  with  general  acceptance ; in  relation,  however,  to  our 
present  subject,  there  is  one  which  does  not  appear  to  me  to  be  borne  out  by  the 
facts  at  our  command.  In  the  “ Introduction  to  the  Siwalik  Eauna”  (Ealconer’s 
“ Ralceontological  Memoirs^’  Vol.  I,  p.  21),  it  is  stated  that  Rhinoceros  sivalensis 
was  provided  with  six  incisors  in  both  the  upper  and  lower  jaws ; that  this 
statement  was  not  a local  error  we  infer  from  a passage  in  Owen’s  “Odontography,” 
{Vol.  I,  p.  589),  where  it  is  asserted,  from  the  verbal  authority  of  Dr.  Ealconer,  that 
one  of  the  Siwalik  Rhinocerotes  was  “ hexaprotodont”  in  both  jaws ; this  species 
can  only  be  Rhinoceros  sivalensis.  None  of  the  figures,  however,  in  the  “ Eauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” bear  out  this  statement,  as  none  of  the  incisor  teeth  of 
R.  sivalensis  are  shown  : a figure  of  the  mandible  of  this  species,  however  {plate 
75,  Fig.  6),  shows  the  whole  of  the  molar  and  premolar  series,  but  no  incisors.  In 
this  figure,  the  anterior  premolars  extend  almost  up  to  the  symphysis  of  the  mandi- 
ble, precisely  in  the  same  manner  as  in  the  mandibles  of  Rhinoceros  leptorhinus 
of  Cuvier  {Owen,  British  Fossil  Mammals,  Fig.  135),  and  of  the  African  Rhinoceros 
simus  {De  Blainville’s  Osteographie,  Vol.  Ill,  Rhinoceros,  Rlate  4),  in  both  of  which 
species  there  are  no  persistent  incisors.  In  all  recent  Rhinocerotes,  in  which  the  lower 
incisors  are  persistent,  the  symphysis  of  the  mandible  is  prolonged  in  a spatulate  form, 
considerably  in  advance  of  the  first  premolar,  and  there  is  a very  long  diastema 
between  the  two  series  of  teeth  {Owen’s  “ Odontography,”  Vol.  I,  p.  596).  In 
the  mandible  of  Rhinoceros  sivalensis  there  seems  to  be  no  room  for  six  incisors, 
even  without  a diastema,  a condition  quite  unknown  in  any  animals  of  this  class. 
It  appears  to  me  that  until  some  conclusive  evidence  of  the  hexaprotodont  charac- 
ter of  this  species  be  forthcoming,  we  are  quite  justified  in  regarding  it  as  being 
without  permanent  incisors.  It  is,  to  say  the  least,  very  remarkable  that  if 

( 53  ) 


36 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


Ealconer  had  a specimen  showing  these  six . incisors,  he  did  not  give  a figure  of 
it  in  the  ‘‘  Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.” 

In  the  form  of  their  complex  molar  teeth,  furnished  with  a large  crochet  and 
combing-plate,  B.  platyrhinus  and  R.  namadious  approach  the  living  R.  mdicus 
of  India ; the  lower  incisors  of  R.  platyrhinm  and  R.  indicm  have  also  the 
same  form  and  arrangement.  Dr.  Ealconer,  moreover,  considered  the  upper  molars 
of  R.  platyrhinus  to  approach  those  of  the  European  R.  tichorhinus.  Both  these 
species  also  agree  in  having  been  bicorn.  The  lower  incisors  of  R.  tichorhinus^ 
however,  differ  from  those  of  R.  platyrhinus  in  having  been  deciduous  at  an 
early  period.  The  three  species,  R.  platyrhinus^  R.  tichorhinus^  and  R.  indicus, 
agree  in  having  had  spatulate  mandibles,  and  combing-plates  in  the  upper  molar 
teeth. 

The  molars  of  the  unicorn  R.  sivalensis  are  formed  on  the  same  plan  as  those 
of  the  European  Rhinoceros  etruscus  (Ealc.),  but  the  latter  was  a bicorn  species, 
and  had  a spatulate  mandible  without  permanent  incisors.  The  mandible  of  R. 
sivalensis  is  like  that  of  the  African  R.  simus. 

The  form  of  the  cranium  of  the  unicorn  R.  palmlndicus  is  very  like  that  of 
the  unicorn  R.  javanicus,  and  the  mandibles  of  the  two  species  are  alike  furnished 
with  large  outer  incisors ; but  the  form  of  the  upper  molars  is  different.  The 
upper  molars  of  R.  iravadicus  and  R.  sinensis  have  their  nearest  representatives  in 
those  of  the  living  R.  sumatrensis. 

The  upper  molars  of  Acerotherium  perimense  and  of  R.  deccanensis,  together 
with  the  upper  premolar  noticed  above  from  Sind,  are  cingulated  on  the  inner  side 
like  those  of  Kaup’s  typical  forms  of  the  sub-genus  (or  genus)  Acerotherium. 
Whether  any  of  these  Indian  forms  were  hornless  or  provided  with  four  toes  on  the 
anterior  limb,  we  have  no  means  at  present  of  knowing ; the  mandible  of  R. 
deccanensis  was  spatulate  and  edentulous  in  the  adult  state,  as  in  R.  etruscus. 

The  lower  molar  from  Attock,  described  above,  presents  a peculiarity  of  struc- 
ture which  is  only  found  in  the  living  R.  simus  of  Africa. 

The  afidnities  of  the  Indian  fossil  species  of  Rhinoceros  are  therefore  widely 
spread,  showing  relationships  to  forms,  both  living  and  extinct,  scattered  over 
Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa.  Unless  the  hexaprotodont  character  of  R.  sivalensis 
can  be  proved,  there  seems  to  be  no  more  generalised  form  among  the  fossil  than 
among  the  living  species ; while  the  highly  specialised  outer  and  inner  lower  incisors 
is  a character  common  to  some  of  both  fossil  and  living  forms. 

The  difficulty  of  determining  with  accuracy  the  lower  molar  teeth,  in  the 
absence  of  the  original  type  specimens,  from  the  Siwaliks,  has  prevented  me  from 
making  new  species,  in  any  case,  on  the  evidence  of  these  teeth  alone.  In  the 
case  of  upper  premolars  I have  followed  the  same  rule,  from  the  known  liability  of 
these  teeth  to  vary  in  different  individuals  of  the  same  species. 

The  three  species  of  fossil  Asiatic  Rhinoceros  described  by  Dr.  Ealconer  belong 
to  the  hysodont  type  of  Mr.  Boyd-Dawkins ; as  does  R.  deccanensis  and  the  three 
( 54  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


37 


new  species  described  above ; the  molars  of  R.  iravadicus,  however,  present  a 
tendency  towards  the  hysodont  type,  and  they  are  characterised  by  the  very  open 
median  valley,  which  is  a remnant  of  a primitive  type  of  tooth ; the  only  true 
brachydont  species  is  A.  perimense.  As  all  the  Miocene  species  of  European 
Mliinoceros  belong  to  the  brachydont  type,  while  the  Pliocene  species  and  all  exist- 
ing species  belong  to  the  hypsodont  or  specialised  type,  the  Siwalik  species  of 
Rhinoceros  evidently  belong  to  a modern  group,  and,  as  far  as  they  go,  are  another 
argument  for  the  Pliocene  age  of  the  deposits  in  which  they  occur;  while  the 
Irawadi  species  sliows  a tendency  to  an  older  type,  and  therefore  confirms  the  con- 
jecture as  to  the  somewhat  older  date  of  these  Irawadi  beds. 

I have  lately  seen  a note  in  “Nature”  (Oct.  1876,  p.  572), in  which  an  extract 
is  given  from  a recent  paper  by  Professor  Elower  (P.  Z.  S.  1876,  p.  443)  on  the 
crania  of  Rhinoceros,  in  which  the  following  interesting  difference  is  pointed  out 
between  the  skulls  of  the  single  and  double-horned  living  species ; in  the  foriner 
group,  “ the  external  auditory  meatus  is  embraced  below  by  the  fusion  of  the  post- 
glenoid and  post-temporal  processes  of  the  squamosal  portion  of  the  temporal  bone, 
whilst  in  the  other  these  two  processes  remain  separate.”  On  looking  at  the  skulls 
of  our  fossil  Indian  species,  I find  that  in  the  crania  of  R,  sivalensis  and  R.  palce- 
indicus — both  single-horned  species — these  two  processes  are  united;  on  examining 
the  cast  of  Colonel  Baker’s  cranium  of  R.  platyidiinus  (the  original  of  which  is  in 
the  British  Museum) — a double-horned  species — I find  that  in  this  species  also  the 
two  processes  are  similarly  united,  the  external  auditory  meatus  forming  a long 
tubular  funnel,  looking  almost  directly  upwards,  precisely  as  in  the  single-horned 
R.  indicus  {unicornis').  This  shows  that  Professor  Flower’s  distinction  between  the 
two  groups  will  not  hold  for  the  fossil  Indian  species ; the  union  of  the  two  processes 
is  another  point,  in  addition  to  the  form  of  the  upper  molars,  which  connects  R.  platy- 
rhinus  with  R.  indicus,  and  lends  support  to  the  idea  that  the  one  may  be  the 
ancestor  of  the  other. 


Sub-Order:  RUMINA.NTIA. 

ViSHNUTHEEiUM  IRAVADICUM,  nov.  gen.  nohis,  Burma.  PI.  7,  figs,  1 and  2. 

A short  notice  of  the  specimen  on  which  this  genus  is  founded  was  given  by 
me  in  my  paper  on  the  Siwalik  fauna  {Rec.  Oeol.  Surv.  Ind.  vol.  IX,  pt.  3) ; I now 
give  a figure  and  a more  detailed  description  of  the  specimen. 

The  specimen  is  a portion  of  the  left  ramus  of  the  mandible ; it  contains  the 
first  and  second  teeth  of  the  permanent  molar  series ; these  have  only  been  in  use 
for  a short  period  ; the  animal  was  scarcely  adult  at  the  time  of  its  death.  The 
inner  sides  of  the  anterior  barrel  of  the  first  molar,  and  of  the  posterior  barrel 

( 55  ) 


38 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHEE  EEMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 


of  the  second,  are  broken  away  : at  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  fragment  is 
seen  the  hindmost  barrel  of  the  last  premolar,  which  has  never  been  in  func- 
tional use. 

The  teeth  are  implanted  obliquely  in  the  jaw,  so  that  a line  drawn  across  the 
teeth  at  right  angles  to  its  longer  axis  forms  nearly  an  angle  of  45°  with  the  long 
axis  of  the  jaw.  The  outer  surfaces  of  the  barrels  are  sharp  in  the  middle,  and 
slope  away  slightly  from  the  base  towards  the  inner  side ; the  median  valley  which 
separates  the  two  barrels  is  deep,  and  extends  downwards  almost  to  the  base  of  the 
crown. 

The  hindmost  surfaces  of  the  outer  halves  of  the  barrels  are  somewhat  concave. 
Along  the  whole  of  the  outer  portion  of  the  teeth  there  is  a well-defined  and 
conspicuous  cingulum ; this  is  most  marked  on  the  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces ; 
it  becomes  slighter  on  the  external  surfaces  of  the  barrels,  and  on  the  surfaces 
between  tlie  two  barrels  ; on  the  anterior  surfaces  of  the  teeth  the  cingulum  is 
raised  into  a number  of  points.  In  the  median  valley,  which  divides  the  barrels, 
there  is  a large  pointed  tubercle,  blocking  the  entrance  to  the  valley ; the  valley 
itself  is  narrow  and  becomes  shallower  as  it  passes  inwards.  The  whole  of  the 
enamel  for  the  outer  half  of  the  crowns  is  corrugated  and  roughened  like  that  of 
Sivatherium. 

On  the  crown  surface  the  postero-internal  angle  of  the  anterior  barrel  {middle 
of  upper  border  figure)  forms  the  most  prominent  point  on  the  inner  side  of  the 
tooth  ; while  the  antero-internal  angle  is  the  least  prominent  point  on  this  border. 
The  central  enamel  folds  of  the  crown  are  long  and  narrow,  and  they  wmuld  not 
form  complete  islands  until  the  tooth  became  considerably  worn  dowm.  The  outline 
of  the  inner  border  of  the  teeth  is  the  same  as  in  tlie  molars  of  Camelopardalis  ; 
and  the  late  period  at  wdiich  the  folds  of  enamel  on  the  crown  become  insulated 
is  also  a point  common  to  the  teeth  of  the  two  genera. 

On  the  inner  surface  (/z^.  1)  we  are  enabled  to  see  the  forms  of  the  costse  from 
the  contiguous  unbroken  lobes  of  the  two  molars  : on  the  anterior  half  of  the  second 
lobe  there  are  three  costae,  of  which  the  median  is  the  highest ; the  posterior  and 
anterior  costae  are  of  nearly  equal  height,  the  posterior  being  the  most  prominent ; 
the  anterior  costa  leads  downwards  into  a kind  of  cingulum,  bordering  the  anterior 
edge  of  the  tooth ; a deep  channel,  not  extending  to  the  base  of  the  crown,  divides 
the  anterior  from  the  posterior  lobe  of  the  inner  surface. 

The  inner  surface  of  the  hinder  lobe  has  likewise  its  highest  point  on  the 
middle  line,  but  there  is  only  a very  slight  costa  on  this  line ; the  posterior  angle 
shows  the  extremity  of  the  central  enamel  fold  of  the  crown,  forming  a fissure  on  the 
inner  surface  of  the  tooth. 

At  the  base  of  the  internal  surface  of  the  molars  the  rugosity  of  the  enamel 
has  almost  disappeared ; higher  up  this  rugosity  reappears,  but  it  is  nowhere  so 
much  developed  as  on  the  outer  surface. 

( 56  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


39 


The  jaw"  is  slender,  arcuated,  and  tapering ; the  alveoli  for  the  teeth  are  wide, 
the  jaw  contracting  suddenly  in  width  below  the  alveoli.  The  dimensions  of  the 
specimen  are  as  follows  : — 


Length  of  fragment  ... 

In. 

...  4-8 

Depth  of  jaw 

...  1-9 

Thickness  of  jaw 

. 1-5 

Length  of  two  molars  ... 

...  3'8 

Ditto  of  second  molar 

l'4c 

Width  of  ditto  ditto  ... 

...  1-0 

The  specimen  is  distinguished  from  the  molars  of  Sivatherium,  not  only  by 
its  very  much  smaller  size,  but  also  by  the  peculiar  form  of  the  inner  border  of  the 
crown  surface,  and  by  the  presence  of  the  cingulum  and  the  tubercle  at  the  entrance 
to  the  median  valley. 

The  molars  approach  nearest  in  form  to  those  of  Camelopardalis,  which  they 
resemble  in  the  obliquity  of  their  position  in  the  jaw,  and  in  the  prominence  on  the 
inner  border  of  the  crown  of  the  postero-internal  angles  of  the  barrels  : they,  how- 
ever. differ  from  the  molars  of  Camelopardalis  by  the  presence  of  the  cingulum, 
and  by  the  presence  of  the  large  pointed  tubercle  at  the  entrance  to  the  median 
valley  in  both  the  molars ; the  molars  of  Camelopardalis  have  no  cingulum,  and  the 
first  molar  only  has  a small  and  blunt  tubercle  at  the  entrance  to  the  median  valley. 
The  costse  on  the  inner  side  of  the  teeth  have  the  same  form  in  both  the  genera. 
The  molars  of  the  present  form  are  nearly  half-an-inch  longer  than  those  of  any 
described  species  of  Camelopardalis,  and  their  enamel  is  much  more  corrugated. 
The  depth  of  the  present  jaw  at  the  second  molar  is  half-an-inch  greater  than  in 
Camelopardalis  giraffa,  but  the  jaw  is  of  a more  slender  type  than  in  the  latter 
genus ; in  C.  gira  ffa,  and  C.  sivalensis,  the  depth  of  the  jaw  at  the  second  molar  is 
equal  to  the  length  of  the  second  molar  plus  the  length  of  the  hinder  barrel  of  the 
first  molar ; in  the  present  specimen  the  corresponding  tooth  is  one-third  of  an 
inch  longer  than  the  depth  of  the  jaw  at  the  same  point. 

The  molars  are  distinguished  from  those  of  Bramatherium  by  their  smaller 
size,  by  the  presence  of  the  cingulum  and  accessory  tubercle,  and  by  being  placed 
more  obliquely  in  the  jaw. 

Till  the  cranium  be  discovered,  it  is  difficult  to  say  whether  this  extinct  form 
of  Buminant  was  most  nearly  allied  to  Sivatherium  or  to  Camelopardalis ; the  pro- 
portions and  curve  of  the  jaw  are  most  like  those  of  the  former  genus,  and  the  teeth 
are  intermediate  in  size  and  form  between  those  of  both  genera.  The  jaw  is  some- 
what more  slender  than  that  of  the  8iwalik  C.  giraffa,  and  thereby  approaches  to 
the  living  species  of  the  genus. 

Genus  Camelopaudalis. 

Eossils  of  this  genus  have  been  described  from  the  Siwaliks  of  India,  from 
Perim  Island,  from  the  Upper  Miocene  of  Attica  {see  Compt.  Rendus,  vol.  Lll, 

( 57  ) 


40 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


p.  1295)  and  doubtfully  from  Erauce  {see  Genais,  “ Faleontologie  et  Zoologie 
Francaises,p.  148) . My  reasons  for  doubting  the  validity  of  Ealconer’s  second  Siwalik 
species  will  be  found  in  the  Records  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India  (vol.  IX, 
pt.  3). 


Camelopaedalis  sivalensis,  Falc.  et  nohis,  Plate  7,  figs.  14  and  15. 

The  three  lower  molars  of  this  spe'cies,  as  extended  by  me,  which  are  figured  in 
the  accompanying  plate,  were  found  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Potwar 
district ; the  two  teeth  implanted  in  a fragment  of  the  jaw  are  the  first  and  second 
permanent  molars  of  the  right  mandible  ; they  are  considerably  worn,  and  some- 
what imperfect,  but  they  are  important,  because  the  corresponding  teeth  have  never 
been  figured  as  described,  and  the  first  of  the  two  is  a very  characteristic  tooth  in 
the  living  C.  giraffa.  The  detached  tooth  is  the  ultimate  premolar  belonging  to 
the  same  lower  jaw  ; a less  worn  specimen  of  the  corresponding  tooth  of  the  opposite 
side  is  figured  in  the  “ Paleontological  Memoirs”  (vol.  I,  PI.  16,  fig.  78)  under  the 
name  of  C.  affinis. 

The  molar  teeth  are  implanted  in  the  jaw  in  the  same  oblique  manner  as  in 
the  existing  species  ; the  enamel  islands  in  the  first  molar  have  been  almost  obliter- 
ated by  wear,  showing  that  the  animal  had  nearly  attained  its  full  age ; in  the 
second  molar  the  posterior  fold  of  enamel  is  completely  insulated,  but  the  anterior 
fold  is  still  connected  with  the  median  infolding  of  the  crown ; the  condition  of 
these  enamel  folds  in  the  second  molar  shows  that  the  Siwalik  species  had  the  same 
peculiarity  as  the  living  African  species,  in  which  the  molars  are  distinguished  from 
those  of  all  other  living  Muminants  by  the  late  period  of  life  at  which  the  enamel 
folds  of  the  crown  became  completely  insulated. 

The  inner  wall  of  the  anterior  barrel  of  the  second  molar  is,  unfortunately,  the 
only  portion  of  this  surface  of  the  teeth  which  remains  complete ; in  this  portion 
the  postero-internal  angle  forms  the  most  prominent  point  on  the  inner  border  of 
the  crown,  while  the  antero-internal  angle  is  the  least  prominent  of  the  three 
ridges  into  which  the  side  of  the  barrel  is  divided,  precisely  the  same  as  in  the 
molars  of  the  living  species. 

In  the  middle  of  the  entrance  to  the  median  valley  in  the  first  molar,  there  is  a 
large  blunt  accessory  tubercle  (the  dentine  of  which  is  exposed  by  wear) ; in  the 
second  molar  there  is  no  corresponding  tubercle  in  the  median  valley ; and  on 
turning  to  Ealconer’s  figure  of  the  ultimate  lower  molar  of  this  species  (“  Fal.  31em,^ 
vol.  l,pl.  \Q,jig.  7)  no  corresponding  tubercle  is  found  in  the  valley  of  that  tooth. 
M'e  are  therefore  assured  that  in  C.  sivalensis  the  only  one  of  the  lower  molars 
provided  with  an  accessory  tubercle  is  the  first;  in  the  recent  0.  giraffa,  and  in  no 
other  living  Ruminant,  precisely  the  same  condition  occurs  in  the  lower  molars, 
this  instance  indicates  the  permanency  of  apparently  unimportant  dental  characters 
throughout  long  periods  of  time,  and  in  widely  separated  localities,  and  affords  an 
( 58  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


41 


additional  argument,  if  one  be  needed,  of  the  value  of  the  characters  of  the  molar 
teeth  in  determining  the  affinities  of  Fossil  Mammalia. 

The  enamel  is  slightly  more  rugose  than  in  the  living  species ; the  dimensions 
of  the  present  specimen  are  given  in  the  first  column  of  the  following  table,  and 
those  of  the  corresponding  parts  of  the  living  species  in  the  second  column  - 


Length  of  fragment 

In. 

...  4*3 

In. 

Depth  of  jaw  at  second  molar 

... 

...  2-4 

L7 

Ditto  at  first  ditto 

...  2-2 

1-65 

Thickness  of  jaw  ... 

..t 

...  1-2 

M 

Length  of  first  molar 

...  1-3 

1-0 

Breadth  of  ditto  ... 

...  10 

0-9 

Length  of  second  molar 

...  1-26 

1*15 

Breadth  of  ditto  ... 

...  1-0 

0*9 

From  the  above  table  of  measurements  it  will  be  seen  that  the  jaw  of  the  fossil 
Indian  species  is  three-quarters  of  an  inch  deeper  than  that  of  the  living  African 
species,  and  slightly  thicker,  while  the  molars  are  also  of  a slightly  larger  size. 
The  greater  stoutness  of  the  fossil  jaw  perhaps  indicates  an  animal  with  a shorter 
and  stouter-formed  head,  approaching  in  form  to  the  Sivatherium, 

The  right  premolar  drawn  in  figure  14  is  rather  larger  than  the  corresponding 
tooth  of  the  African  C.  giraffa ; both  the  enamel  folds  have  become  insulated  by 
wear ; the  valley  on  the  outer  side,  and  the  antero-external  angle  are  rather  more 
developed  than  in  the  premolar  of  the  living  species.  The  dimensions  in  the  table 
below  are  compared  with  those  of  the  ultimate  premolar  of  the  African  species ; the 
first  column  contains  the  measurement  of  the  fossil  tooth  — 

In.  In. 

Length  ..  ...  ...  ...  ...  1-15  0*9 

Breadth...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  0’9  0-8 

The  fossil  specimen  is,  therefore,  more  oblong  than  the  recent  specimen,  thereby 
exhibiting  a more  generalised  type,  as  the  almost  square  premolar  of  the  African 
C.  giroffa  is  a very  unusual  character  among  'Ruminants. 


Genus  Bmamatherium. 

This  genus  was  only  known  to  Falconer  by  a single  species  from  the  one 
locality  of  Perim  Island.  Upper  molars  of  the  genus  have  been  described  and 
figured  by  Falconer  (“Pa/.  Jfm.,”  ml.  J,  399)  and  shown  to  be  very  closely  allied 
to  those  of  Camelopardalis : the  lower  molars  have  not  hitherto  been  figured,  and 
are  now  for  the  first  time  described. 


( 59  ) 


42 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


Bramatherium  perimense,  Falc.,  Plate  7,  fig.  13. 

The  specimen  drawn  in  the  above  figure  is  a portion  of  the  right  ramns  of  the 
mandible,  containing  the  first  and  second  molars,  the  latter  of  which  is  broken  on 
the  inner  side  ; the  specimen  is  in  the  collection  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal. 
The  teeth  are  well  worn,  although  the  enamel  folds  still  extend  completely  across 
the  crown,  exhibiting  the  same  lateness  in  their  time  of  insulation  which  charac- 
terizes the  molars  of  Camelopardalis. 

The  crowns  of  the  molars  are  of  a more  “ hysodont”  type  than  those  of  Camelo- 
pardalis, while  the  inclination  of  their  long  axis  to  that  of  the  jaw  is  somewhat 
more.  The  postero-internal  angles  of  both  barrels  form  the  most  prominent  points 
on  the  inner  border  of  the  crown  surface,  while  their  antero-internal  angles  are  the 
least  prominent.  The  outline  of  the  outer  half  of  the  crown  surface  of  the  hinder 
barrel  forms  a triangle  with  curvilinear  boundaries,  and  the  postero-external  angle 
of  this  portion  of  the  crown  surface  is  produced  inwards,  to  appear  as  a sharp  point 
on  the  inner  surface  of  the  teeth,  between  the  first  and  second  molars ; both  of  the 
above  characters  are  also  common  to  the  molars  of  Camelopardalis, 

On  the  inner  surface  the  dorsum  of  the  molars  is  divided  into  two  equal 
portions,  placed  parallel  to  one  another,  but  obliquely  to  the  long  axis  of  the  jaw 
each  of  these  segments  is  terminated  by  a median  pointed  summit,  and  is  divided  by 
three  slight  nearly  vertical  costm. 

On  their  outer  surfaces  the  teeth  are  covered  by  a rugose  enamel ; on  the  inner 
surface  the  enamel  is  almost  smooth. 

The  lower  molars  are  distinguished  from  those  of  Camelopardalis  by  the 
crown  surface  wearing  less  obliquely,  and  by  the  absence  of  the  accessary  tubercle 
at  the  entrance  to  the  median  valley  of  the  first  molar;  they  are  also  larger 
in  size. 

The  distinctions  between  the  molars  of  this  genus  and  those  of  VisJinutlierium 
have  been  already  pointed  out. 

There  appears  to  be  no  difference,  except  that  of  size,  between  the  lower  molars 
of  this  genus  and  those  of  Swatherium  ; the  upper  molars  of  the  two  genera  have, 
however,  several  points  of  difference  {see  “ Fal.  Mem.^^  ml.  I,  p.  399).  In  the 
above-mentioned  note  on  this  genus,  Ealconer  says  that  the  premolars  of  this  genus 
are  distinguished  from  those  of  Camelopardalis,  by  the  fact  that  the  premolars  of  the 
latter  genus  are  characterized  by  “ their  great  excess  of  width  compared  with  their 
length in  the  description,  however,  of  the  premolar  of  Camelopardalis  sivalensis 
given  above,  it  was  noticed  that  the  squareness  of  crown  characteristic  of  the  living 
species  does  not  hold  in  the  fossil  species  ; and  that,  therefore,  the  form  of  the  crown 
of  the  premolar  of  the  latter  is  the  same  as  in  Bramatherium.  This  fact  points  to 
the  very  close  connection  between  the  Siwalik  forms  of  the  two  genera ; the  long 
neck  and  the  square-crowned  premolar  of  the  living  C.  giraffa  being  only  a recently- 
acquired  character. 

( 60  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


43 


The  jaw  is  very  thick  at  the  molar  alveoli ; it  is  curved  along  the  inferior  border, 
and  is  much  deeper  than  the  jaw  of  Camelopardalis  giraffa^  but  only  slightly  deeper 
than  that  of  C.  sivalensis.  The  measurements  of  the  specimen  are  given  below  in 
the  first  column,  and  the  corresponding  measurements  of  C.  giraffa  in  the  second 
column 


In. 

In. 

Length  of  fragment 

...  6“0 

Length  of  first  molar 

...  ‘l-35 

1-0 

Width  of  ditto 

...  I'O 

0-9 

Length  of  anterior  barrel  of  second  molar 

...  0-8 

0-6 

Depth  of  jaw  at  second  molar 

...  2-2 

1-6 

Thickness  of  ditto  at  ditto 

...  1-5 

1-0 

Camelus  sivalensis,  Falconer. 

The  skull  and  upper  molars  of  this  species  have  been  shortly  described  by 
Ealconer  (“  Fal.  vol.  J,  p.  231)  and  shown  to  be  close  in  general  structure  to 

those  of  the  living  camel. 

The  upper  molars,  indeed,  of  the  fossil  species,  seem  to  be  almost  indistin- 
guishable from  those  of  the  living  species,  except  by  being  slightly  smaller  in  size. 
The  lower  molars,  however,  of  Camelus  sivalensis,  although  exhibiting  the  same 
simplicity  of  structure  which  characterizes  the  teeth  of  the  family,  are  readily  dis- 
tinguished from  those  of  the  living  species. 

The  inner  surface  of  the  lower  molars  of  the  fossil  species  is  divided  into  two 
equal  halves  by  a median  vertical  ridge  or  costa  ; this  ridge  is  somewhat  depressed 
below  the  general  surface  of  the  wall  of  the  tooth,  and  has  a narrow  groove  on 
either  side ; slight  oblique  ridges  bound  the  anterior  and  posterior  sides  of  this 
surface. 

In  the  living  camel,  on  the  other  hand,  the  inner  surface  of  the  lower  molars  is 
divided  into  two  portions  by  a very  shallow  and  broad  groove,  without  any  trace  of 
the  median  ridge ; the  anterior  and  posterior  bounding  ridges  are  also  much  less 
strongly  marked  than  in  the  fossil  species,  so  that  the  whole  of  the  inner  surface  of 
the  tooth  is  nearly  flat. 

At  the  antero-external  angle  of  the  first  barrel  of  the  lower  molars  of  Camelus 
sivalensis  there  is  a prominent  vertical  ridge,  not  found  in  the  teeth  of  the  living 
species.  This  ridge  may  be  seen  in  the  figure  of  the  lower  molars  of  the  Siwalik 
camel  given  in  the  “Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  {Flafe  S7,Jig.  5) ; a similar  ridge 
occurs  in  the  lower  molars  of  the  American  Auchenia  (Owen’s  “ Odontography^' 
vol.  J,  p.  686),  by  which  they  are  distinguished  from  those  of  the  old-world 
camels.  The  slenderness  of  the  jaw  of  the  Siwalik  camel  is  also  an  approacli  to  the 
form  of  that  of  Amhenia  ; none  of  the  specimens  of  the  fossil  species  exhibit  the 
relationship  of  the  premaxillse  to  the  nasals ; it  will  be  interesting  to  note,  if  more 
perfect  specimens  subsequently  are  found,  whether  the  premaxillse  were  separated 

( 61  ) 


u 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


from  tlie  nasals  by  the  maxillse,  as  in  the  living  camel,  or  whether  they  reached  up 
to  them  as  in  Auchenia.  The  discovery  of  an  important  dental  character  common 
to  two  such  remote  forms  as  C.  simlensis  and  the  American  Auchenias  is  very  inter- 
esting, and  affords  proof  of  the  common  origin  of  the  two  genera. 


Genus  Dorcatherium,  Kaup. 

The  genus  was  originally  described  from  the  miocene  strata  of  Eppelsheim  by 
Professor  Kaup  ; the  skull  was  furnished  with  long  curved  canines,  and  with  bony 
peduncles  for  the  antlers,  in  both  of  which  characters  it  agrees  with  the  living 
Muntjac  of  India,  which  may  have  been  descended  from  the  older  form ; the  cingu- 
lated  molars  of  Dorcatherium  are,  however,  quite  peculiar. 

Erom  the  Siwaliks,  specimens  of  the  molar  teeth  were  obtained  by  Ealconer, 
and  in  a manuscript  note  the  specific  name  of  D.  moscMnum  was  assigned  to  these 
remains ; no  figures  or  descriptions  were,  however,  ever  published,  and  so  it  is 
impossible  to  know  to  which  of  the  forms  noticed  below  the  name  was  originally 
intended  to  apply.  Eor  this  reason  I have  discarded  the  manuscript  specific  name 
and  substituted  new  ones  of  my  own. 

Specimens  of  the  molar  teeth  of  this  genus  have  been  obtained  from  Kushal- 
ghar,  near  Attock,  from  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Potwar  district  by  Mr.  Theobald,  and 
from  the  Manchhar  beds  of  Sind  by  Mr.  Eedden. 

The  teeth  from  these  districts  are  at  once  seen  to  belong  to  two  species, — a 
larger  and  a smaller ; besides  this  marked  difference,  other  smaller  varieties  are 
noticeable  in  the  specimens  from  the  different  localities ; these  varieties  are  very 
probably  of  specific  value,  but  for  the  present  I have  thought  it  better  to  describe 
all  the  specimens  under  two  specific  heads  till  more  complete  specimens  shall  render 
further  specific  distinction  necessary. 


Dorcatherium  majus,  n.  sp.,  nohls,  var.  a. — Kuslialghar  near  Attock, 

Plate  7,  figs.  9,  10,  11. 

The  two  specimens  from  the  above  locality  are  those  upon  which  Dr.  Falconer, 
by  some  unaccountable  oversight,  founded  the  second  species  of  Merycopotamus 
(M.  nanus)  {see  “ Pal.  Mem.,''  vol.  I,  p.  416).  The  larger  of  the  two  {figs.  9 
and  10)  is  the  last  upper  molar  of  the  right  side  ; it  is  untouched  by  wear,  with  the 
exception  of  the  summit  of  the  outer  half  of  the  anterior  barrel ; the  tooth  is  com- 
plete, with  the  exception  of  the  posterior  half  of  the  cingulum,  which  has  been 
broken  away. 

The  tooth  has  a nearly  square  base ; the  whole  of  the  inner  half  is  surrounded 
by  a deep  and  projecting  cingulum,  which  forms  a small  tubercle  at  the  entrance  to 
the  median  valley ; the  inner  extremities  of  the  barrels  are  blunt  and  rounded, 
( 62  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA.  45 

rising  nearly  vertically  from  base  to  summit.  The  central  infoldings  of  enamel 
extend  deeply  into  the  orowo,  so  that  it  would  not  be  until  a late  period  that  they 
would  become  complete  islands;  the  anterior  and  posterior  walls  of  the  central 
enamel  fold  of  the  first  barrel  are  curved  round  towards  the  anterior  side  of  the 
tooth  : the  summits  of  the  outer  halves  of  the  barrels  are  bent  over  towards  tbe 
inner  side. 

On  the  external  surface  {fig.  10)  the  tooth  is  divided  into  two  unequal  and 
unsymmetrical  portions  by  a vertical  groove ; tbe  posterior  lobe  of  this  surface  has  a 
large  median  ridge  curving  slightly  forwards,  as  it  passes  downwards  to  form  the 
summit  of  this  part  of  the  tooth ; on  either  side  of  the  lateral  borders  of  this  lobe 
there  are  other  still  more  prominent  cost^,  the  posterior  one  of  which  is  of  great 
breadth,  reflected  towards  the  central  costa,  and  produced  into  a sharp  angle  beyond 
the  side  of  the  tooth ; neither  of  these  cost®  extend  downwards  to  the  free  edge  of 
the  external  surface.  The  anterior  lobe  {on  the  right  side  of  the  figure)  lias  one  very 
prominent  median  costa,  and  a shorter  and  wider  anterior  costa  which  embraces 
the  antero-external  angle  of  the  crown.  The  outer  half  of  the  hinder  barrel  slightly 
overlaps  the  fore  barrel. 

Except  in  its  much  greater  size  {larger  than  that  of  any  of  the  ^European  species) 
the  tooth  closely  resembles  tbe  corresponding  molar  of  Eorcatherium  elegans  of 
Kaup  ; the  cost®  on  the  outer  surface  are,  however,  more  developed,  and  the  cingu- 
lum more  prominent  in  the  Indian  form.  The  dimensions  of  the  two  molars  are 
given  below ; those  of  the  European  species  in  the  second  column  : — ■ 


In. 

la. 

Length 

...  0-75 

0-45 

Width  at  first  barrel 

...  0-8 

0-55 

Height  of  crown 

...  0*6 

0-3 

The  second  tooth  from  this  locality  {fig.  11)  is  also  an  upper  molar  of  the 
right  side ; it  is  somewhat  smaller  in  size  than  the  last  specimen,  and  is  worn  down 
nearly  to  the  level  of  the  cingulum.  On  the  external  border  {top  line  of  figure)  tbe 
boundary  of  tbe  anterior  barrel  runs  parallel  with  tbe  long  axis  of  the  tooth  ; the 
outer  surface  of  this  barrel  is  marked  by  two  cost®,  one  in  tbe  middle,  and  the 
other  at  the  anterior  angle.  The  external  border  of  the  binder  barrel  {left  of  figure) 
is  set  obliquely  to  tbe  long  axis  of  the  tooth  ; the  outer  surface  of  this  barrel  is 
marked  by  three  cost®. 

Tbe  cingulum  occupies  half  the  circumference  of  the  tooth ; it  is  much  shallower, 
and  more  closely  applied  to  the  surface  of  the  barrels  than  in  tbe  first  specimen ; 
along  the  whole  of  the  inner  surface  of  the  anterior  barrel  the  edge  of  the  cingulum 
is  raised  into  points  and  oasps,  and  there  are  two  distinct  tubercles  at  the  entrance 
into  the  median  valley.  Both  this  and  the  preceding  specimen  are  covered  with  a 
finely  rugose  enamel. 


( 63  ) 


46 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


This  specimen  differs  from  the  last  chiefly  by  the  smaller  size  of  the  cingulum, 
and  its  cuspidated  character ; the  difference  may,  perhaps,  not  be  more  than  an 
individual  variety.  The  dimensions  of  the  specimen  are  as  follows  ;• — 

In. 

Length  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  0'6 

Width  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  0-8 


Variety  h—from  the  Siwalilcs  of  the  Fotwar. 

The  specimen  of  this  variety  consists  of  a portion  of  a left  upper  jaw  {Vlate  7, 
fgs.  4 and  6)  containing  the  second  and  third  molars.  On  the  inner  side  the 
teeth  differ  from  the  Attock  form  only  by  the  cingulum  being  more  closely  applied 
to  the  surface  of  the  barrels. 

On  the  outer  surface  {fig.  6)  there  is  a considerable  difference  in  the  two 
forms.  The  Siwalik  has  much  simpler  and  slighter  costse  than  the  Attock  form ; on 
the  posterior  lobe  ( right  side  of  fig.  6 ) the  hind  costa  is  a very  slight  and  simple 
ridge,  without  any  reflection,  totally  different  from  the  broad  reflected  costse  of  the 
Attock  form  ( left  side  of  fig.  9 ) ; the  anterior  costse  on  both  lobes  are  also  much 
simpler  in  the  Attock  than  in  the  Potwar  form.  The  size  of  the  two  forms  is  very 
similar.  Till  specimens  of  the  crania  are  obtained,  it  is  impossible  to  say  whether 
these  differences  indicate  more  than  individual  varieties ; all  the  specimens  from  the 
Potwar,  however,  in  the  Indian  Museum  are  similar  to  those  figured. 


Doecathekium  mines,  Nov.  Sp.  nobis,  Siwalilcs. — Plate  7,  figs  3 and  7. 

This  species  chiefly  differs  from  the  preceding  by  the  much  smaller  size  of  the 
teeth;  we  have  specimens  in  the  Indian  Museum  showing  both  the  molar  and  pre- 
molar series,  so  the  smaller  size  of  the  teeth  cannot  be  due  to  their  being  the  milk- 
molar  series  of  H.  majus.  The  specimens  figured  are  the  penultimate  and  ultimate 
molars  of  the  right  side  of  the  upper  jaw.  The  teeth  present  the  same  general 
form  as  those  of  the  larger  species  from  the  Siwaliks ; the  costse  are,  however,  rather 
less  prominent : — 


In. 

Length  of  two  molars  ... 

...  0-8 

Length  of  last  molar 

...  0-45 

Width  of  last  molar 

...  0-4 

Genus  Ceevus. 

Of  this  genus  Falconer  announced  the  discovery  of  two  species  from  the 
Siwaliks  (“  Val.  Mem.f  vol.  I,  p.  23),  but  these  were  never  named  or  described, 
and  I am  not  aware  on  what  materials  the  species  were  founded.  In  the  Indian 
( 6^  ) 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


47 


Museum  we  have  a very  large  collection  of  the  molar  teeth  of  the  genus,  and  a 
few  broken  fragments  of  antlers,  hut  no  crania ; from  the  characters  of  these  upper 
molar  teeth  alone  I have  determined  three  species  of  Cerms  from  the  Siwaliks,  and 
I think,  from  the  occurrence  of  some  lower  jaws  which  I cannot  make  to  correspond 
with  any  of  the  above,  that  very  probably  one  or  more  additional  species  existed. 
From  the  absence  of  crania  and  the  fragmentary  condition  of  the  antlers,  the 
molar  teeth  afiord  the  only  grounds  for  the  determination  of  the  different  species. 
The  distinctions  between  these  teeth  may  at  first  sight  seem  to  be  too  slight  and 
trivial  for  affording  specific  distinctions ; but  we  must  recollect  that  the  molars  of 
all  Ruminants  are  formed  upon  such  a similar  general  plan  that  variations,  which 
in  the  teeth  of  other  orders  would  be  considered  of  only  specific  value,  in  this  order 
rank  as  generic  distinctions.  The  slight  variations  which  do  distinguish  the  teeth 
of  one  species  of  living  Cervus  from  those  of  another  are  always  found  to  be 
constant,  and  therefore  of  high  value  in  distinguishing  between  the  different  species. 

In  writing  of  the  molars  of  fossil  species  of  European  Deer,  Professor  Lartet 
remarks  ( Compt.  Rend.  1868,  p.  1119)  that  the  older  forms  have  short-crowned 
(brachydont)  molars  with  the  depressions  on  the  surface  so  shallow  that  the  bot- 
tom is  always  visible ; while  in  the  recent,  pleistocene,  and  newer  tertiary  forms, 
the  crowns  of  the  molars  are  longer  (hysodont)  and  the  cavities  so  deep  that  the 
bottom  can  never  be  seen  in  any  state  of  wear.  The  teeth  of  the  Siwalik  JDorca- 
therimn  belong  to  the  former  division ; while  those  of  the  Siwalik  C.  latidens  (infra) 
are  intermediate  between  the  two,  the  crown  being  moderately  high  and  the  bottom 
of  the  cavity  visible  when  half  worn  : the  teeth  of  the  other  two  species  of  Siwalik 
Cervus  belong  to  the  second  type.  The  teeth  of  the  Siwalik  Cervidce  therefore 
indicate  that  the  fauna  of  these  beds  is  intermediate  between  that  of  the  miocene 
and  the  upper  tertiaries  of  Europe. 

From  the  fragments  of  antlers  which  we  possess  in  the  Indian  Museum,  I 
find  that  all  the  species  of  Siwalik  and  Narbudda  Stags  belong  to  the  Rucervine 
division  of  the  group.  All  the  specimens  described  below  were  collected  by  Mr. 
Theobald,  and  the  majority  of  them  from  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Pot  war  district : in  this 
district  it  appears  that  Cervus  was  the  most  common  genus  of  Mammals  in  Siwalik 
times,  whereas  in  the  Sutlej  district  it  was  comparatively  rare ; Elephants  seem  to 
have  been  rare  in  the  Potwar  district,  and  abundant  in  the  Sutlej  district. 


CePvVUS  latidens,  n.  sp.  nobis. — Plate  8,  figs.  7 and  10. 

The  present  species  was  the  largest  of  the  Siwalik  Cervidce^  its  teeth  equalling 
in  size  those  of  the  English  Megaceros.  The  specimen  drawn  in  figure  10  is  the 
last  upper  molar  of  the  right  side  ; it  is  complete  and  about  one-third  worn  down  : 
the  form  of  the  dorsum  of  these  teeth  differs  somewhat  from  those  of  other  species 
of  Cervus i but  for  the  present,  at  least,  I retain  them  in  that  genus. 

( 65  ) 


48 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


The  crown  of  the  tooth  is  somewhat  oblong  in  shape,  with  a produced  postero- 
external angle.  On  the  inner  side  the  anterior  barrel  projects  more  inwardly  than 
the  posterior  barrel.  The  central  enamel  folds  are  large  and  very  deep,  the 
posterior  one  has  no  infold  from  the  hinder  side ; they  have  just  become  insulated 
by  wear.  In  the  valley  between  the  two  barrels,  there  is  a long  and  slender 
accessory  column,  the  summit  of  which  is  slightly  touched  by  wear ; it  is  quite 
distinct  from  the  general  dentine  surface  of  the  crown. 

The  outer  wall  of  the  fore  barrel  is  parallel  to  the  long  axis  of  the  crown ; that  of 
the  hind  barrel  is  set  obliquely ; on  the  outer  surface  {Jig.  7)  the  hind  lobe  presents 
two  conspicuous  lateral  costse,  the  posterior  of  which  forms  an  angle  beyond  the 
posterior  surface ; between  these  two  there  is  a slight  trace  of  a central  costa  ; the 
fore  lobe  shows  two  costse,  one  median,  and  one  at  the  anterior  border,  the  latter 
produced  into  an  angle ; the  costse  on  both  lobes  run  perpendicularly  to  the  base  of 
the  tooth ; the  outer  surface  of  the  hind  lobe  becomes  wider  as  it  approaches  the  base 
of  the  tooth;  the  lobes  on  this  surface  have  a general  flat  appearance.  The 
dimensions  of  this  specimen  are — 

In. 

Length  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1-33 

Width  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1-0 

The  peculiar  flatness  of  the  external  surface,  and  the  want  of  parallelism  of 
the  outer  surfaces  of  the  two  lobes,  together  with  the  presence  of  the  large  ac- 
cessory column,  distinguish  this  tooth  from  the  molars  of  any  living  species  of 
Cermis  with  which  I am  acquainted  : the  great  production  of  the  postero-external 
angle  is  also  a very  peculiar  character  of  the  specimen.  In  no  living  genera  of 
CervidcB  does  the  accessory  column  rise  to  such  a height  as  in  this  and  the  succeed- 
ing species.*'  This  column  is  absent  in  Tarandus  and  Bama  ; short  and  rudimentary 
in  Megaceros^  Alces  and  Cervus ; slightly  taller,  but  very  thin,  in  Rusa,  Rucervus 
and  Ranolia  ; and  tallest  and  thickest  of  all  in  the  Siwalik  and  Rhine  Cervidce. 

The  slight  elevation  of  the  costse  on  the  dorsum,  and  general  squareness  of  this 
surface,  distinguish  this  tooth  from  those  of  the  typical  Stags.  This  flatness,  together 
with  the  distinctness  of  the  accessory  column  from  the  barrels,  and  the  absence  of  any 
infold  on  the  posterior  side  of  the  hinder  enamel  island,  distinguish  this  tooth  from 
those  of  the  Oxen,  and  of  Hemibos  and  Amphihos ; it  is  also  distinguished  by  being 
shorter,  and  by  rapidly  narrowing  from  base  to  summit.  In  all  the  above  genera 
the  dentine  surface  of  the  column  becomes  united  with  the  general  dentine  surface 
of  the  crown,  whereas  in  Cervus  it  remains  distinct. 

The  large  lower  molar  of  a species  of  Cervus  figured  in  plate  8,  figs.  4 and  6, 
may,  I think,  have  belonged  to  an  individual  of  the  same  species  as  the  above  tooth, 
with  which  it  corresponds  in  size. 

The  tooth  is  from  the  right  ramus  of  the  mandible,  and  is  probably  the  second 
true  molar ; it  is  distinguished  from  the  lower  molars  of  any  recent  Stag  by  the 

* Cervus  giganteus  of  the  Rhine  diluvium  has  a similarly  large  accessory  column. 

( 66  ) 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


49 


great  height  of  the  crown,  and  by  the  peculiar  arrangement  of  the  flutings  on  the 
inner  surface  {jig.  4),  as  well  as  by  the  great  size  of  the  accessory  column. 

Both  of  the  central  enamel  folds  of  the  crown  have  become  completely  insula- 
ted by  wear ; the  inner  border  of  the  crown  surface  {tipper  border  of  jig.  6)  forms 
a continuous  wavy  line ; the  median  summits  of  the  inner  surfaces  of  the  barrels 
form  the  most  prominent  points  on  the  inner  border  of  the  crown  surface.  The 
accessory  column  extends  two-thirds  up  the  crown,  and  is  of  large  relative  size,  and 
placed  somewhat  internally  to  the  mouth  of  the  median  valley. 

On  the  external  surfaces  the  enamel  is  slightly  rugose  : on  the  internal  surface 
the  enamel  is  generally  smooth,  marked  here  and  there  by  dots  and  pits.  The 
length  of  the  specimen  is  I'l  inches,  and  the  width  0’8  inch ; the  height  of  the 
crown  being  1*2  inches. 


Ceuvus  triplidens,  nov.  sp.  nobis.  Plate  8,  figs.  1,  2,  5. 

This  species  from  the  Siwaliks  is  named  from  the  unusually  large  size  of  the 
accessory  column  of  the  upper  molars.  The  specimens  figured  consist  of  the 
second  and  third  molars  of  the  right  maxilla ; the  first  of  these  is  slightly  worn, 
while  the  second  is  merely  a germ,  as  yet  untouched  by  wear. 

The  teeth  are  noticeable  for  the  great  elevation  of  the  crown,  which  is  con- 
siderably higher  than  in  most  living  species  of  Deer ; the  base  of  each  tooth  has 
its  antero-posterior  diameter  rather  longer  than  the  transverse.  The  inner  surfaces 
of  the  barrels  are  broad  and  rounded,  sloping  slightly  from  the  inner  to  the  outer 
side ; a vertical  groove  runs  down  the  inner  half  of  the  posterior  side  of  the  hind 
barrel.  Between  the  barrels  there  is  a tall  and  large  accessory  column  extending 
two-thirds  up  the  crown  ; the  accessory  column  presents  a triangular  cross-section, 
and  has  a deep  vertical  groove  on  its  anterior  face ; the  innermost  edge  of  this 
column  projects  on  the  inner  side  of  the  tooth  in  advance  of  either  of  the  barrels. 
On  the  anterior  surface  of  the  tooth  there  is  a very  small  rndiment  of  a cingulum 
{not  seen  in  figure)  ; these  two  last  characters  are  constant  in  all  our  specimens. 

The  central  enamel-folds  on  the  crown-surface  are  narrow  and  shallow,  and 
would  become  completely  insulated  at  an  early  period  of  wear.  The  innermost 
dentine  surfaces  are  unsymmetrical  and  elongated.  The  outer  segments  of  the 
barrels  are  set  slightly  oblic[uely  to  the  antero-posterior  axis  of  the  tooth,  their 
anterior  costse  forming  the  most  prominent  points  on  the  outer  border  of  the 
crown. 

On  the  external  surface  {jig.  2)  the  hinder  barrel  is  divided  into  three  very 
prominent  Costse ; the  median  costa  is  by  far  the  larger  of  the  three,  and  becomes 
confluent  at  its  base  with  the  other  two ; as  it  descends  from  the  neck  of  the  tooth, 
it  rapidly  diminishes  in  width  and  bends  slightly  forwards  : deep  grooves  divide 
the  costse.  The  external  lobe  of  each  barrel  becomes  narrower  as  it  ascends  from 
the  summit  of  the  crown  to  the  neck.  The  posterior  barrel  shows  only  two  costae 

( 67  ) 


50 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


on  its  external  surface,  the  anterior  of  which  is  the  larger.  A rugose  enamel 
covers  the  whole  of  the  teeth  : the  dimensions  are  as  follows  : — 


In. 

Length  of  two  molars  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1’8 

Length  of  second  molar  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  0*8 

Width  of  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  0-95 

Height  of  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  I’l 

Width  of  third  molar  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  I'O 

Height  of  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1-25 


Other  specimens  in  the  Museum  are  slightly  larger. 

The  upper  molars  of  the  present  species  are  distinguished  from  those  of  the 
preceding  by  the  absence  of  the  produced  postero-external  angle  ; by  the  presence 
of  the  prominent  costse  and  grooves ; by  the  outer  surface  of  the  lobes  becoming 
narrower  at  the  base  instead  of  wider ; by  the  presence  of  the  small  cingulum  on 
the  anterior  surface  ; and  by  the  presence  of  the  groove  on  the  accessory  column. 

The  tall  accessory  column  distinguishes  the  teeth  from  those  of  the  European 
Deer. 

Erom  the  Indian  Musa  and  Rucervus,  the  present  teeth  are  distinguished  by 
the  antero-posterior  diameter  being  longer  and  the  transverse  diameter  shorter  : 
by  the  greater  height  of  the  crown ; by  the  larger  size  of  the  accessory  column ; 
and  by  the  larger  size  and  curving  of  the  median  costae  on  the  outer  surfaces  of 
the  lobes. 

The  lower  molars  figured  in  plate  8,  fig*  5,  may,  I think,  possibly  belong 
to  this  species ; the  specimen  contains  the  two  last  molars  of  the  right  side  : both 
of  them  are  complete,  and  in  an  excellent  state  of  preservation. 

The  ultimate  molar,  as  usual,  is  composed  of  three  barrels,  the  last  of  which 
is  of  relatively  large  size,  though  still  smaller  than  either  of  the  anterior  barrels  ; 
the  inner  boundary  of  the  crown  runs  parallel  to  the  long  axis  of  the  tooth,  so 
that  in  the  barrels  the  median  costa  becomes  the  most  prominent  point  along  the 
whole  inner  border  of  the  tooth.  The  external  surfaces  of  the  tooth  are  bluntly 
rounded  off  and  rise  almost  vertically  from  the  neck  to  the  summit  of  the  crown ; 
the  median  valley  between  the  barrels  extends  far  into  the  centre  of  the  crown ; 
at  the  base  of  the  entrance  into  the  external  valley  there  is  a very  small  accessory 
tubercle.  The  central  enamel-folds  are  completely  insulated*  by  wear ; the  folds 
are  of  large  size,  constructed  in  the  middle  and  swelling  out  at  either  end.  At 
the  antero-external  angle  of  the  first  barrel  there  is  a loop  formed  in  the  enamel, 
and  a consequent  ridge  and  groove  at  this  part  of  the  external  surface  of  the  tooth ; 
the  anterior  boundary  of  the  crown-surface  runs  at  right  angles  to  the  long  axis 
of  the  tooth.  The  third  lobe  is  connected  by  a narrow  isthmus  with  the  second. 

On  the  inner  surface  the  barrels  are  separated  from  each  other  by  a deep 
vertical  groove  : the  anterior  barrel  has  a very  prominent  median  costa,  and  a faintly 
marked  costa  on  either  side ; the  second  lobe  has  the  prominent  and  tall  median  costa, 
( 68  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


51 


and  a second  costa  on  tlie  posterior  border  only : the  third  lobe  has  no  dis- 
tinct costa. 

The  first  molar  is  similar  to  the  first  two  lobes  of  the  last  tooth.  The  whole 
of  the  surface  of  the  teeth  is  coated  with  a finely  rugose  enamel,  something  like 
that  of  Camelopardalis.  The  teeth  are  considerably  larger  than  those  of  the 
Samhar,  with  which  their  measurements  are  compared  below ; those  of  the  Samlar 
being  in  the  second  column  : — 

, In.  In. 

Length  of  last  molar  ...  ...  ...  ...  1'4  1*25 

Length  of  penultimate  molar  ...  ...  ...  ...  1*0  0*9  ^ 

Width  of  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  0*7  0*6 

The  teeth  are  distinguished  from  those  of  the  Samhar  and  Barasingha  by 
their  outer  surface  being  perfectly  parallel  to  their  long  axis,  instead  of  each  barrel 
being  set  slightly  obliquely  to  this ; they  are  further  distinguished  by  the  very 
small  size  of  the  accessory  tubercles  and  by  the  roughness  of  the  enamel. 

The  parallelism  of  the  outer  surface  to  the  long  axis  of  the  tooth  is  a character 
these  teeth  possess  in  common  with  Cervus  elepTias  of  Europe,*  from  which  they 
are  distinguished  by  the  bluntness  of  the  inner  surfaces  of  the  barrels,  the  small 
accessory  tubercles,  and  the  prominent  ridge  at  the  antero-external  angle. 

It  is  only  in  regard  to  size  that  these  lower  molars  agree  with  the  upper 
molars  of  C.  triplidens  ; the  absence  in  the  lower  molars  of  the  accessory  column 
is  a great  point  of  difference,  and  they  may  eventually  have  to  be  referred  to  a 
fourth  species  of  Siwalik  Cervus. 


Cervus  simplicidens,  non.  sp.  nohis.  Plate  8,  fig.  3. 

This  third  species  of  Siwalik  Cervus  is  founded  upon  another  type  of  upper 
molars,  of  which  two  are  given  in  the  above  figure.  These  teeth  are  the  last  two 
molars  of  the  left  side,  and  have  but  just  been  touched  by  wear.  The  general 
form  of  the  teeth  is  very  near  to  those  of  the  living  Rucervus  duvaucelUi^  and 
very  different  from  those  of  both  the  species  described  above.  The  crowns  are 
tall  and  somewhat  slender,  the  inner  surfaces  sloping  away  from  the  inner  to  the 
outer  side.  The  outer  surfaces  of  both  barrels  are  set  nearly  parallel  to  the 
antero-posterior  axis  of  the  crown ; the  antero-external  angle  of  each  barrel  being 
the  most  prominent  points  on  the  outer  border,  but  neither  of  them  more  promi- 
nent than  the  other.  The  innermost  summits  of  the  barrels  are  extended  antero- 
posteriorly. 

The  median  valley  on  the  inner  side  extends  for  a long  distance  between  the 
barrels ; at  the  entrance  to  this  valley  there  is  a very  small  accessory  tubercle, 
less  than  a quarter  of  an  inch  in  height,  and  never  forming  a part  of  the  worn- 
crown  surface ; it  is  placed  in  the  valley  considerably  further  in  than  the  bases 
of  the  barrels. 


( 69  ) 


52 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 


On  the  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces  of  the  teeth  there  is  a semi-vertical 
fold  or  ridge  of  enamel,  looking  like  the  commencement  of  a cingulum ; on  the 
external  surface  the  form  of  the  teeth  is  similar  to  that  of  the  tooth  of  Cervus 
triplidens  described  above.  The  enamel  is  slightly  rugose.  The  measurements  of 
the  specimen  are  given  below 

In. 

Length  of  two  molars  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1*7 

Length  of  last  molar  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  0*9 

Width  of  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  0'9 

The  teeth  are  distinguished  from  those  of  Cervus  triplidens  by  the  small  size 
of  the  accessory  tubercle  and  its  position  far  within  the  median  valley,  by  the 
squareness  of  the  crown,  and  by  the  smaller  obliquity  of  the  external  halves  of  the 
barrels  to  the  antero-posterior  axis  of  the  tooth. 

The  present  molars  approach  somewhat  in  general  form  to  those  of  the  living 
Mucervus  duvaucellii ; they  are,  however,  distinguished  by  the  smaller  degree  of 
obliquity  of  the  outer  surfaces  of  the  barrels  to  one  another^  and  to  the  antero- 
posterior axis  of  the  tooth ; they  are  also  distinguished  by  the  presence  of  the 
enamel  folds  on  the  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces. 

Genus  Listriodon,  jH.  von  Meyer. 

The  occurrence  of  this  genus  in  the  Indian  Tertiaries  was  first  announced  by 
me  in  my  paper  on  Indian  Fossil  Mammalia  (“  Rec.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ind.,  vol.  ZX, 
pt.  3) ; the  specimens  on  which  this  identification  was  made  are  now  for  the  first 
time  figured  and  described ; the  genus  was  originally  founded  on  specimens  of  the 
molars  from  the  Molasse  of  Switzerland ; a description  of  these  teeth  is  given  in 
Dunker’s  “ Palseontographica”  (1874,  page  and  plate  VII,  fig.  71).  The  first 
of  the  Indian  specimens  is  the  same  as  that  referred  by  Falconer  to  the  genus 
Tapiriis  (“  Ral.  Mem.fi  vol.  I,  p.  415),  and  to  which  he  assigned  the  name  of  Tapirus 
pentapotamice : on  the  authority  of  this  specimen  the  genus  Tapirus  is  introduced 
by  Mr.  Wallace  among  the  Fossil  Siwalik  Mammalia.* 

The  second  specimen  was  brought  from  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Panjab  by 
Mr.  Theobald,  and  was,  from  its  similarity  to  Falconer’s  wrongly-named  specimen,  at 
first  referred  by  me  to  Tapirus.  The  only  fossil  from  India  that  has  been  described 
as  Tapirus,  besides  the  above,  is  a portion  of  the  symphysis  of  a mandible  from 
Burma  {Clift : ‘‘  Trans.  Geol.  Soc.,  Lon.fi  Sec.  Ser.,  vol.  II) ; this  may  very  probably 
have  belonged  to  the  present  genus. 

Listriodon  pentapotamijd,  Falc.  sp.  PI.  8,  figs.  8,  9. 

The  first  of  the  two  specimens  {fig.  8)  is  the  above-mentioned  specimen  of 
Falconer’s  (now  in  the  Indian  Museum)  from  the  Tertiary  beds  of  Kushalghar  near 


( 70  ) 


* Distribution  of  Animals,  vol.  I,  p.  1 22. 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 


53 


Attock.  The  specimen  is  from  the  right  side  of  the  upper  jaw,  and  is  either  the  second 
or  third  true  molar.  The  crown  of  the  tooth  is  nearly  square ; the  summits  of  the 
ridges  are  slightly  abraded  by  oblique  surfaces  of  wear,  and  there  is  a disc  of 
pressure  on  both  fore  and  hinder  surfaces. 

The  crown  is  raised  into  two  parallel  transverse  ridges  of  nearly  equal  size ; 
these  ridges  are  separated  by  a deep  intervening  valley,  which  extends  completely 
across  the  tooth,  and  which  slopes  on  the  outer  side  quite  down  to  the  base,  with- 
out any  trace  of  a longitudinal  wall  connecting  the  two  ridges.  The  posterior 
surfaces  of  the  ridges  are  concave,  and  the  anterior  ridges  slightly  convex ; the  worn 
surfaces  on  their  summits  slope  towards  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  tooth.  From 
the  internal  summit  of  the  anterior  ridge  a wide  ledge  curves  across  the  anterior 
surface  of  the  tooth  to  the  internal  extremity  of  the  ridge ; a smaller  and  nearly 
horizontal  ledge  joins  the  former  at  the  antero-internal  angle  of  the  crown  ; another 
waving  and  slightly  cuspidate  ledge,  bounding  a hollow,  runs  along  the  whole  of  the 
posterior  surface  of  the  tooth,  and  there  is  a small  and  blunted  tubercle  at  both 
extremities  of  the  median  transverse  valley ; these  ledges  and  tubercles  may  be 
considered  as  an  incomplete  cingulum.  The  measurements  of  the  specimen  are  as 
follows : — 


In. 

Length 

...  0-82 

Width  of  anterior  surface 

... 

...  0-80 

Ditto  of  posterior  ditto 

...  0-80 

The  form  of  the  tooth,  as  pointed  out  by  H.  von  Meyer,  differs  from  that  of 
Tapirus  and  LopModon,  in  that  the  transverse  valley  extends  completely  across  the 
crown,  and  that,  consequently,  the  longitudinal  outer  wall  connecting  the  transverse 
ridges  of  the  molars  of  the  latter  genera  is  wanting.  The  teeth,  were  it  not  for 
their  square  form,  might  be  mistaken  for  the  lower  molars  of  Tapirus  ; they  are  of 
the  simplest  form  of  structure  that  occurs  in  any  genus  of  this  group  of  Mammalia. 
In  certain  upper  molars  of  Lophiodon,  figured  by  De  Blainville  {Osteographie  Atlas 
vol.  IV,  plate  Chceropotamus),  the  longitudinal  outer  wall  is  nearly  absent,  and  the 
teeth  ought,  perhaps,  to  be  referred  to  the  present  genus. 

The  tooth  differs  from  the  upper  molar  of  Listriodon  from  the  Swiss  Molasse, 
in  that  the  ledges  or  cingula  are  not  crenulated,  and  that  the  anterior  of  these  is 
confined  to  the  anterior  surface,  and  does  not  extend  round  the  outer  extremity  of 
the  ridge  to  the  median  valley  as  in  the  European  form. 

The  upper  molars  of  this  genus  resemble  in  form  the  upper  molars  of  Dino~ 
therium,  while  those  of  Tapirus  resemble  the  premolars  of  Dinotherium  ; the  latter 
genus  is  remarkable  for  having  its  premolars  more  complex  than  its  molars ; the 
lower  molars  of  Idstriodon  are  very  like  those  of  Tapirus. 

The  teeth  of  this  genus  may  be  considered  as  transitional  forms  between  the 
bunodont  type  of  Tetraeondon  (infra)  and  the  lopJiodont  type  of  Tapirus ; in  the 
present  genus  the  two  pairs  of  outer  and  inner  cones  of  the  tetraconodont  form  are 

( 71  ) 


64 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


connected  by  transverse  ridges,  while  in  Tapirm  and  its  allies,  the  two  outer  cones 
are  also  connected  by  a longitudinal  ridge.  In  this  manner  a transition  is  effected 
from  the  simple  bunodont  form  through  the  lopJiodont  to  the  selonadont  type  of 
the  Ruminants. 

The  second  upper  molar  of  this  species  figured  {dg.  9)  is  from  the  Potwar 
district  of  the  Panjab;  like  the  preceding  specimen,  this  also  is  from  the  right 
maxilla ; the  form  of  the  two  teeth  is  similar,  but  the  present  specimen  is  rather  the 
smaller  of  the  two;  its  dimensions  are  as  follows  : — 

In. 

Length  ...  ...  ...  ...  0’81 

Width  at  anterior  end  ...  ...  ...  0’75 

Ditto  posterior  end  ...  ...  ...  0*74- 

Genus  Dinotherium,  Kaiip. 

This  genus  was  first  introduced  to  the  Indian  Eossil  Eauna  by  Ealconer  from 
a specimen  of  a portion  of  a first  lower  molar  and  of  a lower  jaw  discovered  in 
Perim  Island  (“  JPalceontological  Memoirs,^'  vol.  I,  p.  396) ; the  species  was  named 
by  Ealconer  Dinotherium  indicum.  Subsequently,  the  same  naturalist  identified 
two  other  molar  teeth  from  near  Attock  (“  Pal.  ml.  7,  p.  414)  as  belonging 

to  the  same  genus ; in  the  note  on  these  specimens  in  the  “ Paleontological 
Memoirs”  no  specific  name  was  assigned  to  them,  though  they  were  considered  to 
be  of  too  small  a size  to  have  belonged  to  B.  {perimense)  indicum;  these  specimens 
are  now  in  the  Indian  Museum ; they  are  ticketed  with  labels  in  Ealconer’s  hand- 
writing bearing  the  name  of  7).  pentapotamice,  which  name  I have  accordingly 
adopted.  Other  specimens  have  been  obtained  by  Mr.  Eedden  from  Sind  and  Kach, 
and  are  figured  in  the  present  paper.  All  these  specimens  seem  to  belong  to  the 
same  species,  which  was  much  smaller  than  D.  indicum  or  any  European  form ; 
it  is  unfortunate  that  the  Perim  Island  species  is  only  known  by  the  above- 
mentioned  fragmentary  tooth  and  lower  jaw,  in  the  latter  of  which  the  crowns  of 
the  molars  have  all  been  broken  off,  so  that  comparison  between  the  teeth  of  that 
species  and  of  7).  pentapotamice  is  impossible.  In  the  collection  sent  to  the  Asiatic 
Society  of  Bengal  by  Captain  Eulljames  from  Perim,  there  were  certain  molar 
teeth  which  were  conjectured  to  belong  to  LopModon : Dr.  Ealconer  suggested  these 
might  also  belong  to  Dinotherium  Pal.  Mem.”  vol.  I,  p.  397).  Unfortunately,  I 
am  quite  unable  to  discover  what  has  become  of  these  fossils. 


Dinotherium  pentapotami^,  Pale,  et  nobis,  PI.  9,  figs.  1 to  5. 

The  first  of  the  Attock  specimens  {fig.  1)  noticed  by  Dr.  Ealconer  is  “ the 
penultimate  or  first  premolar,  upper  jaw,  right  side ; at  least  this  is  inferred  from 
its  form  and  an  obscure  disc  of  pressure  on  the  posterior  side,  and  from  there  being 
( 72  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


55 


no  disc  of  pressure  in  front.”  Dr.  Ealconer  might  have  added  that  the  present  tooth 
is  at  once  distinguished  from  the  second  premolar  by  the  outer  ridge  not  being 
cleft  by  a transverse  valley,  and  by  the  posterior  tubercle  being  separated  by  a deep 
longitudinal  valley  from  the  outer  ridge. 

The  crown  of  the  tooth  is  approximately  square  ; the  tooth  was  inserted  into 
the  jaw  by  three  fangs,  two  very  large  ones  at  the  outer  angles,  and  a smaller  one 
placed  on  the  inner  border  at  the  angle  between  the  two  former.  The  outer  side  of 
the  crown  is  raised  into  a longitudinal  ridge,  rising  vertically  on  the  outer  side,  and 
sloping  gradually  on  the  inner  side ; the  ridge  is  slightly  convex  antero-posteriorly ; its 
enamel  is  rounded  off  on  its  summit,  but  is  not  cut  through  by  wear.  The  inner 
side  of  the  crown  has  two  mammilloid  tubercles,  of  which  the  anterior  is  the  larger 
and  higher ; the  enamel  of  the  latter  is  slightly  cut  through  by  wear ; the  posterior 
tubercle  is  only  rounded  off ; a wide  longitudinal  valley,  which  is  deepest  at  the 
posterior  extremity,  divides  the  two  tubercles  from  the  outer  ridge ; the  transverse 
valley  between  the  tubercles  is  very  narrow.  The  cingulum  surrounds  three  sides 
of  the  crown ; it  is  entirely  wanting  on  the  outer  side ; its  margin  is  irregularly 
crenulated ; it  is  much  the  widest  on  the  anterior  side ; on  the  inner  side  it  becomes 
very  slight  on  the  surfaces  of  the  tubercles  ; between  the  tubercles  it  forms  a cleft 
ridge  blocking  the  entrance  to  the  transverse  valley. 

The  specimen  is  distinguished  by  its  much  smaller  size  from  any  of  the 
European  species;  from  the  first  premolar  of  D.  giganteum  and  D.  cuvieri,  it  is 
distinguished  by  the  following  points  : the  antero-posterior  valley  is  very  much 
deeper  and  wider  in  the  Indian  form,  rendering  thereby  the  inner  tubercles  more 
completely  conical ; the  posterior  tubercle  is  mammilliform  in  the  Indian  form, 
whereas  it  is  elongated  transversely  in  the  European  form ; in  the  latter  the 
cingulum  forms  a much  more  regular  rim  round  the  three  sides  of  the  crown ; there 
is  a distinct  ledge  instead  of  a mere  wavy  line  on  the  inner  surfaces  of  the  tubercles, 
and  consequently  the  portion  of  the  cingulum  at  the  entrance  to  the  transverse 
valley  does  not  project  in  advance  of  the  rest,  as  in  the  Indian  form ; further,  the 
centre  of  the  outer  ridge  is  slightly  hollowed  in  the  European  form. 

The  measurements  of  the  first  premolar  of  D.  giganteum  are  compared  below 


with  those  of  the  present  specimen  i— 

European. 

Indian. 

Antero-posterior  diameter,  outer  edge 

3*4 

2-3 

Ditto  ditto  inner  ditto 

2-75 

1-6 

Transverse  diameter 

3-1 

2-1 

The  second  of  the  Attock  specimens  {jig.  2)  is  the  first  true  molar  of  the  right 
side  of  the  upper  jaw ; it  probably  belonged  to  the  same  individual  as  the  last 
specimen ; its  position  in  the  upper  molar  series  is  determined  by  its  possessing 
three  transverse  ridges,  whereas  the  succeeding  molars  are  simple,  having  only  two 
ridges  (a  very  rare  condition  in  the  teeth  of  mammalia)  ; that  the  specimen  belongs 
to  the  upper  jaw  is  inferred  by  its  having  a cingulum  or  talon  ridge  at  both  ends, 

( 73  ) 


56 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


whereas  the  corresponding  molar  of  the  lower  jaw  has  a talon-ridge  at  the  posterior 
end  only. 

The  crown  is  oblong,  hearing  three  nearly  parallel  transverse  ridges ; the  median 
ridge  has  been  somewhat  broken ; the  two  anterior  ridges  have  been  considerably 
worn,  and  show  pyriform  dentine  surfaces;  the  large  extremity  of  these  surfaces  is 
on  the  inner  side ; the  hindmost  ridge  is  only  slightly  touched  by  wear ; the  plane 
of  wear  slopes  obliquely  towards  the  anterior  side  of  the  tooth.  All  the  three 
ridges  are  concave  posteriorly  and  convex  anteriorly ; they  are  raised  into  promi- 
nences at  both  inner  and  outer  extremities.  Along  the  whole  of  the  anterior  side  of 
the  tooth,  there  is  a wide  talon-ridge  or  cingulum,  with  a valley  at  its  hinder 
border  : on  the  posterior  surface  of  the  tooth  there  is  a smaller  crenulated  cingulum, 
occupying  the  concavity  of  the  hindmost  ridge  : on  the  inner  border  of  the  tooth 
there  is  a small  tubercle  at  the  entrance  to  the  transverse  valley  between  the  first 
and  second  ridges ; a similar  tubercle,  when  the  tooth  was  perfect,  probably  occupied 
the  corresponding  space  in  the  second  valley ; there  is  no  trace  of  any  cingulum 
on  the  inner  surfaces  of  the  ridges.  Except  in  its  much  smaller  size,  the  form  of 
the  tooth  is  very  similar  to  the  first  upper  molar  of  D.  giganteum  ; the  latter,  how- 
ever, has  a slight  cingulum  on  its  inner  surface.  Below  the  dimensions  of  the 
Indian  and  European  specimens  are  compared  : — ■ 

European.  Indian. 

Antero-posterior  diameter  ...  ...  ...  4iT  375 

Transverse  ditto  first  ridge...  ...  ...  3-3  3-4 

Ditto  ditto  last  ditto...  ...  ...  3-65  3T 

Dr.  Ealconer  compared  this  specimen  with  the  third  milk  molar  of  the  European 
species ; from  its  being  associated  with  a premolar,  there  can,  however,  he  no  doubt 
but  that  this  specimen  belongs  to  the  permanent  and  not  to  the  deciduous  series ; 
and  therefore  that  it  should  be  compared  with  the  large  permanent  first  molar  of  the 
European  series. 

The  broken  specimen  {Jig.  4)  is  also  the  first  upper  molar  of  the  right  side ; it 
is  from  Kach,  and  is  precisely  similar  to  the  Attock  specimen ; the  specimen  shows 
the  two  hinder  ridges  and  the  tubercle  of  the  first  valley. 

The  large  tooth  in  the  centre  of  the  plate  {Jig.  3)  is  also  from  Kach,  and  was 
collected  by  Mr.  Eedden ; it  is  the  second  upper  molar  of  the  right  side ; from  its 
size  I make  no  doubt  but  that  it  belonged  to  the  same  species  as  the  preceding 
specimens.  The  tooth  has  four  fangs  ; the  crown  is  nearly  square  and  carries  two 
transverse  ridges  convex  anteriorly  and  concave  posteriorly  ; the  anterior  ridge  has 
its  enamel  worn  through  at  both  extremities,  the  posterior  ridge  has  the  enamel  only 
obliquely  abraded  by  wear.  The  median  transverse  valley  is  partly  blocked  at  its 
outer  extremity  by  a low  wall  connecting  the  two  ridges ; at  its  inner  extremity  it 
has  a large  tubercle,  flat  internally  and  convex  externally ; at  the  anterior  end  of 
the  tooth  there  is  a wide  cingulum  or  talon-ridge,  raised  into  prominences  at  either 
( 74  ) 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA. 


57 


end ; at  the  posterior  end  there  is  a small  cingulum  occupying  the  base  of  the  con- 
cavity of  the  second  ridge,  and  a second  smaller  prominence  below  the  outer 
extremity  of  the  same  ridge. 

Besides  its  smaller  size,  the  tooth  is  distinguished  from  the  second  molar  of 
J).  giganteum  by  the  greater  concavity  of  the  posterior  surface  of  the  second  ridge, 
and  by  the  consequently  greater  prominence  of  the  cingulum ; the  tubercle  in  the 
median  valley  is  also  larger ; the  anterior  cingulum  is  raised  into  prominences 
instead  of  being  level ; and  the  transverse  valley  is  blocked  at  the  outer  side  instead 
of  being  quite  free.  The  dimensions  of  the  two  teeth  are  given  below : — 


European. 

Indian. 

Antero-posterior  diameter  ... 

3-90 

2-70 

Transverse  diameter  of  first  ridge  ... 

3-65 

2-45 

Ditto  ditto  of  second  ditto 

3-55 

2-30 

Greatest  height  of  crown 

2-05 

1-50 

The  last  specimen  {fig.  5)  is  a portion  of  a first  molar  of  the  left  ramus  of  the 
mandible.  The  specimen  is  from  Sind,  and  contains  the  first  and  second  ridges 
only,  the  third  having  been  broken  off ; its  position  in  the  series  is  determined  by 
its  being  three-ridged,  and  it  is  seen  to  belong  to  the  lower  jaw  by  the  absence  of 
any  cingulum  at  the  anterior  end.  The  inner  side  of  the  second  ridge  has  the 
enamel  worn  through  at  one  spot ; the  valley  between  the  first  and  second  ridges  is 
very  shallow,  and  deepest  at  its  extremities ; the  anterior  ridge  is  very  short  and 
raised  into  a tubercle  at  its  centre. 

From  its  small  size  there  can  he  no  doubt  but  that  the  tooth  belongs  to  the 
same  species  as  the  previous  specimens.  The  dimensions  of  this  specimen  are 
given  below,  viz. : — 

In. 

Length  of  fragment  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  2'05 

Width  of  first  ridge  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1'60 

Ditto  of  second  ditto...  ...  ...  ...  ...  2-05 

The  width  of  the  base  of  the  crown  of  the  corresponding  molar  of  the  Perini 
Island  jaw  is  2*9  inches,  showing  that  the  teeth  of  that  species  were  very  consi- 
derably larger  than  the  present  specimens.  A last  upper  molar,  a first  lower  molar, 
and  fragments  of  other  molars  of  a species  of  Dinotherium  are  figured  by  Professor 
H.  von  Meyer  in  the  German  “ Palseontographica”  {vol.  XV,  pi.  3) ; these  speci- 
mens were  collected  by  the  Messrs.  Schlagintweit  at  Kushalghar ; the  teeth  corre- 
spond in  form  with  the  present  specimens,  and  doubtless  belonged  to  the  same 
species ; the  last  upper  molar  is,  as  would  be  expected,  rather  larger  than  the 
penultimate  tooth  figured  here;  the  lower  molar  corresponds  in  size  with  the 
present  specimens ; the  cingula  in  the  German  specimens  are  rather  more  crenu- 
lated  than  in  ours. 


( 75  ) 


68 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


Genus  Sanitherium,  E.  von  Meyer. 

In  my  paper  on  Tertiary  Mammals^'  above  quoted  this  genus  was  unfortunately 
omitted  from  the  list  of  Indian  forms ; it  was  provisionally  established  by  Professor 
von  Meyer  in  1866  for  the  reception  of  some  small  molar  teeth  of  a Suine  animal 
Falceontogra'phica,’’  vol.  XV,  15)  collected  by  the  Messrs.  Schlagintweit  at 
Kushalghar.  On  comparing  these  figures  with  the  specimen  of  the  lower  molar  of 
Sus  ^nisillus  of  Ealconer  in  the  Indian  Museum,  I found  the  two  were  identical. 
Although  Ealconer’s  specimen  was  named  in  manuscript  before  1866,  the  name  was 
not  published  till  1868  in  the  “ Palaeontological  Memoirs.”  Professor  H.  von  Meyer’s 
specific  name  {S.  schlagintweitii),  therefore,  must  stand.  I may  here  add  that  in 
the  same  paper  Professor  von  Meyer  has  described  another  species  of  Equus 
{E.  ‘primigenins)  from  the  Kushalghar  beds,  and  from  the  lower  Siwaliks  of  N urpfir 
in  Chamba : the  species  is  distinct  from  either  E.  sivalensis,  or  Eippotlierium  antilo- 
pinum ; the  existence  of  this  third  species,  common  to  European  and  American 
tertiaries,  is  another  proof  of  the  distinctness  of  the  Mammalian  fauna  of  these  beds, 
from  that  of  the  upper  typical  Siwaliks  of  Ealconer;  the  Nurpiir  beds  from  which 
also  Ampliicyon  was  derived  being  at  the  very  base  of  the  Siwaliks. 

Sanitherium  schlagintweitii,  E.  von  Meyer.  Plate  9,  figs.  6 to  9. 

Of  this  species  I have  copied  two  of  Professor  Von  Meyer’s  figures  {^^Ealceonto- 
grapMca,'^  vol.  XV,  pi.  II,  Jigs.  9,  10)  (figs.  6 and  7),  and  have  added  two  figures  of 
Ealconer’s  specimen  {Sus  pusillus)  (figs.  8 and  9).  A translation  of  Professor  von 
Meyer’s  description  of  his  specimen  is  as  follows  “ The  fragment  represented 
belongs  to  the  left  ramus  of  the  mandible,  and  contains  a complete  tooth,  probably  the 
penultimate  molar,  with  the  first  lobe  of  the  last  molar.  The  former  tooth  has  a length 
of  O’Oll  mm.,  and  has  its  anterior  lobe  considerably  worn  down  ; its  greatest  width 
is  0'008  mm.  Erom  each  of  the  main  tubercles  of  the  transverse  ridges  of  the 
crown  a projection  runs  down  to  its  postero-internal  angle ; this  projection  is  well 
seen  on  the  anterior  one  of  the  outer  tubercles.  Between  the  transverse  ridges  there 
is  an  accessory  tubercle  ; besides  this  there  is  a distinct  talon-ridge  on  both  anterior 
and  posterior  surfaces,  and  on  the  outer  surface  a crenulated  cingulum,  while  the 
antero- external  main  tubercle  is  connected  with  the  anterior  talon-ridge  ; this  con- 
dition is  well  seen  on  the  fragment  of  the  last  molar.  The  animal  was  about  half 
the  size  of  Sus  hysudricus,  and  there  is  no  mention  of  such  an  animal  in  the  “ Eauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  or  elsewhere  in  papers  on  Asia. 

“ The  teeth  remind  us  of  those  of  Cheer opotamus,  but  are  smaller ; they  are  also 
related  to  those  of  Eyracotherium,  and  are  of  nearly  the  same  size;  the  lower  molars 
of  this  genus  are,  however,  not  known  to  me ; besides,  there  are  other  Siiince,  such  as 
Eeccari,  Bahirusa,  Eyolherium,  8fC.,  which,  however,  have  very  distinct  accessory 
tubercles,  and  which  lack  the  crenulated  cingulum  on  the  lower  molars. 


( 76  ) 


Rec.,  Gcol.  Surv.,  lud.,  vol.  ix.,  pt.  3. 


MOLAH  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


69 


“ These  fragments  may,  therefore,  be  considered  as  belonging  to  a new  species ; 
to  determine  the  genus  with  accuracy,  these  fragments  are  not  suthcient : assuming 
the  genus  to  be  new,  I propose  the  name  of  Sanitlierium  (Sani : an  Indian  goddess) 
with  the  specific  name  of  its  discoverers.” 

The  specimen  in  the  Indian  Museum  {jigs.  6 and  7)  from  the  same  locality  as 
the  above  shows  the  two  hindmost  lobes  of  the  last  molar  of  the  right  side  of  the 
mandible ; the  alveolus  of  the  anterior  lobe  is  also  shown.  The  tooth  is  very  slightly 
worn ; it  is  constructed  on  the  general  type  of  the  teeth  of  Suina,  showing  a narrow 
and  shallow  antero-posterior  valley,  and  deeper  transverse  valleys,  so  that  the 
summit  of  the  crown  forms  transverse  ridges  divided  into  tubercles  at  the  outer  and 
inner  extremities ; there  is  an  irregular  accessory  tubercle  in  the  centre  of  the 
transverse  valleys ; and  the  extremities  of  the  main  tubercles  are  irregularly  defined ; 
the  crenulated  cingulum  on  the  inner  surface  does  not  extend  to  the  hindmost  lobe ; 
the  outer  tubercle  of  the  first  ridge  has  long  projections  from  each  of  its  internal 
angles.  The  plane  of  wear  slopes  very  obliquely  from  within  outwards  ; the  enamel 
is  slightly  wrinkled.  The  dimensions  of  the  specimen  are  as  follows  : — 

In. 

Length  of  last  molar  ...  ...  ...  ...  0’68 

Width  of  second  ridge  ...  ...  ...  ...  0-31 

Probable  depth  of  jaw  ...  ...  ...  ...0'75 

The  teeth  of  this  animal  are  distinguished  from  those  of  Stis  by  the  greater 
simplicity  and  distinctness  of  the  main  tubercles,  and  consequently  by  the  bound- 
aries of  the  dentine  surfaces  of  the  worn-crown  being  less  contorted ; by  the 
tubercle  in  the  transverse  valley  being  less  distinct  and  smaller ; by  the  hinder  lobe 
being  larger  and  taller  in  proportion  to  the  others  ; by  the  plane  of  wear  being  con- 
siderably more  oblique ; and,  lastly,  by  the  presence  of  the  cingulum. 

The  lower  molars  of  Ryracotherium  are  at  once  distinguished  from  the  present 
specimens  by  their  higher  tubercles,  more  open  transverse  valley,  without  any 
central  tubercle,  and  absence  of  cingulum. 

The  lower  molars  of  Chcerotherium  and  Acotliermm  have  simple  conical  tuber- 
cles with  very  wide  and  open  valleys,  no  accessory  tubercles,  and  no  continuous 
cingulum ; those  of  Hyotherium  have  the  outer  tubercles  concave  on  the  inner  side, 
and  the  inner  tubercles  simple,  and  with  no  cingulum. 

The  lower  molars  of  Chceropotamus  also  have  the  outer  tubercles  concave  on 
their  inner  side  ; and  the  two  pairs  of  tubercles  are  separated  by  a much  wider  and 
deeper  longitudinal  valley,  so  that  the  worn  dentine  surfaces  would  not  be  united 
till  the  crown  was  nearly  completely  abraded  away : finally,  the  cingulum  is  not 
crenulated,  and  does  not  extend  on  to  the  anterior  lobe. 

The  lower  molars  of  Rhagatherium  and  Hyopotanms  have  an  approach  to  the 
form  of  the  teeth  of  Ruminants,  and  are  therefore  widely  different  from  the  present 
specimens. 

In  the  living  Reccari  and  Balnrusa  the  lower  molars  have  no  crenulated 
cingulum,  and  the  third  lobe  of  the  last  molar  is  much  smaller  in  proportion  to  the 
others  than  in  the  present  specimens. 


( 77  ) 


60 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


E’rom  the  above  comparisons  there  can,  I think,  be  no  doubt  as  to  the  validity 
of  Professor  Meyer’s  genus  Sanitherium : I have  not  found  among  our  Indian  collec- 
tions any  specimens  which  I can  refer  to  the  upper  molars  of  this  genus.  This  genus, 
with  the  addition  of  the  next,  gives  the  following  list  of  Suina  from  the  Tertiaries  of 
India,  a list  equal  in  extent  to  that  of  the  fossil  Proboscidian  fauna  of  India,  viz, : — 

SUID^. 

Sus  giganteus. 

Stis  hysudricus. 

Anthracothbrid^  . 

Anthrac other um  {Chceromeryx)  silistrense. 

Hippopotamidjs. 

Hexaprotodon  sivalense. 

Hexaprotodon  iravadicim. 

Tetraconodontid^. 

Teiraconodon  magnum 

HippoJiyus  connects  the  Figs  with  Hippopotamus,  and  Sanitherium  with  the 
A nthracotheridce  : Merycopotmius  is  a link  between  Hippopotamus  and  Hyopotamus, 
and  so  joins  on  with  the  Buminantia ; while  Teiraconodon  presents  affinities  in  its 
molar  teeth  with  Anthracotherium,  and  diverges  from  all  other  genera  in  its  gigantic 
premolars ; it  is  a difficult  question  to  decide  whether  Merycopotamus  should  be  put 
into  the  same  family  as  Hyopotamus  {Anthracotheridrs) , with  which  it  is  so  closely 
united  by  the  form  of  the  molars,  or  whether  with  the  Hippopotamidm,  with  which 
it  is  connected  by  many  points  of  its  anatomy,  most  notably  by  the  peculiar  form 
of  the  lower  jaw.  Teiraconodon  should,  I think,  without  doubt  be  placed  in  a 
distinct  family. 


Hippohyus  sivalensis. 
Sanitherium  Schlagintweitii. 

Merycopotamus  dissimilis. 

Hexaprotodon  namadictm. 
Tetraprotodon  palaindieum. 


Genus  Teteaconodon,  ’Falconer. 

This  genus  of  Hippopoiamoid  Ungulates  was  formed  by  the  late  Dr.  Falconer 
on  the  evidence  of  a portion  of  a lower  jaw  containing  the  ultimate  and  penultimate 
molars ; the  specimen  was  found  by  Messrs.  Baker  and  Durand  in  Siwalik  strata 
between  the  Markanda  Pass  and  Pinjdr  ; it  was  figured  by  them  in  the  Asiatic 
Researches”  {ml,  XIX,  pi.  6,  fig.  2) ; the  figure  has  been  copied  in  the  “ Palae- 
ontological Memoirs”  {vol.  l,p.  150,^^.  5)  to  illustrate  Dr.  Falconer’s  memoirs  on 
the  specimen ; in  this  memoir  the  specimen  is  described  as  being  the  right  upper 
jaw ; this  is  the  more  strange,  as  Dr.  Falconer  himself  says  the  last  tooth  is  known 
to  be  the  ultimate  molar  ‘‘  by  having  the  accessory  spur  or  process  which  charac- 
terizes this  tooth this  large  accessory  spur  only  occurs  in  the  lower  molars  of  the 
Ungulata,  to  which  series  the  specimen  undoubtedly  belongs.  Falconer’s  specimen 
appears  to  have  been  lost,  and  no  other  specimens  have  hitherto  been  known  till 
the  discovery  of  the  specimen  described  below. 

( 78  ) 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHEE  EEMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


61 


The  discovery  of  that  specimen  fully  carries  out  Ealconer's  idea  of  the  generic 
distinctness  of  the  form^  although  it  seems  to  have  been  generally  neglected  by 
subsequent  writers. 

Tetraoonodon  magnum,  Falconer.  Plate  10. 

The  unique  specimen  of  the  greater  part  of  the  right  ramus  of  the  mandible 
of  this  species,  of  which  three  views  are  given  in  the  accompanying  plate,  has 
already  been  shortly  described  in  the  “ Eecords  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India” 
{vol.  JX,  p.  101),  but  is  now  for  the  first  time  figured;  the  present  description  is 
mainly  copied  from  the  above  notice. 

The  specimen  was  discovered  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Upper  Siwaliks  of  Asnot 
in  the  Panjab ; it  contains  the  two  last  premolars,  and  the  first  and  second  molars ; 
the  whole  of  the  penultimate  and  a portion  of  the  ultimate  premolar,  together  with 
the  first  molar  of  the  left  side  of  the  mandible,  were  also  found  with  the  specimen, 
and  it  is  probable  that  the  whole  jaw  existed  in  the  rock,  but  was  broken  up  by  the 
native  collector  in  extracting  it.  The  first  molar  tooth  is  somewhat  broken  on  its 
anterior  half ; the  rest  of  the  teeth  are  complete. 

The  second  molar  has  only  just  commenced  to  be  touched  by  wear  on  its 
anterior  tubercles ; the  second  premolar  has  a small  dentine  surface  exposed  on  its 
summit ; the  summit  of  the  first  premolar  is  only  blunted  ; both  these  teeth  have 
not  been  protruded  to  their  full  height  above  the  jaw ; the  animal  was  evidently 
adolescent  at  the  time  of  its  death. 

The  crown  of  the  second  molar,  being  the  most  complete,  this  tooth  is  here 
selected  for  description  ; the  shape  of  the  crown  is  oblong,  having  four  conical  or 
mastoid  prominences  at  its  angles ; a cruciform  valley  divides  these  prominences 
or  cones ; the  transverse  portion  of  this  valley  is  considerably  the  wider  and  deeper 
of  the  two ; the  extremities  of  this  transverse  valley  extend  downwards  to  the  base 
of  the  crown ; in  the  central  hollow  between  the  four  cones  there  is  a flat  bi-lobed 
tubercle  ; a large  talon-tubercle  occupies  the  hindmost  portion  of  the  antero-pos- 
terior  valley,  while  a flatter  tubercle  occupies  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  same 
valley ; there  is  a very  small  and  conical  tubercle  at  the  outer  extremity  of  the 
transverse  valley.  The  plane  of  wear  of  the  molars,  as  shown  on  the  first  molar, 
slopes  slightly  towards  the  outer  side ; there  is  no  trace  of  a cingulum  on  any  por- 
tion of  the  molars. 

Turning  now  to  the  premolar  teeth,  of  which  these  are  the  only  known  speci- 
mens in  existence,  we  find  them  of  a most  abnormal  and  interesting  character ; 
these  teeth  are  of  a considerably  larger  size  than  the  true  molars,  a character 
which  is,  I believe,  unknown  among  other  Ungulates^  though  it  occurs  in  the  dental 
system  of  Fteropus.  The  premolars  are  placed  in  direct  contact  with  the  molar 
series,  and  in  form  have  a general  resemblance  to  the  corresponding  teeth  of  Hip- 
popotamus, Merycopotamus,  and  AntJiracotheriwm  ; each  tooth  is  inserted  into  the 
jaw  by  two  fangs  ; the  penultimate  premolar  does  not  present  any  disc  of  pressure 

( 79  ) 


62 


MOLAE  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


on  its  anterior  surface  ; this  tooth  was  therefore  probably  separated  by  a diastema 
from  the  preceding  tooth,  as  in  Hippopotamus. 

The  ultimate  premolar  has  a nearly  square  base,  from  which  rises  a simple 
oblique  and  compressed  cone ; the  summit  of  the  cone  is  directed  backwards  and 
placed  somewhat  in  advance  of  the  hindmost  border  of  the  crown;  the  anterior 
face  of  the  cone  is  produced  into  a sharp  sinuous  ridge,  which  extends  from  the  sum- 
mit nearly  to  the  base ; below  this  the  ridge  bifurcates  and  forms  a slight-  cingulum 
which  extends  along  the  greater  part  of  the  base  of  the  anterior  surface.  A small 
tubercle  is  placed  between  the  summit  of  the  cone  and  the  posterior  border  of  the 
crown ; this  tubercle  forms  the  summit  of  a second  cingulum  which  extends  across 
the  posterior  surface  of  the  tooth  ; this  posterior  cingulum  slopes  from  the  central 
tubercle  on  either  side  towards  the  base  of  the  crown  ; the  outer  edge  of  this  cingu- 
lum forms  a very  distinct  ledge  at  the  postero« external  angle  of  the  crown ; a 
rounded  notch  cuts  into  the  outer  and  the  inner  sides  of  the  crown,  between  the 
roots  of  the  fangs  the  inner  surface  of  the  tooth  rises  nearly  vertically  from  the 
jaw,  while  the  outer  surface  slopes  considerably  towards  the  inner  side.  The  summit 
of  the  cone  is  worn  obliquely,  the  facet  of  .dentine  being  directed  upwards  and 
backwards ; the  facet  of  wear  presents  two  planes,  the  hinder  of  which  is  the  most 
oblique  to  the  axis  of  the  cone ; the  form  of  the  facet  is  oval,  the  long  diameter 
being  placed  in  the  line  of  the  jaw.  The  enamel  of  the  crown  is  arranged  in 
irregular  branching  ridges,  which  radiate  from  the  summit  of  the  cone  to  the 
periphery  of  its  base ; these  ridges  are  again  marked  by  fine  parallel  transverse  strise. 

The  penultimate  premolar  is  somewhat  smaller  than  the  last  of  the  series,  its 
base  approaches  a triangular  form,  constricted  laterally  between  the  fangs,  and 
blunted  at  the  apex ; the  summit  of  the  cone  is  placed  slightly  behind  the  centre 
of  the  crown,  and  has  a prominent  ridge  running  to  the  base  of  the  crown,  on  both 
anterior  and  posterior  surfaces ; there  is  a well-defined  cingulum  on  the  posterior 
surface,  which  also  extends  along  the  hinder  half  of  the  internal  surface.  Like  the 
other  premolar,  the  cone  is  convex  and  sloping  on  the  external  surface,  and  nearly 
vertical  on  the  internal  surface  ; this  latter  surface  is  divided  by  a vertical  groove. 

The  dimensions  of  this  specimen  are  as  follows  in  inches  and  tenths  : — 


Length,  of  two  molars  ...  ...  ...  ...  ...  2‘50 

Ditto  second  molar  ...  ...  ...  ...  1‘45 

Width  of  ditto  ditto...  ...  ...  ...  ...  1'30 

Height  of  ditto  ditto...  ...  ..."  ...  ...  0'80 

Length  of  ultimate  premolar  ...  ...  ...  ...  3‘15 

Width  of  ditto  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  2' 10 

Height  of  ditto  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  1‘80 

Length  of  penultimate  premolar  ...  ...  ...  ...  2'05 

Width  of  ditto  ditto  ...  ...  ...  ...  1'80 

Height  of  ditto  ditto  ..  ...  ...  ...  1’65 

Depth  of  jaw  at  ultimate  premolar, . . ...  ...  ...  3‘10 

Length  of  the  fragment  ...  ...  ...  ...  8*00 

( 80  ) 


MOLAH  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


The  dimensions  of  Ealconer’s  specimen  are  as  follows  : — 

Length  of  the  frag-ment 
Ditto  of  the  last  molar  .. . 

Ditto  ^ ditto  excluding  the  spur 

Greatest  width  of  ditto  ... 

Height  of  posterior  cones  of  last  molar 
Length  of  the  anterior  molar 
Width  of  ditto  ditto 

Anterior  width  of  top  of  crown  of  last  molar  ... 


3-38 

2-05 

1'68 

148 

0- 75 

1- 20 
1-30 
1-20 


63 


Erom  the  two  specimens,  we  are  able  to  say  that  the  dentition  of  the  mandible 
of  this  species  comprised  three  true  molars,  of  which  the  last  had  a third  lobe ; 
in  front  of  these  there  were  two  conical  premolars,  in  close  opposition;  then 
came  a diastema,  in  front  of  which  there  was  probably  one  premolar  as  in 
Anthracotlierium,  or  two  as  in  Kippopotamus ; of  tbe  canines  or  incisors  we  know 
nothing.  I should,  however,  imagine  they  were  large  in  size,  and  that  the  incisors 
w'^ere  probably  three  in  number.  Dr.  Ealconer  instituted  a careful  comparison  be- 
tween the  molars  of  his  specimen  and  those  of  other  genera  of  Suma ; he,  however, 
compared  them  with  tlie  upper  instead  of  with  the  lower  molars.  Apart  from  the 
premolars,  which  are  of  themselves  amply  sufiScient  to  distinguish  the  genus  from 
all  other  forms  of  Suina,  the  lower  molars  are  also  very  characteristic  teeth ; they  are 
the  simplest  teeth  of  any  of  the  group  ; their  four  simple  cones,  with  the  absence  of  a 
collection  of  semi-distinct  tubercles,  and  the  slight  degree  of  obliquity  of  the  worn 
crown,  distinguish  them  from  the  molars  of  Sits.  Erom  the  molars  of  Hippopotamus 
they  are  distinguished  by  the  worn-dentine  surfaces  of  the  cones,  being  approxi- 
mately circular  in  form,  and  never  trefoil- shaped.  The  lower  molars  of  Antliraco- 
therium  are  distinguished  from  those  of  this  species  by  having  the  inner  side  of 
their  outer  cones  concave,  thereby  approximating  to  the  Huminant  type,  by  having 
an  incomplete  cingulum  on  the  outer  side,  and  by  the  third  lobe  of  the  last  molar 
being  larger  and  undivided. 

The  gigantic  size  of  the  premolars  of  this  genus  appears  to  be  an  extension 
backwards  of  the  ultra  development  of  the  anterior  teeth  which  occurs  in  Hippo- 
potamus, Siis,  Fhacochcenis  and  Babirusa ; in  the  living  genera  this  ultra  develop- 
ment is  confined  to  the  canines  and  incisors,  while  in  the  fossil  genus  it  extends 
to  the  premolars.  The  premolars  of  this  species,  though  formed  on  the  same  plan 
as  those  of  Hippopotamus  and  Antliracotlierium,  are  of  a more  simple  type,  their 
summits  being  more  regular  cones,  without  accessary  columns,  and  lacking  the 
complete  cingulum  which  invests  the  premolars  of  several  species  of  Hippo- 
potamus. 

The  teeth  of  this  genus  belong  to  a very  simple  and  generalized  type ; the  true 
molars  belong  to  the  typical  bumdont  form  of  Professor  Leidy,  while  the  premolars 
are  single  cones  of  the  trichecodont  form  of  the  same  author.  The  bimodont  form 
Professor  Leidy  regards  as  the  earliest  and  least  specialised  type  of  Mammalian 

( 81  ) 


04 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


molars,  although,  as  in  man,  it  is  occasionally  persistent ; the  great  developement  of 
the  premolars  of  Tetraconodon  is,  of  course,  a specialised  character ; by  an  infolding 
of  the  cones  of  the  molars,  and  by  heightening  of  their  crowns,  the  teeth  of  Tetra- 
conodon could  be  easily  modified  into  the  molars  of  Mippopotamus. 


Order:  EDENTATA. 

Genus  Manis  (Pangolin,  Gray.) 

The  announcement  of  the  addition  of  the  remains  of  a species  of  Udentata  to 
the  Indian  fossil  fauna  has  been  already  made  by  me  on  a previous  occasion 
JRec.  Geol.  Surv.,  Ind^^  vol.  IX,  p.  106) ; the  specimen  on  which  this  determina- 
tion was  made  is  now  for  the  first  time  figured  and  described.  The  presence  of  a 
representative  of  this  abnormally  distributed  order  in  the  Tertiaries  of  India  was 
only  what  might  reasonably  have  been  expected,  and  afi^ords  another  proof  of  the 
common  origin  of  the  Indian  and  Ethiopian  fauna  in  tertiary  times ; of  the  four 
modern  Ethiopian  genera,  viz.,  Striithio,  Hippopotamus,  Camelopardalis  and  Manis, 
which  lived  in  India  during  the  tertiary  period,  the  latter  genus  is  the  only  one 
which  has  survived  in  that  country  down  to  the  present  day.  The  genus  Manis 
{and  Tangolin)  is  now  confined  to  Africa  and  India ; it  was  represented  in  Europe 
during  the  older  Pliocene  period  by  one  species  {Pangolin  gigantesque,  Cuv., 
Macrotherium,  Lartet),  which  was  perhaps  subgenerically  distinct.  Besides  the  one 
Indian  specimen  and  the  Em’opean  species,  no  other  fossil  forms  of  the  family 
are  known. 


Manis  Sindiensis,  n.  sp.  nohis.  PI.  8,  figs.  11  to  14. 

The  specimen  on  which  the  species  is  founded  was  collected  last  season  by 
Mr.  Eedden  from  the  Manchhar  (Siwalik)  beds  of  Sind ; it  is  the  second  phalange 
of  the  third  or  middle  digit  of  the  manus,  and  is  a very  characteristic  and  unmis- 
takeahle  bone  : four  views  of  the  specimen  are  given  in  the  accompanying  plate. 

The  superior  surface  of  the  bone  {jig.  14)  is  ovate  in  form,  and  is  divided  by 
a strong  median  ridge,  which  expands  at  both  its  extremities,  the  lateral  margins 
of  the  surface  are  also  slightly  raised,  forming  elliptical  hollows  on  either  side  of 
the  median  ridge  j from  this  we  infer  that  the  distal  surface  of  the  first  phalange 
had  a large,  deeply  grooved  trochlea.  The  distal  extremity  of  the  bone  forms  a 
trochlea,  which  extends  almost  to  the  borders  of  the  superior  surface  {jigs.  11  and 
13) ; the  trochlea  is  divided  into  two  prominent  ridges  by  a very  deep  and  rounded 
median  groove ; the  ridges  are  slightly  oblique  to  the  long  axis  of  the  bone,  and 
on  the  posterior  aspect  converge  slightly  superiorly  {jig.  13) ; the  anterior  and 
posterior  extremities  of  the  superior  surface  are  raised  into  prominences,  of  which 
the  anterior  is  much  the  higher  {jig.  11) ; there  is  a slight  depression  on  the 
anterior  and  posterior  surfaces  at  the  superior  termination  of  the  trochlea.  The 
( 82  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


65 


lateral  surfaces  of  the  bone  are  nearly  flat.  Below,  the  dimensions  of  the  bone  are 

compared  with  those  of  the  corresponding  phalange  of  the 
{Pangolin)  indica,  viz. : — 

living 

Indian  Manis 

Living. 

Fossil. 

Length,  of  anterior  surface 

0-62 

1-10 

Transverse  diameter  of  dist.  extremity 

0-30 

0-69 

Antero-posterior  do.  do.  do.  . . . 

0-42 

0-95 

Transverse  diameter  of  superior  surface 

0-34 

0-70 

Antero-posterior  do.  do.  do. 

0-50 

1'05 

Erom  the  above  it  will  be  seen  that  the  fossil  bone  is  very  slightly  wider  in 
proportion  to  its  length  than  in  the  living  species : the  only  other  distinction 
between  the  two  specimens  is  that  in  the  bone  of  the  living  species  the  depression 
for  muscular  attachment  above  the  trochlea  on  the  posterior  surface  is  somewhat 
larger  and  deeper  than  in  the  fossil  specimen.  The  dimensions  of  the  fossil  bone 
are  about  double  the  size  of  those  of  the  recent  hone,  and  consequently  indicate 
that  the  fossil  animal  was  about  double  the  size  of  the  living  species.  The  length 
of  the  second  phalange  in  the  living  species  is  equal  to  one-seventh  of  the  length 
of  the  cranium,  and  the  length  of  the  cranium  is  about  equal  to  one-tenth  of  the 
total  length  of  the  body ; taking  these  proportions,  the  head  of  the  fossil  species 
would  be  about  7*7  inches  in  length  (that  of  the  recent  Indian  species  being  4*2), 
and  the  length  of  the  whole  body  would  be  about  seventy-seven  inches,  whereas 
that  of  the  living  Indian  species  never  exceeds  forty-three  inches,  Ilanis  {Pan- 
golin) gigantea*  of  Western  Africa  attains  a length  of  seventy  inches,  or  rather  less 
than  the  Siwalik  species.  The  present  specimen  is  distinguished  from  the  corre- 
sponding bone  of  the  Armadillos  and  Orycteropus  by  being  much  shorter  in  propor- 
tion to  its  length ; from  that  of  Ilyrmeeophaga  by  not  being  enclosed  in  the 
terminal  claw.  It  has  nearly  the  same  form  as  that  of  MegaloQiyx,  but  is  shorter 
in  proportion  to  its  length.  With  the  phalanges  of  other  Edentata  it  has  few 
points  in  common. 

In  referring  this  bone  to  the  genus  3Ianis,  I assume  that  the  animal  to  which 
it  belonged  must  have  had  the  same  general  organization  as  the  living  species ; 
the  fossil  species  was  clearly  fossorial,  and  being  so,  the  presumption  is  that  it  did 
not  differ  far  from  the  living  animal,  though  subsequent  discoveries  may  prove  that 
there  were  differences  in  the  form  of  some  part  of  the  osteology  of  the  fossil 
species  which  will  require  that  it  should  eventually  be  placed  under  a new  genus ; 
other  remains  of  this  interesting  fossil  form  will,  I hope,  be  subsequently  obtained  : 
the  locality  from  which  this  fossil  was  obtained  has  already  yielded  several  little 
known  forms  to  Mr.  Eedden’s  search,  and  it  is  from  these  Sind  and  Panjab  districts 
alone  that  the  majority  of  new  Siwalik  fossils  in  the  Indian  Museum  have  been  obtained. 

* The  name  Mania  gigantea  appears  to  have  been  applied  to  two  ditferent  animals ; it  was  first  applied  by  Illiger  in  1811 
to  the  living  African  species,  and  the  name  is  used  for  this  species  in  Gray’s  catalogue  of  the  Edentata  in  the  British  Museum 
(1873).  Subsequently  the  same  name  was  applied  by  Holl  in  1830  to  Cuvier’s  'Pangolin  gigantesqiie,  (the  latter  name  dating 
from  1812) ; the  name  therefore  belongs  to  the  African  species ; the  fossil  species  was  subsequently  named  by  Lartet 
Macroiherium  giganteum.  I have  not  had  an  opportunity  of  comparing  our  specimen  with  the  corresponding  bone  of  the 
African  M,  gigantea  ; it  is  much  smaller  than  that  of  Macrotlierium, 

( 83  ) 


66 


MOLAU  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


Order:  CARNIVORA. 

Genus  Amphicyon,  Lartet. 

Amphicton  pal^indicus,  n.  sp.  Falc.  et  nobis.  Plate  7,  figs.  5,  8,  12. 

This  genus  of  extinct  Subursoid  mammalia^  distinguished  from  their  living 
congeners  by  having  been  furnished  with  three  instead  of  two  tubercular  molars 
in  the  upper  jaw,  has  hitherto  been  definitely  known  only  from  the  miocene  strata 
of  Europe,  where  four  well-marked  forms  have  been  determined,  viz.^  A.  major, 
A.  minor,  A.  dominans,  Meyer,  and  A.  lielveticus,  Pietet,  and  from  the  Tertiaries 
of  Nebraska,  from  which  two  species,  A.  vetus  and  A.  gracilis,  have  been  described 
by  Professor  Leidy. 

No  specimens  of  the  genus  were  known  to  Dr.  Ealconer  at  the  time  of  pub-- 
lishing  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  ; subsequently,  however,  among  a collec- 
tion of  mammalian  remains  sent  to  him  for  determination  by  Dr.  Oldham  from 
tertiary  strata  at  Kushalghar  below  Attock,  Dr.  Ealconer  {see  “ Palceontological 
Memoirsj^  vol.  I,  p>-  1^16)  discovered  a tubercular  upper  molar  tooth,  which  he  said 
must  have  belonged  to  a carnivorous  animal,  as  large  as  the  Folar  Bear,  and 
allied  to  the  Ampliioyon.  This  tooth  was,  with  the  other  specimens  from  the  same 
locality,  subsequently  returned  to  the  Indian  Museum,  where  it  now  remains ; 
for  the  first  time  I give  a figure  and  description  of  the  specimen  {Bl.  IV,  jig.  5). 
N o specific  name  ajopears  in  the  account  of  the  specimen  in  the  “ Palaeontological 
Memoirs,”  but  in  a manuscript  of  Dr.  Ealconer’s  on  this  specimen  given  to  me 
by  Dr.  Oldham,  the  species  is  named  A.  palceindicus.  It  will  be  observed  that 
in  its  general  form  the  tooth  corresponds  with  that  of  the  European  forms  of  the 
genus,  but  that  it  presents  certain  modifications  of  detail  by  which  it  is  distin- 
guished : these  modifications,  however,  do  not  appear  to  me  to  justify  the  placing 
of  the  specimen  in  a separate  genus  or  sub-genus,  and  I have  therefore  retained 
it  under  Ampliicyon ; it  is,  however,  I think,  doubtful  from  Ealconer’s  remark  on 
the  specimen,  as  being  “ nearly  allied  to  Ampliicyonj’  whether  he  himself  intended 
to  place  it  in  that  genus. 

In  addition  to  the  above  specimen,  we  have  in  the  Indian  Museum  another 
tooth  of  Ampliicyon  {Bl.  lY,jig8.  8,  12) : this  second  specimen  is  the  “carnassial” 
tooth  of  the  lower  jaw — it  is  of  such  a size  that  it  seems  too  large  to  have  been  the 
lower  molar  of  the  same  species  to  which  the  upper  molar  belonged ; to  prevent, 
however,  the  unnecessary  multiplication  of  species,  I have,  for  the  present  at  all 
events,  referred  it  to  the  same  species  as  the  former  specimen : this  tooth  was 
brought  by  Mr.  Medlicott  from  the  Siwalik  strata  of  Nurpur. 

Reverting  to  the  upper  molar,  we  find  that  the  specimen  is  the  second  true 
molar  of  the  right  maxilla ; it  is  quite  perfect,  and  belonged  to  an  adolescent 
animal,  as  none  of  the  points  of  the  lobes  have  been  touched  by  wear. 

The  outline  of  the  crown  is  nearly  in  the  form  of  an  isosceles  triangle,  of  which 
the  outer  border  forms  the  base : the  apex  of  the  triangle  is  rounded  off.  The 
( 81  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF ’MAMMALIA. 


67 


crown-surface  is  divided  into  two  portions,  a blade  and  tubercular  portion,  the 
former  occupying  the  outer  side.  The  blade  is  divided  into  two  unequal  lobes  by 
a transverse  valley  (by  this  unequal  division  of  the  blade  the  tooth  is  distinguished 
from  the  first  molar,  where  the  two  lobes  are  symmetrical) ; the  two  lobes  form 
regular  blunted  cones,  the  anterior  of  which  is  nearly  double  the  size  of  the 
posterior. 

The  tubercular  portion  of  the  crown,  which  commences  at  the  inner  base  of 
these  lohes,  has  an  approximately  flat  general  surface ; the  inner  border  of  this 
surface  is  surrounded  by  a flattened  semi-circular  rim  about  a quarter-of-an-inch 
in  width  at  its  broadest  part ; within  the  concavity  of  this  rim,  and  separated  from 
it  by  a portion  of  the  general  flat  surface  of  the  crown,  there  is  placed  a very  low 
and  blunt  cone,  slightly  elongated  antero-posteriorly. 

A narrow  cingulum  embraces  the  outer  borders  of  the  blade.  In  the  following 
table  the  dimensions  of  this  specimen  in  inches  and  tenths  (in  the  first  column) 
are  compared  with  those  of  the  corresponding  tooth  of  the  European  Amphicyon 
major  (in  the  second  column) 


Length  of  blade  ... 

...  0-76 

0-87 

Length  at  centre  of  tubercular  portion 

..  ...  0-55 

0-75 

Greatest  width 

...  1-13 

1-3 

Height  of  anterior  lobe  of  blade 

...  0-4 

o-sa 

From  this  it  will  be  seen  that  the  present  specimen  in  all  its  dimensions  is 
of  rather  smaller  size  than  the  corresponding  molar  of  AmpMcyon  major ; taking 
the  latter  species  as  a typical  fornl  of  the  genus,  we  may  compare  the  teeth  of  the 
two  species.  {A  figure  of  the  upper  molars  of  A.  major  is  given  in  J)e  Blainmlle's 
Osteographie^^  Atlas,  vol.  If  Sibursi,  pi.  XIV.)  The  general  form  of  the  blade  is 
very  similar  in  the  two  specimens  ; the  anterior  cone,  however,  is  rather  larger  in 
proportion  to  the  posterior  in  the  Indian  than  in  the  European  form,  and  in  the 
latter  the  two  cones  are  divided  by  a deeper  channel  on  the  outer  side.  The 
greatest  difference  in  form  occurs  in  the  tubercular  portions  of  the  two  teeth  ; in 
place  of  the  simple  cone  situated  within  the  raised  rim  of  the  innermost  border 
of  the  crown  of  A,  palmidicus,  we  find  in  A.  major  a second  semi-circular  elevation 
placed  within  the  first ; this  central  semi-circle  runs  up  to  join  the  angles  of  the 
lobes  of  the  blade  ; at  the  base  of  the  hindermost  of  these  lobes,  the  central  semi- 
circle is  raised  into  another  smaller  cone ; finally  the  semi-circular  rim  on  the 
internal  border  of  the  crown  is  crenulated  in  the  European  form,  while  it  is  quite 
simple  in  the  Indian. 

These  differences  give  a very  marked  variety  in  the  contour  of  the  two  teeth ; 
if*  however,  we  examine  the  corresponding  tooth  of  another  and  smaller  European 
species — -A.  dominans  of  Meyer — we  find  that  the  central  semi-circular  rim  only 
exists  on  the  anterior  half  of  the  crown,  the  posterior  half  of  which  is  quite  level; 
this  anterior  ridge  terminates  in  a small  blunted  cone,  occupying  the  same  relative 
position  on  the  crown  as  does  the  isolated  cone  on  the  crown  of  the  Indian  specimen. 

( 85  ) 


68 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


It  will,  therefore,  be  seen  that  there  is  a transition  from  the  complete  semi- 
circular ridge,  which  occupies  the  centre  of  the  crown  of  the  tooth  of  A.  major,  to 
the  single  cone  occupying  the  place  of  the  middle  of  this  arc  in  the  tooth  of 
A.  palcBndicus. 

The  present  specimen,  besides  other  characters,  is  at  once  distinguished  from 
the  other  three  European  and  the  American  species  by  its  much  larger  size,  from 
A.  helveticas  {see  Pictet  JBaleontologie  Suisse vol.  V,  p.  135)  it  is  further 
distinguished  by  the  small  size  of  the  cingulum  surrounding  the  blade. 

The  lower  molar  belonged  to  a somewhat  larger  animal  than  the  upper  molar. 
The  specimen  comprises  a portion  of  the  right  ramus  of  the  mandible  containing 
two  teeth  ; the  first  of  these  is  the  last  of  the  milk-molar  series ; the  summit  of  the 
second  lobe  of  the  blade  has  been  broken  away ; the  crown  is  considerably  worn. 
The  second  and  much  larger  tooth  is  the  first  of  the  permanent  molar  series, —the 
“carnassial”  ; it  is  quite  perfect;  none  of  the  casps  have  been  touched  by  wear,  and 
the  jaw  has  been  partly  chisselled  away  to  expose  the  base  of  the  crown. 

Viewing  the  carnassial  from  the  outer  side  {FI.  7,  jig.  8)  we  may  call  the  whole 
of  the  outer  surface  the  blade  of  the  tooth;  this  blade  is  separated  into  three 
portions,  of  which  the  middle  one  is  the  highest ; the  anterior  and  posterior  lobes 
are  nearly  of  the  same  height,  by  which  character  the  carnassial  of  Ampliinyon  is 
distinguished  from  that  of  Canis,  in  which  the  third  lobe  of  the  blade  is  very  low, 
and  almost  forms  a part  of  the  tubercular  portion  of  the  crown.  A narrow  vertical 
groove  runs  down  the  postero-external  angle  of  the  median  lobe.  The  anterior  and 
median  lobes  are  separated  only  by  a slight  notch  on  their  upper  border ; a deep 
valley,  extending  down  nearly  to  the  base  of  the  crown,  separates  the  median  from 
the  third  lobe.  The  anterior  lobe  presents  a simple  trenchant  edge ; the  median 
lobe  is  placed  somewhat  obliquely  to  the  long  axis  of  the  crown,  and  has  a narrow 
trihedral  accessory-column  at  its  postero-internal  angle. 

The  third  lobe  is  a laterally-fiattened  cone,  with  a fore-and-aft  cutting  edge  ; 
at  the  base  of  its  internal  surface  there  is  a narrow  flat  ledge  which  forms  the  only 
truly  tubercular  portion  of  the  crown.  The  third  lobe,  the  accessory-column  of  the 
median  lobe,  and  the  tubercle,  enclose  a hollow  triangular  space  between  their 
respective  bases. 

The  last  molar  of  the  deciduous  series  presents  in  miniature  the  form  of  the 
larger  tooth ; it  agrees  precisely  both  in  shape  and  size  with  the  permanent  car- 
nassial of  the  European  A.  dominans. 

The  dimensions  of  the  larger  tooth  of  the  Indian  species  (in  the  first  column) 
are  compared  with  those  of  the  lower  carnassial  of  the  European  A.  major  (in  the 
second  column) — 


In. 

In. 

Length  of  tooth 

...  1-32 

1-2 

Width  at  hinder  extremity 

...  0-6 

0-5 

Height  of  central  lobe 

...  0-9 

0-7 

( 86  ) 


MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OE  MAMMALIA. 


69 


The  lower  molar  of  the  Indian  form  is,  therefore,  as  much  larger  than  the 
corresponding  tooth  of  A.  major ^ as  the  upper  is  smaller ; assuming  that  the  pro- 
portion between  the  lower  and  upper  teeth  is  the  same  in  the  Indian  form  as  in  the 
European,  the  width  of  the  upper  molar  corresponding  to  this  specimen  should  be 
1*4  inches,  whereas  the  width  of  the  Attock  specimen  is  only  1‘12  inches ; from 
this  I think  it  quite  probable  that  there  'may  be  two  Indian  species  of  the  genus. 

The  present  specimen  is  chiefly  distinguished  (in  addition  to  its  greater 
absolute  size)  from  the  carnassial  of  A,  major  by  the  greater  proportionate  size  and 
thickness  of  the  third  lobe,  and  by  the  presence  of  the  groove  on  the  outer  side  of  the 
middle  lobe.  The  depth  of  the  jaw  in  this  specimen  is  nearly  the  same  as  in  A. 
major.  Erom  all  the  other  small  European  and  American  species,  the  large  size  of 
the  present  specimen  is  a sufficient  distinction. 


( S7  ) 


:•  . ''•ift'i’4^  f •■^^.^^:  _•  c;.  ^ ‘ J''‘tV'  ’ ^'jjU  \'^v  .n^Xtv 

< .tny  ,i((.  V ...■  ■•,.  < ■•.  ■ v:niJ/H<i  t i,>i*  V \.  ’ ; '.('i()>^i‘  ' :-f.7;'i’i  ^ 

-’i;.i  ,j.'':yK’:v>  ■ ^ m; ;;  :V>' 7 c,  /^.  -Mj-,--;/ 

. cm'^'^'I^i-U.’-  ,Ai  :.v  ■ ■ 


tv '.  t •. 


■ '^■T’-'-'-^'^''  v'.ffeLaiLJvri:::  , I.;.;'.,)  hi,  i-^-f  q/l’i’ ' ' 


prv.(r ;■,■;'■•■  ■ , > iV 

:/3.;  ^ 

*^  * * . . .‘ 


W*'’ 


’.(! 


CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARES. 


Bt  r.  lydekkeb,  b.a. 


GEOEOGICAL  SURVEY  OF  INDIA. 

[WITH  PLATES  XI— XXVIII.] 


Among  a series  of  (chiefly)  unpublished  notes  and  plates,*  intended  for  the  com- 
pletion of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  the  late  Dr.  Dalconer  has  indicated 
the  existence  of  a large  and  varied  Ruminant  Dauna  which  inhabited  India  in 
tertiary  times  ; this  fauna  must  have  been  at  least  equal  in  extent  in  the  number  of 
peculiar  forms  to  the  well-known  Proboscidian  Pauna  of  the  same  epoch.  More  or 
less  complete  remains  of  certain  of  these  Ruminants,  such  as  SivatTierium,  Brama- 
thermm,  Camehis,  Camelopardalis,  and  the  Bovina  of  the  Nerhudda  valley,  have 
aReady  been  figured  and  partly  described  in  the  “ Palaeontological  Memoirs  ” 
and  in  the  publications  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal.  Pigures  of  the  crania  of 
several  species  of  Bovina  have  been  drawn  or  engraved  among  the  unpublished  plates 
of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.”  A notice  of  all  the  species  of  Indian  Possil 
Ruminants  known  to  Palconer  will  he  found  in  the  first  volume  of  the  “ Palaeonto- 
logical Memoirs.” 

In  the  present  memoir  I have  given  figures  and  descriptions  of  aU  the  Bovoid 
Ruminants  at  present  contained  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum,  identifying 
as  many  of  them  as  agree  with  such  of  Palconer’s  species  of  which  there  is  any 
figure  or  description  extant : many,  however,  of  Palconer’s  species  exist  only  on  the 
authority  of  manuscript  names  without  figures  or  descriptions  : these  species  I have, 
of  course,  been  obliged  to  completely  reject.  The  total  number  of  species  of  Bovoid 
Ruminants  named  by  Dr.  Palconer  from  the  Siwahks  was  six,  viz.,  Bison  sivalensis. 
Bos  occipitalis,  Semibos  triquetriceros,  Ampliihos  acuticornis,  AmpJiibos  elatus,  and 
AmpJiibos  antilopinus:  figures  of  the  crania  of  the  third  and  fourth  of  these  species 
are  given  in  the  unpublished  plates  of  the  ‘‘  Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” {Blates  G. 
and  JA.),  while  measijrements  of  the  crania  are  also  given  in  the  accompanying 
descriptions  of  the  plates  : of  Semibos  triquetriceros  we  have  several  crania  in  the 
Indian  Museum ; and  several  also  of  Ampliibos  acuticornis.  Of  the  cranium  of  Bison 
sivalensis  there  is  an  outline  figure  in  the  drawings  intended  for  the  completion  of 

' Of  these  plates,  the  Indian  Museum  has  recently  acquired  photographic  copies,  which  have  been  executed 
under  the  superintendence  of  the  British  Museum  Authorities. 


89—2  CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 

the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” {Plate  A,  sheet  10) ; of  this  figure  I have  obtained 
a copy  by  the  courtesy  of  the  British  Museum  authorities,  and  find  that  it  corre- 
sponds in  character  with  a cranium  of  Bison  in  the  Indian  Museum  collected  by  Mr. 
Theobald,  and  which  I have  accordingly  referred  to  this  species.  Of  Amphibos  elatus 
and  Amphibos  antilopinus  I cannot  find  any  descriptions  or  figures,  and  the  names 
must  therefore  be  abandoned.  Of  Bos  occipitalis  we  have  likewise  no  certain  means 
of  identification ; Dr.  Murchison,  the  editor  of  the  “ Palaeontological  Memoirs,”  has, 
however,  suggested  in  a marginal  note  {Vol.  1,  p.  281)  that  this  name  may  refer  to 
a cranium  of  a Bovine  Ruminant  contained  in  the  Siwahk  collection  of  the  Asiatic 
Society  of  Bengal,  which  was  shortly  described  by  Palconer  in  the  Catalogue  of  the 
Collection,  but  to  which,  he,  at  that  time  at  least,  applied  no  specific  name.  Whether 
this  name  could  have  been  applied  to  the  specimen  in  question  depends  in  a great 
measure  on  the  respective  dates  of  the  manuscript  note  in  which  the  name  occurs 
and  of  the  Museum  Catalogue : the  date  of  the  latter  is  1859 ; if  the  note  were 
written  previously  to  that  date,  it  is  quite  clear  that  the  name  did  not  apply  to  the 
specimen,  or  it  would  have  appeared  in  the  Catalogue.  As  I have  no  means  of 
judging  on  this  question,  I have  thought  it  would  prevent  confusion  to  follow 
Dr.  Murchison  and  to  continue  to  apply  the  specific  name  to  the  cranium  in 
question;  the  generic  name  I have,  however,  changed  to  Beribos,  as  the  species 
cannot  be  referred  to  the  restricted  genus  Bos. 

Besides  the  Bovidce,  Palconer  indicated  the  existence  of  three  species  of 
Siwalik  Antelopes  ; two  of  these  species,  viz.,  Antilope  gyricornis  and  Antilope  picta, 
are  known  only  by  manuscript  names  and  must  consequently  be  abandoned ; the 
cranium  of  the  third  species.  Antilope  palceindica,  is,  however,  figured  in  the 
“ Palaeontological  Memoirs  ” ( Vol.  1,  pi.  23),  and  the  species  may  consequently 
stand. 

The  peculiar  form,  Kemibos  triquetriceros,  seems  to  have  been  a small  Bovoid 
animal,  forming  a connecting  link  between  the  Oxen  and  the  Goats.  Amphibos 
acnticornis,  on  the  other  hand,  in  the  form  of  its  horn-cores,  connected  the  Oxen  and 
the  Antelopes ; it  was  perhaps  allied  to  the  Bovoid  Anoa  depressicornis  of  the 
Island  of  Celebes. 

Of  the  true  Bovidce  there  are  at  the  present  day  seven  well-marked  species 
inhabiting  South-eastern  Asia ; these  are,  Bubalus  arni  inhabiting  the  Sal  forests 
of  Assam,  the  Nepal  Terai,  parts  of  upper  Bengal,  the  Sunderbans,  and  the  high- 
lands of  Central  India ; Bibos  gaurus  inhabiting  the  eastern  Sub-Himalayas,  the 
Nerbudda  valley  and  adjoining  hills,  and  parts  of  Burma;  Bibos  frontalis  inhabiting 
the  hilly  districts  to  the  eastward  of  the  Brahmaputra ; Bibos  banting  inhabiting 
Burma  and  Pegu ; the  domesticated  Bos  indicus  of  the  plains ; Bos  chinensis,  partly 
domesticated  over  a great  part  of  China ; and  lastly.  Bison  (BoephagusJ  grunniens 
of  Tibet. 

There  is  no  true  taurine  ox  at  the  present  time  living  anywhere  in  Asia,  the 
aberrant  Bos  indicus  being  the  only  representative  in  India  of  the  genus  Bos  as 


OEANIA  OF  EUMINANTS  FEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES.  3—90 


restricted  by  Hodgson  and  Gray.  With  the  exception  of  the  Buffalo  all  the  wild 
cattle  of  India  proper  belong  to  the  genus  Bibos : I have  not,  however,  in  the 
Indian  Tertiaries  found  the  remains  of  any  fossil  species  which  belongs  to  this 
characteristic  Indian  group,  though  several  of  the  fossil  oxen  approach  this  group  in 
many  points  of  structure  of  the  cranium. 

Of  the  restricted  genus  Bos,  I have  described  the  crania  of  four  fossil  species, 
one  of  which  is  from  the  valley  of  the  Nerbudda,  and  the  other  three  are  from  the 
Sub-Himalayan  Siwahks  ; two  species  from  the  latter  area,  viz.,  Bos  acutifrons  and 
Bos  planifrons,  will  be  found  to  differ  to  a certain  extent  in  the  form  of  the  occipital 
surface  from  the  crania  of  any  living  species  of  oxen ; this  divergence  from  the  type 
form  will  be  found  carried  to  a stiU.  greater  extent  in  the  occiput  of  Bos  nama- 
dicus  from  the  Nerbudda  valley ; and  the  divergence  is  greatest  of  all  in  the  living 
Indian  wild  cattle  composing  the  genus  Bibos.  It  is  an  interesting  fact  to  note 
that  the  peculiarly  formed  occipital  region  of  the  living  genus  Bibos,  at  present 
exclusively  confined  to  the  oriental  region,  is  found  foreshadowed  among  the 
Indian  fossil  species  alone  of  the  many  forms  of  the  genus  Bos  ; in  one  species  at 
least  (B.  namadicus)  this  abnormal  form  of  the  occiput  is  correlated  with  small 
premaxillse  like  those  of  Bibos,  which  are  never  found  in  any  European  ox. 

It  may  therefore  not  be  improbable  that  Bos  namadicus  may  have  been  one  of 
the  progenitors  of  the  living  wild  Indian  cattle. 

Bos  planifrons,  a new  species  from  the  Siwaliks,  presents  some  points  of 
resemblance  to  the  Nerbudda  species,  but  does  not  come  very  close  to  any  living 
species.  The  long-horned  Bos  acutifrons  is  widely  different  from  all  other  recent 
and  fossil  species,  and  presents  certain  affinities  to  Bubalm — the  same  remark  will 
apply  to  the  third  Siwalik  species,  Bos  platyrhinus. 

Bison  sivalensis  may  probably  be  considered  as  the  direct  ancestor  of  the  living 
Himalayan  Bison  {Boephagus)  grunniens. 

The  living  Bubalus  arni  of  India  is  without  doubt  the  direct  lineal  descendant 
of  the  Bubalus  palcEindicm  of  the  gravels  of  the  Nerbudda,  and  of  the  top- 

most beds  of  the  Siwaliks.  With  regard  to  the  propriety  of  making  distinct  species 
out  of  these  two  closely  allied  forms,  we  may  note  that  the  living  wild  cattle  of  the 
English  parks  and  the  aurochs  of  Lithuania  are  generally  regarded  as  the  direct  and 
but  little  altered  descendants  of  the  fossil  Bos  primigenim  and  Bison  prisons,  and 
yet  are  frequently  considered  as  distinct  species  in  the  modern  modified  acceptation 
of  the  term.  It  appears  to  me  to  be  the  best  course  to  give  a distinct  specific  name 
to  every  distinguishable  form ; since  it  is  only  by  describing  the  small  varieties 
which  exist  between  allied  forms  of  the  same  type  of  animals  that  we  are  enabled  to 
obtain  evidence  of  the  descent  of  one  so-called  species  from  another.  It  may  here- 
after be  advisable  to  invent  a title  which  shall  comprehend  in  one  group  all  those 
so-called  species  which  can  be  proved  to  be  the  lineal  descendants  of  one  original 
form  ; the  term  species  may  either  be  taken  in  this  larger  sense  or  as  the  name  of 
distinguishable  forms  of  one  period  only. 


91—4  CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


The  second  fossil  Indian  species  of  the  genus,  Buhalus  platyceros,  is  from  the 
Siwaliks,  and  differs  in  the  form  of  its  cranium  from  that  of  any  living  species  of 
the  genus ; this  difference  mainly  consists  in  the  long  upward  prolongation  of  the 
frontals  between  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores  and  in  the  want  of  the  high  and 
vertical  occiput ; by  these  peculiarities  it  shows  an  affinity  to  the  Antelopes  which 
Professor  Rutimeyer  regards  as  the  progenitors  of  the  true  Oxen. 

Among  the  fossils  from  the  mammaliferous  beds  of  the  Irawadi  River  now 
contained  in  the  Collection  of  the  Indian  Museum,  there  are  several  fragments  of 
cylindrical  horn-cores  of  small  size,  together  with  a single  upper  molar  tooth ; these 
specimens  evidently  belonged  to  a species  of  Bovoid  Ruminant ; but  they  are  of 
course  too  fragmentary,  even  for  generic  distinction ; it  wRl  be.  interesting  if  more 
complete  remains  should  hereafter  be  discovered  to  determine  whether  or  no  the 
fossil  ox  of  the  Irawadi  beds  was  at  all  related  to  Bibos  banting  now  inhabiting 
the  same  regions. 

The  crania  of  nearly  all  the  species  of  fossil  Indian  cattle  show  certain  modi- 
fications of  form  which  render  them  more  or  less  aberrant  from  the  living  types  of 
their  respective  genera,  making  it  a matter  of  considerable  doubt  in  some  cases 
whether  to  refer  them  to  the  existing  genera  or  to  make  new  genera  or  sub-genera 
for  their  reception.  When  possible,  I have  generally  placed  the  fossil  species  under 
the  recent  genus,  if  there  were  several  important  characters  common  to  the  living 
and  fossil  types  ; not  unfrequently,  however,  the  fossil  species  will  not  bear  a rigid 
interpretation  of  all  the  characters  of  the  genus  under  wliich  it  has  been  placed ; 
this  will  be  found  to  be  the  case  with  Bos  namadicus.  Bos  acutifrons,  and  Bubalus 
platyceros.  A difficulty  of  this  kind  must  always  be  expected  to  arise  when  we 
have  to  deal  with  a large  series  of  recent  and  fossil  forms,  and  is  one  which  tends 
to  do  away  with  some  of  the  sub-genera  of  modern  Zoologists  which  are  only 
founded  on  minute  and  unimportant  points  of  detail. 

The  Siwalik  being  one  of  the  largest  fossil  Bovine  fauna  hitherto  described,  it 
would  not  be  unreasonable  to  suppose  that  it  would  be  also  the  most  rich  in  the 
number  of  genera ; this  we  find  in  fact  to  be  the  case ; the  three  chief  groups  of 
living  oxen,  viz.,  Bos,  Bison,  and  Bubalus,  being  each  represented  by  one  or  more 
species,  and  there  are,  besides,  several  extinct  genera  or  sub-genera  unknown  in 
other  deposits.  In  no  region  of  the  world  at  the  present  time  are  the  three  above- 
mentioned  genera  found  living  together,  though  there  is  the  nearest  approach  to  it 
in  modern  India,  where  Bibos  (representing  Bos)  and  Bubalus  are  found  in  the 
plains,  and  Bison  represented  by  Boepliagus  in  the  Himalayas,  the  latter  separated, 
however,  completely  from  the  genera  of  the  plains. 

The  crania  of  the  fossil  Indian  oxen  tend  to  do  away  with  the  distinctions 
which  separate  the  genus  Bibos  from  Bos ; the  three  genera.  Bos,  Bison,  and 
Bubalus,  are  found  to  have  possessed  their  most  important  craniological  distinctions 
in  Siwalik  times,  and  to  have  preserved  them  with  some  slight  modifications  up  to 
the  present  day.  This  is  quite  in  accordance  with  the  discoveries  of  Palaeontologists 


CEANIA  or  EUMINANTS  EEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES.  5—92 


in  other  countries.  Professor  Eutimeyer,  in  his  “ Ancient  Euminant  Eauna  of 
Switzerland,”  considers  the  derivation  of  the  three  genera  to  have  taken  place  in  the 
following  order,  commencing  from  the  oldest,  mg.,  Bubalus,  Bison,  and  Bos ; the 
high  frontal  ridge  of  the  latter  genus  the  Professor  considers  as  a highly  specialised 
character,  which  did  not  make  its  appearance  in  Europe  till  the  post-Pliocene 
period ; in  India  this  character  must  have  been  differentiated  at  an  earlier  period, 
as  the  remains  of  Bos  are  found  throughout  the  Siwalik,  which  we  cannot  regard  as 
being  newer  than  older  Phocene. 

The  remains  of  Sheep  have  hitherto  been  met  with  very  rarely  in  the  Indian 
Tertiaries ; we  have  no  remains  of  this  group  in  the  Indian  Museum.  Goats  are 
also  rare,  hut  I have  distinguished  three  species,  one  of  which  was  probably  the 
ancestor  of  the  living  Markhoor,  while  another  seems  more  closely  allied  to  the 
Nilghiri  Semiti^agus  hylocrinus  ; the  third  species  does  not  show  afffnity  to  any  living 
Indian  form. 

Including  the  new  species  described  in  the  present  Memoir  the  list  of  Indian 
Tertiary  Euminants  will  be  as  follows  : — 


PECORA. 

C Bos  namadicus — Nerbudda. 

I Bos  planifrons—^i^aWk. 

Bovid®  ...“{  Bos  acutifrons — Siwalik. 

I Bos  'platyrhinus — Siwalik. 

^.Buhalus  platyceros — Siwalik. 

Antilopid^  ...  f Siwalik. 

I Antilope  patuUcornis — Siwalik. 

„ f Sivatherium  qiqanteum — Siwalik. 

SIVATHEEID.2E  ...  5 , . , . _ 

Vishmdhertum iraoadtcum — Burma. 

C.vMELOPAEDALiDiE.  Camelopardalis  sivalensis — Siwalik, 
c Capra  sivalensis — Siwalik. 

I Capra  perimensis — Perim  Island. 

Ovis  sp. — Siwalik  (Blylh). 
f Cervus  latidens — Siwalik. 

I Cervus  triplidens^ — Siwalik. 

I Cervus  simplicidens — Siwalik. 
{^Cervus  sp. — Burma, 

TYLOPODA. 

Camelus  Siwalik. 


Buhalus  'palceindicus — Nerbudda  and  Up.  Siwalik. 
Bison  sivalensis — Siwalik. 

Peribos  occipitalis — Siwalik. 

Semihos  triquetriceros — Siwalik. 

AmpJiibos  acuticornis — Siwalik. 

Antilope  sivalensis  —Siwalik. 

Antilope  porrecticornis — Siwalik. 

Bramatlierium  perimense — Perim  Island. 
Sydaspitherium  megacephalum~ii\\^&Y\k. 

Capra  sp. — Siwalik. 

Cervus  sp. — Nerbudda. 

Dorcatherium  minus — Siwalik  and  Mancbhars. 
Dorcatlierium  majus — Siwalik,  and  Sind  and  Attock 
Beds. 


CAPRica: 

Ovid.® 

Cervid.® 

Camelid.®. 


The  three  species  of  oxen.  Bos  acutifrons.  Bos  planifrons,  and  Buhalus  platy- 
ceros,  and  also  the  peculiar  genus  Hydaspidotherium  or  Kydaspitherium,  have  been 
already  named  and  noticed  by  me  in  the  Eecords  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India.'^ 
In  regard  to  the  distribution  in  time  of  the  fossil  Indian  genera  of  Euminants, 
we  find  that  in  Europe  the  remains  of  the  restricted  genus  Bos  are  only  found  in 
Pleistocene  and  recent  strata : in  Nicholson’s  Palaeontology  (p.  439)  it  is  stated  that 


‘ The  teeth  of  this  species  are  so  like  those  of  Bos  that  it  may  be  well  to  mention  that  they  h.ave  been  found 
attached  to  a part  of  an  undoubted  cervine  skull. 

2 Vol.  IX,  p.  154,  and  X,  p.  30. 


93—6  CEANIA  OE  E¥MINANTS  EROM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIARIES. 


“ a few  remains  of  Bovidce  have  been  found  in  deposits  of  Pliocene  age,  but  the 
oxen  are  essentially  post-PUocene  and  Becent the  same  remarks  apply  to  the 
genera  Buhalus  and  Bison.  Professor  Dana,’  in  noticing  the  Mammalia  of  the 
Siwaliks,  considers  these  deposits  to  he  of  upper  Miocene  age,  but  adds  the  significant 
remark : “ Bos  and  the  related  genera  probably  occur  nowhere  earlier  than  the 
Pliocene,”  apparently  not  being  aware  that  the  remains  of  these  genera  are  found 
in  the  same  deposits  as  oi  Swatherium  Acerotlierium  ; the  whole  series 

will  consequently  he  of  Pliocene  age.  As  I have  already  stated  elsewhere,®  the 
presence  of  a large  assemblage  of  hovoid  genera  in  the  Siwaliks  is  a most  important 
argument  for  the  Pliocene  age  of  that  formation ; they  occur  in  the  same  beds  with 
Cludicotlieriiim  and  other  Miocene  forms,  wdiich  latter  must  have  lived  down  to  a 
later  period  in  India  than  in  Europe.  This  probable  survival  of  ChalicotJierium  (and 
what  applies  to  one  genus  applies  to  another)  in  Asia  down  to  times  later  than  the 
Miocene  has  been  akeady  noticed  by  Professor  Owen^  in  his  description  of  certain 
Eossil  Chinese  Mammalia.  That  author,  who  followed  Dr.  Ealconer  in  considering 
tlie  Siwaliks  as  of  exclusively  Miocene  age,  remarks : “ If  the  Anoplotherioid 

molar  had  not  been  in  the  series,  such  series  would  have  been  referred,  without 
hesitation,  to  a geological  period  not  older  than  the  upper  Pliocene,  and  with  a 
possibility  of  post-Pliocene  age. 

“ I accept  the  evidence  of  the  majority  of  the  fossils,  with  the  older  alternative, 
and  conclude  that  this  particular  Anoplotherioid  Artiodactyle,  which  has  departed 
from  the  generalised  character  of  the  type-genus  by  the  suppression  of  a premolar 
on  each  side  of  both  jaws,  and  the  commencement  of  a diastema  or  break  in  the 
dental  series,  continued  to  exist  in  China,  until  the  Pliocene  division  of  tertiary 
time,  perhaps  to  a late  period  of  that  division.” 

The  above  view  quite  concurs  with  my  interpretation  of  the  value  of  the  different 
genera  in  determining  the  age  of  the  Indian  upper  tertiaries ; at  the  same  time  it 
seems  not  improbable  that  some  Siwahk  fossils,  such  as  those  of  Sind  and  Kushalgar, 
do  really  belong  to  the  upper  Miocene  period,  there  being  no  lithological  break  in 
the  latter  area  between  the  Nummulitics  and  the  Siwahks. 

The  genera,  or  sub-genera,  Semibos,  Ampliibos,  and  Beribos,  are  exclusively 
confined  to  the  Siwaliks ; they  belong  to  more  generalised  types  than  the  true  oxen, 
and  therefore  claim  affinities  with  older  forms.  The  genus  Antilope  or  an  allied 
sub-genus  just  occurs  in  the  Miocene  strata  of  Attica  and  Montpelier,  and  has  lived 
down  to  the  present  time.  The  four  allied  genera  composing  the  peculiar  family  of 
the  8wat}ierid(B  are  confined  to  the  Indian  tertiaries.  The  genus  Camelopardalis  is 
first  known  from  the  Miocene  of  Attica,  and  now  exists  in  Africa  only.  The  genera 
Capra  and  Oris  have  in  Europe  been  discovered  in  post-tertiary  formations  only, 
and  therefore,  like  the  Bovidce,  give  an  exceedingly  modern  facies  to  the  fauna  in 


^ Manual  of  Geology,  p.  520. 

^ Records  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India,  Vol.  IX,  p.  98. 
3 Quar.  Journ.  Geol.  Soc.,  Vol.  XXVI,  p.  432. 


CEANIA  OE  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  7—94 


which  they  occur : the  presence  of  these  fossils  in  the  Siwaliks  in  company  with 
Chalicotherium  and  Dorcatherium  must  induce  us  to  believe  that  these  genera 
originated  in  India  in  some  part  of  the  Pliocene  period,  and  did  not  reach  Europe 
until  the  post-tertiary  period.  The  genus  Genus  seems  to  have  been  represented  in 
the  upper  Miocene  of  Europe,  but  did  nob  attain  to  importance  until  the  Pleistocene 
period ; it  belongs  to  an  essentially  modern  group ; the  alHed  genus  Dorcathermm 
in  Europe  is  confined  to  the  Miocene  period,  but  lived  in  the  Siwalik  period  of  India. 
The  genus  Gamelus  is  unknown  in  a fossil  strata  except  in  India,  though  allied 
forms  like  Frocamelus  occur  in  the  upper  tertiaries  of  America ; the  genus  is  probably 
an  essentially  modern  one. 

The  fossil  Ruminants  of  the  Indian  tertiaries  therefore  all  point  very  strongly 
to  the  modern  age  of  the  deposits,  there  being  only  one  exclusively  Miocene  genus 
among  them.  Were  we  to  study  the  Indian  tertiaries  from  this  group  alone,  we 
should  be  compelled  to  place  the  Siwaliks  in  the  upper  Pliocene  period  at  the 
earliest ; but  this  view  must  be  modified  by  the  greater  number  of  Miocene  forms 
which  we  find  in  other  groups  of  the  Mammalia. 

In  a former  paper  on  the  Fossil  Mammalia  of  India  and  Burma,'  I stated 
that  the  number  of  extinct  genera  of  Mammalia  in  these  beds  (Siwaliks)  is  so 
large”  that  on  these  grounds  we  might  consider  them  to  be  of  Miocene  age:  this 
statement  was  made  from  the  comparison  of  the  Mammalia  fauna  of  the  Indian  and 
European  later  tertiaries,  and  is  true  if  we  confine  ourselves  to  those  regions ; if, 
however,  we  extend  our  comparisons  to  the  later  tertiaries  and  post-tertiaries  of 
America  and  Australia,  we  shall  find  that  in  the  latter  countries  a vast  number 
of  extinct  mammalian  genera  are  found  in  strata  of  Pleistocene  age,  while  in 
Europe  aU  the  genera  except  Megaeeros  from  the  Pleistocene,  and  most  of  those 
from  the  Pliocene,  are  still  existing  on  the  globe.  Thus,  in  the  Pleistocene  of  America 
we  have  among  others  the  extinct  genera  Megatherium,  Mylodon,  Meg  along  x, 
Scelidotherium,  Glyptodon,  and  Mastodon ; while  in  the  corresponding  strata  of 
Australia  we  have  Diprotodon,  Nototherium,  and  Thylacoleo ; again,  to  take  an 
instance  from  the  class  of  birds,  we  have  in  very  modern  strata  in  New  Zealand, 
Dinornis,  Talapteryx,  and  several  others.  The  proportionate  number  of  extinct 
genera  in  the  Siwaliks  cannot  therefore  be  considered  as  being  of  any  great  value  in 
determining  their  age ; the  only  evidence  which  tends  to  place  these  deposits  in  the 
Miocene  period  is  the  presence  of  genera  characteristic  of  this  period  in  Europe ; 
their  occurrence,  however,  as  I have  before  said,  is  to  be  explained  by  their  later 
survival  in  India,  and  its  value  as  evidence  is  over-balanced  by  the  large  percentage 
of  strictly  modern  genera  in  the  Siwaliks. 

The  plates  in  this  part  all  bear  the  name  of  the  native  artist  who  has  executed 
the  outlines  and  a considerable  part  of  the  shading ; in  many  instances,  however, 
the  finishing  touches  have  been  given  by  Mr.  Schaumburg,  the  Artist  to  the  Geolo- 
gical Survey  of  India. 


Eec.  Geol.  Surv.  India,  Vol.  IX,  p.  97. 


95—8  CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  UROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


Eefore  proceeding  to  specific  descriptions,  it  may  be  well  to  state  that  in  the 
present  work  I have  used  generic  terms  in  contradistinction  to  sub-generic  terms, 
in  all  cases ; one  reason  for  this  is,  that  the  crania  of  the  different  forms  of  extinct 
oxen  generally  differ  from  one  another,  more  than  do  the  crania  of  JBos  and  Buhalus, 
which  latter  are  frequently  considered  as  generic,  and  not  as  sub-generic  divisions. 
If  sub- generic  terms  were  to  be  used  in  any  case  among  the  oxen,  it  appears  to  me 
that  they  should  be  used  in  all  cases,  and  that  consequently  all  the  forms  of  oxen' 
described  in  the  present  Memoir  should  then  be  considered  as  belonging  to  different 
sub- genera  of  one  large  genus  Bos.  I,  however,  prefer  to  use  the  term  Bovidce, 
somewhat  in  the  latter  sense,  and  to  place  the  distinct  types,  as  I have  done  below, 
in  distinct  genera.  The  reader  can,  if  he  prefers,  of  course  consider  the  generic 
terms  of  the  Bovidce  employed  here  as  being  merely  of  sub-generic  value,  without 
interfering  with  the  general  scheme  of  the  classification  employed. 


ORDER  UNGULATA : SECTION  SELENODONTA ; DIVISION  ARTIODACTYLA. 

Family  : B Q VII) FE. 

Genus  : BOS. 

The  genus  Bos  may  be  defined  from  the  characters  of  the  cranium  as  follows  : — 

Horn-cores  placed  immediately  over  the  plane  of  the  occiput ; occipital  crest 
extending  high  up  between  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores,  and  the  occiput  generally 
squared,  and  with  very  slight  lateral  indentations  of  the  temporal  fossae : forehead 
flat  or  mesially  ridged,  longer  than  broad,  and  frontal  longer  than  facial  portion  of 
cranium ; superior  border  of  horn-cores  at  first  convex ; in  typical  species  the  inter- 
cornual  space  is  straight  and  the  horn-cores  are  cylindrical;  in  some  aberrant 
varieties  the  horn-cores  are  compressed,  and  the  intercornual  space  is  somewhat 
arcuated. 

It  will  be  observed  that  the  above  definition  differs  in  several  points  from  those 
given  by  Hodgson^  and  Gray^ ; these  alterations  have  been  rendered  necessary  by 
tlie  new  species  now  introduced  into  the  genus. 


Bos  NAMADicus,  Fcilconer.  Pis.  11  and  16,  f.  1 & 3. 

Of  the  cranium  of  this,  one  of  the  best  known  species  of  the  fossil  Indian  oxen, 
figures  and  an  imperfect  description  have  affeady  appeared  in  the  Journal  of  the 
Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal  {Vol.  X,  FI.  F,figs.  a,  6),  and  figures  have  also  been  given 
in  the  unpublished  plates  of  the  “Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  {PI.  G,Jigs.  1 a,  b,c,  2 


' With  the  exception,  perhaps,  of  Amphibos. 

^ Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,  Vol.  X,  p.  452. 

® Catalogue  of  Ungulata  in  the  British  iliiseum. 


CEANIA  OP  EUMINANTS  PEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIARIES.  9—96 


a,  5,  c) ; copies  of  two  of  these  figures  have  been  reproduced  in  the  “ Palseontological 
Memoirs”  of  Dr.  Palconer  {Vol.  I,  JPl.  XXII)  ; short  descriptions  of  other  crania  of 
this  species  are  also  given  by  Dr.  Palconer  in  the  Catalogue  of  the  Manunahan  fossils  in 
the  Collection  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal;  these  descriptions  have  been  likewise 
copied  in  the  “Palaeontological  Memoirs”  {Vol.  I,p.  286). 

In  the  accompanying  plates  I have  given  a figure  of  a very  perfect  cranium 
{PI.  XI)  of  this  species  obtained  from  the  Nerhudda  valley,  and  now  in  the  Indian 
Museum ; this  specimen,  though  far  more  perfect,  agrees  exactly  in  all  its  characters 
with  the  specimen  of  the  cranium  figured  in  Plate  G,  fig.  2 a,  h,  c,  of  the  unpuljlished 
plates  of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  and  which  I take  as  the  type  of  the 
species;  an  occi23ital  view  of  the  same  specimen  is  given  in  Plate  XVI,  fig.  1.  The 
specimen  of  the  frontlet  and  horn-cores  of  another  sjiecies  of  ox  of  which  a front 
view  is  given  in  Plate  XII,  fig.  2,  and  an  occijDital  view  in  Plate  XVI,  fig.  4,  was 
obtained  by  Mr.  Theobald  from  tlie  Siwaliks ; this  specimen,  especially  in  the  form  of 
its  occi2)ital  region,  seems  at  first  sight  to  differ  very  widely  from  the  NerlDudda 
species ; if,  however,  we  refer  to  the  second  specimen  figured  in  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis”  {PI.  G,fig.  1 a,  b,  c),  and  of  which  the  front  view  is  given  in  the  Palaeon- 
tological Memoirs”  {Vol.  I,  PI.  XXII,  fig.  4),  while  the  occipital  view  is  copied  in 
the  2)resent  Memoir  (P^.  ATPr,  ^^5^.  5),  we  shall  find  that  that  sjiecimen  exhibits 
characters  intermediate  between  the  Siwalik  and  the  type  Nerhudda  species,  and 
forms,  therefore,  a connecting  link  between  the  two,  though  the  form  of  the  horn- 
cores  in  the  two  is  a sufiicient  specific  distinction. 

I will  first  of  all  shortly  describe  the  figured  Nerhudda  cranium,  and  then  point 
out  in  what  respects  it  differs  from  those  of  other  species  of  oxen.  The  forehead  is 
long  and  narrow,  and  equal  in  length  to  the  face ; between  the  horn-cores  it  is 
almost  flat,  while  at  the  level  of  the  orbits  it  is  slightly  concave  in  the  middle  line ; 
the  orbits  are  relatively  of  large  size,  their  anterior  borders  are  placed  very  slightly 
behind  the  plane  of  the  f rentals,  and  are  approximately  parallel  to  the  long  axis  of 
the  cranium,  the  axis  of  the  orbit  consequently  looking  almost  directly  outwards . 
The  supra-orbital  foramina  ]Dierce  the  frontals  at  right  angles,  inferiorly  they  are 
continued  mto  long  and  deej)  sulci,  which  run  nearly  ]oarallel  to  each  other,  and 
extend  downwards  as  far  as  the  inferior  border  of  the  orbit ; the  surface  of  the 
frontals  is  somewhat  more  elevated  on  the  inner  than  on  the  outer  side  of  these  sulci, 
which  are  upwards  of  six  inches  in  length. 

The  maxElse  run  nearly  parallel  to  each  other  for  a length  of  about  five  inches 
and  then  contract  somewhat  suddenly  in  width,  a well-marked  tuberosity  being 
placed  at  the  point  of  contraction.  The  nasals  are  long  and  somewhat  arched  from 
side  to  side ; between  these  bones  and  the  maxilla  there  occurs  a long  triangular 
vacant  space ; the  apex  of  the  nasals  extends  upwards  only  as  far  as  the  lower  border 
of  the  orbit ; a long  interval  separates  the  latter  from  the  base  of  the  horn-core. 

The  ridge  between  the  horn-cores  has  a large  ovate  tuberosity  occupying  its 
middle  third  ; in  some  specimens  this  tuberosity  is  less  marked  than  in  the  figured 


97—10  CEANIA  OE  EUMINANTS  EEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES. 

cranium,  and  the  intercornual  ridge  consequently  then  forms  an  almost  unbroken 
arch.  At  the  upper  part  of  the  forehead,  the  frontals  slope  slightly  backwards  to 
join  the  intercornual  ridge,  which  is  placed  rather  behind  the  plane  of  the  face ; this 
ridge  is  produced  ujowards  and  backwards  so  as  to  overarch  to  a considerable  extent 
that  part  of  the  occipital  surface  intended  for  the  attachment  of  the  vertebro- cranial 
muscles ; from  its  highest  point  the  intercornual  ridge  slopes  gradually  downwards 
and  backwards  to  join  the  occipital  crest ; the  surface  of  that  part  of  the  occiput 
which  is  above  the  crest  being  in  consequence  placed  posteriorly  to  that  part  which 
is  below  the  crest.  The  occipital  crest  itself  forms  a continuous  and  unbroken  arch, 
which  is  separated  by  a considerable  interval  from  the  intercornual  ridge.  The 
paroccipital  process  of  either  side  is  separated  by  a deep  groove  from  the  occipital 
condyle.  The  bases  of  the  horn-cores  do  not  extend  more  than  one-and-a-half  inches 
below  the  highest  point  of  the  occipital  crest  or  curved  line ; and  there  is  a wide 
interval  between  the  former  and  the  lateral  borders  of  the  crest.  The  temporal 
fossae  form  small  triangular  notches  immediately  below  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores 
on  the  occipital  surface ; the  plane  of  the  latter  forms  an  acute  angle  with  the  plane 
of  the  frontals.  The  palate  is  in  too  imperfect  a condition  for  accurate  description ; 
it  is,  however,  but  slightly  produced  backwards  behind  the  molar  series,  and  the 
line  of  the  latter  is  very  concave  internally ; the  basioccipital  is  triangular  in  form 
as  in  the  typical  oxen,  and  carries  four  tubercles  for  muscular  attachment,  of  which 
the  posterior  pair  are  the  .larger  and  are  separated  by  a wider  interval  than  are  the 
anterior  pair. 

The  horn-cores  are  placed  on  the  liighest  ridge  of  the  skull,  immediately  above 
the  plane  of  the  occiput ; in  cross  section  {FI.  XI,  figs.  3 8f  4)  they  are  nearly  circu- 
lar in  the  middle,  hut  have  a slight  ridge  along  their  superior  border ; at  their  base 
they  are  somewhat  slightly  compressed  from  side  to  side,  the  cross  section  being  pear- 
shaped  at  this  point ; they  diminish  in  width  very  gradually ; their  direction  is  at 
first  upwards,  outwards,  and  slightly  forwards,  then  nearly  directly  forwards,  and 
finally  inwards  and  slightly  upwards  ; at  their  extremities  they  are  placed  at  a dis- 
tance of  nearly  two  feet  in  advance  of  the  plane  of  the  frontals.  The  measurements 
of  the  cranium  are  as  follows  : — 


Length  from  foramen  magnum  to  diastema 

. 12-0 

„ „ intercornual  ridge  to  apex  of  nasals 

. 13-0 

Height  from  lower  border  of  foramen  magnum  to  occipital  crest 

. 5-8 

Interval  between  occipital  crest  and  intercornual  ridge  . 

. 2-5 

Width  at  inferior  border  of  orbits  .... 

. 8’6 

„ at  superior  border  of  orbits  .... 

. 10-0 

„ below  orbits  ...... 

. 7-4 

„ above  „ ...... 

. 8-1 

„ of  occiput  through  petrosals  .... 

. 10-3 

Height  from  surface  of  palate  to  frontals 

. 6-6 

Interval  between  outer  angles  of  condyles 

. 5-2 

Length  of  temporal  fossa  ..... 

. 6-5 

„ of  intercornual  ridge  ..... 

. 9-0 

CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  11—98 


Height  from  palate  to  tip  of  nasals 
Interval  between  orbit  and  base  of  horu-core 
Transverse  diameter  of  left  orbit 
Antero-posterior  diameter  of  left  orbit  . 

Length  of  line  of  five  molars 
Greatest  width  of  palate 

Interval  between  outer  surfaces  of  second  molars 
Length  of  left  horn-core,  upper  surface 
„ „ „ lower  „ 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  base  of  left  horn-core 
Circumference  of  ditto  .... 
Transverse  diameter  of  ditto 
Interval  between  tips  of  horn-cores 
„ „ supra-orbital  foramina 

Width  of  nasals  at  widest  part  . 


. 3-2 

. 5-3 

. 27 

. 31 

. 5-9 

. 3-8 

. 5-8 

. 39-0 
. 32-0 
. 3-8 

. 12-5 
. 3-4 

. 360 
. 5-7 

. 2-7 


I will  now  notice  another  frontlet  of  the  same  species  in  the  Indian  Museum, 
collected  by  Mr.  Hacket  in  the  Nerhudda  valley ; it  belonged  to  a rather  larger 
animal  than  the  preceding  specimen.  The  general  form  of  the  frontals  of  the 
two  specimens  is  similar,  the  horn-cores,  however,  of  Mr.  Hacket’s  specimen, 
instead  of  a nearly  circular,  present  an  elliptical  cross  section,  while,  continuous  with 
the  intercornual  ridge,  a well-marked  ridge  runs  along  the  upper  border  of  the 
horn-core;  the  form  of  the  horn-core  of  this  specimen  indeed  approaches  very 
closely  to  that  of  the  male  Bibos  gaurus.  The  horn-cores  are  more  massive  and 
taper  less  rapidly  than  in  the  preceding  specimen,  while  the  ridge  between,  the 
base  of  the  horn-cores  is  quite  straight,  and  without  any  median  prominence ; the 
dimensions  of  the  specimen  are  as  follows : — 


Length  from  intercornual  ridge  to  apex  of  nasals 

. 13-0 

Interval  between  superior  curved  line  of  occiput  and  intercornual  ridge 

. 3'5 

Width  at  superior  border  of  orbits 

. 10-4 

„ at  constriction  above  ditto 

. 8-5 

Length  of  intercornual  ridge 

. 9'0 

Interval  between  orbit  and  base  of  horn-core 

. 5-5 

„ „ supra-orbital  foramina 

. 5-6 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  base  of  horn-cores 

, 5-2 

Transverse  .ditto  ditto 

. 4T 

Circumference  of  ditto 

. 160 

Two  other  specimens  of  the  frontlet  of  the  Nerhudda  ox,  in  the  Collection  of 
the  Indian  Museum,  have  horn-cores  of  which  the  cross  section  is  intermediate  in 
form  between  those  of  the  horn-cores  of  the  two  last  specimens.  The  following 
measurements  show  the  difference  in  the  form  of  the  horn-cores  of  fom’  individuals 
of  this  species ; the  specimen  in  the  first  line  is  Mr.  Hacket’s  above-mentioned 
specimen,  those  in  the  two  middle  lines  are  the  two  frontlets  here  referred  to,  while 
that  in  the  last  line  is  the  cranium  figured  in  Plate  XI ; the  measurements  are 


taken  at  the  base  of  the  horn-cores  : — 


Ant.-post.  diam.  Tran,  diam,  Diif.  Girth. 


Flat-horned  variety 

.5-2 

4-1 

1-1 

16 

Intermediate  ditto 

. 5T 

4-2 

0-9 

15 

2nd  ditto  ditto 

. 4-7 

3-8 

0-9 

13-5 

Round-horned  ditto 

. 3-8 

3-4 

0'4 

12’5 

99—12  CEANIA  OF  EU  MIN  ANTS  FEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES. 

Iii  the  Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  vertebrate  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,' 
Dr.  Falconer  has  noticed  several  fragments  of  crania  and  horn- cores  which  belong  to 
this  species ; it  seemed,  however,  that  at  that  time  he  was  somewhat  doubtful  of  the 
distinctness  of  the  present  species,  since  he  in  some  cases  refers  to  the  remains 
simply  as  belonging  to  a species  of  Bos  and  at  others  as  belonging  to  Bos  nama- 
dicus.  Owing  to  this  uncertainty  of  nomenclature,  it  appears  that  Mr.  TheobahF 
was  led  into  error  in  founding  the  so-called  new  species.  Bos  falconerianus ; he 
appears  to  have  thought  that  in  the  description  of  the  horn-core  marked  30  in  the 
Catalogue  and  there  called  simply  Bos,  Dr.  Falconer  had  intended  to  argue  for  the 
specific  distinctness  of  that  horn-core  from  both  Buhalus  palceindicus  and  Bos 
ncmiadicus ; whereas  in  reality  Dr.  Falconer  was  only  arguing  for  the  distinctness 
of  the  specimen  from  Bubcdus  palcBindicus  and  the  two  living  species  of  Bibos.  A 
more  careful  perusal  of  the  Catalogue  would  have  shown  such  to  have  been  the  view 
of  the  author,  because  the  next  specimen  in  the  Catalogue  (No.  31)  is  named  Bos 
ncmiadicus,  and  Dr.  Falconer  m noticing  it  says  that  “ it  presents  the  same  charac- 
ters as  No.  30,”  clearly  showing  that  he  considered  the  two  identical;  again,  in 
the  description  of  No.  33  {infra)  Dr.  Falconer  refers  to  No.  30  as  having  belonged 
to  a male  of  Bos  ncmiadicus.  An  examination  of  the  two  specimens  of  horn-cores, 
30  and  31,  shows  that  they  are  quite  similar  in  form,  and  that  they  also  agree  with 
the  horn-cores  of  the  specimen  of  Bos  namadicus  figured  in  Plate  XI  of  this 
memoir.  Bos  fcdconerianus  must  therefore  he  considered  as  Bos  namadicus  only. 
As  the  specimens  of  horn-cores  of  this  sj)ecies  in  the  Asiatic  Society’s  Collection  are 
of  larger  size  than  any  of  those  here  described,  I will  here  quote  Dr.  Falconer’s 
notes  on  them  as  given  in  the  Catalogue.  Speaking  of  the  above-mentioned  speci- 
men of  a horn-core  (No.  30),  Dr.  Falconer  uses  the  following  words  : Bos — Enor- 
mous horn-core  of  bovine  ruminant,  encrusted  with  matrix,  much  curved  in  tlie  out- 
line, and  nearly  chcular  in  section.  Girth  five  inches  above  base,  1 foot  7 
inches ; length  along  convex  curve  3 feet  8 inches ; diameter  where  tip  is  broken 
off,  3 inches.  It  is  much  more  circular  than  that  of  the  Gour  or  Gayal,  in 
which  respect  it  differs  still  more  than  the  Bos  {Bubalus)  palcBincUcus,  and  it 
would  apj)ear  to  indicate  a distinct  fossil  species  now  extinct.”  This  specimen  is  the 
largest  horn-core  of  Eos  that  I have  seen;  it  agrees  with  that  of  our 

figured  specimen  in  belonging  to  the  round-horned  variety.  The  next  specimen  in 
the  Catalogue  (No.  31)  is  entered  by  Dr.  Falconer  as  belonging  to  Bos  namadiciis, 
and  is  referred  to  in  the  following  words : “ Fragment  of  horn-core,  left  side, 
detached,  presenting  the  same  characters  as  No.  30, — namely,  with  curved  outhne 
and  nearly  circular  in  section ; it  is  less  covered  with  matrix,  and  at  the  upper  and 
convex  edge  shows  a ridge  similar  to  (the  horn-core  of)  Bos  {Boephagus)  grunniens, 

' “Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Remains  of  Vertebrate  from  the  Sewalik  Hills,”  etc.,  in  the  Museum  of  the  Asiatic 
Society  of  Bengal,  Calcutta,  1859. 

2 Mem.  Geol.  Surv.  Ind.,  Vol.  II,  p.  293. 


CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  13—1^0 


which,  it  resembles  also  in  circular  section.  Length  11  inches ; girth  near  base 
11|  inches ; at  small  end  of  specimen  13  inches.” 

A portion  of  a cranium  of  Bos  nmnadicus  (No.  33)  from  near  Jhansi  Ghat  on 
the  Nerbndda  is  described  by  Dr.  Falconer  in  the  following  words : “Mutilated 
cranium,  presenting  the  occipital  and  sphenoidal  region  nearly  entire,  left  occipital 
condyle  and  right  mastoid  (process)  complete ; occipital  and  frontal  surfaces  perfect 
from  superior  margin  of  foramen  magnum  to  the  commencement  of  the  nasals ; 
cores  of  both  horns  broken  off,  on  the  left  side  within  the  base  of  the  pedicle  of  the 
core,  and  on  the  right  side  the  fracture  includes  the  base  of  the  core,  the  margin 
of  the  frontal  and  orbit,  all  of  which  are  removed.  A portion  of  the  upper  border 
of  left  orbit  remaining.  The  frontal  plane  longitudinally  is  slightly  convex  vith  a 
shallow  concavity  upw^ards  between  the  commencement  of  the  horn-cores.  The 
vertex  projects  posteriorly  to  a great  extent  so  as  to  over-arch  the  plane  of  the 
occipital  condyles  2|  inches.  Occipital  region  concave  from  above  downwards ; 
in  these  two  respects  differing  very  notably  from  the  skulls  of  the  Gonr  and  Gayal. 
Judging  from  the  section  of  the  core  on  the  left  side,  it  was  more  or  less  cylindrical 
in  form,  in  this  respect  also  differing  from  those  two  species. 

“Length  of  specimen  from  vertex  to  broken  margin  in  front  13  inches; 
height  from  posterior  edge  of  body  of  sphenoid  to  vertex  about  8|  inches ; width 
of  skull  at  base  of  occiput  9|  inches ; height  of  occipital  surface  from  inferior 
margin  of  foramen  magnum  to  posterior  border  of  vertex  7|-  inches  ; long  diameter 
of  occipital  condyle  2|  inches ; short  ditto  1'6  inch ; width  of  frontal  at  constric- 
tion behind  orbits  85-  inches. 

“ Dr.  Spilsbnry  says  that  tliis  cranium  and  the  specimen  No.  31  were  found 
in  the  same  place;  they  were  marked  Nos.  1 and  2.  In  conjunction  with  the  huge 
horn-core  No.  30,  they  would  appear  to  afford  conclusive  evidence  of  a fossil  species 
of  Bos  from  the  Nerbndda  distinct  both  from  Bos  {Buhalus')  palceindicus  and  the 
Gour  and  Gayal,  or  any  other  described  existing  form.  From  the  complete  synostosis 
of  the  two  frontals,  it  is  inferred  that  the  animal  was  an  aged  adult,  and  the  smaller 
size  of  the  horn  as  compared  with  specimen  No.  30  would  seem  to  indicate  that  it 
was  a female.” 

We  will  now  compare  the  specimen  figured  in  Plate  G,  figs.  1 and  1 a,  of  the 
“Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  with  the  specimen  figured  in  Plate  XI  of  this 
memoir ; as  before  said,  a copy  of  the  frontal  view  of  Falconer’s  specimen  is  given 
in  Plate  XXII,  fig.  4,  of  the  “ Palseontological  Memous,”  and  the  occipital  view 
is  given  in  the  plates  accompanying  the  present  memoir  {Blate  XVI,  fig.  3). 

In  the  accompanying  index  to  the  plates.  Dr.  Falconer  refers  to  the  specimen 
in  the  following  words  : “ Fragment  of  cranium,  showing  forehead,  occiput,  occipi- 
tal condyles,  and  foramen  magnum ; portion  of  right  horn,  and  core  of  left  horn. 
The  specimen  shows  well  the  flat  square  forehead,  the  height  being  about  equal 
to  the  breadth.  The  horns  are  attached  to  the  extremities  of  the  highest  salient 
line  of  the  head ; the  horn-cores  spread  out  horizontally,  with  a slight  arch  upwards 


101—14  CRANIA  OP  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


and  concavity  below.  The  section  of  the  horn-core  is  much  more  circular  than  in 
the  Gour  or  Gayal.” 

The  frontal  view  of  this  specimen  is  distinguished  from  that  of  the  cranium 
figured  in  Plate  XI  by  the  intercornual  ridge  being  perfectly  straight,  instead  of 
being  raised  into  a median  prominence,  and  by  the  contraction  between  the  orbit 
and  the  horn-core  being  deeper  and  shorter,  the  frontals  being  thereby  more 
nearly  square ; the  horn-core  seems  to  be  shorter  and  with  a sharper  curve 
forwards. 

On  the  occipital  aspect  {Plate  XVI,  figs.  1 and  3)  the  two  specimens  present 
more  striking  differences  ; in  Palconer’s  specimen  the  superior  curved  line  extends 
upwards  between  the  base  of  the  horn-cores,  and  the  indentations  of  the  temporal 
fossae  are  consequently  considerably  below  the  summit  of  the  curved  line,  instead  of 
nearly  on  a level  with  it,  as  in  our  specimen  ; the  intercornual  arch  is  also  nearly 
straight  in  Palconer’s  specimen  and  arched  in  ours ; finally,  the  vertex  of  Palconer’s 
specimen  very  slightly  overhangs  the  plane  of  the  occipital  condyles,  while  it  does 
so  considerably  in  our  specimen,  though  not  to  any  great  extent  in  the  position  in 
which  the  specimen  is  figured.  I consider  that  the  difference  in  the  form  of  these 
two  crania  is  chiefly  due  to  age,  the  high  and  projecting  intercornual  ridge  of  the 
specimen  in  the  Indian  Museum  being  caused  by  a great  development  of  the 
intertabular  cancelli : the  horn-cores,  however,  must  originally  have  been  placed 
somewhat  higher  in  relation  to  the  curved  line  of  the  occiput  than  in  the  British 
Museum  specimen : as  before  said,  the  specimen  figured  in  Plate  G,  fig.  2,  of  the 
“Pauna  Anti  qua  Sivalensis,”  agrees  exactly  in  form  with  the  specimen  figured 
in  Plate  XI  of  the  present  memoir,  so  that  the  two  varieties  were  classed  together 
by  Dr.  Palconer. 

In  addition  to  all  the  above-mentioned  specimens,  the  Indian  Museum  also 
contains  several  crania  of  much  smaller  oxen  from  the  Nerbudda  valley,  which, 
however,  belonged  to  adult  animals,  and  which  have  the  same  general  characters  as 
the  larger  crania  of  Pos  namadicus  from  the  same  deposits ; these  smaller  crania, 
I think,  belonged  to  female  individuals  of  the  above  species,  the  skulls  described 
above  being  those  of  males ; although  there  is  a very  great  difference  in  the  size 
of  these  skulls,  yet  I think  the  difference  is  very  little,  if  at  all  greater,  than  occiu*s 
between  the  crania  of  male  and  female  individuals  of  the  existing  Bibos  banting. 
The  measurements  of  the  most  perfect  of  these  smaller  crania  are  given  below  \ 
the  proportion  of  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  forehead  to  the  transverse 
will  be  found  in  the  table  given  below ; from  this  it  will  be  seen  that  the  pro- 
portionate excess  of  the  antero-posterior  diameter  over  the  transverse  diameter  is 
nearly  the  same  as  in  the  larger  crania ; the  following  are  the  measurements 


W idth  at  superior  border  of  orbits  . . . . , . . . 5’8 

„ at  constriction  below  orbits  ........  6'3 

„ at  constriction  above  orbits  . , . . . . . . 6'5 

Length  from  intercornual  ridge  to  ape.x  of  uasaLs  . . . . . . 9'5 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  left  orbit  2'6 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  15—102 


Transvei-se  diameter  of  left  orbit  ........  2'2 

Length  of  temporal  fossa  . . . . . . . . . 5'3 

Interval  between  base  of  bom-core  and  orbit  . . . . . . .34 

Height  fi'om  lower  border  of  foramen  magnum  to  occipital  crest  ....  4 o 

Interval  between  occipital  crest  and  intercornual  ridge  ......  2’0 

Length  of  intercornual  ridge  .........  6 2 

Interval  between  exterior  angles  of  occipital  condyles  . . . . . .38 

Width  of  occiput  between  temporal  fossae  . . . . . . . 4'7 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  base  of  born-core  . . . . . . ' . 2 5 

Transverse  ditto  ditto  . . . . . . . 2'4 

Circumference  of  ditto  ........  6'0 

Width  of  palate  ...  ........  3'8 

Interval  between  outer  surfaces  of  second  molars  .....  • 5‘2 

Length  of  six  molars  ..........  5‘5 

„ of  last  molar  ..........  1'4 


The  frontals  of  the  above  specimen  differ  from  those  of  the  larger  crania  by 
being  rather  more  concave  in  the  middle  line,  and  by  having  a sharp  ridge  nearly 
half  an  inch  in  height  running  along  the  frontal  suture  for  the  attachment  of  the 
frontahs  muscle.  The  intercornual  ridge  forms  a high  convex  arch  overhanging 
the  plane  of  the  occiput,  when  the  skull  is  placed  horizontally ; the  horn-cores 
have  an  almost  completely  circular  cross-section ; the  general  form  of  the  whole 
occipital  surface  agrees  exactly  with  that  of  the  large  Nerbudda  specimen  described 
above ; the  line  of  the  molar  series  is  nearly  straight ; the  costse  on  the  external 
surfaces  of  the  molars  are  prominent  and  of  nearly  equal  height ; the  accessory 
column  on  the  inner  side  of  the  molars  is  large,  with  a constricted  neck.  The 
dimensions  of  a detached  horn-core  of  the  female  from  the  Nerbudda  valley  are  as 
follows : — 

Circumference  at  base  ..........  9'5 

Length  along  upper  curvature  .........  10'4 


This  horn-core  is  perfeetly  cylindrical,  is  greatly  curved,  and  tapers  very 
rapidly  from  base  to  tip another  fragment  of  a larger  horn-core  in  the  Indian 
Museum  has  a deep  and  wide  groove  running  along  the  concave  curvature,  and 
continuing  almost  to  the  tip ; I have  not  seen  a similar  groove  in  any  other 
specimen. 

Eragments  of  the  cranium  and  teeth  of  this  species  have  been  brought  by 
Mr.  Eedden  from  the  older  alluvium  of  the  Perim-ganga  River  in  the  Hyderabad 
distriet ; remains  of  the  species  were  also  determined  by  Dr.  Ealconer  from  the 
older  alluvium  of  the  Jumna ; both  deposits  being  probably  near  the  horizon  of 
the  Nerbudda  gravels. 

Dr.  Ealconer  suggested  that  the  cranium  of  the  typical  Bos  namadicus  bore  a 
considerable  resemblance  to  that  of  the  European  Bos  prbnigenius ; a comparison 
of  the  two  crania,  however,  shows  considerable  differences  ; for  this  comparison  we 
may  refer  to  a figure  of  the  frontal  aspect  of  the  cranium  of  Bos  primigenim 
given  in  Professor  Owen’s  “British  Eossil  Mammals  and  Birds”  ( p,  498,  ed,  1847), 


103—16  CEANIA  OE  EUMINANTS  EROM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES. 


The  crania  of  the  two  species  are  characterised  hj  haying  long  and  flattened 
frontals,  which  considerably  exceed  in  length  the  facial  portion  of  the  skull ; in  both 
crania  the  nasals  are  long  and  tapering ; they  are,  moreover,  slightly  arched,  and 
are  wider  at  their  infra-orbital  angles  than  elsewhere ; in  both  the  horn-cores  are 
approximately  cylindrical,  and  extend  far  in  front  of  the  face,  while  the  orbit  is» 
separated  by  a long  interval  from  the  base  of  the  horn-core ; the  cranium  of  J^os 
namadicus  is,  however,  somewhat  narrower  above  the  orbits  than  that  of  £os  prlmi- 
genius,  in  consequence  of  being  more  deeply  excavated  laterally.  In  the  figured 
specimen  of  the  cranium  of  B.  namadicus  the  intercornual  space  is  arcuated, 
whereas  it  is  straight  in  B.  primigenius ; the  horn-cores  in  the  crania  of  both 
species  are  placed  on  the  frontals  in  a very  similar  manner,  but  those  of  the  Indian 
species  are  larger  and  longer,  and  their  direction  is  more  upwards ; moreover,  tliey 
have  no  double  curve,  and  their  terminal  curve  is  sharper  than  in  Bos  primigenius. 
The  variety  of  Bos  namadicus  from  the  Nerbudda,  in  which  the  horn-cores  have  an 
ellipsoidal  cross  section,  difiiers  still  more  from  Bos  primigenius  and  approaches  to 
Bibos.  The  nasals  of  B.  primigenius  articulate  with  the  premaxillae,  while  those 
of  B.  namadicus  do  not. 

The  occipital  region  of  the  specimen  of  Bos  namadicus  figured  in  Plate  XI  I 
have  compared  with  the  corresponding  surface  of  a cranium  of  Bos  primigenius 
in  the  Indian  Museum,  and  have  found  very  striking  differences  between  the  two. 
The  occiput  of  Bos  primigenius  form  of  that  of  a typical  species  of  the 

genus,  being  characterised  by  its  general  quadrangular  outline  and  by  the  absence 
of  any  indentation  of  the  lateral  boundaries  of  tliis  surface  by  the  extremities  of 
the  temporal  fossae ; the  occipital  crest  or  superior  curved  line  is  flattened  at  its 
summit,  and  its  lateral  borders  are  approximately  straight ; marked  angles  are 
consequently  formed  at  the  junction  of  the  lateral  and  superior  borders  of  the 
infra-cristal  portion ; there  is  a large  shield-like  protuberance  for  the  insertion  of 
the  ligamentum  nuchse,  and  the  summit  of  the  occipital  crest  reaches  upwards  as 
far  as  the  middle  of  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores;  between  the  occipital  crest  and 
the  base  of  the  horn-core  there  is  a smooth  hollow  surface.  The  paroccipital 
proeesses  are  large,  angular,  and  prominent,  and  there  is  a wide  space  on  their  outer 
surfaces  for  the  attachment  of  the  digastric  muscles  ; the  mterval  between  the 
external  angles  of  the  occipital  condyles  is  equal  to  half  the  interval  between  the 
posterior  extremities  of  the  temporal  fossae,  is  much  less  than  the  interval  between 
the  inferior  border  of  the  foramen  magnum  and  the  summit  of  the  occipital  crest, 
and  is  less  than  half  the  width  of  the  oeciput  measured  through  the  foramen 
magnum ; finally,  the  supra-cristal  portion  of  the  oeciput  does  not  overhang  the 
infra-cristal  portion,  and  the  plane  of  the  occiput  consequently  is  nearly  straight, 
or  slightly  convex. 

In  the  eranium  of  Bos  namadicus,  on  the  other  hand,  we  find  the  occipital 
surface  (Plate  XVI,  fig.  1)  indented  laterally  by  the  extremities  of  the  temporal 
fossse,  and  the  quadrangular  outline  of  the  occiput  consequently  lost ; the  oceipital 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  17—104 

crest  forms  an  unbroken  regular  curve ; its  summit  does  not  extend  upwards  to 
the  middle  of  the  base  of  the  horn-cores,  and  consequently  the  supra-cristal  portion 
of  the  occiput  is  of  considerable  height ; moreover,  the  latter  portion  projects 
backwards  so  as  to  overhang  the  plane  of  the  infra-cristal  portion  of  the  occiput, 
and  the  plane  of  the  whole  occiput  is  consequently  concave  from  above  downwards. 
The  ligamentum  nuchse  seems  to  have  been  inserted  on  a fiat  smTace  and  not  to  a 
tubercle ; the  paroccipital  processes  are  broad  and  rounded,  and  the  surface  for  the 
digastric  muscle  is  narrow.  The  interval  between  the  external  angles  of  the  occi- 
pital condyles  is  only  slightly  less  than  the  interval  between  the  inferior  border  of 
the  foramen  magnum  and  the  occipital  crest,  the  same  interval  is  greater  than  half 
the  width  of  the  occiput  measured  through  the  foramen  magnum,  and  is  equal  to 
two-thirds  of  the  length  of  the  interval  between  the  extremities  of  the  temporal 
fossse ; finally,  the  intercornual  crest  is  often  arcuated. 

The  cranium  of  Bos  namacUcm  therefore  difiiers  from  the  cranium  of  Bos 
primigenius  in  the  following  points  : the  short  premaxillse,  which  do  not  reach  the 
nasals;  the  low  position  of  the  occipital  crest  relatively  to  the  horn-cores,  the 
arcuated  intercornual  ridge,  the  intrusion  of  the  temporal  fossae  on  to  the  occiput, 
the  concave  plane  of  the  latter,  and  the  regular  curve  of  the  occipital  crest ; in 
almost  all  these  points,  in  which  the  cranium  of  Bos  namadicus  differs  from  that  of 
Bos  primigenius,  it  approaches  to  the  crania  of  the  genus  Bibos. 

The  peculiar  forward  curve  of  the  horn-cores  of  this  species,  as  is  well  shorni 
in  the  profile  view,  presents  considerable  resemblance  to  the  curve  of  the  horn- cores 
of  the  yak  j this,  however,  cannot  be  taken  as  of  any  importance  in  showing  kinship 
between  the  two  animals,  as  the  forms  of  the  crania  of  the  two  are  so  entirely 
different. 

We  have  now  to  consider  in  what  manner  the  cranium  of  the  present  species 
differs  from  those  of  the  two  Indian  species  of  Bibos.  If  we  refer  to  the  table  of 
frontal  measurements  given  below,  it  will  be  found  that  the  antero-posterior 
diameter  of  the  forehead  of  this  species  exceeds  the  transverse  diameter  by  one  and 
a half  inches,  whereas  in  the  forehead  of  Bibos  the  transverse  diameter  is  the  longer 
of  the  two. 

In  typical  crania  of  this  species  the  transverse  section  of  the  horn-core  is  either 
circular  or  approximately  circular ; and  the  horn-cores  are  placed  on  the  highest 
ridge  of  the  skull,  which  is  situated  immediately  above  the  proper  occipital  surface ; 
the  base  of  the  horn-core  is  separated  by  a long  interval  from  the  orbit ; and  the  skull 
between  these  two  points  is  considerably  contracted  in  width.  The  length  of  the 
frontal  portion  of  the  cranium  considerably  exceeds  that  of  the  facial  portion,  while 
the  orbits  are  salient  and  placed  on  a level  with  the  frontals,  and  the  nasals  are  long 
and  widest  at  their  infra-orbital  angle. 

On  the  other  hand,  in  the  genus  Bibos  the  horns  of  the  males  are  laterally 
compressed,  and  their  uppermost  border  is  concave  (the  same  border  of  the  horn- 
cores  of  B.  namadicus  being  convex  close  to  the  skull)  : the  bases  of  the  horn-cores 


105—18  CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


and  the  orbits  are  closely  approximated ; the  cranium  of  Bibos  gaurus  is  hut  slightly 
contracted  in  width  between  these  two  points,  while  that  of  Bibos  frontalis  is  not 
contracted  at  all  in  the  same  place ; the  orbits  of  the  former  species  are  non-salient, 
while  those  of  the  latter  are  considerably  depressed  below  the  plane  of  the  f rentals. 
The  nasals  of  both  species  are  wider  at  their  free  distal  extremities  than  at  their 
infra-orbital  angles,  while  those  of  Bibos  frontalis  are  fm’ther  distinguished  by  their 
extreme  shortness  : finally,  the  length  of  the  facial  portion  of  the  cranium  in  both 
species  is  equal  to  that  of  the  frontal  portion. 

If  now  we  compare  together  the  occipital  surfaces  of  the  three  crania,  we  shall 
find  still  more  striking  and  marked  differences  between  that  of  Bos  namadicus  and 
those  of  Bibos.  Eigures  of  the  occiput  of  Bos  namadicus  are  given  in  the  present 
memoir  {Blate  XVI,  figs.  1,  3) ; and  figures  of  the  same  region  of  the  crania  of 
Bibos  gaurus  and  Bibos  frontalis  will  be  found  in  Mr.  Hodgson’s  paper  on  the 
genera  of  Indian  cattle.’ 

Turning  firstly  to  the  occiput  of  Bibos  frontalis,  we  find  this  surface  of  the 
skull  divided  into  two  distinct  portions ; interiorly  there  is  the  proper  occipital  or 
infra-cristal  smfface  roughened  for  muscular  attachments ; and  superiorly  the  smooth 
parieto-frontal  or  supra-cristal  surface  situated  between  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores. 
At  the  junction  of  these  surfaces  the  occiput  is  deeply  indented  from  either  side 
by  the  temporal  fossae — so  deeply  that  the  intervening  surface  of  the  parietals  is 
but  very  slightly,  if  at  aU,  wider  than  the  interval  between  the  external  angles  of 
the  occipital  condyles.  These  temporal  fossae  are  wide,  and  a portion  of  their  inner 
termination  on  the  occipital  surface  is  situated  above  the  summit  of  the  occipital 
crest ; while  the  latter  is  placed  below  the  lower  border  of  the  base  of  the  horn-cores. 
The  interval  between  the  external  angles  of  the  occipital  condyles  is  precisely 
equal  to  that  between  the  lower  border  of  the  foramen  magnum  and  the  summit  of 
the  occipital  crest,  and  is  equal  to  one-half  the  width  of  the  widest  part  of  the 
occipital  smfface ; and,  as  stated  above,  is  very  nearly  equal  to  the  interval  between 
the  temporal  fossae.  Below  the  summit  of  the  occipital  crest  there  is  a large  shield- 
like protuberance  for  the  attachment  of  the  ligamentum  nuchae.  The  intercornual 
ridge  is  wide  and  straight. 

The  occiput  of  Bibos  gaurus  agrees  in  form  and  comparative  measurements  with 
that  of  the  last  species,  with  the  exception  that  the  intercornual  ridge  is  produced 
forwards  between  the  horns  in  a high  arch,  so  that  the  vertical  height  of  the  sujjra- 
cristal  portion  of  the  occiput  is  greater  than  that  of  the  infra-cristal  portion. 

On  the  other  hand,  the  occiput  of  Bos  namadicus  has  a totally  different  form 
from  either  of  the  above.  The  temporal  fossae  make  but  very  small  indentations  on 
to  the  occiput,  and  consequently  this  surface  is  not  so  distinctly  divided  into  two 
portions.  The  indentations  of  the  temporal  fossae  being  so  small,  the  summit  of  the 
occipital  crest  is  placed  considerably  above  them,  and  extends  upwards  bevond 


^ Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,  Vol.  X,  p.  470. 


CRANIA  OP  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  19—106 


the  lower  borders  of  the  horn-cores ; consequently  the  interval  between  the  ex- 
tremities of  the  temporal  fossae  is  far  larger  than  that  between  the  external  angles 
of  the  condyles ; the  same  interval  also  is  considerably  less  than  that  between  the 
lower  border  of  the  foramen  magnum  and  the  summit  of  the  occipital  crest,  and  is 
equal  to  more  than  half  the  width  of  the  widest  part  of  the  occiput.  There  is  no 
marked  prominence  below  the  occipital  crest  for  the  attachment  of  the  ligamentum 
nuchae;  and  the  supra-cristal  portion  of  the  occiput  considerably  overhangs  the 
infra-cristal  portion;  the  intercornual  ridge  is  slightly  arcuated.  Pinally,  as  a 
character  of  minor  value,  the  directions  of  the  horn-cores  are  quite  different ; those  of 
Bos  namadicus  have  a graceful  yery  open  cmwe,  the  first  tmn  of  which  has  the 
superior  border  convex ; in  Bibos  the  horn-cores  have  but  one  slight  curve,  and  their 
upper  border  is  concave.  The  anterior  border  of  the  orbits  in  Bos  namadicus  is  very 
nearly  parallel  with  the  long  axis  of  the  cranium,  and  the  axis  of  the  orbit  is  directed 
outwards ; in  Bibos  the  same  border  of  the  orbit  is  placed  obliquely  to  the  long  axis  of 
the  cranium,  and  the  axis  of  the  orbit  is  directed  downwards  and  outwards.  There 
can  therefore  be  no  doubt  as  to  the  distinctness  of  the  Nerbudda  ox  from  the  genus 
Bibos.  In  one  point,  however,  the  cranium  of  Bos  namadicus  differs  from  those  of 
more  typical  species  of  the  genus,  and  thereby  approaches  to  the  cranium  of  Bibos ; 
this  point  is  the  relation  of  the  premaxillse  to  the  other  bones  of  the  face.  In  his 
definition  of  the  restricted  genus  Bos,  as  given  in  the  first  Catalogue  of  the  TJngulata 
in  the  British  Museum  {1853),  the  late  Dr.  Gray  says  that  the  premaxillse  are  large 
and  always  extend  upwards  into  the  triangular  space  between  the  maxillge  and  the 
nasals,  and  consequently  articulate  with  both  these  bones,  in  the  same  manner  as  in 
the  genus  Bubalus  ; in  the  genus  Bibos,  on  the  other  hand,  the  premaxillse  are  small, 
and  are  attached  only  to  the  distal  extremities  of  the  maxillge,  and  are  separated  by 
a considerable  interval  from  the  nasals.  In  the  second  Catalogue  of  Ruminants  in 
the  British  Museum  {1873),  however.  Dr.  Gray  has  added  a new  species  of  Bos, 
namely,  the  Bos  chmensis  of  Mr.  Swinhoe,  which  vitiates  the  above  distinction 
between  Bos  and  Bibos,  though  no  mention  of  this  fact  is  made  in  the  Catalogue. 
We  may  refer  to  a figure  of  the  cranium  of  the  Chinese  species,  which  is  undoubt- 
edly a true  Bos,  given  in  the  Proceedings  of  the  Zoological  Society  of  London  for 
1870,  and  we  shall  then  find  that  the  premaxillae  are  small,  and  do  not  extend  uj)- 
wards  to  the  nasals,  precisely  as  in  Bibos. 

In  our  figured  cranium  of  Bos  namadicus,  the  distal  portion  of  the  face  has 
been  in  great  part  broken  away,  so  that  the  relations  of  the  different  bones  cannot  be 
well  observed ; on  the  right  side  of  the  specimen,  however,  a minute  portion  of  the 
proximal  extremity  of  the  premaxilla  still  remains ; this  is  situated  near  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  maxilla,  and  is  far  removed  from  the  nasals,  precisely  as  in  Bos  chmensis 
and  in  Bibos ; other  less  complete  specimens  of  the  cranium  of  Bos  namadicus  in 
the  Indian  Museum  show  this  relation  more  clearly.  The  above  facts,  therefore, 
compel  us  to  abandon  one  of  Dr.  Gray’s  distinctions  between  Bos  and  Bibos  as  not 
being  applicable  to  all  the  species.  It  is  noteworthy  that  the  short  premaxillge 


107—20  CRANIA  OE  RUMINANTS  EROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 

which  occur  in  the  Indian  genus  Bibos  also  occur  in  two  Asiatic  species  of  the 
genus  Bos  and  in  no  others. 

The  nasals  of  Bos  namadicus  are  widest  at  the  angle  immediately  helow  the 
orbit,  while  below  this  angle  they  diminish  in  width  regularly  to  their  distal  ex- 
tremity ; in  Bibos,  on  the  other  hand,  and  in  most  species  of  Bubalus,  the  infra-orbital 
angle  of  the  nasals  is  not  their  widest  part;  in  Bibos  gaurus  the  nasals  at  first  slightly 
contract  below  this  angle,  and  then  spread  out  again  to  a greater  width  than  at  any 
other  part : in  Bibos  frontalis  the  extremely  short  nasals  preserve  an  almost  uniform 
width  throughout  their  lecgth.  The  figured  cranium  of  Bos  namadicus  also  agrees 
with  that  of  Bibos  gaurus  in  having  an  arcuated  intercornual  space,  but  this 
character  is  not  universal  in  the  former  species. 

In  the  Collection  of  the  Indian  Museum  we  have  a large  series  of  limb-bones 
of  oxen  from  the  Nerbudda  valley,  but  it  is  generally  impossible  to  say  whether 
they  belong  to  Bos  namadicus  or  to  Bubalus  'palccindicus : the  only  bones  I will 
mention  here  are  some  specimens  of  the  metacarpals  and  metatarsals,  which  from 
their  resemblance  to  the  bones  of  Bos  primigenkis  may,  I think,  have  belonged  to 
the  Nerbudda  ox.  The  metacarpal  is  strong  and  stout ; on  the  anterior  surface  there 
is  a slight,  though  distinct,  groove  for  the  extensor  tendons,  which  does  not,  however, 
extend  far  above  the  nutrient  foramen ; the  middle  of  the  anterior  aspect  presents 
a smoothly  rounded  surface,  without  any  distinct  ridges ; the  posterior  surface  is 
quite  fiat,  with  no  median  hollow  for  the  flexor  tendons  ; the  articular  surface  for 
the  unciform  is  of  very  small  size,  the  division  between  this  surface  and  that  for  the 
trapezo-magnum  being  placed  on  the  outer  side  of  the  median  line.  The  dimen- 
sions of  the  specimen  are — 


Extreme  length  ...........  9'5 

Transverse  diameter  of  carpal  surface  . . . . . . . .26 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  surface  for  trapezo-magnum  . . . . .16 

Transverse  diameter  of  two  trochlese  2'8 

Cii'cumference  of  shaft  at  middle  ........  5'0 


The  s]iecimen  exactly  agrees  in  length  with  the  metacarpal  of  a large  male 
Gour  in  the  Indian  Museum ; the  metacarpal  of  the  latter  species  is,  however,  more 
slender,  and  has  a well-marked  extensor  groove  throughout  its  length.  The  bone 
is  half  an  inch  shorter  than  the  metacarpal  of  Bos  primigenius  described  by  Profes- 
sor Owen  in  his  “British  Eossil  Mammals  and  Birds,”  and  is  1’3  inches  less  in  cir- 
cumference, indicating  that  the  Nerbudda  ox  was  of  slighter  build  than  the 
English  Pleistocene  ox : in  fact,  intermediate  in  this  character  between  the  latter 
and  the  Indian  Gour. 

The  metatarsal  which  I refer  to  this  sjiecies  is  characterised  by  presenting  a 
nearly  square  cross  section  at  its  centre : at  its  proximal  extremity  it  becomes 
slightly  expanded  in  an  antero-posterior  direction,  while  at  the  distal  extremity  the 
transverse  diameter  becomes  considerably  the  longer  of  the  two.  On  the  anterior 
surface  there  is  a wide  and  deep  groove  for  the  extensor  tendons.  The  trochlem  are 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  21—108 

separated  by  a wide  interval : on  the  posterior  surface  the  bone  is  flattened  and  has 
no  distinct  flexor  groove ; the  whole  length  of  the  bone  is  equal  to  four-and-a- 
half  times  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  two  trochlege ; its  dimensions  are  as 
follows 

Length  . .........  11-16 

Transverse  diameter  of  two  trochlese  ........  2-60 

Circumference  at  middle  of  shaft  4-80 

This  specimen  would  correspond  in  proportionate  size  with  the  metacarpal 
noticed  above : in  Bos  primigenius  the  metatarsal  is  1-3  inches  larger  than  the  meta- 
carpal ; and  the  former  bone  is  very  like  this  specimen  in  form  and  size ; it  is  slightly 
longer  than  that  of  the  Indian  species. 

The  flat-horned  variety  of  Bos  namadicus,  as  I have  before  said,  differs  from 
type  species  of  the  genus  Bos,  and  agrees  with  the  genus  Bibos.  We  have 
already  noticed  various  other  points  of  resemblance  between  the  Nerbudda  ox  and 
the  latter  genus,  and  since  there  is  now  no  wild  Taurine  ox  Living  in  India,  and  as 
the  genus  Bibos  must  have  lived  almost  immediately  after  the  extinction  of  the 
Nerbudda  species,  and  is  at  present  unknown  dmdng  the  period  in  which  that  species 
lived,  it  may,  I think,  be  a fair  inference  that  the  one  is  the  direct  ancestor  of  the 
other ; or  that,  in  any  case,  both  have  sprung  from  one  common  stock.  If  I am  right 
in  considering  the  next  described  species  of  flat-horned  ox  from  the  Siwaliks  as  the 
ancestor  of  Bos  namadicus,  we  are  enabled  to  trace  the  probable  ancestry  of  the  Gout 
and  Gayal  backwards  to  the  Siwalik  period,  and  to  mark  their  gradual  divergence 
from  the  true  Taurine  type.  I hope  that  Zoologists  and  Geologists  in  India 
will  give  particular  attention  to  collecting  any  remains  of  Mammals  that  may  occur 
in  the  upper  Pleistocene  and  early  recent  beds  of  India,  in  order  that  we  may  be 
enabled  to  trace  the  earlier  species  more  directly  up  to  the  present  species,  and  to 
discover  intermediate  forms  such  as  I presume  must  have  existed  between  Bos 
namadicus  and  Bibos  gaurus. 

The  Nerbudda  ox,  owing  to  the  discovery  of  a palaeolithic  implement  by  Mr. 
Hacket  in  the  beds  in  which  its  remains  occur,  was  at  all  events,  during  a certain  portion 
of  the  period  in  which  it  existed,  a contemporary  of  the  early  human  inhabitants 
of  India ; and  the  genus  Bibos,  if  we  adopt  the  view  that  it  is  descended  directly 
from  B.  namadicus,  must  also  have  acquired  its  characteristic  modifications  of 
cranium  within  the  same  period.  Whether  man  was  instrumental  in  causing  the 
final  disappearance  of  the  Nerbudda  ox,  or  whether  it  was  unable  to  compete  against 
the  modern  oxen,  or  whether  the  disappearance  of  the  sM  forests  from  the  Nerbudda 
valley,  which  Captain  Forsyth  in  the  “ Highlands  of  Central  India  ” considers  as 
the  cause  of  the  disappearance  of  Bubalus  palceindicus  from  that  district,  was 
fatal  to  the  existence  of  Bos  namadicus,  we  are  at  present  unable  to  decide ; 
but  I am  inclined  to  think  that  the  second  of  the  three  hypotheses  is  the  more 
probable. 


109—22  CEAXIA  OP  EUMINANTS  PEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES. 


Bos  PLANiFRONS,  n.  sp.  nohis.  PI.  12,  f.  2 ; PL  16,  f.  4. 

The  specimen  figured  in  the  above-mentioned  plates  consists  of  an  upper 
part  of  the  frontlet  with  the  greater  part  of  the  horn-cores  of  a species  of  Bos 
distinct  from  the  last  species ; the  specimen  was  collected  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the 
Punjab  by  Mr.  Theobald.  On  referring  to  the  table  of  measm^ements  on  page  66, 
it  will  be  seen  that  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  forehead  of  this  species  is 
longer  than  the  transverse  diameter,  while  if  we  turn  to  the  view  of  the  occipital 
surface  {Blate  XVI,  fig.  4),  we  shall  see  that  the  horn-cores  are  placed  upon  an  ele- 
vated ridge  immediately  over  the  occiput,  that  there  is  no  distinct  parietal  band  across 
the  back  of  the  cranium,  and  that  the  frontals  are  nearly  flat ; the  transverse  section 
of  the  horn-cores  is  somewhat  eUiptical,  and  the  occiput  is  squared  and  but  slightly 
indented  laterally  by  the  terminations  of  the  temporal  fossse.  All  the  above  charac- 
ters clearly  show  that  the  specimen  should  be  referred  to  the  restricted  genus  Bos, 
although  the  elliptical  cross  section  of  the  horn-cores  differs  from  type  species 
of  that  group. 

The  above  characters  also  sufficiently  distinguish  our  specimen  from  the  living 
genus  Bibos ; the  direction  of  the  horn-cores  sufficiently  distinguishes  it  from 
Bos  namadicus,  since  in  the  present  specimen  the  horn-cores  are  directed  almost 
immediately  outwards,  with  a slight  tendency  upwards  and  inwards,  and  they  do  not 
curve  forward  as  in  Bos  nmiadictis.  In  the  latter  species  the  tips  of  the  horn-cores 
of  the  figured  specimen  are  about  two  feet  in  advance  "of  the  plane  of  the  frontals, 
whereas  in  B.  'plcmifirons  the  horn- cores  where  broken  are  not  more  than  three 
inches  in  advance  of  the  same  plane.  The  occipital  surfaces  of  the  two  type  forms 
are  also  slightly  different,  that  of  the  Siwalik  species  being  more  strictly  Taurine. 

As  is  shown  in  the  figure  of  the  forehead,  the  frontals  are  longitudinally 
fissured  in  our  specimen,  the  parts  on  each  side  of  the  line  of  fracture  being 
somewhat  laterally  compressed,  so  that  the  median  line  of  the  frontals  is  tlirown 
forwards  in  advance  of  its  proper  plane,  thereby  causing  the  forehead  to  appear 
more  convex  than  it  naturally  would  be.  In  the  unbroken  condition  of  the 
frontals  these  bones  would  be  very  nearly  flat  between  the  horn-cores ; below  the 
bases  of  the  horn- cores,  the  median  line  of  the  frontals  becomes  somewhat  more 
prominent,  and  the  lateral  surfaces  slope  away  on  either  side,  so  that  the  anterior 
border  of  the  orbit  is  plaeed  somewhat  below  or  behind  the  median  line  of  the 
frontals.  The  lateral  surfaces  of  the  frontals  are  marked  by  supra-orbital  sulci 
of  great  width  and  depth,  which  converge  together  as  they  descend : there  are  no 
distinct  supra-orbital  foramina  in  the  specimen  ; this  is,  however,  probably  only  an 
individual  peculiarity.  The  lateral  contraction  of  the  forehead  between  the  base  of 
the  horn-core  and  the  orbit  is  distinct,  though  of  no  great  length ; the  re-entering 
angle  for  the  insertion  of  the  apex  of  the  nasals  is  seen  on  the  lower  border  of  the 
figure ; it  does  not  extend  upwards  as  far  as  the  centre  of  the  orbits. 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  23—110 


The  lower  and  left  portions  of  the  occipital  surface  have  been  broken  away 
in  our  specimen  ; the  occipital  crest  forms  a very  wide  and  flattened  arch,  somewhat 
prominent  and  separated  by  an  oblique  groove  from  the  base  of  the  horn- core  of 
either  side : the  smooth  surface  above  the  occipital  crest  is  concave  from  side  to 
side  and  slightly  convex  from  before  backwards ; it  overhangs  to  a very  slight 
extent  that  part  of  the  surface  of  the  occiput  below  the  crest.  The  portion  of  the 
occiput  below  the  crest  or  curved  line  is  deeply  marked  by  ridges  and  hollows  for 
muscular  attachments ; a deep  pit  is  seen  on  the  right  hand  of  the  figure  for  the 
attaclunent  of  the  recti-capitis  muscles.  The  bases  of  the  horn^cores  are  separated 
from  each  other  by  a considerable  interval ; the  ridge  occupying  this  interval  is 
slightly  convex  when  viewed  from  behind ; in  a front  view  the  same  ridge  is  either 
straight  or  very  slightly  concave,  according  to  the  position  of  the  skull,  but  never 
convex.  The  horn-cores  themselves  are  at  first  directed  outwards,  upwards,  and  a 
little  forwards ; they  are  continued  in  a single  unbroken  curve  as  far  as  those  of 
our  specimen  extend ; they  certainly  when  complete  had  not  the  double  curve  of 
the  horn-cores  of  Bos  primigenms,  neither  were  they  extended  forwards  or  bent 
upwards  towards  the  tip  as  in  the  Nerbudda  species.  At  their  junction  with  the 
f rentals  the  horn-cores  expand  suddenly  both  above  and  below,  the  areas  of  their 
transverse  section  being  here  greater  than  those  of  the  portions  of  the  f rentals  to 
which  they  are  attached  ; the  summit  of  the  curved  line  of  the  occiput  extends  far 
upwards  between  the  bases  of  the  horns,  and  consequently  is  far  removed  from 
the  extremities  of  the  temporal  fossae  ; these  latter  form  wide  but  shallow  fissures 
on  the  occiput.  The  transverse  section  of  the  horns  is  laterally  compressed.  The 


dimensions  of  the  specimen  are  given  below  : — 

Width  at  superior  border  of  orbits  . , . . . . . . . 9‘3 

„ constriction  above  „ . . . . . . . . 8'8 

Length  from  intercornual  ridge  to  apex  of  nasals  ......  10‘2 

„ of  intercornual  ridge  .........  7'0 

Interval  between  occipital  curved  line  and  intercornual  ridge  .....  2'0 

Width  of  occiput  between  temporal  fossse  .......  6'7 

Circumference  of  base  of  right  horn-core  .......  14'5 

Length  of  remaining  portion  of  „ .......  19'0 

Circumference  of  right  horn-core  at  fracture  .......  9'0 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  right  horn-core  . . . . . . . 4‘5 


We  have  now  to  compare  this  cranium  with  our  specimens  of  the  crania  of 
Bos  namadicus.  We  will  first  compare  it  with  Ralconer’s  specimen  of  the  latter 
species  afieady  so  often  referred  to.  In  the  figures  of  the  occipital  regions  of  the 
two  specimens  {Flate  XVI,  figs.  3 and  4),  the  cranium  of  the  Siwalik  species  {fig.  4) 
has  the  occiput  placed  more  vertically  than  in  Ralconer’s  specimen  {fig.  3) ; in 
consequence  of  this  the  crest  or  curved  line  of  the  occiput  of  the  latter  appears  to 
be  placed  lower  down  than  in  the  former  specimen. 

On  the  frontal  aspect  the  intercornual  ridge  of  the  Siwalik  species  is  slightly 
concave  instead  of  straight  or  convex,  while  the  lateral  indentations  of  the  skull 


111—24  CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


between  the  hom-cores  and  the  orbits  are  rather  less  deep,  and  the  centre  of  the 
forehead  is  rather  more  prominent : the  horn-cores  tend  more  directly  outwards 
with  only  a very  slight  cmve  forwards.  On  the  occipital  aspect  the  chief  difference 
is  that  the  vertical  diameter  of  the  infra-cristal  portion  is  considerably  greater  in 
proportion  to  the  transverse  diameter  in  the  Siwalik  species  ; this  gives  the  whole 
occiput  a more  quadrate  appearance,  by  which  it  approaches,  as  before  said,  more 
closely  in  form  to  the  occiput  of  the  true  Taurine  oxen,  like  Bos  primigenius.  The 
occiput  of  Falconer’s  Nerbudda  specimen  forms  a transition  from  the  Siwalik 
species  to  the  occiput  of  our  large  Nerbudda  specimen  {Blate  XVI,  Jig.  1),  in  which 
the  long  transverse  diameter  of  the  occiput  and  the  separation  of  the  infra-cristal 
portion  of  the  same  surface  is  a character  approaching  to  the  occiput  of  Bibos- 
The  occipital  crest  of  our  specimens  of  the  Nerbudda  species  {Blate  XVI,  Jigs.  1^3) 
is  completed  in  a single  simple  curve,  whereas  the  proper  occiput  of  the  Siwalik 
species  has  high  lateral  borders  at  first  scarcely  curving  at  all,  and  with  marked 
angles  at  their  junction  with  this  superior  border ; the  indentations  of  the  temporal 
fossge  on  to  the  occiput  are  very  shallow  and  are  placed  much  below  the  level  of  the 
summit  of  the  occipital  crest  or  curved  line.  In  the  Nerbudda  species,  these  in- 
dentations are  somewhat  larger,  and  are  placed  nearer  to  the  level  of  the  occipital  crest : 
in  all  the  above  characters  Falconer’s  specimen  of  Bos  namadicus  is  intermediate 
between  the  Siwalik  cranium  and  the  typical  Nerbudda  crania. 

In  the  Indian  Museum  there  is  another  similar  frontlet  of  an  ox  (No.  141), 
also  collected  in  the  Siwaliks  by  Mr.  Theobald,  which  I refer  to  the  same  species 
as  the  last  specimen,  though  it  presents  some  slight  differences  in  form.  The  speci- 
men comprises  only  the  intercornual  portions  of  the  frontals,  with  the  upper  part 
of  the  occiput  and  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores.  The  dimensions  are  as  follows  : — 


Length  of  intercornual  ridge  .........  7‘2 

Interval  between  occipital  crest  and  intercornual  ridge  . . . . . . 1'8 

Width  of  occiput  between  temporal  fossae  .......  7 0 

Circumference  of  base  of  born-core  . . . . . . . • 14'5 


These  few  measurements  agree  nearly  with  those  of  the  last  specimen : the 
cross  section  of  the  horn-cores,  however,  exhibits  a more  nearly  circular  form, 
though  the  horn-cores  themselves  are  directed  upwards  and  outwards,  with  no  incli- 
nation forwards.  The  occipital  surfaces  of  this  and  the  last  specimen  are  almost 
identical  in  form,  the  curved  line  or  crest  extending  high  up  between  the  hom- 
cores  ; in  the  second  specimen,  however,  the  intercornual  ridge  is  raised  up  into 
a median  prominence,  as  in  the  figured  specimen  of  the  Nerbudda  species. 

We  may  now  compare  the  cranium  of  this  Siwalik  species  with  that  of  the 
European  Bos  primigenius  in  order  to  see  in  what  points  it  differs  from  that  most 
typical  form  of  Taurine  Oxen.  Turning  first  to  the  occipital  surfaces  of  the  two 
crania,  we  shall  find  that  the  occiput  of  the  Siwalik  species  is  much  more  close  to  the 
European  form  than  is  the  occiput  of  Bos  namadicus.  In  both  the  European 
and  the  Siwalik  crania,  the  summit  of  the  occipital  crest  extends  high  up  between 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  25—112 


the  bases  of  the  horn-cores  ; in  both,  the  general  outline  of  the  occiput  is  approxi- 
mately quadrangular,  while  the  indentations  of  the  temporal  fossse  on  to  the  latter 
surface  are  of  very  small  extent  in  the  Siwalik  species,  and  are  almost  entirely 
wanting  in  the  European  species.  The  occipital  surfaces  of  the  two  forms  are, 
however,  broadly  distinguished  by  the  greater  relative  length  of  the  transverse 
diameter  in  Bos  primigenius.  The  summit  of  the  occipital  crest  in  the  Indian 
cranium  is  not  flattened  to  the  same  extent  as  in  the  European  cranium,  and  is 
separated  by  only  a small  interval  from  the  intercornual  ridge.  The  foreheads  of 
the  two  species  have  nearly  the  same  general  proportions,  hut  that  of  the  Indian 
species  is  distinguished  by  being  slightly  convex.  We  are  unable  to  tell  whether 
the  relations  of  the  premaxillse  to  the  nasals  in  Bos  planifrons  are  similar  to  those 
which  occur  in  Bos  primigenius  or  to  those  which  occur  in  Bos  namadicus  and 
Bibos. 

The  horn-cores  of  the  Siwalik  species  present  an  elliptical  cross  section,  and 
thereby  differ  very  markedly  from  the  European  species,  in  which  the  horn-cores 
are  cylindrical ; in  the  same  degree  they  approach  the  horn-cores  of  the  flat-horned 
variety  of  Bos  namadicus  and  Bibos. 

The  proportions  of  the  frontals  in  Bos  planifrons,  the  general  form  of  the 
occiput,  and  the  small  size  of  the  indentations  of  the  temporal  fossse  on  that  surface, 
show  that  tins  species  was  nearer  to  the  true  Taurine  Oxen  than  any  other  living  or 
fossil  species  of  Indian  Ox.  As  I have  before  said,  however,  the  occiput  of 
Dr.  Falconer’s  so  often  quoted  variety  of  Bos  namadicus  is  intermediate  in  form 
between  the  occiput  of  the  typical  variety  and  that  of  Bos  'planifrons : this, 
together  with  the  fact  that  the  occurrence  of  flattened  horns  is  a character  common 
to  Bos  planifrons  and  to  some  varieties  of  Bos  namadicus,  and  from  a certain 
general  resemblance  in  the  form  of  the  crania  of  the  two  species,  induces  me  to 
think  that  the  latter  may  very  possibly  he  the  direct  descendant  of  the  former. 

Bos  ACUTIFRONS,  u.  sp.  nobis.  Plate  12,  fig.  1 ; Plate  13 ; and  Plate  16,  fig.  2. 

The  cranium  of  this  magnificent  species  has  been  already  shortly  noticed  and 
named  by  me  in  the  tenth  volume  of  the  “ Records  of  the  Geological  Survey  of 
India.”  The  cranium  in  question  was  discovered  in  1874  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the 
Siwaliks  of  the  Punjab. 

In  the  accompanying  plates  I have  given  two  views  of  the  frontal  aspect  of  this 
cranium,  one  on  a larger  scale  showing  the  frontlet  and  a portion  only  of  the  horn- 
cores,  and  the  other  the  whole  of  the  specimen  on  a much  smaller  scale.  On  Plate 
16,  figure  2,  I have  also  given  an  occipital  view  of  the  same  specimen.  When 
brought  to  the  Indian  Museum  the  horn-cores  were  broken  into  numerous  fragments, 
and  the  specimen  was  coated  with  the  tightly-adhering  grey  Siwalik  sandstone.  The 
matrix  has  now  been  cleared  away,  and  the  specimen  mounted  as  shown  in  the 


113—26  CHANIA  OP  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


smaller  figure.  The  greater  part  of  the  horn-cores  are  complete,  though  they  have 
both  lost  their  extremities  ; almost  the  whole  of  the  f rentals  are  also  remaining  and 
are  in  excellent  preservation ; the  left  orbit  is  entire,  together  with  the  right  temporal 
fossa,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  zygomatic  arch  of  the  same  side.  The  whole  of 
the  lower  part  of  the  face  below  the  apex  of  the  nasals  has  unfortunately  been 
completely  broken  away ; the  occipital  region  has  been  also  considerably  damaged,  but 
its  characteristic  upper  boundaries  are  fortunately  preserved ; the  occipital  condyles 
have  disappeared,  and  the  borders  of  the  foramen  magnum  and  the  surrounding 
portions  of  the  occiput  are  somewhat  broken  and  crushed ; the  basi-occipital  and  the 
sphenoidal  regions  are  uninjured. 

In  the  general  form  of  the  forehead  this  cranium  is  quite  unlike  that  of  any 
other  described  species  of  recent  or  fossil  Oxen ; in  its  general  characters,  however,  it 
appears  to  approach  nearest  to  the  restricted  genus  Bos,  although  its  differences  are 
such  that  we  might  very  readily  refer  the  species  to  a distinct  sub-genus,  were  it  not 
that  the  multiplication  of  these  smaller  groups  is  extremely  undesirable. 

The  frontals  are  produced  mesially  into  a very  prominent  longitudinal  ridge, 
which  extends  from  the  vertex  of  the  cranium  to  the  apex  of  the  nasals ; from  the 
presence  of  this  very  characteristic  ridge,  I have  assigned  to  the  specimen  its  specific 
name  of  acutifrons.  From  this  central  ridge  the  frontals  slope  away  on  either  side, 
backwards  and  outwards,  like  the  two  sides  of  a roof,  and  the  forehead  has  in 
consequence  two  distinct  planes.  From  this  peculiar  configuration  of  the  frontalsj 
the  anterior  borders  of  the  orbits  are  necessarily  placed  greatly  below  or  beliind 
the  median  line  of  the  forehead,  so  that  if  a horizontal  rod  be  laid  across  the  frontals 
above  the  centre  of  the  orbits,  the  anterior  borders  of  the  latter  will  be  found  to  be 
more  than  two  inches  below  or  behind  this  rod,  whereas  in  no  recent  species  of 
Oxen  would  the  same  border  of  the  orbit  be  more  than  half  an  inch  below  a 
similarly  situated  rod. 

The  above-mentioned  median  frontal  ridge,  commencing  at  the  highest  point  of 
the  cranium,  is  continued  directly  downwards  as  a single  and  sharp  line  as  far  as  the 
superior  border  of  the  orbits,  at  which  level  it  expands  into  a broader  ridge,  which 
embraces  the  apex  of  the  nasals ; the  orbit  of  either  side  is  separated  from  this 
median  ridge  by  a wide  v-shaped  channel,  which  expands  as  it  deseends  on  the 
face ; this  channel  is  a downwards  continuation  of  the  supra-orbital  sulcus,  and  is 
quite  unlike  the  sulcus  of  any  other  species  of  Oxen;  the  broad  notch  for  the 
insertion  of  the  apex  of  the  nasals  is  seen  on  the  lower  border  of  the  figure ; this 
notch  does  not  extend  higher  up  on  the  skull  than  the  level  of  the  inferior  border  of 
the  orbits. 

The  horn-cores  are  placed  on  the  highest  ridge  of  the  cranium,  immediately  above 
the  occipital  surface ; they  are  set  very  obliquely  on  the  forehead,  so  that  the  interval 
between  their  inferior  angles  is  nearly  twice  the  length  of  the  interval  between 
their  superior  angles ; in  a transverse  section  throughout  half  their  extent  the 
horn-cores  are  pyriform,  the  apex  of  the  pear  being  upwards ; in  consequence  of 


CRANIA  OE  RUMINANTS  EROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  27—114 


this  form  the  superior  border  of  the  hom-eore  is  produced  into  a distinct  and  sharp 
ridge ; several  deep  grooves,  to  receive  ridges  on  the  inner  surface  of  the  horn,  run 
parallel  to  the  superior  ridge.  The  second  half  of  the  horn-core  {JPl.  12,  jig.  1,  a) 
is  nearly  cylindrical ; throughout  its  length  the  inferior  surface  is  rounded  and  smooth  ; 
. there  is  a slight  “burr”  at  the  junction  of  the  horn-cores  with  the  f rentals.  The 
direction  of  the  long  horn-cores  is  at  first  upwards,  outwards,  and  backwards ; towards 
the  middle  of  their  course  their  direction  becomes  backwards  and  downwards,  while 
towards  their  extremities  it  becomes  forwards  and  downwards  ; they  never  extend  far 
in  advance  of  the  plane  of  the  frontal-ridge ; throughout  their  length  their  upper 
border  is  convex,  while  their  lower  border  is  concave. 

The  anterior  surface  of  the  base  of  the  horn-core  is  continued  outwards  and 
backwards  as  an  extension  of  the  surface  of  the  frontal  of  the  same  side,  both 
having  the  same  slope ; in  consequence  of  this  the  central  point  of  the  upper  half 
of  the  f rentals  is  the  most  prominent  point  of  the  whole  cranium. 

A long  interval  separates  the  orbit  from  the  base  of  the  horn-core  of  the  same 
side ; between  these  two  points  the  cranium  is  considerably  contracted  in  width  ; 
the  orbits  themselves  are  laterally  salient,  and  quite  circular;  their'  anterior 
border  is  parallel  with  the  long  axis  of  the  cranium,  as  seen  on  the  right  side  of  tlie 
figure ; the  direction  of  their  axis  seems  to  be  directly  outwards. 

Turning  to  the  view  of  the  occipital  surface  {FI.  16,  jig.  2)  we  find  this 
portion  of  the  skull  very  dilferent  from  that  of  any  other  Bovine ; which  difference 
might  be  taken  as  a reason  for  placing  the  species  under  a new  sub-genus.  The 
occipital  crest  or  superior  curved  line  forms  a very  high  narrow  arch,  which 
extends  upwards  to  within  a short  distance  of  the  vertex  cranii,  so  that  the  supra- 
cristal  portion  of  the  occipital  region  is  reduced  to  a very  narrow  band ; this  supra- 
cristal  portion  is  not  carried  upwards  directly  in  the  plane  of  the  supra-cristal  portion, 
but  is  rounded  off  in  front  to  join  the  f rentals.  A smooth,  slightly  concave  surface, 
separates  the  lateral  boundaries  of  the  occipital  crest  from  the  bases  of  the  horn- 
cores  ; the  occipital  crest  overhangs  the  true  occipital  surface  to  an  extent  of  nearly 
an  inch.  The  whole  of  the  occipital  surface  below  the  crest  forms  a rude  triangle 
with  curvilinear  boundaries.  On  the  occipital  surface  the  temporal  fossae  form 
narrow  triangular  slits  beneath  the  horn-cores  : these  slits  are  directed  upwards 
and  inwards,  and  are  situated  far  below  the  summit  of  the  occipital  crest.  The 
bases  of  the  occipital  Qondyles,  the  condyles  themselves  being  broken  away,  are  seen 
at  the  lower  part  of  the  figure : the  upper  part  of  the  foramen  magnum  has  also  been 
broken  away,  and  therefore  the  foramen  appears  to  be  placed  higher  on  the  occiput 
than  it  naturally  should  be.  The  paroccipital  processes  are  large  and  recurved ; 
the  space  for  the  attachment  of  the  digastric  muscle,  external  to  the  paroccipital,  is 
narrow  and  long. 

Turning  to  the  table  of  frontal  measurements  on  the  following  page,  we  find  that 
the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  forehead  exceeds  the  transverse  by  a considerable 
length.  The  plane  of  the  occiput  forms  an  acute  angle  with  that  of  the  centre 


115—28  CEANIA  OE  EUMINANTS  EEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES, 


of  the  frontals.  The  hasi-occipital  is  triangular,  and  characterised  by  the  very 
large  size  of  the  posterior  pair  of  tubercles,  and  the  small  size  of  the  anterior  pair. 
The  dimensions  of  the  specimen  are  given  below  : — 


Interval  between  occipital  crest  and  intercomual  ridge 

1-8 

Width  at  superior  border  of  orbits  .... 

11-0 

„ at  constriction  above  orbits  .... 

8-7 

Height  from  lower  border  of  foramen  magnum  to  occipital  crest 

5-8 

Distance  from  occipital  crest  to  apex  of  nasals  . 

130 

Length  of  intercomual  ridge  .... 

5*0 

Width  of  occiput  through  petrosals  .... 

11-4 

Interval  between  extremities  of  temporal  fossae  . . . 

6-2 

„ between  orbit  and  base  of  hom-core 

4-0 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  left  orbit  .... 

2-6 

Transverse  „ „ . . . . 

2-4 

Length  of  temporal  fossae 

5-8 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  left  horn-core  at  base 

6-0 

Transverse  „ „ „ . . 

4T 

Circumference  „ „ „ . . 

170 

„ „ „ at  broken  extremity  . 

7 0 

Length  of  ditto  along  upper  curvature  .... 

49-0 

„ „ lower  ditto  .... 

39-0 

Interval  between  broken  extremities  .... 

87-0 

Erom  the  above  description  it  will  be  gathered  that  the  present  cranium 
presents  a combination  of  characters  which  render  it  difidcult  to  assign  it  to  any  one 
of  the  recent  genera  of  Bovina,  without  infringing  on  their  definitions.  The  form 
of  the  occiput  is,  however,  sufficient  to  distinguish  it  at  once  from  Bihos  and  Bubalus 
by  the  high  position  of  the  occipital  crest  and  the  small  size  of  the  indentations  of 
the  temporal  fossse ; it  is  also  separated  from  the  latter  genus  by  the  acute  angle 
which  the  plane  of  the  occiput  makes  with  that  of  the  frontals.  In  the  following 
points  the  present  specimen  agrees  with  the  cranium  of  Bos  : — 

The  acute  angle  formed  by  the  planes  of  the  frontals  and  oeciput. 

The  position  of  the  horn-cores  on  the  highest  ridge  of  the  skull,  directly  above 
the  plane  of  the  occiput. 

The  excess  of  the  antero-posterior  over  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  forehead. 

The  small  intrusion  of  the  temporal  fossae  on  to  the  surface  of  the  occiput. 

The  long  interval  between  the  base  of  the  horn-core  and  the  orbit. 

The  parallelism  of  the  anterior  border  of  the  orbit  with  the  long  axis  of  the 
cranium. 

The  convexity  of  the  upper  eurve  of  the  horn-cores. 

On  the  other  hand,  it  differs  from  all  other  species  of  Bos  in  the  peculiar  con- 
vexity of  the  frontals.  Professor  Owen  made  the  flatness  of  the  forehead  a distinct- 
ive character  of  the  genus ; this,  however,  is  not  taken  as  a character  by  Dr.  Gray 
in  his  Museum  catalogue,  since  the  forehead  of  the  Indian  Ox  is  slighly  convex,  and 
is  yet  admitted  into  the  genus  Bos.  Moreover,  in  the  above-mentioned  Siwalik  species 
of  O^,  Bos  planifrons,i}iQ  frontals  are  also  slightly  convex,  although  in  other  charac- 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  29— IIG 


ters  that  species  agrees  very  closely  with  typical  forms  of  Bos,  and  cannot  be  separated 
from  that  genus.  From  the  convexity  of  the  frontals  in  that  species,  the  orbits  were 
of  necessity  somewhat  depressed  below  the  plane  of  the  median  line,  though  not  to 
•the  same  extent  as  in  the  present  species.  With  regard,  therefore,  to  the  convexity 
of  the  frontals,  I cannot  consider  this  character  if  taken  alone,  as  sufficient  cause  for 
subgeneric  distinction.  Again,  with  regard  to  the  form  of  tlie  occipital  surface, 
Mr.  Hodgson'  in  his  Memoir  on  the  genera  of  Indian  cattle,  describes  the  occiput 
of  the  genus  Bos  as  not  being  indented  by  the  temporal  fossae ; this,  however,  as  we 
have  seen  in  the  instance  of  the  Nerbudda  Bos  namadicus,  is  not  universally  the  case, 
and  therefore  not  of  generie  value.  The  small  size  of  the  indentations,  however, 
and  their  position,  does  appear  to  be  qf  value.  Looking  at  the  position  of  the 
occipital  crest  and  the  indentations  of  these  fossae  in  the  present  specimen,  and 
comparing  them  with  the  crania  of  other  figured  species  of  the  Oxen,  we  can  only  find 
any  resemblance  to  the  occiput  of  our  species  among  the  crania  of  the  restricted 
genus  Bos.  At  the  same  time,  in  no  other  species  does  the  erest  extend  so  high 
up  on  the  oceipital  surface,  or  possess  the  same  triangular  shape,  as  in  the  present 
species ; if,  however,  the  summit  of  the  occipital  crest  of  Bos  namadicus  formed  a 
somewhat  higher  arch,  and  were  consequently  narrower,  then  the  form  of  the  occiput 
in  the  two  species  would  not  be  so  very  dissimilar.  The  occipital  crest  of  this  speeies 
overhangs  the  infra-eristal  surface  of  the  occiput  in  a manner  only  found  among  the 
species  of  the  restricted  genus  Bos  ; the  rounding-off  of  the  supra-eristal  portion  of 
the  oeciput  is  a character  approaching  the  Bubaline  type,  but  the  other  characters 
do  not  bear  this  out.  The  basi-occipital  is  very  similar  to  that  of  Bos  taurus. 

The  approximation  of  the  superior  angles  of  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores  is  a 
eharaeter  which,  though  not  belonging  to  the  genus  Bos,  is  equally  divergent  from 
the  same  part  in  any  other  genus,  though  there  is  an  approach  to  it  in  the  fossil 
Buhalus  platyceros  deseribed  below ; this,  however,  is  not  a eharaeter  of  much 
value  in  generic  distinctions,  being  one  whieh  varies  considerably  with  age  even  in 
individuals  of  the  same  species.  The  position  of  the  apex  of  the  nasals  at  the  lower 
border  of  the  orbit  is  a minor  characteristic  of  the  eranium  of  Bos. 

Taking  the  interval  between  the  external  angles  of  the  oecipital  condyles  of 
the  typical  form  of  Bos  namadicus  as  a standard  of  comparison,  we  find  that  this 
interval  falls  considerably  short  of  half  the  width  of  the  occiput  measured  through 
the  foramen  magnum,  and  is  also  less  than  the  interval  between  the  lower  border  of 
the  foramen  magnum  and  the  summit  of  the  occipital  crest,  showing  that  the  occiput 
is  both  narrower  and  higher  than  in  other  forms.  On  comparing  the  measurements 
of  this  speeimen  with  those  of  Bos  namadicus,  given  above,  we  find  that  the 
interval  between  the  inter-cornual  ridge  and  the  apex  of  the  nasals  is  the  same 
in  both  ; the  forehead  of  this  species  is,  however,  one  inch  wider  at  the  orbits,  and 
is  probably  the  largest  cranium  of  all  the  fossil  species. 

* Journal  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,  Vol.  X,  p.  449. 


117—30  CEANIA  OP  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


The  orbit  is  remarkable  not  only  for  its  position  so  much  below  the  median  line 
of  the  forehead,  but  for  its  very  small  diameter  and  nearly  circular  form ; its  longer 
diameter  is  only  2* 6 inches,  and  the  difference  between  the  two  diameters  is  *2  inch. 
In  Bos  namadicus  the  longer  diameter  of  the  orbit  is  3T  inches,  and  the  difference 
between  the  two  is  A inch.  In  the  much  smaller  cranium  of  Bibos  gaurus  the 
longer  diameter  of  the  orbit  measures  2’7  inches.  Prom  the  occiput  being  placed  far 
beneath  the  overhanging  frontals  the  temporal  fossae  are  shorter  than  in  Bos  nama- 
dicus. The  ovate  section  of  the  horn-cores  is  undoubtedly  a character  of  Bibos,  but, 
as  noticed  above,  some  forms  of  Bos  namadicus  have  the  same  form  of  horn-cores, 
and  there  can  be  no  doubt  as  to  the  genus  of  that  species. 

Pinally,  I regard  this  cranium  as  presenting  characters  considerably  divergent 
from  those  of  the  type  forms  of  Bos,  but  not  so  divergent  as  to  afford  valid  grounds 
for  placing  it  in  a distinct  sub-genus,  as  we  find  approximations  to  those  diverg- 
ing characters  in  other  species  of  Oxen,  which  undoubtedly  belong  to  that  restricted 
genus. 

In  addition  to  the  above  specimen,  there  are  portions  of  two  horn-cores  in  the 
Indian  Museum  which  belong  to  the  same  species.  These  specimens  also  were 
collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks. 

The  interval  between  the  tips  of  the  horn-cores  of  this  species  could  not  have 
been  less  than  nine  feet,  and  when  covered  by  the  horn-sheaths  their  span  must  have 
been  at  least  ten  feet.  Taking  the  interval  between  the  tips  of  the  horn-cores  as 
nine  feet,  this  would  be  equal  to  ten  times  the  breadth  of  the  cranium  between  the 
superior  border  of  the  orbits.  In  Bos  namadicus  the  interval  between  the  most 
distant  parts  of  the  horn-cores  (rather  below  the  tips)  is  only  equal  to  four  and  a half 
times  the  width  of  the  cranium  between  the  orbits.  In  the  European  Bos 
primigenius,  the  interval  between  the  tips  of  the  horn-cores  is  slightly  more  than 
three  and  a half  times  the  width  of  the  cranium  between  the  orbits.  The  large  horns 
of  Bubalus  arni,  figured  in  Plate  I7l  of  the  “ Ossemens  PosslLes,”  have  an  interval  of 
rather  less  than  seven  feet  between  their  tips,  equal  to  seven  and  a half  times  the 
width  of  the  skull  between  the  orbits ; the  interval  between  the  horn-cores  alone 
would  be  at  least  a foot  less  than  the  above.  Specimens  of  Bubalus  arni,  I am 
informed,  have  been  found  reaching  to  twelve  feet  between  the  tips  of  the  horns,  but 
these  are  very  rare.  As  it  is  not  improbable  that  other  specimens  of  the  present 
species  were  larger  than  this  specimen,  and  as  I have  made  a small  estimate  for  the 
distance  between  the  horn-tips,  individuals  of  this  species  were  probably  quite  as 
large  as  any  described  recent  or  fossil  form.  The  circumference  of  the  base  of  the 
horn-core  is  rather  less  than  in  Bubalus palccindicus.  The  present  species  will  some- 
what interfere  with  Cuvier’s  definitions  of  the  distinctions  between  the  form  of  the 
frontals  in  the  genera  Bos,  Bubalus,  and  Bison.  In  the  sixth  volume  of  the 
“ Ossemens  Eossiles  ” (p.  220)  he  writes, — Le  front  du  bocuf  est  plat  et  meme  un 
peu  concave;  celui  de  V aurochs  est  bombe,  quoi-qu'un peu  moins  que  dans  le  bufjle.^' 
The  present  skull  is  of  course  distinguished  from  those  of  the  Aurochs  by  the  excess 


CRANIA  OE  RUMINANTS  EROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  31—118 

of  tlie  longitudinal  over  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  frontals,  and  by  the  vertical 
position  of  the  intercornual  ridge  above  the  occiput. 

The  cranium  is  distinguished  from  that  of  Bos  planifrons  by  the  form  of  tlie 
occiput,  by  the  convexity  of  the  forehead,  by  the  horn-cores  being  more  pyriform 
in  cross  section,  and  by  their  form  and  direction.  In  Bos  planifrons  the  centre  of  the 
frontals  is  placed  somewhat  behind  the  anterior  surface  of  the  base  of  the  horn-cores, 
whereas  in  the  present  cranium  the  corresponding  part  of  the  forehead,  as  before 
said,  is  very  considerably  in  advance  of  the  anterior  surface  of  the  base  of  the  horn- 
cores.  The  differences  in  form  between  this  cranium  and  that  of  Bos  namadicm  are 
so  striking  as  not  to  require  pointing  out. 

I do  not  know  any  existing  species  of  oxen  to  which  the  cranium  of  this  species 
'shows  any  marked  relationship ; the  flattened  horn-cores,  however,  with  the  ridge 
along  their  superior  border,  have  an  affinity  to  those  of  the  genus  Bibos,  which  is 
confined  toindia  and  Burma,  and  also  to  Bos  planifrons.  It  is  noteworthy  that  almost 
all  the  Indian  Oxen  have  flattened  horns, — the  Zebu,  the  Yak,  and  the  typical 
variety  of  Bos  namadicus  being  the  only  species  with  cylindrical  horns. 

The  Indian  Museum,  besides  crania,  also  possesses  a large  series  of  limb-bones 
of  various  species  of  oxen,  some  of  which  are  of  unusually  large  size,  and  probably 
belonged  to  the  present  gigantic  species  ; it  is,  however,  impossible  to  be  certain  in 
any  identifications  of  the  limb-bones  of  Ruminants,  since  those  of  different  species 
and  genera  resemble  one  another  so  closely.  The  only  bone  which  I will  refer  to  is 
what  I consider  to  be  the  metacarpus  of  this  species.  We  have  several  of  these 
large-sized  ruminant  metacarpals  in  the  Indian  Museum,  and  there  is  also  a similar 
specimen  mentioned  by  Dr.  Ealooner  in  the  catalogue  of  the  Collection  of  the  Asiatic 
Society  of  Bengal  (No.  S.  346) ; this  specimen  was  conjecturally  referred  by 
Dr.  Ealconer  to  a female  Sivatherium,  but  it  is  very  much  smaller  than  the  type 
metacarpals  of  that  animal,  and,  as  I shall  show,  is  not  of  too  large  a size  to  have 
belonged  to  the  present  species. 

The  anterior  surface  of  the  bone  is  perfectly  plane  without  any  longitudinal 
grooving ; the  troohleae  of  the  distal  extremity  are  bold  and  prominent,  and  there  is  a 
considerable  interval  between  the  two ; the  trochlear  ridges  are  placed  obliquely  to 
one  another.  The  shaft  of  the  bone  is  much  flattened  and  expanded  laterally. 
Immediately  above  the  trochleee,  the  bone  is  perfectly  flat,  on  the  posterior  surface ; 
higher  up  the  lateral  boundaries  of  this  surface  are  raised  into  sharp  and  prominent 
ridges.  The  length  of  the  bone  is  equal  to  about  three  and  a half  times  the  breadth 
of  the  distal  extremity. 

The  dimensions  of  the  specimen  as  given  by  Dr.  Ealconer  are  as  follows  : — 

Length  of  bone  ..........  13'0 

Transverse  diameter  of  both  condyles  , . . . . . . . 4'3 

„ „ of  carpal  surface  4'3 

The  bone  is  considerably  smaller  than  a specimen  of  the  metacarpal  of 
Sivatherium,  described  by  Dr.  Ealconer  (No.  S.  345),  in  which  the  transverse 


119—32  CRANIA  OP  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


diameter  of  the  carpal  surface  is  4-8  inches ; the  form  of  all  the  specimens  is  the 
same ; and  Dr.  Palconer  says  that  specimen  No.  S.  346  corresponds  very  closely 
with  the  same  hone  in  Bos,  differing  only  in  its  greater  size. 

As  there  are  a considerable  number  of  metacarpal  and  metatarsal  bones  in  our 
collections,  differing  slightly  in  size  one  from  another,  it  becomes  a question  whether 
they  should  all  be  referred  to  Sivatlierium,  or  whether  some  of  them  may  not  really 
belong  to  Bos.  In  favoim  of  the  latter  view  of  the  case  it  may  be  stated  that,  with 
the  exception  of  these  metacarpal  and  metatarsal  bones,  the  bones  of  Sivatherium 
are  of  somewhat  rare  occurrence,  while  those  of  Bos  are  much  commoner. 

If  some  of  these  bones  could  therefore  be  referred  to  the  latter  genus,  it  would 
render  the  proportionate  number  of  these  bones  of  the  two  genera  more  consonant 
with  the  number  of  crania.  To  decide  this  question  it  is  necessary  to  find  some 
correlation  between  the  dimensions  of  the  metacarpus  and  the  cranium ; such  a 
correlation  I am  at  present  unable  to  discover,  which  wMl  prevail  in  all  cases,  the  size 
of  any  particular  portion  of  the  cranium  of  the  Bovina  not  always  increasing  in 
the  same  ratio  with  its  general  dimensions. 

In  some  cases,  however,  the  width  of  the  occiput  does  seem  to  be  a fair 
criterion  of  size ; the  diameter  of  this  surface  in  Bihos  gaurus  is  8’1  inches,  while 
the  transverse  diameter  of  the  condyles  of  the  metacarpus  is  2‘8  inches ; in  Bibos 
frontalis  these  two  diameters  are  respectively  7’4  and  2'4  inches.  The  transverse 
diameter  of  the  occiput  of  Bos  aoutifrons  is  11'4  inches,  while  the  transverse  diameter 
of  the  trochlear  condyles  of  the  present  metacarpal  is  4’4  inches.  The  proportion  in 
all  the  above  cases  is  therefore  rather  more  than  three  to  one ; and  if  the  metacarpus 
varies  in  size  in  the  same  proportion  as  the  occiput,  the  present  metacarpus  would 
not  be  too  large  to  belong  to  Bos  aoutifrons,  under  which  head,  as  above  said,  I am 
disposed  to  place  it.  The  bone  is  an  inch  wider  and  two  inches  longer  than  the 
metacarpal  of  Bos  namadicus,  and,  if  I am  right  in  the  position  assigned  to  it,  indicates 
that  Bos  aoutifrons  is  the  largest  known  species  of  fossil  ox. 

Bos  PLATYRHINUS,  n.  sp.,  nobis.  Plate  14. 

This  species  is  founded  upon  the  lower  half  of  a cranium  figured  in  the  above 
plate.  The  specimen  was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwahks  of  the  Kangra 
district,  and,  though  less  complete  than  might  have  been  desired,  is  yet  of 
so  peculiar  a form  that  it  cannot  be  referred  to  any  of  the  foregoing  species  of 
Siwalik  oxen.  Unfortunately  we  do  not  possess  the  lower  portions  of  the  skulls  of 
the  above-described  species,  so  that  an  exact  comparison  between  them  and  our 
present  species  is  impossible.  The  only  portion  that  is  common  to  the  skulls  of  the 
three  species  is  the  portion  about  the  orbits;  that  portion,  however,  is  amply 
sufficient  to  distinguish  them  from  each  other.  The  specimen  is  broken  off  across 
the  lower  border  of  the  orbits,  apparently  by  a very  recent  fracture ; the  portion 
which  remains  is  very  nearly  perfect. 


CRANIA  or  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  33—120 


The  cranium  is  at  once  noticeable  on  account  of  the  extreme  breadth  and  flat- 
ness of  the  nasal  bones,  which  are  as  much  as  three  and  a half  inches  in  width  at 
their  distal  extremity ; this  width  is  three-quarters  of  an  inch  greater  than  the  widtli 
of  the  nasals  in  Bubalus  arni,  in  which  the  nasals  are  wider  than  in  any  other 
described  Bovine,  either  recent  or  fossil.  The  nasals,  moreover,  extend  very  low 
down,  reaching  to  within  two  and  a half  inches  of  the  free  extremity  of  the  maxillae ; 
in  no  living  species  of  oxen  is  the  interval  between  the  nasals  and  the  maxillae  so 
small ; the  general  form  of  the  nasals  is  the  same  as  in  the  Arni,  their  width  at  the 
infra-orbital  angle  being  less  than  at  their  distal  extremity. 

The  premaxillae  are  long  and  extend  upwards  to  articulate  with  the  nasals  as  in 
Bubalus  and  typical  species  of  Bos — a character  which  at  once  distinguishes  the 
species  from  Bos  namadicus  ; a very  prominent  ridge  connects  the  apex  of  the  nasals 
and  the  inferior  angle  of  the  orbit ; the  planes  of  the  frontals  and  of  the  lachrymal 
are  nearly  at  right  angles  to  each  other,  being  divided  by  tliis  ridge.  A somewhat 
similar  ridge  occurs  in  the  crania  of  Bos  and  Bibos,  although  not  developed  to  such 
an  extent ; the  presence  of  this  ridge  serves  to  distinguish  the  species  from  Bubalus, 
to  which  genus  the  broad  nasals  approximate  it.  In  the  skull  of  the  latter  genus 
there  is  a deep  and  uninterrupted  channel  leading  gradually  down  from  the  forehead 
to  the  sides  of  the  face  between  the  orbits  and  nasals,  and  no  ridge  or  angularity. 
The  skull  is  further  separated  from  that  of  Bubalus  by  the  free  posterior  edge  of  the 
palatines  being  entire,  and  unbroken  by  the  intrusion  of  the  vomer,  as  well  as  by 
the  shortness  of  the  face  below  the  orbits. 

The  skull  differs  from  all  recent  forms  in  the  excessive  vertical  height  from 
the  crowns  of  the  molars  to  the  surface  of  the  frontals  ; from  the  crown  of  the  first 
molar  to  the  anterior  border  of  the  orbit  the  vertical  height  is  upwards  of  nine  inches. 
In  the  skulls  of  the  Gayal,  the  Gaur,  and  Bos  namadicus,  the  corresponding  measure- 
ment is  about  six  inches ; and  in  the  Arni  seven  and  a half  inches.  The  lower 
borders  of  the  orbits  are  not  depressed  below  the  level  of  the  plane  of  the  frontals, 
as  in  Bubalus,  but  are  nearly  continuous  with  this,  as  in  Bos  namadicus. 

The  skull  is  distinguished  from  the  skulls  of  Bibos  gaurus  and  B.  frontalis  by 
the  large  premaxillse,  and  by  the  great  size  of  the  nasals. 

The  apex  of  the  nasals  does  not  reach  to  within  half  an  inch  of  the  lower  border 
of  the  orbit ; in  Bubalus  the  nasals  reach  to  the  centre  of  the  orbit.  The  palate  is 
produced  posteriorly  but  a short  distance  behind  the  last  molars,  and  is  undivided, 
as  in  Bos.  The  inner  border  of  the  molar  series  is  but  slightly  curved  : the  molars 
have  a large  median  accessory  column  on  the  inner  side,  which  is  but  slightly  con- 
stricted at  its  junction  with  the  main  dentine  mass  of  the  crown ; the  enamel  of 
the  second  enamel  island  is  deeply  infolded  from  the  posterior  side,  as  in  Bubalus. 
The  measurements  of  this  specimen  are  given  below  : — 

Width  at  lower  border  of  orbit  .......  7 8-3 

„ of  nasals,  at  widest  part  , , . . . . 3‘5 

Length  of  „ » • • • • • ■ • . 7'8 


121—34  CRANIA  OP  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


Height  from  palate  to  centre  of  nasals  . . . . . ...  .5-3 

„ from  posterior  extremity  of  palate  to  f rentals  . . . . . . 7‘8 

Interval  between  outer  surfaces  of  second  molars  ......  6 0 

Width  of  palate  at  second  molars  . . . . . . . .36 

Length  from  posterior  extremity  of  palate  to  muzzle  . . . ...  . 12  0 

„ of  six  molars  ..........  6'0 

Width  of  maxillae  at  diastema  .........  4‘6 


The  characters  by  which  the  skull  agrees  with  Bos  are  as  follows  : — 

The  flatness  of  the  frontals  between  the  orbits,  and  the  presence  of  the 
ridge  between  the  frontals  and  the  nasals. 

The  shortness  of  the  nasals. 

The  unbroken  posterior  border  of  the  palate. 

The  low  position  of  the  apex  of  the  nasals. 

The  Bubaline  characters  are — 

The  width  of  the  nasals  at  their  lower  end,  (being  wider  below  than  above). 

The  height  from  the  palate  to  the  frontals. 

Comparing  the  figure  of  this  cranium  with  that  of  Bos  namadicus,  the  present 
specimen  is  distinguished  from  the  latter  by  the  premaxillse  reaching  up  to  the 
nasals,  and  by  the  apex  of  the  nasals  not  reaching  to  the  lower  border  of  the  orbit ; 
the  nasals  of  the  two  are  very  different ; the  widest  part  of  the  nasals  of  Bos 
namadicus  is  at  their  infra-orbital  angle,  while  those  of  Bos  platyrhimis  are  far  wider 
at  their  distal  extremity  than  at  this  angle.  The  angle  between  the  orbit  and  the 
nasals  is  more  marked  in  the  present  species  than  in  Bos  namadicus,  wliile,  as  noticed 
above,  the  height  from  the  palate  to  the  frontals  is  much  greater  in  this  species. 

Comj)aring  the  present  figure  with  the  skull  of  Bos  acutifrons  on  Plate  13,  we 
find  only  a small  portion  of  the  cranium  common  to  the  two,  viz.,  that  immediately 
between  and  below  the  orbits ; this  is,  how^ever,  amply  sufiicient  to  distinguish 
between  the  two.  The  apex  of  the  nasals  reaches  to  the  lower  border  of  the  orbit  in 
Bos  acutifrons,  and  the  median  line  of  these  and  the  frontals  is  elevated  far  above 
the  margin  of  the  orbits,  the  lateral  surfaces  sloping  away  from  this  line ; moreover, 
the  supra-orbital  sulci  have  their  lower  portion  extending  down  between  the  orbit 
and  the  nasals,  and  there  would  be  no  prominent  angle  between  the  frontals  and  the 
lachrymals.  In  Bos  platyrhinus,  on  the  other  hand,  the  apex  of  the  nasals  does  not 
reach  upwards  to  the  orbit,  consequently  the  supra-orbital  sulcus  lies  altogether 
above  the  nasals ; the  frontals,  between  the  lower  angles  of  the  orbits,  are  perfectly 
flat,  the  margins  of  the  orbits  being  on  a level  with  the  plane  of  the  frontals  : and 
there  is  a most  marked  angle  between  the  frontals  and  the  lachrymals ; and  no  trace 
of  the  deep  and  wide  channel  between  the  orbits  and  nasals  that  occurs  in  Bos 
acutifrons. 

In  Bos  planifrons,  again,  the  apex  of  the  nasals  reaches  upwards  to  the  middle 
of  the  orbits,  which  last  are  somewhat  depressed  below  the  level  of  the  frontals ; 
the  median  line  of  the  frontals  being  very  prominent.  The  inclination  of  the  frontals 
to  the  basis  of  the  cranium  in  this  species  and  in  Bos  acutifrons  is  so  sharp  that  the 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  35—122 


vertical  lieigEt  from  the  palate  to  the  frontals  would  have  been  much  less  than  is  the 
case  in  Bos  platyrhinus,  probably  not  much  greater  than  in  Bibos  gaurus  : a side 
view  of  those  crania  would,  I imagine,  he  somewhat  like  that  of  Bos  namadicus. 

It  is  much  to  he  regretted  that  the  upper  portion  of  this  skuU  was  not  obtained, 
(the  fracture  is  quite  recent)  that  we  might  have  been  enabled  to  compare  the 
characteristic  upper  part  with  those  of  the  other  species.  I think  the  above  com- 
parisons, however,  quite  sufficient  to  establish  the  distinctness  of  the  species,  though 
I am  not  qnite  certain  whether,  when  the  occiput  and  horn-cores  are  found,  we  may 
not  have  to  place  the  species  under  the  genus  Bubalus  as  an  intermediate  form 
between  that  genus  and  Bos.  The  form  of  the  nasals  is  distinctly  Bubaline,  while 
their  point  of  insertion  and  the  inter-orbital  region  is  like  that  of  Bos.  From  the 
prominence  of  their  inferior  borders,  the  orbits  probably  looked  almost  directly  out- 
wards, as  in  Bos. 

Genus:  BISON. 

The  genus  Bison  may  be  defined  from  the  characters  of  the  cranium  as 
follows  : — 

“ Skull  less  massive  than  in  Bos  or  Bibos,  facial  portion  longer  and  more  finely 
tapering;  superior  portion  of  forehead  transversely  arched;  intercornual  space 
centrally  elevated ; viewed  anteriorly,  this  portion  is  a truncated  cone ; posterior 
aspect  of  skull  triangular — more  extensive  than  in  Bos,  but  greatly  less  so  than  in 
Bibos.'' — Hodgson. 

To  this  it  may  be  added  that  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  forehead  of 
Bison  exceeds  the  antero-posterior  diameter;  that  the  horn-cores  are  sub-cylindrical, 
and  that  their  upper  border  is  concave. 


Bison  Sivalensis,  Falconer,  sp.  Pis.  15  and  17,  fig.  1. 

The  single  cranium,  which,  as  stated  in  the  introduction,  I have  referred  to 
this  species,  is  another  specimen  from  among  Mr.  Theobald’s  numerous  Siwalik 
collection.  The  greater  part  of  the  upper  half  of  the  specimen  is  fairly  complete 
and  perfect,  although  in  several  places  the  brain-case  has  been  subjected  to  severe 
crushing.  The  left  horn-core  is  broken  off  close  to  the  forehead,  while  little  more 
than  half  of  the  right  one  remains.  The  whole  of  the  lower  extremity  of  the  face 
is  broken  away  at  a short  distance  below  the  orbits ; both  the  temporal  fossae  and 
the  orbits  are  almost  uninjured ; it  was,  however,  found  to  be  impossible  to  com- 
pletely clear  the  former  from  the  hard  matrix  with  which  they  are  filled ; the 
greater  portion  of  the  occipital  region  is  complete,  the  hinder  half  of  the  palate, 
together  with  the  last  molars,  have  been  cleared  from  matrix,  but  the  occipito- 
sphenoidal  region  and  the  fore  part  of  the  palate  is  still  buried  in  closely  adhering 
sandstone. 


123—36  CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


On  referring  to  the  table  of  the  frontal  measurements  of  the  skulls  of  the 
Indian  Oxen,  given  below,  it  will  he  seen  that  the  transverse  diameter  of  the 
forehead  of  this  specimen  exceeds  the  antero-posterior  diameter  by  three  and  a 
half  inches — a proportion  which  makes  the  supra-nasal  portion  of  the  cranium 
considerably  shorter  than  the  nasal  and  infra-nasal  portions,  and  gives  to  the  upper 
part  of  the  skull  a great  preponderance  in  wddth  over  the  lower  part. 

The  horn-cores  are  widely  separated  at  them  bases,  and  are  placed  on  a ridge 
which  is  considerably  below  the  highest  point  of  the  cranium  ; the  superior  border 
of  this  intercornual  ridge  is  concave ; when  seen  from  in  front,  the  summit  of  the 
superior  curved  line  or  crest  of  the  occiput  projects  above  and  between  the  bases 
of  the  horn-cores,  whereas  in  a similar  view  of  the  crania  of  the  genera  Bos,  Bihos, 
and  Bubalus,  no  portion  of  the  occiput  will  he  seen.  The  whole  of  the  above  characters 
show  that  the  cranium  belongs  to  the  genus  Bison. 

The  horn-cores  are  compressed  antero-posteriorly ; their  anterior  surface  is  flat 
from  above  downwards  and  concave  from  within  outwards ; their  posterior  surface  is 
convex  in  both  directions ; each  horn-core  is  marked  by  a longitudinal  groove  along 
the  superior  border ; a similar  groove  is  found  in  the  horn-core  of  Bison  {PoepJia- 
gus)  grunniens  into  which  is  fitted  a projecting  ridge  on  the  inner  surface  of  the 
horn ; this  ridge  and  groove  arrangement  doubtless  affords  additional  strength  to 
the  union  of  the  horn  with  the  horn-core,  and  renders  the  former  less  liable  to  he 
knocked  off  by  any  sudden  blow.  The  direction  of  the  fragment  of  horn-core 
which  remains  attached  to  the  skull  is  at  first  upwards,  backwards,  and  outwards, 
gradually  curving  until  its  direction  becomes  upwards,  forwards,  and  outwards ; the 
whole  direction  of  the  horn-cores  was  probably  very  similar  to  that  of  the  horn-cores 
of  the  living  Yak,  though  in  the  fossil  species  the  inchnation  forwards  was  probably 
somewhat  less ; the  horn-cores  diminish  gradually  and  regularly  in  diameter ; their 
anterior  surface  is  concave,  and  their  posterior  surface  convex. 

The  frontals  are  somewhat  crushed  on  the  left  side  of  the  cranium ; they  are 
slightly  hollowed  between  the  upper  angles  of  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores,  and 
below  the  intercornual  ridge  become  still  more  hollowed  out ; this  frontal  hollow 
is  somewhat  in  the  form  of  the  letter  H,  having  one  transverse  portion  and  two 
lateral  vertical  portions  as  seen  in  the  figure ; the  median  portion  of  the  lower  half  of 
the  frontals  immediately  above  the  apex  of  the  nasals,  is  prominent  and  swelling  ; 
a ridge,  concave  on  its  outer  side,  descends  from  the  outer  angle  of  the  base  of  the 
horn-core  to  the  superior  border  of  the  orbit.  The  supra-orhital  foramina  are 
widely  separated  and  are  situated  on  the  narrowest  line  of  the  frontals ; they 
pierce  the  bone  at  right  angles  to  its  surface ; the  sulci  are  entirely  below  the 
foramina,  and  are  nearly  vertical  and  of  considerable  depth  and  width  as  far  down 
as  the  superior  border  of  the  orbit ; below  tliis  point  they  become  much  shallower 
and  converge.  Between  the  orbit  and  the  base  of  the  horn-core,  the  cranium 
})ecomes  considerably  narrower  from  side  to  side,  and  the  orbit  and  the  base  of  the 
horn-core  are  separated  only  by  a short  interval.  The  orbit  is  salient,  of  small  size. 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  37—124 


nearly  circular,  and  its  axis  looks  obliquely  outwards  and  forwards  ; the  apex  of 
the  nasals  extends  upwards  as  far  as  the  first  third  of  the  diameter  of  the  orbit ; 
the  lower  border  of  the  orbit  stands  out  very  prominently  and  almost  at  right  angles 
to  the  surface  of  the  maxilla,  the  cranium  contracting  very  suddenly  and  sharply  in 
width  beneath  the  orbit.  Between  the  orbit  and  the  nasals  the  bone  is  sharply  angu- 
lated,  so  that  the  plane  of  the  frontals  and  that  of  the  laohrymo-maxillary  bones  are 
at  right  angles  to  each  other ; the  ridge  between  the  orbit  and  the  nasals  is  obliquely 
grooved.  The  border  of  the  orbit  is  slightly  depressed  below  the  plane  of  the  frontals. 

The  vertical  height  from  the  palate  to  the  frontals  is  but  small ; the  temporal 
fossse  are  remarkably  short,  and  in  consequence  of  the  backward  direction  of  the 
plane  of  the  horn-cores  very  narrow ; the  superior  rim  of  the  orbit  is  an  unusually 
broad  plate  of  bone  placed  at  an  angle  of  forty-five  degrees  with  the  jugal,  the 
latter  being  entirely  below  the  orbit. 

Turning  now  to  the  occipital  surface,  we  find  that  the  occipital  crest  is  very 
prominent  and  of  great  thickness,  particularly  at  its  summit ; it  forms  a low  and  wide 
arch  with  a short  flattened  portion  at  the  summit ; at  the  boundaries  of  the  tem- 
poral foss0B  this  arch  on  either  side  splits  into  two  branches  to  enclose  the  fossse, — 
the  upper  branches  join  the  base  of  the  horn-cores.  Between  the  occipital  crest 
and  the  intercornual  ridge,  there  is  a depressed  lozenge-shaped  surface,  higher  in 
the  centre  than  at  the  sides ; the  parietals  and  frontals  gradually  rise  from  the  central 
depression  to  the  vertex  cranii ; the  plane  of  the  occiput  forms  very  nearly  a 
right  angle  with  that  of  the  frontals.  Below  the  occipital  crest  there  is  a promi- 
nent tuberosity  for  the  attachment  of  the  ligamentum  nuchse,  and  a ridge  is  con- 
tinued downwards  from  this  tuberosity  to  the  superior  border  of  the  foramen 
magnum,  which  divides  the  surfaces  for  the  attachment  of  the  recti-capitis  muscles. 
The  paroccipital  processes  are  large  and  recurved,  and  the  surfaces  external  to  them 
for  the  digastric  muscles  are  narrow,  but  long.  The  temporal  fossae  make  large 
incisions  into  the  surface  of  the  occiput ; these  incisions  are  directed  obliquely 
upwards  and  inwards,  and  their  extremities  are  nearly  on  a level  with  the  summit 
of  the  occipital  crest ; the  summit  of  this  crest  extends  nearly  as  high  up  as  the 
median  line  of  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores.  The  most  elevated  point  of  the  frontals 
is  slightly  below  the  level  of  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores  ; there  is  no  ‘ burr  ’ at  the 
bases  of  the  latter.  The  interval  between  the  external  angles  of  the  occipital 
condyles  is  slightly  less  than  that  between  the  lower  border  of  the  foramen  magnum 
and  the  summit  of  the  occipital  crest,  and  somewhat  more  than  half  the  width  of 
the  occiput  at  its  widest  part ; the  occipital  condyles  are  placed  very  low  on  the 
occiput,  and  are  separated  by  a deep  fissure  from  the  paroccipital  processes. 

The  palate  exhibits  the  crowns  of  the  last  three  molars,  which  are  considerably 
worn  down,  and  which  prove  that  the  cranium  belonged  to  a fully  adult  animal ; 
the  palate  is  unusually  wide,  and  the  two  rows  of  molars  run  nearly  parallel ; 
the  palatines  are  produced  to  the  distance  of  about  an  inch  behind  the  last  molar, 
and  their  free  border  is  not  divided  posteriorly  by  the  vomer. 


125—88  CEANIA  OE  EUMINANTS  EEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES. 


The  crowns  of  the  molars  have  wide  central  enamel  islands,  the  second  being 
infolded  on  the  posterior  side  ; the  median  accessory  column  on  the  inner  side 
is  large,  with  a contracted  neck.  The  dimensions  of  this  skull  are  given 
below : — 


Width  at  superior  border  of  orbits 
„ at  contraction  above  „ 

„ at  „ below  „ ... 

„ of  frontals  between  upper  angles  of  horn-cores 
„ „ lower  „ „ 

Greatest  width  of  occipital  crest 
Interval  between  external  angles  of  occipital  condyles 
Width  of  occiput  between  temporal  fossae 
Height  from  lower  border  of  foramen  magnum  to  occipital  cres 
Distance  between  occipital  crest  and  vertex  cranii 
Antero-posterior  diameter  of  right  orbit 
Transverse  „ „ . . 

Width  of  palate  at  3rd  molars 
Interval  between  outer  surfaces  of'Srd  molars  . 

Distance  from  inferior  border  of  foramen  magnum  to  last  mola 
Length  of  last  molar  .... 

„ of  two  molars  .... 

„ from  vertex  cranii  to  apex  of  nasals 
„ of  temporal  fossae  . ^ . 

Circumference  of  base  of  right  horn-core 
Antero-posterior  diameter  of  „ 

Transverse  „ „ 

Antero-posterior  diameter  at  fracture  of  ditto 
Length  of  fragment  of  ditto 


9-5 

8-7 

5- 6 
8-2 

10-3 

6- 8 

3- 9 

4- 0 
4-8 
3-4 
2-2 
2-2 
3-4 


1- 4 
27 
5-5 
5-2 

100 

3-4 

2- 6 
31 
5-6 


In  the  shape  of  the  horn-cores,  in  their  position  below  the  highest  point  of  the 
cranium,  in  the  projection  of  the  occipital  crest  between  them,  and  in  the  form  of 
the  broad  frontals  and  the  salient  orbits,  the  cranium  of  this  species  is  at  once  seen 
to  be  widely  separated  from  aU  the  preceding  species,  and  equally  widely  from  all 
recent  species  of  the  genera  Bubakis,  Bibos,  and  Bos  ; the  same  characters  also  shew 
its  agreement  with  the  crania  of  the  genus  Bison  and  the  genus  or  sub-genus 
Boephagus,  under  the  former  of  which  I have  placed  the  species,  for  reasons  which 
I will  immediately  shew. 

Unfortunately  I have  been  unable  to  obtain  a perfect  cranium  of  the  Yak 
{Bison  or  Boephagus  grunniens)  to  compare  with  this  specimen  ; the  Indian  Museum 
has  no  specimen  of  the  cranium  of  the  latter  genus,  with  the  exception  of  one 
imperfect  skull  of  a calf,  wanting  the  occiput,  and  in  which  the  characteristic 
points  are  not  developed,  and  the  frontlet  of  a cross-bred  animal  between  the  Yak 
and  the  Indian  Ox  ; my  comparisons,  therefore,  cannot  be  so  accurate  as  I could  have 
wished.  A lateral  and  a front  view  of  the  cranium  of  Boephagus  grunniens  are 
given  in  Dr.  Gray’s  Catalogue  of  the  Ungulataof  the  British  Museum,  1853  {Blate  4), 
together  with  corresponding  figures  of  the  cranium  of  Bison  americanus,  both  on 
a small  scale.  Figures  of  the  frontal  and  occipital  regions  of  the  cranium  of 


CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  39—126 


P.  grunniens  are  given  in  Mr.  Hodgson’s  Memoir  on  the  Mammals  of  Nepal a figure 
of  the  cranium  of  Bison  urns  is  given  in  Owen’s  “ British  Fossil  Mammals  and 
Birds”  (p.  491). 

From  the  table  of  frontal  measurements  given  below,  it  will  he  seen  that 
the  diflerences  between  the  two  diameters  of  the  forehead  of  this  species  and  that  of 
Poephagus  grunniens  are  identical ; hut  allowing  for  the  smaller  size  of  the  present 
specimen,  the  breadth  is  stiU  greater  in  proportion  to  the  length  than  in  the  Yak.  The 
orbits  are  rather  more  prominent  than  in  the  Yak ; the  interval  between  the  orbits 
and  horn-cores  are  nearly  the  same  in  the  two  species  ; and  the  form  and  direction 
of  the  horn-cores  are  also  approximately  similar  in  both  species.  The  prominence  of 
the  orbits  in  the  Siwalik  cranium  is  like  the  orbits  of  Bison  americanus.  In  a front 
view  of  our  specimen,  the  summit  of  the  occipital  crest,  as  seen  between  the  horn- 
cores,  occupies  only  the  middle  two-thirds  of  the  intercornual  interval,  as  in  the  Yak, 
and  does  not  occupy  nearly  the  whole  of  this  interval  as  in  Bison  prisons  and  B. 
americanus.  The  concave  upper  boundary  of  the  intercornual  ridge  of  our  specimen 
differs  from  the  straight  boundary  of  the  same  in  Bison  americanus  and  Poephagus 
grunniens ; the  supra-orbital  foramina  and  sulci  have  the  same  form  in  all  the 
species.  The  frontals  of  the  Siwahk  species  are  slightly  concave,  whereas  in  the 
others  they  are  as  slightly  convex.  The  occipital  crest  of  the  Siwalik  species  does 
not  extend  quite  so  high  up  on  the  plane  of  the  occiput  as  does  that  of  the  Yak, 
in  which  the  crest  forms  a higher  and  narrower  arch  than  in  this  species. 

Comparing  the  occiput  of  this  species  with  that  of  the  fossil  Bison  prisons  of 
Europe,  we  find  the  occipital  crest  of  the  latter  considerably  wider  and  flatter  at  its 
summit,  though  situated  at  the  same  relative  height  on  the  occipital  surface,  and 
having  the  same  relation  to  the  temporal  fossae ; in  consequence  of  the  greater  width 
of  the  summit  of  this  crest,  the  interval  between  the  extremities  of  the  temporal 
fossae  is  somewhat  greater  than  in  the  Indian  fossil  species ; the  shghtly  concave  in- 
tercornual line,  and  the  great  interval  between  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores,  is  a 
character  common  to  the  two  species.  In  both,  the  occipital  crest  splits  at  the  ex- 
tremity of  the  temporal  fossa,  so  as  to  inclose  the  upper  half  of  the  fossa  on  both 
sides  with  a prominent  ridge  of  bone.  The  occipital  crest  in  both  species  is  of  great 
thickness,  and  is  rounded  off. 

I have  retained  the  Siwalik  species  in  the  genus  Bison,  and  not  placed  it  in  the 
genus  Poephagus,  chiefly  because  the  distinction  between  the  two  genera  or  sub-genera 
is  founded  mainly  on  external  characteristics,  of  slight  classificatory  value,  and  not 
on  important  cranial  differences.  We  have,  of  course,  no  means  of  knowing  the  ex- 
ternal characters  of  the  Indian  fossil  species,  and  I have  therefore  retained  it  in  the 
original  or  type  genus.  On  distributional  grounds,  it  might  perhaps  he  considered 
right  to  refer  it  to  the  sub -genus  Poephagus  if  that  genus  is  really  sufficiently  dis- 
tinguished from  Bison ; the  characters  of  the  Siwalik  cranium  seem  to  be  interme- 
diate between  the  true  Bison  and  Poephagus. 

^ Jourual  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal.  Vol.  X,  P-  471. 


127—40  CEANIA  OE  EUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


The  living  genus  Poephagus  is  now  confined  to  the  highlands  of  Tibet,  and  is 
seldom  found  much  below  an  elevation  of  fifteen  thousand  feet.  It  becomes  an 
interesting  question  to  consider  whether  the  allied  fossil  species  was  an  inhabitant  of 
the  plains  or  of  elevated  land.  I am  inclined  to  think  that  it  most  probably  was 
a dweller  on  the  plains  or  low  hills,  because,  with  the  exception  of  a few  species  of 
goats  and  sheep,  all  the  Siwalik  mammalia  were  plain-dwelling  forms,  and  it  is 
improbable  that  there  was  at  any  rate  much  elevated  country  within  the  old 
Siwalik  area ; moreover,  the  Bison  of  America  and  the  Bison  of  Europe  are  both 
j)lain-dwelling  forms.  A very  probable  theory  is  that  the  fossil  Bison  of  the 
Siwaliks  dwelt  on  or  near  the  plains,  and  from  some  cause  or  other  in  later  times  was 
induced  to  migrate  into  more  and  more  hilly  country,  until  finally  it  gave  rise  to 
the  modern  Yak,  which  cannot  exist  except  in  the  rarified  atmosphere  of  highland 
Tibet ; at  the  same  time  the  occurrence  of  a true  Ibex,  as  recorded  by  the  late 
Mr.  Blyth,'  in  the  Siwaliks,  might  give  us  grounds  for  taking  an  exactly  opposite 
view  of  the  case. 

Genus  BUBALUS. 

Tlie  cranium  of  this  genus  may  be  defined  as  follows : — Horn-cores  placed 
below  the  plane  of  the  occiput,  frequently  triangular,  forehead  convex — broader 
than  long,  nasals  very  large  and  wide,  occiput  rounded  superiorly,  and  with  distinct 
indentations  of  the  temporal  fossge ; the  superior  border  of  the  horn-cores  concave. 


Bubalus  platyceros,  n.  sp.  nohis.  Plate  18. 

It  is  with  some  difiidence  that  I refer  the  present  species  to  the  genus  Bubahis, 
the  cranium  on  which  it  is  founded  being  aberrant  in  many  points  from  any  modern 
type  forms.  I rely,  however,  chiefly  on  the  form  of  the  occipital  surface  and  the 
shape  of  the  horn-cores,  both  of  which  are  clearly  Buhaline  in  the  present  speci- 
men. The  form  of  the  occipital  surface  and  its  relation  to  the  intercornual  ridge 
appears  to  afford  the  most  dependable  characters  in  dividing  the  Bovina. 

The  cranium  of  which  I have  given  two  views  is  another  specimen  from 
Mr.  Theobald’s  Siwalik  collection.  The  greater  part  of  the  forehead  and  the  upper 
half  of  the  face  are  tolerably  perfect ; the  zygomatic  arches,  the  lower  portions  of  the 
orbits,  the  distal  half  of  the  nasals,  the  premaxillse,  and  the  whole  of  the  spheno- 
palatine regions  of  the  skull,  are  wanting ; the  occipital  region  shews  only  the 
smooth  supra-cristal  portion,  with  a small  part  of  the  inferior  surface  for  muscular 
attachments  and  the  temporal  fossae ; this  remaining  portion  is,  however,  fortunately 
characteristic.  The  greater  portion  of  the  right  horn-core  remains,  and  a large 
detached  fragment  of  the  upper  half  of  the  left  core  was  found  with  the  specimen  ; 
this  has  been  put  into  its  proper  position  in  the  figure. 

• Ann.- Mag.  Nat.  Hist.  Ser.  I,  Vol.  XI,  p.  78. 


CRAKIA  OP  EUMINANTS  PEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES.  41—128 


The  frontals  are  of  great  size  and  width,  particularly  between  the  inferior 
angles  of  the  horn-cores ; as  seen  from  the  table  of  cranial  measurements  given  on 
page  66,  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  forehead  exceeds  the  antero-posterior  diameter 
by  rather  more  than  one  inch.  The  plane  of  the  frontals  is  nearly  flat;  the 
median  frontal  suture  forms  a slightly  elevated  ridge,  while  a longitudinal  hollow 
runs  along  its  either  side.  The  upper  border  of  the  orbit  is  salient,  while  a well- 
marked  ridge  is  continued  upwards  from  the  orbit  to  the  antero-inf erior  angle  of  the 
base  of  the  horn-core.  The  lateral  contraction  of  the  frontals  above  the  orbits  is 
well  marked  ; the  latter  are  closely  approximated  to  the  horn-cores.  Between  the 
orbits  and  the  nasals,  the  fronto-maxillary  bones  are  concave  from  above  down- 
wards, and  there  is  no  trace  of  any  ridge  leading  from  the  nasals  to  the  orbit.  The 
anterior  border  of  the  orbit  is  placed  obliquely  to  the  long  axis  of  the  cranium,  so 
that  the  axis  of  the  orbit  is  directed  downwards  as  well  as  outwards.  The  supra- 
orbital foramina  are  large,  and  the  sinuses  below  them  are  deep  and  converge  as  they 
descend ; the  foramina  themselves  are  directed  obliquely  upwards,  their  superior 
border  overhanging  them  and  being  produced  into  a conical  bony  projection;  this 
overhanging  projection  and  the  direction  and  situation  of  tlie  foramina  are  precisely 
the  same  as  in  Bubaliis;  in  Bos  and  Bihos,  on  the  other  hand,  the  supra-orbital  fora- 
mina are  situated  some  distance  below  the  upper  extremities  of  the  sulci,  and  arc 
directed  inwards,  at  right  angles,  to  the  plane  of  the  frontals ; consequently  the  fora- 
mina are  not  overhung  by  any  bony  roofs.  Since  the  sulci  do  not  extend  above  the 
foramina,  they  are  necessarily  very  short,  being  only  two  and  a quarter  inches  in 
length;  they  do  not  extend  below  the  orbits;  the  supra-orbital  sulci  of  Biibalus  arni 
are  of  precisely  the  same  form  and  length  as  those  of  the  present  specimen,  and 
agree  very  closely. 

The  nasals  extend  very  high  up  on  the  forehead,  reaching  to  a point  al)Ove  the 
level  of  the  centre  of  the  orbits ; at  their  apex  the  nasals  form  an  acute  angle, 
and  they  are  wider  at  their  infra-orbital  angle  than  at  any  other  point,  diminish- 
ing in  width  rapidly  below  this  angle.  The  frontals  are  rounded  off  superiorly, 
to  join  the  occipital  surface,  so  that  the  plane  of  the  supra-cristal  portion  of  the 
occiput  forms  an  obtuse  angle  with  the  plane  of  the  forehead.  Erom  the  great 
width  of  the  forehead,  and  its  comparative  shortness,  and  from  the  upward  exten- 
sion of  the  nasals,  it  is  probable  that  the  length  of  the  facial  portion  of  the  skull 
exceeded  that  of  the  frontal.  The  lower  portion  of  the  nasals  is  much  arched 
and  vaulted,  the  lateral  surfaces  of  the  maxillaB  sloping  outwards  rapidly  from  the 
median  line. 

The  temporal  fossae  are  long  and  narrow ; their  inner  walls  do  not  slope 
inwardly  posteriorly ; what  remains  of  the  posterior  border  of  the  orbit,  shows  it  to 
have  been  unusually  wide  and  strong. 

The  occipital  surface  is  divided  by  the  large  occipital  crest  or  superior  curved 
line  into  two  semi-distinct  portions  ; the  smooth  supra-cristal  portion,  and  the  rough 
infra-cristal  portion  for  muscular  attachments ; the  supra-cristal  portion  of  the 


129—42  CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


occiput  is  not  continued  upwards  in  tlie  plane  of  the  infra-cristal  portion,  but 
slopes  forwards  to  join  the  f rentals  by  a gentle  curve,  so  that  there  is  no  well- 
marked  and  angular  intercornual  ridge  overhanging  the  occiput;  between  the  superior 
angles  of  the  horn-cores,  the  surface  of  the  frontals  is  concave  from  side  to  side. 

The  occipital  crest  or  curved  line  itself  forms  a very  wide  and  flattened  arch ; 
the  extremities  of  the  indentations  of  the  temporal  fossae  are  situated  entirely  above 
the  summit  of  this  arch ; and  the  horn-cores,  again,  are  above  these,  so  that  there 
is  a considerable  vacant  space  between  the  true  occipital  surface  and  the  horn- 
cores  ; the  temporal  fossae  cut  deeply  into  the  occiput  on  either  side,  so  that  the 
width  of  the  parietals  between  them  is  probably  not  greater  than  the  interval 
between  the  external  angles  of  the  occipital  condyles.  The  proper  muscular 
surface  of  the  occiput  is  deeply  marked  by  ridges  and  grooves ; a circular  depres- 
sion occurs  immediately  above  the  summit  of  the  crest ; at  the  highest  point  of  the 
frontals  the  outline  of  the  intercornual  ridge  is  convex. 


The  horn-cores  are  triangular  in  cross-section  and  are  set  obliqiiely  on  the 
frontals ; their  superior  angle  is  somewhat  below  or  in  advance  of  the  plane  of  the 
true  occipital  surface,  so  that  they  are  not  situated  on  the  highest  portion  of  thfe- 
cranium.  The  cross-section  of  the  base  of  the  horn-cores  has  the  form  of  an 
isosceles  triangle,  the  inferior  surface  forming  the  base  of  the  triangle  ; the  plane 
of  the  anterior  surface  is  continuous  with  the  plane  of  the  frontals ; their  antero- 
inferior angle  is  round  and  blunted,  wliile  their  superior  angle  is  remarkably  sharp, 
and  looks  directly  upwards.  Then’  inferior  surface  is  situated  nearly  at  right  angles 
to  the  plane  of  the  frontals;  their  postero-inferior  angle  is  the  most  obtuse  of 
the  three.  The  horn-cores  diminish  somewhat  rapidly  in  diameter,  and  are  directed 
outwards,  upwards,  and  somewhat  forwards,  forming  one  regular  curve,  the  upper 
border  being  concave,  and  the  lower  convex  throughout  their  length ; at  a distance 
of  nine  inches  from  the  median  line  of  the  skull,  the  anterior  surface  of  the  horn- 
core  is  placed  one  and  a half  inches  in  advance  of  the  plane  of  the  frontals  ; there 
is  a small  “burr  ” at  the  junction  of  the  horn-cores  with  the  frontals. 

Erom  the  imperfection  of  the  lower  portion  of  the  face  it  is  impossible  to 
determine  the  relations  of  the  premaxillse  to  the  other  bones. 

The  measurements  of  this  specimen  are  given  below  in  inches 


Width  of  cranium  at  superior  border  of  orbits 

. 9'3 

„ at  constriction  above  orbits 

. 8-4 

Intei'val  between  occipital  crest  and  superior  angle  of  born-cores  . 

. 3-2 

Length  from  superior  angles  of  horn-cores  to  apex  of  nasals 

. 80 

Width  of  parietals  between  temporal  fossae  . 

. 50 

Interval  between  superior  angles  of  bases  of  horn-cores 

. 4-0 

„ „ antero-inferior  angles  of  ditto  . 

. 90 

5,  „ orbit  and  base  of  horn-core 

. 24 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  right  orbit 

. 2-9 

Interval  between  supra-occipital  foramina  . . 

. 4-5 

Length  of  temporal  fossa  . . . . 

. 7-0 

Width  of  nasals  at  widest  part  . 

. 2-6 

CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  43—130 


Width  of  anterior  surface  of  base  of  right  horn-core  . . . . . 6‘1 

„ inferior  „ „ . . . . . 3'3 

„ posterior  „ „ . . • • ,55 

Circumference  of  base  of  horn-core  . . . . . . 16‘5 

Length  along  convexity  of  right  horn-core  (broken)  .....  lo'O 
„ concavity  „ . . . . . 120 

Longest  diameter  of  broken  tip  of  ditto  ......  2'7 


Tlie  dimensions  of  a detached  and  broken  horn-core  of  this  species  collected 
by  Major  Godwin- Ansten  in  the  Siwaliks,  near  the  Markanda  River,  are  as  follows : 


Greatest  diameter  of  base 
Length  along  inferior  convex  border 
„ „ superior  concave  border 

Greatest  diameter  at  broken  tip 


Inches, 

. 5-9 
. 22-0 
. 170 
. 2-7 


The  form  of  tliis  horn-core  is  the  same  as  those  of  the  specimen  described 
above,  though  it  is  of  rather  larger  dimensions. 

In  the  collection  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,  there  is  a cast  of  a cranium 
of  this  species,  from  the  Siwaliks,  the  original  of  wliich  is,  I presume,  in  the 
British  Museum ; the  horn-cores  of  that  specimen  are  rather  longer  than  in  the 
described  cranium,  but  not  much  larger  than  the  detached  specimen  collected  by 
Major  Godwin-Austen. 

The  cranium  is  distinguished  from  the  crania  of  the  genus  J5os  by  the  follow- 
ing characters : — 

The  direction  and  triangular  cross  section  of  the  horn-cores. 

The  rounding  off  of  the  fronto-parietal  region  between  the  horn-cores. 

The  occipital  crest  being  placed  below  both  the  indentations  of  the  temporal  fossae  and 
the  lower  border  of  the  horn-cores. 

The  short  interval  between  the  horn-core  and  the  orbit,  and  the  salieney  of  the  latter. 

The  excess  of  the  transverse  over  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  forehead  of  the 
cranium. 

The  upward  extension  of  the  apex  of  the  nasals. 

The  excess  of  length  of  the  facial  over  the  frontal  portion  of  the  skull. 

The  obliquity  of  the  anterior  border  of  the  orbit  and  the  concavity  between  this  and  the 
nasals. 

The  position  and  direction  of  the  supra-orbital  foramina  and  sulci. 

In  all  the  characters  in  which  this  cranium  diifers  from  £os  it  approaches  to 
Biihalus. 

The  nasals  differ  from  those  of  Bubalus  arni  and  Bubalus  caffei\  by  being 
wider  at  their  infra-orbital  angle  than  at  any  other  part,  but  this  is  a character 
which  is  found  in  the  nasals  of  Bubalus  palcemdicus,  as  will  be  noticed  below. 

The  cranium  differs  from  that  of  Bubalus  arni  in  that  the  horn-cores  are 
placed  much  closer  together  on  the  frontals ; they,  however,  occupy  a similar  posi- 
tion in  the  cranium  of  Bubalus  caffer.  If  the  cranium  of  Bubalus  arni  be  placed 


131—44  CEANIA  OE  EEMINANTS  EEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES. 


horizontally,  the  centre  of  the  frontals  will  he  the  highest  point  of  the  whole ; the 
plane  of  the  face,  that  of  the  parietals,  and  the  planes  of  the  anterior  surfaces  of  the 
horn-cores,  sloj)ing  away  on  all  four  sides  from  this  central  point.  In  the  cranium 
of  the  present  species,  however,  only  the  planes  of  the  frontals  and  of  the  parietals 
slope  away  in  this  manner  ; the  horn-cores,  instead  of  being  directed  upwards  and 
backwards,  as  in  the  Arni,  are  directed  upwards  and  forwards,  so  that  their  bases  are 
in  advance  of  the  central  frontal  plane  ; this  position  of  the  horn-cores  prevents  the 
present  species  from  having  the  rounded  and  prominent  forehead,  characteristic  of 
Biibalus  arni.  The  frontals  of  JBubalm  caffer,  however,  in  the  young  state,  are 
somewhat  concave  between  the  bases  of  the  enormous  horn-cores ; while  in  JBubalm 
braeliyceros  the  whole  of  the  frontals  are  flat,  and  the  horn-cores  somewhat  approxi- 
mated at  the  vertex  crania.  The  convexity  of  the  frontals  cannot  therefore  be 
taken  as  a valid  generic  character,  as  is  done  by  Mr.  Hodgson  in  his  above-quoted 
paper  on  the  genera  of  Indian  cattle. 

The  present  cranium  is  distinguished  from  those  of  all  species  of  the  genus  Bibos 
by  the  direction  and  triangular  cross-section  of  the  horn-cores,  as  W'ell  as  by  the 
rounded  fronto-parietal  surface,  and  by  the  shape  and  position  of  the  nasals  and  supra- 
orbital foramina.  The  concavity  of  the  horn-cores  is,  however,  similarly  placed 
upwards  in  both  genera.  In  the  present  species  there  is  no  aj)proach  either  to  the 
long  and  straight  intercornual  ridge  oi  Bibos  frontalis,  placed  immediately  above  the 
true  occipital  surface,  or  to  the  highly  arcuated  intercornual  ridge  of  Bibos  gaurus. 

On  comj)ariug  the  figure  of  the  occiput  of  the  present  species  with  Mr.  Hodgson’s 
figure  of  that  of  Bibos  frontalis,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  occipital  crest  of  the  latter 
extends  higher  up  on  the  occiput  than  in  the  former ; consequently  in  Bibos  the 
inner  extremities  of  the  temporal  fossae  are  not  placed  entirely  above  the  occipital 
crest,  whereas  they  are  so  placed  in  the  present  species,  in  which  the  interval 
between  the  fossae  is  greater.  In  both  there  is  a large  shield-shaped  protuberance 
for  the  nuchal  ligament,  and  wdde  smooth  surfaces  for  the  recti  muscles.  The 
summit  of  the  occipital  crest  forms  a very  high  arch  in  Bibos,  whereas  it  is  nearly 
flat  in  the  present  species ; the  supra-cristal  portions  of  the  two  are  so  different 
as  not  to  require  a detailed  comparison. 

Turning  again  to  the  occijmt  oi  Bub  aim  arni  and  comparing  it  with  the  present 
specimen,  we  find  that  in  both  species  the  inner  extremities  of  the  temporal  fossae  are 
entirely  above  the  occipital  crest ; and  the  interval  between  the  foss£e  has  the  same 
length  in  the  tw^o ; the  crest  is,  however,  flatter  and  placed  lower  down  in  the  fossil 
species.  The  supra-cristal  portion  in  both  slopes  forwards,  though  in  the  one  it  is 
extremely  wide  and  in  the  other  narrow,  the  width  of  the  cranium  of  Bubalus  arni 
being  greater  than  the  interval  between  the  temporal  fossae,  whereas  in  Bubalus  platy- 
ceros  the  reverse  is  the  case.  The  point  of  attachment  of  the  ligamentum  nuchae  in 
the  former  species  is  continued  downwards  as  a bony  septum  between  the  surfaces  for 
the  attachment  of  the  recti  muscles.  There  is  a somewhat  similar  flattened  depres- 
sion above  the  summit  of  the  occipital  crest  in  both,  which  is  not  found  in  other 


CEANIA  OP  EUMINANTS  PEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES.  45—132 


forms.  If  the  line  of  the  occipital  crest  in  the  present  specimen  were  perfect, 
the  interval  between  this  and  the  lower  border  of  the  base  of  the  horn-cores  would 
he  far  greater  than  in  any  other  species.  The  intercornual  portion  of  the  occiput 
is  depressed  between  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores  in  Buhalus  platyceros,  and  raised 
above  them  in  Buhalus  ami. 

The  greater  separation  of  the  plane  of  the  true  occiput  from  the  plane  of  the 
parietals  and  the  post-cornual  portion  of  the  f rentals  in  this  species  than  in  B.  ami, 
is  an  approach  to  the  Antelopine  form  of  skull,  and  a wide  departure  from  the  high 
intercornual  crest  of  Bos. 

The  above  comparisons  show  that  this  cranium  has  most  points  of  resemblance 
to  the  crania  of  the  genus  Buhalus,  and  we  are  therefore  justified  in  classing  it 
with  that  genus ; the  characteristic  points  of  the  cranium  have  been  already  noticed 
in  the  Eecords  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India, ‘ 


Bubalus  paljeindicus,  Falconer.  PI.  17,  f.  2,  and  PL  19. 

Of  this  magnificent  species  of  fossil  buffalo  no  complete  description  of  the 
cranium  has  ever  appeared,  though  short  notices  of  it  will  be  found  in  Dr.  Ealconer’s 
Catalogue  of  the  Vertebrate  Eossils  in  the  collection  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal, 
and  a figure  and  notes  are  given  by  Dr.  Spilsbury  in  the  Journal  of  the  Asiatic 
Society  of  Bengal.^  A figure  of  a very  complete,  though  partially  restored,  cranium 
with  the  horn-cores  attached  will  be  found  in  Plate  XXII  of  the  “ Palaeontological 
Memoirs this  figure  is  copied  from  Plate  G of  the  unpublished  plates  of  the  “ Eauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  where  other  imperfeet  crania  are  also  figured. 

The  Indian  Museum  possesses  a cranium  of  tliis  species,  of  which  two  views  are 
given  in  the  accompanying  plates  (XVII,  fig.  2,  and  XIX),  and  which  exceeds  in 
size  any  other  specimen  which  I have  seen.  The  specimen  is  from  the  Nerbudda 
valley,  and  were  it  not  for  the  loss  of  the  greater  part  of  the  horn-cores  it  would 
be  in  a splendid  state  of  preservation. 

The  greater  part  of  the  right  horn-core  and  almost  the  whole  of  the  left  horn- 
core  are  absent  from  the  specimen  figured ; the  distal  portion  of  the  nasal  bones, 
with  a small  part  of  the  extremity  of  the  maxiUae  and  the  whole  of  the  premaxillge 
are  also  wanting ; the  right  pterygoid  and  the  pterygoid  process  of  the  same  side  have 
also  been  broken  away.  The  crowns  of  the  whole  of  the  premolar  series  are  broken 
off  even  with  their  alveoli ; the  two  last  molars  of  the  right  side  and  the  whole 
three  of  the  left  side  are,  however,  quite  complete.  The  bone  is  firm,  although  it 
adheres  strongly  to  the  tongue ; with  the  exception  of  the  fronto-nasal  sutures  all  the 
cranial  sutures  are  completely  obliterated ; the  molars  are  also  well  worn,  so  that  the 
skull  belonged  to  a fully  adult  individual,  which  was  in  all  probability  a male. 


1 Vol.  X,  p.  131. 


2 Yols.  Ill,  VllI,  IX,  X,  and  XIIL 


133—46  CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


The  cranium  is  immensely  larger  and  more  massive  in  all  its  proportions  than 
that  of  the  largest  male  Arni  I could  obtain  for  comparison.  All  the  ridges  and 
hollows  for  muscular  attachment  are  much  more  prominent,  indicating  an  animal 
of  immense  strength  and  power.  Size  alone,  however,  would  afford  no  ground  for 
specific  distinction ; since,  as  is  well  known  to  sportsmen,  the  recent  buffaloes  of 
Assam  are  diminishing  steadily  in  the  size  of  their  skulls  and  horns  under  the  con- 
stant persecution  to  which  they  are  subject ; in  early  times  they  were  probably  of 
much  larger  size  than  any  specimens  now  existing. 

As  the  resemblance  between  the  crania  of  the  living  and  fossil  Indian  buffaloes 
is  so  close,  it  will  be  best  to  commence  by  comparing  the  two  together;  on  the 
frontal  aspect  the  cranium  of  Buhalus  'palcBindicus  is  considerably  broader  in  pro- 
portion to  its  length,  and  the  infra-orbital  region  is  less  contracted  laterally ; the 
frontals  are  more  elevated  between  the  inferior  angles  of  the  horn-cores,  in  con- 
sequence of  which  there  is  a sharp  descent  from  this  part  of  the  forehead  to  the 
orbits,  in  place  of  the  regular  and  even  slope  which  we  find  in  the  forehead  of  the 
Arni. 

In  the  figured  specimen  the  superior  border  of  the  orbit  is  shorter  and  thicker  and 
stands  out  more  abruptly  from  the  lateral  surface  of  the  frontal  than  in  the  Arni ; 
the  anterior  border  of  the  orbit  is  produced  laterally  almost  to  the  same  extent  as 
the  posterior  border,  in  consequence  of  wRich  in  the  frontal  aspect  of  the  cranium 
only  a very  narrow  segment  of  the  orbit  comes  into  view ; the  axis  of  the  orbit 
being  directed  almost  immediately  outwards.  In  the  cranium  of  Buhalus  arni,  on 
the  other  hand,  the  anterior  border  of  the  orbit  is  much  less  produced  than  the 
posterior  border,  and  consequently  the  greater  portion  of  the  orbit  is  visible  from 
the  front;  the  axis  being  directed  outwards  and  forwards.  In  Dr.  Ealconer’s 
restored  figure  of  the  cranium  of  Buhalus  palceindicus,  however,  the  orbits  are 
drawn  of  the  same  shape  and  direction  as  those  of  Buhalus  arni,  and  the  direction 
of  the  anterior  border  of  the  orbit  in  the  Arni  occasionally  varies  in  different 
individuals  ; so  that  the  above  cannot  be  taken  as  a constant  character. 

Between  the  orbit  and  the  supra-orbital  foramen  there  is  a very  prominent  ridge 
of  bone,  forming  the  external  border  of  the  supra-orbital  sulcus,  this  external  border 
being  much  higher  than  the  internal  border ; in  the  figured  specimen  there  is  no  supra- 
orbital foramen  on  the  right  side,  although  the  sulcus  is  present.  The  anterior 
border  of  the  orbit  is  entire,  and  not  notched  as  in  the  Arni.  Above  the  orbit  the 
cranium  has  a much  greater  depth  than  occurs  in  the  cranium  of  the’ Arni;  tliis  is 
probably  due  to  the  greater  development  of  the  frontal  sinuses.  The  interval 
between  the  longer  border  of  the  frontal,  overhanging  the  temporal  fossa,  and  the 
vertex  cranii,  is  4-9  inches,  while  in  the  Arni  it  is  only  3-6  inches. 

In  a profile  view  of  the  two  crania,  that  of  the  Arni  is  seen  to  slope  rapidly  and 
continuously  away  from  the  vertex  cranii  to  the  extremity  of  the  nasals,  so  that  the 
anterior  surface  of  the  nasals,  at  a distance  of  two  inches  below  the  orbit,  is  situated 
one  and  a half  inches  below  the  plane  of  the  superior  border  of  the  orbit.  (The  crania 


CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  47—134 


are  supposed  to  be  placed  on  a horizontal  surface,  resting  on  the  paroccipital  processes 
and  anterior  molars.)  On  the  other  hand,  in  the  cranium  of  JBubalus  palceivdicus 
there  is  a very  abrupt  and  sharp  slope  downwards  from  the  vertex  as  far  as  the 
orbits  ; and  then  the  nasals  are  continued  downwards  with  a less  steep  slope,  so  that 
at  a corresponding  distance  below  the  orbits,  the  anterior  surface  of  the  nasals  is 
in  the  same  plane  with  the  superior  border  of  the  orbit : this  difference  may,  how- 
ever, be  brought  about  by  a greater  or  lesser  development  of  the  frontal  sinuses. 

Below  the  orbits  there  is  a considerable  difference  in  the  form  of  the  two  crania ; 
in  B.  palceinclicus  there  is  less  lateral  contraction  of  the  maxilla  below  the  orbit, 
and  the  external  surface  of  this  bone  slopes  mucli  more  rapidly  towards  the  median 
line  than  in  the  recent  species  ; this  is  caused  by  the  very  different  form  of  the 
nasals  in  the  two  species  ; in  Bubalus  arni  these  bones  are  very  broad  and  flattened, 
with  no  great  V'idth  at  their  infra-orbital  angles,  and  becoming  wider  towards  their 
distal  extremities  ; the  infra-orbital  angle  is  placed  considerably  below  the  inferior 
border  of  the  orbit : from  the  wide  and  slightly-arched  form  of  the  nasals  the 
transverse  section  of  the  nasal  cavity  presents  a low  and  wide  arch,  broader  than 
it  is  high ; the  transverse  diameter  of  the  nasals  at  their  infra-orbital  angle  is  one  and 
a half  inches,  and  at  a point  three  inches  below  the  orbit,  two  and  a half  inches.  In 
Bubalus  palcBindicus  the  nasals  are  much  wider  at  their  infra- orbital  angle  than 
at  any  other  point,  and  become  rapidly  narrower  below  this  point ; the  specimen  does 
not,  however,  show  their  distal  extremity  ; instead  of  being  nearly  flat  in  the  middle 
of  their  course,  they  are  greatly  rounded  and  arched,  so  that  the  lateral  surfaces 
become  very  nearly  at  right  angles  to  the  plane  of  the  median  surface ; the  infra- 
orbital angles  reach  almost  as  high  as  the  inferior  border  of  the  orbits : the 
transverse  diameter  of  these  bones  at  the  infra-orbital  angle  is  two  and  a half  inches, 
and  at  a distance  of  three  inches  below  the  orbit  two  inches, — the  latter  diameter 
being  considerably  less  than  the  corresponding  one  of  the  smaller-sized  cranium  of 
the  Arni.  The  nasal  cavity  in  transverse  section  forms  a vaulted  arch,  higher  than 
broad,  its  boundaries  forming  an  isosceles  triangle,  whereas  the  corresponding  bound- 
aries of  this  part  of  the  Ami’s  cranium  approximate  very  closely  to  an  equilateral 
triangle. 

The  length  of  the  two  crania  from  the  inferior  border  of  the  foramen  magnum 
to  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  true  molar  series  is  also  considerably  different, 
being  upwards  of  three  inches  longer  in  the  fossil  than  in  the  recent  species ; this 
is  correlated  by  the  enormous  width  of  the  occipital  region  of  the  former,  exceeding 
that  of  the  latter  by  two  and  a half  inches. 

The  spheno-palatine  region  of  the  cranium  of  Bubalus  palmndicus  is  at  once 
distinguished  from  that  of  the  Arni  by  the  relative  directions  of  the  bones  com- 
posing the  basi-cranial  axis  and  the  surface  of  the  palate : in  the  cranium  of  the 
former  species,  a straight  rod  resting  on  the  palatal  surface  will  also  rest  on  the 
whole  of  the  basi-sphenoid  and  basi-occipital ; whereas  in  the  latter  species  a 
similarly  placed  rod  would  only  touch  the  basi-occipital  close  to  the  foramen 


135—48  CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


magnum.  In  tlie  cranium  of  tlie  adult  Arni  this  obliquity  of  the  sphenoid  to  the 
plane  of  the  palate  is  less  than  in  young  individuals,  hut  in  no  specimen  that  I have 
seen  is  there  any  approach  to  the  identity  of  the  planes  of  the  two  surfaces,  seen  in 
all  the  sjoecimens  of  the  cranium  of  Bubalus  palmindicus  which  have  come  under 
my  observation. 

Again,  if  a transverse  line  he  drawn  across  the  frontals  through  the  centres  of 
the  orbits  of  the  two  crania,  the  space  between  this  and  the  intercornual  ridge  will 
form  an  almost  exact  square  in  Bubalus  palceindicus ; while  in  Bubalus  arni  the 
antero-posterior  diameter  of  a similar  space  will  he  one  and  a half  inches  longer  than 
the  transverse  diameter ; this  difference  being  partly  due  to  the  different  forms  of 
the  anterior  borders  of  the  orbits  described  above. 

In  Bubalus  palceindicus  the  surface  of  the  palate  is  produced  backwards  behind 
the  last  molar  to  nearly  double  the  distance  that  it  is  in  Bubalus  arni ; in  the  former 
the  length  of  the  palate  behind  the  last  molar  is  2’6  inches,  and  in  the  latter  only 
1'3  inches ; the  posterior  nares  are  consequently  placed  much  further  hack  in  the 
fossil  species.  In  both  species  the  free  edge  of  the  palatines  is  mesially  bisected 
by  the  vomer. 

The  maxillo-palatine  suture  can  just  he  distinguished  in  the  figured  specimen, 
and  is  placed  entirely  behind  the  posterior  palatine  foramina ; whereas  in  the  recent 
species  the  suture  bisects  these  foramina ; in  both  species  the  suture  commences  at 
the  interval  between  the  penultimate  and  ultimate  molars,  and  at  the  median  line  is 
on  a level  with  the  interval  between  the  antepenultimate  and  penultimate  molars. 

The  pterygoid  processes  of  the  alisphenoid  are  much  larger  and  stouter  in  the 
fossil  species,  and  extend  lower  down  below  the  plane  of  the  molar  alveoli : the 
surface  of  the  palate  itself  is  also  more  arched  from  side  to  side. 

The  horn-cores  are  placed  on  the  frontals  similarly  in  both  species ; they  are  of 
larger  size  and  directed  more  outwards  in  the  fossil  species  ; specimens  of  the  recent 
species  from  Assam  and  Cachar  most  nearly  resemble  the  fossil  form  in  this  par- 
ticular. 

On  comparing  the  occipital  surfaces  of  the  two  crania,  we  find  more  differences 
than  in  the  frontal  aspects ; the  occipital  surface  of  Bubalus  palcsindicus  forms  a 
very  wide  and  flattened  arch,  with  the  crest  distinctly  and  clearly  marked,  and  its 
lateral  borders  convex ; this  convexity  causes  the  temporal  fossae  (perfect  on  the 
right  side  of  the  figure)  to  become  very  low  and  narrow ; on  the  occqDital  surface 
the  indentations  of  the  fossae  appear  as  pointed  triangular  slits  on  either  side  of  the 
crest;  the  protuberance  for  the  nuchal  ligament  is  slight,  and  is  not  continued 
downwards  as  a sharp  ridge  to  the  foramen  magnum ; this  narrowness  of  the  temporal 
fossae.  Dr.  Falconer  says,  is  constant  in  all  the  specimens  examined  by  him.  The 
occipital  crest  of  Bubalus  arni  forms  a higher  and  more  irregular  arch,  being 
flattened  at  the  summit,  and  less  prominently  and  sharply  defined ; its  lateral 
boundaries  are  somewhat  concave,  and  the  temporal  fossae  are  consequently  of  con- 
siderable width  throughout  their  length,  and  terminate  superiorly  in  a blunt  rounded 


CRANIA  OP  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  49—136 


extremity ; the  tuberosity  for  the  nuchal  ligament  is  strongly  marked,  and  superiorly 
confluent  rrith  the  supra-cristal  portion  of  the  occipital  surface ; inferiorly  it  is  pro- 
duced into  a strong  vertical  ridge,  affording  attachment  to  the  septum  between  the 
occipital  muscles.  The  occipital  condyles  are  less  obliquely  placed,  and  their 
external  angles  somewhat  less  sharp  in  the  recent  than  in  the  fossil  species. 

The  basi-occipital  of  B.  palceindicus  is  distinguished  from  that  of  B.  arni 
by  its  much  greater  relative  width  : 4’1  inches  in  place  of  2 ’9  inches  across  the 
posterior  muscular  tuberosities ; these  tuberosities  are  also  nearly  double  the  size  of 
those  of  the  Arni. 

The  pattern  of  the  crown  of  the  molars  of  the  two  species  is  very  similars 
though  the  teeth  can  be  distinguished.  The  enamel  islands  in  the  fossil  species  are 
unusually  large,  and  their  free  surface  much  corrugated  and  rugose  : on  the  internal 
side  the  median  accesory  tubercle  is  of  very  large  size.  The  ultimate  molar  is 
nearly  half  an  inch  longer  than  the  corresponding  tooth  of  the  Arni ; this  extension 
in  length  is  chiefly  caused  by  the  great  development  of  the  postero-external  angle, 
which  almost  forms  a separate  third  lobe,  being  divided  from  the  main  body  of  the 
tooth  by  an  infolding  of  enamel  from  either  side ; the  infold  of  enamel  on  the 
posterior  side  of  the  second  enamel  island,  in  all  the  molars,  is  much  deeper  in  the 
fossil  species,  and  consequently  remains  on  the  worn  crown  for  a much  longer  period 
than  in  the  recent  species.  Below,  the  measurements  of  the  figured  specimen  are 
compared  with  those  of  a cranium  of  .an  adult  male  Arni : — 


J5.  palwindieas.  B.  arni- 


Interval  between  foramen  magnum  and  occipital  crest  . 

4-2 

3-7 

„ „ occipital  crest  and  vertex  cranii 

4-5 

4-4 

Width  at  superior  border  of  orbits  .... 

ire 

10-0 

„ at  constriction  above  orbits  .... 

110 

9-4 

„ „ below  „ .... 

8-4 

6-5 

From  occipital  crest  to  tip  of  nasals  {B.  'palceindicus,  broken)  . 

200 

21-0 

Width  of  occipital  through  petrosals  .... 

10-0 

8-5 

Height  from  surface  of  palate  to  frontals 

7-8 

6-6 

Length  from  foramen  magnum  to  last  premolar 

14-5 

11-8 

Interval  between  external  angles  of  occipital  condyles  . 

6-2 

5T 

„ „ occipital  crest  and  base  of  horn-core  . 

2-9 

2-2 

Length  of  temporal  fossa  ..... 

7-5 

70 

„ of  intercornual  ridge  ..... 

7-3 

60 

Height  from  palate  to  broken  extremity  of  nasals 

6-0 

50 

Interval  between  base  of  horn-core  and  orbit 

2-5 

2-4 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  left  orbit 

3-0 

2-8 

Transverse  „ „ .... 

2-6 

2-5 

Length  of  five  molars  . . 

6-3 

5-8 

Width  of  palate  at  second  molars  .... 

4-1 

4-0 

Interval  between  outer  surfaces  of  ditto 

6-4 

5-9 

„ „ supra-orbital  foramina 

G-5 

5-3 

„ „ occipital  crest  and  line  connecting  mid-orbits 

120 

10-0 

Length  of  outer  surface  of  second  molar 

1-6 

1*3 

Transverse  diameter  of  „ .... 

1-2 

1-0 

Length  of  outer  surface  of  ultimate  molar 

1-8 

1-4 

Interval  between  extremities  of  paroccipital  processes 

6-1 

5*0 

137—50  CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


Interval  between  outer  surfaces  of  zygomatic  arcbes 

JB.  palceindicus, 

. 11-0 

B.  arni. 

lO'O 

Length  from  foramen  magnum  to  free  extremity  of  palatines  . 

. 7-6 

6-9 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  right  born-core  at  base 

. 7-3 

5'2 

Transverse  „ „ „ . . 

. 2-8 

2-5 

Circumference  of  „ „ . . 

. 18-6 

130 

Width  of  occiput  between  temporal  fossae 

. 7-0 

51 

Another  specimen  of  the  cranium  of  Bubahis  palceindicus  in  the  Indian 
Museum,  also  from  the  Nerhudda  valley,  and  consisting  of  the  upper  part  of  the 
cranium  and  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores  only,  has  the  following  dimensions  : — 


Width  at  constriction  above  orbits  ........  9’5 

„ of  occipitals  tbrougb  petrosals  .......  ll'O 

Interval  between  external  angles  of  occipital  cond^des  ......  6'1 

From  occipital  crest  to  vertex  cranii  ........  4'2 

Width  of  occipital  between  temporal  fossae  .......  6'2 

Interval  between  foramen  magnum  and  occipital  crest  . . . . . .4  3 

,,  „ supra-orbital  foramina  .......  5'4 

„ „ inferior  angles  of  born-cores  . . . . . .ll'O 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  base  of  left  born-core  ......  6'4 


The  frontals  of  this  specimen  are  remarkable  for  their  extreme  convexity 
between  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores,  and  from  their  rough  and  corrugated  surface  : 
the  form  of  the  occiput  agrees  in  every  detail  with  that  of  the  last  specimen. 
I may  here  add  a few  notes  and  measurements  of  the  crania  of  this  species  taken 
from  Dr.  Falconer’s  Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Vertehrata  in  the  collection  of  the 
Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal.  The  finest  specimen  of  the  cranium  of  this  species, 
marked  No.  N.  18,  was  obtained  from  near  Sagouni  in  the  Nerhudda  valley;  its 
dimensions  are  as  follows  ; — 

Inches. 


Length  of  right  horn-core  .........  33'0 

Breadth  of  „ at  base  ........  6'5 

Thickness  „ „ ........  4'5 

Length  of  left  born-core  (broken)  . . . . . . . . 23'0 

Breadth  of  skull  at  base  of  occiput  ........  13'0 

Height  from  condyles  to  plane  of  frontals  .......  lO'O 


“ The  horn-cores  spread  out  more  horizontally  and  with  a less  inclination  upwards 
than  in  the  existing  wild  buffalo,  slightly  concave  anteriorly,  and  convex  behind. 
A cord  stretched  between  the  tij)s  would  subtend  the  plane  of  the  cranium  behind 
the  frontals  ; in  all  these  respects  differing  from  the  existing  wild  buffalo,  and,  so 
far  as  their  horizontal  offset  is  concerned,  approximating  to  the  Gayal,  from  which, 
however,  they  differ  in  the  flattened  form  of  the  horns  and  in  every  other  respect. 
The  posterior  border  of  the  horn-cores  encroaches  much  upon  the  temporal  fossa, 
which  is  narrow.  These  characters  are  so  constant,  as  shown  by  still  better  speci- 
mens in  the  British  Museum,  that  there  can  he  little  doubt  but  that  the  species  is 
distinct  from  the  existing  wild  buffalo.” 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  51—138 


It  will  be  observed  from  the  above  that  the  narrowness  of  the  temporal  fossa 
is  characteristic  of  Dr.  Ealconer’s  specimen  as  of  our  figured  specimen ; the  outward 
direction  of  the  horn-cores  does  not,  however,  appear  to  be  of  much  value,  as  the 
female  of  the  Assam  variety  of  the  existing  species  possesses  nearly  horizontally 
directed  horns,  as  in  the  fossil  species. 

A specimen  (No.  N.  20),  which  Dr.  Ealconer  regarded  as  probably  belonging 
to  a female  individual  of  this  species,  has  the  following  dimensions  : — 

Inches. 


Length  . . . . . , . . . . . 17  50 

Height  from  sphenoid  to  frontal  ........  8‘00 

Width  at  constriction  between  orbit  and  horn-core  ......  8'25 

„ between  middle  of  orbits  . . . . . . . . 7'50 

Length  from  vertex  to  upper  margin  of  orbit  .......  7‘50 

„ of  line  of  molars  .........  6’50 

Greatest  width  of  left  b orn-core  ........  5'00 

Thickness  of  ......  ...  3’00 


A large  detached  horn-core  of  a male  individual  (No.  N 32)  has 
dimensions : — 

Length  of  fragment  ......... 

Girth  near  base  . . . . 

Long  diameter  ......... 

Short  „ ......... 


the  following 


Inches. 

11-0 

197 

7-0 

4-5 


Erom  the  above  comparisons  and  measurements  we  find  that  the  cranium 
of  the  fossil  Indian  buffalo  differs  in  the  following  points  from  the  cranium 
of  the  existing  wild  buffalo,  mz.,  in  its  larger  size,  in  the  form  of  the  infra- 
cristal  portion  of  the  occipital  surface,  and  in  the  narrowness  of  the  temporal 
fossae  ; in  the  form  of  the  orbits,  nasals,  and  nasal  cavity,  and  in  that  of  the  ultimate 
molar ; in  the  degree  of  the  inclination  of  the  basi-cranial  axis  to  the  plane  of  the 
palate,  and  in  the  backward  prolongation  of  the  palatines;  the  most  important  of 
these  differences  appear  to  me  to  be  those  relating  to  the  nasals,  the  temporal 
fossae,  and  the  basi-cranial  axis  and  palate.  The  whole  of  the  differences  are  but 
slight,  and  yet  they  are  quite  sufficient  to  distinguish  the  skull  of  the  fossil  from 
that  of  the  recent  form,  and  I therefore  think  it  best  to  continue  to  consider  the 
two  forms  as  distinct  species  in  the  modified  acceptation  of  the  term,  although 
there  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  the  one  species  is  the  direct  ancestor  of  the  other. 
In  opposition  to  this  view,  however,  I see  that  Mr.  Eoyd-Dawkins  ‘ considers  the 
fossil  form  (misnamed  in  his  notice  Bubalus  namadicus)  as  specifically  identical  with 
the  Living  Bubalus  arni ; this  determination  was  apparently  made  on  the  evidence 
of  Dr.  Ealconer’s  comparison  of  the  two  crania. 

The  fossil  species  ranged  throughout  a great  portion  of  the  central  Nerbudda 
vaUey,  and  its  remains  have  been  noticed  by  Dr.  Ealconer  from  the  older  alluvium 
of  the  Jamna  valley ; bones  of  this  species  have  also  been  obtained  by  Mr.  Eedden 

* Cave  Hunting,  p.  428. 


139—52  CRANIA  OE  RUMINANTS  EROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


from  the  older  alluvia  of  the  Godavari  and  Perim-Ganga  vaUeys,  and  I think  by 
Mr.  Eoote  from  Madras ; all  the  above  deposits  undoubtedly  belong  to  the  upper 
Pliocene  or  Pleistocene  periods.  Lately,  however,  as  I have  already  previously 
noticed,^  two  crania  of  this  species  have  been  obtained  by  Mr.  Theobald  from  the  top- 
most clay  beds  of  the  Siwahks  near  the  town  of  Bubhor ; these  crania  were  found  in 
company  with  the  remains  of  Camelm  sivalensis,  and  the  beds  are  certainly  newer 
than  those  from  which  the  great  mass  of  Siwalik  bones  are  obtained;  I have 
thought  it  very  probable  from  the  occurrence  of  this  Bubalus  in  these  beds,  and  not 
in  the  beds  below,  that  these  beds  are  not  far  removed  in  time  from  the  ossiferous 
gravels  of  the  Nerbudda  valley.  Mr.  Medlicott,  however,^  on  stratigraphical  consid- 
erations, is  inclined  to  think  that  there  is  a long  gap  between  these  topmost  Siwahks 
and  the  Nerbudda  deposits ; the  old  high  level  terraces  of  the  Sub-Himalayas 
being  more  nearly  contemporaneous  with  the  latter  deposits,  and  there  is  no  doubt 
considerable  probability  in  this  supposition.  It  is,  however,  very  unhkely  that  a 
species  like  Bubalus  palcBindicus  (for,  as  we  shall  see  below,  except  in  the  matter 
of  size,  I cannot  distinguish  between  the  upper  Siwalik  and  Nerbudda  crania) 
which  has  been  considered  by  some  as  identical  with  a living  species,  should  have 
existed  at  a period  much  older  than  that  of  the  gravels  of  the  Nerbudda.  There 
is  no  doubt,  however,  but  that  the  Bubhor  Siwaliks  are  serially  continuous  with, 
and  are  not  separated  by,  any  (geologically)  long  period  from  the  subjacent  mamma- 
liferous  beds,  and  the  occurrence  of  Bubalus  palceindicus  in  the  former  is  another 
link  in  the  chain  of  arguments  for  not  placing  the  age  of  the  great  mammahferous 
series  of  the  Siwaliks  below  the  older  Pliocene. 

To  return  to  the  Siwalik  crania,  we  find  that  both  of  them  are  of  considerably 
smaller  size  than  the  average  of  the  specimens  from  the  Nerbudda  valley ; the 
larger  of  the  two  is,  however,  certainly  an  adolescent  animal,  the  crowns  of  the  last 
molars  having  only  just  come  into  wear,  and  most  of  the  cranial  sutures  being 
still  distinctly  visible ; the  skull  is  slightly  larger  in  its  dimensions  than  the  female 
skull  from  the  Nerbudda  noticed  above,  and  it  is  therefore  probable  that  both  the 
Siwalik  specimens  belonged  to  female  individuals. 

The  extremity  of  the  larger  skull  has  been  broken  off  between  the  premolar 
and  molar  series,  both  zygomatic  arches  are  wanting,  together  with  considerable 
portions  of  the  boundaries  of  the  orbits ; part  of  the  right  frontal  with  its  horn- 
core,  and  the  greater  part  of  the  left  horn-core,  are  also  wanting ; the  sphenoid 
region  is  considerably  injured,  both  the  paroccipital  and  one  of  the  pterygoid  pro- 
cesses having  been  broken  off;  in  the  right  maxilla  there  are  crowns  of  three 
molars  remaining,  a portion  of  their  outer  walls  being,  however,  broken  away ; 
on  the  left  side  there  are  only  portions  of  the  fractured  crowns  of  the  two 
ultimate  molars. 


^ Kec.  Geol.  Snrv.  India,  Vol.  IX,  p.  88. 


^ Kec.  Geol.  Surv.  India,  Vol.  IX,  p.  57. 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  53—140 

This  specimen  agrees  with  the  Nerbuclda  crania  in  having  narrow  and  arched 
nasals,  witli  the  highly  vaulted  nasal  cavity ; the  anterior  border  of  the  orbit,  though 
fractured  in  our  specimens,  seems  also  to  have  been  produced  in  a similar  manner ; 
the  occipital  surface  agrees  precisely  in  form  with  the  Nerbudda  specimens.  The 
proximal  extremity  of  the  nasals  extends  upwards  on  the  face  as  far  as  the  centre  of 
the  orbits  ; the  fronto-nasal  suture  is  distinct,  and  terminates  in  a simple  unbroken 
angle,  there  being  no  process  of  the  f rentals  descending  between  the  two  apices 
of  the  nasals  as  in  the  Arni ; the  palate  is  produced  still  further  back  than  in 
the  Nerbudda  specimens,  and  therefore  differs  still  more  Avidely  from  that  of  the 
Arni : the  portion  of  the  horn-core  Avhich  remains  is  directed  outwards  as  in  the 
Nerbudda  specimens.  The  dimensions  of  the  specimen  are  as  follows  : — 


Interval  between  occipital  crest  and  foramen  magnum  . 

Inches. 

34 

„ „ and  vertex 

4-4 

Width  at  constriction  above  orbits 

9-J 

„ below  „ . . . 

7-6 

Length  from  occipital  crest  to  tip  of  nasals  (broken)  . 

17-0 

AVidth  of  occiput  through  petrosals 

8'8 

Height  from  palate  to  frontals 

6-2 

Interval  between  foramen  magnum  and  last  premolar  . 

13-0 

„ „ external  angles  of  condyles  . 

5'3 

Length  of  intercornual  ridge 

6-0 

Interval  between  orbit  and  horn-core  . 

1-8 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  orbit 

2-4 

Length  of  three  molai-s  .... 

4-2 

AVidth  of  palate  at  second  molars 

3-4 

Interval  between  outer  surfaces  of  second  molars 

5-8 

„ „ supra-orbital  foramina 

3-6 

AVidth  of  occiput  betweeir  hom-cores 

4-4 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  base  of  horn-core 

6*4 

Transverse  „ „ » 

30 

The  second  Siwalik  specimen,  though  of  somcAvliat  smaller  size,  agrees  in  form 
with  the  described  specimen. 

I have  elsewhere  stated^  that  another  species  of  buffalo,  Buhalus  antiques, 
has  been  described  by  Professor  Gervais^  from  newer  Tertiary  strata  in  Algeria, 
Avhich  in  the  form  of  its  occiput,  of  its  horn-cores,  and  of  its  frontals,  approaches 
much  more  closely  to  the  Indian  than  to  any  of  the  African  buffaloes ; it  has,  how- 
ever, certain  points  of  affinity  to  the  African  B.  hrachyceros  ; the  existence  of  this 
species  is  important,  as  shoAving  a former  intermingling  of  the  Mammalian  Tertiary 
Eaunas  of  India  and  Africa. 

In  the  valleys  of  the  Godavari  and  Nerbudda,  Bubahis  iJalceindimis  was  un- 
doubtedly a contemporary  of  man,  since  stone  implements  have  been  found  in 
the  ossiferous  beds  of  localities  from  wliich  the  remains  of  the  extinct  buffalo 
are  obtained. 


Eec.  Geol.  Surv,  India,  Vol.  IX,  p.  99. 


^ Zoologie  et  Paleontologie  Generales : prem.  ser.  pi.  XIX. 


141—54  CRANIA  OP  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


Genus  : PERIBOS,  n.  gen.  noUs. 

The  name  of  this  new  genus,  or,  perhaps,  snb-genus,  inadvertently  appeared 
without  any  descriptive  notice  in  my  paper  on  Indian  Tertiary  Mammalia  published 
in  the  “Records  of  the  Geological  Smwey  of  India.” ^ 

The  genus  is  founded  upon  the  single  cranium  described  below,  and  from  cranial 
characters,  may  be  defined  as  follows  : — Prontals  fl:at,  and  broader  than  long ; horn- 
cores  pyriform  in  cross  section,  short  and  curved,  closely  approximated  at  their 
bases,  and  situated  on  a ridge  of  the  frontals,  which  is  somewhat  below  the  plane 
of  the  occiput ; the  true  occipital  surface  bounded  by  its  crest,  and  the  latter 
approximated  to  the  horn-cores ; teeth  and  basi-occipital  of  the  Bovine  type. 


Peribos  occipitalis,  Falc.  sp.  (?).  Pis.  20  and  21,  f.  2. 

The  doubt  as  to  the  original  application  of  the  above  specific  name  to  the 
figured  cranium  has  been  already  noticed  in  the  introduction,  and  need  not  be 
repeated  here.  The  specimen  is  in  the  Siwalik  collection  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of 
Bengal;  it  is  numbered  in  the  Catalogue  of  the  Society’s  collection  S 562,  and  has 
been  there  described  by  Dr.  Ealconer ; it  was  obtained  from  the  Siwaliks  of  Gana- 
wur,  and  has  been  referred  to  in  the  “Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal.”*^ 
Dr.  Ealconer’s  description  of  the  specimen  is  as  follows : — 

“ Eine  skull  of  a Bovine  Buminant,  nearly  perfect  from  the  occiput  to  the 
diastema,  showing  the  zygomatic  arches,  temporal  fossae,  and  the  wEole  of  the 
sj)heno-palatine  region,  together  with  two  lines  of  molars  in  situ ; the  crowns  of 
those  on  the  right  side  broken  off ; the  three  posterior  molars  on  the  left  side  nearly 
entire  ; a horn-core  is  present  on  the  left  side,  absent  on  the  right,  through  a fracture 
which  has  carried  it  off  below  the  base.  The  cranial  part  of  the  skull  differs 
remarkably  from  all  known  Bovine  Bmninants  in  this  respect,  that  the  occipital 
bone  appears  to  terminate  at  the  occipital  crest,  or  close  to  it,  and  that  no  part  of 
the  parietals  enters  into  the  occipital  plane. 

“ The  horns  are  pyriform  in  section,  with  a very  sharp  edge  behind,  and  a 
broad  surface  in  front ; they  are  closely  approximated  on  the  brow,  and  start 
upwards  and  outwards,  but  curve  forwards  towards  their  tip.  The  plane  of  the 
frontals  is  flat  between  the  commencement  of  the  horns,  and  then  descends  in  a 
sudden  curve  between  the  horn-cores  to  meet  the  plane  of  the  occipital  at  an  obtuse 
angle.  The  occipital  crest  is  very  prominent ; orbital  rim  also  prominent ; the 
lachrymal  bones  present  rough  tuberosities  at  the  orbital  margins,  as  in  the  Bovine 
group ; there  is  also  no  lachrymal  fissure ; the  two  supra-orbital  foramina  large. 


> Vol.  IX,  p.  90. 


2 Vol.  V,  p.  184. 


CEANIA  OP  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  56—142 


The  nasals  are  received  into  an  angular  fissure  of  the  frontals,  then’  apices  ascending 
nearly  to  a line  with  the  anterior  (inferior)  border  of  the  orbits. 

“ The  orbits  differ  in  a remarkable  manner  from  those  of  the  ordinary  Bovine 
Bmiinants  in  having  their  greatest  diameter  in  the  vertical  direction  instead  of 
antero-posteriorly.  Between  the  supra-orbital  foramina  there  is  a raised  portion  of 
the  surface  of  the  frontals  of  a horse-shoe  shape,  about  a line  in  thickness,  and 
with  a rugous  and  fimbriated  margin  about  two  inches  in  breadth ; the  sinus  at  the 
posterior  (superior)  part  passing  gradually  into  the  surface  of  the  frontals.  This 
rugous  disc  is  unknown  in  other  Ruminants.  The  maxillaries  contract  sharply  in 
front  of  the  orbits ; their  tuberosities  are  very  prominent. 

“ Teeth. — The  three  posterior  molars  on  the  left  side  are  well  worn,  showing 
the  animal  to  have  been  fully  adult,  and  a large  accessory  pillar,  narrow  and  com- 
pressed, but  of  considerable  depth,  is  seen  in  the  sinus  between  the  two  barrels  of 
each  molar  on  its  inner  side  as  in  the  Bovine  Ruminants.  The  palate  is  broad.” 

Most  of  the  following  dimensions  were  also  given  by  Dr.  Palconer  : — 


Inches. 


Lengtli  from  occipital  condjles  to  diastema 

„ summit  of  occipital  crest  to  apex  of  nasals 
Width  at  superior  border  of  orbits 

„ at  constriction  below  „ . . . 

„ at  inferior  border  of  „ 

„ at  constriction  above  „ . . . 

From  base  of  occipital  to  summit  of  occipital  crest 
Width  of  occipital  through  petrosals 
Height  from  surface  of  palate  to  frontals 
Interval  between  external  angles  of  condyles  . 
Distance  between  occipital  crest  and  base  of  born-core  . 
Length  of  temporal  fossa  • . . . 

Interval  between  bases  of  born-cores 
Height  from  palate  to  broken  extremity  of  nasals 
Interval  between  base  of  horn-core  and  orbit  . 
Transverse  diameter  of  left  orbit 
Antero-posterior  diameter  of  left  orbit  . 

Transverse  diameter  of  right  orbit 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  right  orbit 

Length  of  five  right  molars  .... 

Greatest  width  of  palate  .... 

Length  of  fragment  of  left  horn-core  . 

Antero-posterior  diameter  at  base 

Thickness  of  ditto  ..... 
Antero-posterior  diameter  at  fracture 
Transverse  „ " 

Height  from  surface  of  palate  to  frontals  below  orbit  . 
Interval  between  supra-orbital  foramina 
Distance  between  outer  surface  of  first  molars  . 

Width  of  nasals  at  infra-orbital  angle  . 

Interval  between  temporal  fossse  above  horn-cores 


12-6 

8-6 

7-7 

5'5 

6'0 


5T 

8- 5 
7-0 

3- 8 
IT 
5'5 
2-0 
4‘f5 

1- 9 

2- 7 

1- 9 
30 

2- 0 

4- 9 

3- 3 

9- 0 
50 
3-0 

3- 4 
2-7 
60 

4- 7 
5T 
2-6 
2-9 


“ The  dimensions  of  the  two  orbits  differ  a little  in  consequence  of  crusliing 
on  the  right  side.  The  principal  distinctive  marks  are : The  occipital  not  rising 


143—56  CRANIA  OE  RUMINANTS  EROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


above  the  occipital  crest.  The  great  narrowness  of  the  parietal  region  between  the 
liorn-cores  and  the  occipital  crest.  The  close  aj^proxiination  of  the  horn-cores. 
The  short  interval  between  the  horn-core  and  the  orbit.  The  projection  of  the  orbit 
above  the  plane  of  the  f rentals.” 

To  the  above  description  I add  the  following  remarks : On  referring  to  the 
table  of  the  frontal  measurements  on  the  crania  of  Indian  oxen  given  below’,  the 
transverse  diameter  of  the  forehead  of  this  specimen  will  be  found  to  be  consider- 
ably longer  than  the  antero-posterior  diameter.  The  nasals  are  very  highly  arched, 
and  are  widest  at  their  infra-orbital  angle,  diminishing  very  rapidly  in  width  below 
this  point ; there  is  a ridge  between  the  infra-orbital  angle  of  the  nasals  and  the 
orbit.  The  supra-orbital  foramina  pierce  the  bone  obliquely,  and  are  placed  at  the 
extremities  of  the  sulci ; the  sulci  do  not  extend  downwards  as  far  as  the  lower 
border  of  the  orbit ; the  orbits  have  their  jDOsterior  border  prominent  at  the  inferior 
angle,  their  axis  looks  obliquely  forwards  and  outwards.  The  constriction  of  the 
skull  above  the  orbits  is  of  no  great  extent. 

As  noticed  above  by  Dr.  Ealconer,  no  portion  of  the  parietals  of  this  cranium 
enters  into  the  plane  of  the  occipital  surface ; that  surface  is  consequently  bounded 
superiorly  by  the  occipital  crest,  and  is  composed  solely  of  tlie  proper  occipital 
bones  which  do  not  extend  above  the  crest.  The  parietals  are  in  a different  plane  from 
the  occiput,  sloping  upwards  to  the  highest  ridge  of  the  cranium,  which  is  in 
consequence  placed  considerably  in  advance  of  the  plane  of  the  occipital,  instead 
of  being  directly  over  it,  as  in  Bos  ; this  form  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  cranium 
is  an  approach  to  the  still  more  aberrant  form  of  the  cranium  of  the  next  genus 
Uemihos ; owing  to  the  obliteration  of  the  sutures,  the  boundaries  of  the  parietals 
cannot  be  seen. 

The  whole  of  the  temporal  fossae  may  be  seen  in  a back  view  of  the  cranium ; 
they  cannot  be  said  to  intrude  on  the  plane  of  the  oceipital,  but  rather  to  bound 
the  lateral  portions  of  this  surface.  The  summit  of  the  occipital  crest  is  flattened, 
and  its  lateral  borders  somewhat  concave  superiorly ; there  is  a large  tuberosity 
for  the  attachment  of  the  nuchal  ligament ; the intercornual  line  is  slightly  concave; 
the  superior  border  of  the  horn-cores  is  convex,  and  the  inferior  concave,  as  in  the 
genus  Bos. 

The  upper  border  of  the  temporal  fossa  is  very  nearly  parallel  to  the  lower  or 
zygomatic  border;  the  descending  post-orbital  process  of  the  frontal  is  nearly 
vertical,  forming  almost  a right  angle  both  with  the  upper  and  lower  borders  of  the 
temporal  fossa ; the  inner  waU  of  the  temporal  fossa  is  somewhat  concave  from 
above  downwards,  but  is  straight  from  before  backwards.  The  maxiUse  do  not  slope 
inwards  to  any  great  extent,  so  that  the  lateral  surfaces  of  the  nasals  are  nearly 
at  right  angles  to  the  anterior  surface.  The  skull  is  of  great  vertical  depth  from 
the  orbit  to  the  palate. 

On  the  spheno-palatine  surface  the  basi-occipital  extends  forwards  for  a short 
distance  in  the  plane  of  the  palate ; at  the  anterior  tubercles,  however,  it  is  bent 


CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  57—144 


sharply  on  itself ; the  anterior  tubercles  are  small ; the  interval  between  the  posterior 
tubercles  is  not  greater  than  that  between  the  anterior  pair.  The  posterior  tubercles 
are  the  larger  of  the  two,  and  the  basi-occipital  is  triangular  as  in  the  oxen,  but 
the  tubercles  are  larger  and  with  a more  distinct  median  groove,  as  in  the  antelopes. 

The  palate  is  long  and  narrow,  and  but  sKglitly  arched ; the  palatines  are 
produced  backwards  for  a distance  of  one  and  a quarter  inches  behind  the  last 
molar,  before  their  division.  The  molar  series  is  much  curved  from  before  back- 
wards ; in  front  of  the  premolars  the  maxiUse  are  deeply  grooved  longitudinally. 
The  molars  are  characterised  l3y  a very  large  accessory  tubercle  on  the  iimer  side ; 
by  the  enamel  islands  being  elongated  posteriorly,  and  by  the  island  of  the  posterior 
lobe  being  deeply  indented  from  the  same  side  by  an  enamel  fold ; the  costm  on  the 
dorsa  of  the  teeth  are  slight,  and  the  whole  covered  with  a very  thick  coating  of 
cement.  The  length  of  the  last  molar  is  I'G  inches  and  its  width  1 inch. 

The  maxillo-palatine  suture  is  placed  entirely  in  advance  of  the  posterior 
palatine  foramina ; on  the  outer  side  it  commences  at  the  level  of  the  penultimate 
molars,  and  passes  inwards  and  forwards,  so  that  in  the  median  Ime  of  the  palate 
it  is  on  a level  with  the  interval  between  the  first  and  second  molars.  The  posterior 
free  border  of  the  palatines  is  entire,  and  not  bisected  by  the  vomer. 

A fragment  of  the  proximal  extremity  of  the  premaxilla  of  the  right  side  is 
seen  occupying  the  angle  between  the  maxillae  and  the  nasals,  showdng  that  this 
bone  was  of  the  long  type,  as  in  typical  species  of  Bos  and  in  Buhalus. 

The  present  cranium  is  distinguished  from  the  crania  of  all  species  of  Bos  and 
Bibos  by  having  the  horn-cores  placed  on  a ridge,  which  is  situated  below  the  plane 
of  the  occipital  surface,  instead  of  directly  over  it ; by  the  peculiar  form  of  the 
cross-section  of  the  horn-cores ; and  by  the  plane  of  the  occiput  being  entirely  dis- 
tinct from  the  plane  of  the  parietals ; from  the  former  of  the  above  genera  tlie 
present  cranium  is  further  distinguished  by  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  forehead 
being  longer  than  the  antero-posterior  diameter,  and  by  the  facial  portion  being 
consequently  longer  than  the  frontal  portion;  from  the  latter  genus  it  is  also 
distinguished  by  the  convexity  of  the  upper  border  of  the  horn-cores. 

From  the  genus  Buhalus  this  cranium  is  distinguished  by  the  frontals  being 
slightly  concave  instead  of  convex,  by  the  superior  border  of  the  horn-cores  being 
convex  instead  of  concave,  and  by  the  form  of  the  nasals  and  of  the  occipital 
surface. 

The  cranium  agrees  with  the  crania  of  the  genus  Bison  in  having  the  horn-cores 
placed  below  the  plane  of  the  occiput ; it  is,  however,  distinguished  from  the  crania 
,of  that  genus  by  the  approximation  of  the  horn-cores  at  their  base,  by  their  pyriform 
cross  section,  by  the  fact  of  no  portion  of  the  occipital  crest  being  visible  in  a front 
view  of  the  skull,  and  by  the  convexity  of  the  upper  border  of  the  horn-cores. 

It  is  quite  clear,  therefore,  that  this  species  cannot  be  included  in  any  of  the 
above  genera : the  only  species  with  which  it  seems  to  have  any  affinity  is  Bos 
acutifrons,  the  horn-cores  of  the  two  having  a pyriform  cross  section. 


145—58  CEANIA  OE  EUMINANTS  EEOM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIAEIES. 


In  the  approximation  of  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores,  and  in  the  separation 
of  the  occipital  and  parietal  planes,  the  skull  makes  some  approach  to  the  skulls  of 
the  goats  ; the  position  of  the  highest  point  of  the  frontals,  almost  midway  between 
the  orbit  and  the  occiput,  is  an  antelopine  character ; the  large  size  and  distinctness 
of  the  posterior  tubercles  of  the  basi-occipital  is  also  a character  of  that  group  ; 
the  general  form  of  the  basi-occipital,  however,  and  the  structure  of  the  teeth, 
is  essentially  Bovine. 

Genus:  HEMIBOS,  Falconer. 

This  genus  was  made  by  Dr.  Ealconer  for  the  reception  of  an  aberrant  Bovine 
cranium  from  the  Siwaliks ; the  name,  however,  only  has  been  published,  no 
description  having  ever  appeared. 

The  genus  may  be  shortly  defined  as  follows,  from  the  characters  of  the 
cranium : — 

Erontals  concave,  broader  than  long  : horn-cores  triangular  in  cross-section,  short 
and  straight,  situated  below  the  occiput  on  a high  ridge  of  the  frontals ; occipital 
and  parietal  planes  distinct : facial  longer  than  frontal  portion  : orbit  and  horn-core 
approximated.  Teeth  and  basi-occipital  of  the  Bovine  type. 


Hemibos  TRiQUETiiiCEiios,  Falconev.  Pis.  22  and  23. 

Eigures  of  the  cranium  of  this  species  have  been  engraved  among  the  un- 
published plates  of  the  “Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  {Plate  11),  and  a few  measure- 
ments are  given  in  the  accompanying  index ; another  figure  of  the  cranium  will  be 
found  in  Boyle’s  “ Himalayan  Botany  ” {Plate  VI,  Jig.  5):  no  detailed  description 
has,  however,  apj)eared. 

The  cranium  figured  here  {Plates  XXII  and  XXIII ) was  collected  by  Major 
Godwin- Austen  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Markanda  Biver  ; the  greater  portion  of  the 
specimen  is  complete,  though  somewhat  weather-worn  ; about  one-half  of  the  left 
horn-core  remains,  while  the  whole  of  that  of  the  right  side  is  broken  away : the 
distal  portion  of  the  maxillae,  together  with  the  whole  of  the  premaxillse  and  the 
nasals,  are  also  wanting.  The  palate  is  nearly  free  from  matrix,  and  shows  the  roots 
of  the  molar  series  of  either  side,  the  crowns  of  all  the  teeth  having  been  broken  off 
close  to  their  alveoli;  the  spheno-palatine  region  is  somewdiat  imperfect.  The 
cranium  is  that  of  a fully  adult  animal,  nearly  all  the  sutures  having  been 
obliterated. 

If  we  turn  to  the  profile  view  of  the  cranium  given  in  the  accompanying 
lithographs  {Plate  XXIII),  we  find  this  aspect  to  be  totally  different  from  the 
corresponding  aspect  of  the  crania  of  any  of  the  Bovines  described  above,  and,  as 
will  be  more  fully  noticed  below,  approaching  the  form  of  the  crania  of  the  goats. 


CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  69—146 


The  horn-cores  are  very  closely  approximated  at  their  base,  and  are  placed  on  the 
summit  of  a high  ridge,  formed  by  the  junction  of  the  very  distinct  planes  of  the 
parietals  and  frontals  ; the  former  bones  apparently  form  a distinct  and  broad  band 
across  the  cranium  behind  the  horn-cores,  as  in  the  sheep  and  antelopes,  and  are  con- 
sequently much  larger  than  in  the  oxen ; the  intercornual  ridge  is  very  far  removed 
from  the  plane  of  the  occipital  surface ; the  horn-cores  themselves  have  a triangular 
transverse  section,  which  forms  very  nearly  an  equilateral  triangle ; their  internal 
surface  is  placed  nearly  antero-posteriorly,  and  the  external  border  immediately 
above  the  orbit ; their  direction  is  upwards,  outwards,  and  a little  backwards,  dimin- 
ishing regularly  and  somewhat  rapidly  in  diameter,  without  any  curve  or  twisting ; 
their  anterior  border  is  continuous  with  the  plane  of  the  frontals : the  base  of  the 
horn-cores  is  situated  directly  over  the  anterior  half  of  the  temporal  fossa,  leaving 
the  posterior  half  uncovered  above ; there  is  a very  short  interval  between  the  base 
of  the  horn-core  and  the  adjacent  border  of  the  orbit.  The  orbits  are  somewdiat 
worn  and  broken  in  this  specimen,  but  naturally,  as  shown  in  other  specimens,  are 
non-salient,  somewhat  depressed  below  the  general  plane  of  the  frontals,  and  having 
their  antero-posterior  diameter  rather  longer  than  their  transverse  diameter.  From 
behind  the  orbit  the  temporal  fossae  gradually  increase  in  depth,  and  curve  round  on 
to  the  plane  of  the  parietals,  so  that  they  are  closely  approximated  at  this  point,  the 
parietals  being  proportionately  narrow.  From  the  very  forw^ard  position  of  the 
horn-cores  and  intercornual  ridge,  the  antero-posterior  diameter  of  the  frontals  is 
very  short,  considerably  less  than  the  transverse  diameter  {see  table  of  measurements 
given  on  page  66).  The  cranium  is  but  very  slightly  constricted  in  width,  either  above 
or  below  the  orbits,  the  front  view  showing  an  almost  complete  parallelogram ; the 
intercornual  ridge  is  deeply  concave;  this  concavity  extends  downwards  to  the 
middle  of  the  frontals ; there  is  a high  rounded  prominence  on  the  inner  side  of  the 
orbit : below  this  there  is  an  oblique  channel  running  outwards  and  downwards  from 
the  frontal  hollow,  while  the  apex  of  the  nasals  again  rises  as  a prominent  pyriform 
swelling ; the  apex  of  the  nasals  extends  upwards  on  the  forehead,  as  high  as  the 
lower  thud  of  the  orbit.  On  referring  to  Falconer’s  figures  of  the  cranium  of  this 
species  in  the  unpublished  plates  of  the  “Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  we  find  that 
the  facial  portion  is  double  the  length  of  the  frontal  portion ; the  nasals  are  wddest 
at  their  infra-orbital  angle,  and  the  premaxillse  are  of  unusual  length,  and  extend 
upwards  between  the  nasals  and  the  maxillae. 

There  is  a prominent  angle  leading  from  the  orbit  to  the  nasals ; and  the  lateral 
surfaces  of  the  maxillae  are  nearly  parallel  and  of  great  depth. 

The  anterior  angle  of  the  horn-core  runs  downwards  as  a kind  of  buttress  on  to 
the  surface  of  the  frontals ; the  base  of  the  horn-core  is  burred. 

Turning  to  the  parietal  and  occipital  regions  of  the  cranium,  w^e  find  the  two 
occupying  entirely  separate  and  distinct  planes,  the  occipital  plane  being  bounded 
superiorly  by  the  occipital  crest ; the  plane  of  the  parietals  forms  an  obtuse  angle 
with  the  planes  of  the  frontals  and  the  occipital. 


147—60  CEANIA  OE  EUMINANTS  EEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES. 


Owing  to  the  obliteration  of  the  sutures  in  all  the  specimens,  the  exact  boundaries 
of  the  parietals  cannot  he  determined ; the  anterior  boundary  must,  however,  have 
been  somewhere  close  to  the  posterior  angles  of  the  horn-cores,  so  that  the  parietals 
formed,  as  I have  said,  a broad  transverse  band  across  the  skull,  as  in  the  antelopes 
and  goats,  the  frontals  being  similarly  bent  on  themselves  at  the  intercornual 
ridge. 

The  occipital  crest  forms  a wide  arch,  somewhat  flattened  above,  for  a distance 
of  half  the  width  of  the  cranium ; the  tuberosity  for  the  attachment  of  the  liga- 
mentum  nuchse  is  large  and  distinct ; there  is  a median  ridge,  dividing  the  part  of  the 
occipital  surface  above  the  foramen  magnum,  for  the  attachment  of  the  intermuscular 
septum  of  the  recti  and  other  occipito-vertebral  muscles.  The  occipital  condyles  are 
of  large  size  ; the  space  for  the  attachment  of  the  digastric  muscle  is  very  narrow  ; 
the  form  of  the  paroccipital  processes  is  not  shown  in  our  specimens. 

The  supra-orbital  foramina  are  situated  far  apart  from  each  other,  and  pierce 
the  frontals  at  right  angles ; there  is  scarcely  any  sulcus  below  them  ; there  are  no 
infra-orbital  sinusus  or  fissures  as  in  the  true  antelopes. 

The  palate  is  highly  arched  from  side  to  side,  and  but  slightly  produced  behind 
the  last  molars  ; the  molar  series  are  placed  nearly  parallel  to  each  other ; the 
posterior  palatine  foramina  are  situated  at  the  level  of  the  second  molars,  enthely 
behind  the  maxillo-palatine  suture. 

On  the  basi-occipital  {F.  A.  S.  Plate  H,  Jig.  6)  the  posterior  tubercles  are 
placed  immediately  in  front  of  the  occipital  condyles,  without  any  intervening 
groove,  and  are  far  apart ; the  interval  between  their  internal  borders  is  very  nearly 
equal  to  that  between  the  external  borders  of  the  anterior  tubercles : the  anterior 
tubercles  are  the  smaller  of  the  two  ; the  posterior  are  rounded  ; the  basi-occipital 
is  triangular  in  form,  as  in  the  oxen. 

The  dimensions  of  the  specimen  figured  in  Plate  XXII  are  given  below : — 


From  occipital  crest  to  intercornual  ridge 
Width  at  superior  border  of  orbits 
„ contraction  below  orbits 

„ „ above  „ 

From  lower  border  of  foramen  magnum  to  occipital  crest 
Width  of  occipital  through  petrosals 
Height  from  palate  to  frontals  at  orbit 
Interval  between  external  angles  of  occipital  condyles 

„ „ occipital  crest  and  posterior  angle  of  born-co 

„ „ base  of  horn-core  and  orbit 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  left  orbit 
Transverse  „ „ 

Length  of  five  molars 
Greatest  width  of  palate 

Interval  between  outer  surfaces  of  first  molars 
„ „ foramen  magnum  and  last  molar 

Length  of  left  born-core  fragment  along  anterior  border 
„ internal  surface  of  base  of  left  born-core 
„ anterior  „ „ „ 

„ posterior  „ „ „ 


Inches. 


68 

5- 4 

6- 7 
5T 

7- 8 
5-3 
40 
31 
1-8 
2-7 
2-5 
50 

2- 7 
5-4 
7-8 
5T 

3- 5 
2-9 
3“4 


CRANIA  OP  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  61—148 


Widtli  of  narrowest  portion  of  parietals 
Interval  between  supra-orbital  foramina 
Length  of  temporal  fossa 
„ intercornual  ridge 


Inches. 

2-4 

3'1 

68 

3*0 


The  measurements  of  two  other  specimens  of  cranium  of  this  species  collected 
by  Mr.  Theobald  from  Siwalik  strata  are  as  follows  : — 


Width  at  superior  border  of  orbits 

8-0 

7-9 

„ constriction  above  orbits 

7-2 

0-0 

Interval  between  occipital  crest  and  intercornual  ridge 

6'3 

50 

Width  of  narrowest  part  of  parietals 

2-4 

2-8 

„ occipital  through  petrosals 

7-2 

7'6 

Height  from  lower  border  of  foramen  magnum  to  crest 

.4-8 

4-5 

Interval  between  external  angles  of  condyles 

. . . . 4-5 

5-2 

Length  of  intercornual  ridge  .... 

1-7 

2-2 

Prom  the  above  measurements  it  will  be  i 

seen  that  the  latter  of 

these  two 

specimens  differ  from  the  first  specimen  in  having 

a wider  and  lower  occipital  region 

and  larger  occipital  condyles ; the  occipital  crest  forms  a lower  and  flatter  arch. 
The  parietals  between  the  temporal  fossae  are  also  wider,  and  the  horn-cores  are  of 
smaller  dimensions,  and  directed  more  outwards. 

The  specimen  drawn  in  Plate  H,  fig.  6,  of  the  unpublished  plates  of  the  “ Pauna 
Anti  qua  Sivalensis”  has  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores  set  much  farther  apart  than  in 
any  of  the  above  specimens,  the  interval  between  them  being  nearly  six  inches  in 
length. 

The  teeth  of  all  the  specimens  in  the  Indian  Museum  are  in  a very  imperfect 
and  damaged  condition,  but  a few  of  them  show  that  they  were  provided  with 
the  accessory  median  tubercle  so  characteristic  of  the  oxen. 

We  may  now  consider  iu  what  points  the  cranium  of  the  present  peculiar 
genus  is  related  to  allied  groups  of  Ruminants ; firstly,  we  find  that  the  jiosition 
of  the  horn-cores,  which  are  placed  on  a ridge  of  the  frontals  far  in  advance  of  or 
below  the  plane  of  the  true  occipital  surface,  and  almost  directly  above  the  orbits, 
together  with  the  distinctness  of  the  planes  of  the  occiput  and  the  parietals, 
distinguishes  the  genus  from  all  the  true  oxen,  both  recent  and  fossil,  and  approxi- 
mates it  to  the  antelopes  and  goats.  Prom  the  true  antelopes,  however,  the 
cranium  of  Semibos  is  distinguished  by  the  form  of  its  horn-cores ; no  recent 
antelope  has  triangular  horns,  although  those  of  Antilo'pe  cordieri  of  the  Miocene 
Tertiaries  of  Montpelier  are  angulated  in  front ; it  is  also  distinguished  from  this 
group  by  the  non-depression  of  the  facial  surface  of  the  lachrymals  and  by  the 
absence  of  any  trace  of  the  infra-orbital  vacuity. 

Among  the  aberrant  antelopes  and  thefi  allies  we  find  that  the  cranium  of 
Semihos  at  first  sight  presents  a considerable  general  resemblance  to  that  of 
Tragocerus  amaltlieus  from  the  Miocene  Tertiary  of  Attica  in  both  genera  the 
planes  of  the  frontals  and  the  parietals  form  an  obtuse  angle  with  each  other,  and 

' Gaudry  : “ Animauz  Fossiles  et  Geologie.  de  1’  Attique.”  PI.  XLIX. 


149—62  CEANIA  OP  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


in  both  the  molars  have  an  accessory  median  column ; the  skull  of  Tragonerus, 
hovrever,  is  distinguished  by  having  the  horn-cores  placed  more  immediately  over 
the  orbits,  by  their  cross-section  being  ellipsoidal,  and  by  the  general  shortness  of 
the  face. 

Turning  now  to  the  true  goats  and  comparing  the  crania  of  the  two  species  of 
Hemitragus  with  the  cranium  of  Hemihos,  we  find  that  in  both  genera  the  plane  of 
the  occiput  forms  an  acute  angle  with  the  plane  of  the  frontals ; in  both  the  inter- 
cornual  ridge  is  situated  above  the  superior  border  of  the  orbit ; while  in  both 
the  horn-cores  are  triangular  in  cross  section,  and  have  their  anterior  border  con- 
tinuous with  the  plane  of  the  frontals,  and  the  parietals  form  a distinct  transverse 
band  across  the  skull  behind  the  horn-cores.  In  both  the  horn-cores  are  approxi- 
mated to  the  orbits,  and  the  su]3ra-orbital  foramina  have  the  same  general  position 
and  relations ; the  horn-cores  of  Semihos  are,  however,  much  wider  apart  at  their 
bases  than  in  any  living  goat,  and  are  also  distinguished  by  being  straight. 

The  cranium  of  Semihos^  again,  differs  from  that  of  any  existing  species 
of  goat,  in  that  the  plane  of  that  part  of  the  frontals  which  is  below  the  horn- 
cores  forms  an  obtuse  angle  with  the  plane  of  the  parietals  and  of  that  portion 
of  the  frontals  which  is  behind  or  above  the  horn-cores ; whereas  in  the  goats  and 
their  alhes  these  two  planes  are  placed  at  right  angles  to  each  other. 

Again,  the  presence  of  the  median  accessory  tubercle  in  the  molars  of  Semihos 
separates  the  cranium  of  that  genus  from  the  crania  of  all  recent  goats ; this  acces- 
sory tubercle  occurs  in  the  molars  of  all  the  oxen,  and  in  those  of  the  larger  deer ; it 
is  generally  absent  in  the  antelopes,  but  is  found  in  the  uj)per  molars  of  the 
Gnu,  and  in  those  of  Antilope  hoodon,  and  of  Tragocerus  amaltheus  of  the  European 
Miocene ; it  is  entirely  absent  in  all  species  of  goats  and  sheep. 

Turning  now  to  the  basi-occipital  of  Semihos,  we  find  that  this  bone  is  wedge- 
shaped,  and  therefore  is  more  Bovine  that  Antilopine  or  Caprine  in  character ; the 
posterior  paff  of  tubercles  are  considerably  the  larger  of  the  two,  and  are  separated  by 
only  a small  interval  from  the  occipital  condyles,  as  in  the  oxen ; the  median  groove, 
however,  between  the  tubercles  of  either  side  is  deeper  than  in  the  oxen,  and  more 
hke  the  same  part  in  the  antelopes  ; in  the  latter  group,  however,  and  in  the  goats, 
the  basi-occipital  is  wide  and  quadrate  in  shape,  both  pairs  of  tubercles  are  well 
marked,  but  the  anterior  pair  are  generally  the  larger  of  the  two,  and  the  interval 
between  the  two  tubercles  of  opposite  sides  is  nearly  uniform ; in  the  goats  there 
is  a considerable  interval  between  the  hinder  pair  of  tubercles  and  the  occipital 
condyles. 

The  nasals  of  Semihos  are  narrow  inferiorly,  and  taper  to  a point  as  in  the 
goats  and  antelopes. 

On  the  whole,  it  appears  that  Semihos  presents  characters  intermediate  between 
the  oxen  on  the  one  hand  and  the  goats  and  the  antelopes  on  the  other,  but  that 
the  majority  of  its  affinities  are  with  the  oxen ; while  in  the  form  of  the  horn-cores 
it  is  distinct  from  all. 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  63—150 


Genus  : AMPHIBOS,  Falconer. 

This  genus,  as  I have  already  stated  in  the  introduetion,  was  formed  by 
Dr.  Ealconer  upon  the  evidence  of  the  crania  of  three  species  of  oxen-like  animals 
from  the  Siwaliks,  of  which  species  only  one  can  be  now  recognised.  As  in  the  case 
of  the  preceding  genus,  no  definition  of  Amphihos  was  ever  given  by  Dr.  Ealconer ; 
from  the  characters  of  the  cranium  it  may  be  shortly  defined  as  follows : — 

Erontals  flat  or  slightly  hollow,  broader  than  long : horn-cores  rounded  in  front, 
angulated  behind,  long  and  porrect  at  first,  placed  below  the  plane  of  the  occiput  on 
a slight  elevation  of  the  frontals ; parietals  shorter  than  in  last  genus  ; facial  nearly 
as  long  as  the  frontal  portion ; teeth  of  the  Bovine  type. 

Amphibos  acuticobnis,  Falconer.  PI.  21,  f . 1 ; PI.  24. 

Eigures  of  the  cranium  of  this  species  have  been  given  in  one  of  the  unpub- 
lished plates  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  and  a few  notes  are  added  in  the 
accompanying  index.  We  possess  in  the  Indian  Museum  several  crania  which  agree 
in  form  and  size  with  Ealconer’s  figures  of  this  species,  and  which  I have  accord- 
ingly referred  to  it ; the  specimen  of  which  a frontal  view  is  given  (Plate  XXIV) 
was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  from  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Kangra  district ; with 
the  exception  of  the  greater  part  of  the  premaxillse,  which  have  been  broken  away, 
the  whole  of  the  facial  and  frontal  portions  of  the  cranium  are  complete ; both 
horn-cores  have  been  broken  away  near  to  their  origin ; the  fragment  of  the  horn- 
core  remaining  on  the  left  side  of  the  specimen  has  been  damaged  on  its  anterior 
surface,  so  that  its  true  form  is  not  shown ; the  occipital  and  spheno-palatine  regions 
could  not  be  cleared  from  the  exceedingly  hard  matrix  in  which  they  are  embedded  ; 
most  of  the  cranial  sutures  are  obliterated,  and  the  permanent  molars  are  much 
worn,  showing  that  the  cranium  belonged  to  an  adult  animal. 

A profile  view  of  another  specimen  also  from  the  Siwaliks  is  given  on  Plate  XXI, 
Eig.  1.  In  the  front  view  of  the  cranium  the  frontal  and  facial  portions  of  the 
cranium  are  seen  to  be  of  nearly  equal  length ; the  frontals  are  somewhat  broader  than 
long,  and  depressed  in  the  middle  line ; the  orbits  are  salient  and  separated  by  a deeply 
excavated  but  short  interval  from  the  horn-cores ; inf eriorly  the  maxillae  contract 
suddenly  below  the  orbits  (in  some  specimens,  however,  this  contraction  is  not  so 
marked,  and  it  may  probably  be  a sexual  character).  The  nasals  are  long  and 
rounded ; at  their  proximal  extremity  they  reach  about  a third  up  the  orbit ; they 
are  widest  at  their  infra- orbital  angles ; they  contract  below  this  and  again  expand 
at  their  distal  extremity.  The  horn-cores  are  situated  on  a ridge  of  the  frontals 
above  and  behind  the  orbits,  but  considerably  in  advance  of  the  plane  of  the  occi- 
put ; they  are  separated  by  a moderate  interval  at  their  bases,  the  median  line  of 
the  frontals  being  hollowed  between  them ; from  the  fragments  remaining  in  the 


151—64  CHANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


figured  and  other  specimens  the  horn-cores  appear  to  have  been  directed  upwards, 
backwards,  and  outwards  without  cmwature ; in  transverse  section  they  are  rounded 
anteriorly  with  a ridge  posteriorly ; their  widest  diameter  is  placed  antero-poste- 
riorly ; a slight  angulation  forms  their  anterior  border,  which  is  continued  upwards 
in  the  line  of  the  face.  Behind  the  intercornual  ridge  the  frontals  and  parietals 
slope  backwards  to  the  occipital  crest ; the  ante-cornual  and  post-cornual  planes  of 
the  frontals  form  an  obtuse  angle  at  their  junction ; the  post-cornual  frontal  plane 
and  the  occipital  plane  also  form  an  obtuse  angle  at  then’  junction. 

The  temporal  fossse  are  long  and  narrow,  having  a rounded  distal  border ; the 
orbit  is  large,  and  has  its  antero -posterior  diameter  rather  the  larger  of  the  two ; 
from  the  antero-inferior  border  of  the  orbit  there  is  a well  marked  ridge  running 
to  the  maxillary  tubercle  above  the  second  premolar. 

The  parietals,  as  in  the  last  genus,  form  a distinct  hand  across  the  cranium 
behind  the  horn-cores ; the  temporal  fossse  extend  slightly  on  to  this  upper  surface 
of  the  parietals.  The  occiput,  as  in  the  antelopes,  is  entirely  distinct  from  the 
parietals,  no  part  of  the  latter  extending  on  to  the  plane  of  the  former.  The 
occipital  crest  is- well  marked,  and  considerably  overhangs  the  general  plane  of  the 
occiput ; the  occiput  is  expanded  laterally,  and  the  crest  and  condyles  are  con- 
sequently approximated ; the  paroccipital  processes  are  long  and  placed  unusually 
close  to  the  condyles. 

On  the  palatal  surface  the  lines  of  molars  are  placed  rather  far  apart,  and  are 
nearly  straight ; the  palate  is  vaulted  and  extends  backwards  considerably  behind 
the  last  molars ; the  molars  have  a large  accessory  column.  The  hasi-occipital  is 
wedge-shaped,  as  in  the  typical  oxen ; the  posterior  tubercles  are  large,  rounded,  and 
scarcely  separated  from  the  condyles  ; the  anterior  tubercles  are  situated  consider- 
ably in  advance  of  the  posterior  pair;  they  are  very  small,  elongated  antero- 
posteriorly,  and  approximated. 

The  dimensions  of  the  specimen  drawn  in  Plate  XXIV  are  as  follows  : — 


Length  from  foramen  magnum  to  diastema 
„ „ occipital  crest  to  apex  of  nasals 

„ of  nasals  ..... 

Width  at  superior  border  of  orbit 

„ constriction  below  „ ... 

„ „ above  „ ... 

From  lower  border  of  occipital  foramen  to  occipital  crest 
Width  of  occipital  through  petrosals 
Height  from  surface  of  palate  to  frontals 
Interval  between  external  angles  of  occipital  condyles  . 

„ „ occipital  crest  and  superior  angle  of  horn-core 

Length  of  temporal  fossa  .... 

Height  fi'om  distal  extremity  of  palate  to  surface  of  frontals 
Interval  between  horn-core  and  orbit 
Antero-posterior  diameter  of  right  orbit 
Transverse  „ „ . . . 

Length  of  six  molars  of  right  side 


Inches. 
. 12-0 

. 8-0 

. 7-8 

. 7-8 

. 5-4 

. 6-5 

. 5-0 

. 8-3 

. 6-1 

. 3-9 

. 1-2 

. 5-5 

. 4-4 

. 2-2 

. ^ 2-4 

. ' 2-0 

. 6-4 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  65-152 


Greatest  width  of  palate 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  base  of  right  horn-core 
Transverse  „ „ „ 

Distance  between  outer  surfaces  of  first  molars 


Inches. 

. 30 

. 3-6 

. 2-4 

. 5T 


Tlie  specimen  is  distinguished  from  the  last  genus  hy  the  smaller  diameter  of 
the  horn-cores ; by  the  absence  of  a triangular  cross-section  of  the  horn-cores  and 
by  then  more  depressed  direction ; by  the  less  backward  projection  of  the  occipital 
condyles ; by  the  wider  interval  between  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores ; and  the  less 
excavated  median  line  of  the  f rentals  between  them;  by  the  smaller  interval 
between  the  intercornual  ridge  and  the  occipital  crest ; by  the  greater  proportionate 
width  of  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  frontals,  and  by  the  smaller  elevation  of 
the  intercornual  ridge  above  the  base  of  the  skull ; the  continuation  of  the  line  of 
the  base  of  the  molars  cuts  the  occipital  condyles  in  the  present  species,  while  in 
jff.  triquetriceros  a similar  line  would  cut  the  occiput  considerably  above  its  centre ; 
the  form  and  position  of  the  horn-cores  of  Amphihos  suj0B.ciently  distinguishes  it 
from  Feribos. 


Dr.  Ealconer’s  remarks  on  the  specimen  of  the  occiput  and  horn-cores  of  this 
species  figured  in  Plate  I,  figs.  2 and  2c^,  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  are  as 
follows  : “ The  direction  of  the  horns  is  more  upright  than  in  Semibos  triquetri- 

ceros ; the  horns  are  rounded  on  their  anterior  surface  and  flattened  behind  and 
taper  to  a point.”  The  measurements  of  the  specimen  figmred  in  fig.  3 of  the  same 
plate  are  as  follows 

Inches. 


Length  of  fragment  .... 

From  occipital  condyles  to  first  molar 

Length  of  molar  series  .... 

„ three  molars  .... 

Inteiwal  between  external  angles  of  occipital  condyles 
Height  of  occipital  crest  from  foramen  magnum 
Width  of  skull  below  horn-cores 

„ between  maxillary  prominences 
Breadth  opposite  sub-orbital  foramina 
Least  width  of  nasals  .... 

Greater  diameter  of  orbit  .... 


. 17-0 
. 13-7 
. 5-4 

. 3-3 

. 4-5 

. 4-3 

. 3-7  (?)  or  6-7  (?) 

. 5-8 

. 4-1 

. 1-4 

. 2-8 


The  above  measurements  correspond  in  the  main  with  those  of  the  specimen 
figured  above ; in  the  specimen  figured  in  Plate  I,  {lettered  series)  fig.  2,  of  the 
“ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  the  horn-cores  are  complete  and  measure  upwards 
of  twenty-seven  inches  in  length ; this  specimen  belonged  probably  to  a male. 

In  the  distinctness  of  the  parietal  and  occipital  planes  the  genus  makes  an 
approach  to  the  antelopes  ; the  general  form  and  dnection  of  the  horn-cores  is  also 
considerably  more  Antilopine  than  Bovine ; the  horn-cores  are,  however,  further 
removed  from  the  orbit  than  in  the  antelopes;  the  basi-occipital  and  teeth  are 
distinctly  Bovine,  and  the  lachrymal  is  not  depressed  as  in  the  latter  group.  Some 
specimens  of  crania,  probably  those  of  aged  males,  develope  a protuberance  of 


153—66  CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


the  frontals  below  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores ; this  gives  a somewhat  convex  profile 
to  the  frontals,  the  horn-cores,  and  the  lower  part  of  the  frontals,  sloping  away 
on  either  side  from  the  infra-cornual  protuberance ; in  the  figured  specimen  the 
profile  is  nearly  straight. 

Both  this  species  and  Semibos  triquetriceros  are  probably  to  he  regarded  as 
links  between  the  true  oxen  and  the  Bovoid  antelopes  like  Fortax,  Oreas,  etc. ; 
the  latter  group  is,  however,  among  other  characters  distinguished  from  the  oxen  by 
the  absence  of  the  accessory  column  in  the  molar  teeth  which  the  Siwalik  genera 
possess ; this  group  of  animals  is  confined  to  India  and  Africa,  only  one  species, 
however,  Fortax  picta,  now  remaining  in  the  former  continent;  in  the  Indian 
Tertiaries,  besides  the  antelopoid  oxen  above  described,  there  existed  a true  antelope, 
A . palaindica,  which  also  presented  some  points  of  affinity  to  the  African  Bovoid 
antelopes ; the  above  facts  all  tend  to  confirm  the  former  common  origin  of  the 
Etliiopian  and  Indian  faunas ; the  more  the  Tertiary  fauna  of  India  is  explored, 
the  more  forms  do  we  find  to  he  common  to  or  to  represent  one  another  in  the 
faunas  of  the  two  continents. 

Table  of  Ti^ontal  Measurements  of  the  Bovidce. 

The  subjoined  table  shows  the  relative  proportions  of  the  antero-posterior  and 
transverse  diameters  of  the  frontals  of  the  crania  of  aU  the  recent  and  fossil  Indian 
bovoid  animals.  The  transverse  diameter  is  taken  across  the  widest  part  of  the 
cranium  between  the  orbits,  and  the  antero-posterior  diameter  is  the  interval 
between  a transverse  line  connecting  the  centres  of  the  orbits  and  the  intercornual 
ridge.  The  corresponding  diameters  of  the  cranium  of  the  European  Bos  primi- 
genius  are  prefixed  for  comparison  : — 


Ant.-post. 

Excess  of 

Excess  of 

diam. 

trans.  diam. 

ant.-post.  diam. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Inches. 

Hos  primigenius  ...... 

9-4 

10-5 

0-9 

Bos  namadicus  J . 

9-5 

110 

lo 

Bos  namadicus  $ . 

7-5 

8-4 

0-9 

Bos  acutifrons  ...... 

10-7 

11-4 

0-7 

Bos  planifrons  ...... 

9-3 

100 

0-7 

Bibos  frontalis  ...... 

110 

9-5 

i-s 

... 

Bibos  gaums  ...... 

100 

8-5 

1-5 

Bison  {Poephagus)  gmnniens  .... 

100 

6-5 

3-5 

Bison  sivalensis  ...... 

9-3 

5-8 

3-5 

Bubalus  platyceros  ...... 

9-2 

8-0 

12 

Bubalus  arni  ...... 

8-5 

7-5 

10 

Bubalus  palccindieus  ..... 

111 

9-9 

1-2 

Semibos  triquetriceros 

80 

3-5 

4'5 

Peribos  occipitalis  ...... 

7-9 

5-0 

2-4 

Amphibos  acuticornis  ..... 

6-4 

4-4 

2-0 

The  measurements  of  the  crania  of  the  living  species  in  the  above  table  are 
taken  from  Mr.  Hodgson’s  paper  on  the  Genera  of  the  Indian  oxen  in  the  J oumal 
of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal  (Vol.  X,  p.  453). 


CRANIA  OP  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  67—154 


Fmiily, — ANTIL  OFIFJE. 

Genus:  ANTILOPE. 

As  stated  in  the  introduction  to  the  present  memou%  Dr.  Palconer  determined 
several  species  of  antelopes  from  the  Siwaliks,  hut  only  one  of  these,  mz..  Antilope 
palceindica,  is  known  by  anything  more  than  its  manuscript  name.  Of  Antilope 
palceindica  there  are  figures  of  the  cranium  given  in  the  “ Palaeontological  Memoirs” 
{Vol.  I,  Plate  XXIII),  and  in  the  “Journal  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal” 
{Vol.  IV,  Plate  XLVIII,  figs.  40,  41,  and  Vol.  XII,  p.  769,  and  Jigs.  1,  2,  of  accom- 
panying plate) ',  the  latter  figure  is  accompanied  by  a short  description  from' the 
pen  of  the  late  Colonel  Baker.  The  characteristic  points  of  the  cranium  of  this 
species  are  the  great  elongation  of  the  face,  the  concavity  of  the  profile,  the 
absence  or  small  development  of  the  infra-orbital  sinus,  and  the  small  size  of  the 
supra-orbital  foramina.  The  horn-cores  are  approximated  at  their  bases  and  directed 
upwards,  backwards,  and  outwards  in  a simple  curve,  without  any  twisting;  they 
are  slightly  compressed  laterally ; the  species  seems  to  be  allied  to  the  African 
Hartebeast. 

In  addition  to  the  above  species,  I am  now  able  to  describe  three  new  species 
from  the  Siwaliks,  founded  upon  specimens  of  the  horn-cores  or  crania  which  are 
in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum ; the  figured  specimens  were  all  obtained 
by  Mr.  Theobald. 

Several  of  the  crania  of  the  Siwalik  antelopes  differ  considerably  from  the 
type  forms  of  the  genus,  and  should  probably  be  placed  in  distinct  genera  or  sub- 
genera ; I have  thought  it  best,  however,  for  the  present  to  retain  them  under  the 
type  genera. 


Antilope  Sivalensis,  n.  sp.  PI.  25,  fs.  1 & 2. 

This  species  is  founded  on  a cranium  obtained  from  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Kangra 
district ; it  corresponds  with  the  two  less  complete  specimens  in  the  collection  of 
the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal  catalogued  by  Dr.  Palconer  (Nos.  S.  569,  573). 

This  cranium  is  in  a somewhat  cracked  and  shattered  condition,  as  is  so  com- 
monly the  case  with  Siwalik  fossils ; the  two  horn-cores  are  broken  off  shortly 
above  their  origin  from  the  frontals  ; the  greater  part  of  the  nasals  is  also  broken 
away,  and  the  borders  of  both  orbits  are  crushed ; on  either  side  the  whole  extent 
of  the  zygomatic  arch  has  been  destroyed.  The  occipital  condyles,  together  with 
the  greater  part  of  the  boundary  of  the  foramen  magnum,  are  likewise  absent ; 
the  premaxillge  and  the  extremities  of  the  maxillae  are  abruptly  broken  off ; they 
have  been  restored  in  outline  in  the  profile  view.  The  crowns  of  the  ultimate  molar 
teeth  are  broken  off  close  to  their  alveoli. 


155—68  CEANIA  OP  EIJMINANTS  PEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES. 


The  cranium  is  slighter  larger  than  that  of  the  living  Indian  Antilope 
ceroicapra,  a figure  of  the  cranium  of  which  species  will  he  found  in  the  “ British 
Museum  Catalogue  of  Ungulates,”  1853  {Flate  VIII,  fig.  3).  The  horn-cores  of 
Antilope  sivalensis,  if,  as  is  almost  certainly  the  case,  the  cranium  (No.  S.573)  in 
the  Asiatic  Society’s  collection  belongs  to  this  species,  were  not  spirally  twisted ; 
otherwise  the  general  form  of  the  crania  of  A.  sivalensis  and  A.  cervicapra  is 
almost  identical,  and  the  two  animals  were  no  doubt  very  closely  allied.  Most  of 
the  sutures  in  the  present  specimen  are  still  visible,  and  the  outline  of  the  com- 
ponent bones  can  therefore  be  determined  with  exactness. 

The  inclination  of  the  basi-cranial  axis  in  the  cranium  of  Antilope  sivalensis 
forms  a rather  smaller  angle  with  the  plane  of  the  palate  than  in  the  recent  species ; 
and  consequently  the  whole  of  the  cranial  portion  of  the  skull  is  placed  more  below 
the  level  of  the  palatal  plane.  In  Antilope  cervicapra,  if  the  line  of  the  outer  border 
of  the  molar  alveolus  be  produced  backwards,  it  will  be  found  to  cut  the  lower 
extremity  of  the  occipital  condyles ; in  the  cranium  of  Antilope  sivalensis  a similar 
line  will  cut  the  occiput  immediately  above  the  foramen  magnum.  In  the  same 
manner  the  apertm’e  of  the  meatus  auditorius  externus  in  the  recent  species  is 
placed  very  slightly  below  the  dental  border  of  the  orbit,  while  in  the  fossil 
species  the  same  aperture  is  placed  very  considerably  below  the  corresponding 
orbital  boundary. 

The  occiput  in  both  species  is  identical  in  form,  being  bounded  above  by  the  very 
prominent  and  overhanging  crest  or  superior  curved  line,  and  having  a large 
tuberosity  for  the  attachment  of  the  ligamentum  nuchse ; the  supra-occipital  is, 
however,  rather  narrower  in  the  fossil  species,  the  indentations  of  the  temporal 
fossae  extending  to  a rather  larger  extent  on  to  the  superior  surface  of  the 
cerebral  chamber.  The  parieto-frontal  sutm’e  in  both  species  forms  a doubly  curved 
line  across  the  skull,  immediately  behind  the  horn-cores.  Externally  to  the  horn- 
cores  the  superior  surface  of  the  orbit  in  the  recent  species  forms  a flat  surface 
placed  at  right  angles  to  the  outer  surface  of  the  horn-core ; in  the  fossil  species 
the  two  surfaces  slope  imperceptibly  one  into  the  other,  without  any  angulation 
at  the  junction.  As  far  as  can  be  judged  from  its  broken  condition,  the  orbit  of 
the  fossil  species  seems  to  have  possessed  the  same  straight  dental  border  which 
is  characteristic  of  the  recent  species. 

The  concavity  which  occurs  between  the  orbits,  immediately  below  the  horn -cores 
in  Antilope  cervicapra,  is  wanting  in  Antilope  sivalensis,  this  surface  being  plane, 
and  without  any  ridge  running  obliquely  from  the  horn-core  to  the  orbit.  The 
horn-cores  of  A.  sivalensis  rise  nearly  vertically  from  the  f rentals,  with  a small 
interval  between  their  bases,  the  supra-orbital  foramina  pierce  the  bases  of  the  horn- 
cores,  and  have  no  large  sinus  at  their  mouth.  The  nasals  extend  upwards 
nearly  to  the  middle  of  the  orbits ; the  plane  of  the  frontal  is  nearly  at  right  angles 
to  that  of  the  laclmymal ; there  is  a notch  in  the  anterior  border  of  the  orbit  at  the 
commencement  of  the  lachrymo-frontal  suture : the  lower  extremity  of  the  frontal 


CRANIA  OP  RTJAIINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  69—156 


forms  a triangular  process  fitting  in  between  tlie  nasals  and  frontals ; at  tlie  junction 
of  the  lachrymo-frontal,  naso-frontal,  and  naso-lachryinal  sutures  there  is  a small 
elongated  fissure  representing  the  larger  infra-orbital  vacuity  of  other  antelopes. 
The  facial  surface  of  the  lachrymal  is  much  depressed.  The  maxillse  have  a 
large  tuberosity  above  the  second  molar.  With  the  exception  of  the  direction  of  the 
horn-cores  and  the  smaller  size  of  the  supra- orbital  sinuses,  the  whole  of  the  above 
characters  exactly  correspond  with  those  of  the  cranium  of  Antilope  cervicapra. 

On  the  inferior  aspect  the  basi-occipital  is  rather  different  from  that  of  the 
recent  species  : the  posterior  tubercles  are  nearly  similar  in  both ; the  anterior  pair 
of  tubercles  in  the  recent  species  are  very  large,  and  nearly  three  quarters  of  an 
inch  in  height,  and  are  separated  by  a long  interval  from  the  posterior  pair ; in  tlie 
fossil  species  the  two  pairs  of  tubercles  are  more  closely  approximated,  and  the 
anterior  pau  are  but  very  slightly  raised  above  the  surface  of  the  basi-occipital : in 
consequence  of  their  small  size  the  whole  basi-occipital  becomes  somewhat  triangular 
in  form.  By  the  approximation  of  the  two  pairs  of  tubercles  the  tympanic  bulla 
appears  to  be  placed  more  anteriorly  than  in  the  recent  species,  being  partly  in 
advance  of  the  anterior  border  of  the  first  pair  of  tubercles,  whereas  in  A.  cerm- 
capra  it  does  not  extend  farther  forward  than  the  middle  of  these  tubercles. 

The  palate  of  the  fossil  species  is  considerably  wider  in  proportion  to  its  length 
than  in  the  recent  species ; the  embedded  crowns  of  the  molar  teeth  also  show  a 
greater  width  in  proportion  to  their  length,  the  grinding  surface  being  probably 
nearly  square  instead  of  oblong.  Whether  the  maxillse  presented  the  peculiar 
sickle-hke  edges  on  the  palatal  surface,  which  are  found  in  the  recent  species,  we 
are  unable  to  say  from  the  present  specimen. 

The  measurements  of  this  cranium  are  given  with  those  compared  below  with 
those  of  a cranium  of  an  adult  specimen  of  Antilope  cervicapra  : — 

A.  cervicapra.  A.  sivalensis. 


Width  at  superior  border  of  orbits  .... 

Inches. 

. 4-30 

Inches. 

5-20 

„ inferior  „ „ . 

. 3-40 

4-10 

Interval  between  outer  sui'faces  of  born-cores  at  base 

. 3-40 

4-10 

„ „ bases  of  horn-cores 

. 1-00 

0-90 

„ „ superior  angles  of  supra-orbital  foramina  . 

. 1-70 

2T0 

Direct  distance  between  extremities  of  inter-frontal  suture  . 

. 2-60 

3-50 

Interval  between  middle  of  fronto-parietal  and  occipito-parietal  sutures 

. 2-00 

2‘20 

„ „ inferior  border  of  foramen  magnum  and  summit  of  occipital  crest . 1'80 

2-49 

„ „ occipital  crest  and  occipito-parietal  suture  . 

. 0-70 

0-90 

Greatest  width  between  temporal  fossae 

. 2-70 

3-20 

Width  of  occipital  through  petrosals  .... 

. 3-40 

3-80 

Interval  between  meatus  auditorius  and  orbit 

. 1-70 

2T0 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  right  orbit 

. 1-70 

2T0 

Transverse  „ „ ... 

. 1-50 

1-70 

Interval  between  inferior  border  of  foramen  magnum  and  palate 

. 3-60 

4-30 

Width  of  palate  between  last  molars  .... 

. 1-50 

1-80 

Interval  between  outer  sides  of  last  molars 

. 2'30 

3-40 

Length  of  three  last  molars  ..... 

. 1-60 

2-20 

„ last  molar  ..... 

. 0-65 

0-80 

Breadth  ....... 

. 0-45 

0-65 

Circumference  of  base  of  right  horn-core 

. 3-80 

4-90 

157—70  CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


It  wiU  be  seen  from  the  above  that  the  proportions  of  the  crania  of  the  two 
species  are  very  similar,  but  the  differences  noticed  above  are  sufficient  to  distinguish 
between  the  two. 

The  fossil  cranium  differs  very  markedly  from  that  of  Antilope  palceindiaa  of 
Falconer ; it  is  much  smaller  in  size,  the  horns  differ  in  form,  position,  and  direction, 
while  the  facial  and  nasal  portion  are  much  smaller  in  proportion  to  the  frontal ; the 
profile  of  A.palceindica  is  concave,  while  it  is  nearly  straight  in  the  new  species ; the 
orbit  of  the  former  is  entirely  behind  the  molar  series,  and  above  it  in  the  latter 
species  the  supra-orbital  foramina  are  very  minute,  and  without  a sinus  in  A.  palce- 
indica,  while  in  A.  swalensis  they  are  large.  It  is  quite  probable  that  the  latter 
may  have  been  the  progenitor  of  the  living  Indian  antelope,  the  twisted  horns  of 
the  living  species  being  a recently  acquired  character. 

ANTihOPE  PATULicoRNis,  n.  sp.  noUs.  PI.  25,  f.  3. 

This  the  third  fossil  Indian  species  of  the  genus  is  founded  on  the  imperfect 
frontlet  figured  in  Plate  XXV,  fig.  3,  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks. 
Though  in  a very  imperfect  state,  the  specimen  is  very  distinct  from  either  of 
the  other  two  Siwalik  antelopes ; indeed  it  is  more  than  probable  that  it  should 
not  be  referred  to  the  restricted  genus  Antilope  at  all,  but  should  rather  be  placed 
in  a separate  genus ; its  affinities,  however,  are  mostly  Antilopine,  and  I have 
therefore  placed  it  in  the  type  genus,  until  more  complete  specimens  enable  us  to 
define  its  position  more  exactly. 

The  specimen  comprises  the  greater  portion  of  the  frontal  bones  with  a portion 
of  the  horn-core  of  the  left  side ; on  the  posterior  surface  the  greater  part  of  the 
orbital  cavities  and  the  anterior  extremity  of  the  cerebral  cavity  are  preserved. 

The  horn-cores  are  placed  at  a short  distance  above  the  orbits,  and  have  a 
considerable  interval  between  their  bases ; the  frontal  suture  forms  a somewhat 
elevated  median  line,  with  a longitudinal  hollow  on  either  side.  At  a short  dis- 
tance above  the  border  of  the  orbit  there  is  a very  large  supra-orbital  fossa, 
triangular  in  shape ; at  the  superior  angle  of  this  fossa,  the  frontal  is  pierced  by  a 
supra-orbital  foramen,  circular,  and  of  unusually  large  size ; it  passes  directly 
through  the  frontal  into  the  cavity  of  the  orbit. 

The  horn-cores  present  an  ellipsoidal  cross-section ; they  are  longitudinally 
marked  by  parallel  ridges  and  grooves : their  general  direction  is  upwards,  back- 
wards, and  outwards,  in  a single  gentle  curve ; their  anterior  surface  is  convex 
and  the  posterior  concav^e ; there  is  a faint  trace  of  a spiral  arrangement  of  the 
grooves  on  the  cores ; the  diameter  scarcely  diminishes  at  all,  in  the  fragment  pre- 
served, towards  the  extremity.  The  frontals  are  of  considerable  thickness,  with 
finely  cancellated  structure  between  the  outer  and  inner  tables. 

On  the  posterior  aspect  the  specimen  shows  the  anterior  part  of  the  cerebral 
cavity,  as  far  down  as  the  commencement  of  the  cribriform  plate  of  the  ethmoid ; 


CEANIA  OE  EUMINANTS  EEOM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES.  71—158 


this  part  of  the  cavity  is  triangular  in  shape  with  a slightly  vaulted  roof,  with  well- 
marked  ‘Hmpressiones  digitatce the  orbital  cavity  is  smooth  and  rounded,  and 
pierced  by  the  supra-orbital  foramen.  The  dimensions  are  as  follows : — 


Inches. 

Interval  between  base  of  horn-core  and  orbit  ......  0’9 

„ „ bases  of  born-cores  ........  2 0 

Thickness  of  frontal  ..........  I'O 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  left  horn-core  .......  1'8 

Transverse  „ „ . . . . . . . 1’6 


The  presence  of  the  large  supra-orbital  fossa  and  foramen,  the  latter  passing 
directly  from  the  surface  of  the  frontal  into  the  orbit,  at  once  separate  the  specimen 
from  the  sheep  and  goats,  in  which  the  foramen  is  small  and  has  a sinuous  course, 
and  there  is  no  fossa  present : the  horn-cores  also  taper  much  less  than  in  any 
goat  or  sheep  of  the  same  size. 

The  concavity  of  the  frontals  between  the  horn-cores  and  the  raised  frontal 
suture  is  an  Antilopine  character  ; the  horn-cores  are  placed  on  the  frontals  at  a 
considerable  distance  apart,  but  not  more  so  than  in  Saiga  tartarica ; from  their 
nearly  uniform  diameter  they  were  probably  of  considerable  length  ; their  ultimate 
direction  cannot  be  determined  from  this  specimen ; if  continued  outwards  in  the 
same  manner  as  the  part  remaining,  they  must  have  differed  considerably  from  those 
of  any  existing  species  of  antelope ; possibly  they  were  suddenly  bent  inwards  after 
a certain  distance,  as  in  Alcelaplius. 

Antilope  poppecticobnis,  n.  sp.  nohis.  Plate  25,  f.  4. 

A large  number  of  frontal  bones  and  horn-cores  of  a species  of  antelope 
different  from  any  of  the  above  have  been  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  from  the 
Siwaliks  of  the  Potwar  district ; no  complete  crania  have  hitherto  been  discovered  ; 
for  this  species  I propose  the  name  of  A . porrecticornis. 

The  specimen  figured  is  the  frontal  bone,  and  the  greater  portion  of  the  horn- 
core  of  the  left  side ; the  right  side  has  been  restored  in  outline.  The  frontal  is 
strongly  arched,  and  excavated  longitudinally  between  the  prominent  suture  and 
the  base  of  the  horn-core.  The  supra-orbital  foramen  is  enclosed  by  a large  pyri- 
form sulcus,  its  extremity  reaching  almost  up  to  the  base  of  the  horn-core.  The 
horn-core  is  placed  immediately  above  the  orbit,  and  is  separated  by  only  a short 
interval ; the  diameter  of  the  horn-core  is  at  first  upwards,  outwards,  and  backwards, 
and  then  curves  inwards  towards  its  extremity ; the  transverse  section  is  oval,  the 
horn-core  being  compressed  laterally.  The  measurements  of  the  specimen  are  as 
follows : — 


Length  of  frontal  suture 

Inches. 

2-40 

Width  of  frontal  „ , . 

1-85 

Length  of  fragment  of  horn-core 

4-60 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  base  of  horn-core 

160 

Transverse  „ „ „ 

116 

159—72  CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


The  compressed  horn-core  and  the  large  supra-orhital  sinus  approximate  this 
species  to  the  Gazelles  ; it  is,  however,  distinguished  from  the  living  species  of  that 
genus  hy  the  inner  border  of  the  horn-core  being  concave  instead  of  convex,  by 
the  frontal  being  proportionately  shorter,  and  hy  the  supra-orhital  sinus  being  wider 
and  more  open  at  the  base. 

The  species  is  distinguished  from  Antilope  palceindica  hy  the  horn-cores  being 
placed  wider  apart  at  the  base,  by  their  curvature  and  direction,  and  by  the  presence 
of  the  large  supra-orhital  sinus  and  foramen. 

With  the  frontlet  of  Antilope  patuUcornis  the  present  specimen  presents  no 
points  of  resemblance. 

Erom  Antilope  sivalensis  the  specimen  is  distinguished  by  its  smaller  size,  and 
by  the  direction  of  the  horn-cores,  which  rise  vertically  from  the  frontals  in  that 
sj)ecies ; further,  the  supra-orhital  sulcus  and  foramen  are  entirely  distinct  from  the 
horn-core  in  the  present  specimen,  while  in  A.  sivalensis,  they  are  situated  on  the 
base  of  the  horn-core  ; the  sulcus  also  is  much  larger,  and  the  frontal  shorter  in  the 
present  species. 

If  the  complete  cranium  be  ever  diseovered,  I imagine  that  it  will  be  found  to 
correspond  in  general  character  with  the  crania  of  the  Gazelles,  among  which  group 
I think  the  species  should  probably  be  placed. 


Family,— SIVA  THFBID^. 

Genus  : HYDASPITHERIUM,  nov.  gen.  noUs. 

This  genus  of  Sivatheroid  animals  was  originally  erroneously  named  Hydaspi- 
dotlierkim  the  characters  of  the  genus  will  be  gathered  from  the  description  of  the 
cranium  on  which  it  is  founded.  It  may  not  be  out  of  place  to  state  here  that 
several  lower  jaws  and  detached  molars  have  recently  been  obtained  from  the  Punjab, 
which  indicate  the  former  existenee  of  other  species. 

Hydaspitherium  megacephalum,  nov.  sp.  noUs.  Pis.  26  & 27. 

The  magnificent  cranium  figured  in  the  accompanying  plates  is  perhaps  one  of 
the  most  interesting  of  the  fossils  discovered  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the 
Punjab ; it  belongs  to  that  strange  group  of  animals  represented  in  the  Tertiary 
period  of  India  by  Sivatlierium,  BramatJierium,  and  Vislinutherium,  a group  which 
connects  the  still  living  and  isolated  genus  Camelopardalis  with  other  families 
of  the  order.  The  distribution  of  this  group  in  India,  as  far  as  we  can  at 
present  judge,  is  peculiar : Sivatherium  seems  to  have  ranged  from  the  Debra  Dun 
district  as  far  as  the  eastern  side  of  the  Punjab ; in  the  Western  Punjab  its  remains 

1 Rec.  Geol.  Surv.  Ind.,  Vol.  IX,  p.  154. 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  PROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  73—160 


seem  to  be  unknown : Kydaspithepium  has  been  found  only  in  the  Potwar  district 
of  the  Punjab,  while  Bramatlierium  is  confined  to  Perim  Island,  and  the  smaller 
Vislmutherium  to  Burma ; Camelopardalis  has  been  found  throughout  the  greater 
part  of  the  Sub-Himalayan  Siwaliks,  and  it  also  occurs  in  Perim  Island.  Of  course 
these  lines  of  distribution  may  by  subsequent  discoveries  have  to  be  modified,  but 
they  seem  to  point  out  that  the  head- quarters  of  the  different  genera  had  each  its 
separate  area,  and  that  it  was  chiefly  stragglers  that  intruded  into  the  area  of 
another  genus. 

Before  describing  the  present  specimen,  it  is  necessary  to  say  a few  words  regard- 
ing the  allied  genus  BramatJierium  ; this  genus  was  founded  by  the  late  Dr.  Ealconer 
upon  the  evidence  of  certain  upper  molar  teeth  of  a large  ruminant  from  the 
mammaliferous  beds  of  Perim  Island  in  the  Gulf  of  Cambay;  these  teeth  were 
figm’ed  and  described  in  the  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London 
for  1815  ( Vol.  I,  p.  356) ; these  figures,  together  with  the  description,  have  been 
copied  in  the  “ Palseontological  Memoirs”  of  Dr.  Ealconer,  {Vol.  I,  p.  389);  the 
lower  molars  of  the  same  species  have  been  figured  and  described  in  the  foregoing 
part  of  the  present  Memoir.^  These  molar  teeth  are  the  only  remains  which 
have  been  described  under  the  name  of  BramatJierium ; there  is,  however,  a cranium 
of  a large  ruminant  from  Perim  Island,  allied  to  SwatJierium  and  Camelopardalis 
described  and  figured  by  its  discoverer,  Mr,  Bettington,  in  the  Journal  of  the  Royal 
Asiatic  Society  for  1845  ( Vol.  VIII,  p.  340) ; an  additional  note  on  the  specimen  by 
Professor  Owen  will  be  found  in  the  same  volume  {p.  417) ; no  name  was  assigned 
to  the  specimen  either  by  its  discoverer  or  by  Professor  Owen,  though  the  latter 
seemed  inclined  to  place  it  in  the  genus  SivatJierium.  At  the  time  of  writing 
his  own  Memoir  on  the  teeth  of  Bramallierium,  Dr.  Ealconer  had  not  seen 
Mr.  Bettington’s  Memoir,  both  memoirs  being  published  during  the  same  year ; in 
a postscript,  however.  Dr.  Ealconer  mentions  having  seen  an  abstract  of  Mr. 
Bettington’s  Memoir,  and  suggests  that  the  specimen  there  described  might  possibly 
belong  to  the  then  new  genus  BramatJierium.  Unfortunately,  Mr.  Bettington  has 
not  given  the  measurements  of  the  molar  teeth  of  his  specimen,  so  that  it  is  not 
possible  to  compare  these  teeth  exactly  with  Dr.  Ealconer’s  specimens ; there  is, 
however,  in  Mr.  Bettington’s  Memoir  a half-sized  figure  of  the  molars  of  his  speci- 
men, and  on  comparing  this  figure  with  the  figures  of  Dr.  Ealconer’s  specimen,  I 
find  that  the  two  correspond  exactly  both  in  size  and  form.  On  this  ground, 
and  as  both  specimens  are  from  the  same  locality,  I have  no  doubt  but  that 
Mr.  Bettington’s  specimen  is  really  BramatJierium  perimense,  and  I shall  so  consider 
it  in  the  present  Memoir.  That  cranium  is  characterised  by  being  provided  with 
two  pafis  of  horn-cores,  the  posterior  pair  of  which  arose  from  the  sides  of  the 
occipital  crest,  on  distinct  bases,  and  were  directed  outwards  and  backwards ; while 
the  anterior  pair  took  their  origin  from  a common  base  situated  a short  distance 


‘ Pp.  42—60,  Plate  7,  fig  13. 


161—74  CEANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


above  the  orbits  ; these  horn-cores  were  directed  upwards  and  outwards  ; their  com- 
mon base  was  constricted  at  its  origin  : the  frontals  were  laterally  contracted  above 
the  orbits,  and  the  face  presented  a slightly  convex  profile  : the  molar  teeth  want  the 
crenulated  folding  of  the  enamel  of  the  inner  semi- circle  of  the  islands  found  in 
the  teeth  of  Sivatherium,  and  have  a minute  accessory  tubercle  in  the  valley  dividing 
the  inner  sides  of  the  two  barrels. 

To  return  to  our  own  specimen.  We  find  that  the  cranium  itself  is  almost  com- 
plete, though  the  horn-cores  have  been  broken  off  at  their  base ; the  extremities  of 
the  nasals,  maxiUse,  and  premaxillse  are  also  wanting.  The  crowns  of  the  first  pre- 
molars have  been  broken  off  at  then’  bases. 

The  cranium  is  that  of  a fully  adult  animal,  most  of  the  cranial  sutures  having 
become  obliterated,  and  the  molar  teeth  being  about  one-third  worn  down.  Like 
the  crania  of  the  allied  genera,  the  present  specimen  is  remarkable  for  its  general 
massiveness  and  bulk  : at  the  line  of  fracture  the  frontals  are  produced  into  an 
enormous  mass  of  bony  structure,  which  formed  a common  base  for  one  or  more 
pairs  of  horn-cores  ; this  base  measures  as  much  as  thirty-four  inches  in  circumfer- 
ence ; the  profile  of  the  face  is  very  markedly  concave,  with  an  obtuse  re-entering 
angle  at  the  junction  of  the  frontals  and  nasals ; there  are  no  horns  immediately 
over  the  orbits.  The  orbit,  as  in  the  allied  genera,  is  placed  very  low  down  on  the 
skull,  far  removed  from  the  plane  of  the  face ; its  antero-posterior  diameter  is  longer 
than  its  transverse  diameter,  and  its  central  axis  is  directed  outwards  and  forwards, 
so  that  its  zygomatic  border  is  considerably  more  prominent  than  its  frontal  border  ; 
a complete  bony  ring  surrounds  the  orbit,  which  is  small  in  comparison  to  the  size  of 
the  cranium.  The  nasals  are  short  and  straight,  extending  as  far  upwards  as  the  lower 
border  of  the  orbit;  they  seem  to  have  been  narrower  than  those  of  Sivathermm,  and 
have  no  trace  of  the  arching  found  in  those  of  that  genus ; in  the  specimen  the  greater 
part  of  the  nasals  are  broken  away,  but  a cast  of  their  inner  surface  remains ; from 
this  fracture  and  from  the  obliteration  of  the  cranial  sutures,  it  is  not  easy  to  determine 
the  precise  relations  of  the  nasals  to  the  surrounding  bones ; it  seems,  however,  to  be 
quite  clear  that  the  nasals  articulated  with  the  maxillse,  though  probably  not  with 
the  premaxillae.  There  does  not  seem  to  be  any  resemblance  in  the  form  of  the  nasals 
and  frontals  to  those  of  Saiga,  with  which  Dr.  Mmle*  has  sought  to  affiliate  Siva- 
therium,  chiefly  on  account  of  the  form  and  relations  of  the  nasals  : in  the  present 
cranium  the  anterior  nasal  orifice  is  comparatively  small,  and  bears  no  resemblance 
to  the  enormous  orifice  of  Saiga,  neither  do  the  nasals  reach  to  the  median  line  of 
the  orbits  as  in  the  latter  genus,  but,  on  the  contrary,  are  completely  below  the  orbits. 
The  superior  surface  of  the  nasals  forms  an  obtuse  angle  with  the  frontal  plane ; this 
angle  is  larger  than  in  Sivatherium  ; the  anterior  nasal  orifice  presents  an  approxi- 
mately circular  transverse  section,  the  transverse  diameter  being  rather  the  larger  of 
the  two  ; the  foramen  for  the  maxillary  branch  of  the  fifth  nerve  is  of  rather  large 


‘ Geol.  Mag.,  Yol.  VIII,  p.  44. 


CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  75—162 


size,  and  pierces  the  maxilla  immediately  above  the  fii’st  premolar : the  position  of 
this  foramen  on  the  anterior  and  not  on  the  lateral  surface  of  the  maxilla  is  like  what 
occurs  in  Camelopardalis  ; between  the  nasals  and  the  orbit  there  is  a large  vacuity 
shaped  like  an  isosceles  triangle,  of  which  the  apex  is  directed  upwards  and  outwards, 
while  the  base  is  nearly  horizontal ; there  is  no  depression  of  the  surface  of  the  lachry- 
mals below  the  orbit  as  so  commonly  occurs  in  the  antelopes ; in  the  absence  of  this 
depression  the  cranium  agrees  with  Camelopardalis ; the  exact  relations  of  the  lachry- 
mal to  the  surrounding  bones  cannot  be  determined,  but  the  former  seems  to  have 
been  of  considerable  relative  size.  Below  the  orbits  the  skull  gradually  contracts  in 
width  down  to  the  molar  alveoli ; the  maxillae  are  of  great  depth  from  the  orbits  to 
the  molars ; this  character  is  more  Bovine  than  Antilopine  or  Giraffine : the  lateral 
surfaces  of  the  maxillae  are  nearly  even,  with  the  exception  of  a large  conical  tuber- 
osity above  the  penultimate  premolar.  Above  the  base  of  the  nasals  the  frontals 
rise  nearly  vertically  upwards,  with  a smooth  facial  surface,  which  gradually  widens 
above ; immediately  over  the  orbits  the  whole  skull  is  contracted  in  width  for  a 
length  of  several  inches ; at  the  point  of  fracture  of  the  specimen  the  skull  has  again 
expanded  nearly  to  its  original  width  : the  mass  of  cancellous  bone  which  formed 
the  base  of  the  horn-cores  does  not  show  any  sign  of  a median  fissure,  and  the  horn- 
cores  probably  did  not  diverge  from  their  common  base  until  a considerable  distance 
above  the  plane  of  the  frontals,  as  in  Bramatliermm. 

On  the  lateral  smTace  of  the  cranium  we  find  a deep  and  wide  temporal  fossa 
bounded  superiorly  by  a well-marked  ridge  which  extends  backwards  from  the  orbit 
along  the  base  of  the  horn-cores ; a short  distance  behind  the  orbit  there  is  a small 
tuberosity  on  this  ridge ; the  temporal  fossa  is  open  from  above.  The  zygomatic- 
process  of  the  squamosal  is  indented  near  its  origin,  and  then  suddenly  bends  out- 
wards to  form  the  large  glenoid  cavity,  the  tympanic  is  compressed  and  without  a 
bulla ; the  meatus  auditorius  externus  is  directed  outwards,  and  closely  approxi- 
mated to  the  paroccipital  process ; in  the  above  characters  this  skull  agrees  with 
that  of  Camelopardalis  and  differs  from  the  skulls  of  the  Antelopes  : the  junction 
of  the  jugal  with  the  zygomatic  process  of  the  squamosal  is  more  prominent  than 
any  portion  of  the  orbit. 

The  occiput  is  remarkable  for  its  great  size  and  flatness,  affording  a large  sur- 
face for  the  attachment  of  the  muscles  necessary  to  support  so  large  a cranium ; the 
plane  of  this  surface  forms  an  obtuse  angle  with  the  plane  of  the  frontals  ; in  shape 
the  occiput  is  rudely  oblong,  with  its  superior  border  arched  ; the  transverse  diameter 
is  longer  than  the  vertical  diameter ; above  the  foramen  magnum  there  is  a deep 
and  nearly  circular  hollow  of  large  size  for  the  attachment  of  the  ligamentum 
nuchse ; this  hollow  is  divided  by  a vertical  median  ridge : strong  ridges  directed 
upwards  and  outwards  run  from  the  foramen  magnum  below  the  ligamental  fossa  to 
the  periphery  of  the  occiput.  The  foramen  magnum  is  of  large  size,  and  extends 
upwards  considerably  above  the  level  of  the  condyles ; its  axis  is  almost  perpendi- 
cular to  the  plane  of  the  occiput,  and  its  vertical  diameter  is  the  larger  of  the  two  : 


163—76  CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 

the  occipital  condyles  are  placed  high  up  on  the  occiput,  and  their  long  axes  are 
nearly  horizontal.  The  paroccipital  processes  are  of  enormous  width,  forming 
flat  bony  plates  extending  from  the  foramen  magnum  to  the  lateral  borders  of  the 
occiput.  Above  the  occipital  crest  the  common  base  of  the  liorn-cores  rise.s 
almost  vertically,  somewhat  after  the  manner  of  the  intercornual  ridge  of  the  oxen. 
It  is  impossible  to  say  how  much  of  this  portion  of  the  cranium  is  formed  by  the 
parietals  and  how  much  by  the  frontals,  but  I am  inclined  to  think  that  in  the 
middle  line  the  parietals  formed  a very  narrow  strip  as  in  the  true  oxen ; there  is 
no  trace  of  any  horn-cores  joining  the  occiput  as  occurs  in  the  cranium  of  Brama- 
tlierium. 

On  its  palatal  aspect  the  cranium,  like  that  of  Sivatlierium,  is  remarkable  for  the 
great  relative  width  of  the  portion  behind  the  molar  series ; tlie  outline  of  this  as- 
pect of  the  skull  presents  the  form  of  a blunt  wedge,  instead  of  the  elongated  wedge 
which  usually  occurs  in  this  aspect  of  the.  skulls  of  the  other  genera  of  Ruminants. 
In  consequence  of  the  direction  of  the  foramen  magnum,  a palatal  view  of  the  con- 
dyles shows  that  these  are  separated  only  by  a very  narrow  notch,  scarcely  any  part 
of  the  foramen  magnum  itself  being  visible  from  below.  The  shape  of  the  basi-occi- 
pital  and  sphenoid  is  that  of  an  elongated  wedge  ; the  former  bone  bears  two  pairs 
of  tubercles ; the  posterior  pair  are  very  small,  closely  approximated  to  the  occipital 
condyles,  and  separated  from  each  other  by  a considerable  interval : the  anterior 
pair  are  of  much  larger  size ; they  are  narrow,  approximated  to  each  other,  confluent 
anteriorly,  and  have  their  free  extremities  directed  backwards  ; between  these  tuber- 
cles and  the  glenoid  cavity  on  either  side  is  the  foramen  ovale  in  its  normal  posi- 
tion ; most  of  the  other  foramina  are  concealed  by  matrix,  though  the  foramen  lace- 
rum  posterius  may  be  distinguished  at  the  base  of  the  paroccipital  process.  The 
plane  of  the  basi-cranial  axis  is  unbroken,  and  is  almost  parallel  to  the  plane  of  the 
palate  ; in  this  important  character  the  skull  resembles  the  skulls  of  Camelopardalis 
and  the  deer,  and  differs  widely  from  the  skulls  of  the  antelopes,  sheep,  goats,  and 
oxen,  in  which  the  basi-cranial  axis  forms  a considerable  angle  with  the  plane  of 
the  palate.  The  free  margin  of  the  palatines  forms  in  the  middle  hue  a wide  semi- 
circular notch,  which  extends  as  far  forwards  as  the  penultimate  molar,  a character 
very  unusual  among  Ruminants ; the  palatine  foramina  are  placed  on  the  same  line 
as  the  fore  barrel  of  the  penultimate  molar ; the  palatines  are  more  like  those  of  the 
Giraffe  than  any  other  Ruminant : whether  they  terminated  on  the  median  line  in 
a point,  as  in  the  antelopes  and  sheep,  or  whether  in  a re-entering  angle  as  in  the 
Giraffe,  is  not  shown  in  the  present  specimen.  The  palate  is  relatively  wide,  and  the 
lines  of  the  molars  are  nearly  straight ; behind  the  last  molars  the  maxillae  and 
jugals  diverge  rapidly  outwards : the  glenoid  cavity  is  wide,  and  has  a large  and 
slightly  recurved  post- glenoid  process. 

The  teeth  of  this  genus  have  the  same  general  form  as  those  of  the  allied 
genera,  and  the  enamel  has  the  same  general  rugose  character,  though  the  sculp- 
turing is  rather  finer;  apart,  however,  from  their  smaller  size  these  teeth  have 


CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  77—164 


certain  distinctive  characters  of  their  own.  The  specimen  figured  {Plate  .27,  Jig.  4) 
is  the  ultimate  upper  molar  of  the  left  side ; I have  also  figm^ed  for  comparison 
the  penultimate  left  upper  molar  of  Swatlierkim  giganteum  {Jig.  3);  both  specimens 
are  of  the  natural  size ; figures  of  the  left  upper  molars  of  Bramatherium  perimense 
will  be  found  in  the  “ Palaeontological  Memoirs  ” ( Vol.  I,  plate  XXXIII). 

The  upper  molar  teeth  of  Hydaspitlierium  have  no  waving  or  crenulation  of  the 
enamel  in  the  central  crescent  of  the  crown,  by  which  negative  character  they 
are  at  once  distinguished  from  the  molars  of  Sivatherium : the  central  infolds  of 
enamel  in  Kydaspitherium  are  remarkable  for  them  great  size  and  for  the  depth 
of  the  central  portion,  so  that  even  in  the  present  much  worn  state  of  the  specimen, 
the  two  infolds  are  still  connected  by  a deep  channel,  and  they  would  not  become 
completely  insulated  until  the  tooth  were  worn  dovm  almost  to  its  base ; in  Fal- 
coner’s figures  of  the  upper  molars  of  Bramatherium,  which  are  in  about  the  same 
state  of  wear  as  the  present  specimens,  the  central  enamel  folds  are  completely 
insulated.  The  posterior  enamel  fold  is  produced  into  a peculiar  projection  at  its 
postero-internal  angle ; the  antero-external  angle  of  the  inner  half  of  the  hind  barrel 
is  produced  into  the  central  hollow  of  the  fore  barrel ; the  fore  barrel  is  the  larger 
of  the  two ; the  outer  sm*faces  are  placed  very  obliquely  to  the  antero-posterior 
axis  of  the  crown,  the  anterior  costse  on  the  dorsa  of  the  barrels  forming  the  most 
prominent  points  on  the  outer  border  of  the  crown;  the  median  costse  are  very  slight, 
which  is  another  point  of  difference  between  these  teeth  and  those  of  Sivatherium. 
In  the  inner  valley  dividing  the  two  barrels  there  is  a very  small  tubercle  attached 
to  the  hinder  barrel  only : a similar  tubercle  occurs  in  the  molars  of  Bramatherium, 
but  not  in  those  of  Sivatherium:  on  the  anterior  surface  of  the  tooth  there  is  a 
slight  hut  well  marked  cingulum : a similarly  placed  cingulum  occurs  in  the  molars 
of  Swatherium,  hut  not  in  those  of  Bramatherium.  The  teeth  of  Bramatherium 
are  rather  larger  than  those  of  the  present  genus,  while  those  of  Sivatherium  are 
much  larger  than  either.  The  molars  of  Kydaspitherium  in  general  form  are 
very  like  those  of  Kelladotherium  from  the  upper  miocene  of  Attica,  hut  are  dis- 
tinguished by  the  presence  of  the  small  accessory  tubercle  in  the  median  internal 
valley. 

The  following  table  gives  the  measurements  of  the  specimen : the  measure- 
ments of  the  crania  of  Sivatherium,  Bramatherium  and  Camelopardalis  will  be 
found  in  the  above-quoted  paper  of  Mr.  Bettington : — 


Length  frona  foramen  magnum  to  diastema 

„ „ „ fractured  muzzle 

„ „ „ last  molar 

Length  from  fractured  extremity  of  nasals  to  highest  point  of 
„ „ inferior  border  of  orbit  to  first  premolar 


„ „ superior  „ „ 

Width  at  anterior  border  of  orbit 
„ posterior  „ „ 

„ constriction  above  orbits 


occipital  crest 


Inches. 

. 16-60 
. 17-80 
. 9-35 

. 18-00 
. 6-20 
. 10-20 
. 10-50 
. 12-40 
. 8-10 


165—78  CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


Width  across  zygomatic  arches  .... 

5,  „ tuberosities  of  maxillae  .... 

„ in  front  of  first  premolar  .... 

Depth  from  palate  to  root  of  nasals  .... 

Interval  between  orbit  and  fractured  summit  of  frontal  (right  side) 
Whdth  of  occiput  across  paroccipital  processes 
Interval  between  inferior  border  of  foramen  magnum  and  occipital  crest 
» i>  occipital  crest  and  fractured  summit  of  frontals 

Width  above  occipital  crest  .... 

„ across  temporal  fossae  .... 

Interval  between  external  angles  of  occipital  condyles  . 

Length  of  right  occipital  condyle 
Vertical  diameter  of  foramen  magnum 
Transverse  „ „ • • 

Vertical  diameter  of  left  orbit 
Transverse  „ „ ... 

Interval  between  foramen  magnum  and  posterior  basi-occipital  tubercles 
„ „ posterior  basi-occipital  tubercles 

„ „ foramen  magnum  and  fi-ee  border  of  palate 

Width  of  palate  at  last  molar  . 

„ „ second  premolar 

Interval  between  outer  surfaces  of  last  molars 
„ „ „ of  second  premolars 

Length  of  five  molars 
Length  of  last  molar 
Width  of  hinder  barrel  of  last  molar  . 

„ fore  „ „ 

Length  of  penultimate  molar 
Width  of  fore  barrel  of  penultimate  molar 
Length  of  first  molar  . 

IVTdth  of  fore  barrel  of  first  molar 
Length  of  last  premolar 
Width  of  „ „ . . 


Inches. 

13-30 

10- 30 

5- 00 
700 

6- 50 

11- 40 

7- 30 
3-80 

7- 70 
6-30 

5- 40 

3- 10 
2-40 

1- 90 

2- 60 
2-80 
2-70 
0-60 

11-40 

4- 90 
4-20 

8- 00 

6- 20 
6-35 
1-60 
1-54 
1-70 
1-50 
1-65 
1-42 
1-70 
1-00 
1-50 


We  maiy  now  compare  the  cranium  of  the  new  genus  with  the  crania  of  the 
allied  genera ; the  present  cranium  is  distinguished  from  that  of  Bramatherimn  by 
the  absence  of  the  parietal  pair  of  horn-cores,  in  consequence  of  which  the  crest 
of  the  occiput  is  simple  and  uninterrupted;  instead  of  the  convex  profile  of 
the  cranium  of  Bramatherium  the  present  cranium  has  a very  markedly  concave 
])rofile.  The  base  of  the  horn-cores  is  widely  separated  from  the  orbits,  and  is  as  wide 
as  the  skull  above  the  orbits ; in  Bramatherium,  on  the  other  hand,  the  base  of  the  horn- 
cores  is  approximated  to  the  orbits,  and  is  constricted  at  its  origin  from  the  frontals ; 
the  occiput  of  Hydaspitherium  is  more  quadrate  and  wider  in  proportion  to  its 
height  than  the  occiput  of  Bramatherium  ; no  figure  of  the  basis  cranii  of  the  latter 
genus  is  given  in  Mr.  Bettington’s  Memoir.  The  crania  of  both  genera  agree  in 
having  the  supra-orbital  horns  arising  from  a common  base — a character  which  is 
found  in  no  other  Ruminants.  The  form  of  the  horn-cores  of  both  the  genera  is 
unknown,  though  they  were  probably  massive  and  branched  like  the  posterior  horns 
of  Swatherimn.  And  here  a question  arises  as  to  the  homology  of  the  horns  of 


CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  79—166 


the  three  allied  genera.  In  his  Memoir  on  Bramatherium,  Mr.  Bettington  considers 
the  frontal  horns  of  that  genus,  which  arise  from  a common  base,  to  he  homologous 
with  the  -small  and  conical  anterior  horns  of  Sivatherium,  wliich  arise  by  a distinct 
base  close  above  the  orbits  ; according  to  this  view  the  posterior  horns  of  both 
genera  will  also  be  homologous.  The  position  of  the  common  base  of  the  horns  of 
Hydaspitherium,  which  is  placed  high  up  on  the  frontals,  and  only  a short  dis- 
tance from  the  occipital  crest,  seems,  however,  clearly  to  show  that  these  horns  are 
homologous  with  the  posterior  horns  of  Sivatherium ; and  I think  no  one  will 
doubt  but  that  they  are  also  homologous  with  the  anterior  horns  of  Bramatherium, 
which  latter  will  then  also  be  homologous  with  the  posterior  horns  of  Sivatherium. 
According  to  this  view,  the  small  anterior  horns  of  Sivatherium  have  no  repre- 
sentative in  the  other  genera ; and  the  posterior  horns  of  Bramatherium  are  also 
unrepresented  in  the  cranium  of  Sivatherium ; the  base  of  the  horns  of  Hydas- 
piotherium  is  so  large  that  I think  it  quite  probable  that  higher  up  it  may  have 
divided  into  two  pairs  of  horns,  which  would  then  be  homologous  with  the  two 
pairs  of  horns  of  Bramatherium ; only  in  the  one  case  the  two  pairs  take  origin 
from  a common  base,  and  in  the  other  the  anterior  pair  only  take  origin  from 
a common  base,  wliile  the  posterior  pair  rise  from  distinct  bases.  The  supraorbital 
horns  of  Camelopardalis  giraffa  are  probably  homologous  with  the  posterior  horns 
of  Sivatherium,  while  the  azygos  mesial  bony  elevation  on  the  frontals  of  the 
former  genus  is,  although  not  a true  horn,  perhaps  homologous  with  the  anterior 
horns  of  Sivatherium ; the  two  pairs  of  horns  of  Tetraceros  quadricornis  are  res- 
pectively homologous  with  those  of  Sivatherium ; Helladotherium  has  no  horns. 
The  accompanying  diagram  represents  these  relationships. 


Homology  of  horns  of  Sivatheridce  and  Camelopardalis. 


Turning  now  to  the  skull  of  Sivatherium,  we  find  very  considerable  structural 
differences  between  it  and  the  skull  of  the  present  genus  ; the  first  striking  difference 
is  the  absence  of  any  anterior  horns  near  the  orbit  in  Hydaspithermm ; next  we 
may  notice  there  is  only  a very  short  and  shallow  contraction  above  the  orbits 
in  the  cranium  of  Sivatherium,  while  above  this  contraction  the  skull  expands 


167—80  CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 

enormously,  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores  being  separated  by  a long  interval  from 
each  other,  and  closely  approximated  to  the  orbits  ; in  Sydaspitherium,  on  the  other 
hand,  the  skull  has  a long  and  deep  contraction  above  the  orbit,  and  is  not  wider 
at  the  base  of  the  horns,  which  have  a common  origin,  than  at  the  orbits,  while 
the  base  of  the  horns  is  separated  by  a long  interval  from  the  orbit ; the  larger  horns 
of  SivatJierium  were  mainly  directed  outwards,  while  the  direction  of  those  of  the 
new  genus  was  probably  at  first  nearly  vertical ; the  nasals  of  the  latter  genus  were 
longer  and  not  arched  or  pointed  like  those  of  Sivatherium.  Owing  to  the  position 
of  the  posterior  horns,  the  temporal  fossa  of  Sivatherium  forms  a comparatively 
narrow  slit  not  wider  than  the  orbit,  and  completely  overarched  by  the  base  of  the 
horn ; in  the  cranium  of  Sydaspitherium,  on  the  other  hand,  the  temporal  fossa 
is  very  wide,  and  quite  open  above.  On  the  palatal  aspect  the  cranium  of  Sivathe- 
rium is  wider  in  proportion  to  its  length  than  is  the  cranium  of  Sydaspitherium, 
while  the  space  enclosed  by  the  zygomatic  arch  has  its  transverse  diameter  longer 
than  its  antero -posterior  diameter,  the  reverse  being  the  case  in  Sydaspitherium. 
The  form  of  the  basi-occipital  and  sphenoid  is  nearly  the  same  in  both  genera, 
but  the  anterior  tubercles  of  the  former  bone  are  relatively  much  larger  in  the 
new  genus ; the  line  of  the  molars  is  more  curved  in  Sivatherium ; the  occiput 
is  relatively  wider  in  the  latter  genus,  while  the  depression  for  the  ligamentum 
nuchge  approaches  nearer  to  the  foramen  magnum,  and  the  temporal  fossae  are 
seen  as  large  slits  on  the  occipital  surface,  while  they  scarcely  show  in  Sydaspi- 
therium. 

In  the  following  characters  the  three  alhed  genera  agree,  viz.,  the  presence  of 
horn-cores  on  the  upper  part  of  the  frontal ; the  general  form  of  the  teeth,  which 
are  coated  with  a rugose  enamel;  the  great  width  of  the  posterior  half  of  the 
base  of  the  cranium  ; the  elongated  and  wedge-shaped  basi-cranial  axis ; the  pre- 
sence of  two  pairs  of  tubercles  on  the  basi-occipital,  of  which  the  hindmost  are 
small ; the  form  and  position  of  the  free  border  of  the  palatines,  and  the  direction 
and  position  of  the  orbit ; the  approximate  parallelism  of  the  basi-cranial  axis  and 
the  palate. 

In  the  Memoir  quoted  above,  Dr.  Murie  lays  great  stress  on  the  form  and 
relations  of  the  nasals,  as  connecting  Sivatherium  with  Saiga ; this,  on  the  face  of 
it,  appears  to  me  a very  insignificant  character,  and  is  also  one  which,  as  stated  above, 
is  not  borne  out  by  the  present  genus,  in  which  the  nasals  are  connected  with  the 
maxiRse ; as  showing  the  slight  value  of  this  character,  I may  refer  to  a new 
Turkestan  sheep,  Ovis  harelini  of  Severtgoff,’  in  which  the  nasals  do  not  articulate 
with  either  the  maxiUse  or  premaxillse,  as  in  Saiga,  and  yet  no  one  would  think  of 
classifying  the  two  together:  the  unimportance  of  the  character  in  the  Bovidce 
was  also  noticed  in  an  earlier  portion  of  the  present  Memoir.  From  the  form 
of  its  posterior  horns  Dr.  Murie  argues  with  more  probability  that  Sivatherium 
was  also  related  to  Antilocapra  ; he,  however,  to  a great  extent  ignores  its  relation- 

^ Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  Ser.  4,  vol.  xviii.  p.  210. 


CEANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TEETIAEIES.  81—168 


ship  to  Camelopardalis,  with  which  the  other  genera  show  very  strong  points  of 
affinity.  The  molar  teeth  of  all  the  fossil  genera  agree  with  those  of  Camelopard- 
alis in  general  form  and  in  the  rugose  character  of  the  enamel ; in  all  the  genera  the 
orbit  is  situated  far  below  the  plane  of  the  frontals,  which  is  a feature  peculiar  to  the 
group ; in  all  there  is  a vacuity  between  the  lachrymal  and  the  nasals,  and  there  is 
no  suborbital  fossa  on  the  lachrymal : in  all  the  tympanic  is  compressed  and  non- 
bullate ; while  the  tympanies  of,  I believe,  all  the  antelopes  are  furnished  with  a 
large  buUa.  In  all  the  four  genera  the  basi-occipital  has  the  same  general  form, 
and  the  posterior  tubercles  are  similar ; the  anterior  tubercles  are,  however,  large 
in  Hydaspitliermm,  whereas  in  Camelopardalis  they  are  nearly  obsolete ; this 
large  size  of  the  anterior  tubercles  is  a character  found  in  most  genera  of  Antelopes, 
though  not  in  Tetraceros  ; the  basi-occipital  is,  however,  more  square  in  the  Ante- 
lopes, and  the  anterior  tubercles  diverge  more  posteriorly  than  in  HydaspitJierium. 
In  all  the  four  genera  the  plane  of  the  basi- cranial  axis  is  single,  and  is  nearly 
parallel  with  the  plane  of  the  palate,  most  nearly  so  in  Camelopardalis  and  Hydaspi- 
therium,  and  least  so  in  Sivatherium : in  all  the  antelopes  the  plane  of  this  axis 
forms  a large  angle  with  that  of  the  palate,  and  there  is  generally  an  angle  at  the 
junction  of  the  basi-occipital  and  basi-sphenoid  : in  Tetraceros  the  plane  of  the  basi- 
cranial axis  forms  a smaller  angle  with  the  plane  of  the  palate  than  in  other  ante- 
lopes ; in  the  oxen,  sheep,  and  goats,  the  inclination  of.  the  two  planes  is  the  same  as 
in  the  antelopes,  whereas  in  the  deer  the  plane  of  the  basi-occipital  is  nearly  parallel 
to  that  of  the  palate.  In  Camelopardalis,  Bramiatlierium,  and  Hydaspitherium, 
the  vertical  diameter  of  the  foramen  magnum  is  larger  than  the  transverse;  in 
Sivatherium  the  two  diameters  are  nearly  equal,  while  in  the  antelopes  the  transverse 
diameter  is  the  larger  of  the  two. 

The  main  points  by  which  the  fossil  genera  differ  from  Camelopardalis  are 
the  following : in  the  fossil  genera  the  inferior  border  of  the  orbit  is  the  most 
prominent  of  the  two,  while  in  the  living  genus  the  superior  border  is  more  promi- 
nent than  the  inferior  border ; the  nasals  articulate  with  both  maxillae  and  pre- 
maxiUae,  and  are  relatively  longer  in  the  living  genus ; the  form  of  the  occiput  of 
Camelopardalis  is  also  very  different,  being  narrow,  with  an  overhanging  crest,  with 
no  distinct  fossa  for  the  ligamentum  nuchae,  and  with  narrow  and  distinct  paroc- 
cipital  processes. 

In  conclusion,  I think  it  may  be  said  that  the  affinities  of  the  new  genus  are 
much  closer  to  Camelopardalis  than  to  any  other  living  form ; and  that,  together 
with  Bramatherium,  this  new  genus  forms  a link  between  Camelopardalis  and 
Sivatherium,  the  latter  having  certain  points  of  affinity  to  the  antelopes. 

The  teeth  of  Vishnutherium  iravadicum^  of  which  only  those  of  the  lower  jaw 
are  known,  are  of  too  small  a size  to  have  belonged  to  this  genus ; they  are 
further  distinguished  by  the  sculpturing  on  the  enamel  being  more  distinct. 


Teeth  and  Other  Remains  of  Mammalia,  p.  37—56,  pi.  7,  fi>;8  1 2. 


169—82  CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS  FROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


Family^ — CAPBIBjF. 

Genus:  CAPRA. 

Of  this  division  of  the  Ruminantia,  the  number  of  forms  hitherto  discovered 
in  the  Indian  Tertiaries  is  very  small,  and  individual  specimens  are  also  rare.  One 
species  of  Capra  I have  determined  from  the  cast  of  a cranium,  the  original  of  which 
is  in  the  British  Museum,  and  which  was  collected  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Markanda 
river  hy  Dr.  Falconer ; a second  species  is  founded  on  a portion  of  cranium  with  horn- 
cores  from  Perim  Island,  now  in  the  Indian  Museum  ; while  a third  form,  to  which 
I have  not  assigned  a specific  name,  is  only  known  to  us  from  several  portions  of 
detached  horn-cores,  collected  hy  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Upper  Siwaliks  of  the  Potwar 
district ; this  last  form  was  alhed  to,  though  distinct  from,  the  existing  Himalayan 
Markhoor,  Capra  falconeri.  The  late  Mr.  Blyth^  announced  the  discovery  of  a part 
of  the  cranium  and  horn-cores  of  an  ibex  from  the  Siwaliks  in  the  following  words : 
“ I have  received  a portion  of  a head  and  horn-cores  of  a true  ibex,  to  all  appearance 
identical  with  the  species  {Capra  salceen,  nobis)  which  still  inhabits  the  loftiest 
Himalayan  crags.”  I am  unable  to  discover  what  has  become  of  this  specimen,  hut 
I very  much  doubt  if  it  is  specifically  identical  with  Capra  sibirica  ((7.  sakeen, 
Blyth).  Mr.  Blyth  then  proceeds  to  say  that  the  occmTence  of  this  fossil  proved 
the  existence  of  lofty  mountains  close  to  the  old  Siwalik  area ; tliis  supposition  is 
confirmed  hy  the  discovery  of  the  above-mentioned  horn-core  of  a goat  allied  to 
the  Markhoor  in  the  Potwar  district. 

No  species  of  the  genus  Capra  is  included  hy  Dr.  Falconer  in  any  of  his  Lists  of 
Mammals  from  the  Indian  Tertiaries,  though  the  above-mentioned  cranium  from 
the  Siwaliks  appears  to  have  been  referred  hy  him  to  this  genus.  The  addition  of 
this  genus  to  the  Fauna  of  the  Indian  Pliocene  strata,  is  extremely  important,  as  it 
is  one  of  the  most  modern  forms  of  the  modern  group  of  Ruminants ; all  the 
European  fossil  species  belong  to  the  “ diluvial”  or  post-tertiary  epoch,  and  its 
occurrence  in  India  with  Chalicotherium  and  other  extinct  forms  leading  hack  to  the 
Miocene  period  is  only  another  instance  of  the  strange  mixture  of  genera  which  we 
find  in  these  strata.  The  species  described  below  from  Perim  Island  seems  un- 
doubtedly to  have  been  obtained  from  the  same  beds  in  which  the  jaws  and  teeth  of 
Binotherium  and  Acerotherium  were  found  ! 

Capra  Sivalensis,  n.  sp.  nobis.  PL  28,  figs.  1 & 2. 

Of  this  species  we  have  several  detached  horn-cores  in  the  Indian  Museum,  but 
I have  figured  the  cast  of  a specimen  of  the  cranium  now  in  the  British  Museum, 
which  is  more  complete  than  any  of  our  own.  The  specimen  figured  exhibits  tlie 
posterior  half  of  the  cranium  above  the  orbits,  with  the  horn-cores  of  both  sides. 

' Ann.  Mag.  Nat.  Hist.,  ser.  1,  Vol.  XI,  p.  78. 


CRANIA  OR  RUMINANTS  RROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES.  83—170 


The  parietals  are  of  considerable  length;  between  the  horn-cores  and  the 
occiput  they  are  rounded  superiorly  and  excavated  laterally  by  the  temporal  fossae ; 
the  occipital  surface  forms  an  obtuse  angle  with  the  plane  of  the  parietals,  and 
its  transverse  diameter  is  greater  than  its  vertical  diameter ; the  basioccipital  is 
obscured  by  matrix ; the  orbit  is  situated  immediately  below  the  horn-cores,  and  the 
two  are  separated  by  a considerable  interval.  There  is  a small  supra-orbital  fora- 
men, but  no  sinus ; the  horn- cores  are  placed  very  closely  together  at  their  base, 
and  curve  upwards  and  backwards,  with  an  extremely  slight  outward  direction  : they 
diminish  very  rapidly  in  width,  and  their  antero-posterior  diameter  is  very  much 
greater  than  their  transverse  ‘diameter ; their  cross-section  is  somewhat  triangular, 
presenting  sharp  ridges  at  their  two  internal  angles,  and  a third  ridge  at  the  hinder 
haR  of  their  outer  surfaces.  The  measurements  of  the  specimen  are  as  follows  : — 


Length  from  anterior  border  of  horn-core  to  occiput 
Interval  between  horn-core  and  orbit 

Inches, 

. 4-85 
. 2-00 

Breadth  of  cranium  at  orbits  .... 

. 420 

Width  of  occiput  ..... 

. 3-25 

Height  of  „ 

. 2-00' 

Length  of  anterior  border  of  horn-core  . 

. 7‘20 

Transverse  diameter  of  „ . . . 

. 1-55 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  „ 

. 2-75 

Interval  between  bases  of  horn-cores 

. 0-40 

The  cranium  of  this  species  is  distinguished  from  the  crania  of  the  small-horned 
females  of  Capra  sibirica,  and  Capra  cegagros  by  the  horn-cores  being  so  much 
more  closely  approximated  at  their  bases,  by  their  being  very  slightly  inclined  out- 
wards, and  by  their  thickness  at  the  base. 

Among  the  living  goats  the  cranium  of  this  species  approaches  nearest  to  that 
of  Hemitragus  hylocrinus  of  the  Nilghiris ; the  horn-cores  of  both  species  have 
nearly  the  same  position  and  direction ; those  of  the  living  species,  however,  are 
placed  shghtly  wider  apart  at  their  bases,  form  a rather  more  open  curve,  and  have 
a nearly  flat  surface  in  front : the  distance  also  between  the  horn-core  and  the  orbit 
is  somewhat  less  than  in  the  fossil  species,  and  the  parietals  are  flatter  and  less 
rounded  superiorly.  It  is,  however,  quite  possible  that  the  recent  and  fossil  forms 
should  be  placed  in  the  same  genus. 

Capua  peuimensis,  n.  sp.  nobis.  PI.  28,  fig.  4. 

The  specimen  on  which  this  species  is  founded  is  from  the  collection  of  the 
Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal ; it  was  obtained  from  Perim  Island  by  Captain  Eulljames, 
and  was  entered  in  the  Catalogue  of  the  Society’s  Collection  (No.  as  the 
cranium  of  a species  of  antelope  by  Dr.  Ealconer ; to  this  genus  it  cannot  belong, 
as  is  at  once  shown  by  the  form  of  the  horn-cores,  which  have  a keel  on  both 
anterior  and  posterior  borders,  and  a very  long  antero-posterior  diameter,  conditions 
which  are  found  in  no  antelopes,  and  which  are  characteristic  of  the  goats. 

The  specimen  comprises  a portion  of  the  frontals  and  parietals,  with  the  nearly 
complete  horn-cores  of  both  sides  ; the  portions  of  the  frontals  remaining  are  convex 


171—84  CRANIA  or  RUMINANTS  EROM  THE  INDIAN  TERTIARIES. 


below  the  horn-cores,  and  concave  between  the  horn-cores ; the  parietals  are  rounded ; 
the  orbit  is  approximated  to  the  base  of  the  horn-core.  The  bases  of  the  horn-cores 
are  separated  by  a considerable  interval ; the  direction  of  the  horn-cores  is  upwards, 
outwards,  and  slightly  backwards ; they  are  straight,  and  decrease  in  diameter  very 
gradually  from  base  to  summit ; their  antero-posterior  diameter  is  much  greater  than 
their  transverse  diameter ; there  is  a sharp  keel  at  their  anterior  and  posterior 
borders ; the  anterior  has  a very  slight  twist  from  within  outwards.  The  dimensions 
of  the  specimen  are  as  follows  : — 


Interval  between  base  of  born-core  and  orbit 
Width  of  cranium  across  the  orbits 
Interval  between  bases  of  bom-cores 
„ „ summits  of  „ 

^ Length  of  left  horn-core 
Antero-posterior  diameter  of  base  of  horn-core 
Transverse  „ „ „ 


11 

4-9 

1-6 

6-5 

6-8 

2-6 

1-8 


Erom  the  cranium  of  the  last  species,  and  from  the  crania  of  any  of  the  living 
Indian  goats,  the  present  specimen  is  distinguished  by  the  wide  interval  which 
separates  the  bases  of  the  horn-cores,  and  by  their  direction  and  the  marked  keel  on 
their  anterior  border. 

Of  the  crania  of  living  goats,  that  which  has  the  nearest  approach  to  the  present 
specimen  is  the  cranium  of  the  European  JEgoceros  pyrenaicus ; the  horn-cores 
of  both  forms  agree  in  being  widely  separated  at  the  base  and  approximated  to  the 
orbit.  Those  of  the  European  species,  however,  are  distinguished  by  being  longer 
and  more  slender  than  those  of  the  present  specimen.  (Eigures  of  the  crania  of  the 
European  species  will  be  found  in  Nouv.  Mem.  Soc.  Hel.  1838.) 


Capra,  sp.  PI.  28,  fig.  3. 


The  specimen  in  the  above  figure  is  a fragment  of  a horn-core  of  the  left  side 
of  a species  of  goat ; it  was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the 
Potwar  district.  The  specimen  has  a large  antero-posterior  diameter,  and  a small 
transverse  diameter ; the  lateral  surfaces  are  flattened,  and  the  anterior  and 
posterior  borders  are  sharply  keeled  ; the  horn-core  is  twisted  on  its  longitudinal 
axis,  so  that  the  anterior  keel  curves  from  within  outwards,  as  in  the  existing 
Markhoor.  The  dimensions  of  the  specimen  are  as  follows  : — 


Length  of  fragment 
Anterior-posterior  diameter  of  base 
„ „ „ summit 

Transverse  „ base 


Inches. 


2-3 

1-5 

1-4 


This  horn-core  doubtless  belonged  to  a species  of  goat  closely  allied  to  the 
Markhoor  {Capra  falconeri) ; but  it  is  distinguished  from  the  horn-cores  of  that 
species  by  having  a sharp  keel  on  its  anterior  border,  whereas  the  corresponding 
border  of  the  horn-core  of  the  Markhoor  is  rounded.  More  complete  specimens  are 
required  before  we  can  fully  point  out  the  affinities  of  this  specimen. 


INDIAN  TERTIARY  AND  POST-TERTIARY  YERTEBRATA. 


SUPPLEMENT  TO  CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS, 

By  R.  LYDEKKER,  b.a., 

GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY  OF  INDIA. 


(WITH  SUPPLEMENTAL  PLATES  XXIA  AND  B,  XXIIIA,  AND  REISSUE  OF 
PLATES  XXI  AND  XXIV). 


The  addition  of  several  skulls  of  Siwalik  antilopoid  Bovidse  to  the  collection 
of  the  Indian  Museum,  and  the  publication  of  an  important  memoir  on  Tertiary 
lluminants  by  Professor  Riitimeyer,^  have  shown  me  that  in  the  “ Crania  of  Rumi- 
nants” my  identifications  of  the  specimens  in  the  Indian  Museum  with  the  genera 
Remibos  and  AmpJiihos  of  Palconer  were  generally  erroneous,  and  also  that  the  new 
genus  Feribos  cannot  stand.  The  first  part  of  Professor  Riitimeyer’s  memoir  was 
published  previously  to  my  own,  hut  unfortunately  had  not  reached  India  at  the 
time  of  publication  of  the  latter ; the  second  part  was  published  later  than  my  own 
memoir,  of  which  it  contains  a review,  and  points  out  the  errors  into  which  I had 
fallen.  In  my  memoir  I referred  to  the  extreme  difficulty  of  recognizing  Pal- 
coner’s  species  of  Bovidse  merely  from  the  figm?es  in  the  supplemental  plates  of  the 
Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  without  access  to  the  original  specimens,  and  I at  one 
time  thought  of  discarding  Palconer’s  names  and  applying  new  ones  of  my  own. 
The  identification  of  Palconer’s  species  from  the  original  specimens  in  the  British 
Museum  by  Professor  Riitimeyer  has  now  rendered  these  species  distinctly  identi- 
fiable, and  I,  therefore,  must  now  alter  the  names  of  my  wrongly  identified  species. 
I,  however,  for  reasons  given  below,  do  not  adopt  the  names  assigned  by  Professor 
Riitimeyer.  I have  reissued  descriptions  of  the  plates  of  the  wrongly  identified 
skulls,  with  their  new  names,  as  well  as  those  under  which  they  were  first  described. 

' “ Die  Einder  der  Tertiar  Epoclie,  etc.”  Abhandlungen  der  Schweizeriscbea  paljintologischen  Gesellschaft,  Vols.  IV 
and  V.  Basel,  1877-78. 


173—2 


SUPPLEMENT  TO  CRANIA  OE  RUMINANTS. 


Family — B 0 VTT}  /R. 

Genus:  BOS. 

Species  : Bos  planifrons  & Bos  acutifrons,  Lyd.  Plates  XII,  XIII,  XVI, 
figs.  2,  4,  pp.  109,  112.^ 

Professor  Riitimeyer  ^ considers  that  both  these  forms  are  closely  related  to, 
if  not  varieties  of,  the  European  Bos  primige^iius,  and  that  they  both  belong  to  the 
same  species,  the  differences  in  the  form  of  the  skulls  and  horn-cores  being  merely  in- 
dividual or  sexual  varieties.  With  regard  to  the  latter  hypothesis,  I may  mention 
that  we  have  other  imperfect  frontlets  of  these  forms  in  the  Indian  Museum,  showing 
that  the  cranial  characters  of  the  figured  specimens  are  constant.  Erom  the  great 
differences  in  the  form  of  the  two  skulls,  already  sufficiently  pointed  out  in  my 
descriptions,  I cannot  but  adhere  to  my  opinion  that  these  two  skulls  belong  to  per- 
fectly distinct  species.  I have  already  pointed  out  the  resemblance  of  the  skull  of 
B.  planifrons  to  that  of  B.  primigenius  ; Bos  acutifrons,  on  the  other  hand,  appears 
to  me  to  be  so  widely  different  in  the  form  of  its  occiput,  frontals  and  horn-cores 
from  B.  primigenius^  that  I cannot  consider  them  even  closely  allied,  much  less  as 
belonging  to  the  same  species.  Professor  Rutimeyer  does  not  mention  that  both  the 
Indian  species  are  certainly  not  newer  than  the  Pliocene,  while  the  European  species 
is  of  Pleistocene  age. 


Bubalus  platyceros,  Lyd.  Plate  XVIII,  p.  127. 

Synonym  : Bubalus  sivalensis,  Rut. 

Professor  Rutimeyer®  mentions  that  Bubalus  platyceros  belongs  to  the  same 
species  as  a cranium  in  the  British  Museum,  which  he  has  described  and  figured 
under  the  name  of  Bubalus  sivalensis.^  My  own  name  was  first  applied  to  the 
species  in  1877,^  while  Professor  Rutimeyer’ s description  did  not  appear  till  the 
following  year,  after  my  figm^e  and  full  description  were  published;  my  name  has, 
therefore,  the  right  of  priority.  Even  apart  from  this,  since  the  name  of  Bison 
sivalensis  has  been  applied  to  one  of  the  Siwalik  Bovidse,  it  would  not  be  desirable 
to  have  the  same  specific  name  for  another  species  which  by  many  naturalists 
would  be  included  in  the  same  genus. 


* The  references  here  given  to  the  “ Crania  of  Ruminants”  refer  to  the  volume  paging. 
^ loc.  cit.,  p.  184. 

® Ibid,  p.  186. 

^ Ibid.  PI.  II,  figs.  4,  5,  p.  138. 

‘ Rec.  Geol.  Surv.  India,  Vol.  X,  p.  31. 


SUPPLEMENT  TO  CRANIA  OE  RUMINANTS. 


3—174 


[ Genus:  HEMIBOS,  Falconer. 

(Including  Feribos  and  AmpMbos). 

Plates  XX  to  XXIV. 

In  liis  above-quoted  memoir  on  Tertiary  Ruminants,  Professor  Riitimeyer  has 
pointed  out^  that  my  identifications  of  Semibos  triquetriceros  wndL^Amphibos  acuti- 
cornis  of  Falconer  are  wrong,  the  skull  which  I have  figured  as  belonging  to  the  former 
species  in  Plates  XXII  and  XXIII  really  belonging  to  the  latter,  and  one  of  the 
skulls  which  I have  referred  to  the  latter  (Plate  XXIV)  really  belonging  to  the 
former.  Professor  Riitimeyer  has  also  pointed  out  that  the  skull  to  which  the  specific 
name  of  occipitalis  seems  to  have  been  applied  by  Falconer,  and  which  I have  figured 
under  the  name  of  Feribos  occipitalis  (Plates  XX,  XXI  fig.  2)  is  also  an  aberrant 
form  of  Kemibos  triquetriceros  of  F^alconer.  Additional  skulls  lately  acquired  by  the 
Indian  Museum,  had  in  a great  measure  convinced  me  of  my  erroneous  identifications 
previously  to  seeing  Professor  Rlitimeyer’s  memoir.  The  new  material  at  hand, 
with  Professor  Rutimeyer’s  memoir,  appears  to  me  to  warrant  the  union  of  the  genera 
Hemibos  dinA.  Ampliibos  (and  of  course  Feribosy.  Under  the  former  names  I formerly 
took  the  form  of  the  horn-cores  as  affording  grounds  for  these  generic  distinctions, 
but  now  find  that  these  characters  are  insufficient. 


Species  I : Hemibos  occipitalis,  Falc.  sp.  Plates  XX,  XXI,  fig.  2,  XXI  A,  XXIV. 

Synonyms : Hemibos  triquetriceros.  Falconer. 

Leptohos  trequetricornis.  Pale.  Mss. 

Bos  occipitalis,  Falc.  Mss. 

Prohuhalus  triquetricornis,  Riitimeyer. 

Feribos  occipitalis,  Lydekker  (olim). 

Ampliibos  acuticornis,  Lyd.  (olim). 

The  skull  figured  in  Plate  XX  ® of  this  volume  is  so  different  from  the  skulls 
of  Semibos  triquetriceros,  figured  by  Falconer,  that  with  the  material  formerly  at 
hand  I was  quite  unable  to  identify  it  with  that  species,  and  accordingly  adopted  the 
specific  name  of  occipitalis  apparently  proposed  for  the  figured  specimen  by  Falconer, 
with  the  new  affix  of  Feribos.  In  the  supplemental  Plate  XXIA  I have  had  drawn 
another  skull  lately  presented  to  the  Indian  Museum  by  the  Roorkee  (Rurki)  Museum, 
which  evidently  belongs  to  the  same  species  as  the  skull  drawn  in  Plate  XX.  The 

' loc.  cit,  pp.  186-187. 

2 From  a manuscript  of  Falconer’s  lately  shown  me  by  Mr.  Davies  in  the  British  Museum  (referred  to  at  page  136  of 
Professor  Eiitimeyer’s  memoir),  it  appears  that  Falconer  determined  finally  to  unite  the  genera  Hemibos  and  Ampliibos 
under  the  common  name  of  Leptobos,  as  we  find  in  that  MSS.  the  names  L.  triquetricornis,  L.  acuticornis, 
L.  antilopinus,  and  L.  elatus. 

^ I have  had  a reissue  of  the  description  of  this  and  other  plates  issued,  in  which  the  specimens  bear  their  new 
names,  as  well  as  those  under  which  they  are  described  in  the  text. 


175—4 


SUPPLEMENT  TO  CRANIA  OE  RUMINANTS. 


new  skull,  however,  has  the  horn-cores  less  pyriform  in  cross-section  than  those  of  the 
other  s]3ecimen,  and  with  a less  forward  inclination.  The  form  of  the  facial  part  of  this 
skull  also  shows  that  it  is  identical  with  Hemihos  triquetriceros  of  Ealconer  (E.A.S. 
Plate  H.,  figs.  1,  3),  and  also  that  the  skull  which  I have  figured  in  Plate  XXIV  as 
AmpMhos  belongs  to  the  same  sj)ecies.  The  horn-cores  of  the  Roorkee  skull, 
and  of  the  specimen  figured  in  Plate  XX,  are,  however,  very  different  from  those  of  S. 
triquetriceros  as  figured  hy  Ealconer,  one  of  the  forms  of  which  (E.A.S. , Plate  H.,  fig.  2) 
has  straight  horn-cores  with  a most  distinctly  triangular  cross-section,  while  in 
others  the  section  is  suh-circular  (fig.  1). 

In  his  memoir,  Professor  Ptlitimeyer  has  figured  the  upper  part  of  a skull  with 
horns  (Plate  1,  figs.  8,  4)  which  he  names  tProhuhalus  triquetricornis,  being  the  equi- 
valent to  Uemihos  triquetriceros  of  Ealconer,  hut  calls  it  an  abnormal  or  “trocho- 
ceros”  ^ form  of  the  species.  This  skull  is  similar  to  the  skulls  figured  in  Plates 
XX  and  XXI  A of  this  volume  except  that  the  horn-cores  are  less  closely  approxi- 
mated to  the  occiput  than  in  the  first  specimen. 

Of  what  he  considers  the  normal  male  form  of  the  species.  Professor  Riitimeyer 
has  figured  a skull  (Plate  VII,  figs.  1,  2),  wanting  the  greater  part  of  the  horn-cores ; 
in  that  skull  the  horn-cores,  instead  of  curving  forwards,  as  in  the  trochoceros  form, 
appear,  as  far  as  can  he  judged  from  the  portion  remaining,  to  have  been  straight, 
and  to  slope  backwards  from  the  plane  of  the  forehead : the  latter  has  a high  frontal 
ridge,  and  the  whole  aspect  of  the  skull  is  extremely  huhaline  : the  cross-section  of 
the  horn-cores  is  suh-triangular. 

Tavo  other  specimens  of  the  skull  of  the  normal  male  form  are  figured  in  figs.  1 
and  3 of  Plate  H of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  the  latter  being  copied  in  Pro- 
fessor Rlitimeyer’s  memoir  (Plate  IV,  fig.  1).  The  horn-cores  in  the  former  of  these 
specimens  aj)pear  to  present  a suh-circular  cross-section.  The  skull  represented  in 
Plate  XXIV  of  this  volume  appears  to  belong  to  the  normal  form  of  the  male. 

In  the  skull  drawn  in  fig.  2 of  Plate  H of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,’’ 
the  horn-cores  have  a most  distinct  triangular  cross-section  (noticed  in  the  descrip- 
tion of  the  plate  as  being  characteristic),  and  a marked  angle  on  their  frontal  aspect. 
The  horn-cores  of  this  specimen  are  extremely  different  from  those  of  the  trocho- 
ceros-form  (Plates  XX,  XXIA),  in  which  the  cross-section  is  distinctly  pyriform, 
and  the  anterior  aspect  presents  no  trace  of  an  angle.  Erom  this  great  difference, 
I had  at  first,  till  I saw  intermediate  specimens,  no  idea  that  the  skull  which  I 
called  JPerihos  occipitalis  could  he  Uemihos  triquetriceros  ; the  latter  sj)ecific  name 
being  utterly  inapplicable  to  it,  except  on  the  lucus  a nan  lucendo  principle.  It 
indeed  appears  that  the  distinctly  triangular  form  of  the  horn-cores  of  this  species 
is  an  exceptional,  in  place  of  a normal  character,  there  being  only  the  one  skull  of 
Ealconer’s  with  this  character  well  marked : further  the  horn-cores  of  AmpMhos 
acuticornis  of  Ealconer  are  very  frequently  most  distinctly  triangular  (the  cause  of 
my  errors  of  identification),  and  I have  therefore  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the 


' Curved-horned. 


SUPPLEMENT  TO  CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS. 


5—176 


name  triquetriceros^  is  extremely  misleading  and  totally  inapplicable  to  the  species : I 
therefore  propose  to  aj^ply  to  the  sjDecies  the  name  of  ‘^occipitalis,''  originally 
applied  by  Falconer  to  the  trocboceros  form  (Plate  XX),  and  wliicli  in  a wider 
sense  may  apply  to  all  forms  of  the  species. 

Professor  Rtitimeyer  has  changed  the  generic  name  from  Semihos  to  Prohu- 
halus,  of  which  I do  not  see  the  advantage ; I propose  accordingly  that  the  species 
be  known  as  PLemihos  occipitalis,  my  generic  term  Pcrihos  being  dropped. 

Professor  Rtitimeyer  has  pointed  ont  the  great  resemblance  of  the  normal  form 
of  this  species  to  the  buffaloes,  the  species  being  doubtless  a connecting  link  between 
that  group  and  the  antelopes.  The  same  author  also  includes  in  his  genus  the 
living  Anoa  depressicornis  of  Celebes  under  the  name  of  Prohiibaliis  celebensis  ; the 
resemblance  of  the  normal  skulls  of  Pemihos  {Prohuhalus)  occipitalis  with  the  skull 
of  Anoa  is  certainly  very  close  ; in  the  earlier  part  of  this  work  I pointed  out  the 
resemblance  of  Anoa  to  Amphihos  acuticornis  of  Falconer,  which  I now  include  under 
the  present  genus.  If  Professor  Rtitimeyer  is  right  in  this  generic  identification,  it 
appears  to  me  that  it  would  have  been  simpler  to  have  included  both  the  recent 
and  fossil  forms  under  the  genus  Anoa,  and  not  to  have  given  the  living  representa- 
tive a new  generic  and  specific  name. 

In  Plate  1,  fig.  1,  of  his  memoir.  Professor  Rtitimeyer  has  copied  from  fig.  4 
of  Plate  H of  the  “Fauna  Antiqua Sivalensis ” another  skull  of  Memibos  occipitalis, 
which  he  regards  as  the  female  form,  and  which  is  distinguished  by  its  small  cylin- 
drical horn-cores. 

Professor  Riitimeyer  has  also  figured  and  described^  a hornless  form  of  the 
species,  from  a skull  in  the  British  Museum. 

In  the  text  the  description  of  the  skull  figured  in  Plate  XX  given  on  page  141 
must  be  taken  as  that  of  the  trochoceros  male  form  of  H.  occipitalis,  while  that  of 
the  skull  figured  in  Plate  XXIV,  and  described  on  page  150,  must  be  taken  as  that 
of  the  normal  male  of  the  same  species. 


Species  2 : Hemibos  aceticoenis,  Falc.  sp.  Plates  XXI,  fig.  1,  XXI  B,  XXII, 

XXIII,  XXIIIA. 

Synonyms:  Amphihos  acuticornis,  Falc.  and  Eiit. 

Leptohos  acuticornis,  Falc.  MSS. 

Hemibos  triquetriceros,  Lyd.  (olim). 

The  cranium  figured  in  Plates  XXII  and  XXIII  of  this  volume  and  described 
under  the  name  of  Hemibos  triquetriceros,  has  straight  horn-cores,  with  a most 
remarkable  triangular  cross-section,  which  are  set  upon  a high  frontal  ridge.  This 

iThe  word  triquetriceros  is  a barbarism  {triqueter  and  Kepas),  and  Professor  Riitimeyer  has  accordingly  altered 
it  to  triquetricornis.  It  was  written  triquetriceras  by  Falconer,  wliicb  I altered  to  ceros,  like  Rhinoceros ; 
Mr.  Blanford  in  the  “Manual  of  Indian  Geology”  has  altered  the  word  to  triquetricerve.  In  the  above-quoted 
MSS.  in  the  British  Museum  Falconer  has  altered  the  name  to  triquetricornis. 
loc.  cit.,  p.  132,  Plate  II,  figs.  I to  3. 


177—6 


SUPPLEMENT  TO  CRANIA  OE  RUMINANTS. 


cranium  was  thus  named  because  of  the  remarkable  resemblance  of  its  horn-cores 
to  the  skull  figured  under  the  name  of  R.  triquetriceros  in  fig.  2 of  Plate  H of  the 
“ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  in  describing  which  the  notes  of  Dr.  Ealconer/  mention 
“ the  remarkable  triangular  form  of  the  horn-core,”  and  also  because  in  describing 
the  frontlet  of  Ampliibos  acuticorms,^  it  is  stated  that  “the  horns  are  rounded  on 
their  anterior  surface  and  flattened  behind.”  On  these  grounds  I thought  that 
the  specimen  in  question  must  belong  to  Remihos  triquetriceros  of  Ealconer,  and 
the  specimen  figured  in  Plate  XXIV  with  horns  rounded  in  front,  to  Ampliibos  acuti- 
cornis.  As,  however,  the  latter  specimen  is  now  shown  to  belong  to  Remibos  occi- 
pitalis [triquetriceros),  in  which  the  horn-cores  are  not  generally  triangular  in 
section,  the  skuU  drawn  in  Plate  XXII  must  either  belong  to  Ampliibos  acuticornis 
of  Ealconer  or  to  a new  species.  None  of  the  skulls  figured  under  the  latter 
name  by  Ealconer®  have  a distinctly  triangular  cross-section,  but  in  a specimen 
figured  by  Professor  Riitimeyer,^  the  horn-cores  are  perfectly  triangular  in  cross- 
section,  and  the  skull  (of  which  a side  view  is  given)  evidently  belongs  to  the  same 
species  as  my  specimen  (Plate  XXII).  Another  skull  recently  acquired  by  the 
Indian  Museum  (Plate  XXIIIA)  has  the  anterior  angle  less  distinctly  marked 
than  in  my  first  specimen,  and  is  in  this  respect  intermediate  between  the  latter 
and  Ealconer’s  large  male  skull the  section  of  the  horn-core  in  the  new  skull  is, 
however,  most  markedly  triangular.  The  horn-cores  in  the  skulls  figured  by  myself 
are  also  directed  more  upwards  than  are  those  of  Ealconer’s  type  specimen,  but 
these  dilferences,  with  the  help  of  intermediate  forms,  do  not  appear  to  be  more 
than  individual  varieties,  and  I therefore  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  specimens 
referred  to  belong  to  Ampliibos  acuticornis  of  Ealconer. 

Since  we  have  found  that  both  in  Remibos  occipitalis^  and  in  Ampliibos  acuti- 
cornis of  Falconer  some  forms  have  horn-cores  with  a triangular  cross-section, 
and  since  the  two  are  in  other  respects  most  closely  allied,  I now  come  to  the  con- 
clusion that  they  cannot  be  generically  or  sub-generically  distinguished,  and  I there- 
fore propose  to  call  the  latter  species  Remibos  acuticornis. 

The  triangular-horned  variety  of  Remibos  acuticornis  (Plates  XXII,  XXIII, 
XXIII  A)  is  distinguished  from  the  triangular-horned  variety  of  R.  occipitalis  by 
its  somewhat  narrower  forehead  and  less  telescopic  orbits,  as  w^ell  as  by  the  more 
upright  direction  of  the  horn-cores : it  presents  no  close  resemblance  to  the 
trochoceros  form  of  the  latter  species. 

All  the  skulls  of  R.  acuticornis  hitherto  referred  to,  are  evidently  those  of 
males,  the  specimen  figured  in  Plate  XXII  being  evidently  that  of  an  old  individual 
with  the  sutures  obliterated.  Another  skull  has,  however,  been  figured  by  Rfiti- 
meyeU  and  Ealconer  and  Cautley,®  which  is  referred  by  the  former  to  the  female ; 


’ Description  of  Plates  of  F.  A.  S. 
® F.  A,  S.,  Plate  I.  (lettered  series). 
5 F.  A.  S.,  Plate  I,  fig.  2. 
f loc.  cit.,  Plate  III,  figs.  4 & 5. 


^ F.  A.  S.,  Plate  I,  (lettered  series),  fig.  2. 
^ loc.  cit.,  Plate  III,  fig.  7. 

« F.  A.  S.,  Plate  H,  fig.  2. 

8 F.  A.  S.,  Plate  I,  figs.  3 to  6, 


SUPPLEMENT  TO  CRANIA  OE  RUMINANTS. 


7—178 


the  horn-cores  are  smaU  and  suh-cylindrical,  the  orbits  not  prominent,  and  there  is 
not  the  high  frontal  ridge  so  characteristic  of  the  skull  of  the  male  (Plate  XXIII). 
The  cranium,  of  which  a profile  view  is  given  in  Plate  XXI,  fig.  1,  and  a front 
view  in  Plate  XXIB  of  this  volume,  agrees  very  closely  with  the  above-men- 
tioned skull,  and  belongs  probably  to  a young  female  of  the  same  species.  The 
description  of  the  skull  given  on  pages  145  to  148  of  this  volume  must  be  taken 
as  that  of  the  male  skull  of  this  species ; the  female  skull  drawn  in  Plate  XXI, 
fig.  1,  and  Plate  XXIB  is  not  fully  described. 


Species  III : Hemibos  antilopinus.  Pale,  sp,  MSS. 

Synonyms : Vrohuhalus  antelopinus,  Riit. 

Amfliibos  antilopinus,  Pale.  MSS. 

Leptobos  antilopinus,  Pale.  MSS. 

On  page  89  of  this  volume,  I mentioned  that  I had  no  means  of  identifying 
Ampliihos  antilopmus  of  Palconer,  and  therefore  abandoned  the  name.  Among  the 
Siwalik  fossils  in  the  British  Museum,  Professor  Rlitimeyer  has,  however,  found  a 
skull  of  a bovoid  ruminant,  which  he  says  ^ seems  to  be  that  of  Ampliihos  or  {Lepto- 
bos) antilopinus  ^ of  Palconer,  and  which  he  has  figured  in  liis  memoir  ® under  the 
name  of  Lrohuhalus  antelopinus.  Professor  Rlitimeyer  also  mentions  that  he  is  not 
certain  whether  the  skull  be  that  of  a male  or  female  individual.  The  horn-cores  are 
subpyriform  in  cross-section,  thereby  approaching  to  those  of  the  trochoceros  male  of 
Remihos  occipitalis,  and  the  orbits  prominent,  which  is  also  a character  of  the  latter 
species  as  opposed  to  R.  acuticornis.  It  is  worthy  of  note,  as  indicating  the  generic 
identity  of  all  these  animals,  that  whereas  R.  'antilopinus  was  placed  at  first  by 
Palconer  in  his  genus  Ampliihos,  it  is  placed  by  Rlitimeyer  in  Remihos  {Prohu- 
halus). 


Genus:  LEPTOBOS,  Pale.  MSS. 

Species  : Leptobos  palconebi,  Rlitimeyer. 

Synonyms  ? Ampliihos  elatus.  Pale.  MSS. 

„ ? Leptobos  elatus.  Pale.  MSS. 

Professor  Riitimeyer  has  described  and  figured^  several  skulls  of  another 
bovoid  ruminant  in  the  Siwalik  collection  of  the  British  Museum,  under  the  name 
of  Leptobos  falconeri,  mentioning  that  it  is  very  possible  that  these  skulls  belong  to 
Ampliihos  {Leptobos)  elatus  of  Palconer.  Three  of  these  skulls  are  drawn  without 
any  name,  in  the  unfinished  Plate  S of  the  supplement  to  the  “ Pauna  Anti  qua  Siva- 

* Loc.  cit.,  p.  136. 

* The  name  is  spelt  antelopinus  by  Professor  Riitimeyer. 

® Plate  I,  figs.  5,  6. 

^ loc.  cit.,  p.  157,  Plate  I,  figs.  7,  8 ; Plate  IV,  figs.  3,  4,  5,  6 ; Plate  VI,  fig.  9. 


179—8 


SUPPLEMENT  TO  CKANIA  OE  RUMINANTS. 


lensis.”  Of  this  species- there  was  a horned  and  a hornless  form,  the  latter,  in  my 
opinion,  being  probably  the  female.  The  horn-cores  are  sub-cylindrical,  and  are 
placed  very  far  apart  at  their  bases ; the  frontals  are  large  and  concave,  and  there  is 
a distinct  triangular  parietal  on  either  side.  The  general  shape  of  the  skull,  when 
viewed  from  above,  is  sub-triangular,  owing  to  the  great  expansion  of  the  temporal 
regions,  and  consequently  quite  different  from  that  of  other  Bovidce. 

Although  it  is  probable  that  Falconer  intended  to  class  this  species  finally  in 
the  same  genus  with  the  three  preceding  forms,  it  appears  to  me  that  Professor 
Rutimeyer  is  quite  right  in  placing  it  in  a distinct  genus  or  sub-genus. 


Species  2 ; Leptobos  (Bibos  ?)  frazeiii.  Rut. 

This  species  is  named  by  Professor  Rutimeyer  ^ on  the  evidence  of  a single 
imperfect  hornless  cranium  of  a bovoid  ruminant,  said  to  have  been  obtained  by  the 
British  Museum  from  a collection  made  by  Captain  Frazer  in  the  Narbada 
valley.  There  are  two  small  crania  from  the  same  district  in  the  Indian  Museum, 
having  a very  close  resemblance  to  the  cranium  figured  by  Professor  Rutimeyer ; 
these  crania  have  small  horn- cores. 


Family— 8IV A THEBID^. 

Genus:  BRAMATHERIUM,  Falconer. 

Species  : Beamatherium  perimense.  Falconer. 

On  page  160  of  this  volume  I referred  to  a cranium  of  a Sivatheroid,  which 
I considered  to  be  that  of  Bramatlierium  perimense.  During  a recent  visit  to 
London  I found  that  the  specimen  in  question  is  now  in  the  collection  of  the 
Royal  College  of  Surgeons,  where  it  bears  the  above  name. 


Genus:  HYDASPITHERIUM,  Lyd. 

Species  : Hydaspitherium  grande,  and  H.  leptognathus,  Lyd. 

Since  the  publication  of  the  “Crania  of  Ruminants,”  some  jaws  of  Eyclaspi- 
therium  have  been  noticed  by  myself  ^ ; one  of  these,  BL.  grande,  is  a stout- jawed, 
and  the  other,  E.  leptognathus  a slender-jawed  form. 


> loc.  cit.,  p.  165,  Plate  Vll,  figs.  11,  12. 
2 Eec.  Geol.  Surv.  India,  Vol.  XI,  p.  90. 


SUPPLEMENT  TO  CEANIA  OE  RUMINANTS. 


9-180 


’Family^ — C,  A VRTT)  M. 


Genus:  BUCAPRA,  Riit. 

Species  : Bucapra  daviesii,  Riit. 

Professor  Riitimeyer^  has  described  under  the  above  name  a very  peculiar 
skull  in  the  Siwalik  collection  of  the  British  Museum.  The  skull  is  hornless  and 
remarkable  for  the  shortness  of  the  face. 

List  oe  Indian  Tertiary  Ruminants. 

The  above  corrections  and  additions  render  it  necessary  to  re-write  the  list  of 
Indian  Ruminants  given  on  page  92  of  this  volume. 

PECOEA. 


Botid^ 


ANTILOPIDa; 


r 1.  Bos  namadieus,  F.  and  C. 

2.  Bos  planifrons,  Lyd. 

3.  Bos  acutifrons,  Lyd. 

4.  Bos  platyrhinus,  Lyd. 

5.  Bubalus  platyceros,  Lyd.  . 

( B.  sivalensis,  Eiit.) 

6.  Buialus  palaindicus,  F.  and  C. 

7.  Bison  sivalensis,  Falc.  and  Lyd.  . 

8.  Semihos  occipitalis,  Falc.,  sp, 

Hemihos  triquetriceros,  Falc. 
Frohuhalus  triquetricornis,  Riit. 
Leptohos  triquetricornis,  Falc.  MSS. 
Bos  occipitalis,  Falc.  MSS. 

Beribos  occipitalis,  Lyd.  (olim). 
Amphihos  acwfocorais,  Lyd.  (olim). 


Narbada. 

Siwalik. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Ditto. 

Narbada  and  Upper 
Siwalik. 

Siwalik. 

Ditto. 


9.  Semihos  acuticornis,  Falc.,  sp. 

. Ditto. 

Amphihos  acuticornis,  Falc.  and  Eiit. 
Leptohos  acuticornis,  Falc.  MSS. 
Semihos  triquetriceros,  Lyd.  (olim). 

10.  Semihos  antilopinus,  Falc.,  sp. 

. Ditto. 

Amphihos  antilopinus,  Falc.  MSS. 
Leptohos  antilopinus,  Falc.  MSS. 
Frohuhalus  antelopinus,  Eiit. 

11.  Leptohos  falconeri,  Eiit.  . . . 

. Ditto. 

? Leptohos  elatus,  Falc.  MSS. 

? Amphihos  elatus,  Falc.  MSS. 

12.  Leptohos frazeri,  Eiit. 

. Narbada. 

Bibos  (?)  frazeri,  Eiit. 

13.  Antilope  palceindica,^.  OiTodiG. 

. Siwalik. 

14.  Antilope  patulicornis,  Lyd.  . . 

. Ditto. 

15.  Antilope  sivalensis,  Lyd.  . 

. Ditto. 

16.  Antilope  porrecticornis,  Lyd. 

. Ditto. 

17.  Fortax,  sp.,^  Lyd. 

. Ditto. 

18.  Fortax  namadieus  (Eut.^) 

. Narbada. 

loc.  cit.,  p.  105,  Plate  II,  figs. 
See  Preface  to  volume, 


181-10 


SUPPLEMENT  TO  CRANIA  OF  RUMINANTS, 


Sivathkbidj^:  . 


Camelopaedalid^ 


C'APRIDiE 


OVID^ 


Cekvid^ 


Camelid^ 


f 19.  Sivatherium  giganteum,  P.  and  C. 

. . Siwalik. 

1 20.  Vishnutherium  iravadicmn,  Lyd. 

. .'  Burma. 

j 21.  Bramatherium  perimense,  Pale.  . 

. . Siwalik. 

22.  Sydaspitherium  megacephalum,  Lyd. 

. Ditto. 

23.  Sydaspitherium  grande,  Lyd. 

. . Ditto. 

1^  24.  Sydaspitherium  leptognathus,  L3'd. 

. . Ditto. 

25.  Camelopardalis  sivalensis.  Pale,  and  Lyd. 

. . Ditto. 

f 26.  Ca^ra  sivalensis,  Lyd. 

. ! 27.  Capra  ^erimensis,  Lj'd. 
I 28.  Capra,  sp.,  Lyd.  . 

29.  Bucapra  daviesii,  Eiit. 


Ditto. 

Perim. 

Siwalik. 

Ditto. 


. 30.  ? Ovis,  sp.,  Blyth  . 


. Ditto. 


r 31.  Cervustriplidens,  Lyd. 
j 32.  Cei'vii,s  simplicidens,  Ljd. 

^ 33.  Cervus,  sp. 

I 34.  Borcatherium  minus,  Lyd. 
35.  Borcatherium  majus,  Lyd.  . 


. Ditto. 

. Ditto. 

. Narbada. 
. Siwalik. 

. Ditto. 


TYLOPODA. 

. 36.  Camelus  sivalensis,  P.  and  C. 


. Siwalik. 


For  other  unnamed  species,  see  Preface  to  volume. 


INDIAN  TERTIARY  AND  POST-TERTIARY  YERTEBRATA. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA, 

By  R.  LTDEKKER,  B.A., 

GEOLOGICAL  SURVEY  OF  INDIA. 


[WITH  PLATES  XXIX  to  XLVI]. 


^Order-PROBOSCIDIA. 

Family— DINO  TKFFIFFE. 

Proboscidia,  in  which  the  whole  of  the  permanent  dentition  is  in  nse  at  the  same 
time,  and  in  which  the  second  true  molar  has  one  ridge  less  than  the  preceding 
tooth. 


Dentition  and  aeeinities  of  the  Dinotherida:. 

The  molar  dentition  of  Jjinotherium,  the  only  genus  of  the  family,  in  its  mode 
of  succession,  follows  the  normal  mammalian  plan ; in  the  permanent  dentition  there 
are  the  full  number  of  these  teeth,  while  the  premolars  are  reduced  to  two  (penul- 
timate and  last),  which  have  succeeded  more  complex  milk-molars.  Both  premolars 
are  two-ridged  teeth  like  those  of  the  Tapir ; the  penultimate  milk-molar  has  two 
ridges,  and  the  last  three  : the  first  true  molar  has  three  ridges,  and  the  second  and 
third  have  only  two.  In  the  equal  number  of  ridges  in  the  last  milk-molar,  and 
the  first  true  molar,  the  genus  agrees  with  the  Mastodons,  from  which  it  is  distin- 
guished by  the  two  last  true  molars  having  a smaller,  in  place  of  a larger,  number  of 
ridges,  than  the  first. 

In  the  one  species  in  which  the  complete  skull  and  lower  jaw  are  known  (D. 
giganteum),  there  are  no  incisors  or  canines  in  the  upper  jaw,  but  a single  pair  of 
large  recurved  incisors  in  the  mandible.  It  is  probable,  from  the  form  of  the  jaw, 
that  similar  incisors  were  developed  in  two  Indian  species,  {D.  indicum,  D.  pen- 
tapotamice),  but  not  in  a third  {D.  sindiense). 

In  the  form  of  its  cranium  JDinotherium  makes  a curious  approach  to  that  of 
some  of  the  Sirenia,  especially  Salitherium,  but  has  also  elephantine  characters. 
The  last  milk-molar  and  the  first  true  molar  are  like  those  of  the  Trilophodons, 
while  the  other  true  molars  are  like  those  of  Listriodon  (Ungulata)  : the  premo- 
lars are  like  those  of  Tapirus.  There  is  also  some  resemblance  between  the  molars 


183—2 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


of  Dinotherimi  and  those  of  TJintatJierium.  Marsupial  bones  are  said  to  have  been 
developed.^  The  genus  may  he  considered  as  a generalized  form  connecting  the 
Ungulata  and  Sirenia  Tpitli  the  Prohoscidia. 


Genus  : DINOTHERIUM,  Kaup. 

Molars  with  simple  ridges  and  open  valleys,  and  with  not  more  than  three 
ridges  in  any  one  tooth. 


Species  I : Dinotheeium  pentapotami^,  Palconer,  et  noUs. 

Pis.  XXIX,  XXX,  and  XXXI,  fig.  3. 

JS-istory. — In  a previous  fasciculus  of  the  present  volume  of  the  “ Palseonto- 
logia  Indica,”  ^ I have  already  figured  and  described  certain  molar  teeth  of  a 
species  of  Indian  Dinotlierium  under  the  name  of  D.  penta;potamice^  and  in  the 
same  notice  I have  given  the  history  of  the  species.  At  the  time  of  publica- 
tion of  that  notice,  the  teeth  figured  and  described  were  the  only  specimens 
belonging  to  D.  'pentajpotamicB,  contained  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum. 
Subsequent  collections,  made  by  Messrs.  W.  T.  Blanford  and  Pedden  in  Sind,  and 
by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Punjab,  have,  however,  greatly  enriched  the  series  of  teeth 
of  that  species  in  the  Indian  Museum,  and  have  rendered  it  necessary  to  add  a 
second  notice  to  my  previous  descriptions.  The  most  important  of  these  new  speci- 
mens, together  with  two  specimens  of  fragments  of  the  mandible,  which  were  trans- 
ferred to  the  Indian  Museum  from  the  collection  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal, 
are  now  figured  and  described  in  Plates  XXIX  to  XXXI  of  this  memoir.  Of  the 
two  last  mentioned  specimens  a short  notice  by  myself  has  already  appeared  in  the 
“ Records  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India.”^ 

Mandible. — The  specimen  represented  in  fig.  1 of  PI.  XXIX  is  one  of  the  two 
specimens  mentioned  above,  as  having  been  transferred  from  the  collection  of  the 
Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal.  It  was  found  stowed  away  in  an  old  box  with  a few  other 
mammalian  fossils,  without  any  trace  of  label  or  ticket.  That  it  came  from  the 
Siwaliks  is,  however,  perfectly  evident  from  the  circumstance  that  the  specimen  is 
still  covered  in  many  places  with  a coating  of  the  very  characteristic  grey  Siwalik 
sandstone. 

The  fragment  carries  two  molar  teeth,  the  hindmost  and  least-worn  of  which 

’ Amer.  Journ.  Science  and  Art.  Ser.  II,  vol.  XXXVIII,  p.  427. 

^ “ Molar  Teeth  and  other  Remains  of  Mammalia,”  p.  72,  (volume  paging)  PI.  IX, — figs.  1 — 5. 

* It  ma}',  perhaps,  be  not  out  of  place  to  give  the  etymology  of  the  ievm pentapotamice,  which  might  not  be  under- 
stood by  the  non-Indian  reader.  “ Pentapotamia  ” is  Falconer’s  Greek  translation  of  the  Punjab  ; the  Indian  word,  as 
is  well  known,  means  the  “ country  of  the  five  rivers”  {Punj  or  Panch,  five,  and  ah,  water  or  river) ; Pentapotamia 
is  formed,  like  Mesopotamia,  from  ttIvts  (five)  and  TroVajaof  (river). 

^ Vol.  X,  p.  33. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


3—184 


is  nearly  perfect,  while  the  other  has  been  considerably  chipped.  The  worn  summits 
of  the  transverse  ridges  of  the  hinder  molar  (right  side  of  figure)  are  lowest  on 
the  lower  border  of  the  figure ; this  border  will  consequently  be  the  outer 
side  of  the  specimen,  which  will,  therefore,  belong  to  the  left  ramus  of  the 
mandible. 

Since  the  hinder  molar  exhibits  no  disc  of  pressure  on  its  posterior  surface,  and 
since  both  teeth  carry  two  main  ridges  only,  it  is  evident  that  these  two  teeth  are 
the  two  last  of  the  permanent  molar  series,  and  that  consequently  the  individual  to 
which  they  belonged  was  fully  adult  at  the  time  of  its  death.  The  anterior  ridge 
of  the  hinder  molar,  which,  as  being  the  more  perfect  of  the  two  teeth,  is  here 
selected  for  description,  is  concave  anteriorly  and  nearly  straight  posteriorly ; the 
plane  of  wear  of  both  this  and  of  the  second  ridge  slopes  towards  the  hinder 
extremity  of  the  jaw ; the  second  or  hinder  ridge  is  concave  on  the  inner  half  of  its 
anterior  sm’face,  and  convex  on  the  outer  half  ; its  posterior  surface  is  nearly  straight, 
with  slight  undulations.  In  the  valley  between  the  two  main  transverse  ridges 
there  is  a projecting  spur  given  off  from  the  hinder  ridge,  passing  obliquely 
inwards  and  forwards.  In  a later  state  of  attrition  than  the  specimen  exhibits,  as 
in  the  anterior  molar  (left  side  of  figure),  this  intermediate  longitudinal  spur  would 
display  a worn  dentine  surface,  which  would  ultimately  form  a narrow  bridge  of 
dentine  connecting  the  dentine  surfaces  of  the  two  transverse  ridges.  There  is  a small 
tubercle  on  the  outer  side  of  the  main  transverse  valley.  At  the  posterior  extremity 
of  each  tooth  there  is  a large  talon-ridge,  broader  at  its  outer  than  at  its  inner  extrem- 
ity, and  about  half  the  width  of  the  anterior  main  ridge  ; there  is  a slight  trace  of  a 
cingulum  on  the  outer  surface  of  this  talon,  as  is  well  seen  in  the  anterior  tooth ; 
eventually  the  talon-ridge  becomes  worn  down,  and  forms  a part  of  the  grinding 
surface  of  the  tooth.  Each  tooth  is  implanted  in  the  jaw  by  three  distinct  fangs  ; 
two  small  ones  at  the  anterior  extremity,  and  a larger  and  laterally  compressed  one 
at  the  posterior  extremity. 

The  Indian  Museum  has  obtained  recently,  through  exchange  with  the  Lahore 
Museum,  two  last  lower  molars  of  the  same  species  of  Dmotheriimi.  These  two 
teeth  agree  precisely  in  every  detail  with  the  figured  specimen.  They  a23pear  to 
have  been  obtained  from  the  Siwaliks  of  Shaik  Budm,  on  the  north-west  frontier  of 
the  Punjab.  A similar  specimen  has  also  been  presented  to  our  collection  by  the 
Roorkee  (Rurki)  Museum,  which  seems  to  have  been  obtained  near  Roorkee  itself — 
very  possibly  low  down  in  the  Siwalik  series,  as  it  carries  fragments  of  a red  matrix 
like  that  of  theNahan  (lower  Siwalik)  rocks. 

The  second  specimen  which  I have  figured  (Plate  XXIX,  figs.  2 and  3)  appears 
to  have  come  from  Siwalik  beds  at  Kushalghar,  near  Attock,  where  it  was  obtained 
many  years  ago  by  the  late  Lieutenant  Garnet ; these  beds  are  probably  somewhat 
older  than  the  general  mammaliferous  zone  of  the  Siwaliks  and  the  representative 
of  the  Nahan  rocks.  As  I have  already  observed  in  the  above-quoted  passage  in  tlie 
“ Records,”  the  figure  of  this  specimen  given  by  Dr.  Murchison  in  the  “ Palseonto- 


185—4 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


logical  Memoirs,”^  under  the  name  of  Antoletlierium  is  entirely  incorrect.  It 
appears  probable  that  Dr.  Dalconer  never  saw  the  original  specimen,  but  made  bis 
new  genus  Antoletlierium  solely  on  the  evidence  of  the  imperfect  drawing  from  which 
the  figure  was  taken ; a copy  (or  the  original)  of  this  drawing  was  sent  by  Dr. 
Falconer  to  Professor  Owen,  whose  note  on  the  subject  will  be  found  on  page  416  of 
the  first  volume  of  the  “ Palseontological  Memoirs.” 

This  sj)ecbnen  contains  portions  of  three  molar  teeth,  all  more  or  less  damaged, 
Imt  of  which  the  central  one  is  the  most  complete;  the  tooth  on  the  left  hand  carries 
two  transverse  ridges,  connected  by  a median  antero-posterior  bridge,  and  is  fairly 
well  rejoresented  in  the  figure  in  the  “ Palaeontological  Memons.”  The  central 
tooth  carries  three  ridges,  of  which  the  one  on  the  right  side  of  the  figure  is  the 
narrowest,  and  is  separated  from  the  adjacent  ridge  by  a transverse  valley,  which  is 
narrower  than  the  valley  between  the  two  ridges  on  the  left  side  of  the  figure ; antero- 
posterior ridges  connect  the  three  transverse  ridges.  In  Dr.  Falconer’s  engraved  figure 
this  central  tooth  (B)  is  erroneously  represented,  as  having  only  two  transverse  ridges, 
its  third  ridge  having  been  added  to  the  broken  tooth  on  the  right  side  of  the  figure 
(C  in  Falconer’s  figure).  The  third  tooth  (on  the  right  side  of  the  figure),  has  a 
higher  and  larger  crown  than  either  of  the  others  ; unfortunately  only  a portion  of 
its  first  ridge  remains  : the  worn  surface  of  this  ridge  slopes  towards  the  right  side 
of  the  figure,  and  the  dentine  surface  is  largest  on  the  lower  border  of  the  figure. 

From  the  evidence  of  the  incomplete  drawing  sent  by  Dr.  Falconer,  Professor 
Owen  remarks  “ the  tooth  B {central  tooth)  is  more  worn  than  A {left  tooth  in 
figure)  and  A than  C {right  tooth  in  figure).  B may  therefore  be  molar  1,  and  C 
premolar  4,  or  the  last  premolar,  A being  the  second  true  molar.” 

The  relative  conditions  of  wear  of  the  three  teeth  are  precisely  as  stated  by 
Professor  Owen,  and  the  central  three-ridged  tooth  is  undoubtedly  the  first  true 
molar  : the  position  of  the  other  two  teeth  in  the  molar  series  was,  however,  wrongly 
determined  by  Professor  Owen.  If  we  refer  to  De  Blainville’s  or  Kaup’s  ® figures  of 
the  lower  dentition  of  Dinotherium,  we  shall  find,  on  looking  at  the  first  molar,  and 
the  two  adjacent  teeth,  that  the  first  molar  is  the  most  worn,  the  last  premolar  the 
next  most  worn,  while  the  second  true  molar  is  the  least  worn  of  the  three.  In  our 
specimen,  therefore,  the  tooth  on  the  left  {A  of  Trofessor  Owen)  is  the  last  premolar ; 
the  central  tooth,  as  we  have  said,  is  the  first  true  molar,  while  the  broken  tooth  on 
the  right  {C  of  Professor  Owen),  is  the  second  true  molar.  That  this  is  really  the 
case,  irrespective  of  the  state  of  wear  of  the  teeth,  is  proved  by  the  worn  smdace 
of  the  ridge  of  the  right-hand  tooth,  sloping  towards  the  right-hand  of  the  figure, 
since  in  all  species  of  Dinotherium  the  worn  surface  slopes  towards  the  hinder 
extremity  of  the  jaw.  Again,  the  hindmost  ridge  and  valley  of  the  first  lower  molar 

1 Vol.  I,  Plate  XXXIV,  figs.  1-2. 

2 Pal.  Mem.  loc.  cit. 

Blainville:  “ OsteograpLie  des  Mammiferes,”  Atlas,  Dinoihernim,  PI.  Ill  : — Kaup.  “Ossemeus  Fossiles  de 
Darmstadt,”  PI.  la. 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


5— 18G 


of  Binotherium,  are  smaller  and  narrower  than  the  two  anterior  ridges  and  the  anterior 
valley,  as  is  the  case  in  our  specimen ; while,  as  a fourth  proof,  the  right-hand  tooth 
is  the  larger  of  the  three,  aod  must  consequently  be  the  last  of  the  series.  Prom  the 
form  of  the  worn  dentine  surface  of  the  second  true  molar  of  our  specimen,  it  is 
clear  that  the  fragment  belongs  to  the  left  ramus  of  the  lower  jaw  ; the  right-hand 
tooth  of  this  specimen,  therefore,  corresponds  with  the  first  ridge  of  the  left-hand 
tooth  (second  true  molar)  of  the  specimen  drawn  in  fig.  1 of  the  same  plate. 

Neither  the  last  premolar  nor  the  first  true  molar  of  this  specimen  carry  any 
talon-ridges ; the  anterior  extremity  of  the  second  true  molar  is  likewise  not  fur- 
nished with  any  talon.  The  longitudinal  bridge  connecting  the  transverse  ridges  of 
the  last  premolar  is  higher  than  the  similar  bridge  connecting  the  two  anterior 
ridges  of  the  first  true  molar  ; there  is  a large  blunt  tubercle  placed  on  the  outer- 
side  of  the  anterior  valley  of  the  last-named  tooth. 

Lower  jaw  from  Sind. — The  fine  specimen  of  the  greater  portion  of  the  low^er 
jaw  of  a Binotherium  represented  on  Plate  XXX,  was  obtained  by  Mr.  "W.  T.  Blanford 
from  the  Siwaliks  (Alanchars)  of  Sind  in  1877,  and  has  already  been  briefly  noticed 
by  me  in  the  “ Eecords.”^  The  specimen  comprises  the  middle  portion  of  the  left 
ramus  of  the  mandible,  and  contains  the  last  premolar  and  the  three  true  molars,  all 
in  a very  fine  state  of  preservation.  The  two  teeth  on  the  left  of  the  figure  will  corres- 
pond in  serial  position  to  the  two  complete  teeth  represented  in  fig.  3 of  Plate  XXIX 
(last  premolar  and  first  true  molar),  while  the  two  teeth  on  the  right  correspond  to  the 
two  teeth  represented  in  fig.  1 of  the  same  plate  (second  and  third  true  molars). 

The  mandible  is  abruptly  broken  off  at  both  extremities  of  the  series  of  teeth  ; 
the  middle  of  the  specimen  is,  however,  complete,  so  that  the  depth  of  the  jaw  can  be 
ascertained.  The  enamel  of  the  first  ridge  of  the  last  true  molar  is  only  slightly 
perforated  by  wear ; from  which  we  may  conclude  that  the  animal  to  which  the  jaw- 
belonged  had  only  just  attained  its  maturity  at  the  time  of  its  death. 

Last  premolar. — The  last  premolar  is  a simple  two-ridged  tooth,  distinguished 
from  the  corresponding  tooth  in  the  European  Binotheria  by  the  absence  of 
the  large  anterior  talon,  which  always  occurs  in  the  European  forms.  A low- 
longitudinal  bridge  connects  the  two  transverse  ridges  of  this  tooth;  owing,  however,  to 
the  incapacity  of  the  native  artist  who  drew  this  specimen,  this  longitudinal  bridge 
is  not  distinctly  apparent  in  the  figure  : this  bridge  is  not  so  high  as  the  one  in  the 
homologous  tooth  represented  in  fig.  3 of  the  preceding  plate,  but  if  the  tooth 
were  still  more  worn  down,  the  dentine  of  this  longitudinal  bridge  w^ould  be  exposed, 
and  would  then  connect  by  an  isthmus  the  dentine  surfaces  of  the  fore-and-aft 
transverse  ridges,  which  at  present  form  islands ; this  connection  would  not,  however, 
take  place  so  soon  as  in  the  homologous  tooth  of  the  other  specimen. 

First  true  molar. — The  first  true  molar  is  of  the  same  width  as  the  last  pre- 
molar ; and,  as  is  always  the  case,  this  tooth  carries  three  transverse  ridges ; the 
exposed  dentine  surfaces  of  the  two  anterior  transverse  ridges  are  connected  by  an 


187—6 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


isthmus  of  dentine,  formed  by  the  abrasion  of  a mesial  longitudinal  bridge.  We 
liave  already  seen  that  a similar  condition  occurs  in  the  homologous  tooth  of  the 
jaw  represented  in  fig.  3 of  Plate  XXIX.  The  valley  between  the  second  and 
thii’d  transverse  ridges  is  still  open,  and  these  two  ridges  would  not  be  connected  by 
an  isthmus  of  dentine  until  the  tooth  was  much  more  worn  down  than  at  present. 

Second  ^ Third  true  molars. — The  two  last  molars  in  the  Sind  jaw  are  consider- 
ably wider  than  either  of  the  jDreceding  teeth : the  penultimate  tooth  carries  two  trans- 
verse ridges,  and  has  only  a very  slight  trace  of  a posterior  talon ; in  the  latter 
respect  it  differs  from  the  homologous  tooth  of  the  jaw  represented  in  fig.  1 of 
Plate  XXIX  : it  also  differs  from  that  tooth  in  having  merely  a very  slight  trace 
of  a longitudinal  bridge,  and  consequently,  although  the  two  teeth  are  in  almost 
exactly  the  same  state  of  wear,  exhibits  no  worn  dentine  surface  projecting  from 
the  hinder  ridge  into  the  transverse  valley. 

Third  true  molar. — The  last  or  third  true  molar  (right  side  of  figure) , also  car- 
ries two  transverse  ridges,  and  has  a large  three-cornered  j)osterior  talon,  and  a low 
longitudinal  bridge  projecting  from  the  second  ridge  into  the  transverse  valley.  In 
all  its  characters,  this  tooth  agrees  precisely  with  the  homologous  tooth  in  the  jaw 
represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XXIX,  and,  therefore,  needs  no  further  description. 

Dimensions  of  lower  jaws. — In  the  following  table  the  dimensions  of  the  three 
lower  jaws  of  Dinotheriuni  described  al)ove  are  compared  together.  The  dimen- 
sions in  the  first  column  of  that  table  {a)  are  those  of  the  specimen  represented  in 
Plate  XXX ; those  in  the  second  column  {h)  are  the  dimensions  of  the  specimen 
represented  in  figs.  2 and  3 of  Plate  XXIX ; while  the  dimensions  given  in  the 
third  columir  (c)  are  those  of  the  specimen  represented  in  fig.  1 of  the  latter 
idate. 


^ ’ c 


Length  of  four  last  teeth 

Ditto  last  premolar 

Width  of  ditto 

Length  of  first  true  molar 

Width  of  ditto 

Length  of  penultimate  true  molar  . 

Width  of  ditto  ditto 

Length  of  last  true  molar 

Width  of  ditto 

Depth  of  jaw  at  penultimate  true  molar 
'thickness  of  ditto  at  ditto 

Ditto  of  enamel  of  first  true  molar 
Ditto  ditto  second  ditto 


9-3 

1-8 

21 

1-74 

205 

2-34 

2-4 

. !■.? 

2T 

2-4 

2-9 

2-15 

2T5 

2-9 

3T8 

2-25 

2-45 

5-4 

3-4 

01 

OT 

OTo 

0-16 

Comparisons. — If  we  compare  the  dimensions  of  the  first  lower  true  molar  of  the 
specimen  represented  ir  fig.  3 of  Plate  XXIX  with  the  dimensions  of  the  homo- 
logous upper  tooth  of  Dinotheriuni  jpentapotamice,  figured  and  described  in  a previous 
fasciculus  of  this  volume,^  we  shall  find  that  the  length  of  the  latter  tootli  is 


' “ Molar  Teeth  and  other  Ecmains  of  Mammalia/’  pp.  56-74,  Plate  IX,  fig.  2. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PllOBOSCIDIA. 


7—188 


2'75  indies,  and  its  greatest  width  2"4  inches.  As  far,  therefore,  as  the  matter  of 
size  goes,  the  two  specimens  may  certainly  he  referred  to  the  same  species,  because 
in  B.  gigantemn  the  upper  molars  are  considerably  larger  than  the  lower.  The 
ridges  of  the  upper  molar  are  more  curved  than  those  of  the  lower,  but  that  is 
always  the  case  in  the  teeth  of  this  genus.  The  upper  molar  has  not  the  connect- 
ing longitudinal  bridges  which  are  found  in  the  lower  molar,  but  this,  as  we  shall 
subsequently  see,  appears  to  be  a variable  character,  and  I think  we  may  therefore 
safely  say  that  the  specimen  represented  in  Plate  XXIX,  fig.  3,  belongs  to  B. 
pentapotamicG. 

Now,  with  regard  to  the  other  two  specimens  : if  we  take  the  last  tooth  of  tbe 
specimen  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XXIX  and  compare  it  with  the  homologous 
tooth  of  the  specimen  represented  in  Plate  XXX,  we  shall,  I think,  certainly 
arrive  at  the  conclusion  that  both  these  teeth  belong  to  one  and  the  same  species  ; 
the  only  difference  between  them  being  that  the  latter  tooth  is  very  slightly  the 
larger  of  the  two. 

The  penultimate  molars  of  the  two  jaws  are  distinguished,  as  we  have  already 
seen,  by  the  presence  of  a hind  talon,  and  an  imperfect  longitudinal  ridge  in  the 
transverse  valley  of  the  one,  and  by  their  absence  in  the  other.  In  consequence  of 
the  absence  of  this  talon  in  the  specimen  represented  in  Plate  XXX,  this  tooth  is 
half-an-inch  shorter  than  the  homologous  tooth  in  the  other  specimen ; both, 
however,  have  precisely  the  same  width.  The  complete  absence  of  the  hind  talon  in 
the  one  tooth  may  not  improbably  be  explained  by  a greater  pressure  exerted  on  it 
by  the  succeeding  tooth  ; the  longitudinal  bridge,  as  I have  already  said,  I do  not 
consider  to  be  a character  of  rnuch  specific  value  ; and  I think  that  we^  may  say  that 
the  lower  jaws  represented  in  Plate  XXX  and  in  fig.  I of  Plate  XXIX  belong  to 
the  same  species  ; it  therefore  only  remains  for  us  to  see  whether  they  belong  to 
the  same  species  as  the  specimen  represented  in  fig.  3 of  the  latter  plate,  or,  in 
other  words,  to  B.  pe^itapotamics,  to  which  I have  referred  that  specimen. 

On  referring  to  the  measurements  of  the  three  specimens  given  in  the  table 
above,  it  will  be  seen  that  the  last  premolar  and  the  first  true  molar  of  the  speci- 
men represented  in  Plate  XXX  are  slightly  smaller  than  the  homologous  teeth 
of  the  specimen  represented  in  fig.  3 of  Plate  XXIX ; it  will,  moreover,  be  ob- 
served from  the  figures,  that  there  is  a slight  difference  in  the  relative  develop- 
ment of  the  longitudinal  bridges  in  the  teeth  of  the  two  specimens.  Beyond  this 
difference  in  the  development  of  the  longitudinal  bridge,  and  the  slight  difference 
in  size,  I can  find  no  points  of  distinction  between  the  teeth  of  the  two  specimens. 
With  regard  to  the  development  of  the  longitudinal  bridge,  we  have  already  seen 
that  it  varies  in  the  two  specimens  of  the  two  last  molars  represented  in  the  accom- 
panying plates,  which  certainly  belong  to  the  same  species,  and  if  we  refer  to  the 
figures  of  the  molars  of  Bmotlierium  giganteum  given  in  the  third  volume  of  the 
atlas  of  De  Blainville’s  “ Osteographie,”  or  in  Kaup’s  memoirs,  we  shall  find  that  in 
the  specimens  marked  B.  cuvieri  and  B.  intermedium  (these  pseudo-species  being 


189—8 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


now  considered  merely  as  varieties  of  D.  giganteum)  the  longitudinal  bridge  is  inucli 
more  developed  than  in  tlie  otlier  specimens.  In  a large  collection  of  the  molars  of 
D.  giganteum  from  Eppelsheim,  in  the  Indian  Museum,  I also  find  that  there  is  a 
very  great  variety  in  the  relative  development  of  this  bridge.  It  seems  therefore 
that,  as  far  as  regards  this  longitudinal  bridge,  no  valid  grounds  for  specific  distinc- 
tion can  be  adduced. 

There  now  remains,  therefore,  merely  the  question  of  the  difference  of  size,  and 
this  is  so  slight  that  it  may  well  be  due  to  sexual  difference  only  : I have,  there- 
fore, no  hesitation  in  referring  all  the  three  specimens  in  question  to  D.  penta- 
potamice. 

Comparison  with  D.  indicum  and  D.  giganteum. — It  now  remains  to  compare 
these  lower  jaws  with  those  of  the  other  two  well-established  sj)ecies  of  Dmotherium, 
namely,  the  Indian  D.  indicum  and  the  Euro]3ean  D.  giganteum.  The  remains  of 
the  first  of  these  species  were  originally  obtained  from  Perim  Island,  and  consisted 
of  a broken  molar  and  a portion  of  the  mandible,  which  are  described  in  the 
“ Palseontological  Memoirs.^  Specimens  of  the  teeth  of  this  second  Indian  species, 
which  was  slightly  larger  than  D.  giganteum,  are  described  in  the  sequel  of  the 
present  fasciculus,  where  the  characters  which  distinguish  them  from  the  correspond- 
ing teeth  of  D.  pentapotamice  will  be  found  pointed  at.  Here  it  will  be  only  neces- 
sary to  compare  together  the  dimensions  of  the  three  ja'vrs  of  the  last  named 
species  with  the  corresponding  dimensions  of  the  jaws  of  D.  indicum  and  D.  gigan- 
teum ; the  dimensions  of  the  two  latter  species  are  nearly  all  taken  from  the  table 


given  by  Dr.  Ealconer  in 

his  above- quoted 

notice.' 

^ The  three 

jaws  of 

D.  penta^ 

potayyiicB 

are  Respectively 

indicated  by 

the 

same 

letters  as  were  used  in  the  table 

given  on  page  187  of  this 

memoir. 

D.  pentapotamice. 

rt  J\  ^ 

D.  indicum. 

H. giganteum. 

Length  of  last  premolar 

1-8 

21 

2-9 

3-3 

Width  of 

ditto 

1-74 

2-05 

2-6 

2-7 

Length  of  first  true  molar’ 

2-34 

2-4 

40 

3-6 

Width  of 

ditto 

1-8 

21 

2-8 

30 

Length  of  second  true  molar 

2-4 

2-9 

39 

33 

Widfli  of 

ditto 

215 

2-15 

3-5 

2-9 

liength  of  third  true  molar 

2-9 

3-18 

... 

3-8 

Width  of 

ditto 

2-25 

2 15 

3’5 

Depth  of  jaw  at  second  premolar 

9-2 

6-9 

Ditto 

at  first  true  molar 

5-2 

...  ... 

8-7 

6-2 

Ditto 

at  second  true  molar 

5-4 

6-6 

Ditto 

at  third  true  molar 

58 

6-4 

Width  of  jaw  at  second  premolar 

30 

5-1 

4-0 

Ditto 

at  first  true  molar 

3-4 

6-4 

5-0 

Ditto 

at  second  true  molar 

3'4 

5o 

Ditto 

at  third  true  molar 

4-1 

fil 

* Vol.  I,  pp.  39fi,  404- 
" Ihid.,  p.  407. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


9—190 


Prom  a perusal  of  this  table,  it  will  be  at  once  evident  that  the  great  difference 
in  the  matter  of  size  alone,  would  be  a sufficient  distinction  between  DinotJierium 
pentapotami<E  and  D.  itidicum.,  even  if  there  were  not  differences  in  the  form  of  the 
teeth  themselves,  which  I shall  point  out  when  I come  to  the  description  of  those 
of  the  latter  species.  The  jaw  of  is  less  compressed  than  that  of 

D.  indicum ; if  the  jaw  of  the  latter  at  the  second  premolar  had  the  proportions  of  the 
former  at  the  first  true  molar,  it  would  have  a width  of  6T  inches  in  place  of  only  5T 
inches,  which  is  its  real  width.  The  less  elliptical  cross-section  of  the  jaw  of  J). 
pentapotamicB  is  a character  in  which  it  approaches  typical  Mastodons.  The  specimens 
are  too  imcomplete  to  admit  of  any  more  elaborate  comparison  of  the  form  of  the  jaw. 
With  regard  to  D.  giganteum,  there  is  a closer  resemblance  in  the  matter  of  size 
between  it  and  D.  pentapotamics  ; indeed,  if  we  compare  together  the  larger  teeth 
of  the  latter,  and  the  smaller  teeth  of  the  former,  we  might  possibly  find  specimens 
which  showed  extremely  little  difference  in  the  matter  of  size.  This,  however, 
would  obviously  be  an  unfair  method  of  comparison,  since  we  ought  to  compare 
together  the  large  teeth  of  one  species  with  the  large  teeth  of  the  other,  and  mce  versa. 
If  such  a comparison  be  made,  it  will  always  be  found  that  the  teeth  of  D.  gigantetim 
are  considerably  larger  than  those  of  D.  pentapotamice.  Burther,  the  last  lower  true 
molar  of  the  latter  species  has  a much  larger  hind  talon  than  the  corresponding 
tooth  of  the  larger  European  species,  and  there  seems  to  be  generally  a greater 
teirdency  to  a development  of  the  longitudinal  bridge  in  the  lovv^er  molars  of  the  former 
than  in  those  of  the  latter  sj)ecies.  In  my  previous  notice  of  the  molars  of  the  same 
species,  I have  pointed  out  certain  distinctive  characters  of  the  upper  molars,  among 
the  most  important  of  which,  is  the  complete  blocking  of  the  lower  portion  of  the 
outer  extremity  of  the  transverse  valley  in  the  second  upper  true  molar,  a character 
which  causes  the  structure  of  that  tooth  to  approach  to  that  of  a premolar.  These 
combined  differences,  together  with  those  which  I shall  immediately  show  to  occur 
in  the  form  of  the  last  upper  premolar,  confirm  the  conclusions  previously  arrived 
at,  as  to  the  specific  distinctness  of  Dinotherium  pentapotamice. 

It  may  be  not  out  of  place  to  notice  that  in  teeth  which  are  constructed  on  such 
an  exceedingly  simple  plan  as  are  those  of  Dinotherium,  the  variations  in  form 
which  they  are  capable  of  undergoing  must  of  necessity  be  extremely  small,  and 
there  is  consequently  in  most  cases  very  great  difficulty  in  deciding  the  specific 
identity  or  distinctness  of  isolated  teeth,  as  has  been  remarkably  illustrated  in  the 
case  of  the  European  forms  of  the  genus.  Any  constant  point  of  difference  in  the 
teeth,  however  small,  must,  I think,  in  consequence  of  this  small  amount  of  possible 
variation,  always  be  regarded  as  of  specific  value. 

Last  upper  premolar. — The  last  tooth  of  the  present  species,  which  calls  for 
notice  here,  is  the  specimen  represented  in  fig.  3 of  Plate  XXXI,  which  is  the  last 
upper  premolar  of  the  left  side,  and  which  has  not  previously  been  described.  The 
preceding  or  penultimate  upper  premolar  of  the  right  side  has  already  been  figured 
in  Plate  IX,  fig.  1,  of  an  earlier  fasciculus  of  this  volume.^ 

* “Molar  Tc-etli  and  Other  Ecinains  of  Mammalia." 


191—10 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PliOBOSCIDIA. 


The  tooth  under  discussion  was  obtained  by  Mr.  W.  T.  Blanford  from  the 
Sivvalik  (Manchar)  rocks  of  Sind ; it  is  in  an  intermediate  condition  of  wear,  and 
has  unfortunately  lost  a portion  of  the  centre  of  its  hinder  ridge,  and  the  outer 
extremity  of  the  anterior  ridge.  The  crown  is  approximately  square,  and  carries 
two  transverse  ridges,  of  which  the  anterior  one  (left  side  of  figure)  extends  com- 
pletely across  the  crown,  with  only  a slight  depression  near  the  middle,  while  the 
posterior  is  interrupted  by  a wide  and  deep  gap.  These  gaps  or  depressions  in  the 
transverse  ridges  show  that  the  tooth  does  not  belong  to  the  true  molar  series,  in 
which  the  ridges  are  uninterrupted.  At  the  outer  side  of  the  crown  (top  of  figure) 
the  two  ridges  are  connected  by  a low  wall  with  a V-shaped  gap  in  the  middle ; on 
the  inner  side  (lower  border  of  figure)  the  transverse  valley  slopes  down  between 
the  extremities  of  the  ridges,  without  any  tubercle  at  its  entrance.  The  inner 
extremities  of  the  ridges  are  wider  and  more  worn  than  the  outer.  On  the  dorsal,  or 
outer  surface  of  the  tooth,  there  is  a deep  vertical  groove,  occupying  the  space 
between  the  extremities  of  the  two  ridges.  The  tooth  is  distinguished  at  once  from 
the  penultimate  premolar  (Plate  IX,  fig.  1)  by  the  greater  continuity  of  the 
transverse  ridges,  and  by  the  absence  of  the  high  and  externally  flat  wall  which 
forms  the  outer  side  of  that  tooth.  The  dimensions  of  this  tooth  are  compared 
below  with  those  of  a corresponding  tooth  of  D.  giganiemn  from  Eppelsheim,  in 
the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum  : — 

D ‘pentapotamia.  D.  giganteum 

Length  of  outer  border 2’1  3‘0 

„ „ inner  2‘0  2-1 

Width  of  last  ridge 2'5  3 2 

The  tooth  of  D.  giganteum  is  rather  a small  specimen.  On  comparing  together 
the  two  teeth,  it  will  be  found  that  the  crown  of  the  Indian  tooth  is  more  nearly 
square  than  that  of  the  European  ; the  groove  on  the  outer  surface  is  considerably 
deeper  in  the  former  than  in  the  latter ; the  anterior  ridge  is  less  complete  in  the 
European  tooth,  and  the  two  outer  extremities  of  the  ridges  are  more  closely 
connected  than  in  the  Indian  tooth.  In  the  latter  there  is  no  trace  of  the  tubercle 
which  occurs  at  the  entrance  of  the  transverse  valley  in  the  former. 

I have  lately  made  a comparison  of  the  penultimate  upper  premolar  of  D, 
pentajpotamice  (Plate  IX,  fig.  1),  with  a corresponding  tooth  of  D.  giganteum  from 
Eppelsheim,  and  I find  that  the  European  tooth  is  more  square  (this  is  especially 
exemplified  in  some  of  Kaup’s  figures)'  than  the  Indian;  that  the  hind  column 
(representing  the  inner  extremity  of  the  second  ridge)  extends  further  across  the 
tooth  in  the  former.  The  entrance  to  the  transverse  valley  is  blocked  by  a 
conical  tubercle  in  the  European  tooth,  while  in  the  Indian  the  valley  is  extended 
outwards  by  a kind  of  spout-shaped  j)i’ojection ; there  are  also  differences  in  the 
shape  of  the  cingulum,  which  are  not  easy  to  describe.  The  differences  between 
the  premolars  confirm  the  conclusions  previously  arrived  at,  as  to  the  specific 
distinctness  of  the  Indian  form. 


‘ Kaup,  loc.  cif.,  Plate  II,  fig.  6, 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


11-192 


Correction. — The  perfect  state  of  preservation  of  the  specimens  represented  in 
the  accompanying  plates  of  this  memoir,  has  shown  me  that  I was  misled  as  to  the 
structure  of  the  imperfect  lower  molar  from  Sind  represented  in  fig.  5 of  Plate  IX 
of  an  earlier  fasciculus  of  this  volume.^  In  that  specimen  I considered  the  promi- 
nence on  the  right  side  of  the  figure  as  being  a true  transverse  ridge,  and  conse- 
quently that  the  tooth  was  a three-ridged  one,  of  which  the  first  ridge  was  broken 
away  : the  specimen  was  accordingly  considered  as  the  first  lower  true  molar.  A 
comparison  of  that  tooth  with  the  last  lower  molar  of  the  specimen  represented  on 
Plate  XXX  will , however,  at  once  show  that  the  prominence  on  the  right  side  of 
the  broken  tooth  is  in  reality  merely  a talon-ridge,  and  consequently  that  the  tooth 
is,  in  truth,  the  last,  and  not  the  first,  lower  true  molar. 


Dentition  of  D.  pentapota7ni(B. — Taking  the  specimens  of  the  teeth  of  D.penta- 
potamim  described  here,  together  with  those  figured  and  described  in  the  earlier 
fasciculus  of  this  volume  (Plate  IX),  we  are  now  acquainted  with  the  greater  part 
of  the  permanent  dentition  of  the  species.  The  known  teeth  are,  in  the  upper  jaw, 
the  two  premolars,  and  the  first  and  second  true  molars,  and  in  the  lower  jaw  the 
last  premolar,  and  the  three  true  molars.  The  following  table  gives  the  dimensions 
of  all  these  teeth,  together  with  those  of  D.  gigantemn  : — • 


r Length  of  penultimate  premolar 
I Width  of  ditto  ditto 
Length  of  last  premolar 

I Width  of  ditto 

’ Length  of  first  true  molar 

Width  of  ditto 

- Length  of  second  true  molar 
I^Width  of  ditto 


Length  of  last  premolar 
Width  of  ditto 

^ Length  of  first  true  molar 

S Width  of  ditto 

w i Length  of  second  true  molar . 

o Width  of  ditto 

1-^ 

Length  of  third  true  molar  . 
j^Width  of  ditto 


D.  peniapotamia.  D.  gxganieum. 

2-3  3-4 

2-1  31 

21  3-4 

2-5  3-7 

275  41 

2-4  3-2 

2-7  3-9 

2-4  3'6 

1-8  3-3 

1- 74  2-7 

2- 34  3-6 

1- 8  3 0 

2- 4  3‘3 

215  2-9 

2-9  3-8 

2-25  2-45 


The  proportionate  relations  of  the  upper  molars  of  the  two  species  show  that 
those  of  D.  pentapotami(B,  which  have  all  been  found  as  detaclied  specimens,  are 
rightly  referred  to  one  and  the  same  species. 


Species  2 : Dinotheiuum  indictjm,  Palconer.  PL  XXXI,  figs.  1 & 2. 

Distory. — We  have  now  to  consider  two  other  molars  of  an  Indian  Dinotherimn, 
which  are  of  larger  size  than  any  of  the  previously  described  specimens,  and  which 
also  difiler  from  them,  to  a considerable  extent,  as  regards  form.  Prom  considera- 


’ loc.  cit. 


193—12 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


tions  wliich  will  be  detailed  below,  these  teeth  have  been  referred  to  Dinotherium 
indicum  of  Falconer,  the  history  of  which  species  has  already  been  referred  to  when 
treating  of  the  preceding  species  of  the  genus. 

Second  upper  true  molar. — The  first  of  the  two  specimens  in  question  is  the 
half  of  an  upper  molar  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XXXI.  This  specimen  was 
sent  to  the  Indian  Museum  among  a small  collection  of  Punjab,  and  other  North 
Indian  fossils  made  by  the  late  Dr.  Verchere,  and  appears  to  have  been  obtained 
from  the  Siwaliks  of  Dehra  Ghazi  Khan,  on  the  north-west  frontier.  This  speci- 
men, together  with  another  tooth  described  below,  has  been  already  shortly  noticed 
by  me  in  the  “ Records.  The  fragment  consists  of  the  hinder  ridge  of  the 
second  left  upper  true  molar.  The  position  of  the  tooth  is  determined  by  there 
being  a disc  of  pressure  on  the  remaining  ridge,  indicating  the  presence  of  another 
tooth  on  this  side,  and  by  the  width  of  the  ridge  being  equal  to  that  of  the  valley, 
in  place  of  being  narrower,  which  it  would  be  were  the  tooth  the  third  true  molar. 
The  concave  side  of  the  ridge  shows  that  this  is  the  hinder  side  of  the  tooth,  and 
the  broken  tubercle  on  the  lower  border  of  the  figure  shows  that  this  border  is  the 
inner  side  of  the  tooth.  The  great  general  size  and  width  of  the  ridge  shows 
that  the  tooth  cannot  be  the  first  true  molar.  The  one  remaining  ridge  is  but 
slightly  abraded  by  detrition,  the  enamel  not  having  been  perforated  ; the  plane  of 
wear  slopes  towards  the  anterior  side  of  the  specimen. 

Since  the  corresponding  molar  of  the  smaller  D.  pentapotamice  has  already  been 
figured  on  Plate  IX,  fig.  3,  and  described  on  page  73  of  an  earlier  part  of  the  present 
volume,^  it  will  be  simpler  to  commence  by  comparing  these  two  teeth  together  at 
once,  instead  of  describing  the  larger  tooth  separately. 

Placing  the  two  figures  side  by  side,  it  wdll  at  once  be  seen  that  the  tooth  of 
D.  indicum  is  widely  distinguished  from  that  of  D . pentapotamice-  by  its  greatly  supe- 
rior size.  In  addition  to  this  distinction,  however,  tliere  are  points  of  difference  in 
the  form  of  the  two  teeth,  which  afford  more  certain  grounds  for  the  specific  dis- 
tinctness of  the  two  animals  to  which  they  belonged.  It  wdU  be  observed  that  the 
single  ridge  of  the  larger  tooth  is  considerably  straighter,  and  has  a much  slighter 
cavity  on  the  posterior  side,  than  has  the  corresponding  hinder  ridge  of  the  smaller 
tooth.  Again,  the  comparatively  flat  hinder  surface  of  the  larger  tooth  is  entirely  un- 
interrupted by  ridges  or  projections,  whereas  the  corresponding  surface  of  the  smaller 
tooth  has  a very  distinct  curved  ledge,  or  cingulum  near  its  base,  and  an  imperfect 
ridge  somewhat  higher  up.  In  the  transverse  valleys  of  the  two  teeth,  another  im- 
portant distinetion  presents  itseff  ; in  the  smaller  tooth  the  outer  extremity  of  that 
valley  is  blocked  by  a low  wall,  which  is  the  highest  part  in  the  whole  valley  ; in 
the  larger  tooth,  on  the  other  hand,  the  valley  is  perfectly  open  externally,  the 
middle  point  of  the  valley  being  the  highest,  from  which  point  it  slopes  away  rapidly 
on  either  side.  In  both  the  larger  and  smaller  teeth  there  is  a very  large  rounded 

’ Eec.  Geol.  Surv.  of  India,  Vol.  XII,  p.  42. 

? “ Molar  Teeth  and  other  Remains  of  Mammalia”  (volume  paging  ). 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


13—194 


tubercle  placed  at  tlie  inner  entrance  of  the  transverse  valley.  Prom  tlie  height 
of  the  centre  of  the  transverse  valley  in  the  larger  tooth,  it  appears  that  in  the 
complete  tooth  there  must  have  been  a slight  longitudinal  bridge,  connecting  the 
transverse  ridges.  The  larger  tooth  is  further  distinguished  from  the  smaller  by 
the  much  greater  thickness  of  the  enamel.  In  the  following  table  I have  compared 
together  the  dimensions  of  the  two  teeth,  together  with  those  of  the  corresponding 
tooth  of  the  European  Binotherium  giganteum  :■ — 

Z).  indicium,  D.  giganteum.  D.  pentapotamim. 

Width  of  last  ridge SV  3’4  2-3 

Thickness  of  base  of  ridge 1'8  1-6  I’l 

Thickness  of  enamel  0-25  0‘i8  0-09 

Although,  from  its  incomplete  state,  we  are  unable  to  compare  the  whole  of  the 
larger  tooth  with  the  corresponding  tooth  of  Binotherium  pentapotamice,  yet  the 
comparisons  we  have  made  are,  I submit,  sufficient  to  show  the  specific  distinctness 
of  the  two.  It  now  remains  to  see  to  what  species  the  larger  tooth  should  be 
referred.  If  we  turn  to  the  “ Palseontological  Memoms  ” of  Dr.  Ealconer,^  we  shall 
find  that  the  fragmentary  molars  and  lower  jaw  of  Binotherium  indicum  are  of 
somewhat  larger  size  than  those  of  B.  giganteum,  while  the  former  are  further  dis- 
tinguished by  the  great  thickness  of  their  enamel.  In  both  these  characters  the 
imperfect  tooth  described  above  agrees  with  Dr.  Falconer’s  specimen,  and  I have 
therefore  referred  it  to  the  same  species. 

Dr.  Falconer,  in  the  notice  mentioned  above,  has  shown  in  what  respects  the 
lower  jaw  of  Binotherium  indicum  differs  from  the  lower  jaw  of  B.  giganteum.  The 
fragmentary  upper  molar  of  the  former  species  is  distinguished  from  the  correspond- 
ing tooth  of  the  latter  by  its  larger  size  and  thicker  enamel,  by  the  great  size  of  the 
tubercle  at  the  inner  extremity  of  the  transverse  valley  (which  is  very  small  or 
wanting  in  B.  giganteum),  and  by  the  elevation  of  the  middle  of  the  transverse 
valley. 

First  lower  true  molar. — The  only  other  tooth  of  Binotherium  in  the  Indian 
Museum  which  I can  refer  to  the  same  species,  is  the  specimen  represented  in  fig.  2 
of  Plate  XXXI,  which  was  collected  by  Mr.  W.  T.  Blanford  in  the  Laki  hills 
of  Sind.  The  specimen  is  a complete  three-ridged  tooth,  with  all  three  ridges  well 
worn.  From  the  number  of  ridges  it  might  be  one  of  the  “intermediate”  molars 
of  a trilophodont  Mastodon,  but  the  absence  of  any  trace  of  a median  longitudinal 
cleft  across  the  ridges,  together  with  other  characters  which  I shall  subsequently 
notice,  shows  that  it  cannot  belong  to  a Mastodon,  and  that  it  must  therefore  be 
referred  to  a species  of  Binotherium.  In  the  latter  genus  a three-ridged  tooth  can 
only  be  either  a last  milk-molar  or  a first  true  molar  ; the  great  size  of  our  speci- 
men shows  that  it  cannot  be  a milk-molar,  and  it  must  consequently  be  a first  true 
molar.  The  large  size  of  the  antero-posterior  diameter  in  relation  to  the  transverse, 
together  with  the  convexity  of  the  ridges  being  on  the  hinder  side,  shows  that  the 

* Vol.  I,  pp.  396,  404. 

D 


195—14 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


tooth  is  the  first  lower  true  molar,  while  the  greater  height  of  the  inner  extremities 
of  the  transverse  ridges  (top  border  of  figure)  shows  that  the  tooth  belonged  to  the 
left  ramus  of  the  mandible.  The  tooth,  therefore,  corresponds  to  the  second  tooth 
(counting  from  the  left)  in  the  left  ramus  of  the  mandible  of  Binotherium  penta- 
potamicB  represented  on  Plate  XXX  ; the  two  teeth  are  almost  in  the  same  relative 
condition  of  wear,  which  will  greatly  facilitate  our  comparison. 

It  will  firstly  be  noticed  that  there  is  a very  great  difference  in  the  matter  of 
size  alone  in  the  two  teeth,  which,  as  far  as  it  goes,  would  lead  us  to  refer  the  two 
to  distinct  species.  There  are,  however,  more  important  points  of  differences  in  the 
form  of  the  two  teeth  which  I now  proceed  to  consider.  The  larger  tooth  is  dis- 
tinguished by  having  on  its  outer  and  hinder  surfaces  a very  stout  and  thick 
cingulum,  extending  from  the  middle  of  the  anterior  ridge  (left  side  of  figure) 
along  the  outer  and  posterior  surfaces ; (in  the  specimen  this  cingulum  has  been 
broken  away  on  the  posterior  surface,  hut  the  fractured  surface  shows  its  former 
extent) ; no  trace  of  this  cingulum  is  to  he  seen  on  the  smaller  tooth.  Again 
in  the  smaller  tooth,  the  worn  surfaces  of  the  first  and  second  ridges  are  united  by 
a longitudinal  bridge  of  dentine,  while  in  the  second  and  third  ridges  the  worn 
surfaces  are  still  separated  by  the  transverse  valley.  In  the  larger  tooth,  all  three 
of  the  worn  surfaces  of  the  ridges  are  still  separate,  but  it  will  he  seen  that  the 
second  transverse  valley  is  as  nearly  obliterated  as  the  first,  and  that  consequently 
the  worn  surface  of  the  third  ridge  would  he  united  to  that  of  the  second,  as  soon 
as  the  latter  would  to  that  of  the  first.  Pinally,  the  enamel  of  the  larger  tooth  is 
very  much  thicker  than  that  of  the  smaller.  In  the  following  table  the  dimensions 
of  i\\e)  ivViQ  oi  Binotherium  pentapot amice  and  B.  giganteum  are 

compared  vdth  those  of  the  corresponding  new  tooth : — 


New  tooth.  D.  giganteum.  D,  pentapotami<B, 


Length  of  tooth  . . . . 

3'9 

3-5 

2-35 

Width  of  first  ridge  . . . , 

2-5 

2-6 

1-8 

Ditto  of  second  ditto 

25 

2-6 

1-8 

Ditto  of  third  ditto 

2-4 

2'2 

1-7 

Thickness  of  enamel  .... 

0-25 

0-19 

OTl 

These  differences  in  size  and 

form  make  it 

clear  that  the 

new 

tooth  cannot 

belong  to  B.  pentapotamicB.  In 

the  lower  jaw 

of  Binotherium  indicum  described 

by  Dr.  Palconer  from  Perim  Island,^  the  crowns  of  the  molars  have  unfortunately 
all  been  broken  off,  and  we  eannot  therefore  compare  the  form  of  the  first  lower 
molar  of  that  specimen  with  the  Sind  tooth.  The  bases  of  the  molars,  however, 
remain  in  the  Perim  Island  jaw,  and  the  dimensions  of  the  first  true  molar,  as  given 
by  Dr.  Palconer,^  are  as  follows  : Length  4 inches,  width  behind  2’8  inches.  Now, 
we  have  already  seen  that  the  Sind  tooth  is  slightly  broken,  and  that  therefore  its 
length,  where  complete,  must  have  been  almost  exactly  equal  to  the  Perim  Island 
tooth ; the  latter,  however,  is  rather  the  wider  of  the  two.  As  the  Sind  tooth 

* Palseontolo^ical  Memoirs,  loc,  cit. 

- Ihid,  p.  407. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


15—196 


agrees  so  closely  in  size  with  the  Perim  tooth,  and  also  with  the  upper  molars  of 
the  same  species  in  the  thickness  of  the  enamel,  I have  referred  it  to  the  same 
species. 

The  first  lower  molar  of  D.  indicwm  agrees  with  the  other  remains  of  the  same 
species  in  being  slightly  larger  than  the  correspondmg  tooth  of  D.  giganteum. 
The  presence  of  the  large  cingulum  on  the  former  distinguishes  it  from  the  latter. 

Distribution,— The,  distribution  of  Dinotherium  indicum  now  extends  from 
Perim  Island  through  Sind  to  the  north-western  Punjab. 

Characters. — The  species  is  still  very  imperfectly  known.  It  appears  to  he  the 
largest  known  species  of  the  genus,  and  is  mainly  characterized  by  its  thick  enamel. 
Dr.  Palconer  thought  from  the  study  of  the  jaw,  that  he  could  trace  indications  of 
a closer  affinity  with  the  Mastodons,  than  exists  in  other  species  of  the  genus. 
It  is  much  to  be  hoped  that  we  may  eventually  discover  the  skull  of  tliis  and  the 
other  Indian  species. 

Species  3 : Dinotherium  sindiense,  n.  sp.  nobis.  PI.  XXXI,  fig.  4. 

Besides  the  two  foregoing  species  of  Dinotherium,  we  have  one  specimen  of  a 
lower  jaw  in  the  Indian  Museum,  which  indicates  the  existence  of  a thud  Indian 
species  of  the  genus,  which  must  have  been  of  very  small  size,  and  which  I propose 
to  call  Dinotherium  sindiense,  as  the  specimen  in  question  was  obtained  in  Sind  by 
Mr.  Pedden.  A notice  of  the  discovery  of  this  specimen  has  been  previously  given 
in  the  “ Records.”^  The  specimen  is  represented  of  the  natural  size  in  fig.  4 of 
Plate  XXXI,  and  will  he  seen  to  consist  of  a fragment  of  the  hinder  part  of  the  right 
ramus  of  the  mandible,  carrying  two  broken  molars.  Although  these  molars  are 
considerably  damaged,  enough  of  them  remains  to  determine  their  serial  position. 
The  tooth  on  the  left  side  of  the  figure  will  be  clearly  seen  to  be  a molar,  which 
originally  carried  two  ridges  and  a large  hind  talon,  and  in  fact  corresponded  in 
form  to  the  molar  on  the  right  hand  of  the  jaw  represented  in  Plate  XXX,  the 
two  specimens  belonging  to  opposite  sides  of  the  mandible.  This  tooth  therefore 
is  the  last  lower  true  molar,  and  the  preceding  more  broken  tooth  (on  the  right  side 
of  the  figure)  will  consequently  he  the  second  true  molar.  The  position  of  these 
teeth  being  determined,  it  follows  that  the  jaw  belonged  to  a fully  adult  animal,  and 
that  it  cannot  be  a young  specimen  with  the  milk-dentition,  in  which  case  the 
last  tooth  would  have  had  three  ridges. 

Although  the  teeth  of  this  specimen  are  considerably  smaller  than  the  corre- 
sponding teeth  of  Dinotherium  pentajpotamice,  I should  not,  probably,  on  these 
grounds  alone,  have  referred  the  Sind  mandible  to  a different  species.  The  form  of 
this  new  lower  jaw  is,  however,  so  totally  different  from  the  lower  jaw  of  D.  penta- 
potamice,  of  which  the  teeth  are  represented  in  Plate  XXX,  that  there  can  be  no 

' Eec.  Geol.  Surv.  of  India,  Vol.  XII,  p.  43. 


197—16 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


question  but  that  they  belong  to  distinct  species.  In  the  following  table  the 
corresponding  dimensions  of  the  two  specimens  are  compared  together  : — 

Z).  pentapotamiee.  B.  sindiense. 


Length  of  second  molar 2'4  2 3 

Width  of  ditto  2’15  1’55 

Length  of  third  molar 2’9  2-5 

Width  of  ditto 2'25  1’9 

Depth  of  jaw  at  second  molar 5 3 3'1 

Ditto  at  third  molar S'S  3‘3 

Width  of  jaw  at  second  molar 3'4  2'9 

Ditto  at  third  molar  41  3’5 


The  great  difference  in  the  shape  of  the  two  jaws  will  be  gathered  from  a 
perusal  of  the  foregoing  table.  The  lower  jaw  of  D.  jpentapotamice  is  laterally 
compressed,  though,  as  before  said,  to  a somewhat  less  extent  than  that  of  some  other 
species,  and  its  vertical  diameter  is  consequently  very  much  greater  than  its  trans- 
verse diameter.  In  D.  sindiense,  on  the  other  hand,  the  lower  jaw  is  nearly  cylin- 
drical, and  at  the  last  true  molar  the  transverse  diameter  is  greater  than  the  vertical 
diameter.  Whereas  the  lower  jaw  of  penta'potamicB  on  its  outer  side  descends 
vertically  down  from  the  teeth,  that  of  D.  sindiense  is  expanded  into  a distinct  ledge 
below  the  roots  of  the  molars. 

It  is  unfortunate  that  the  molars  of  J).  sindiense  are  in  such  a battered  con- 
dition, so  as  to  preclude  any  exact  comparison  with  those  of  D.  pentapotamiee,  but 
the  differences  in  the  size  and  form  of  the  two  jaws  are  amply  sufficient  to  afford 
grounds  of  specific  distinction.  In  its  cylindrical  form,  indeed,  the  lower  jaw  of 
Dinotherium  sindiense  seems  to  differ  from  the  jaws  of  all  other  known  species 
of  the  genus  : from  its  sub-circular  cross-section  and  generally  slender  form,  I think 
it  not  improbable  that  this  species  of  Dinotherium  was  unprovided  with  a long 
deflected  symphysis  and  mandibular  incisors.  In  all  other  species  of  Dinotherium 
the  mandible  is  laterally  compressed  to  offer  more  resistance  to  the  enormous 
weight  of  the  symphysis  and  tusks,  and  in  all  Mastodons  with  a long  heavy  symphysis 
and  mandibular  tusks  {M,  angustidens,  M.  longirostris,  M.  pandionis),  the  rami  of 
the  mandible  are  similarly  compressed.  If  this  suggestion  should  turn  out  to  be 
true,  it  may  be  necessary  to  form  a new  genus  for  D.  sindiense.  In  its  sub-cylin- 
drical mandible  this  species  shows  affinity  to  the  Mastodons  with  short  mandibular 
symphyses. 


Family  II—FLFFMAFTIDM. 

Prohosciuia  in  which  there  are  never  more  than  three  teeth  in  use  at  the  same 
time,  and  in  which  the  number  of  ridges  in  the  second  true  molar  is  either  equal  to, 
or  greater  than,  the  number  in  the  preceding  tooth, 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


17—198 


Dentition  oe  the  Elephantidje. 

The  dentition  of  the  Elephantidce  is  perhaps  more  remarkable  than  that  of  any 
other  group  of  the  Mammalia,  in  regard  both  to  the  structure  of  the  teeth  and  in 
their  mode  of  succession,  and  is  evidently  the  product  of  a long  course  of  special- 
ization. With  regard  to  the  structm’c  of  the  teeth,  I shall  not  enter  into  details  here, 
since  this  has  been  most  amply  illustrated  by  Ealconer,’^  Owen^  and  other  writers. 
With  regard  to  the  number  and  succession  of  the  teeth,  a short  notice  is  necessary, 
in  order  that  the  reader  who  has  not  specially  studied  the  dentition  of  this  interest- 
ing group  may  have  no  difficulty  in  following  the  descriptions  given  in  the  sequel. 

It  will  not  he  necessary  to  notice  the  systems  of  classification  proposed  for  the 
molars  of  the  Elephantidce,  before  their  homology  was  thoroughly  understood,  which 
has  been  already  lucidly  done  by  Dr.  Falconer,®  and  I therefore  proceed  at  once 
to  the  classification  of  those  teeth  as  given  by  the  last-named  writer. 

In  the  living  Indian  elephant,  it  has  been  demonstrated  that  six  grinders  are 
developed  in  a horizontally  succeeding  series,  on  either  side  of  both  upper  and  lower 
jaws,  and  that  the  hinder  teeth  are  more  complex  than  the  anterior.  The  whole  of 
these  teeth  are  never  in  use  at  any  one  time,  the  anterior  ones  falling  out  as  they  are 
worn  down,  and  the  posterior  ones  gradually  coming  into  use  and  replacing  them  ; 
the  animal  when  quite  adult  has  only  the  last  molar  in  use,  the  length  of  wear  of 
which  of  course  determines  the  life  of  its  owner.  There  are  never  more  than  three 
teeth  on  one  side  of  either  jaw  in  use  at  any  one  time. 

The  Mastodons  present  a like  number  of  horizontally  succeeding  teeth.  Of 
these  six  teeth  in  that  group,  the  thEd,  fourth  and  fifth  usually  carry  the  same 
number  of  ridges,  and  have  hence  been  termed  by  Dr.  Falconer  the  “ intermediate” 
molars.  In  the  Trilophodont  section  of  the  group  the  number  of  ridges  on  each  of 
these  three  teeth  is  always  three,  and  in  the  Tetralophodont,  normally  four ; the 
tooth  (of  the  horizontal  series)  immediately  in  front  of  the  first  “ intermediate” 
molar,  has  always  one  ridge  less  than  the  latter,  and  tlie  tooth  behind  the  third 
“ intermediate”  molar,  one  ridge  more  than  that  tooth.  The  serial  position  of  these 
teeth  is,  therefore,  generally  pretty  easy  to  determine,  since  the  three  isomerous 
“ intermediate”  molars  increase  regularly  in  size  from  the  first  to  the  third. 

Of  these  six  teeth,  it  will  subsequently  be  shown  that  in  many  species  of 
Mastodons,  and  in  one  elephant,  the  second  and  third  (and  sometimes  the  first)  are 
replaced  by  vertically  succeeding  teeth,  which  consequently  correspond  to  the  pre- 
molars {dents  des  remplacement)  of  the  normal  mammalian  dentition,  as  exemplified 
in  the  Pig.  The  three  first  teeth  in  the  horizontal  Series  must  therefore  correspond 
to  the  last  three  teeth  of  the  milk  dentition  of  the  Pig,  and  may  therefore  be  called 

* Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  I,  p.  43,  et  seq.  Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,  Pis.  I & II. 

- Odontography,  p.  613  et  seq. 

3 loc.  cit. 

E 


399—18 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


the  antepenultimate,  penultimate,  and  last  milk  molars,  respectively^  The  three  last 
teeth  in  the  same  series,  as  being  developed  behind  and  after  the  milk-molars,  must 
consequently  correspond  to  the  true  molars  of  the  Pig  ; and  are,  therefore,  called 
respectively  the  first,  second  and  third  true  molars. 

Now  we  come  to  the  consideration  of  the  dents  des  r emplacement  or  premolars, 
the  succession  of  which  requires  a little  more  discussion.  In  a memoir  on  elephant 
and  Mastodon,  by  Dr.  Palconer,^  puhhshed  in  part  in  1816,  the  writer  seems  to  have 
been  of  opinion  that  apparently  in  all  Mastodons  only  the  penultimate  milk-molar 
was  succeeded  by  a premolar  [dent  de  r emplacement').  This  conclusion  seems  to 
have  been  previously  arrived  at  by  Professor  Owen,  who  retains  it  up  to  the  late 
date  of  1861.®  Dr.  Palconer,  however,  in  a subsequent  paper, ‘‘  announced  that 
in  many  species,  at  least,  two  premolars  were  developed,  which  I infer,  though 
this  is  not  clearly  expressed,  replace  the  second  and  third  milk-molars.  That  the 
last  upper  milk-molar  was  succeeded  by  a ‘ dent  de  r emplacement'  is  proved  by  the 
specimens  drawn  in  figs.  6 and  8 of  Plate  XXXVII  of  this  memoir,  as  well  as  by 
many  other  foreign  specimens,  from  which  we  arrive  at  the  conclusion  that  the 
two  last  milk  molars  were  respectively  rejDlaced  by  vertically  succeeding  premolars 
in  the  upper  jaw  : other  specimens  (especially  a fine  lower  jaw  of  M.  angustidens) 
show  that  the  two  last  lower  milk-molars  were  similarly  replaced. 

Although  it  is  frequently  difficult,  as  will  be  noticed  in  the  sequel,  to  refer 
detached  milk-molars  and  premolars  to  their  proper  serial  position,  there  is  never  any 
difficulty  when  the  teeth  occur  in  the  jaw.  When  all  the  teeth  in  a Mastodon  jaw  belong 
to  the  milk  and  true  molar  series,  any  one  tooth  is  more  worn  than  the  tooth  imme- 
diately behind  it : when  premolars  are  present,  on  the  other  hand,  the  last  premolar 
is  less  worn  than  the  tooth  immediately  behind  it,  whether  such  tooth  be  a milk- 
molar  or  the  first  true  molar. 

Besides  the  penultimate  and  last  milk-molars,  there  is  good  evidence  that  in 
one  species  of  Mastodon,  at  least,  an  antepenultimate  premolar  was  also  developed. 
In  a young  upper  jaw  of  the  American  trilophodont  M.  productus,  figured  and  de- 
scribed by  Professor  Cope,®  in  front  of  two  three-ridged  teeth,  which  from  their 
isomerous  ridge-formula,  must  be  the  first  and  second  “intermediate”  molars,  or 
respectively  the  last  milk-molar  and  the  first  true  molar,  there  are  developed  two  small 
teeth,  which  are  less  worn  than  the  third  milk-molar,  and  which  consequently  are 
true  “ dents  des  r emplacement,"  or  respectively  the  antepenultimate  and  penultimate 

’ For  the  sake  of  brevity  in  the  text,  I have  usually  termed  these  teeth,  respectively,  the  first,  second  and  third  milk, 
molars,  though,  of  course,  they  really  correspond  to  the  second,  third  and  fourth  of  the  milk-molars  of  the  typical  series. 
According  to  Falconer  the  pre-antepenultimate  milk-molar  is  occasionally  developed  as  an  abnormality  in  the  African 
elephant. 

^ loc,  cit.,  p.  95. 

® “Odontography,”  p.  615,  ed.  1840.45.  “Palaeontology,”  p.  388,  ed.  1861. 

* loc.  cit.,  Vol.  II,  p.  II  (published  in  1857). 

* “ Extinct  Vertebrata  of  New  Mexico.”  U.  S.  Geographical  Survey,  W.  of  100th  merid.,  Vol.  IV,  Pt.  II,  p.  309, 
PI.  LXXI,  fig.  I. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


19—200 


premolars..  We  have  tlierefore  now  proof  that  all  the  milk-molars  of  Mastodons  may 
be  replaced  by  premolars. 

I shall,  I hope,  be  pardoned  for  pointing  out  what  appears  to  me  to  be  a want 
of  precision  in  Professor  Cope’s  description  of  the  above-mentioned  teeth.  In  that 
description  the  learned  author,  speaks  of  all  the  three  anterior  teeth  as  “ premolars,” 
apparently  not  recognizing  their  belonging  to  totally  different  series,  though  he  men- 
tions that  the  last  “premolar,”  according  to  Owen,  belongs  to  the  milk-series.  This 
fusion  under  one  serial  name,  of  teeth  belonging  to  two  totally  different  series,  is  a 
retrograde  step  from  Palconer’s  clear  definitions.  It  does  not  appear  that  Professor 
Cope  recognized  the  importance  of  his  specimen  in  further  elucidating  the  dentition 
of  the  Mastodons. 

Although  we  have  thus  seen  that  the  antepenultimate  and  penultimate  milk- 
molars  may  be  replaced  by  premolars  it  appears  to  me  that  certain  pre-molars  of 
M.  angustidens  classed  by  the  late  Professor  Herman  von  Meyer  as  the  antepenul- 
timate and  penultimate,  are  really  the  penultimate  and  last.  In  a left  maxilla  of  a 
young  M.  angustidens  figured  by  that  distinguished  palseontologisP,  there  are  seen 
three  teeth,  the  two  first  of  which  are  less  worn  than  the  third,  and  which  are 
consequently  premolars ; the  third  tooth  carries  three  ridges,  and,  the  species  being 
trilophodont,  might  be  either  the  last  milk-molar  or  the  first  true  molar.  By 
von  Meyer  the  three* ridged  tooth  is  classed  as  the  third  milk-molar  {dritter  milch 
backenzahn),  while  the  two  premolars  are  respectively  classed  as  first  and  second 
(erster  und  zweiter  erzatzhackenzahn) . This  first  and  second,  as  being  in  front 
of  the  third  milk-molar,  must  be  equal  to  penultimate  and  antepenultimate.  In 
fig.  12  of  Plate  V of  the  same  memoir,  von  Meyer  figures  a two- ridged  premolar, 
which  he  calls  the  second  or  penultimate  {zweiter  ersatzhackenzahn) . Now, 
in  a cast  of  a young  lower  jaw  of  M.  angustidens  in  the  Indian  Museum,  below 
a three-ridged  tooth,  there  is  seen  in  its  alveolus  a replacing  premolar,  which  is 
similar  to,  though  smaller  than,  von  Meyer’s  lower  premolar ; the  former,  as  replac- 
ing the  last  milk-molar  must  be  the  last  or  third  (fourth  of  the  typical  series)  pre- 
molar,  from  which  I infer  that  von  Meyer’s  is  the  same.^  Again,  in  the  upper  jaw 
the  two  premolars  are  far  larger  and  more  complex  than  the  antepenultimate  and 
penultimate  premolars  of  M.  'productus.,  and  I therefore  think  it  is  pretty  clear 
that  the  former  teeth  really  are  the  two  last  of  the  premolar  series.  The  third  tooth 
in  von  Meyer’s  specimen  will  consequently  be,  if  I am  right,  the  first  true  molar. 
I shall  have  to  refer  to  this  question  again,  as  it  has  an  important  bearing  on  the 
determination  of  certain  teeth  figured  in  this  memoir.  I may  also  mention  that  in 
fig.  16  of  Plate  V of  the  same  memoir  von  Meyer  has  figured  a detached  three- 
ridged  lower  molar  of  M.  angustidens,  as  the  second  lower  milk-molai  {zweiter  milch 
hackenzahn)  ; this  tooth,  I think,  is  certainly  the  thii*d  milk-molar.  The  second 
lower  milk-molar,  as  seen  in  a specimen  from  Eppelsheim  in  the  Indian  Museum 
(preceding  a three-ridged  tooth,  and  with  the  pressure-mark  of  a preceding  tooth 
anteriorly)  is  a two-ridged  tooth;  tlie  third  milk-molar,  succeeding  the  s(;X?ond,  in  the 

' Palffiontographica  Vol.  XVII,  PI.  Ill,  fig.  1. 

^ See  “ Les  Enchainements  du  Monde  Animal,”  fig.  242. 


201—20 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


above  specimen,  is  quite  like  von  Meyer’s  specimen,  but  rather  smaller.  If  von 
Meyer’s  determination  be  not  erroneous,  Dalconer’s  ridge-formula  for  this  Trilopho- 
tlon  will  not  hold. 

It  thus  appears  that  among  the  Mastodons,  all  together  nine  molar  teeth  may 
be  developed,  which  may  be  tabulated  as  follows  : — 


Horizontal  series 


Vertical  series  . 


. 1 


Intermediate  molars. 


2 3 4 5 6 


Milk-molars.  True  molars. 

(2  3 4)  {12  3) 

(of  type  series.)  (of  type  series. 1 
. 1 2 3 


Premolars. 

(2  3 4 of 
type  series.) 

Or 

Milk-molars  |5|  Premolars  True  molars 


In  all  species  the  whole  of  the  horizontal  series  is  always  developed ; of  the 
preniolar  series  in  one  species,  the  two  first  (and  probably  also  the  last)  are  developed 
{M.  productus)  ; in  others  only  the  two  last  (Jf.  angustidens,  according  toPalconer’s 
and  my  own  view,  and  Jf.  latidens),  and  in  others  none  {M.  giganteus,  M.  sivalensis). 

In  the  elephants,  premolars  are  only  known  to  be  developed  in  one  species 
[E.  planifrons):  all  the  horizontal  series  are  developed,  but  the  isomerous  ridge- 
formula  of  the  intermediate  molars  is  not  preserved  in  tlie  more  specialized  forms. 

We  now  come  to  the  consideration  of  the  rest  of  the  dentition  of  the  Elephantidce, 
which  need  not  detain  us  long.  In  the  upper  jaws  of  all  species  there  are 
normally  developed  a single  pair  of  tusk-like  incisors,  wdiich  apparently  correspond 
to  the  outer  pair  of  the  three  typical  mammalian  incisors.  In  the  females  these 
tusks  are  usually  smaller  than  the  male  ; in  some  species,  however,  {E.  africanus), 
the  tusks  are  frequently  large  in  both  sexes.  In  one  variety  of  the  Indian  elephant 
the  Miikna  (Mooknah),  the  tusks  of  the  male  are  small,  like  those  of  the  female. 
In  the  living  species,  and  certainly  in  some  fossil  species,  of  ElepliantidcB,  the  per- 
manent tusks  were  preceded  by  deciduous  tusks  : it  is  probable  that  this  replace- 
ment occurred  in  all  members  of  the  family. 

In  many  Mastodons  {M.  longirostris,M.  angustidens)  a pair  of  tusk-like  incisors 
were  also  developed  in  the  lower  jaw,  but  it  is  not  known  whether  these  were  pre- 
ceded by  deciduous  incisors.  In,  at  aU  events,  one  species  [M.  angustidens)  inferior 
tusks  were  developed  in  both  sexes  in  others  {M.  longirostris,  M.  perimensis) 
in  only  one  sex,  which  was  doubtless  the  male : in  other  species  again  ( Jf.  sivalensis 
M.  latidens,  M.  falconeri),  there  appear  to  be  no  lower  incisors  ever  developed.  In 
no  elephant  is  there  ever  any  trace  of  lower  incisors. 

It  will  be  apparent  from  the  above  summary  that  no  generic  determinations 
of  the  Elephantidce  can  be  made  from  the  presence  or  absence  of  certain  teeth. 

* Prof.  Owen,  “ Odontography  ” p.  615,  gives  no  lower  tusks  to  the  females  of  all  species,  hut  to  all  males  of 
the  genus. 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


21-202 


Genus  1 : MASTODON,  Cuvier. 

Elephants  in  which  the  number  of  ridges  in  the  intermediate  molars  is  never 
greater  than  five,  and  in  which  cement  is  either  entirely  absent,  or  present  in 
comparatively  small  quantities. 

Section  A. — Teilophodon,  Ealconer. 

Intermediate  molars  with  three  ridges  only. 


Species  1 ; Mastodon  ealconeei,  n.  sp.  nobis.  Pis.  XXXII  & XXXIII. 

Kistory. — This  species  of  Siwalik  trilophodont  Mastodon  has  been  hitherto 
known  chiefly  by  name  only,  since  in  the  previously  published  notices  of  the  molars 
upon  which  I founded  the  species,  I did  not  give  any  detailed  descriptions,  hut 
merely  stated  that  I thought  that  these  teeth  were  distinct  from  those  of  Mastodon 
pandionis  (the  only  other  Indian  species  of  the  genus  with  a ternary  ridge-formula), 
and  also  from  those  of  all  other  species  of  the  genus.  The  first  notice  of  this 
species  will  he  found  in  the  “ Records,”^  where  two  lower  molars  are  noticed : a 
second  notice  of  the  imperfect  cranium  of  a young  animal  and  of  some  detached 
molars  was  given  subsequently.^  Since  these  two  preliminary  notices  were  pub- 
lished, several  additional  molars  of  the  species  have  been  obtained  by  different 
Officers  of  the  Survey,  and  the  more  perfect  specimens  from  this  collection  are 
now  for  the  first  time  described  and  figured  under  the  name  of  Mastodon  falco- 
neri  (Lyd.),  which  was  originally  proposed  by  me  for  the  teeth  noticed  in  the 
“ Records.” 

Specimens  figured. — The  molars  figured  in  the  present  memoir  comprehend  the 
second  and  third  upper  milk-molars,  the  first  and  second  upper  true  molars,  the 
second  lower  milk-molar,  and  the  first  and  second  lower  true  molars.  This  series 
of  teeth  affords  us  ample  material  for  showing  the  distinctness  and  affinities  of  the 
species,  though  it  is  to  be  hoped  that  subsequent  researches  may  bring  to  light  a 
complete  cranium,  in  order  that  we  may  compare  this  with  the  cranium  of  such  of  the 
Siwalik  species  in  which  it  is  known. 

Second  upper  milk-molar. — The  two  upper  milk-molars  represented  in  figs.  2 
and  3 of  Plate  XXXII  belong  to  the  imperfect  and  much  crushed  cranium  of  a young 
individual  noticed  above,  which  was  obtained  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  1877  from  the 
Siwaliks  of  the  Punjab.  The  smaller  of  these  two  teeth  (fig.  2)  is  evidently 
from  its  size  and  shape  the  second  upper  milk-molar  of  the  left  side.®  The  specimen 
was  implanted  in  the  jaw  by  two  fangs,  the  hinder  one  of  which  is  considerably  the 
larger  of  the  two.  The  form  of  the  crown-sinface  is  rudely  oblong,  and  is  narrower 

* Eec.  Geol.  Surv.  India,  Vol.  X,  p.  83. 

5 Ihid.,  Vol.  XI,  p.  70. 

* This  tooth,  being  more  worn  than  the  succeeding  tooth  (fig.  3),  must  be  a milk-molar,  and  not  a premolar. 


203—22 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSOIDIA. 


in  front  than  behind ; tlie  triturating  surface  carries  two  main  transverse  ridges 
separated  on  the  outer  side  (top  of  figure)  by  a wide  and  open  valley,  but  on  the 
inner  side  in  contact.  Each  of  tliese  transverse  ridges  is  mesially  divided  by 
an  antero-posterior  cleft  into  a distinct  inner  and  outer  column,  of  which  the  latter 
is  the  higher.  In  both  columns  of  the  anterior  ridge  the  enamel  has  been  per- 
forated by  trituration;  the  inner  column  of  the  second  ridge  also  exhibits  a 
considerable  islet  of  dentine,  while  tlie  outer  column  of  the  same  ridge  has 
merely  its  summit  obliquely  abraded,  but  the  enamel  not  perforated : the  den- 
tine islets  are  in  the  form  of  irregular  disks.  In  advance  of  the  first  transverse 
ridge  there  is  a small  and  narrow  talon,  somewhat  broken  in  the  specimen,  and 
on  which  the  dentine  is  exposed  by  wear;  behind  the  second  transverse  ridge 
tliere  is  also  another  talon,  of  unusually  large  size,  and  carrying  a distinct  tubercle 
at  its  inner  extremity.  There  is  a small  tubercle  at  the  outer  extremity  of  the 
main  transverse  valley.  The  length  of  this  tooth  is  1“8  inches  and  its  greatest 
width  1'6  inches. 

Third  upper  milk-molar. — The  larger  tooth  (fig.  3)  immediately  succeeded  the 
lu’eceding  specimen  in  the  young  cranium,  and  is  consequently  the  third,  or  last, 
upper  milk-molar  of  the  left  side.  This  tooth  is  implanted  in  the  maxilla  by  four 
distinct  fangs  ; the  crown  is  oblong  in  shape  and  carries  three  transverse  ridges  and 
fore-and-aft  talons.  The  presence  of  these  three  transverse  ridges  on  this  tooth, 
which  is  the  first  of  the  ‘‘  intermediate  ” molars,  proves  that  the  cranium  in  question 
belonged  to  a trilophodont  Mastodon ; the  corresponding  and  two  succeeding  teeth 
of  a Tetralophodon  would  of  course  carry  four  ridges  each.  Each  ridge,  as  in  the 
preceding  tooth,  is  mesially  divided  by  an  antero-posterior  cleft  into  an  inner  and 
an  outer  column,  and  each  ridge  carries  five  cusps  or  denticles.  The  inner  portion 
of  both  the  second  and  third  ridges  is  placed  somewhat  obliquely  to  the  long  axis 
of  the  tooth ; the  postero-internal  angle  of  the  last  ridge  joins  the  hind  talon ; there 
is  a small  but  distinct  tubercle  on  the  hinder  side  of  both  the  first  and  the  second 
ridges ; these  tubercles  at  their  junction  vdth  the  centre  of  the  next  ridge  very 
slightly  block  the  bases  of  the  transverse  valleys ; the  latter  are,  however,  mainly 
characterized  by  being  fairly  free  and  open.  The  anterior  talon  is  small,  and  its 
cusps  indistinct ; the  posterior  talon  is  larger,  and  its  cusps,  especially  the  three  on 
the  inner  side,  are  of  large  size  and  well  defined.  There  is  a faint  trace  of 
abrasion  on  the  anterior  ridge  of  this  tooth,  otherwise  it  is  untouched  by  Avear. 
The  length  of  the  specimen  is  3’04i  inches  and  its  width  2 inches. 

Young  cranium. — The  imperfect  cranium  of  a young  individual  of  Mastodon 
falconeri,  to  which  the  two  last  described  milk-molars  belong,  is  in  much  too 
damaged  a condition  to  afford  a figure,  or  indeed  any  idea  of  the  form  of  the  perfect 
cranium.  Behind  the  tooth,  which  lias  been  described  above,  there  occurs  in  that 
cranium  the  germ  of  a third  tooth  which,  like  its  predecessor,  carries  three  transverse 
ridges,  and  which  from  its  position  must  be  the  first  true  molar.  This  tooth  agrees 
in  general  characters  exactly  with  the  last  milk-molar  described  above ; as  it  cannot 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


23—204 


be  tliorouglily  cleaned  from  matrin,  I have  not  given  a figure  of  it.  Its  length  is 
3-5  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  2’ 2 inches. 

First  upper  true  molar. — The  much  worn  tooth  represented  in  fig.  4 of 
Plate  XXXII  has  a very  convex  masticating  surface,  and  therefore  belongs  to  the 
upper  molar  series,  and  to  the  left  side  of  the  cranium,  as  is  shown  by  the  curvature 
of  the  ridges  ; as  it  agrees  so  closely  in  size  with  the  last-mentioned  specimen,  and 
carries  three  transverse  ridges,  it  must  be  the  first  true  molar.  The  first  and  the 
tliird  ridges  are  the  most  worn,  all  traces  of  the  median  longitudinal  cleft  having 
been  obliterated  in  these  ridges ; in  the  second  ridge  a portion  of  this  cleft  still 
remains,  the  masticating  surface  being  consequently  divided  into  two  incomplete 
dentine  islands,  of  which  the  one  on  the  lower  side  of  the  figure  is  the  larger ; this 
side  is  consequently  the  inner  side  of  the  tooth.  The  length  of  tliis  specimen  is 
3 '6  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  2’3  inches. 

This  tooth  is  of  great  value,  because  it  enables  us  to  show  that  the  first 
true  molar  of  FinotJierium  indicum  represented  in  fig.  2 of  Plate  XXXI  cannot 
belong  to  this  species  of  trilophodont  Mastodon,  to  which  on  first  sight  it  might  be 
assigned.  It  will  be  seen,  on  comparing  together  the  two  teeth,  that  though  the 
tooth  of  the  Mastodon  is  the  most  worn  of  the  two,  as  is  shown  by  its  lower  ridges 
and  wider  dentine  surfaces,  yet  still  a trace  of  a median  longitudinal  cleft  remains 
in  the  second  ridge,  while  in  the  much  less  worn  'Dinotherium  tooth  no  such  trace 
is  visible.  The  latter  tooth,  as  a minor  character,  is  further  distinguished  by  the 
much  greater  thickness  of  its  enamel. 

Second  upper  true  molar. — The  large  tooth  represented  in  fig.  1 of  the  same 
plate  was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Punjab,  and  is  an  upper  molar  of  the 
left  side,  and  from  its  general  characters  evidently  belongs  to  the  same  species 
as  the  last.  Since  this  tooth  carries  three  transverse  ridges,  and  is  larger  than  any 
of  the  preceding  specimens,  it  must  evidently  be  the  last  of  the  ‘intermediate’ 
molars,  or,  in  other  words,  the  second  true  molar.  The  greater  portion  of  the 
anterior  ridge  and  talon  of  this  tooth  has  been  broken  away,  though  the  other  two 
ridges  are  complete ; the  median  ridge,  and  especially  its  inner  column,  has  been 
considerably  abraded  by  detrition ; the  enamel  of  the  last  ridge  is  not  perforated. 
A distinct  median  and  longitudinal  cleft  divides  each  ridge  into  an  inner  and  an 
outer  column ; in  each  of  the  two  transverse  valleys  there  is  a tubercle  on  the 
inner  side  of  the  median  cleft  closely  applied  to  each  side  of  the  ridges.  There  is 
in  consequence  a slight  obstruction  at  the  bottom  of  each  of  the  valleys  which  are, 
however,  mainly  characterized  by  being  free  and  open;  a large  blunt  tubercle 
occupies  the  mouth  of  the  inner  side  of  each  valley.  The  ridges  are  nearly  straight, 
which  seems  to  indicate  that  the  curvature  which  we  observed  in  the  last  milk- 
molar  gradually  dies  out  in  the  succeeding  teeth ; the  ridges  when  unworn  seem  to 
have  carried  cusps  like  those  of  the  preceding  teeth.  The  posterior  talon  carries 
two  distinct  cones,  the  innermost  of  which  is  the  larger  of  the  two.  The  enamel 
is  smooth  and  of  considerable  thickness ; the  dentine  islands  of  the  inner  columns 


205 — 24 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


are  distinctly  trefoil-shaped,  caused  by  the  union  of  the  lateral  tubercles  with  the 
main  column.  The  length  of  this  tooth  is  5-2  inches,  and  its  greatest  width 
3 ’5  inches. 

Second  lower  milk-molar. — Turning  now  to  the  lower  molar  series  of  this 
species,  of  which  three  specimens  are  figured  on  Plate  XXXIII,  we  may  first  con- 
sider the  smallest  of  the  three.  This  specimen  (fig.  2)  was  found  by  Mr.  Theobald 
with  the  young  cranium  noticed  above,  and  belonged  to  the  same  individual. 
The  tooth  is  implanted  in  a small  fragment  of  the  mandible,  the  remainder  of 
which  seems  to  have  been  unavoidably  destroyed  during  the  process  of  extricating 
the  specimen,  which  was  in  juxtaposition  with  other  valuable  fossils  : the  tooth  is 
implanted  in  the  fragment  of  the  jaw  by  two  fangs.  The  outline  of  its  crown  in 
plan  roughly  approximate  to  an  isosceles  triangle,  of  which  the  apex  is  placed 
anteriorly  ; the  base  of  the  triangle  is  somewhat  damaged.  The  crown  may  be  said 
to  consist  of  two  ridges,  separated  by  a deep  transverse  valley,  and  of  a hind  talon. 
The  anterior  ridge  has  its  longer  diameter  coincident  with  the  longer  diameter  of 
the  tooth,  and  consists  of  five  agglomerated  columns ; the  three  anterior  columns  of 
this  ridge  exhibit  small  surfaces  of  dentine  exposed  by  detrition.  The  dentine 
surface  on  the  lower  border  of  the  figure  is  the  most  worn ; this  border,  therefore,  is 
the  outer  side  of  the  tooth,  which  must  consequently  belong  to  the  right  ramus  of 
the  jaw.  The  second  ridge  has  its  transverse  diameter  longer  than  the  antero- 
posterior, and  runs  somewhat  obliquely  to  the  long  axis  of  the  crown ; it  is  divided 
by  an  indistinct  median  cleft.  The  external  column  of  this  ridge  exhibits  a plane 
of  detrition  on  its  anterior  surface,  but  the  enamel  has  not  been  perforated.  The 
enamel,  as  in  the  upper  milk-molars,  is  much  corrugated.  The  fragment  of  the 
mandible  in  which  the  tooth  is  implanted  is  laterally  compressed  to  a slight  extent. 
The  dimensions  of  the  specimen  are  as  follows  : — 


Length  of  tooth  ...........  212 

Width  of  ditto  ...........  1-45 

Height  of  crown  of  ditto  . . . . . . . . . I’l 

Depth  of  jaw  ...........  2'6 

Width  of  ditto  ...........  2'0 


We  shall  subsequently  see  that  this  slight  lateral  compression  of  the  mandible 
is  only  a character  of  the  young  animal,  or  possibly  of  the  anterior  portion  of  the 
mandible  in  the  adult. 

With  regard  to  the  serial  position  of  this  tooth,  it  is  evident  that  the  specimen 
belongs  to  the  milk-molar  series,  and  also  that  it  is  of  too  large  a size  to  be  the 
first  of  the  series,  while  it  cannot  be  the  third,  as  in  that  case  it  should  carry  three 
transverse  ridges ; it  must,  therefore,  be  the  second  of  the  milk-molar  series,  and 
must  consequently  correspond  in  position  with  the  upper  tooth  represented  in 
fig.  2 of  Plate  XXXII.  The  relative  size  of  the  two  teeth  agrees  well  enough 
together ; the  upper  tooth,  however,  is  somewhat  more  worn  than  the  lower,  which 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


25—206 


appears  to  be  the  reverse  of  what  occurs  in  other  Mastodons.  If,  for  instance,  we 
refer  to  the  figures  of  the  upper  and  lower  milk  dentition  of  Mastodon  pentelici  and 
M.  tapir oides  {turicensis)  given  by  Professor  Gaudry,^  we  shall  find  that  the  lower 
teeth  are  somewhat  more  worn  than  the  upper.  As  I have  not  the  least  doubt  but  that 
the  two  Indian  teeth  belong  to  the  same  cranium,  we  must  assume  that  the  relative 
position  of  the  upper  and  lower  milk-molars  of  M.  falconeri  was  slightly  difi'erent 
from  that  which  occurs  in  M.  pentelici  and  M.  tapiroides : that  is,  that  the  second 
upper  milk-molar  M^as  partially  abraded  by  the  first  lower  milk-molar  in  the  former. 

First  lower  true  molar. — The  next  tooth  we  have  to  consider  is  the  specimen 
represented  in  fig.  3 of  Plate  XXXIII.  This  specimen  is  an  almost  unworn  germ 
of  the  crown,  with  the  fangs  broken  off,  collected  by  Mr.  Pedden  in  the  Laki  hills 
of  Sind.  This  tooth  carries  three  transverse  ridges  and  fore-and-aft  talons ; it  is 
slightly  larger  than  the  first  upper  true  molar  in  the  young  cranium  noticed  above, 
but  is  evidently  the  corresponding  lower  tooth.  The  column  in  the  lower  right-hand 
corner  of  the  figure  is  very  slightly  abraded  by  wear,  which  shows  that  this  side 
is  the  front  of  the  tooth ; from  the  flatness  of  the  crown  the  tooth  is  evidently 
from  the  lower  jaw,  and  from  the  accessory  columns  being  placed  externally  to  the 
median  cleft,  the  tooth  is  as  evidently  of  the  right  side,  the  arrangement  of  these 
columns  being  exactly  the  reverse  of  that  which  occurs  in  the  upper  molars. 

The  general  form  of  the  crown,  as  viewed  in  plan,  is  oblong,  with  an  average, 
even  width ; the  ridges  are  blunt  and  short,  with  fairly  open  valleys ; each  ridge 
is  divided  by  a deep  median  longitudinal  cleft  into  an  outer  and  an  inner  column ; 
the  three  inner  columns  carry  two  cusps  each ; the  first  outer  column  has  a large 
accessory  column  or  tubercle,  placed  at  its  antero-internal  angle,  on  the  outer 
side  of  the  median  cleft ; a faint  rudiment  of  another  accessory  column  occurs  on 
the  postero-internal  angle  of  the  same  main  column.  The  outer  column  of  the 
second  ridge  has  a large  accessory  column  on  either  side  adjoining  the  median 
cleft ; the  outer  column  of  the  third  ridge  is  divided  into  two  cones  by  a cleft.  The 
anterior  talon  (right  side  of  figure)  forms  a broad  projecting  ledge  on  this  side  of 
the  tooth,  divided  into  numerous  cusps,  of  which  the  one  at  the  inner  extremity  is 
considerably  larger  than  any  of  the  others.  The  posterior  talon  consists  of  a low 
double  ridge,  the  first  of  these  minor  ridges  being  the  larger  of  the  two,  and  bearing 
two  large  outer  cusps,  between  which  are  three  much  smaller  cusps ; the  second  ridge 
of  this  talon  consists  of  three  or  four  ill-defined  cusps.  There  is  a slight  rudiment 
of  a tubercle  at  the  outer  extremity  of  each  of  the  transverse  valleys.  In  tlie 
centre  of  each  of  these  valleys  there  is  also  a slight  obstruction  at  the  very  base, 
caused  by  the  approximation  of  the  bases  of  the  contiguous  accessory  columns. 
When  worn  down,  the  outer  columns  would  evidently  present  distinct  trefoil-shaped 
islets  of  dentine.  The  length  of  this  tooth  is  4T  inches ; its  width  2’4  inches,  and 
the  height  of  its  ridges  1*4  inches. 

Second  lower  true  molar. — Continuing  our  serial  survey  of  the  lower  molars 

‘ “ Animaux  Fossiles  el  Geologie  de  I’Attique,”  Atlas,  Pis.  XXII  and  XXIY. 


207—26 


-SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


we  come  to  the  large  specimen  represented  in  fig.  4 of  Plate  XXXTII.  This  tooth 
is  implanted  in  a fragment  of  the  right  ramus  of  the  mandible,  represented 
on  a smaller  scale  in  fig.  1 of  the  same  plate ; in  front  of  the  figured  tooth  there 
is  in  the  jaw  a fragment  of  another  much  worn  tooth,  which  is  too  imperfect  for 
description ; the  jaw  was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Punjab.  The  figured 
specimen  carries  three  stout  transverse  ridges  and  a very  large  hind-talon,  and  is 
slightly  narrower  in  front  than  behind.  Prom  its  great  size,  and  from  the  number 
of  its  ridges,  it  is  quite  evident  that  this  tooth  must  be  the  second  lower  true  molar, 
and  that  it  consequently  corresponds  in  serial  position  to  the  upper  molar  repre- 
sented in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XXXII ; the  two  teeth,  however,  belong  to  opposite  sides. 
The  lower  molar  is  considerably  more  worn  down  than  the  upper,  since  in  the 
former  large  dentine  islets  are  exposed  on  the  third  ridge,  whereas  in  the  latter,  the 
enamel  of  that  ridge  is  not  perforated. 

The  lower  molar  is  considerably  the  larger  of  the  two,  and  probably  belonged  to  a 
male  animal ; the  two  teeth,  however,  have  essentially  the  same  form  and  structure, 
and  it  will  be  needless  to  fully  describe  the  lower  tooth,  and  I will,  therefore,  content 
myself  witli  pointing  out  how  this  tooth  agrees  with  the  upper  tooth. 

Both  teeth,  it  will  be  observed,  carry  a very  large  hind-talon,  which  is  divided 
into  two  columns,  but  less  distinctly  in  the  lower  than  in  the  upper  molar.  In  the 
lower  molar  the  accessory  columns  in  the  transverse  valleys,  on  the  outer  side  of  the 
median  longitudinal  cleft,  are  somewhat  more  worn  down  than  the  corresponding 
columns,  on  the  inner  side  of  the  same  cleft,  in  the  upper  toot  h,  and  the  valleys 
are  apparently  blocked  to  a somewhat  greater  extent  than  in  that  tooth.  The 
lower  molar  agrees  with  the  corresponding  tooth  in  the  upper  jaw  (Plate  XXXII 
hg.  1)  in  presenting  trefoil-shaped  islets  of  dentine  exposed  by  detrition,  in  one 
of  the  columns  of  each  ridge,  when  well  worn  down.  These  trefoils  are  situated 
on  the  inner  columns  of  the  upper,  and  on  the  outer  columns  of  the  lower  molar. 
At  the  outer  extremity  of  each  transverse  ' valley  in  the  lower  molar,  there  occur 
low  blunt  tubercles,  the  homologues  of  those  situated  at  the  opposite  extremities  of 
the  valleys  of  the  upper  molars.  A small  anterior  talon  occurs  in  the  lower  molar, 
its  exposed  dentine  islet  being  in  direct  connection  with  that  of  the  first  ridge ; it 
is  probable  that  a similar  talon,  which  has  been  broken  off,  originally  occurred  in 
the  upper  molar. 

Mandible. — The  fragment  of  the  mandible  in  which  the  last  described  molar 
is  implanted  (Plate  XXXIII,  fig.  1)  comprizes  the  middle  portion  of  the  horizontal 
ramus  of  the  right  side.  This  fragment  is  of  great  thickness  and  presents  a nearly 
circular  transverse  section  below  the  last  molar,  the  transverse  diameter  being 
slightly  larger  than  the  vertical.  Its  inner  surface  is  nearly  flat,  but  its  outer  sur- 
face is  convex,  both  from  above  downwards  and  from  before  backwards,  and  bulges 
out  suddenly  below  the  crown  of  the  molars.  The  lower  border  is  highly  convex* ; 
where  broken  off  at  the  commencement  of  the  symphysis  it  has  only  a depth  of 


This  border  iu  the  figure  is  too  straight. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA.  27—208 


about  4 inches,  and  is  sub-circular  in  section.  The  dimensions  of  the  ramus  and 
molar  are  as  folloArs  : — 


Length  of  last  molar 

Width  of  ditto  . . , , 

Height  of  hind-talon  of  ditto  . 

Depth  of  iaw  at  last  molar 

Ditto  at  commencement  of  symphysis 

Width  of  ditto  (greatest) 


6-4 

3-7 

2-2 

6'4 

3-9 

6-9 


From  the  arcuated  form  of  the  inferior  border  of  the  mandible,  we  infer  that  the 
mandible  had  a short  symphysis^  because  in  Ilasfodons  with  a long  symphysis 
(AT.  migustidens,^  M.  longirostris,^  M.  pandionis^),  the  portion  of  the  mandible 
beloAV  the  molars  has  a straight,  or  slightly  sinuous,  inferior  border,  but  never  an 
arcuated  one.  The  same  inference  is  draA^n  from  the  sub-circular  section  of  the 
mandible ; the  Proboscidia  with  long  mandibular  symphyses  {Dinotherium  [except 
D.  sindieme~\,  M.  angustidem,  M.  longirostris^  M.  pandionis)  having  always  a 
laterally  compressed  mandible.  This  lateral  compression  of  the  mandible  is  necessary 
to  bear  the  strain  of  the  great  symphysis,  it  being  a well  known  principle  in  engi- 
neering to  have  the  larger  diameter  of  your  beams  at  right  angles  to  the  strain. 
Again,  if  M.  falconeri  had  a long  symphysis,  the  cross  section  of  the  ramus  of  the 
mandible  at  the  symphysis,  in  place  of  being  sub-circular,  would  have  a thick  base 
and  a thin  outer  wall  superiorly. 

General  characters. — The  characteristic  points  of  the  molars  of  M.  falconeri  may 
be  summarised  as  follows : “ intermediate  molars  with  three  transverse  ridges  and 
large  talons ; ridges  running  directly  across  the  crown  of  the  tooth,  and  divided  into 
inner  and  outer  columns  by  an  approximately  mesial  cleft;  accessory  columns, 
situated  on  the  inner  side  of  this  cleft  in  the  upper,  and  on  the  outer  side  in  the 
lower  molars,  slightly  blocking  the  middle  of  the  transverse  valleys;  dentine  islets 
of  one  column  in  each  ridge  trefoil-shaped® ; blunt  tubercles  at  the  inner  extremities 
of  the  valleys  in  the  upper,  and  at  the  outer  in  the  lower  molars ; no  cement.”  Tiie 
ridge  formula  of  this  species,  as  far  as  it  is  known,  follows  the  normal  trilophodont 
law,  and  may  be  written  as  follows ; — 

Milk-molars.  Molars. 

l(P)4-2-l-3  3-k3-k4(?) 

l(.P)-k2-|-3(?)  3-|-3-h4(.?) 


From  the  absence  of  any  trace  of  premolars  in  the  young  cranium  noticed  al)ove, 
(in  which  the  alveoli  of  the  milk-molars  have  been  cut  into)  it  is  almost  certain  that 
these  teeth  were  not  developed  in  this  species.  We  know  nothing  regarding  the 

‘ See  “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  PI.  XLIV,  figs.  4,  16,  23  A. 

2 Ihid.,  pi  XLIV,  fig.  5.  “ Abhand.  der  k.  k.  Geol.  Reich.,”  Wien.,  vol.  vii,  pt.  4,  1877,  pi.  I. 

3 F.  A.  S.  pi.  XLV,  fig.  10. 

See  below. 

^ In  the  tooth  drawn  in  Plate  XXXII,  fig.  4,  it  will  he  observed  that  the  exposed  dentine  surfaces  are  of  an 
irregular,  and  not  of  a trefoil-shape  ; this  is  owing  to  the  great  extent  to  which  the  tooth  has  been  worn  away. 


209—28 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


form  of  the  cranium.  The  mandible  was  sub-circular  in  section,  and  had  a short 
symphysis. 

In  my  first  notice  of  the  molars  of  this  species  in  the  “ Records,”  it  was  stated 
that  cement  was  present  in  these  teeth ; this  I now  find  to  be  an  error,  into  which 
I was  led  by  the  exfoliation  of  the  enamel  in  those  specimens. 

Specific  distinctness. — Our  next  point  is  to  institute  a comparison  between  the 
molars  of  Mastodon  falconeri  and  those  of  other  species  of  the  genus,  in  order 
that  we  may  he  assured  of  its  distinctness  as  a species.  In  this  comparison,  we 
may  at  once  dismiss  all  species  belonging  to  the  section  Tetralophodon,  in  which 
the  “ intermediate”  molars  never  carry  less  than  four  transverse  ridges,  and  wq 
may  accordingly  confine  ourselves  to  the  trilophodont  section  of  the  genus. 
Of  that  section  the  following  list  gives  the  names  of  all  the  described  species 
(exclusive  of  the  present)  with  which  I am  acquainted,  > ; — 

1.  M.  andium  (Cuvier) — N.  America. 

2.  31.  angustidens  (Cuvier) — Europe. 

3.  M.  horsoni  (J.  Hays) — Europe. 

4.  31.  humioldtii  (Cuvier) — S.  America. 

5.  31.  maximus  (Cuvier) — America. 

6.  M.  ohscurus  (Leidy) — N.  America.  ^ 

7.  3/1.  pandionis  (Falconer) — India. 

8.  M.  pentelici  (Lartet  and  Gaudry) — Europe. 

9.  31.  productus  (Cope) — N.  America. 

10.  M.  pgrenaicus  (Lartet) — Europe. 

11.  M.  tapiroides  (Cuvier) — Europe. 

(M.  turicensis,  Schinz). 

12.  31.  virgatidens  (Meyer) — Europe. 

Commencing  with  Mastodon  angustidens^  we  shaU  find  in  the  Fauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis,”^  figures  of  the  third  upper  milk-molar  and  of  the  second  upper  true 
molar.  These  teeth  correspond  with  the  two  molars  of  Jf.  falconeri  represented  in 
figs.  3 and  1 of  Plate  XXXII  of  the  present  memoir.  In  the  following  table  the 
dimensions  of  these  four  teeth  are  arranged  side  by  side,  viz. : — 


Length  of  third  milk-molar 
Width  of  ditto  ditto 
Length  of  second  true  molar 
Width  of  ditto  ditto 


M.  angustidem.  M.  faXconeri. 

. 2-8  3-04 

. 1'6  20 

. 4-5  5-2 

. 2-6  3-5 


As  far,  therefore,  as  mere  size  goes,  there  is  a very  considerable  difference  be- 
tween the  molars  of  the  two  species,  which  appears  to  be  pretty  constant.  The 
molars  of  both  species  agree  in  having  trefoil-shaped  discs  of  wear  on  one  column 

^ Figures  (of  the  natural  size)  of  the  molars  of  this  species  are  given  in  Herr  Vacek's  Memoir  on  Mastodon. 
“ Abhand  der  k.  k.  Geol.  Reich  Wien.,  vol.  vii,pt.  4,  1877,  plates  IV,  V. 
s Plate  XL,  figs.  7—9. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


29-^-210 


of  each  ridge,  but  these  trefoils  are  nearly  always  less  distinct  in  the  European  teeth, 
and  in  some  are  very  imperfect.  In  most  of  the  teeth  of  M.  angusticlens,  the  accessory 
columns  are  more  developed  than  in  M.  falconeri,  and  the  valleys  are  consequently 
blocked  to  a greater  extent.  The  second  true  molar  of  the  former  species  carries 
a greater  number  of  cusps  on  its  ridges,  and  its  talons  are  more  complex  than  in 
the  corresponding  tooth  of  the  latter.  Again,  the  true  molars  of  the  European 
species  generally  diminish  in  width  anteriorly  to  a greater  extent  than  do  those  of 
the  Indian  species. 

Comparing  the  tooth  represented  in  fig.  8 of  Plate  XL  of  the  Eauna  Anti- 
qua  Sivalensis,”  described  as  being  the  first  upper  true  molar  of  Mastodon  angus- 
tidens,  but  which  is  of  the  same  size  as  the  second  true  molar  represented  in  the 
next  figure,  with  the  second  upper  true  molar  of  Jf.  falconeri  described  above,  we 
find  that  the  former  tooth  is  somewhat  longer  than  the  latter,  and  is  wider  posteri- 
orly and  narrower  anteriorly.  The  valleys  in  the  European  tooth  are  more  blocked, 
owing  to  the  greater  development  of  the  accessory  columns  ; the  latter  being  placed 
on  the  line  of  the  median  cleft,  instead  of  on  one  side  of  it,  as  in  M.  falconeri. 
Again,  the  ridges  of  the  molar  of  M.  angustidens  are  considerably  higher  than  are 
those  of  M.  falconeri  : thus,  the  height  of  the  last  ridge  in  the  so-called  first  lower 
molar  of  the  former  species  is  2-2  inches,  whereas  in  the  nearly  equal-sized  tooth 
of  the  latter  it  is  only  1*4  inches.  In  an  undoubted  first  lower  true  molar  of  M'. 
angustidens  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum,  which  is  less  than  3 inches 
in  length,  the  height  of  the  ridges  is  equal  to  the  height  of  those  of  the  corre- 
sponding tooth  of  M.  falconeri  with  a length  of  4’1  inches. 

A second  upper  true  molar  of  Mastodon  angustidens  represented  in  fig.  3 of 
Plate  III  of  the  second  volume  of  the  “ Palaeontological  Memoirs,”  makes  a nearer 
approach  to  the  corresponding  tooth  of  M.  falconeri  than  does  any  other  tooth  that 
I have  seen.  The  ridges  on  that  tooth,  however,  are  higher,  the  talons  less  develop- 
ed, the  accessory  columns  larger,  and  placed  nearer  the  median  cleft,  than  in  M. 
falconeri.  An  excellent  figure  of  what  seems  to  be  the  first  upper  true  molar  of  M. 
angustidens  is  given  by  H.  von  Meyer  L that  specimen  is  a regularly  oblong  tooth, 
and  has  the  columns  of  the  ridges  more  distinct,  and  a deeper  mesial  cleft  than  in 
the  last  milk-molar  of  M.  falconeri  (Plate  XXXII,  fig.  3)  : the  European  tooth 
has  a lateral  cingulum  continuous  with  the  fore-and-aft  talons,  which  is  entirely 
wanting  in  the  Indian  tooth ; in  the  latter  the  valleys  are  less  open  and  more 
sinuous  than  in  the  former. 

The  presence  of  a cingulum  in  the  upper  molars  of  M.  angustidens  seems  from 
von  Meyer’s  figures  to  be  very  constant.  The  specimen  of  an  apparently  second 
upper  true  molar  figured  in  the  above  quoted  plate  (fig.  7)  of  von  Meyer’s,  has  an 
almost  complete  cingulum,  which  is  entirely  wanting  in  the  corresponding  tooth  of 
M.  falconeri  (Plate  XXII,  fig.  1) : in  the  former  tooth  the  valleys  are  less  entirely 
open  than  in  the  latter : other  teeth  figured  by  von  Meyer  exhibit  corresponding 
differences  from  those  of  M.  falconeri,  which  the  reader  can  examine  for  himself, 

’ Palseontographica,  Vol,  XVII,  Piate  III,  fig.  1,  (the  lowest  tooth  in  the  figure). 


H 


211—30 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


Pine  specimens  of  the  associated  penultimate  and  last  lower  true-molars  of 
M.  angmtidens  are  figured  by  Herr.  Vacek  the  penultimate  molar  there  figured  is 
a much  smaller,  narrower,  and  simpler  tooth  than  the  corresponding  tooth  of  M. 
falconeri  (Plate  XXXIII,  fig.  4) ; the  valleys  of  the  former  are  much  more  open, 
the  accessory  columns  and  the  dentine  trefoils  less  distinct  than  in  the  Indian  tooth  ; 
the  Euroj)ean  tooth  has  a very  small  hind-talon.  The  mandible  of  M.  falconeri  has  a 
sub- circular  cross  section,  and  a short  symphysis,  while  that  of  M.  angustidens  ^ has 
the  symphysis  produced  into  a long  rostrum ; whether  the  former  had  tusks  is  not 
known ; it  seems  almost  certain,  from  the  absence  of  any  trace  of  premolars  in  the 
young  cranium  of  the  former  species  described  above,  that  those  teeth  are  not 
developed  in  31.  falconeri,  as  they  are  in  M.  angustidens. 

M.  horsoni. — After  31.  angustidens  no  species  of  3Iastodon  comes  very  close  to 
31.  falconeri  in  the  form  of  its  molars.  The  molars  of  31.  horsoni  are  at  once  dis- 
tinguished from  those  of  the  Indian  species  by  the  almost  complete  absence  of  the 
median  longitudinal  cleft,  which  in  general  is  only  visible  in  germ  or  quite  unworn 
specimens.^  Pigures  of  the  teeth  of  this  species  are  given  in  Messrs.  Lortet  and 
Chantre’s  monograph  on  the  Mastodons  of  the  Rhone  basin.^ 

31.  andium. — In  3Iastodon  andium  ® the  dentine  discs  of  wear  of  the  columns 
of  the  ridges  are  of  nearly  equal  size,  and  do  not  form  such  distinct  trefoils  as  in  31. 
falconeri.  The  second  lower  molar  in  the  former  has  no  hind-talon,  while  the  last 
lower  molar  has  five  ridges,  which  we  have  no  reason  to  suppose  ^was  the  case  with 
31.  falconeri. 

31.  humholdtii.- — Pine  specimens  of  the  associated  second  and  third  lower 
true-molars  of  this  species  are  figured  by  the  late  H.  von  Meyer.®  The  last  tooth  has 
four  ridges  and  a very  large  hind  talon,  which  might  almost  be  classed  as  a fifth 
ridge.  The  penultimate  lower  molar  has  three  ridges  and  a small  hind  talon  : if  the 
figure  of  this  tooth  be  compared  with  that  of  the  corresponding  tooth  of  M.  falconeri 
(Plate  XXXIII,  fig.  4),  it  wiU  be  seen  that  the  European  tooth  irrespective  of  its 
smaller  size,  differs  from  the  Indian  by  its  much  simpler  structure,  and  smaller  hind- 
talon  ; the  columns  in  the  former  are  not  sub-divided  into  smaller  cones,  the  acces- 
sory tubercles  are  small,  and  the  valleys  much  more  open  than  in  the  latter. 

31.  maximus. — In  3Iastodon  maximus  the  ridges  of  the  molars  are  relatively 
higher  and  narrower  than  in  Jf.  falconeri ; the  transverse  valleys  are  completely 
open,  and  the  hind-talon  is  very  small. 

* “ Abhandl.  der.  k.  k.  Geol.  Eeich.”  Wien  18,  Vol.  VII,  pt.  4,  Plate  IV,  fig.  2. 

^ “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”,  Plate  XLIV,  fig.  5.  Abhandl.  der.  scbweiz,  Pal.  Gesell.,  Vol.  Ill, Plate  II,  fig.  4. 

® Falconer : “ Palaeontological  Memoirs”,  Vol.  II,  p.  18. 

“ Mastodontes  du  Bassin  du  Ehone.”  Arcbiv.  du  Mus.  d’Hist.  Nat.  de  Lyons,  Vol.  II,  Plates  XI,  XII,  XVI, 
XVI  bis.  Lyons,  1878. 

® M.  andium  was  originally  classed  by  Falconer  as  a Trilophodon,  though  subsequentlj  as  a Tetralophodon ; it 
appears  in  the  latter  group  on  page  14  of  the  second  volume  of  the  “ Palaeontological  Memoirs,”  but  a note  is  there 
appended,  saying  that  Dr.  Falconer  thought  of  once  again  placing  it  among  the  Trilojohodons,  The  species  seems  in 
reality  to  have  been  one  forming  a link  between  the  two  sections  of  the  genus. 

® “ Palacontographica,”  Vol.  XVII,  Plate  VI. 


SIWALIK  AND  NADBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


31—212 


M.  obscurus. — In  Mastodon  ohscurtis  ^ tlie  lower  molars  are  relatively  much 
narrower  than  are  those  of  M.  falconeri. 

M.  pandionis.  Some  of  the  molars  of  Mastodon  pandionis  are  described  in 
the  succeeding  pages,  where  their  distinctness  from  those  of  M.  falconeri  will  be 
pointed  out. 

Of  M.  pentelici  ^ only  the  milk-molars  appear  to  be  known.  The  second 
and  third  upper  milk-molars  of  that  species  are  considerably  larger  than  the  cor- 
responding teeth  of  M.  falconeri,  and  there  seems  to  be  a greater  number  of  accessory 
tubercles  in  the  transverse  valleys  of  the  former  teeth  than  in  the  latter.  The  second 
lower  milk-molar  in  the  Athenian  species  has  a relatively  larger  talon  than  the 
corresponding  Indian  tooth ; the  two  columns  of  the  hinder  ridge  of  the  former 
tooth  are  moreover  less  closely  connected  than  are  those  of  the  latter.  Both  these 
species  seem  to  have  had  the  common  character  of  being  unprovided  with  pre- 
molars. 

M.  productus. — The  mandible  of  M.  productus  ® is  laterally  compressed,  and  has 
a long  tusked  symphysis,  and  is,  therefore,  different  from  that  of  M.  falconeri. 
The  molars  are  also  of  simpler  structure,  and  the  columns  of  the  ridges  wear  into 
irregular  disks,  and  not  into  distinct  trefoils  of  dentine. 

M.  pyrenaicus. — I cannot  find  any  description  of  this  species  wliich  seems  to 
be  only  known  from  a manuscript  note  of  the  late  E.  Lartet. 

M.  tapiroides  ^ is  sufficiently  distinguished  from  the  present  species  by  the 
fact  that  the  transverse  ridges  of  the  molars  are  not  distinctly  bisected  by  a 
median  longitudinal  cleft,  as  well  as  by  the  transverse  valleys  being  entirely  unin- 
terrupted by  accessory  tubercles.  The  early  teeth  of  the  species  are  figured  by 
M.  Gaudry®  under  the  name  of  M.  turicensis ; M.  Gaudry  also  seems  to  include 
M.  horsoni  under  the  same  specific  name,  and  there  does  not  indeed  apj)ear  to  be  any 
difference  of  specific  value  between  the  molars  of  the  two.  A fine  series  of  the 
molars  of  this  species  are  figured  in  Plates  VIII  and  IX  of  the  above-quoted  memoir 
of  Lortet  and  Chantre. 

M.  mrgatidens. — Figures  of  three  of  the  molars  of  this  species  are  given 
in  figures  1,  2,  4 of  plate  IV  of  the  above  quoted  memoir  of  von  Meyer.  The  teeth 
are  quite  unlike  those  of  M.  falconeri,  as  the  ridges  and  valleys  extend  without 
interruption  across  the  crown. 

Since  none  of  the  Trilophodons  with  which  I am  acquainted  agree  in  the 
characters  of  the  teeth  with  the  above  described  Indian  trilophodont  teeth,  there 
seems  to  be  no  doubt  as  to  the  specific  distinctness  of  the  animal  to  which  the  latter 
belonged. 

1 Leidy : “Extinct  Vertebrate  Fauna  of  the  Western  Territories,”  pi.  22. 

2 Gaudry:  “ Animaux  Fossiles  et  Geologie  de  I’Attique,”  Pis.  XTII,  XXIII. 

2 Cope;  “ Extinct  Vertebrata  of  New  Mexico,”  United  States  Geographical  Survey,  west  of  100th  naeridian, 
VoL  IV,  pt.II,  P,  306,  Pis.  LXX— -LXXII. 

Falconer : “ Palaeontological  Memoirs”  Vol  I,  p.  103 

® Gaudry  : loc.  cit.  Plate  XXIV. 


213—32 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


Distribution. — Eemains  of  this  species  have  hitherto  only  been  procured  from 
the  Siwaliks  of  the  Punjab  to  the  westward  of  the  Jheluin  river,  and  from  the 
Manchars  (Siwaliks)  of  Sind.  No  species  of  Trilopliodon  was  known  to  Palconer 
and  Cautley  at  the  time  of  publication  of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,” 
whose  main  collections  were  obtained  far  to  the  eastward  of  the  Jhelum  (Sutledge 
and  Ganges  valleys),  and  from  the  vast  series  of  mammalian  remains  collected 
by  those  writers  it  may  he  fairly  inferred  that  the  present  species  does  not  occur 
in  the  more  easterly  Siwaliks. 


Species  2 : Mastodon  pandionis,  Palconer.  Plates  XXXIV-V-VI-VII,  fig.  3. 

Distory. — This  species  was  named  by  Dr.  Palconer  on  the  evidence  of  two 
molar  teeth  in  the  India  House  collection  said  to  have  been  obtained  from  the  Deccan. 
No  description  of  the  species  was  apparently  ever  published  by  Dr.  Palconer,  but  in 
his  synoptical  table  of  Mastodons  given  on  pages  14  and  15  of  the  second  volume  of 
the  “Palaeontological  Memoirs,”  the  species  is  classed  by  Dr.  Palconer  among  the 
Trilopliodons,  in  the  division  characterized  by  having  molars  with  “ colliculi  obtusi 
alternatim  mammillati,  valliculce  interruptce.'^ 

Although  no  description  of  the  molars  of  this  species  was  ever  published  by 
Dr.  Palconer,  it  appears  that  that  writer  made  a comparison  of  these  molars  with 
certain  of  those  of  Mastodon  angustidens  in  the  collection  of  the  late  M.  Edouard 
Lartet,  the  results  of  which  comparison  were  embodied  in  a manuscript  note.  This  note 
has  been  published  on  page  124  [et  seq.)  of  the  first  volume  of  the  “ Pala3ontological 
Memoirs,”  but  unfortunately  in  such  a manner  as  to  give  the  impression  that  the 
sjiecimens  in  M.  Lartet’s  collection  belonged  to  the  same  species  as  the  Indian 
teeth,  though  they  really  belonged  to  M.  angustidens.^  I have  copied  the  note 
below,  and  have  interpolated  in  brackets  the  name  of  the  latter  species  where  it  is 
necessary  to  the  proper  comprehension  of  the  text. 

“No.  1. — The  principal  piece  is  a penultimate  molar,  upper  jaw,  left  side;  so 
determined  from  comparison  with  a germ  specimen  from  M.  Lartet  of  an  antepenul- 
timate (molar  of  M.  angustidens) . The  crown  of  the  tooth  is  perfectly  entire,  the 
front  ridge  alone  being  a little  touched  by  wear  on  the  inner  side ; but  the  fangs  and 
base  of  the  tooth  are  broken  off  right  across  on  a line  with  the  termination  of  the 
enamel  shell.  It  exhibits  three  well  defined  ridges,  with  a thick  strong  front  talon 
and  a hind-talon  confluent  with  the  last  ridge.  It  is  a true  and  unmistakeahle 
Trilopliodon,  the  only  one  yet  yielded  by  India,  and  very  different  in  its  crown 
characters  from  all  the  Siwalik,  Ava,  or  other  fossil  Mastodons  of  the  East. 

“ The  general  form  of  the  crown  resembles  very  strongly  that  of  Trilopliodon 
angustidens,  the  principal  difference  being  that  the  ‘ col  ’ of  vallecular  flanking 
mammillae  is  stiU  more  developed  than  in  that  species.  The  crown  is  traversed,  as 


^ The  footnote  on  page  124  of  the  “ Palseontological  Memoirs  ” by  Dr.  Murchison,  only  adds  to  the  confusion. 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


33—214 


usual,  by  an  indistinct  longitudinal  cleft  along  the  axis,  marking  off  an  outer  and 
inner  division.  Each  of  the  three  ridges  has  the  outer  division  simple,  and  composed 
of  a thick  conical  transverse  mass,  the  summit  of  which  is  somewhat  compressed 
and  indistinctly  hi-  or  tri-lobed  by  corresponding  longitudinal  furrows.  The  inner 
division  is  more  massive  and  complex,  each  ridge  throwing  out  from  its  anterior  and 
posterior  surface — the  former  diagonally  forwards,  tlie  latter  diagonally  backwards — 
a ‘ col  ’ of  robust  tubercles,  which  meet  in  a chevron  form  in  the  middle  of  the  valley, 
so  that,  when  the  inner  division  of  the  crown  is  regarded  in  plan  apart  from  the 
outer,  it  presents,  in  conjunction  with  the  outlying  tubercles,  a series  of  zig-zags 
closely  resembling  the  letter  W.  The  complexity  of  pattern  is  further  increased  by 
the  salient  apex  of  the  connecting  ‘ col  ’ being  continued  outwards  towards  the  margin 
in  a single  line  of  cylindrical  mammillae,  which  completely  obliterate  the  bottom  of 
the  outer  half  of  each  valley  ; while  the  inner  half,  corresponding  with  the  re-enter- 
ing angle  between  the  large  inner  cones,  forms  a gorge  which  is  entirely  free  from 
tubercles.  The  anterior  talon  forms  a subordinate  ridgelet,  which  is  thrown  off  in 
the  usual  manner  from  the  anterior  portion  of  the  inner  cone,  and  is  continued  out- 
wards towards  the  margin,  with  less  inclination  downwards  than  is  usually  the  case 
in  the  other  allied  species  {M.  angustklens.)  It  is  composed  of  about  four  robust  com- 
pressed tubercles,  which  are  separated  from  the  anterior  ridge  by  a well-marked  chasm. 
The  posterior  talon  consists  of  a cluster  of  indistinct  confluent  tubercles  thrown  off 
from  the  posterior  part  of  the  inner  tubercle  of  the  last  ridge,  and  so  adpressed  to  the 
ridge  that  it  does  not  yield  the  defined  and  separate  appearance  seen  in  the  talon  of 
Trilophodon  angustidens.  After  a little  wear  the  posterior  talon  would  be  involved  in 
the  disc  of  detrition  of  the  last  ridge.” 

Dr.  Ealconer  then  proceeds  to  compare  a small  two-ridged  tooth  of  31.  pandi- 
onis  with  a corresponding  tooth  of  Jf.  angustidens.  I shall  have  occasion  to  refer 
to  this  tooth  again  in  the  sequel. 

Besides  the  two  above-mentioned  molars  of  31.  pandionis,  there  is  a left  an- 
tepenultimate upper  molar  of  the  same  species  in  the  British  Museum,  repre- 
sented on  Plate  XXXIV  (figs.  6 and  7)  of  the  first  volume  of  the  “ Palseontological 
Memoirs,”  which  was  found  in  Dr.  Ealconer’s  private  collection,  the  locality  whence 
it  was  obtained  being  apparently  unknown.  Of  this  specimen  I have  obtained 
a cast  for  the  Indian  Museum  through  the  courtesy  of  the  Trustees  of  the  British 
Museum. 

A short  note  on  some  lower  jaws  of  this  species  was  joublished  by  myself  in  the 
“Eecords.”  ^ 

Lower  jaws  and  molars. — Having  thus  sketched  the  history  of  the  known  molars 
of  3Lastodon  pandionis,  I proceed  to  describe  some  lower  jaws  and  molars  of  a tri- 
lophodont  3iastodon  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Punjab,  and 
which  I have  referred  to  that  species  from  the  general  resemblance  of  these  molars 
to  Ealconer’s  original  specimens. 

' Eec.  Geol.  Surv,  ludia,  Vol.  XII,  p.  43. 


215—84 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


The  first  specimens  we  have  to  consider  are  the  two  lower  molars  represented 
in  Plate  XXXIV.  These  two  specimens  are  associated  molars  from  the  right  ramus 
of  an  incomplete  mandible  collected  hy  Mr.  Theobald  at  Halwar  ih  the  Punjab. 
Since  the  smaller  of  the  two  teeth  (fig.  1)  carries  three  ridges  and  a hind-talon, 
wliile  the  larger  and  succeeding  tooth  (fig.  2)  carries  four  ridges  and  a double  hind- 
talon,  or  perhaps  five  ridges,  it  is  evident  that  the  two  teeth  are  respectively  the 
second  and  third  true  molars  of  a trilophodont  Mastodon.  The  smaller  tooth  is  in 
an  intermediate  state  of  wear,  while  the  larger  tooth  has  only  its  first  and  second 
ridges  slightly  touched  hy  wear,  the  remaining  three  ridges  having  been  still  con- 
cealed hy  the  gum  at  the  death  of  the  animal  to  which  the  jaw  belonged.  As  I 
have  said,  the  smaller  tooth  consists  of  three  complete  transverse  ridges  and  a large 
hind-talon  ; each  of  these  ridges  when  not  too  much  worn  away,  as  is  shown  in  the 
third  ridge,  is  divided  into  an  inner  and  an  outer  portion  by  a median  longitudinal 
cleft.  The  summit  of  each  of  these  two  portions  of  the  transverse  ridges,  when 
worn  down,  exhibits  irregularly  shaped  discs  of  dentine,  which  never  assume  a 
trefoil  figure,  and  by  which  character  the  molars  of  this  species  are  at  once  distin- 
guished from  those  of  Mastodon  falconeri.  In  the  transverse  valley  between  each 
pair  of  ridges,  there  are  two  or  more  accessory  tubercles  or  columns,  wedged  in 
between  the  main  ridges,  completely  blocking  the  valleys,  almost  as  high  up  as 
the  summits  of  the  ridges,  as  is  shown  in  the  larger  and  less  worn  tooth.  The  inner 
and  outer  columns  of  each  transverse  ridge  are  placed  somewhat  alternately  to  one 
another,  the  centre  of  the  inner  column  of  each  ridge  being  slightly  in  advance  of 
the  centre  of  the  outer  column.  The  hind-talon  of  the  smaller  tooth  is  of  unusually 
large  size,  and,  like  the  true  ridges,  consists  of  an  inner  and  an  outer  column, 
separated  by  a median  longitudinal  cleft,  and  having  two  accessory  columns  in 
the  preceding  transverse  valley.  The  talon  is  distinguished  from  a true  ridge  by 
being  much  narrower ; it  is  probable,  however,  that  we  have  here  (as  in  the  suc- 
ceeding tooth)  a molar  indicating  the  transition  from  a Trilophodon  to  a Tetra- 
lophodon.  In  the  two  anterior  ridges  of  the  penultimate  tooth  the  exposed  dentine 
discs  of  wear  have  united,  hut  there  is  still  in  both  a large  trace  of  the  median 
cleft. 

The  larger  and  nearly  unworn  tooth  (fig.  2)  shows  the  terminations  of  each 
column  more  distinctly  ; but  these  columns  have  precisely  the  same  arrangement 
as  in  the  smaller  tooth.  There  is  an  anterior  talon  consisting  of  four  agglomerated 
columns,  and  a large  double  hind-talon.'  The  columns  of  the  transverse  ridges  are 
of  great  vertical  height,  and  at  their  summits  curve  towards  the  anterior  extremity 
of  the  tooth.  The  valleys  contain  a considerable  quantity  of  cement,  which  extends 
to  within  half  an  inch  of  the  summits  of  the  columns ; this  cement  appears  to  be 
loosely  attached,  and  to  fall  off  as  the  teeth  are  worn  down.  It,  however,  exists  in  all 
the  specimens  of  unworn  molars,  which  are  contained  in  the  collection  of  the 

* Tlie  anterior  part  of  this  talon  might  almost  be  countec  as  fifth  true  ridge,  but  it  will  be  seen  to  correspond  with 
the  hinder  part  of  the  smaller  tooth,  which  is  evidently  a talon. 


SIWALIK  AND  NADBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA.  35—216 

Indian  Museum,  and  may  therefore  he  considered  as  characteristic  of  the  species. 
The  dimensions  of  the  two  figured  teeth  are  as  follows : — 

Length  of  second  true  molar . 4-1 

Width  of  ditto  ditto 2-6 

Length  of  third  ditto . .7-4 

Width  of  ditto 

Height  of  ridges  in  ditto 2-9 


Comparison. — If  the  description  of  these  two  molars  he  compared  with  fal- 
coner’s description  of  the  upper  molar  of  Mastodon  pandionis,  and  with  the  figure 
of  the  unworn  upper  molar,  represented  in  figs.  6 & 7 of  Plate  XXXIV,  of  the  first 
volume  of  the  “ Palaeontological  Memoirs,”  it  will  he  evident  that  aU  these  three 
teeth  have  the  same  general  characters,  viz.,  very  high  and  alternately  arranged 
columns  in  the  transverse  ridges,  and  the  transverse  valleys  completely  blocked  hy 
outlying  columns  from  these  ridges.  There  appears,  indeed,  from  falconer’s  descrip- 
tion, to  he  a somewhat  greater  complexity  in  the  arrangement  of  the  outlying 
columns  in  the  upper  molars  than  there  is  in  the  lower  molars.  AU  the  other  charac- 
ters of  the  teeth  are,  however,  so  exactly  similar,  that  there  is  every  prohahility  of 
theu  having  belonged  to  the  same  species,  and  I have  accordingly  referred  them  aU 
to  Mastodon  pandionis.  The  molar  figured  in  the  “ Palseontological  Memoirs,” 
considered  by  Dr.  falconer  to  he  the  first  or  antepenultimate  true  molar,  has  a 
length  of  4 and  an  extreme  width  of  2’5  inches ; these  dimensions  are  very  nearly 
the  same  as  those  of  the  second  or  penultimate  lower  true  molar  from  the  Punjab ; 
as  wiU  he  seen  subsequently,  however,  there  is  some  considerable  variation  in  the  size 
of  the  molars  of  this  species. 

Form  of  mandible. — The  portion  of  the  mandible  to  which  the  two  figured 
molars  belong,  comprehends  the  greater  part  of  the  horizontal  ramus  of  either  side ; 
posteriorly  each  ramus  is  broken  off  at  the  hinder  end  of  the  alveolus  of  the  last 
molar,  and  anteriorly  a short  distance  in  advance  of  the  penultimate  molar.  The 
inner  surface  of  the  ramus  is  convex  from  above  downwards,  and  the  outer  concave, 
the  inferior  border  being  slightly  sinuous  : the  angle  included  between  the  inferior 
and  alveolar  borders  is  an  acute  one,  the  bounding  lines  receding  from  one  another  an- 
teriorly, and  the  jaws  consequently  becoming  deeper  towards  that  extremity.  The 
whole  ramus  is  much  compressed  from  side  to  side,  the  vertical  diameter  being  much 
greater  than  the  horizontal.  The  ramus  is  continued  in  the  same  line  as  the  alveo- 
lar border  up  to  the  point  where  it  has  been  broken  off  in  front ; at  the  fracture 
the  depth  of  the  sides  of  the  mandible  is  close  on  8 inches ; the  jaw  presents  in 
section  at  this  point  a U-shape,  the  base  of  the  JJ  being  thick,  and  the  sides  very 
thin,  and  tapering  to  a sharp  edge  at  their  summits.  The  form  of  this  transverse 
section,  together  with  the  direction  of  the  upper  and  lower  borders  of  the  ramus, 
shows  that  the  mandible  when  complete  would  have  been  produced  into  a long 
trough-hke  symphysis,  and  could  not  ha’ve  had  a short  symphysis  like  that  of  the 
living  Indian  elephant.  We  shall  subsequently  describe  a specimen  showing  this 


217—36 


SIWALIK  AND  NALiBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


trougli-like  symphysis.  Where  there  is  a short  symphysis  in  Proboscidians,  the 
alveolar  border  of  the  ramus  descends  suddenly  in  front  of  the  anterior  molar,  as  is 
well  shown  in  Plates  XLIV — V of  the  “Fauna  Antiqna  Sivalensis,”  and  the 
transverse  section  near  the  commencement  of  the  symphysis  is  suh-circnlar  in 
each  ramus,  instead  of  having  a thick  base  and  a tall  and  slender  side-wall.  The 
mandible  of  31.  pandionis  presents  two  nervous  foramina  of  unusually  large  size, 
the  one  situated  immediately  below  the  anterior  border  of  the  penultimate  molar, 
and  the  other  some  4 inches  in  advance,  nearer  to  the  inferior  border  of  the  ramus. 
The  great  size  of  these  two  foramina  indicates  a very  large  inferior  branch  of  the 
fifth  nerve,  which  would  be  necessary  to  supply  the  large  amount  of  tissues  in- 
vesting a prolonged  symphysial  rostrum.  The  mandible  has  a vertical  depth  of 
7’0  inches  at  the  middle  of  the  last  molar,  and  of  7 ’8  inches  at  the  commencement, 
of  the  symphysis,  its  thickness  at  the  same  point  being  4 inches.  If  these  dimen- 
sions are  compared  with  those  of  the  mandible  of  31.  falconeri  given  above,  it  will 
be  seen  that  the  form  of  the  ramus  of  the  mandible  is  alone  an  amply  sufficient 
distinction  between  the  two  species. 

Last  lower  molar. — The  next  specimens  I wish  to  bring  to  notice,  are  the  right 
lower  molar,  and  the  symphysis  of  a mandible,  represented  in  fig.  4 of  Plate  XXXV 
and  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XXXVI.  The  molar  is  implanted  in  a fragment  of  the  right 
ramus  of  a mandible,  which  is  a part  of  the  same  specimen  as  the  symphysis.  When 
first  obtained  in  the  Punjab,  Mr.  Theobald  tells  me  that  the  whole  mandible  was 
complete ; the  specimen  was,  however,  in  an  extremely  friable  condition,  and  when  it 
arrived  in  Caleutta,  the  only  j)ortions  which  were  not  reduced  to  fragments  were  a 
part  of  the  right  ramus  and  the  figured  symphysis. 

The  figured  tooth,  which  is  about  one-third  worn  down,  carries  four  ridges  and  a 
large  hind-talon.  If  this  tooth  be  compared  with  the  last  lower  molar  represented 
in  fig.  2 of  Plate  XXXIV,  it  will  be  seen  (making  allowance,  of  course,  for  the  one 
tooth  being  well  worn  and  the  other  a germ)  that  the  two  molars  are  similar  in 
form,  and  evidently  belong  to  the  same  species,  both  being  in  fact  last  right  lower 
molars.  It  will  not  be  necessary  to  describe  the  well-worn  tooth,  since  I have  mainly 
figured  it  in  order  to  prove  that  the  symphysis  of  the  mandible  associated  with  it  really 
belonged  to  31astodon  pandionis. 

The  worn  last  molar  is  slightly  larger  than  the  corresponding  unworn  tooth, 
and  the  jaw  in  which  the  former  is  implanted  is  also  correspondingly  larger  than  the 
jaw  which  carries  the  unworn  tooth ; both  jaws  have,  however,  preeisely  the  same 
form.  In  front  of  the  worn  last  true  molar,  there  remains  in  the  jaw  the  fragment- 
ary base  of  a smaller  tooth,  which  from  its  size  seems  to  have  carried  three  ridges, 
and  which  would  therefore  correspond  to  the  penultimate  molar,  represented  in 
fig.  1 of  Plate  XXXIV.  The  length  of  the  last  molar  is  8’4  inches,  and  its  width 
3’3  inches. 

Symphysis  of  mandible. — The  symphysis  of  the  mandible,  Plate  XXXVI,  fig.  1, 
consists  of  a long  spout-like  rostrum,  the  figured  fragment  being  some  20  inches  in 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


37—218 


length.  The  medial  line  of  this  rostrum  is  deeply  hollowed  out  posteriorly,  the  hollow 
gradually  diminishing  anteriorly ; its  depth  posteriorly,  where  the  specimen  is  broken 
off,  is  upwards  of  7 inches,  the  lateral  walls  are  thin,  and  nearly  vertical  externally. 
There  are  no  traces  of  tusks  in  this  specimen.  There  must  have  been  an  interval  of 
at  least  a foot  between  the  proximal  extremity  of  this  symphysis  and  the  fragment 
of  the  ramus  of  the  mandible  where  broken  off  in  front  of  the  penultimate 
molar. 

Tushed  symphysis. — We  have  now  shown  that  Mastodon  pandionis  had  a pro- 
duced symphysial  rostrum,  which  in  some  individuals  was  tuskkss ; this  leads  us  to 
the  consideration  of  another  mandibular  symphysis  (Plate  XXXVI,  fig.  2),  which 
from  its  form  evidently  belonged  to  a Mastodon^  and  I think  most  probably  to  M. 
pandionis.  This  specimen  was,  like  the  other,  obtained  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Punjab. 
It  consists  of  the  distal  extremity  of  the  symphysis,  the  fragment  being  about  one 
foot  in  length.  It  is  furnished  with  a pair  of  large  and  laterally  compressed  tusks, 
of  which  the  middle  portions  alone  remain.  These  tusks  are  strongly  arcuated,  their 
superior  border  being  concave  and  their  inferior  convex  : they  consist  entirely 
of  ivory,  and  present  no  trace  of  any  band  of  enamel,  as  seems  to  be  uni. 
versally  the  case  in  the  genus.  Their  transverse  diameter  is  2 inches,  and  the 
vertical  3'1  inches.  The  rostrum  itself  is  concave  superiorly  and  convex  inferiorly 
in  the  antero-posterior  direction.  The  anterior  portion  of  the  superior  surface 
presents  a lozenge-shaped  hollow,  externally  to  which  this  surface  slopes  away  to 
join  the  lateral  surfaces.  In  this  specimen  there  is  no  trace  of  the  deep  longitudinal 
groove  which  occurs  in  the  tuskless  symphysis  represented  in  fig.  1 of  the  same 
plate.  Such  a groove  could  not,  however,  exist  between  the  large  tusks  of  the 
second  symphysis,  and  if,  as  I think  is  most  probably  the  case,  the  latter  belonged 
to  the  same  species  as  the  former,  it  would  seem  that  the  presence  of  the  large  tusks, 
in  the  one  and  their  absence  in  the  other  are  the  cause  of  the  differences  in  form  of 
the  two  specimens.  The  symphysis  of  the  mandible  is  known  in  Mastodon  latidens, 
M.  perimensis,  and  M.  sicalejisis,  as  we  shall  see  when  we  come  to  the  description  of 
those  species,  and  the  tusked  symphysis  cannot,  therefore,  belong  to  either  of  them, 
all  of  which  have  much  shorter  symphyses.  The  complete  mandible  of  31.  falconer i 
is  unknown,  but  the  specimen  already  referred  to  (Plate  XXXIII,  fig.  1)  proves 
that  this  species  had  a short  and  probably  edentulous  symphysis.  If,  therefore, 
the  tusked  symphysis  under  consideration  does  not  belong  to  M.  pandionis,  it  must 
belong  to  a new  species  of  Siwalik  Mastodon,  which  is  somewhat  improbable.  On 
the  supposition  that  the  symphysis  in  question  belongs  to  M.  pandionis,  it  must 
have  belonged  in  all  probability  to  a male  individual,  while  the  tuskless  specimen 
represented  in  the  other  figure  of  the  same  plate  must  have  probably  belonged  to  a 
female. 

Last  upper  true  molar. — A last  left  upper  true  molar  of  a trilophodont  Mastodon 
in  the  Indian  Museum  seems  to  belong  to  the  present  speeies.  The  specimen  was 
collected  by  Mr,  Theobald  in  the  Punjab  ; but  is  not  in  a good  condition  for  fi  guring 


219—38 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


owing  to  tlie  sandy  matrix  having  become  mingled  with  the  enamel.  The  tooth  is  in 
germ,  and  has  a convex  crown  surface,  carrying  four  transverse  ridges,  and  fore-and- 
aft  talons.  The  anterior  talon  consists  of  a semi-circular  ledge  attached  to  the  first 
ridge.  The  true  ridges  and  the  hind- talon  correspond  exactly  in  form  with  those 
of  the  corresponding  lower  molar  represented  in  fig.  2 of  Plate  XXXIV  : they 
are  tall,  placed  somewhat  alternately,  and  divided  by  a deep  longitudinal  cleft.  The 
accessory  tubercles  appear  to  he  arransred  as  in  Falconer’s  specimens  of  the  earlier 
upper  molars ; the  valleys  are  completely  blocked  by  outlying  tubercles,  and  also 
contain  a comparatively  large  quantity  of  cement.  The  length  of  the  specimen  is 
7*7  inches,  its  greatest  width  3*8  inches,  and  the  height  of  the  second  ridge  3*3 
inches. 

First  loioer  true  molar. — The  imperfect  small  tooth  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate 
XXXV  is  implanted  in  a fragment  of  the  right  ramus  of  a mandible,  and,  like 
the  preceding  specimens,  was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the 
Punjab.  Prom  its  small  size,  this  tooth  must  evidently  he  either  the  last  milk-molar, 
or  the  first  true  molar,  and  from  carrying  only  three  transverse  ridges,  it  must 
evidently  belong  to  a trilophodont  Mastodon.  As  the  tooth  is  only  slightly  smaller 
than  the  second  lower  true  molar  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XXXIV,  it  is 
probable  that  it  is  the  first  true  molar.  The  tooth  is  entirely  unworn,  and  has  lost 
the  inner  column  of  the  first  ridge.  The  posterior  extremity  of  the  specimen  is 
slightly  narrower  than  the  anterior ; and  there  seems  to  have  been  a very  small 
mterior  talon,  judging  from  the  fragment  remaining  on  the  outer  column,  and  there 
is  a very  distinct  hind-talon,  of  a much  lower  elevation  than  the  third  ridge.  The 
ridges  are  all  of  great  relative  height,  and  are  divided  mesially  by  a cleft  along  the 
antero-posterior  axis  of  the  tooth ; each  ridge  is  slightly  convex  anteriorly,  and  con- 
cave posteriorly.  Prom  either  side  of  the  outer  column  of  each  ridge  accessory 
columns  or  tubercles  project  into  the  transverse  valleys,  completely  blocking  them^ 
nearly  up  to  the  summits  of  the  ridges.  Cement  occurs  in  some  quantity  in  the 
valleys.  The  length  of  this  tooth  is  4*2  inches,  its  greatest  width  2*3  inches,  and 
the  height  of  the  outer  column  of  the  first  ridge  2 inches. 

In  being  furnished  with  cement,  as  well  as  in  the  great  relative  height  of  the 
transverse  ridges,  this  tooth  agrees  with  the  penultimate  lower  molar  of  M.  pandionis 
represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XXXIV.  The  accessory  tubercles  or  columns  are, 
however,  less  complex,  and  the  ridges  are  placed  less  alternately  than  in  the  last 
lower  molar  represented  in  fig.  2 of  the  last-named  plate.  Now,  we  have  already 
seen  that  the  accessory  columns  are  less  developed  in  the  second  lower  molar  than  in 
the  upper  molars,  and  it  appears  from  the  present  specimen  that  these  tubercles 
are  still  less  developed  in  the  earlier  lower  molars. 

The  present  specimen  is  readily  distinguished  from  the  corresponding  tooth  of 
the  other  Indian  Trilopliodon  [M.  falconeri,  Plate  XXXIII,  fig.  3)  by  its  general 
shape,  by  the  ridges  being  much  higher  (2  inches  in  place  of  1*4  inches),  by  the 
valleys  being  blocked  to  a greater  extent,  and  by  the  presence  of  cement. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


39—220 


Third  lower  milk-molar. — Of  the  third  lower  milk-molar  there  is  a damaged 
specimen  in  the  Indian  Museum  from  Perim  Island.  This  tooth  carries  three  trans- 
verse ridges,  and  small  fore-and-aft  talons ; it  is  narrower  in  front  than  behind,  and 
in  aU  essential  characters  it  agrees  with  the  preceding  specimen.  Its  length  is  3'4 
inches,  and  its  greatest  width  2-3  inches. 

Second  tipper  milk-molar. — The  specimen  represented  in  fig.  3 of  Plate 
XXXV  is  evidently  from  its  size  a milk-molar  or  a premolar,  while  from  its  shape 
it  as  evidently  belongs  to  the  upper  jaw.  It  carries  two  transverse  ridges,  a very 
small  anterior  talon,  and  a large  posterior  talon.  Prom  its  carrying  only  two  com- 
plete transverse  ridges,  it  might  he  either  the  first  milk-molar  of  a tetralophodont, 
or  the  second  milk-molar  of  a trilophodont  Mastodon.  Now,  from  its  size,  the 
specimen  is  too  large  to  he  a first  milk-molar,  and  must  consequently  he  the 
second  milk-molar  of  a Trilophodon,  if  it  be  not  a premolar.  Of  the  trilophodont 
Mastodon  falconeri,  the  second  upper  milk-molar  is  known  (Plate  XXXII, 
fig.  2),  and  there,  therefore,  only  remains  M.  pandionis  to  which  the  specimen  can 
belong ; as  we  shall  see  immediately,  its  characters  agree  sufficiently  well  wdth  those 
of  the  other  teeth  of  that  species  to  make  it  probable  that  the  specimen  is  rightly 
referred  to  it. 

The  specimen  was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Punjab, 
and  is  entirely  untouched  by  wear,  never  having  been  protruded  from  the  gum  : we 
may,  therefore,  infer  that  the  animal  to  which  it  belonged  must  have  died  in 
early  infancy.  The  crown  is  considerably  narrower  in  front  than  behind,  and  the 
ridges  borne  on  it  are  of  unusual  relative  height,  the  second  being  rather  lower 
than  the  first.  The  latter,  which  is  divided  like  the  former,  into  an  outer  and  an 
inner  portion  by  the  median  longitudinal  cleft  which  traverses  the  crown,  has  two 
large  tubercles  at  either  extremity : between  these  are  two  smaller  ones — one  on 
either  side  of  the  median  cleft.  The  second  ridge  has  tw^'o  tubercles  externally,  and 
a mass  of  four  small  agglomerated  tubercles  internally.  The  larger  size  of  this 
second  mass  of  tubercles  shows  that  this  is  the  inner  side  of  the  tooth,  which  will 
consequently  belong  to  the  left  side  of  the  jaw.  The  hind-talon  has  two  distinct 
tubercles  externally,  while  internally  it  merges  into  an  indistinct  ledge  on  the  second 
ridge.  The  main  transverse  valley  is  completely  blocked  up  by  an  accessory  column 
or  tubercle,  rising  from  the  hinder  side  of  the  first  ridge,  and  uniting  at  its  base 
with  one  of  the  tubercles  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  second  ridge.  A considerable 
quantity  of  cement  occurs  in  this  valley,  at  once  distinguishing  this  tooth  from 
those  of  all  other  Siwalik  Mastodons  except  M.  perimensis.  The  length  of  the  tooth 
is  2’ 2 inches,  its  greatest  width  1*8  inches,  and  the  height  of  the  first  ridge 
1*3  inches. 

In  the  height  of  its  ridges,  their  general  form,  as  well  as  in  the  presence  of 
cement,  and  in  the  blocking  of  the  transverse  valley,  this  tooth  agrees  with  the  first 
lower  molar  of  Mastodon  pandionis,  and  I accordingly  provisionally  refer  it  to  the 
same  species. 


221—40 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


In  fig.  1 of  the  fortieth  plate  of  the  “ Eanna  Antiqna  Sivalensis,”  there  is 
figured  a tooth-germ  which,  except  in  being  shghtly  smaller,  agrees  in  all  respects 
with  the  present  specimen,  and  which  is  probably  the  corresponding  tooth  of  the 
opposite  side  of  the  jaw.  The  description  of  the  specimen  as  given  by  Ealconer  is 
as  follows:  “Eigs.  1 and  la. — Mastodon  latidens.  Second  (?)  upper  milk-molar 
with  two  ridges,  Length  1‘9  inches,  width  1*4  inches.”  Now,  it  is  quite  clear  that 
the  specimen  cannot  belong  to  Mastodon  latidens,  as  the  corresponding  tooth  of  that 
species  (Plate  XXXVII,  fig.  4)  has  three  transverse  ridges,  which  are  very  much 
lower,  and  the  valleys  are  open  and  without  cement.  I shall  again  have  occasion  to 
refer  to  this  question  when  I come  to  consider  the  second  upper  milk-molar  of  the 
latter  species. 

The  present  tooth  has  a considerable  general  resemblance  to  the  corresponding 
tooth  of  Mastodon  angustidens  ^ (with  which  species  M.  pandionis  seems  to  be  closely 
allied),  but  is  distinguished  by  the  greater  extent  to  which  the  transverse  valley  is 
blocked,  and  by  the  smaller  size  of  the  hind  talon  as  well  as  by  the  generally  larger 
size  of  the  tooth. 

Last  lower  premolar  and  second  loioer  milk-molar. — The  small  specimen  re- 
presented in  fig.  2 of  Plate  XXXY  is  evidently  either  the  second  (penultimate) 
lower  milk-molar,  or  the  last  lower  premolar  of  a trilophodont  Mastodon ; it  is 
similar  to  a tooth  formerly  in  the  j)ossession  of  Ealconer,  and  by  him  classed  as  the 
last  lower  premolar  of  M.  pamdionis,  and  is  also  very  similar  to  the  tooth  generally 
classed  as  the  last  lower  premolar  of  M.  angustidens,  from,  which  I think  thnt 
Ealconer  was  probably  right  in  referring  his  specimen  to  31.  pandionis.  As  both  the 
second  milk-molar  and  the  last  premolar  of  Trilophodons  have  only  two  ridges  it  is 
extremely  difficult  to  assign  either  of  these  teeth,  when  found  isolated,  to  its  proper 
serial  position:  I shall,  however,  show  why  I class  the  figured  tooth  as  the  latter.  This 
tooth  belongs  to  the  left  ramus  of  the  mandible ; its  crown  is  elongated  antero- 
posteriorly  and  is  somewhat  narrower  in  front  than  behind.  This  specimen,  together 
with  a slightly  smaller  but  similarly  shaped  tooth,  was  obtained  by  Mr.  W.  T.  Blanford 
in  Sind.  The  smaller  specimen  shows  very  distinctly  small  discs  of  pressure  on  both 
the  anterior  and  posterior  surfaces,  proving  that  the  tooth  when  in  position  had 
another  tooth  on  either  side  of  it  in  close  apposition : the  figured  tooth  has  only  a 
disc  of  pressure  posteriorly,  showing  that  the  preceding  tooth  must  have  dropped 
out  at  an  early  period.  As  the  two  teeth  are  precisely  similar  there  cannot  be  the 
least  doubt  but  that  they  are  homologous. 

This  tooth,  as  we  have  seen,  carries  two  complete  transverse  ridges,  and  small 
fore-and-aft  talons,  a wide  and  nearly  open  valley  separating  the  two  ridges.  Both 
ridges  are  considerably  worn,  the  plane  of  wear  of  the  first  being  nearly  horizontal, 
while  that  of  the  second  is  directed  obhquely  forwards.  In  the  centre  of  the  valley, 
between  the  two  ridges,  there  is  a small  circular  disc  of  dentine  exposed,  which  is 
formed  by  the  abrasion  of  one  of  the  ridges  of  the  corresponding  upjoer  tooth 

' Gaudrj’ : “ Les  Euchainements  du  Monde  Animal,”  Mammiferes  Tertiaires,  p.  180,  fig.  239. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PBOBOSCIDIA. 


41—222 


against  the  summit  of  a tubercle  situated  in  this  valleyd  The  first  ridge  is  short, 
and  has  only  a very  faint  trace  of  a median  division ; the  second  ridge  is  longer, 
and  is  distinctly  divided  into  an  outer  and  an  inner  column  by  a median  cleft ; each 
column  of  this  ridge  appears  to  have  been  capped  by  tubercles.  The  inner  one  of 
these  two  columns  is  placed  somewhat  in  advance  of  the  outer  one.  The  worn 
tubercle  in  the  transverse  valley  shows  that  the  latter  was  somewhat  blocked  at  its 
base ; the  transverse  ridges  are  of  considerable  height. 

The  length  of  the  tooth  is  2’05  inches ; its  greatest  width  1’5  inches ; and  the 
height  of  tlie  worn  front  ridge  1 inch. 

This  tooth  is  of  simpler  construction  than  any  of  the  other  molars  of  Mastodon 
pandionis ; we  have,  however,  seen  that  in  that  species  the  lower  molars  are  less 
complex  than  the  upper,  and  the  anterior  lower  teetli  less  complex  than  the  succeed- 
ing ones.  In  describing  the  known  teeth  of  Mastodon  pandionis  in  the  above  quoted 
note  in  the  “ Palseontological  Memoirs,”^  Dr.  Palconer  describes  a small  tooth  of 
that  species  in  the  following  words  : — “ Among  the  teeth  presented  (to  the  India 
House)  by  Colonel  Sykes,  there  is  also  a small  two-ridged  Mastodon  tooth,  with  very 
smooth  enamel,  which  in  form,  through  every  detail,  agrees  so  exactly  with  a speci- 
men (of  a lower  premolar  of  Mastodon  angustidens)  of  Lartet’s,  that  I unhesitatingly 
consider  them  to  be  homologous  teeth  of  the  same  side  and  of  nearly  the  same  age. 

Dimensions  of  premolar.  Lartet’s.  Indian. 

Extreme  length I'/S  1’9 

Width  of  front  ridge . . I'l  1’15 

Ditto  of  back  ridge 1-4  1’4 

“ Lartet’s  specimen  is  a detached  tooth,  labelled  in  his  list,  ‘Last  lower 
molar,  left  side.’  It  consists  of  two  ridges,  both  of  them  worn  ; but  the  outer  and 
inner  discs  not  continuous,  and  the  middle  of  the  valley  occupied  by  a tubercle, 
which  is  worn  low  down,  leaving  a circular  disc.  There,  is  a well-marked  anterior 
talon  of  two  worn  tubercles,  but  deeply  impressed  by  an  anterior  disc  of  pressure 
against  a preceding  tooth  in  position.  Behind  there  is  also  a talon,  but  very 
strongly  impressed  by  a disc  of  pressure,  so  that  the  posterior  talon  only  exists  on 
the  inner  side.  The  crown  presents  the  cucumber  shape,  so  remarked  on  by  De 
Blainville,  «.<?.,  the  first  ridge  is  narrow  (short),  the  second  broad  (long). 

“ The  Indian  fossil  shows  precisely  the  same  characters,  i.e.,  two  ridges  worn, 
and  two  talons,  with  a connecting  tubercle  between  the  ridges.  The  back  talon  is 
marked  with  a disc  of  pressure,  but  the  anterior  talon  consists  of  two  confluent 
prominent  tubercles,  free  from  any  mark,  showing  either  that  there  was  no  penulti- 
mate premolar,  or  that  it  was  very  caducous  and  dropped  out  without  pressure  from 
liehind.  The  anterior  ridge  is  narrow  (short) ; the  posterior  broad  (long),  as  in 
Lartet’s  (specimen) ; but  the  ridges  are  more  worn,  and  the  discs  confluent.  The 
crown  slopes  from  the  inside,  which  is  higher,  to  the  outside,  which  is  lower,  but  less 

* This  abraded  spot  is  scarcely  perceptible  in  tbe  figure, 

2 Vol.  I,  p.  125. 

L 


223— 42 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PBOBOSCIDIA. 


so  than  in  Lartet’s  (specimen).  The  intermediate  tubercle  is  worn  down  as  in  his 
(specimen),  and  the  posterior  talon  is  only  exhibited  free  on  the  inner  side. 

“ The  specimens  are  so  exactly  alike  that  they  might  have  been  taken  for  the 
same  species,  hut  that  the  Indian  is  a little  larger.”^ 

Now,  a perusal  of  the  foregoing  note,  will,  I think,  render  it  perfectly  clear  to 
the  reader  that  the  Indian  tooth  described  therein  is  the  corresponding  tooth  to  our 
Sind  specimen,  and  that  consequently  both  teeth  belong  to  the  same  species,  which 
is  probably  M.  pcmdionis  of  Balconer.  With  regard  to  the  serial  j)osition  of  this 
tooth  we  find  that  according  to  Balconer  it  agrees  exactly  with  a tooth  in  the  pos- 
session of  Ed.  Lartet,  and  considered  as  the  last  lower  premolar  of  M.  angustidens. 
It  also  agrees  with- a similar  tooth  figured  by  von  Meyer,  in  figures  12,  13  of  plate 
V of  Vol.  XVII  of  the  “ Palaeontographica,”  as  the  second  lower  premolar  of  that 
species ; normally  the  number  of  premolars  in  Mastodons  is  two,  and  the  last  might 
therefore  well  he  called  the  second.  Von  Meyer  has,  however,  figured  a specimen 
of  a young  u2Dper  jaw  of  IL  angustidens  (plate  III,  fig.  1),  which  he  describes  as 
containing  two  premolars,  which  he  calls  first  and  second,  and  a third  tooth  which 
he  calls  the  third  milk-molar.  There  can  he  no  question  hut  that  the  two  first 
teeth  in  that  sjDecimen  are  premolars,  since  they  are  less  worn  than  the  thuxl  tooth. 
The  posterior  of  the  two  premolars  is  a complex  two-ridged  tooth  very  like  the 
second  upper  milk-molar  of  M.  falconeri ; according  to  von  Meyer’s  classification 
this  tooth  must  have  succeeded  a tooth  (the  second  milk-molar)  no  more  complex 
than  itself,  and  a third  premolar  would  have  appeared  above  the  third  tooth  in  the 
jaw.  As  the  second  premolar  in  that  jaw  is  as  complex  as  the  last  premolar  in  the 
tetralophodont  M.  latidens,  I cannot  hut  think  that  the  third  tooth  in  von  Meyer’s 
jaw  is  really  the  first  true  molar,  the  jaw  belonging  to  a very  small  animal.  The 
second  premolar  will  then  he  the  last,  and  not  the  penultimate.  If  this  view 
he  admitted,  the  lower  premolar,  which  he  figures  as  the  second  or  penultimate, 
will  he  the  last,  and  indeed  this  must  he  so,  because  in  a cast  of  a lower  jaw  of  a 
young  31.  angustidens  in  the  Indian  Museum,  we  find  that  the  premolar  succeeding 
the  last  milk-molar  is  a two-ridged  tooth,  much  like  Meyer’s  specimen,  while  the 
preceding  premolar  has  only  a single  column,  and  corresponds  to  the  first  (penul- 
timate) premolar  in  Meyer’s  upper  jaw.  In  this  lower  jaw  the  first  true  molar  is 
no  larger  than  the  tooth  which  I consider  the  same  in  the  uj)per  jaw  figured  by 
Meyer. 

The  tooth  of  M.  angustidens,  which  is  so  like  our  specimen,  is  therefore  the 
last  lower  premolar,  and  I accordingly  class  the  figured  specimen  as  the  correspond- 
ing tooth  of  31.  pandionis. 

I have,  however,  another  reason  why  this  tooth  should  he  classed  as  the  last 
premolar,  and  not  as  the  second  milk-molar.  The  small  s^oecimen  represented  in 
figure  3 of  plate  XXXVII,  obtained  by  Mr.  Eedden  in  Sind,  from  its  narrow  and 
elongated  form,  evidently  belongs  to  the  lower  jaw,  and  seems  to  belong  to  a Trilo-^ 

* The  italics  and  hrachets  in  the  above  note  are  my  own. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


43—224 


pJiodon,  being  either  the  second  milk-molar  or  the  last  premolar.  The  tooth  belongs 
to  the  left  ramus  of  the  mandible,  as  is  shown  l)y  the  inner  extremity  of  each  of 
the  two  transverse  ridges  (top  border  of  figure)  being  considerably  higher  than  the 
outer  ; the  first  ridge  is  slightly  smaller  than  the  second,  and  there  are  small  fore- 
and-aft-talons.  The  plane  of  detrition  of  the  first  ridge  is  directed  obliquely  back- 
wards, and  that  of  the  second  ridge  obhquely  forwards ; each  ridge  is  mesially 
bisected  by  a distinct  antero-posterior  cleft  into  an  outer  and  an  inner  column. 
The  length  of  this  tooth  is  1’6  inches  and  its  greatest  width  I'l  inches. 

With  regard  to  the  position  of  the  tooth  and  the  species  to  which  it  belongs,  I 
have  but  little  doubt  that  the  specimen  belongs  to  a TrilopJwclon of  the  two 
Indian  Trilopliodons,  the  second  lower  milk-molar  of  M.  falconeri  is  known,  and 
it  is  probable  that  there  were  no  premolars  developed  in  that  species ; there  only 
remains,  therefore,  31,  pcmdionis. 

Of  two  specimens  of  the  lower  young  dentition  of  M.  angustidens  in  the 
Indian  Museum,  the  one  shows  the  last  milk-molar,  with  the  last  premolar  in 
alveolo  below  it,  and  the  other  the  second  and  third  milk-molars.  In  both  these 
specimens  the  last  milk-molar  has  a length  of  about  2^  inches ; the  second  milk- 
molar  is  1’3  inches  in  length  and  the  last  premolar  1‘8  inches.  It  is,  therefore, 
apparent  that  in  jaws  having  the  last  milk-molar  of  the  same  size,  the  last  premolar 
is  larger  than  the  second  milk-molar.  On  these  grounds  I have  provisionally 
classed  the  tooth  represented  in  figure  2 of  plate  XXXV  (closely  resembling  the 
last  lower  premolar  of  M.  angustidens)  as  the  last  lower  premolar  of  3£.  pandio- 
nis,  and  the  smaller  tooth  represented  in  figure  3 of  plate  XXXVII  (closely 
resembling  the  second  lower  milk-molar  of  31.  angustidens)  as  the  second  lower 
milk-molar  of  31.  pandionis} 

The  tooth  classed  as  the  second  lower  milk-molar  of  31.  pandionis  is  small  as 
compared  with  the  second  upper  milk-molar  of  the  same  species  figured  in  this 
memoir  (PL  XXXV,  fig.  3).  Palconer’s  specimen  of  the  latter  tooth  referred  to 
above,  however,  is  smaller  and  agrees  well  in  this  respect  with  the  lower  tooth. 
The  difference  in  size  of  the  last  lower  premolars,  shows  the  variations  in  size  which 
the  teeth  of  this  species  may  undergo. 

General  characters. — Having  now  described  such  of  the  remains  of  31.  pan- 
dionis accessible  to  me,  as  are  of  the  most  importance  in  illustrating  its  dentition 
and  osteology,  I proceed  to  summarize  the  general  and  distinctive  characters  of  the 
species,  as  far  as  they  are  at  present  known.  We  are  unfortunately  totally  unac- 
quainted with  the  cranium,  and  nothing,  therefore,  can  be  said  regarding  this 
important  part  of  the  skeleton.  The  mandible  is  charaeterized  by  its  compressed 
rami,  and  by  being  produced  into  an  enormous  symphysial  rostrum,  which  in  some 
individuals  was  tuskless,  and  in  others  (unless  the  symphysis  figured  in  Plate 
XXXVI,  fig.  2,  belongs  to  a new  species)  carried  large  and  much  curved  incisors. 

1 The  specimen  figured  in  figure  6 of  plate  V of  the  above-quoted  memoir  of  Meyer  as  the  second  milk -molar  of 
Jlf.  angustidens  is  a three-ridged  tooth,  and  would  therefore  seem  to  he  the  third  milk-molar. 


225—44 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


With  regard  to  the  dentition,  the  molars,  in  regard  to  the  number  of  ridges  borne 
on  their  crowns,  followed  the  normal  trilophodont  rule.  The  pattern  of  the  molars 
approaches  nearest  to  that  of  the  molars  of  M.  angustidens,  hut  presents  important 
differences  which  will  he  pointed  out  below.  If  the  above  identifications  are  correct, 
t he  species  was  provided  with  premolars. 

Distinctions  and  differences. — From  Mastodon  falconeri  (the  only  other  Indian 
species  with  a trilophodont  ridge  formula  to  the  molars),  the  present  species  is  at  once 
distinguished  by  its  compressed  mandible  with  its  long  symphysial  rostrum.  It  is 
further  distinguished  by  the  more  complex  pattern  of  the  crowns  of  the  molars, 
and  by  the  irregularly  shaped  discs,  in  place  of  the  perfect  trefoils  of  dentine,  pro- 
duced by  the  detrition  of  the  ridges.  The  molars  of  31.  pandionis  are  further, 
distinguished  by  the  greater  absolute  height  of  the  transverse  ridges,  and  by  the 
greater  extent  to  which  the  intervening  valleys  are  blocked  by  tubercles  ; there  is 
also  a greater  tendency  to  an  alternate  arrangement  of  the  columns  of  the  ridges. 
Cement  is  present  in  31.  pandionis  and  absent  in  M.  falconeri. 

3Iastodon  angustidens. — It  is  imfortunate  that  in  the  mandible  of  M.  pandionis 
the  jiortion  connecting  the  alveolar  part  of  the  ramus  with  the  sym23hysis  is  wanting, 
so  that  we  are  unable  to  institute  a comjDarison  between  the  comjolete  mandible  of 
31.  angustidens  ^ and  M.  pandionis.  A very  beautiful  specimen  of  the  extremity 
of  the  mandible  of  M.  angustidens,  is  figured  by  Dr.  Biederman  '3  that  specimen 
carries  two  small  sub-cylindrical  tusks,  and  is  greatly  contracted  laterally  near 
the  2>roxima,l  end  of  the  symphysis,  jn’oximately  the  rostrum  has  a deep  trough, 
which  expands  into  a flattened  plate  anteriorly.  Tliis  symphysis  is  quite  different 
in  form  from  that  of  the  tuskless  symjfliysis  of  M.  pandionis  flgured  in  figure  1 of 
Plate  XXXVI : it  approaches  nearer  to  the  tusked  specimen  in  figure  2 of  the 
same  plate.  There  are,  however,  very  considerable  differences  in  the  form  of  the 
trough  and  tusks,  which  are  somewhat  difficult  to  point  out,  but  which  will  be 
very  apparent  if  the  two  figures  are  compared  together  : the  tusks  in  M.  pandionis 
are  much  curved,  the  concavity  looking  upwards,  and  very  highly  compressed,  while 
those  of  31.  angustidens  are  quite  straight,^  and  in  the  young  individual,  according  to 
Falconer,^  had  a pyriform  cross  section.  To  the  tuskless  variety  of  M.  pandionis, 
there  is  no  corresponding  form  in  31.  angustidens,  since  in  that  species  both  sexes 
were  alike  furnished  with  inferior  tusks  ; ® the  peculiar  trough-hke  symphysis  of  the 
tuskless  variety  of  M.  pandionis  has,  therefore,  no  representative  in  31.  angus- 
tidens. The  two  species  resemble  one  another  in  the  compressed  rami  and  long 
symphysis  of  the  mandible. 

The  molars  of  the  Indian  seem  to  be  distinguished  from  those  of  the  European 
species  by  their  somewhat  more  complex  pattern,  and  by  the  surfaces  of  dentine 

^ “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  PI.  XLIV,  fig.  5. 

2 Abbandl.  der.  Schweiz.  Pal.  Gesell,  Vol.  Ill,  pi.  II,  fig.  4 — (Biederman’s  memoir), 

^ Von.  Meyer  : “ Palaeontographica,”  Vol.  XVII,  pi.  VJII. 

“ Palaeontological  Memoirs,”  Vol.  II,  p.  41. 

6 Ihid.,  p.  13. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


45—226 


on  the  worn  crown  surface  presenting  irregularly,  or  somewhat  triangular,  in  place 
of  trefoil-shaped  islets,  as  well  as  by  the  presence  of  large  quantities  of  cement  in 
the  valleys.  The  second  and  third  lower  true  molars  of  Mastodon  angustidens  ^ are 
much  simpler  teeth  than  the  corresponding  teeth  of  M.  pandionis  (Plates  XXXIV, 
XXXV,  fig.  4).  In  the  latter  the  valleys  are  completely  blocked  by  outlying 
tubercles  whereas  in  the  former  they  are  tolerably  open.  There  is  a very  small  hind- 
talon  in  the  penultimate  molar  of  M.  angustidens,  and  a very  large  one  in  that  of 
M.  pandlonis : in  the  last  molar  of  the  latter  species  the  hind  talon  is  developed  into 
a fifth  ridge,  whereas  in  M.  angustidens  there  are  generally  only  four  ridges  in  the 
last  molar,  with  a very  small  hind-talon : M.  pandionis  in  these  respects  is  evidently 
transitional  between  the  Trilophodons  and  Tetralophodons.  A penultimate  lower 
true  molar  of  M.  angustidens  figured  by  von  Meyer  ^ has  a larger  hind-talon  than 
in  the  last  mentioned  specimen ; this  talon,  however,  is  in  the  form  of  an  elongated 
cingulum,  and  quite  different  from  the  two-coned  talon  of  M.  pandionis  ; the  whole 
tooth  of  M.  angustidens  is  of  less  complex  structure  than  that  of  M.  pandionis.  That 
the  two  species  are  closely  allied  is,  however,  evident  from  the  general  structure 
of  the  molars  and  the  mandible. 

M-  productus. — The  mandible  of  the  trilophodont  M.  productus  of  the  Loup- 
fork  group  of  New  Mexico^  has  a produced  tusked  symphysis  which  has  more 
resemblance  to  the  tusked  symphysis  drawn  in  fig.  2,  of  Plate  XXXVI  of  this 
memoir,  and  provisionally  referred  to  M.  pandionis.  In  M.  productus  (Plate  LXX 
of  Cope’s  memoir)  the  tusks  are  straight,  and  have  their  largest  diameter  in  the 
transverse,  and  not  in  the  vertical  direction,  in  which  respect  they  differ  from  the 
tusked  mandible  referred  to  M.  pandionis.  The  molars  of  M.  productus  are  smaller 
and  of  simpler  structure  than  those  of  M.  pandionis,  and  the  last  molar  has  only 
four  ridges,  without  a hind-talon. 

Mastodon  pandionis  does  not  approximate  closely  to  any  other  described  species 
of  Trilophodon  in  its  dental  and  mandibular  characters. 

Mastodon  siralensis. — Curiously  enough  the  last  lower  molar  of  this  species 
has  a most  remarkable  resemblance  to  the  corresponding  tooth  of  the  tetralopho- 
dont  Mastodon  sivalensis,  as  may  he  seen  by  comparing  this  tooth  of  M.  pandionis, 
represented  in  fig.  4 of  Plate  XXXV,  with  the  corresponding  tooth  of  the  same 
side  of  the  jaw  of  M.  sivalensis  represented  in  fig.  3 of  Plate  XLIV.  Both  teeth 
appear  to  have  the  same  number  of  ridges,  though  in  the  former  the  last  ridge 
(from  the  characters  afforded  by  the  penultimate  molar)  is  described  as  a talon,  and 
in  the  latter  (from  the  same  considerations)  as  a true  ridge.  Both  teeth  agree 
in  the  general  form  of  the  ridges,  of  the  columns,  and  of  the  accessory  columns, 
and  also  in  the  general  shape  of  the  dentine  islets : the  main  difference  between 
the  two  teeth  being  that  the  molar  of  M.  sivalensis  is  somewhat  narrower  than 

’ “ Abhandl.  der.  k.  k.,  Geol.  Reick.”  Wien  1877,  Vol.  VII,  Pt.  4,  Plate  IV,  fig.  2. 

- “ Palseontographica”,  Vol.  XVII,  pi.  IV,  fig.  6, 

*Cope:  “Extinct  Yertebrata  of  New  Mexico,”  United  States  Geographical  Survey,  west  of  100th  meridian, 
Vol.  IV,  pt.  II,  p.  306,  Pis.  LXX— LXXII. 

M 


227—46 


SIWALIK  AND  NATLBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


the  other,  and  that  the  columns  are  rather  more  perpendicular  in  M.  pandionis. 
The  two  teeth  are,  however,  so  alike  that  it  appears  to  me  to  he  extremely 
doubtful  if  they  could  he  distinguished  as  belonging  to  separate  species,  if  they  had 
been  found  detached  from  the  jaws.  The  tooth  of  M.  pcmdionis,  it  will  he  remem- 
bered, is  implanted  in  the  ramus  of  the  mandible  with  the  long  spout-like  rostrum 
figured  in  Plate  XXXVI,  fig.  1,  and  as  we  find  from  other  specimens,  was  preceded 
by  a three-ridged  tooth.  The  tooth  of  M.  sivalensis,  on  the  other  hand,  belongs 
to  a nearly  complete  mandible  with  a short  symphysis  (described  below),  like  that 
of  the  living  Indian  elephant,  and  was  preceded  by  a four-  (or  occasionally  five-)  ridged 
tooth.  There  can,  therefore,  he  no  question  as  to  the  specific  distinctness  of  the 
animals  to  which  the  teeth  belonged.  Prom  this  we  learn  that  certain  of  the  teeth 
of  some  species  of  Prohoscidia  may  be  almost  indistinguishable  from  those  of 
a totally  distinct  species,  and  from  this  it  is  not  a very  long  step  to  the  whole  of  the 
teeth  in  two  species  being  of  the  same  character,  though  the  crania  and  mandibles 
are  very  distinct : this  has  an  important  bearing  on  the  case  of  §tegodon  insignis 
and  8.  ganesa,  to  be  noticed  below.  I ought  to  add  that  the  molar  of  M.  siva- 
lensis  has  no  traces  of  the  cement  which  occurs  in  that  of  M.  pandionis. 

Distribution. — Bemains  of  Mastodon  pcmdionis  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian 
Museum,  have  been  obtained  from  the  Siwahks  of  the  Western  Punjab,  Sind,  and 
Perim  Island : according  to  Dr.  Falconer  they  have  also  been  obtained  from  the 
Deccan,  whence  molars  were  sent  by  the  late  Colonel  Sykes.  As  no  remains  of  this 
species  were  obtained  by  Cautley  and  Falconer  among  their  immense  collections  of 
fossils  from  the  more  easterly  Siwaliks,  it  seems  probable,  as  in  the  case  of  the  last 
described  species,  that  the  geographical  range  of  M.  pandionis  did  not  extend 
much  to  the  eastward  of  the  Jhelum  river.  The  second  milk-molar  figured  in 
the  F.  A.  S.  and  referred  above  provisionally  to  this  species,  is  an  apparent  excepi- 
tion ; there  is,  however,  no  record  of  the  locality  whence  that  specimen  came. 


Section  B. — Tetralophodon,  Falconer. 

Intermediate  molars  normally  with  four,  but  in  some  species  occasionally  with 
five , transverse  ridges. 


Species  3 : Mastodon  latidens.  Clift,  {in  parte.)  Plates  XXXVII,  XXXVIII, 

& XXXIX. 

History. — This  species  of  tetralophodont  Mastodon  was  originally  named  and 
described  by  the  late  Mr.  Clift  upon  the  evidence  of  certain  molars  brought  from 
the  valley  of  the  upper  Irawadi  by  the  late  Mr.  Crawfurd  early  in  the  century.' 
These  fossils  appear  to  have  been  the  first  winch  were  obtained  by  Europeans 

* Trans.  Geol.  Soc.  Lon.,  Ser.  2,  Vol.  II,  p.  369, 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PROBOSCIDIA.  47—228 

from  the  mamnialiferous  strata  of  the  Indian  region.  With  the  teeth  which  rightly 
belong  to  Mastodon,  Air.  Clift  appears  to  have  included,  under  the  same  specific 
name,  certain  other  molars  with  a higher  ridge-formula,  which  really  belonged  to  the 
suh-genus  Stegodon,  subsequently  formed  by  Dr.  Dalconer.  Tliis  error  was  detected 
and  corrected  by  the  late  Dr.  Palconer,^  who  described  and  figured  other  similar 
molars  from  the  Indian  Siwaliks  ^ under  the  name  of  Mastodon  latidens,  at  the 
same  time  clearly  defining  the  characters  of  the  species  and  the  genus.  ^ The 
distinctive  characters  of  the  molars  of  this  species,  as  given  by  Dr.  Dalconer,  are  that 
the  “ intermediate  molars”  each  carry  four  transverse  ridges,  which  are  low  and 
blunt,  and  extend  straight  across  the  crown  of  the  tooth.  These  ridges  are  sepa- 
rated by  transverse  valleys,  which  are  quite  open,  and  uninterrupted  by  outlying 
tubercles.  Cement  is  virtually  absent,  or,  at  all  events,  is  present  in  such  small 
quantities  that  it  may  be  practically  disregarded. 

In  Plate  XXXI  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  figures  of  more  or  less 
perfect  specimens  of  the  following  teeth  of  this  species  have  been  given,  name- 
ly, the  third  (?)  upper  milk-molar  (fig.  2),  the  third  upper  milk  and  first  true 
molar  (fig.  3),  the  incomplete  first  and  second  upper  true  molars  (fig.  4),  and 
the  last  upper  true  molar  (fig.  6).  In  Plate  XL  of  the  same  work  are  given 
figures  of  the  following  teeth,  namely,  a tooth  doubtfully  considered  as  the. second 
upper  milk-molar  (fig.  1),  which,  as  we  shall  see  below,  does  not  belong  to  this 
species  at  all,  the  third  upper  milk-molar  (fig.  2),  and  the  first  upper  true  molar 
(fig.  3).  Excluding,  therefore,  the  misnamed  tooth,  the  upper  molars  of  Mas- 
todon latidens,  known  to  Ealconer  and  Cautley,  were  the  third  milk-molar  and 
the  three  true  molars ; no  complete  specimen  of  the  second  true  molar  was,  how- 
ever, figured  by  them. 

In  the  accompanying  Plates  XXXVII  to  XXXIX  I have  given  figiwes  of 
the  three  milk-molars,^  of  the  second  and  third  true  molars,  and  of  the  penultimate 
and  last  upper  premolars,  so  that,  with  a few  exceptions,  the  whole  of  the  dentition 
of  this  species  is  now  known. 

Distribution. — Before  proceeding  to  describe  the  figured  molars,  I wish  to  say 
a few  words  relating  to  the  distribution  of  this  species.  In  the  synoptical  view  of 
the  species  of  Mastodon  given  by  Dr.  Ealconer,®  the  distribution  of  Mastodon  latidens 
is  given  as  “ Ava  and  Southern  India  this  statement  appears  clearly  to  be  erro- 
neous. The  real  distribution  of  the  species  is  as  follows  ; — “ Ava,®  Siwaliks  from 
Dehra-Dun  to  Punjab,’’  Sind,®  and  doubtfully  from  Perim  Island.®  T he  species? 

1 Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  I,  p.  59. 

^ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,  Pis.  XXXI  and  XL. 

® Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  II,  pp.  11,  14. 

^ Except  the  first  lower. 

® Pal.  Mem.  Vol,  II,  p.  14. 

® Clift  : sujp.  cit. 

^ Specimens  in  Indian  Museum. 

® Falconer  : Cat.  of  Vert.  Foss.  Mus.  As.  Soc.  Bengal,  p.  256.  Ind.  Mus. 

^ Falconer : sup.  cit.,  p.  206. 


229—48  SIAYALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 

therefore,  has  a wide  range  in  space,  though  it  is  extremely  doubtful  if  it  was  ever 
obtained  from  Southern  India. 

First  upper  milk-molar.- — The  small  tooth  represented  in  fig.  5 of  Plate 
XXXVII  is  the  first  upper  milk-molar  of  a tetralophodont  Mastodon,  as  may  at 
once  be  seen  by  a comparison  of  the  specimen  with  the  palate  of  a young  Mastodon 
figured  by  the  late  Professor  Kaup.^  The  first  milk-molars  of  Masto- 
dons are  so  alike,  that  it  is  a matter  of  extreme  difficulty  to  refer  them  to  their  res- 
pective species.  In  the  present  instance  there  are,  however,  two  points  from  the 
evidence  of  which  the  tooth  may  with  a tolerable  degree  of  certainty  be  referred  to 
the  present  species. 

The  tooth  belongs  to  the  left  side  of  the  jaw,  and  is  of  a triangularly  oval 
shape,  narrower  in  front  than  behind ; the  crown  bears  two  transverse  ridges  and 
an  anterior  talon  or  cingulum.  The  hinder  ridge  is  divided  into  two  distinct 
columns  by  a median  cleft ; the  anterior  ridge  consists  of  a single  thick  and  blunt 
cone.  The  enamel  is  thrown  into  a series  of  corrugations.  The  length  of  this  tooth 
is  I' 2 inches,  its  greatest  width  I inch,  and  the  height  of  the  hinder  ridge  *6  inch. 

In  a note  to  Plate  XL,  fig.  1,  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  Dr.  Falconer 
notices  the  left  upper  jaw  of  a young  M.  latidens,  containing  the  first  and  second 
milk-molars.  The  first  milk-molar  has  two  ridges  and  a heel,  and  is  oval-shaped.  In 
having  a heel  or  talon,  the  tooth  of  tjiat  specimen  agrees  with  our  figured  specimen  ; 
the  absence  of  a talon  in  another  first  upper  milk-molar  from  the  Siwaliks,  which 
I have  referred  to  M.  perimensis,  shows  that  that  tooth  cannot  belong  to  M.  latidens. 
The  corrugated  enamel  is  a character  common  to  some  of  the  later  milk-molars  of 
M.  latidens,  and  does  not  occur  in  either  Ml.  perimensis  or  M.  sivalensis.  On  these 
grounds  I have  referred  the  figured  tooth  to  M.  latidens. 

In  the  Indian  Museum  there  is  another  tooth  ^similar  to  the  figured  specimen  ; 
both  were  obtained^from  the  Punjab. 

First  lower  milk-molar. — I cannot  find  any  tooth  in  the  Indian  Museum  which 
I can  with  any  certainty  consider  as  the  first  lower  milk-molar  of  this  species, 
neither  is  there  any  specimen  figured  in  the  “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.” 

Second  upper  milk-molar. — The  next  tooth  for  consideration  is  the  specimen 
represented  in  fig.  4 of  the  last  quoted  plate,  which  was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in 
the  Western  Punjab.  This  tooth  has  its  crown  narrower  in  front  than  behind,  and 
rudely  oblong  in  form ; it  carries  three  transverse  ridges,  and  fore-and-aft  talons, 
the  hinder  one  being  somewhat  broken.  It  presents  a small  disc  of  pressure  ante- 
riorly and  a larger  posteriorly,  indicating  the  apposition  of  other  contiguous  teeth. 
The  enamel  is  thrown  into  vertical  corrugations.  The  ridges  and  valleys  are  perfectly 
straight  and  simple,  the  latter  being  entirely  free  from  outlying  tubercles ; the  ridges 
are  very  blunt  and  low,  and  are  divided  into  outer  and  inner  columns  by  a longitu- 
dinal cleft ; the  hindmost  ridge  is  scarcely  touched  by  wear.  The  middle  ridge 
forms  the  highest  point  of  the  crown,  showing  that  the  tooth  belongs  to  the 

' “ Ossements  Fossiles  du  Museum  de  Darmstadt,”  PI.  xvi,  figs.  1,  la. 


SIWALIK  AND  NA.EBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


49—230 


upper  jaw,  while  the  state  of  attrition  j)roves  that  it  belongs  to  the  right  side.  The 
characters  of  this  tooth  are  so  essentially  those  of  IKastodon  latidens,  that  there  can 
he  no  hesitation  in  referring  it  to  that  species ; from  the  number  of  ridges  carried 
on  the  crown,  the  tooth  must  be  the  second  or  penultimate  upper  milk-molar.  The 
length  of  this  tooth  is  2-05  inches ; its  greatest  width  1-5  inches ; and  the  height 
of  the  unworn  ridge  O' 7 inch. 

This  tooth  being  the  second  upper  milk-molar  of  Jf.  latidens,  it  is  perfectly 
evident  that  the  tooth,  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XL  of  the  ‘‘Pauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis,  ” cannot  belong  to  that  species ; that  tooth  has  a semi-oval  crown,  and 
only  carries  two  main  transverse  ridges,  which  are  higher  than  in  our  specimen  ; it 
corresponds  in  form  with  the  second  upper  milk-molar  represented  in  Plate  XXXY 
fig.  3,  of  this  memoir,  which  I have  provisionally  ref  erred  to  M.  pmidionis,  to  which 
species  Palconer’s  specimen  must  likewise  be  referred.  On  page  51  of  the  Index 
to  the  Plates  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqna  Sivalensis,”  Dr.  Palconer  makes  a note  to  the 
effect  that  in  the  Museum  of  the  Boyal  College  of  Surgeons,  there  is  “ the  left 
side  of  the  upper  jaw'  of  a young  Mastodon  latidens  containing  the  first  and 
second  milk-molars.  The  anterior  tooth  is  about  1 inch  long  and  *8  inch  wide, 
and  has  two  ridges  with  a heel.  The  main  ridge  is  transverse ; the  anterior  one  is 
an  obtuse  cusp.  The  tooth  is  oval,  the  sharp  end  being  in  front.  The  second 
milk-molar  is  2 inches  long  by  about  1*5  inches  wide.  It  has  three  main  trans- 
verse ridges  and  a small  bourrelet  ridge  in  front,  and  a heel  ridge  behind.  It 
expands  very  widely  in  the  direction  of  the  orbit.  A vertical  section  shows  some- 
thing like  the  enamel  of  another  small  tooth  half  an  inch  long.”  Prom  this  note 
it  will  be  clear  that  the  specimen  figured  in  the  “ Pauna  Antiqna  Sivalensis  ” as 
the  second  upper  milk-molar  of  Mastodon  latidens  could  not  be  that  tooth  if  the 
specimen  in  the  College  of  Surgeons  were,  because  the  one  tooth  had  two  ridges  and 
the  other  three.  The  latter  tooth,  judging  from  Palconer’s  description,  seems  to 
agree  exactly  with  the  second  upper  milk-molar  of  Mastodon  latidens  figured  in  this 
memoir,  and  I have,  therefore,  no  doubt  but  that  the  jaw  in  the  College  of  Surgeons 
is  rightly  referred  to  that  species.  The  first  milk-molar  in  that  jaw  seems,  as  I 
have  already  said,  to  agree  with  the  tooth  referred  above  to  the  same  serial  position. 

Second  loioer  milk-molar. — In  fig.  2 of  plate  XXXVII  we  have  the  corre- 
sponding lower  tooth  to  the  last  specimen.  This  tooth  was  likewise  obtained  by 
Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Punjab.  Its  crown  surface  is  concave  superiorly,  and  as  the 
ridges  are  most  worn  on  the  lower  border  of  the  figure,  the  tooth  must  have 
belonged  to  the  right  ramus  of  the  mandible,  while  the  presence  of  three  transverse 
ridges  and  the  small  size  of  the  crown  prove  the  tooth  to  be  the  second,  or  penulti- 
mate milk-molar.  The  anterior  part  of  the  tooth  has  been  somewhat  damaged, 
the  fore-talon  being  in  consequence  broken  away.  The  posterior  talon  (left  side  of 
figure)  is  complete,  and  the  two  columns  of  which  it  is  composed  have  their  sum- 
mits slightly  touched  by  attrition ; the  three  transverse  ridges  are  all  well  worn. 
The  tooth  is  narrower  in  front  than  behind ; the  ridges  and  vaUeys  are  low  and 


N 


231—50 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOEOSOIDIA. 


shallow  I each  ridge  is  slightly  convex  anteriorly,  and  there  is  also  a slight  ten- 
dency to  a blocking  of  the  transverse  valleys  by  incipient  accessory  tubercles 
bulging  out  at  the  centres  of  the  transverse  ridges.  This  curvature  of  the  trans- 
verse ridges  and  consequent  partial  obstruction  of  the  valleys  seems  to  be  a charac- 
ter which  distinguishes  the  lower  from  the  upper  molars  of  Mastodon  latidens.  This 
character  is  well  exhibited  in  the  specimen  under  consideration,  in  the  succeeding 
lower  milk-molar  represented  in  fig.  1 of  the  same  plate,  in  the  lower  true  molar 
represented  in  fig.  8 of  Plate  XXXI  of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  and 
in  all  the  lower  molars  of  this  species  contained  in  the  Indian  Museum.  The 
enamel  is  quite  smooth.  The  length  of  the  second  lower  milk-molar  (allowing  a 
quarter  of  an  inch  for  the  broken  talon)  is  2-3  inches ; and  its  greatest  width  1*7 
inches.  The  tooth  is,  therefore,  slightly  larger  than  the  second  upper  milk-molar  : 
a slight  increase  of  size  in  the  lower  over  the  ujiper  molars  seems  to  be  of  very 
general  occurrence  in  the  Mastodons. 

Thwd  upper  milk-molar. — Continuing  our  serial  description  of  the  molars,  the 
next  tooth  we  have  to  consider  is  the  third  or  last  upper  milk-molar,  of  which  a 
specimen  is  represented  in  fig.  8 of  Plate  XXXVII.  This  tooth  is  the  specimen 
referred  to  on  page  72  of  the  eleventh  volume  of  the  “Eecords  of  the  Geological 
Survey  of  India,”  in  connection  with  the  presence  of  premolars  in  this  species. 
The  tooth  was  obtained  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  North-Western  Punjab,  and  is  im- 
planted in  a fragment  of  the  left  maxilla ; above  this  tooth  there  was  found  in  the 
l^one  the  germ  of  a smaller  premolar  tooth  (represented  in  fig.  6 of  the  same 
plate),  which  would  subsequently  have  displaced  the  larger  tooth  vertically,  had 
the  animal  lived  long  enough.  The  presence  of  this  premolar  above  the  larger  and 
more  complex  tooth  proves  that  the  latter  belongs  to  the  milk-molar  series,  and 
the  presence  of  four  ridges  on  that  tooth  shows  that  it  must  be  the  last  of  that 
series,  or  the  first  of  the  “ intermediate”  molars  of  Dr.  Palconer’s  arrangement. 
The  tooth  has  an  oblong  crown,  slightly  narrower  in  front  than  behind : the  three 
first  ridges  are  well  worn,  and  their  dentine  disks  have  become  partly  united  : the 
last  ridge  is  somewhat  worn  on  the  inner  side,  and  very  slightly  on  the  outer, 
while  the  posterior  talon  is  almost  intact.  In  profile  the  crown  is  strongly  convex. 
The  anterior  talon,  judging  from  the  width  of  the  first  dentine  surface,  must  have 
been  small,  while  the  posterior  talon  is  of  relatively  large  size  and  is  double.  The 
transverse  ridges  are  very  low  and  blunt,  and  extend  almost  straight  across  the 
tooth ; the  valleys  are  open  and  entirely  unobstructed  by  accessory  tubercles.  As 
is  seen  in  the  slightly  worn  last  ridge,  there  is  a longitudinal  cleft,  placed  slightly 
on  the  outer  side  of  the  median  line  of  the  tooth,  and  dividing  each  ridge  into  an 
inner  and  an  outer  column,  of  which  the  inner  is  considerably  the  larger.  In  respect 
of  this  longitudinal  cleft,  and  indeed  in  all  characters  (except  of  course  size  and  the 
number  of  ridges),  the  tooth  agrees  precisely  with  the  smaller  second  upper  milk- 
molar  represented  in  fig.  4 of  the  same  plate.  The  enamel  is  corrugated.  The 
length  of  the  last  milk-molar  is  3*7  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  2’2  inches. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


51—232 


In  fig.  2 of  Plate  XL  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  there  is  repre- 
sented a small  upper  tetralophodont  tooth  of  Mastodon  latidens,  which  is  doubtfully 
described  as  the  third  milk-molar.  That  tooth,  though  unfortunately  represented  on 
a very  small  scale,  seems  to  correspond  in  every  particular  with  the  tliird  upper 
milk-molar  described  above  (in  comparing  these  teeth,  allowance  must  of  course  be 
made  for  the  fact  that  our  specimen  is  much  worn,  while  Palconer’s  is  an  unworn 
germ),  and  I have  no  doubt  but  that  they  are  the  corresponding  teeth.  Ealconer’s 
specimen  is,  however,  somewhat  smaller  than  Mr.  Theobald’s,  which  may  very  pro- 
bably be  accounted  for  by  the  one  tooth  having  belonged  to  a female  and  the  other 
to  a male  individual.  The  length  of  Ealconer’s  specimen  is  3 inches,  and  its  width 
1-8  inches. 

In  figs.  3 and  3a  of  Plate  XXXI  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  there 
is  represented  a fragment  of  the  right  maxilla  of  a young  individual  of  M.  latidens 
containing  two  teeth,  which  were  doubtfully  considered  by  Dr.  Ealconer  as  being  the 
third  milk-molar  and  the  first  true  molar.  The  most  anterior  of  these  teeth  (remem- 
bering that  the  two  specimens  belong  to  opposite  sides  of  tlie  jaw)  will  be  found  to 
agree  very  closely  in  all  respects  with  the  third  upper  milk-molar  from  the  Punjab, 
described  above ; the  only  difference  between  the  two  being  that  the  hind-talon  is 
rather  less  developed  in  Ealconer’s  specimen.  The  length  of  the  latter  specimen  is 
3‘7  inches,  and  its  width  2-6  inches.  This  length  agrees  precisely  with  that  of  our 
Punjab  specimen,  but  Ealconer’s  specimen  is  rather  the  wider  of  the  two.  There 
seems,  however,  to  be  no  doubt  but  that  the  two  teeth  correspond  in  relative  position. 

Third  loiver  milk-molar. — Of  the  third  lower  milk-molar,  a nearly  perfect  speci- 
men is  represented  in  fig.  I of  Plate  XXXVII.  This  specimen  was  formerly  in 
the  collection  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,  and  was  from  thence  transferred  to 
the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum ; it  is  described  by  Dr.  Ealconer  at  page  206  of 
the  Catalogue  of  the  Eossil  Vertebrata  in  the  Museum  of  the  Asiatic  Society.  It 
is  uncertain  whence  this  tooth  came,  but  Ava  seems  to  be  the  most  probable  locality. 
The  tooth  is  implanted  in  a fragment  of  the  right  ramus  of  the  mandible ; in  front 
of  this  tooth  there  is  the  remnant  of  a smaller  tooth ; the  jaw  is  very  small  and 
narrow.  In  describing  this  specimen.  Dr.  Ealconer  considered  it  as  being  probably 
the  first  true  molar,  but  the  jaw  is  much  too  small  to  have  carried  three  teeth  in 
front  of  this  tooth,  while  the  proportion  of  this  tooth  to  the  last  upper  milk-molar 
represented  in  fig,  8 of  Plate  XXXVII  is  very  much  the  same  as  exists  between 
the  lower  and  upper  second  milk-molars  represented  in  figs.  2 and  4.  I,  therefore, 
think  it  probable  that  the  specimen  represented  in  fig.  I is  really  the  third 
lower  milk-molar  of  Mastodon  latidens,  and  I shall  accordingly  so  consider  it.  The 
anterior  ridge  and  talon  are  a good  deal  damaged,  but  the  tooth  when  complete 
carried  four  transverse  ridges  and  a large  hind-talon.  The  charaeters  of  the  tooth 
are  so  essentially  those  of  the  second  lower  milk-molar  represented  in  fig.  2 of 
the  same  plate  that  no  further  description  is  necessary.  The  length  of  the  tooth  is 
4-1  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  2*2  inehes. 


233—52 


&IWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


First  upper  true  molar.— -Oi  the  first  upper  true  molar,  we  have  no  complete  speci- 
men in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum.  A tooth  is,  however,  represented 
in  figs.  Sand  3a  of  Plate  XL  of  the  ‘‘Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  considered  by 
Palconer  to  he  the  first  true  molar,  and  which  I also  think  is  so,  as  it  is  consi- 
derably larger  than  the  third  milk-molar  represented  in  figs.  2 and  2a  of  the 
same  plate  of  that  work.  The  length  of  the  first  upper  true  molar  is  4 inches,  and 
its  width  2*3  inches.  The  length  of  this  tooth,  it  will  be  observed,  is  not  much  in 
excess  of  that  of  the  third  upper  milk-molar  from  the  Punjab  described  above,  and 
it  is  probable  that  Palconer’ s first  true  molar,  like  the  last  milk-molar  figured  on 
the  same  plate,  belonged  to  a female  individual.  The  first  true  molar  carries  four 
ridges  and  two  talons,  and  agrees  in  all  essential  characters  with  the  upper  milk- 
molars  described  above.  We  have  already  referred  to  the  fragment  of  the  maxilla 
of  M.  latidens  which  is  represented  in  figs.  3 and  3a  of  Plate  XXXI  of  the 
“Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  and  have  shown  that  the  first  of  the  two  teeth  con- 
tained in  that  specimen  is  in  all  probability  the  last  milk-molar.  The  succeeding 
tooth  in  that  sj)ecimen  must  consequently  be  the  first  true  molar.  This  tooth  is 
quite  different  from  the  last-mentioned  first  true  molar;  it  differs  from  that 
tooth  in  being  larger,  and,  in  place  of  carrying  only  fom*  transverse  ridges,  carries 
five  distinct  transverse  ridges  and  two  talons ; the  tooth  narrows  behind,  and  has 
the  general  form  of  a last,  in  place  of  a first,  true  molar.  The  length  of  this  tooth 
is  5’6  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  2’9  inches.  In  regard  to  width,  therefore,  this 
tooth  has  a relative  size  corresponding  to  that  of  the  last  upper  milk-molar  represented 
in  fig.  8 of  Plate  XXXVII  of  this  memoir,  and  probably  belonged  to  a male  animal. 
The  additional  ridge,  and  the  great  size  of  the  hind-talon  of  the  first  true  molar 
represented  in  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  can  only  be  looked  upon  as  abnor- 
malities. We  shall  see  presently  that  a corresponding  abnormality  occasionally 
shows  itself  in  the  succeeding  molars  of  this  species. 

First  loioer  true  molar. — Of  the  first  lower  true  molar  of  Mastodon  latidens 
there  is  no  complete  specimen  either  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum  or 
among  the  teeth  figured  in  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.” 

Second  upper  true  molar. — The  large  molar  represented  in  fig.  2 of 
Plate  XXXVIII  belongs  to  a splendid  specimen  of  the  palate  of  Mastodon  latidens 
obtained  from  a Burmese  Pagoda  by  Sir  Arthur  Phayre,  and  by  him  presented  to  the 
Museum  of  the  Indian  Geological  Survey  (now  Indian  Museum) . This  palate  con- 
tains the  second  true  molar  of  either  side  (of  which  the  right  is  figured),  and  the 
first  ridge  of  each  of  the  last  true  molars.  The  molars  in  this  palate,  as  well  as  in 
another  splendid  specimen,  with  the  corresponding  teeth,  in  the  Indian  Museum, 
collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Punjab,  converge  anteriorly  to  a greater  extent  than 
occurs  in  any  other  species  of  the  genus,  and  present  in  this  respect  a similar  relation 
to  that  which  v^e  find  prevailing  in  the  Stegodons  and  true  elephants.  The  figured 
tooth  is  in  a medium  state  of  wear,  the  hind-talon  being  still  scarcely  touched. 
There  is  a small  anterior  talon  and  a very  large  posterior  talon,'  the  latter  indeed 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


63—234 


almost  assuming  the  proportions  of  a fifth  ridge.  Each  ridge  is  very  low  and  blunt 
and  closely  approximated  to  the  adjoining  ridges.  A longitudinal  cleft,  placed 
slightly  on  the  outer  side  of  the  median  line  of  the  tooth,  divides  each  transverse 
ridge  into  an  inner  and  an  outer  column,  each  of  which  is  again  suh-divided  into 
smaller  mammillae  or  cusps,  of  which  there  are  generally  two  on  the  outer,  and  four 
on  the  inner  column.  The  transverse  valleys  are  perfectly  uninterrupted,  except 
at  the  inner  extremities  of  the  third  and  fourth,  where  there  are  low  and  blunt 
tubercles.  There  are  semi-distinct  tubercles  on  the  hinder  side  of  the  latter  ridges. 
The  tooth  agrees  in  all  essential  characters  with  the  milk-molars  already  described. 

In  the  first  column  of  the  following  table  are  given  the  dimensions  of  the 
palate  to  which  the  figured  tooth  belongs,  while  in  the  second  column  are  given 
those  of  the  somewhat  larger  but  very  similar  palate  referred  to  above : — 


Interval  between  outer  surfaces  of  posterior  extremeties  of  second  molars  . 

10-0 

ll-O 

Ditto  ditto  of  anterior 

ditto 

ditto 

8-0 

9-0 

Ditto  inner  surfaces  of  posterior  extremeties  of  second  molars  . 

3-4 

4-0 

Ditto  ditto  of  anterior 

ditto 

ditto 

1-5 

2‘4 

Length  of  second  molar 

6-6 

6-3 

Greatest  width  of  second  molar 

3-6 

4-0 

Width  of  first  ridge  of  third  molar  . 

4-1 

4-3 

The  second  upper  molar  in  the  larger  palate  differs  f]’om  the  figured  specimen 
of  the  same  tooth,  in  that  its  posterior  talon  is  of  very  small  size,  and  makes 
no  approach  to  a fifth  ridge.  In  fig.  I of  Plate  XXXVIII  an  imperfect  second 
upper  molar  of  M.  latidens  is  represented,  which  in  the  form  of  its  ridges  and  valleys 
wull  he  seen  to  correspond  precisely  with  the  second  upper  molar  represented  in 
fig.  2 of  the  same  plate.  Both  teeth  are  from  the  right  side  of  the  upper  jaw, 
and  both  are  very  evidently  in  the  same  state  of  detrition.  The  imperfect  tooth, 

wdiich  was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Punjab,  has  lost  a part  of  its  first 

ridge  and  anterior  talon,  and  also  a portion  of  the  inner  extremeties  of  the  second 
and  third  ridges.  This  tooth  is  of  slightly  smaller  size  than  the  complete  specimen, 
but  is  doubtless  the  corresponding  tooth.  In  describing  the  perfect  tooth  repre- 
sented in  fig.  2,  it  was  noticed  that  there  might  he  some  question  in  deciding  whether 
that  tooth  had  five  ridges,  or  four  ridges  and  a large  hind-talon.  The  imperfect 
footh  has,  however,  most  distinctly  five  ridges,  though  the  fifth  is  somewhat  smaller 
and  lower  than  the  others  : at  the  hack  of  this  fifth  ridge  there  is  a very  small 

hind-talon.  Now,  there  can  he  no  doubt  but  that  this  fifth  ridge  is  the  represent- 

ative of  the  talon  of  the  more  perfect  tooth  (fig.  2),  and  we  have,  therefore, 
established  the  important  fact  that  in  the  second  upper  molar  of  this  species  there 
is  a complete  transition  from  a foim-ridged  to  a five-ridged  tooth. 

Second  lower  true  molar. — Of  the  second  lower  true  molar  there  are  several 
specimens  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum.  In  their  general  characters 
these  teeth  are  merely  enlarged  repetitions  of  the  lower  milk-molars  represented  in 
figs.  1 and  2 of  Plate  XXXVII,  and  I have  not,  therefore,  thought  it  necessary  to 
give  figures  of  any  of  them.  Some  of  these  teeth  carry  four  -transverse  ridges 


235—64 


SIWALIK  AND  NAUBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


with  a large  hind-talon,  others  five  ridges,  and  others  again  five  ridges  and  a large 
hind-talon,  so  that  these  teeth  present  modifications,  in  this  respect  very  similar 
to  those  which  we  have  found  to  prevail  in  the  corresponding  upper  teeth.  The 
length  of  a tetralophodont  second  lower  true  molar  in  the  Indian  Museum  is 
6’ 8 inches,  and  its  width  3’ 6 inches. 

Third  upper  true  molar. — The  large  tooth  represented  in  Plate  XXXIX  is 
a specimen  of  the  last  upper  molar  of  the  right  side  of  M.  latidens,  collected 
by  Mr.  A.  B.  Wynne  near  the  village  of  Lehri,  in  the  Punjab.  This  speci- 
men is  implanted  in  a fragment  of  the  maxilla,  which  also  contains  the  two 
last  ridges  of  the  preceding  or  penultimate  tooth.  The  figured  tooth  is  entirely 
unworn,  and  was  still  covered  by  the  gum  at  the  death  of  the  animal.  The  crown 
carries  six  transverse  ridges,  the  hindmost  of  which  is  considerably  smaller  than 
the  others,  and  probably  represents  an  ultra- developed  talon,  as  we  saw  to  be  the 
case  in  the  penultimate  molar  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XXXVIII.  The 
tooth  consequently  belongs  to  a “ pentalophodont”  type  of  dentition.  The  ridges 
are  low  and  simple,  and  with  the  exception  of  the  first,  are  slightly  convex  an- 
teriorly, and  as  concave  posteriorly.  Each  ridge  is  divided  by  a longitudinal  cleft 
placed  somewhat  externally  to  the  mesial  antero-posterior  axis  of  the  tooth. 
The  internal  moiety  of  each  ridge,  with  the  exception  of  the  second  and  sixth, 
bears  three  mammillEe  or  cusps,  while  the  external  moiety  bears  only  two  on  each 
ridge.  The  valleys  are  quite  simple  and  uninterrupted.  In  this  tooth,  as  also  in 
all  the  previously  described  specimens,  there  is  no  trace  of  cement.  The  length  of 
the  specimen  is  8’6  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  4-2  inches.  The  last  upper  molar 
of  this  species  represented  in  fig.  6 of  Plate  XXXI  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis”  has  the  normal  five  ridges  of  the  tetralophodont  type,  and  there  is  a 
similar  specimen  in  the  Indian  Museum.  This  tooth  may,  therefore,  be  either 
penta  or  hexalophodont. 

Third  lower  true  molar. — I have  not  yet  seen  any  complete  specimen  of  the 
third  lower  true  molar  of  this  species.  An  imperfect  specimen,  in  the  collection  of 
the  Indian  Museum,  from  the  Punjab,  has  four  ridges  remaining,  the  first  of  which 
has  a width  of  4T  inches. 

Tremolars. — In  figs.  6,  and  7 of  Plate  XXXVII  are  represented  two  small 
teeth  which  are  probably  both  premolars,  and  one  of  which  (fig.  6)  certainly  belongs 
to  M.  latidens.  I cannot  be  sure  whether  the  other  specimen  is  rightly  referred  to 
the  present  species,  and  I may  add  that  it  is  often  a matter  of  extreme  difficulty 
to  refer  these  small  isolated  teeth  to  their  respective  species  and  serial  position, 
when  we  have  a large  number  of  species  to  deal  with. 

Last  upper  premolar. — With  regard  to  the  tooth  represented  in  fig.  6,  no 
difficulty  presents  itself,  since  this  tooth  is  a germ  which  was  embedded  in  the 
bone  above  the  base  of  the  last  left  upper  milk-molar  represented  in  fig.  8 of 
the  same  plate,  and  which  must  consequently  be  the  last  upper  premolar  of  the 
same  side.  The  crown  of  this  germ  has  its  angles  rounded  off,  and  carries  two 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


55--236 


equal-sized  transverse  ridges,  and  a smaller  row  of  cusps  representing  a third 
ridge  posteriorly.  The  two  main  ridges  are  divided  by  a median  cleft,  and  are 
low  and  straight,  and  the  valleys  are  open  and  uninterrupted.  The  length  of 
this  tooth  is  2-2  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  1-8  inches.  Two  very  similar, 
but  worn  specimens,  of  the  same  tooth  are  contained  in  the  collection  of  the 
Indian  Museum.  This  tooth  is  of  great  importance  as  proving  the  existence 
of  premolars  in  the  species.  Since  this  tooth  is  so  much  smaller  than  the  tooth 
which  it  succeeds  (Plate  XXXVII,  fig.  8),  it  is  quite  clear  that  when  protruded, 
it  could  not  have  touched  the  teeth  on  either  side  of  it,  and  probably  stood  quite 
isolated,  as  the  corresponding  tooth  of  M.  pei'imensis  represented  in  Plate  XL. 

Penultimate  upper  premolar.— Tho,  next  specimen  (Plate  XXXVII,  fig.  7)  was 
also  obtained  from  the  Punjab.  This  tooth  has  no  disc  of  pressure  on  either  side  • 
from  its  form  it  might  be  either  the  first  upper  milk-molar  or  the  penultimate  pre- 
molar of  a Tetralopliodon,  or  the  second  upper  milk-molar  or  last  premolar  of  a Tri- 
lopJiodon.  The  absence  of  any  disc  of  pressure  in  front  shows  that  it  cannot  be  the 
second  milk-molar  of  a Triloplwdon,  while  its  large  size  and  absence  of  posterior  disc 
of  pressure  shows  that  it  cannot  be  the  first  milk-molar  of  a Tetralopliodon. 
Among  the  Tetralophodons,  M.  latidens  and  31.  perimensis  are  known  to  have  been 
furnished  with  premolars,  and  it  is,  therefore,  very  probable  that  the  tooth  is  the 
penultimate  upper  premolar  of  one  of  those  species.  As  the  tooth  has  low  ridges,  I 
have  thought  it  not  improbable  that  it  belongs  to  the  former  species,  though  I cannot 
be  at  all  positive  in  this  determination.  The  tooth  is  considerably  worn  down,  and 
has  an  irregularly  oval-shaped  crown,  somewhat  narrower  in  front  than  behind.  It 
carries  two  low  and  broad  ridges,  closely  approximated  externally,  and  a small  hind- 
talon.  The  side  of  the  ridges  on  the  lower  border  of  the  figure  is  the  most  worn 
showing  that  this  border  is  the  inner  side  of  the  tooth,  which  must  consequently 
belong  to  the  right  side  of  the  maxilla.  The  transverse  valley  is  not  very  distinct, 
which  might  lead  to  the  belief  that  the  tooth  does  not  belong  to  3T.  latidens.  Pre- 
molars, however,  not  unfrequently  vary  somewhat  from  the  type  of  the  other  teeth. 
The  length  of  the  specimen  is  1-6  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  1-4.  Another  very 
similar  specimen,  also  from  the  Punjab,  is  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum. 

General  characters, — Having  now  passed  in  review  the  molar  series  of  Jf,  lati- 
dens, we  may  sum  up  what  is  known  regarding  the  species.  The  adult  cranium  is 
unfortunately  quite  unknown ; the  palate  is  noticeable  from  the  extent  to  which  the 
molars  converge  anteriorly.  The  mandible  is  known  by  a specimen  of  the  greater 
part  of  the  right  ramus,  containing  the  two  last  molars,  in  the  collection  of  the 
Indian  Museum.  This  mandible  is  very  long  and  slender,  and  sub-circular  in  cross- 
section,  in  the  middle  its  vertical  diameter  at  the  penultimate  molar  being  5‘8  inches 
and  its  transverse  diameter  5'6.  inches.  The  lower  border  is  nearly  straight  up  to  the 
symphysis,  with  a slight  convexity  in  the  middle.  Prom  the  extremely  small  size  and 
circular  section  of  the  ramus  where  broken  off  at  the  commencement  of  the  sym- 
physis, the  latter  must  have  been  short,  and  was  probably  unprovided  with  incisors. 


237—56 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


The  ridge  formula  of  the  milk-molars  is  constant,  and  conforms  to  the  normal 
tetralophodont  order ; in  the  true  molars,  however,  there  is  not  an  unfrequent  ten- 
dency to  assume  a pentalophodont  type,  the  hind- talon  of  many  of  these  teeth  not 
unfrequently,  partly  or  entirely,  taking  the  form  of  a fifth  ridge.  In  the  following 
ridge-formula  these  varieties  are  indicated  : — 

Milk-molars.  True  molars. 

2 -f-  3 + 4 (4-5)  + (4-5)  + (5-6) 

2 + 3 H-  4 4 -f  (4-5)  + 5 

This  tendency  to  the  production  of  an  additional  ridge  in  the  true  molars  of 
M.  latidens  will  he  subsequently  shown  to  he  a character  which  it  possesses  in 
common  with  M.  sivalensis.  This  tendency  to  variation  enables  us  easily  to  com- 
prehend how  the  passage  from  the  tetralophodont  Mastodons  to  the  hexalophodont 
Stegodons  {S.  cliftii)  was  effected.  A similar  tendency  to  variation  in  the  ridge 
formula  of  various  species  of  European  Mastodons  is  noticed  by  M.  Gaudry.'  With 
these  very  important  variations  in  the  molars,  which,  as  in  M.  latidens,  can  be  traced 
gradually  from  an  incipient  to  a perfect  ridge,  it  seems  impossible  that  any  naturalist 
can  continue  to  maintain  that  there  is  at  present  no  evidence  of  the  passage  of  one 
species  of  animal  into  another.  If  the  very  small  hind-talon  of  the  five-ridged 
second  upper  molar  of  Mastodon  latidens  described  above  (Plate  XXXVIII,  fig.  1) 
were  to  develope  into  a true  ridge,  as  we  have  seen  to  be  the  case  with  the  talon 
in  the  four-ridged  tooth  {ihid.  fig.  2),  and  were  the  median  cleft  to  disappear 
and  a little  cement  to  appear  in  the  valleys,  the  hypothetical  six-ridged  tooth  would 
then  be  almost,  if  not  quite,  indistinguishable  from  the  corresponding  tooth  of 
Stegodon  cliftii.  Such  considerations  appear  to  me  to  make  it  very  doubtful  whether 
the  genus  Stegodon  should  not  be  abolished  and  united  with  Mastodon.  But  here 
a new  difficulty  presents  itself,  since  the  genus  Stegodon  at  one  end  presents 
elephantine  characters  in  its  molars,  and  at  the  other  mastodontine.  Thus  S.  cliftii 
(including  S.  sinensis)  has  the  inner  side  of  the  upper  molars  the  lowest,  as  in  the 
Mastodons,  while  all  the  other  Stegodons  have  the  centre  of  each  ridge  the  highest,  as  in 
the  Loxodons  and  true  Elephants.  On  the  other  hand,  all  the  Stegodons  have  the 
elephantine  character  of  having  generally  no  median  cleft  to  the  molars,  but  this  is 
a character  which  is  equally  shared  with  Mastodon  horsoni  and  some  other  species  of 
that  genus.  On  the  other  hand  again,  the  molars  of  Stegodon  insignis  are  very  close 
in  general  structure  to  those  of  Loxodon  planifrons,  and  are  certainly  nearer  to  those 
of  the  true  Elephants,  than  to  those  of  the  Mastodmis.  Stegodon  insignis,  however, 
cannot  be  generically  separated  from  S.  cliftii,  and  we  are  therefore  led  to  the  con- 
clusion that  if  the  latter  species  were  united  to  the  Mastodons,  then  the  latter  would 
have  to  be  classed  in  the  same  genus  as  the  true  Elephants.  There  is,  indeed,  no  real 
distinction  between  Elephants  and  Mastodons,  although  the  species  at  either  of  the 
chain  {Mastodon  maximus  and  Euel&plias  primigenius)  are  widely  separated  from 


Les  Enctainements  du  Monde  Animal.”  Mammiferes  Tertiaires,  p.  181,  Paris,  1878. 


SIWALIK  AND  NAUBADA  PDOBOSCIDIA. 


57—238 


each  other.  Premolars  are  common  to  some  Mastodons  and  one  Loxodon  {L,  platii- 
frons)  ; cement  is  found  in  the  valleys  of  the  molars  of  M.  pandionis,  M.  humboldtii, 
and  M.  perimensis,  and  we  have  already  referred  to  the  mesial  cleft  and  plane  of 
wear  of  the  molars  in  Mastodon  and  Stegodon.  At  present,  it  is  true,  there  is  no 
Mastodon  known  which  carries  more  than  five  ridges  in  the  intermediate  molars, 
but  Stegodon  cUftii  has  but  six,  and  is  therefore  merely  the  next  step  in  the  ascend- 
ing scale  towards  the  true  Elephants.  The  only  other  point  in  the  dentition  of 
Mastodons  in  which  they  differ  entirely  from  Elephants,  is  in  the  presence  of  lower 
incisors,  but  this  is  only  a character  possessed  by  some  species  of  the  genus.  It 
appears,  therefore,  that  there  is  no  definition  by  which  all  Mastodons  can  be  dis- 
tinguished from  all  Stegodons  and  the  other  Elephants ; and  although  it  may  be 
desirable  to  retain  these  generic  (or  sub-generic)  terms  as  convenient  landmarks  in 
the  evolutionary  series  from  Mastodon  to  Elephant,  I cannot  but  think  that  they 
cannot  be  philosophically  justified,  and  that  all  the  known  Proboscidians,  with  the 
exception  of  DinotJierium,  ought  to  be  classed  in  one  large  genus. ^ 

The  line  of  descent  of  the  true  elephants  from  the  Dinotheria  has  evidently 
gone  through  some  form  allied  to  a Trilophodon  of  the  type  of  M.  tnaximus,  then 
through  a tetralophodont  form  like  M,  latidens,  then  through  the  MastodonMke 
Stegodons,  like  S.  cliftii  and  homhifrons,  then  the  higher-ridged  Stegodons,  like  S. 
insignis,  and  finally,  through  the  Loxodons.  The  trilophodont  and  tetralophodont 
Mastodons,  with  alternately  arranged  columns,  like  M.  angustidens  and  31.  sivalensis, 
belong  to  a group  which  seems  never  to  have  been  further  modified  in  the  direction 
of  a more  complex  ridge  formula  than  a pentalophodont  type  in  the  true  molars. 

It  will  be  noticed  in  the  above  descriptions  that  all  the  upper  milk-molars  of 
M.  latidens  have  corrugated  enamel,  while  the  lower  have  the  enamel  smooth  and 
polished.  As  I have  at  present  only  seen  one  specimen  of  each  tooth  (excepting  the 
first  upper  milk-molar),  I am  unable  to  say  whether  this  is  a constant  peculiarity, 
or  whether,  as  is  perhaps  more  probable,  there  be  two  varieties  of  the  species,  in  one 
of  which  the  enamel  is  smooth  and  in  the  other  polished. 

Distinctions  and  differences. — Mastodon  latidens  does  not  seem  to  come  close 
to  any  other  species  of  the  genus,  the  nearest  approach  being  made,  in  regard  to  the 
characters  of  the  molars  by  the  European  31.  longirostris.  The  molars  of  the  latter 
species,  however,  have  much  taller  ridges,  with  a deeper  median  cleft,  and  with  acces- 
sory columns  partly  blocking  the  bases  of  the  valleys : the  series  of  molars  on  either 
side  of  the  palate  in  31.  longirostris  do  not  iucline  together  anteriorly  to  tlie  extent 
they  do  in  M.  latidens.  The  two  species  are  further  widely  distinguished  by  the 
form  of  the  mandible,  that  of  the  Indian  species  being  nearly  straight  interiorly,  sub- 
circular  in  section,  with  a short  and  probably  tuskless  symphysis,  v hile  that  of  the 

' On  page  12  of  a paper  on  the  “ Extinct  Animals  of  North  America,”  read  before  the  Eoyal  Institution  on 
March  10th,  1876,  by  Professor  Plower,  the  author  remarks  that  “ Mastodons,  however,  were,  after  all,  very  like 
Elephants,  only  being  distinguished  by  some  peculiarities  of  the  teeth  ; and  by  means  of  intermediate  species  the  two 
forms  pass  so  gradually  into  one  another,  that  it  is  difficult  to  say,  in  the  case  of  some  species,  with  which  they  ought 
most  properly  to  be  classed.”  • 

P 


239—58 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


European  species  is  laterally  compressed,  has  a long  tusked  symphysis,  and  its  in- 
ferior border  bends  suddenly  upwards  below  the  first  molar.  (E.  A.  S.,  PL  XLV, 
fig.  10). 


Species  4 : Mastodon  perimensis,  Ealconer  and  Cautley.  Pis.  XL,  XLI,  figs.  1, 

3,  4,  XLII,  XLIII. 

History  and  specific  characters. — The  remains  of  a species  of  Mastodon  obtained 
from  Perim  Island  were  referred  by  the  authors  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” 
to  a new  species,  under  the  name  of  Mastodon  perimensis^  and  figures  of  the  cranium 
and  of  some  of  the  molars  are  given  in  Plates  XXXI,  XXXVIII,  XXXIX,  and  XL 
of  that  work,  though  no  detailed  description  of  the  species  was  ever  published. 
Various  notes,  however,  on  the  teeth  of  this  species  will  be  found  scattered  through 
Dr.  Ealconer’s  papers,  as  collected  in  the  “ Palaeontological  Memoirs,”  and  figures 
of  two  molars  are  given  on  Plate  IX  of  the  first  volume  of  that  work.  In  the 
synopsis  of  the  species  of  Mastodon  and  Elephant  given  on  pages  14  and  15  of  the 
second  volume  of  the  “ Palaeontological  Memoirs,”  Mastodon  perimensis  is  classed 
among  the  Tetralophodons  which  have  the  columns  of  the  transverse  ridges  arranged 
alternately,  and  the  intervening  valleys  blocked;  while  on  page  12  of  the  same 
volume,  we  find  it  stated  by  Dr.  Ealconer  that  the  molars  of  this  species  have  a 
considerable  quantity  of  cement  in  the  valleys.  The  figures  of  the  molars  in  the 
“ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” show  that  they  are  characterized  by  the  valleys  being 
mainly  transverse,  but  blocked  in  tlie  middle  by  accessory  columns,  while  one  of  the 
columns  of  each  of  the  transverse  ridges,  when  worn,  presents  a rudely  trefoil-shaped 
dentine  surface.  In  the  “ Records  of  the  Geological  Survey  of  India,”^  I have 
mentioned  the  discovery  of  a mandible  of  this  species  in  the  Punjab,  and  have  also 
shown  that  the  species  was  provided  with  upper  premolars,  and  that  the  male  was 
provided  with  small  cylindrical  mandibular  incisors.  The  teeth  figured  in  the 
“ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  are  in  most  instances  more  or  less  imperfect  specimens, 
as  is  so  very  frequently  the  case  with  fossils  from  Perim  Island,  which  have  usually 
been  subjected  to  a long  course  of  washing  and  rolling  on  the  sea-beach.  The  teeth 
of  M.  perimensis  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Punjab,  which 
form  the  subject  of  the  present  notice,  are  in  far  more  perfect  condition.  The  milk- 
molars  of  this  species  are  unfortunately  at  present,  with  one  exception,  unknown, 
but  specimens  have  been  obtained  of  the  whole  of  the  series  of  true  molars,  and 
one  specimen  of  the  last  upper  premolar  is  known.  In  describing  these  teeth  I shall 
take  them  in  the  order  of  their  serial  succession, 

T'irst  upper  milk-molar. — The  small  tooth  represented  in  fig.  3 of  Plate  XLI 
was  obtained  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Punjab.  Erom  its  size  and 
shape,  it  is  evidently  the  first  upper  milk-molar  of  a Mastodon,  and  from  the  dis- 
tinctness of  the  two  ridges,  in  all  probability  of  a tetralophodont  species ; from  the 

' Vol.  XI,  p.  71 ; Vol.  XII,  p.  45. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


59—240 


(‘xtreme  smoothness  and  j)olished  state  of  the  enamel,  I have  thought  that  the 
specimen  should  very  probably  he  referred  to  Mastodon  perimensis,  the  teeth  of 
which  present  that  character  to  a very  noticeable  extent.  The  tooth  belongs  to  the 
right  side  of  the  jaw,  and  is  rudely  oval  in  outline,  the  posterior  border,  however, 
being  nearly  straight.  The  crown  bears  two  ridges,  the  hindmost  of  which  is  acute 
and  wedge-shaped,  and  is  partially  divided  by  a slight  cleft  into  two  columns.  The 
anterior  ridge  forms  a large  blunt  cone,  the  summit  of  which  has  been  largely  worn 
away.  A longitudinal  ridge  on  the  inner  side  of  the  tooth  connects  the  fore-and-aft 
ridges ; there  is  no  trace  of  any  talon.  The  absence  of  any  talon,  as  well  as  the 
shape  of  the  ridges,  at  once  distinguishes  this  tooth  from  the  corresjionding  milk- 
molar  of  Mastodon  latidens,  which  has  already  been  described.  The  length  of  the 
specimen  is  1'3  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  I'l  inches. 

Last  upper  premolar  and  first  true  molar. — The  fragment  of  the  left  maxilla 
of  a Mastodon  containing  two  teeth,  which  is  represented  in  Plate  XL,  was  also 
obtained  during  the  winter  of  IS'ZS  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Punjab, 
and  has  already  been  shortly  alluded  to  at  page  45  of  the  twelfth  volume  of  the 
“ Records.”  The  larger  tooth  carries  four  transverse  ridges  on  the  crown,  and  very 
small  fore-and-aft  talons : the  fourth  ridge  is  smaller  than  either  of  the  others,  and 
is  considerably  curved.  The  tooth  has  not  been  much  used,  and  the  rate  of  wear  is 
very  unequal  on  the  two  sides  of  each  ridge,  the  inner  column  showing  a large 
surface  of  dentine,  while  the  enamel  of  the  outer  column  is  still  imperforate.  The 
ridges  are  of  considerable  vertical  height,  and  each  is  divided  into  two  portions  by 
the  cleft  wdiich  traverses  the  longitudinal  axis  of  the  tooth.  The  portion  of  each 
ridge  on  the  outer  side  of  this  cleft  consists  of  two  agglomerated  tubercles  ; while 
the  portion  on  the  inner  side  consists  of  one  large  column  or  tubercle  in  the  line  of 
the  ridge,  to  the  external  extremity  of  which  two  smaller  tubercles  are  closely 
attached,  projecting  on  either  side  into  the  valleys,  and  uniting  with  the  corre- 
sponding tubercles  of  the  other  ridges,  thus  obstructing  the  base  of  each  valley. 
The  arrangement  of  the  accessory  tubercles  causes  the  worn  dentine  surface  of  each 
main  column  to  form  a trefoil-shaped  islet,  as  is  shown  in  the  first  ridges.  Very 
slight  tubercles  occur  at  the  inner  extremities  of  the  transverse  valleys.  The 
enamel  is  somewhat  corrugated,  and  there  are  some  slight  traces  of  cement  in  the 
valleys. 

The  anterior  surface  of  the  tooth  presents  a large  flattened  and  smooth  disc, 
produced  by  the  pressure  of  a preceding  tooth,  which  must  have  been  in  apposition 
with  it. 

The  smaller  tooth,  which  has  a sub-circular  crown,  is  entirely  unworn,  and  had 
not  perforated  the  gum  at  the  death  of  the  animal.  The  summits  of  the  crown  of 
this  tooth  are  nearly  on  a level  with  the  base  of  the  crown  of  the  larger  tooth.  The 
smaller  tooth  is  placed  on  the  anterior  side  of  the  larger.  The  position  and  condition 
of  wear  of  the  smaller  tooth,  show  that  it  must  be  a premolar,  and  that  it  has  vertically 
succeeded  a worn-out  milk-molar,  which  produced  the  facet  on  the  anterior  surface 


241—60 


SIWALIK  AND  NilRBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


of  the  larger  tooth.  The  relatively  large  size  of  the  premolar  shows  that  that  tooth 
must  be  the  last  of  the  premolar  series,  and  consequently  that  the  larger  tooth  must 
he  the  first  true  molar. 

The  premolar  has  two  ridges,  which  are  considerably  higher  than  those  of  the 
corresponding  tooth  of  Mastodon  latidens  described  above  (Plate  XXXVII,  fig.  6) ; 
the  ridges  are  crowned  by  distinct  cusps.  There  are  weU  developed  fore-and-aft 
talons.  The  dimensions  of  the  two  teeth  are  as  follows : — 


Length  of  premolar  . . . . ...  . • . . 2-15 

Width  of  ditto  ..........  1’8 

Height  of  first  ridge  of  ditto  .........  1'3 

Length  of  true  molar  .........  4*2 

Width  of  ditto  ..........  2'4 

Height  of  second  ridge  of  ditto  ........  1‘7 


Comparisons. — The  first  true  molar  in  the  specimen  described  above  • differs 
entirely  from  the  molars  of  Mastodon  latidens,  which  is  the  only  Indian  TetralopJio- 
don  which  we  have  yet  described,  and  it  will  also  he  shown  to  differ  from  the  molars  of 
M.  sivalensis  which  are  described  below.  There,  therefore,  only  remains  M.perimen- 
sis  to  which  the  specimen  can  belong,  and  we  find  that  the  characters  of  the  tooth 
agree  precisely  with  those  of  the  molars  of  that  species  noticed  above,  and  I have 
consequently  referred  the  specimen  to  that  species.  In  figs.  3 and  4 of  Plate  IX 
of  the  first  volume  of  the  “ Palaeontological  Memoirs,”  a specimen  of  the  same  tooth 
of  M.  perimensis  from  Perim  Island  is  figured  on  a small  scale,  in  profile  and  plan. 
That  tooth  was  named  by  Dr.  Palconer,  and  is  now  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian 
Museum.  It  is  rather  less  worn  than  the  specimen  figured  here,  but  agrees  exactly, 
in  all  its  characters,  with  the  exception  of  being  somewhat  larger.  The  length 
of  the  Perim  Island  specimen  is  4‘5  inches,  and  its  width  2-7.  It  is  probable  that 
the  latter  belonged  to  a male,  while  tte  Punjab  specimen  belonged  to  a female 
individual. 

Comparison  with  M.  longirostris. — The  molars  of  M.  perimensis  present,  at  first 
sight,  a very  striking  resemblance  to  the  molars  of  the  European  M.  longirostris,^ 
though  a closer  examination  shows  certain  differences  between  the  two.  Wq  have 
already  seen  that  in  the  upper  molars  of  M.  perimensis,  only  the  inner  columns  of 
the  ridges  carry  accessory  tubercles  next  the  longitudinal  cleft,  and  that  conse- 
quently these  columns  alone  present  during  detrition  a trefoil-shaped  surface  of 
dentine,  while  the  outer  columns  present  an  oblong  surface.  In  the  molars  of  Masto- 
don longirostris,  on  the  other  hand,  both  the  inner  and  outer  columns  of  the  ridges  de- 
velope  accessory  tubercles  next  the  cleft,  and  both  in  consequence  wear  into  trefoils,  as 
is  shown  in  Kaup’s  figures.  The  trefoil  of  the  outer  column,  however,  does  not  appear 
till  the  inner  is  partly  disappearing,  owing  to  the  lesser  height  of  the  accessory  tuber- 
cles of  the  former.  In  consequence  of  this  a molar  of  M.  longirostris,  when  slightly 
worn,  carries  a trefoil  dentine-surface  on  the  inner  ridge,  and  an  oblong  one  on  the 

* See  Kaup  : “ Ossements  Fossiles  du  Museum  de  Darmstadt,”  PI.  XVI. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


61—242 


outer,  and  tliese  at  first  sight  very  closely  resemble  those  of  the  molars  of  M.  peri- 
mensis.  The  molars  of  the  two  species  are  further  distinguished  by  the  presence  of 
cement  in  those  of  the  Indian,  and  its  absence  in  those  of  the  European  species.  The 
general  similarity,  however,  in  the  plan  of  the  molars  of  the  two  species  shows  that 
they  must  he  closely  related,  though  the  differences  noticed  above,  as  well  as  the 
dissimilarity  in  the  mandible  of  the  two  species,  which  will  he  noticed  below,  affords 
marked  points  of  distinction  between  them. 

Second  upper  true  molar. — Of  the  second  upper  true  molar  of  M.  perimensis,  a 
specimen  from  the  right  side,  is  represented  in  profile  and  plan  in  figs.  5 and  6 of  the 
plate  of  the  “ Palseontological  Memoirs  ” already  referred  to  above ; that  specimen 
was  obtained  from  Perim  Island,  and  is  now  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum. 
The  figure  in  plan  (6)  is  somewhat  indistinct,  and  on  a small  scale,  but  it  suffices 
to  show  that  the  tooth  is  but  little  worn,  and  that  it  carries  four  ridges  and  a 
large  hind- talon  (broken  in  the  specimen),  and  that  the  inner  columns  of  the  ridges 
wear  into  trefoils,  and  the  outer  into  oblongs,  while  the  valleys  contain  cement. 
The  length  of  the  specimen,  allowing  slightly  for  the  broken  talon,  is  5-0  inches, 
and  its  width  3' 5 inches.  The  tooth,  which  is  represented  in  fig.  4 of  Plate  XLI 
of  this  memoir,  was  obtained  by  Mr,  Theobald  in  the  Punjab,  and  is  from  the  right 
side  of  the  upper  jaw.  It  carries  four  ridges,  and  a very  large  hind-talon,  and, 
except  in  the  matter  of  size,  agrees  so  exactly  with  the  second  upper  true  molar 
of  Mastodon  perimensis  from  Perim  Island,  that  I have  no  doubt  that  it  is  the  homo- 
logous tooth.  The  presence  of  the  large  hind-talon  shows  that  the  specimen  cannot 
be  the  first  true  molar,  in  which,  as  we  have  already  seen,  that  talon  is  but  very 
slightly  developed.  The  Punjab  second  molar  is  rather  smaller  than  the  Perim 
tooth,  as  we  found  to  be  the  case  with  the  first  true  molars  from  the  same  localities. 
The  smaller  tooth  is  probably  that  of  a female. 

The  figured  tooth  is  well-worn,  the  dentine  discs  having  become  united  in  the 
first  and  second  ridges.  In  the  third  ridge  the  dentine  surfaces  still  form  islands ; 
in  this  ridge  the  dentine  of  the  inner  column  does  not  present  a trefoil-shaped 
pattern,  as  in  the  anterior  ridges  at  a corresponding  state  of  detrition.  The  enamel 
of  the  fourth  ridge  is  only  just  perforated  by  wear.  The  hind-talon  is  lower  than 
the  last  ridge,  and  is  still  untouched  by  detrition;  it  presents  a large  median 
tubercle,  fianked  by  a smaller  tubercle  on  either  side.  The  length  of  this  tooth  is 
5'4  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  2‘8  inches.  This  tooth  shows  well  the  great 
thickness  of  the  enamel,  a very  characteristic  point  in  the  molars  of  the  species. 

Comparison  with  M.  longirostris. — If  the  figured  second  upper  molar  of 
M.  perimensis  be  compared  with  the  corresponding  iooth  of  M.  longirostris  in  the 
palate  specimen  figured  by  Kaup,^  it  will  be  seen  that  the  two  teeth  are  almost  exactly 
in  the  same  relative  condition  of  wear,  and  therefore  well  adapted  for  comparison. 
The  Indian  tooth  differs  from  the  European  in  possessing  a very  large  talon,  which 
appendage  never  seems  to  attain  any  size  in  the  second  molar  of  the  latter.  The 


* Loc,  cit.,  PI.  XVI,  fig  5. 


243—62 


SIWALIK  AND  NADBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


two  teeth  are  further  distinguished  hy  their  wear ; in  the  European  tooth  the  dentine 
surfaces  of  the  last  ridge  are  much  larger  than  in  the  Indian  tooth,  showing  that 
the  plane  of  wear  is  less  oblique  in  the  former  than  in  the  latter.  Again,  in  the 
tooth  of  M.  perimensis,  the  dentine  surfaces  of  the  two  columns  of  each  ridge 
seem  to  unite  at  an  early  period  of  wear,  and  form  a straight  hand  across  the  tooth ; 
and  there  is  consequently  no  distinct  trefoil  in  the  outer  column  of  the  second 
ridge,  which  is  so  conspicuous  in  the  tooth  of  M.  longirostris  when  well  worn,  as 
in  Kaup’s  specimen. 

Last  upper  molar. — No  specimen  of  the  last  upper  true  molar  of  Mastodon 
perimensis  is  figured  either  in  the  “ Palseontological  Memoirs”  or  in  the  “ Pauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  although  the  cranium  represented  in  Plate  XXXVIII  of  the 
latter  work  shows  the  base  of  the  last  true  molar,  the  crown  having  been  hammered 
off.  The  magnificent  molar  of  a Mastodon  represented  in  Plate  XLII  of  this 
memoir  was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Punjab,  and  is  the  last  left  upper 
true  molar,  as  may  be  determined  from  its  form,  size,  and  number  of  transverse 
ridges.  The  tooth  is  long  and  narrow,  which  character  alone  is  sufficient  to  dis- 
tinguish it  from  the  corresponding  tooth  of  M.  latidens ; the  anterior  ridge  is  the 
widest,  the  transverse  diameter  of  the  crown  gradually  decreasing  from  this  point 
to  the  posterior  extremity,  where  the  tooth  is  rounded  regularly  off.  This  tooth  carries 
five  transverse  ridges,  and  a small  posterior  talon ; there  is  also  a small  step  or 
ledge  at  the  anterior  extremity,  which  doubtless  represents  an  anterior  talon.  The 
ridges  are  very  tall,  and  are  divided  by  the  median  cleft  into  conical  inner  and 
outer  columns.  The  two  first  ridges  have  been  partly  worn,  and  exhibit  well  the 
uneven  rate  of  wear  of  the  two  sides  of  the  crown,  which  we  have  seen  to  be 
characteristic  of  the  molars  of  this  species.  The  general  arrangement  of  the 
columns  of  this  tooth  is  much  the  same  as  we  have  seen  to  prevail  in  the  earlier 
teeth  of  the  species ; the  inner  column  of  each  ridge  wearing  into  a trefoil,  and 
the  outer  into  an  oblong.  A few  accessory  tubercles  are  developed  at  the  bases  of 
the  outer  extremities  of  the  transverse  valleys,  which  are  not  found  in  the  anterior 
teeth.  The  fifth  ridge  is  narrower  and  lower  than  any  of  the  preceding  ridges, 
and  the  hind-talon  consists  of  three  small  low  tubercles,  the  largest  of  which  is 
placed  in  front  and  on  the  inner  side  of  the  .others.  The  tooth  shows  the  thick 
enamel,  and  the  small  amount  of  cement  so  characteristic  of  the  species.  In  the 
following  table  the  dimensions  of  this  tooth  are  given,  together  with  those  of  the 
corresponding  tooth  of  the  opposite  side  of  M.  longirostris  represented  in  fig.  9 
of  Plate  XVIII  of  Kaup’s  “ Ossements  Eossiles  du  Museum  de  Darmstadt.” 

M.  perimensu.  M.  longirostris. 

Length 9'6  8'9 

Greatest  width  . . . . . . . , . . . 3'7  3'9 

Height  of  third  ridge  2'8  2’6 

Comparison  with  M.  longirostris. — Prom  these  measurements  it  wiU  be  seen 
that  the  last  upper  true  molar  of  M.  longirostris  is  shorter  and  broader  and  has 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


63—244 


lower  ridges  than  the  corresponding  tooth  of  M.  perimensis.  A comparison  of  the 
two  figures  will,  however,  show  that  in  general  characters  the  two  teeth  are  exceed- 
ingly alike.  The  European  tooth  is  distinguished,  in  addition  to  the  difference  in 
relative  size,  by  diminishing  less  rapidly  in  width  posteriorly,  and  by  the  consequent 
greater  size  of  the  fifth  ridge  and  hind-talon  : the  columns  of  the  ridges  are  also 
somewhat  less  distinctly  separate  than  in  M.  perimensis. 

Second  lower  true  molar. — Of  the  lower  dentition  of  Mastodon  perimensis  the 
first  tooth  with  which  I am  acquainted  is  the  second  true  molar,  of  which  a speci- 
men is  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XLI,  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Pun- 
jab. The  tooth  has  a concave  profile,  showing  that  it  must  belong  to  the  lower 
jaw ; the  ridges  present  a concave  surface  to  the  broken  end,  showing  that  this  must 
be  the  posterior  extremity,  and  that  the  tooth  must  consequently  belong  to  the  left 
side  of  the  jaw,  since  the  median  cleft  is  nearest  the  upper  border  of  the  figure. 
Prom  its  size  the  tooth  is  inferred  to  be  the  second  of  the  true  molar  series.  The 
crown  is  slightly  narrower  in  front  than  behind  and  carries  four  transverse  ridges, 
(of  which  the  last  is  broken),  and  a large  posterior  talon  (also  broken) ; a ledge  on 
the  first  ridge  represents  an  anterior  talon.  The  ridges  are  high,  and  are  divided  by 
a median  cleft,  which,  however,  is  not  so  distinct  as  in  the  upper  molars.  The  sum- 
mit of  each  of  the  four  ridges  (all  of  which  are  quite  unworn  in  the  specimen)  ter- 
minates in  about  six  blunt  cusps  ; the  portion  of  each  ridge  placed  externally  to  the 
median  cleft  (lower  half  of  figure)  would  wear  into  trefoils,  owing  to  the  presence  of 
accessory  tubercles  in  the  valleys,  along  the  median  line  of  the  tooth,  which  block  the 
vaUeys.  Cement  is  present  in  the  valleys.  The  length  of  this  tooth  is  5'1  inches,  and 
its  width  2-8  inches.  The  size  of  this  tooth  agrees,  therefore,  with  that  of  the 
second  upper  true  molar  from  the  Punjab,  wliich  has  been  described  above  ; from 
this,  and  from  the  presence  of  a large  hind- talon  in  both,  the  lower  molar  has  been 
considered  as  the  second  of  that  series.  The  somewhat  greater  simplicity  in  struc- 
ture of  this  lower  molar,  as  compared  with  the  corresponding  upper  tooth,  is  similar 
to  that  which  occurs  in  M.  longirostris.  A well-worn  specimen  of  the  second  left 
lower  true  molar  of  M.  perimensis  from  Perim  Island  is  represented  in  fig.  10  of 
Plate  XXXI  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.”  That  tooth  has  a length  of  4’ 8 
inches,  and  a width  of  2 ’6  inches.  Allowing  for  the  one  tooth  being  a germ,  and  the 
other  much  worn,  the  two  teeth  in  question  seem  to  have  the  same  form  : in 
Palconer’s  specimen  the  hind- talon  is  seen  to  consist  of  two  large  cones,  only  one  of 
which  remains  in  Mr.  Theobald’s  specimen. 

Last  lower  true  molar. — A specimen  of  the  last  lower  true  molar  of  the  present 
species  from  Perim  Island  is  represented  in  fig.  11  of  the  last  quoted  plate  of  the 
“Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.”  The  tooth  carries  five  ridges  and  a large  hind-talon, 
and  agrees  in  all  essential  characters  with  the  last  upper  molar  figured  in  the  plates 
accompanying  this  memoir.  The  length  of  the  lower  molar  is  8’4  inches,  and  its 
greatest  width  3'5  inches.  A very  similar  tooth,  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald,  is  in 
the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum,  but  I have  not  thought  it  necessary  to  give  a 


245—64 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


figure  of  that  specimen.  Another  last  lower  molar  in  a nearly  complete  mandible 
from  tlie  Punjab  has  a length  of  10'7  inches,  and  a width  of  4‘4  inches. 

Mandible. — In  a notice  published  in  the  “ Records, I have  recorded  the 
acquisition  by  the  Indian  Museum  of  a complete  specimen  of  the  adult  mandible  of 
M.  perimensis,  obtained  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Punjab.  The  specimen  has  not 
been  figured  here,  owing  to  its  very  large  size,  and  the  consequent  difficulty  of 
getting  an  accurate  drawing  of  it  with  the  means  at  my  disposal.  The  specimen 
shows  the  last  true  molar  and  a portion  of  the  penultimate  tooth.  The  ramus  is 
sub-circular  in  cross  section  with  a slight  lateral  compression ; it  bulges  out  below 
the  last  molar ; the  lower  border  of  the  ramus  is  very  slightly  convex  posteriorly, 
and  as  slightly  concave  below  the  symphysis.  The  latter  is  produced  into  a short 
trough-like  symphysis  similar  to  that  of  the  specimen  represented  in  fig.  2 of 
Plate  XLIII.  In  the  figured  specimen  there  is  seen  at  the  anterior  fractured  extre- 
mity, in  transverse  section,  a pair  of  small  incisors,  with  a pyriform  section.  In  the 
complete  mandible,  of  which  the  symphysis  is  entire,  there  are  no  incisors  ; the 
figured  specimen  probably  belonged  to  a male,  and  the  other  to  a female.  The 
dimensions  of  the  complete  mandible  are  as  follows  : — 


Length  from  hinder  border  of  last  molar  to  distal  end  of  symphysis 29‘0 

Ditto  from  anterior  border  of  penultimate  ditto  to  ditto ........  13'5 

Ditto  of  last  molar 10'7 

Interval  between  condyle  and  coronoid  process 6'0 


The  form  of  the  symphysis  of  the  mandible  is  of  itself  quite  sufficient  to  dis- 
tinguish M.  perimensis  from  M,  longirostris^  in  which  the  symphysis  is  longer, 
wider,  and  more  deflected,  with  a shallower  spout.  The  lower  border  of  the  ramus 
of  the  latter  is  much  bent,  whereas  that  of  the  former  is  nearly  straight.  In 
M.  longirostris  there  is  a considerable  lateral  compression  of  the  rami,  totally 
wanting  in  M.  perimensis. 

Undetermined  mandible. — In , fig.  1 of  Plate  XLIII,  I have  had  lithographed 
another  symphysis  of  the  mandible  of  a Mastodon^  bearing  a considerable  general 
resemblance  to  that  of  M.  perimensis,  but  also  presenting  some  points  of  difference. 
Its  main  point  of  difference  is  that  in  place  of  having  a deeply  hollowed  spout-like 
symphysis,  it  has  only  a very  slight  hollowing  out  of  the  produced  symjDhysis,  and 
swells  out  anteriorly,  while  the  symphysis  of  the  typical  tuskless  form  of  M.  peri- 
mensis (as  shown  in  the  large  unflgured  mandible)  tapers  somewhat  more  to  a point. 
The  trough  in  the  latter  mandible  is,  however,  somewhat  less  deep  than  in  the 
figured  tusked  specimen,  and  I am  inclined  to  think  that  the  specimen  represented 
in  fig.  1 must  also  be  referred  to  a variety  of  M.  perimensis.  That  specimen 
certainly  cannot  belong  to  either  M.  pandionis  (Plate  XXXVI  fig.  1)  or  M.  siva- 
lensis  ; ^ its  depth,  when  broken  posteriorly,  is  too  great  to  have  fitted  on  to  the 

> Eec.  Geol.  Surv.  India,  Yob  XI,  p.  71. 

^ “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  PI.  XLV,  fig.  10. 

» Ibid.,  PI.  XXXV,  fig.  1. 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


65—246 


slender  jaw  of  M.  latidens  noticed  above,  and  I do  not  think  from  its  form  that  it 
belonged  to  Jf.  falconeri  ; if  it  does  not  belong  to  31.  ^erimensis,  it  therefore  must 
belong  to  a new  species. 

Cranium. — In  noticing  the  cranium  of  M.  perimensis  figured  in  Plate  XXXVIII 
of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  Dr.  Palconer  makes  the  following  remarks  : — 
“ The  cranium  is  in  many  respects  singularly  perfect,  although  it  has  suffered  from 
a crushing  force,  which  has  forced  in  the  temples,  so  as  to  have  contracted  to  a few 
inches  the  inter-temporal  portion  of  the  forehead.  The  ascending  ramus  of  the  lower 
jaw  on  either  side  is  in  situ,  with  the  coronoid  process  and  condyle,  and  what  is  more 
remarkable,  the  greater  part  of  the  hyoid  bone  lies  upon  the  sphenoid.  The  atlas 
also  was  found  attached  to  the  condyles.  The  teeth  are  completely  hammered  down 
to  the  margin  of  the  alveoli.  The  most  remarkable  character  of  all  about  this  head 
is  the  low  height  of  the  pterygoid  processes  of  the  sphenoid,  which  are  very  little 
higher  than  the  condyles,  and  the  comparatively  little  elevation  of  the  condyles 
above  the  palate.  The  interval  between  the  plane  of  the  lower  surface  of  the 
condyles  and  that  of  the  palate  is  only  5 inches,  the  height  of  the  occiput 
being  22  inches.  This  is  very  much  as  in  the  North  American  Mastodon,  and 
even  more  so,  so  that  the  plane  of  the  grinder  does  not  differ  much  from  that  of 
the  condyles,  thus  showing  a tendency  in  the  direction  of  Dinotherium  and  the 
Trilophodon  Mastodon  ohioticus  {maximus).  The  pterygoids  rise  with  a sharp 
posterior  border,  aad  do  not  spread  out  into  a flap  over  the  posterior  border  of  the 
maxillary.  They  are  not  rugous  as  (in)  M.  ohioticus,  nor  are  they  so  far  (proportion- 
ably)  extended  behind.  There  are  two  large  palatine  foramina  near  the  end  of  the 
molar.  The  molars  (aUov  ing  perhaps  for  some  distortion  from  pressure)  run  parallel 
and  do  not  at  any  rate  diverge  in  the  remarkable  way  exhibited  by  M.  ohioticus  ; 
perhaps  they  are  less  divergent  even  than  in  M.  sivalensis.  The  palate  looks  long. 
On  either  side  are  two  molars,  the  penultimate  and  last  true.  The  tusks  exhibit  an 
oval  outline  in  section.”  ' 

The  length  of  the  last  molar  is  only  7‘4  inches,  so  that  this  cranium  must  have 
belonged  to  a much  smaller  individual  than  that  to  which  the  last  upper  molar  figured 
in  the  accompanying  plates  (Plate  XLII),  or  than  that  to  which  the  mandible  noticed 
above,  belonged.  It  is  probable  that  the  Perim  Island  skull,  together  with  the  last 
lower  molar  figured  on  the  adjoining  plate  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,” 
belonged  to  a female.  I beheve  that  no  complete  specimen  of  the  cranium  of  Mas- 
todon longirostis  has  hitherto  been  discovered,  so  that  we  are  unable  to  compare  the 
cranium  of  the  latter  and  that  of  M.  perimensis.  Kaup  has,  however,  figured^  a speci- 
men of  the  palate  of  the  former  species  with  the  penultimate  and  last  true  molars  ; 
and  if  that  figure  be  compared  with  the  palate  of  M.  perimensis  represented  in  the 
“ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  it  will  be  seen  that  the  molars  in  the  former  are  mueh 
less  closely  approximated  than  in  the  latter,  and  appear  to  be  somewhat  proportion- 
ately wider. 


Loc.  cit.  PI.  XVI,  fig.  5. 


1^47—66 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA 


General  cliaraeters  and  Summarizing  what  is  known  regarding  this 

species,  we  find  that,  as  far  as  we  are  at  present  acquainted  with  it,  the  dentition 
follows  the  normal  tetralophodont  law  in  respect  to  the  number  of  ridges  carried  on 
the  crowns  of  the  molars.  Premolars  were  developed  in  the  upper  jaw,  and,  therefore, 
probably  also  in  the  lower ; the  mandible  is  produced  into  a trough-like  symphysis, 
intermediate  in  length  between  that  of  the  living  Indian  elephant  and  that  of  M- 
pandionis ; it  was  furnished  with  incisors  in  some  individuals,  which  were  wanting  in 
others.  The  molars  carry  tall  ridges,  of  which  the  columns  develope  accessory  tubercles 
blocking  the  transverse  valleys ; one  of  the  columns  of  each  of  the  anterior  ridges 
when  worn  down,  presents  on  its  summit  a trefoil-shaped  islet  of  dentine.  Cement  is 
present  in  small  quantity  in  the  valleys.  The  characters  of  the  cranium  have  already 
been  pointed  out. 

In  the  form  of  its  molars  this  species  approaches  nearest  to  the  European 
M.  longirostris,  but  is  at  once  distinguished  by  the  form  of  the  mandible  and  by 
certain  characters  of  the  molars  already  pointed  out. 

The  molars  of  the  tetralophodont  Mastodon  dissimilis  of  Jourdan,^  from  the 
upper  Pliocene  of  the  Ehone  valley,  are  of  the  type  of  those  of  M.  perimensis,  but. 
as  is  well  shown  in  the  last  upper  molar,  the  ridges  have  a greater  tendency  to  an 
alternate  arrangement  of  their  columns  and  show  less  distinct  trefoils  of  dentine,  than 
in  M.  perimensis.  The  last  upper  molar  of  the  European  species  is  more  oblong  in 
form  than  that  of  the  Indian,  not  contracting  posteriorly  as  the  latter  does,  and  the 
hind-talon  consequently  being  of  greater  relative  width.  Other  smaller  differences 
in  the  teeth  of  the  two  species  will  be  seen  on  comparing  the  figures.  There  are  no 
figures  of  the  cranium  or  of  the  complete  lower  jaw  of  M.  dissimilis  given  in  the  plates 
quoted 'in  the  note. 

It  will  probably  have  struck  the  reader  that  in  regard  to  the  shape  of  the 
ridges,  the  molars  of  M.  perimensis  present  a striking  resemblance  to  those  of  M. 
falconeri,  the  two  being,  however,. broadly  distinguished  by  the  one  having  a tetra- 
lophodont, and  the  other  a trilophodont  arrangement  of  the  ridges  in  the  interme- 
diate molars.  The  two  species,  as  far  as  I can  judge  from  the  broken  mandible  of 
M.  falconeri,  are  further  distinguished  hy  the  form  of  the  mandible,  which  is  more 
convex  interiorly  and  thicker  in  M.  falconeri ; in  the  latter  species  there  are  no 
premolars  and  no  cement,  both  of  which  occur  in  the  other  species.  It  is  unfortu- 
nate that  I have  not  been  able  to  trace  M.  perimensis  through  its  milk-molar 
dentition,  and  it  might  be  argued  from  this  that  both  species  had  trilophodont  milk- 
molars,  and  both  tri-and  tetralophodont  true  molars.  Apart,  however,  from  the 
important  distinctions  already  pointed  out,  the  last  milk-molar  of  M.  falconeri 
(Plate  XXXII,  fig.  3)  (which  is  exactly  like  the  first  true  molar  in  the  same  young 


’ Lortet  and  Chantre : “Mastodontes  du  Bassin  du  Rhone.”  Archiv.  du  Mus.  d’Hist.  Nat.  de  Lyons,  Vol.  II, 
Pis.  I-VII  Lyons,  1878.  Only  the  plates  of  the  molars  of  this  species  have  yet  reached  India,  the  letter-press  being 
in  a succeeding  number. 


SIWALIK  AND  NADBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA.  67—248 

skull)  is  so  utterly  unlike  tlie  first  true  molar  of  M.  perimensis  (Plate  XL),  that 
this  alone  would  he  sufB.oient  grounds  of  distinction. 

An  analogous  instance  of  two  species  of  Mastodon,  the  one  with  a trilopho- 
dont  and  the  other  with  a tetralophodont  formula,  is  afi^orded  by  the  European 
M.  angustidens  and  M.  longirostris,  in  both  of  which  the  true  molars  are  formed 
on  the  same  general  plan,  and  present  trefoil  islets  of  dentine  on  their  worn 
columns.^ 

Distribution. — Remains  of  this  species  have  been  obtained  from  the  Siwaliks 
of  the  Punjab  to  the  west  of  the  Jhelum  and  in  Perim  Island.  I am  not  quite 
sure  whether  this  species  occurs  in  Sind,  as  I have  some  fragmentary  molars  from 
that  district  which  may  belong  to  M.  perimemis.  As  no  specimens  of  the  teeth  of 
this  species  were  obtained  by  Ealconer  and  Cautley  in  the  more  easterly  Siwaliks 
or  Burma,  it  is  probable  that  this  species  did  not  extend  its  range  much  to  the  east 
of  the  Jhelum. 


Species  5 : Mastodon  sivalensis,  Ealconer  & Cautley.  Pis.  XLI,  fig.  2,  XLIV. 

Ristory .---ThQ  first  notice  of  Mastodon  sivalensis  seems  to  have  appeared  in  a 
paper  read  by  the  late  Sir  Proby  (then  Captain)  Cautley  before  the  Asiatic  Society 
of  Bengal  in  June  1836.^  In  that  paper  it  appeared  that  the  author  considered 
certain  molars  of  a Mastodon  a dents  etroites  from  the  Siwalik  hills  to  belong  to  a 
variety  of  the  Mastodon  angustidens  ® of  Cuvier ; to  this  variety  he  gave  the  name  of 
M.  sivalensis.  In  a paper  published  in  December  of  the  same  year  in  the  “Journal 
of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal  by  the  same  author,  the  same  conclusion  was 
arrived  at  as  to  the  specific  relations  of  this  Siwalik  Mastodon. 

It  thus  appears  that  the  name  Sivalensis  was  given  by  Sir  Proby  Cautley  alone. 
In  Dr.  Ealconer’s  subsequently  published  table  of  the  species  of  Mastodon  and 
Elephant,®  Mastodon  sivalensis  appears  as  a distinct  species,  with  the  names  of 
both  Ealconer  and  Cautley  affixed  to  it.  In  that  table  the  species  is  placed  among 
the  tetralophodont  Mastodons,  with  the  description  “ Colliculi  numero  5,  obtusi 
alternatim  mammillee,  valliculse  interruptse,”  wdth  the  remark  “ the  only  known 
species  indicating  a Pentalophodon-type.”  In  the  same  memoir®  (which  was 
published  in  April  1857),  Dr.  Ealconer  remarks  : — “ Mastodon  sivalensis  is  regarded 
as  having  five  ridges  to  the  intermediate  molars,  instead  of  four;  but  this  re- 
markable character  being  restricted  at  present  to  a single  species,  it  was  deemed  in- 
expedient to  form  a systematic  section  for  it  alone,  and  it  is  ranged  at  the  end  of  the 

* Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  II,  PI.  III. 

* Jour.  As.  Soc.,  Bengal;  Vol.  V,  p.  294 ; Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  I,  p.  126. 

* M.  angustidens  included  the  tetralophodont  M.  anernensis,  as  well  as  the  trilophodont  form  to  which  the 
me  is  now  restricted. 

Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  I,  p.  127.— J.  A.  S.  B.  Vol.  V,  p.  768. 

* Ihid.,  Vol.  II,  pp.  14,  15. 

‘ Ibid.,  p.  18. 


249-  68 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


TetralopJiodons. — In  a subsequent  paper  communicated  (but  not  then  published) 
to  the  Geological  Society  of  London  in  June  1857/  Dr.  Falconer^  says  : “ In  the 

preceding  part,  when  discussing  the  conditions  of  the  ' ridge-formula  ’ in  Trilophodon 
and  Tetralopliodon,  it  was  stated  that  while  the  penultimate  milk-molar  always 
presents  one  ridge  less  than  the  intermediate  molars,  the  last  true  molar  presents 
one  ridge  more.  Conformably,  the  last  true  molar  in  M.  sivalemis  presents  six 
ridges,  besides  the  hind  ‘ talon,’  thus  maintaining  throughout,  so  far  as  the  denti- 
tion is  known,  the  numerical  characters  to  be  inferred  from  the  ridge-formula,  as 
ascertained  in  Trilophodon  and  Tetralophodon.  I consider  it  suflB.cient,  on  the 
present  occasion,  to  caU  attention  to  this  as  a point  of  some  interest  and  importance 
in  the  systematic  and  palaeontological  relations  of  the  Proboscidian  family,  in 
reference  to  the  indications  they  present  of  an  order  of  successive  serial  develop- 
ment, without  entering  in  detail  upon  the  evidence  in  support  of  the  view  here 
taken.  That  the  species  is  a distinct  form  is  abundantly  borne  out  by  the  marked 
characters  of  the  skull,  independently  of  the  strong  dental  characters.  The  ridge- 
formula  for  the  true  molars  in  Mastodon  sivalensis  is  inferred  to  be — 


5+5+6 
5+5+(6— 7) 


and  when  the  dentition  is  fuUy  made  out,  it  is  anticipated  that  the  complete  ridge- 
formula  will  be  nearly  thus — 


Milk-molars. 


True  molars, 

5+5+6 
5+5+(6— 7).” 


2+4+5 

2+4+5 


It  thus  appears  that  in  his  last  notice.  Dr.  Falconer  considered  M.  sivalensis 
to  have  a complete  pentalophodont  ridge-formula. 

In  Plates  XXXII  and  XXXIII  of  the  “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  a figure  of 
a fairly  complete  cranium  of  the  species  is  given,  while  in  Plates  XXXIV  to  XXXIX 
of  the  same  work  a considerable  series  of  the  teeth  are  figm^ed.  From  these  figures 
and  from  various  notes  by  Dr.  Falconer,  we  gather  that  the  molars  of  this  species 
are  characterized  by  being  narrow,  and  with  complex  crowns,  on  which  the  columns 
of  the  ridges  are  placed  alternately  so  as  to  completely  block  the  valleys.  The 
columns  are  tall,  and  when  worn  present  irregularly  shaped  discs  of  dentine, 
and  there  is  no  cement.  The  mandible  is  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XXXV 
of  the  “Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  and  is  characterized  by  a very  short  spout- 
like symphysis. 

First  loiver  milk-molar. — I cannot  find  any  specimen  of  the  first  upper  milk- 
molar  of  M.  sivalensis,  and  the  first  tooth  we  have,  therefore,  to  consider,  is  the  first 
lower  milk-molar,  a specimen  of  which  is  contained  in  each  of  two  specimens  of  the 


* Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  II,  p,  1. 

* Ihid,  p.  87. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


69—250 


mandible  of  calves  represented  in  figs.  1 and  2 of  Plate  XXXVII  of  the  “ Pauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis.”  In  both  these  specimens  the  crown  of  the  tooth  has  been 
hammered  off.  The  length  of  the  more  perfect  tooth  is  0*6  inch,  and  its  greatest 
width  0*4  inch. 

Second  uppermilJc-molar. — Two  specimens  of  the  second  upper  milk-molar  of 
M.  sivalensis  are  represented  in  figs.  1 and  2 of  Plate  XXXVI  of  the  “ Pauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis.”  The  first  of  these  specimens  is  detached,  the  second  is  in  a 
fragment  of  the  maxilla,  which  also  contains  the  third  milk-molar.  The  second 
milk-molar  seems  to  be  somewhat  oval-shaped,  and  carries  three  ridges,  the  hind- 
most of  which  is  shorter  than  the  others.  The  length  of  this  tooth  is  2’ 6 inches, 
and  its  greatest  width  1‘8  inches. 

Second  lower  milk-molar. — Each  of  the  two  fragmentary  mandibles  referred  to 
above  as  containing  the  first  milk-molar,  also  contains  a succeeding  tooth,  which 
must  accordingly  be  the  second  milk- molar.  This  tooth,  like  the  corresponding 
upper  tooth,  carries  three  transverse  ridges,  and  has  a length  of  1-9  inches  and  a 
width  of  1*2  inches.  These  dimensions  are  slightly  smaller  than  those  of  the 
corresponding  upper  milk-molars,  both  of  which,  as  we  shall  see  below,  probably 
belonged  to  male  animals. 

Third  upper  milk-molar. — A specimen  of  the  third  upper  milk-molar  is  re- 
presented in  fig.  2 of  Plate  XXXVI  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.”  This 
tooth  carries  four  ridges  with  alternately  arranged  columns,  and  has  a length  of 
4 inches  and  a width  of  2’3  inches.  This  tooth,  as  far  as  regards  form,  agrees 
exactly  with  the  smaller  specimen  represented  in  fig.  2 of  Plate  XLI  of  this 
memoir.  The  latter  specimen  was  transferred  from  the  collection  of  the  Asiatic 
Society  of  Bengal  to  the  Indian  Museum,  and  is  described  on  page  38  of  the  Catalogue 
of  the  Possil  Vertebrata  in  the  Society’s  collection  by  Dr.  Palconer  as  follows  : — 

“ Pine  specimen  of  the  upper  maxilla,  left  side,  comprising  the  greater  portion 
of  the  palate  and  two  molars  embedded  in  the  jaw,  with  four  empty  pits,  marking  the 
situation  of  the  fangs  of  the  second  milk-molar,  which  had  fallen  out.  The 
third  milk-molar  (figured  tooth)  is  shown  nearly  entire  with  the  enamel  (of  the) 
crown  broken  off  at  the  outside  of  the  first  two  ridges ; the  first  three  ridges  are 
seen  to  be  touched  with  wear,  forming  depressed  cups.  The  crown  of  the  tooth  is 
bisected  longitudinally  into  an  outer  and  inner  division,  and  the  groups  of  mammillse 
are  seen  to  alternate  with  accessory  mammillse  in  the  valleys.  The  surface  of  the 
enamel  is  deeply  grooved  vertically,  so  that  the  ridges  when  worn  present  a very 
complex  pattern.  Behind  the  fourth  ridge  is  a talon  consisting  of  a complicated 
group  of  small  mammillse.  The  four  empty  fang  cavities  in  front  are  (arranged  so 
as  to  form)  nearly  a square,  showing  that  the  crown  of  the  tooth  had  a similar 
form.” 

The  length  of  the  third  upper  milk-molar  is  3'2  inches  and  its  greatest  width 
2 inches.  The  alveolar  space  of  the  second  milk-molar  occupies  a square  of  about 
1-3  inches  in  diameter. 


251-70 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


It  is  probable  tliat  the  third  milk-molar  figured  here  belonged  to  a female, 
while  the  specimen  figured  in  the  “Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  belonged  to  a male 
animal. 

In  the  jaw  in  which  the  figured  third  upper  milk-molar  is  implanted  there  are 
no  traces  of  any  premolar,  either  above  that  tooth,  or  having  replaced 'the  second 
milk-molar,  which  has  fallen  out ; from  this  we  may  conclude  that  premolars  were 
not  developed  in  Mastodon  sivalensis. 

The  serial  position  of  the  figured  third  upper  milk-molar  is  of  considerable 
importance,  as  from  it  we  are  enabled  to  determine  the  position  of  some  other  teeth, 
and  I will  therefore  recapitulate  the  grounds  upon  which  its  position  is  fixed.  The 
figured  tooth  corresponds  exactly  in  form  with  the  larger  tooth  represented  in  fig. 

2 of  Plate  XXXVI  of  the  “Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  which  again  has  in  front  of 
it  a tooth  of  such  a large  size  that  it  must  be  the  second  milk-molar ; hence  the 
larger  tooth  must  be  the  third  of  that  series. 

The  third  upper  milk-molar  figured  here  has  behind  it  three  ridges  of  a larger 
tooth,  which  must  consequently  be  the  first  true  molar,  to  which  we  shaU  have  to 
refer  again. 

Third  lower  milk-molar. — The  tooth  represented  in  fig.  2 of  Plate  XLIV  is  im- 
planted in  a fragment  of  the  right  ramus  of  the  mandible,  and  was  obtained  by  Mr. 
Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Kangra  district.  As  it  is  larger  and  contains  one 
ridge  more  than  the  above  noticed  second  lower  milk-molar  figured  in  the  “ Fauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  it  must  be  the  third  lower  milk-molar,  or  the  corresponding 
lower  tooth  to  the  third  upper  milk- molar,  represented  in  fig.  2 of  Plate  XLI. 
The  last  ridge  of  this  tooth  has  been  somewhat  damaged,  and  the  posterior  talon  com- 
pletely broken  away.  The  crown  is  long  and  narrow,  with  the  outer  border  concave 
and  the  inner  convex.  The  inner  extremity  of  each  ridge  is  considerably  higher 
than  the  outer.  Each  of  the  three  ridges  which  are  uninjured  are  worn,  and  exhi- 
bit irregularly  shaped  hollows  of  dentine.  The  ridges  are  of  considerable  relative 
height,  and  each  is  mesially  divided  by  the  cleft  traversing  the  longitudinal  axis 
of  the  crown  into  an  inner  and  an  outer  column.  These  columns  are  arranged 
alternately  so  that  each  ridge  is  set  obliquely  to  the  long  axis  of  the  crown,  in  such 
a manner  that  its  inner  column  is  considerably  in  advance  of  its  outer  column.  Bv 
this  arrangement,  aided  by  the  presence  of  some  outlying  tubercles,  the  transverse 
valleys  are  completely  blocked.  The  length  of  this  tooth  is  3*4  inches,  and  its 
greatest  width  1’8  inches.  The  height  of  the  somewhat  worn  penultimate  ridge  is 
1-3  inches.  In  fig.  3 of  Plate  XXXVII  of  the  “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,” 
there  is  figured  a worn  third  lower  milk-molar  of  M.  sivalensis  which  seems  to  have 
carried  four  ridges,  and  which,  as  regards  form  and  size,  agrees  almost  exactly  with 
the  specimen  figured  here. 

Ridge -formula  of  the  milk-molars. — From  the  specimens  of  milk-molars  figured 
here  and  in  the  “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  the  serial  positions  of  which  are  fixed 
beyond  the  possibility  of  doubt,  it  is  quite  clear  that  these  teeth  always  follow  the 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


71—252 


normal  tetralophodont  law,  and  their  ridge-formula  may  accordingly  l)e  expressed 
as  follows ; — 

Milk-molars 

Falconer’s  conjectural  ridge-formula  of  the  milk-molars  of  the  species  noticed  above 
is  consequently  incorrect.  With  the  evidence  of  the  specimens  figured  in  the  “ Fauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  and  described  in  the  “ Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Vertehrata  in 
the  Museum  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal”  before  him,  it  appears,  to  say  the 
least,  very  curious  that  Falconer  should  have  put  forw^ard  the  pentalophodont 
formula  for  the  milk-molars  of  M.  sivalensis.  The  only  possible  exception  to  this 
rule  would  be  the  case  of  a lower  jaw  in  the  Museum  of  the  College  of  Surgeons 
referred  to  by  Falconer  in  a note  to  the  description  of  Plate  XXXVII  of  the 
“ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.”  It  is,  however,  probable  that  the  tooth  there  considered 
as  the  last  milk-molar  is  really  the  first  true  molar,  as  we  shall  see  below. 

First  upper  true  molar. — At  page  47  of  the  “ Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Vertehrata 
in  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,”  Dr.  Falconer  shortly  notices  a palate  of  M.  siva- 
lensis containing  the  last  milk-molar  and  the  first  true  molar  (No.  13).  Tlie  position 
of  these  teeth  is  determined  from  their  identity  with  the  two  corresponding  teeth 
in  the  jaw  which  contains  the  third  upper  milk-molar  figured  in  Plate  XLI,  fig. 
2,  of  this  memoir.  In  the  latter  jaw,  as  already  said,  the  first  true  molar  is  imperfect, 
hut  in  the  former  it  is  complete,  and  is  shown  to  have  four  ridges  and  a hind- 
talon.  It  has  a length  of  4’ 2 inches  and  a width  of  2*4  inches.  I have  not  figured 
this  tooth,  because  it  is  a good  deal  damaged  and  chipped.  I cannot  find  any 
specimen  of  a five-ridged  tooth  w''hich  I can  certainly  refer  to  the  first  true  molar. 
The  characters  of  the  first  upper  true  molar  are  so  exactly  similar  to  those  of  the 
milk-molars  that  I have  not  thought  it  necessary  to  give  any  description  of  that 
tooth. 

First  lower  true  mslar. — -To  the  description  of  Plate  XXXVII  of  the  “ Fauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis”  Dr.  Falconer  adds  a note  (1)  in  which  he  describes  a lower  jaw' 
of  Mastodon  sivalensis  in  the  College  of  Surgeons  which  contains  a complete  six  ridg- 
ed tooth  followed  by  a larger  incomplete  tooth.  The  former  has  a length  of  4’  2 inches 
and  a width  of  2'4  inches.  The  width  of  this  tooth  is  considerably  greater  than  that 
of  the  third  lower  milk-molar  figured  here,  from  which  fact,  coupled  with  its  high 
ridge-formula,  I think  that  this  tooth  is  probably  the  first  true  molar  and  not  the 
last  milk-molar,  as  it  is  considered  by  Falconer. 

I cannot  find  any  other  complete  tooth  which  I can  certainly  class  as  the  first 
lower  true  molar  of  this  species,  though  I tlunk  it  probable  that  specimens  wfill 
eventually  he  found  with  either  four  or  five  ridges. 

Second  upper  true  molar. — In  fig.  4 of  Plate  XXXVI  of  the  “ Fauna  An- 
tiqua Sivalensis  ” there  is  figured  a tooth  which  seems  evidently  to  be  the  second 
upper  true  molar  of  M.  sivalensis,  and  w^hich  seems  to  have  four  ridges  and  a 
large  hind-talon.  Its  length  is  5*6  inches,  and  its  width  2*9  inches.  In  fig.  5 


253—72 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


of  the  same  plate  there  is  another  specimen  of  the  same  tooth  which  has  five 
ridges  and  a talon.  Its  length  is  6’5  inches  and  its  width  2’9  inches. 

In  the  palate  specimen  figured  in  Plate  XXXIV,  fig.  1,  of  the  “ Pauna  An- 
tiqua  Sivalensis,”  containing  the  secoijd  and  third  true  molars,  the  former  tooth 
has  four  ridges  and  a talon,  and  has  a length  of  4' 7 inches  and  a width  of  2' 8 
inches.  A very  similar  palate  in  the  Indian  Museum  also  shows  the  second  true 
molar  with  four  ridges  and  a hind-talon. 

The  number  of  ridges  in  this  tooth  may,  therefore,  be  four  or  five. 

Second  lower  true  molar. — There  is  no  complete  specimen  of  the  second 
lower  true  molar  of  this  species  either  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum, 
or  among  the  series  figured  in  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.”  The  imperfect 
specimens,  however,  seem  to  indicate  that  this  tooth,  in  some  instances,  carried  five 
ridges. 

A specimen  of  the  homologous  tooth  in  the  Museum  of  the  College  of  Sur- 
geons, referred  to  by  Palconer  in  a note  (2)  to  the  description  of  Plate  XXXVII 
of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  has  only  four  ridges  and  a talon. 

This  tooth,  therefore,  like  the  corresponding  upper  molar,  may  have  either  four 
or  five  ridges. 

Third  upper  true  molar, — In  fig.  6 of  Plate  XXXVI  of  the  “ Pauna  An- 
tiqua Sivalensis”  there  is  represented  a complete  last  upper  true  molar  of  Mastodon 
sivalensis.  This  tooth  has  six  ridges  and  a hind-talon,  and  a length  of  7'8  inches 
and  a width  of  3 ‘3  inches.  It  has  the  alternate  arrangement  of  the  columns 
very  conspicuously  displayed. 

In  the  palate  specimen  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XXXIV  of  the  same 
work,  the  last  molar  has  five  ridges  and  a hind-talon.  On  this  tooth  Dr.  Palconer 
remarks  : — 

“ The  front  ridge  has  two  confluent  ridges  on  the  outside,  to  the  inner  of  which 
tlie  intermediate  pillar  is  attached,  joining  on  with ' the  innermost  large  point  of 
the  third  ridge.  This  third  ridge  shows  but  one  thick  point  on  the  inner  divi- 
sion, and  two  on  the  outer,  with  the  intermediate  pillar  connecting  the  outer 
division  of  the  third  with  the  inner  division  of  the  fourth  ridge,  and  so  with  the 
last  ridge.  This  diagonal  connection  of  the  posterior  surface  of  the  outer  division 
with  the  anterior  surface  of  the  inner  points  of  the  next  following  ridge  causes 
in  wear  the  alternate-like  discs  of  detrition,  which  characterize  the  teeth  of  Masto- 
don sivalensis^^ 

In  fig.  1 of  Plate  XLIV  of  this  memoir,  there  is  drawn  a very  fine  specimen 
of  an  almost  unworn  last  upper  molar  of  a Mastodon,  taken  from  the  left  side 
of  a palate  specimen  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwahks  of  the  Punjab ^ 
It  is  inferred  to  belong  to  M.  sivalensis  from  its  narrowness,  general  complexity 
of  pattern,  and  somewhat  alternate  arrangement  of  the  columns,  though  this  latter 
character  is  not  so  well  marked  as  in  Palconer’s  specimens.  The  tooth  is  preceded 
in  the  palate  by  a much  worn  and  smaller  tooth,  in  which  the  number  of  ridges 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


73-254 


originally  carried  on  the  crown  cannot  now  be  determined.  The  figured  tooth 
carries  six  transverse  ridges  and  small  fore-and-aft  talons ; its  ridges  are  divided  by 
a medhm  cleft  into  inner  and  outer  columns.  Accessory  columns  are  present  in  the 
valleys.  When  worn  down,  the  columns  would  present  irregularly  shaped  discs 
of  dentine  on  their  summits,  and  not  trefoils  (the  preceding  molar  in  the  palate 
shows  these  irregular  discs).  As  before  said,  the  columns  are  not  arranged  in  our 
specimen  in  nearly  so  alternate  a manner  as  in  Balconer’s  specimens  of  the  last 
upper  molar  of  M.  sivalensis ; it  will,  however,  be  seen  from  other  teeth  figured 
in  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  (and  also  from  the  specimens  in  the  Indian 
Museum),  that  there  is  considerable  variation  in  this  respect,  as  also  in  the  number 
of  accessory  tubercles.  In  consequence  of  this  different  arrangement  of  the  columns 
of  the  ridges  in  our  specimen  and  Ealconer’s  specimens,  the  valleys  are  much  less 
blocked  in  the  former  than  in  the  latter. 

The  last  upper  molar  of  the  species  may,  therefore,  carry  either  five  or  six 
ridges. 

Third  lower  true  molar. — Specimens  of  the  third  lower  true  molar  of  M.  sivalensis 
are  represented  in  the  “Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  (Plate  XXXV,  fig.  1,  Plate 
XXXVII,  figs.  7 and  8),  aU  of  which  carry  six  ridges  and  a hind-talon.  The 
ridges  are  disposed  alternately,  and  a few  accessory  tubercles,  which  may  vary 
in  number,  are  present  in  the  valleys.  The  specimen  represented  in  fig.  8 of 
the  latter  plate  has  a length  of  8'8  inches  and  a width  of  2’9  inches. 

In  fig.  3 of  Plate  XLIV  of  this  memoir,  a tooth  is  figured,  which  is  implant- 
ed in  a nearly  complete,  though  somewhat  crushed  mandible,  which  was  collected 
by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Punjab.  This  tooth,  though  differing  in  the  number  of 
ridges  from  Ealconer’s  specimens,  seems  probably  to  be  the  last  lower  molar  of 
M.  sivalensis.  The  figured  tooth  is  from  the  right  ramus  of  the  mandible,  and  as 
it  is  well  worn  and  has  no  tooth  succeeding  it  from  behind,  must  be  the  last  of 
the  series. 

This  tooth  carries  five  ridges  and  a very  small  hind-talon.  The  last  ridge  is  the 
smallest.  This  last  ridge  consists  of  a very  distinct  inner  and  outer  column,  separ- 
ated by  a median  cleft.  The  worn  summit  of  each  column  presents  an  irregularly  shap- 
ed and  depressed  islet  of  dentine.  The  columns  have  only  a very  slight  alternate 
arrangement.  In  each  valley  there  is  a cluster  of  accessory  tubercles,  which  are 
in  general  attached  to  the  preceding  ridge.  The  first  valley  has  four  tubercles,  the 
second  three,  the  third  two,  and  the  fourth  one. 

If  this  tooth  be  compared  with  the  corresponding  tooth  of  Mastodon  pandionis 
represented  in  fig.  4 of  Plate  XXXV,  it  will  be  seen,  as  already  noticed,  that  the  two 
are  almost  identical  in  form,  if  the  large  talon  in  the  latter  be  counted  as  a fifth 
ridge ; and  indeed  if  the  two  teeth  had  been  found  detached,  they  would  almost  cer- 
tainly have  been  referred  to  the  same  species.  It  will,  however,  be  remembered  that 
the  tooth  of  M,  pandionis  was  implanted  in  a fragment  of  the  mandible  to  which 
belonged  the  enormous  symphysis  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XXXVI.  The  figured 


') 

\ 

‘ \ 

\ 

! 

255—74  SIWALIK  AND  NAKBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 

tooth  of  M.  sivalensis,  on  the  other  hand,  is  implanted  in  a complete  mandible, 
which,  though  slightly  broken  at  the  symphysis,  shows  that  such  symphysis  was  short 
like  that  of  the  living  Indian  elephant,  and  in  fact  agrees  exactly  with  the  man- 
dible of  M.  sivalensis  represented  in  figs.  1 and  la  of  Plate  XXXV  of  the  “ Pauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  which  carries  a six-ridged  tooth  with  alternately  disposed 
columns.  Prom  this  identity  in  form  of  the  two  mandibles,  and  from  the  similar 
general  structure  of  the  two  teeth,  I have  referred  the  specimen  figured  here  to 
Jf.  sivalensis. 

If  the  latter  tooth  he  compared  with  the  tooth  of  M.  pandionis,  it  will  be  found 
that  there  is  a little  difference  in  the  disposal  and  wear  of  the  outlying  tubercles  in 
the  two,  while  the  hinder  ridges  are  relatively  highest  in  M.  pandionis.  The  most 
important  mark  of  distinction,  however,  is  that  the  wear  of  the  tooth  of  Jf.  pandionis 
is  almost  in  one  plane,  whereas  the  tooth  of  Jf.  sivalensis  is  deeply  concave  in  the 
middle. 

The  figured  tooth  of  Jf.  sivalensis  differs  from  the  specimen  figured  in  Plate 
XXXVII,  fig.  8,  of  the  Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  in  having  one  ridge  less,  less 
alternately  disposed  columns,  and  more  accessory  tubercles. 

Relationship  to  Mastodon  arvernensis.—'WQ  have  already  seen  that  Sir  Proby 
Cautley  thought  that  the  molars  of  Jf.  sivalensis  could  not  be  distinguished  speci-  “ 
fically  from  those  of  Jf.  arvernensis  of  the  English  Crag,  ^ and  the  subsequent  re- 
searches of  Palconer  confirmed  this  close  relationship.  Both  species  agree  in  the 
alternate  arrangement  of  the  mammillse  of  the  ridges,  but  the  mammillse  of  the 
European  molars  are  generally  less  alternate  than  those  of  the  Indian.  The  Euro- 
pean species  does  not  seem  to  have  any  tendency  to  a pentalophodont  type,  and  is 
further  distinguished  by  having  premolars,  ^ which  seem  to  be  absent  in  the  Indian 
species.  Both  species  seem  to  have  had  a short  elephantine  mandible,  without 
tusks.  ^ 

The  cranium  of  Jf.  arvernensis  is,  I believe,  unknown,  and  cannot  therefore  be 
compared  with  the  very  peculiar  cranium  of  Jf.  sivalensis. 

There  can  be  no  question  but  that  the  two  forms  are  very  closely  allied.  The 
differences  indicated  above  afford,  however,  amply  sufficient  grounds  for  the  speci- 
fic distinctness  of  the  two  forms. 

Relationship  to  M.  pandionis. — Mastodon  sivalensis  may  be  regarded  as  present- 
ing the  same  kind  of  relationship  to  the  trilophodont  Jf.  pandionis,  as  we  have  already 
shown  to  exist  between  the  tetralophont  Jf.  perimensis  and  the  trilophodont  M.  fal- 
coneri.  In  both  the  two  first-named  species  the  pattern  of  the  crown  of  the  molars 
is  complex,  with  alternate  columns,  accessory  outlying  tubercles,  blocked  valleys,  and 
irregularly  shaped  discs  of  dentine.  The  early  molars  of  the  two  species  are  very 
different. 

' Included  at  that  time  under  the  name  of  M.  angustidens. 

2 Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  II,  p.  34, 

3 Ibid.,  p.  44. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


75—256 


Distribution. — Remains  of  M.  sivalensis  have  been  obtained  throughout  the 
sub-Himalayan  Siwaliks,  and  not,  as  far  as  I am  aware,  elsewhere. 


General  conclusions  regarding  Mastodon  molars. 

The  foregoing  survey  of  such  a large  series  of  Mastodon  molars  has  led  to  the  con- 
clusion that  the  very  regular  ridge- formula  given  by  Ralconer  will  not  always  hold 
good  in  regard  to  the  true  molars,  though  in  the  Indian  species,  at  aU  events,  it 
appears  to  be  always  constant  in  the  milk-molars.  We  have  seen  that  there  is  a ten- 
dency in  the  true  molars  of  some  of  the  Trilophodons  {M.  falconeri)  to  develope  the 
talon  into  a fourth  ridge,  and  in  the  Tetralopliodons  [M.  latidens  and  M.  sivalensis), 
a similar  talon  is  developed  into  a fifth  ridge,  in  the  intermediate  true  molars.  We 
thus  see  the  passage  from  a Triloyhodm  to  a Tetralophodon,  and  from  the  latter  to 
a Stegodon. 

We  have  no  instance  of  a tooth  with  a certain  number  of  ridges  ever  being  suc- 
ceeded by  a tooth  with  a smaller  number : neither  have  we  at  present  any  instance  of 
a trilophodont  being  mixed  with  a tetralophodont  formula  in  the  same  species.^ 


Genus  2 : ELEPHAS,  Linne. 

Elephants,  whose  intermediate  molars  always  have  more  than  five  ridges,  and 
in  which  cement  is  present  in  considerable  quantity. 


Sub-Genus  1 : Stegodon,  Ealconer. 

Elephants,  whose  intermediate  molars  do  not  generally  have  more  than  eight 
low  ridges,  and  in  which  the  cement  does  not  form  a continuous  surface  with  the 
ridges  in  the  germ  molars. 


Species  1 : Stegodon  CLiPTn,  Ealconer  and  Cautley.  Plate  XL V,  figs.  1 & 2. 

Synonyms  : 8.  sinensis,  Owen. 

Mastodon  elephantoides,  Clift. 

History. — Remains  of  this  species  were  first  obtained  by  the  late  Mr.  Crawfurd 
from  strata  near  Ava,  in  1826,  and  a specimen  of  the  palate,  and  of  the  first  upper 
true  molar,  were  figured  by  the  late  Mr.  Clift  in  the  “Transactions  of  the  Geologi- 
cal Society  of  London,”^  under  the  names  of  Mastodon  latidens  and  Mastodon 
elephantoides.  In  the  only  part  of  the  letter  press  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Siva- 
lensis,” which  ever  appeared,  and  which  was  published  in  1846,  the  authors  pointed 

* l am  here  referring  only  to  Indian  species,  and  do  not  therefore  mention  M.  andium. 

* Second  Ser.,  Vol.  II,  Pis.  36  and  39,  fig.  6. 


257—76 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


out  that  Clift  had  confused  the  remains  of  several  species  under  the  name  of  M, 
elephantoides,  and  they  accordingly  gave  a new  name  to  the  two  species  of  “ transi- 
tional Mastodons,”  which  had  been  partly  mixed  up  with  Mastodon  latidens.  To 
the  elephant  teeth  with  six  ridges  they  gave  the  name  of  Elephas  eliftii,  and  to  the 
teeth  with  a greater  number  of  ridges  E.  insignis}  In  a subsequent  paper, ^ these 
and  other  species  appeared  under  the  suh-generic  name  of  Stegodon,  proposed  by 
Dr.  Balconer. 

Eistribution. — All  the  specimens  of  the  molars  of  Stegodon  cliftii  figured  in 
the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” were  obtained  from  Burma,  and  it  is  not  certain 
whether  the  authors  of  that  work  had  seen  any  authentic  specimens  from  the  suh- 
Himalayan  Siwaliks,  though  one  specimen  in  the  collection  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of 
Bengal  was  doubtfully  said  to  have  come  from  the  Indian  Siwahks.  Subsequent 
researches  have,  however,  shown  that  the  species  is  of  not  uncommon  occurrence 
in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Punjab,  and  a considerable  number  of  specimens  of  the 
teeth  and  jaws  are  now  exhibited  in  the  Indian  Museum,  obtained  from  that  district. 
One  of  these  specimens  is  a palate  with  the  two  penultimate  molars,  each  of  which 
has  six  ridges,  and  which  is  almost  exactly  similar  to  the  specimen  figured  by  Mr. 
Clift  in  Plate  XXXVI  of  his  above- quoted  memoir.  Another  specimen,  the  last 
lower  true  molar,  has  been  previously  noticed  by  myself  in  the  “ Records.”®  We 
shall  subsequently  see  that  the  species  probably  occurs  in  China. 

Characters  of  molars. — The  characters  of  the  molars  of  Stegodon  cliftii,  as 
given  by  Dr.  Palconer  in  various  notices,^  are  as  follows : The  first  and  second  true 
molars  have  only  six  ridges,  continuous  across  the  crown,  and  chevron- shaped,  with 
numerous  mammillae  or  cusps.  The  cement  does  not  fill  up  the  interval  between 
these  ridges,  hut  occurs  only,  in  inconsiderable  quantities,  in  the  hollows.  The  outer 
side  of  the  upper  molars  is  higher  than  the  inner,  in  which  character  the  species 
differs  from  all  the  other  Stegodons  named  by  Palconer,  in  the  molars  of  which  the 
central  part  of  the  ridges  is  the  highest.  In  all  these  characters  the  molars  of 
S.  cliftii  are  intermediate  between  those  of  the  Mastodons  and  those  of  the  other 
Stegodons.  A complete  milk-molar  was  not  known  to  Palconer,  but  he  inferred 
that  the  last  milk-molar  would  carry  five  or  six  ridges. 

Second  upper  milk-molar. — In  the  “ Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society 
of  London”  for  1870,®  Professor  Owen  described  a penultimate  upper  milk-molar 
of  a Stegodon  obtained  from  China,  under  the  name  of  S.  sinensis,  considering  it  to 
l^e  distinct  from  any  of  Palconer’s  species.  Of  this  tooth  the  Indian  Museum  has 
lately  obtained  a cast,  through  the  courtesy  of  the  Trustees  of  the  British  Museum, 
which  is  figured  in  Plate  XLV,  fig.  2,  of  tliis  memoir.  In  regard  to  this  tooth 
I have  come  to  a conclusion  directly  opposed  to  that  of  Professor  Owen,  and  con- 

* “ Paltcontological  Memoirs,”  Vol.  I,  p.  82. 

2 Ihid.,  Vol.  II,  p.  14. 

^ Eec.  Geol.  Surv.  of  India,  Vol.  XI,  p.  72. 

^ Pal.  Mem.,  Vols.  I,  p.  82,  II,  p.  84. 

‘ Vol,  XXVI,  p.  417,  PI.  XXVII. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


77—258 


sider  that  the  tooth  in  question  really  belongs  to  Stegodon  cliftii.  Before  I had 
obtained  the  cast  of  the  tooth,  I accepted  the  conclusions  at  which  Professor  Owen 
had  arrived  concerning  it,  and  from  the  evidence  of  a single  common  character, 
referred  the  tooth  of  another  Stegodon  to  the  same  species,  although  I now  find  that 
such  identification  was  completely  erroneous^ 

The  Chinese  tooth  is  a small  oblong  molar,  narrower  in  front  than  behind, 
carrying  four  complete  ridges,  and  an  anterior  talon,  connected  with  the  centre  of 
tlie  first  ridge.  The  grinding  surface  of  the  crown  is  slightly  convex  antero- 
posteriorly,  thereby  showing  that  the  tooth  belongs  to  the  upper  jaw,  while  the 
lower  border  (in  the  figure)  of  the  ridges  being  the  most  worn,  show^s  that  it  belongs 
to  the  left  side  ; its  size  shows  that  the  tooth  must  he  the  second  or  penultimate 
milk-molar.  All  the  ridges  have  been  abraded  by  wear,  and  the  inner  portion  of 
each  ridge  is  the  lowest  and  the  most  worn  ; the  dentine  surfaces  consequently 
present  a pear-shaped  form.  The  first  ridge  is  nearly  straight,  but  the  succeeding 
ridges  are  somewhat  bent,  the  inner  halves  being  slightly  in  advance  of  the  outer. 
There  is  a slight  constriction  at  the  point  where  the  ridges  are  bent,  probably  repre- 
senting the  mesial  cleft  which  occurs  in  the  molars  of  the  Mastodons.  Each  ridge 
when  unworn  probably  carried  on  its  summit  a considerable  number  of  cusps  or 
mammillge.  The  length  of  this  tooth  is  2-8  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  2T  inches. 
Professor  Ov^en  in  describing  the  tooth  reckons  the  imperfect  anterior  ridge  as  a 
true  ridge,  and  not  as  a large  talon,  as  I have  done. 

In  referring  the  tooth  to  its  proper  species,  Professor  Owen  proceeds  to  com- 
pare it  with  the  teeth  of  Stegodon  insignis,  S.  ganesa,  and  S.  bombifrons.  This  com- 
parison is,  however,  unnecessary,  because  the  Chinese  tooth  differs  in  to  to  from  the 
molars  of  the  three  above-named  species,  in  all  of  which  the  centre  of  the  tooth,  and 
not  the  outer  side,  is  the  highest  point.  The  corresponding  tooth  of  the  first-named 
species  differs  also  in  having  a greater  number  of  ridges. 

The  upper  molars  of  Stegodon  cliftii,  on  the  other  hand,  as  we  have  already  seen, 
are  characterized  by  having  the  outer  sides  higher  than  the  inner,  and  by  the  den- 
tine surfaces  of  the  ridges  being  wider  internally  than  externally,  as  is  shown  in  the 
figure  of  the  first  upper  molar  given  by  Clift.^  We  thus  see  that  in  one  very  im- 
portant character  the  Chinese  milk-molar  agrees  with  the  molars  of  S.  cliftii,  and 
with  those  of  no  other  species  of  the  genus.  The  latter  molars,  moreover,  have  a 
low  ridge-formula,  in  which  respect  also  they  agree  with  the  Chinese  tooth.  It  now, 
therefore,  remains  to  enquire  on  what  grounds  Professor  Owen  referred  the  Chinese 
tooth  to  a distinct  species.  The  Professor  appears  to  have  overlooked  the  manner  of 
wear  of  the  ridges,  and  observes  that  the  Chinese  tootlP  cannot  belong  to  S.  cliftii, 
because  in  the  molars  of  that  species  there  is  “ no  mark  of  a longitudinal  line  bisecting 

* Kec.  Geol.  Surv.  of  India,  Vol.  XI,  p.  73.  See  also  below.  In  a paper  published  in  the  IXth  Volume  of  the 
Reeords  (p.  49),  when  showing  that  8.  orientalis  was  founded  on  an  insufficient  character,  I joined  to  it  the  name  of  8. 
sinensis,  whose  specific  distinctness  does  not  depend  on  the  same  character. 

* loc.  cit.,  PI.  XXXIX,  fig.  6. 

^ loc.  cit.,  pp.  419-20. 

U 


259—78 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


the  tooth  into  an  outer  and  an  inner  division,”  and  because  the  ridges  in  the  latter 
are  not  bent.  Now,  with  regard  to  the  first  of  these  two  negative  characters,  Dr. 
iPalconer  himself,  in  describing  the  upper  molar  of  S.  cUftii,  represented  in  fig.  1 of 
Plate  XXX  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  says,  that  the  “ mesial  line  of  divi- 
sion of  the  ridges  is  not  very  distinct,'’  clearly  implying  that  in  ttat  specimen  there  is 
a median  division  : other  teeth  are,  however,  described  as  showing  no  trace  of  this  cleft. 
It  is  quite  true  that  the  mesial  cleft  is  very  indistinct  in  the  upper  true  molars 
of  S.  cliftii,  but  it  appears  to  me  from  an  examination  of  the  cast  of  Clift’s  specimen, 
and  other  molars  in  the  Indian  Museum,  that  there  is  almost  or  quite  as  much  trace 
of  this  median  cleft  in  them  as  in  the  Chinese  tooth  j it  may  also  not  be  improbable 
that  this  cleft  is  more  distinct  in  the  earlier  teeth,  which  not  unfrequently  show  an- 
cestral characters  more  distinctly  than  the  later  ones.  There  now,  therefore,  only 
remains  the  question  of  the  curvature  of  the  ridges.  Professor  Owen,  in  describing 
tlie  Chinese  tooth,  himself  admits  that  he  has  observed  a curvature  of  the  ridges  in 
certain  specimens  of  the  molars  of  S.  bombifrons,  and  this  curvatm^e  will  be  subse- 
quently shown  to  occur  occasionally  in  molars  both  of  that  species  and  of  S.  insignis.. 
If,  therefore,  a curvature  may  occasionally  occur  in  the  ridges  of  the  molars  of  one 
species  of  Stegodon  which  are  normally  straight,  there  appears  to  be  no  valid  reason 
why  it  should  not  equally  well  occur  in  those  of  another. 

Since,  therefore,  in  my  opinion,  there  seems  to  be  no  character  by  which  the 
Chinese  milk-molar  can  be  distinguished  from  the  molars  of  S.  cliftii,  and  since  the 
milk-molar  agrees  with  the  true  molars  of  that  species  in  the  manner  of  wear  of  the 
ridges,  and  in  having  a low  ridge-formula,  there  appears  to  me  to  be  every  pro- 
bability that  the  Chinese  tooth  is  really  the  second  upper  milk-molar  of  Stegodon 
cliftii.  If  this  interpretation  be  correct,  the  name  of  S.  sinensis  must  be  expunged,, 
and  the  distribution  of  S.  cliftii  be  extended  to  China.  As  a character  of  perhaps 
minor  import  the  Chinese  tooth  agrees  with  the  first  true  molar  of  S.  cliftii  in  having 
a large  number  of  cusps  on  the  ridges,  and  in  the  worn  enamel  being  much  cre- 
nulated. 

Third  upper  milk-molar. — The  tooth  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XLV,  collec- 
ted by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Punjab,  is  a left  upper  molar  of  a Stegodon,  which  I for- 
merly' considered  as  the  first  true  molar  of  S.  bombifrons,  but  which,  as  will  be  seen 
below,  I now  find  cannot  belong  to  that  species.  The  tooth  is  considerably  worn 
and  carries  six  ridges  and  a large  hind-talon ; from  the  number  of  ridges  this 
tooth  cannot  belong  to  S.  insignis  or  S.  ganesa,  in  which  the  two  first  “intermediate” 
molars  never  carry  less  than  seven  ridges  each  {vide  infra).  There  now,  therefore, 
only  remains  S.  cliftii,  to  which  the  specimen  can  belong ; but  before  going  further, 
it  will  be  well  to  describe  the  specimen.  The  two  first  ridges  of  the  specimen  are 
so  worn  that  their  dentine  surfaces  have  become  united,  and  a trace  of  the  enamel 
of  the  first  valley  remains  only  on  the  inner  side.  The  remaining  four  ridges  are 
also  well  worn ; they  extend  straight  across  the  crown,  and  their  outer  is  slightlv 

‘ Rec.  Geol.  Surv.  of  India,  Vol.  XI,  p.  74. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


79—260 


liiglier  than  their  inner  sides ; they  are,  however,  so  much  worn  that  the  exposed 
dentine  surfaces  have  almost  the  same  width  throughout.  The  fifth  and  sixth 
ridges  show  traces  of  two  constrictions.  The  hind-talon  is  just  perforated  by  wear.* 
The  crenulations  of  the  enamel  show  that  the  ridges  carried  a considerable  number 
of  cusps ; while  the  extremities  of  the  ridges  show  that  they  were  low  and  broad. 
The  length  of  the  tooth  is  4'9  inches  and  its  greatest  width  2-9  inches. 

In  all  the  above  characters,  as  well  as  in  its  great  proportionate  width,  the  tooth 
agrees  with  the  first  true  molar  of  Stegodon  cliftii  : and  I have  little  doubt  that  it 
belongs  to  that  species.  It  is  true  that  the  first  true  molar  of  /S',  cliftii  has  no 
hind -talon ; the  second  true  molar  of  that  species,  however,  has  a large  hind-talon,^ 
the  absence  or  presence  of  which  must  accordingly  be  considered  as  of  no  import- 
ance. It  now  only  remains  to  consider  the  serial  position  of  the  tooth.  If  we  turn 
to  the  posthumous  description  of  the  plates  of  the  “ Banna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”^  we 
shall  find  that  the  first  upper  true  molar  of  S.  cliftii  has  a length  of  6T  and  a width 
of  3*3  inches.  The  Punjab  tooth  must  consequently  be  the  last  milk-molar,  as  it  is 
so  much  smaller  than  the  first  true  molar : all  the  previously  known  teeth  of  the 
species  are  of  unusually  large  size,  in  which  respect  the  second  and  third  milk-molars 
agree  with  them.  The  third  milk-molar  of  this  species,  in  having  six  ridges,  accords 
with  the  prediction  of  Dr.  Falconer  that  such  would  probably  be  the  case  when 
the  tooth  was  discovered.  This  tooth  agrees  with  the  Chinese  second  milk-molar  in 
the  crenulations  of  the  exposed  ridges  of  the  enamel. 

A specimen  of  the  palate  of  Stegodon  cliftii  figured  in  Plate  XXX,  fig.  1,  of 
the  “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  shows  a very  much  worn  third  milk-molar,  the 
ridges  of  which  have  been  completely  ground  down.  The  length  of  this  fragmentary 
tooth  is  3 ’3  inches  and  its  width  2 inches,  but  when  complete,  it  must  have  been 
much  larger,  and  would  probably  then  have  agreed  in  size  with  the  tooth  which  I 
have  described  above. 

First  upper  true  molar. — As  we  have  already  seen,  a complete  specimen  of  the 
first  upper  true  molar  of  Stegodon  cliftii  is  represented  in  fig.  2 of  Plate  XXX  of  the 
Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  and  is  described  in  the  following  words  by  Dr.  Falconer  : 

“ This  is  the  first  or  antepenultimate  true  molar,  upper  jaw,  left  side,  entire,  detach- 
ed, and  beautifully  preserved.  It  has  six  ridges  and  a small  hind-talon.  The  tooth 
is  nearly  oblong.  The  enamel  is  somewhat  fluted,  and  there  is  very  little  cement. 
There  is  very  little  convexity  of  the  tooth  across,  and  no  distinct  indication  of  the 
mesial  dividing  line.  There  are  as  many  as  eleven  to  twelve  denticles  or  points 
(cusps).  The  tooth  is  compressed  and  angular  in  front,  and  the  three  front  ridges  are 
worn.  This  tooth  is  also  represented  in  fig.  6 (Plate  XXXIX)  of  Mr.  Clift’s  memoir. 

It  is  there  described  as  Mastodon  elephant oides.  Its  elephantine  afiinities  are 
indicated  by  the  absence  of  a longitudinal  line  of  division  along  the  crown,  and  by 
the  greater  number  of  points  (cusps)  that  enter  into  the  composition  of  the  ridges. 
Length  6‘1,  width  in  front  3",  width  behind  3‘3  inches.” 

» F.  A.  S.,  PI.  XXX,  fig.  3.-  * Hid.,  p.  42  (Index). 


261—80 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


Second  upper  true  molar. — Two  specimens  of  the  second  upper  true  molar  of 
this  species  are  represented  in  fig.  3 of  the  above  quoted  plate  of  the  “ Fauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis”  and  are  described  as  follows  : “ Superb  palate  specimen  containing 

the  penultimate  true  molar  in  situ  on  both  sides.  The  tooth  is  proved  to  be  the 
penultimate  by  its  large  dimensions,  and  by  the  circumstance  that  two  or  three 
ridges  of  another  tooth  (third  true  molar)  are  seen  behind  it.  The  crown  ridges  are 
all  more  or  less  worn  and  partly  damaged  by  fracture,  but  enough  remains  to  show 
that  the  tooth  was  composed  of  six  ridges  and  a hind-talon.  The  palate  is  very  flat, 
and  the  teeth  on  either  side  (in  the  erect  position  of  the  skull)  slope  upwards  from 
without  inwards.  The  teeth  have  very  little  cement.  The  slope  of  the  grinding 
surface  from  without  inwards  is  a mastodontoid  character.  In  JEleplias  {Stegodon)  in- 
signia the  tendency  of  the  grinding  surface  is  to  shelve  upwards  from  the  inside 
outwards.  Length  of  molar  8'2  inches,  width  4’  inches.” 

A very  similar  specimen  to  the  above  is  exhibited  in  the  Indian  Museum, 
collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Hushiarpfir  district.  The  penultimate  molar 
in  that  specimen  is  well  worn,  and  carries  six  straight  and  low  ridges,  and  a hind- 
talon.  The  tooth,  except  in  the  matter  of  size,  agrees  in  every  detail  with  Falconer’s 
specimen.  Its  length  is  7’3  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  3‘8  inches. 

Third  upper  true  molar. — Several  specimens  of  the  last  upper  molar  of  S.  cliftii 
are  contained  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum,  all  of  which  have  been 
obtained  from  Burma.  They  carry  either  seven  or  eight  ridges  and  a hind-talon, 
and  agree  in  general  characters  with  the  teeth  noticed  above.  One  of  these  specimens 
is  described  by  Dr.  Falconer  on  page  113  of  the  first  volume  of  the  “ Palseontological 
Memoirs,”  from  which  the  following  extracts  are  taken ; “ The  plane  of  wear  slopes 
obliquely  from  the  outside  inwards,  so  that  the  interior  side  of  the  first  three  ridges 
IS  ground  down  much  lower  than  the  outer  side.  There  is  no  mark  of  a longitudinal 
line  bisecting  the  tooth,  as  in  the  true  Mastodons,  into  an  outer  and  inner  division. 
The  ridges  are  a little  convex  in  front  and  concave  behind,  determining  a similar 
form  to  the  valleys  between  them,  which  run  across  without  any  interruption. 
The  mainmillge  are  obtuse  and  closely  packed,  and  nine  or  ten  of  them  may  he 
counted  on  each  ridge.  Hardly  any  crusta  petrosa  (cement)  is  visible,  except 
between  the  fifth,  sixth,  and  seventh  ridges.  Length  of  molar  9'3  inches ; greatest 
width  4*3  inches.” 

Last  lower  tome  molar. — I cannot  find  any  record  of  any  of  the  lower  molars 
of  Stegodooi  cliftii,  with  the  exception  of  the  last  true  molar,  of  which  a specimen 
from  Burma  is  represented  in  fig.  5 of  Plate  XXX  of  the  “Fauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis,”  described  by  Dr.  Falconer  as  follows  : “ Last  true  molar,  lower  jaw, 

left  side,  consisting  of  eight  ridges  and  a talon.  Five  ridges  are  touched  by  wear, 
and  the  two  anterior  ridges  are  nearly  worn  out.  The  crown  is  very  flat ; the 
points  (cusps)  are  large  and  few  in  number,  and  there  is  no  very  distinct  mesial 
dividing  line  (and)  hut  little  cement.  Length  12-7  inches,  width  4'5  inches.” 

Another  specimen  of  the  same  tooth,  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwahks 


SIWALIK  AND. NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


81—262 


of  the  Punjab,  lias  been  already  referred  to  by  me  in  the  “ Records,”  as  noticed 
above.  That  tooth  carries  seven  ridges,  each  of  which  has  only  a small  number  of 
cusps,  and  exhibits  a slight  trace  of  a mesial  cleft,  with  the  plane  of  wear  sloping 
from  the  inner  to  the  outer  side.  It  seems  from  these  two  specimens  that  the 
lower  molars  of  S.  cliftii  carry  a smaller  number  of  cusps  tlian  the  upper. 

Conclusion. — The  skull  and  complete  mandible  of  S.  cliftii  are  unfortunately 
still  unknown,  and  \re  must,  therefore,  depend  entirely  on  the  teeth  for  its  specific 
characters.  The  whole  of  the  upper  molar  series,  with  the  exception  of  the  first 
milk-molar,  are  now  known,  while  of  the  lower  molars  only  the  last  is  known.  The 
ridge-formula  of  the  species  may  probably  be  represented  as  follows  - 

True  molars. 

6 -h  6 +(7—8) 

+(7— 8) 


Milk-molars. 

? + 4 + 6 
? + 4 F + 6? 


Species  2 : Stegodon  bombifuons,  Palconer  & Cautley.  Plates  XLV,  fig.  3, 

XLVI,  figs.  1 & 3. 


History.— The  first  mention  that  I can  find -of  Stegodon  hombifrons  occurs  in 
the  Introduction  to  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”^  where  the  name  only  is 
mentioned.  Purther  on  in  the  same  w'ork^  mention  is  made  of  the  cranium  of  the 
species,  and  some  of  the  characters  of  the  molars  are  pointed  out.  The  molars  are 
said  to  differ  from  those,  of  S.  insignis  [vide  infra)  in  having  broader  and  less 
elevated  ridges,  and  more  open  valleys,  and  by  the  number  of  ridges  being  fewer, 
though  greater  than  in  S,  cliftii.  In  Plates  XXIXA  & B of  the  same  work 
various  specimens  of  the  molars  are  figured,  showing  that  the  last  upper  milk- 
molar  had  six  ridges,  and  the  corresponding  lower  tooth  either  five  or  six  ridges, 
Avhile  other  specimens  of  the  “ intermediate”  molars  had  seven  ridges,  and  the 
last  lower  molar  never  carried  more  than  nine  ridges.  In  the  “ Records”^  I alluded  to 
a six-ridged  tooth,  which  I then  thought  to  be  the  first  upper  true  molar  of  S.  bombi- 
frons,  but  which,  as  noticed  above,  I now  find  probably  belongs  to  S.  cliftii;  the  cor- 
responding tooth  referred  to  on  the  same  page  of  the  “ Records”  as  belonging  to  the 
so-called  S.  sinensis  of  Professor  Owen  I now  find  belongs  to  the  present  species. 

Molar  series. — With  these  preliminary  remarks,  I wiU  now  consider  in  serial 
order  such  of  the  molar  teeth  of  this  species  as  are  at  present  known  to  me. 

First  milh-^molars. — Of  the  first  milk-molar,  either  of  the  upper  or  lower  jaw, 
I can  find  no  specimen. 

Second  upper  milk-molar. — Of  the  second  upper  milk-molar  I likewise  cannot 
find  any  specimen. 


‘ “ Palseoiitological  Memoirs,”  Vol.  I,  p.  20. 

Ibid.,  p.  81. 

Rec.  Geol.  Surv,  of  India,  Vol.  XI,  p.  73, 

W 


263—82 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


Second  lower  milk-molar. — Of  the  second  lower  milk-molar  of  S.  bombifrons 
there  is  no  specimen  figured  in  the  “ Bauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  neither  is  any 
mention  of  this  tooth  made  in  any  of  Balconer's  subsequent  memoirs.  The  speci- 
men represented  in  Plate  XLVI,  fig.  3,  of  this  memoir,  is  undoubtedly  the  second 
lower  milk-molar  of  a Stegodon,  and  in  all  probability  of  S.  bombifrons.  It  was 
obtained  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Punjab.  The  tooth  is  a germ 
specimen  of  the  crown,  entirely  untouched  by  wear  : it  is  much  narrower  in  front 
than  behind,  and  very  concave  on  one  side,  from  which  characters  I infer  that  the 
tooth  belonged  to  the  lower  jaw.  The  concave  side  will  he  the  outer,  and  the  tooth 
will  consequently  belong  to  the  left  ramus  of  the  mandible.  Its  size  proves  it  to 
he  a second  milk-molar,  while  the  unbroken  transverse  ridges,  with  very  little 
cement,  shows  that  it  must  belong  to  a Stegodon. 

This  tooth  carries  four  complete  transverse  ridges,  increasing  in  width  regularly 
from  the  first  to  the  last.  There  is  a very  small  anterior  talon  carrying  ‘two  cusps, 
and  a larger  posterior  talon,  the  number  of  cusps  on  which  is  concealed  by  matrix. 
The  first  ridge  carries  six  cusps,  and  the  second  seven : the  number  of  cusps  on  the 
two  succeeding  ridges  cannot  he  clearly  ascertained.  The  two  first  ridges  are  not 
quite  straight ; each  ridge  is  low  and  blunt,  and  very  broad  at  the  base : cement 
is  present  in  the  valleys  in  small  quantities.  The  central  point  of  each  ridge  is 
the  highest.  In  the  following  table  the  dimensions  of  this  tooth  are  compared 
with  those  of  the  second  lower  milk- molar  of  Stegodon  insignis,  which  will  he 
described  in  the  sequel. 

' S',  bombifrons,  S.  insignis. 


Length  of  tooth  ............  2'2  2'7 

Width  of  first  ridge I'O  I'Oo 

Ditto  of  last  ditto 1‘4  1‘55 

Height  of  last  ditto  07  1‘05 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  base  of  ridge 0'5  O'o 

Interval  between  summits  of  penultimate  and  last  ridges 0'46  0'35 


Prom  this  table  it  will  he  seen  that  the  tooth  under  consideration  differs  from  the 
corresponding  milk-molar  of  S.  insignis  (including  S.  ganesa)  by  the  ridges  being 
lower  and  wider,  and  placed  farther  apart  from  one  another.  The  two  teeth  further 
differ  in  that  the  second  lower  milk-molar  of  S.  insignis  has  a larger  quantity  of 
cement,  and  five  in  place  of  four  ridges  (see  below).  In  its  smaller  number  of 
ridges  and  in  their  form  the  Punjab  tooth  agrees  with  the  characters  of  the  molars 
of  S.  bombifrons  as  given  by  Palconer,  and  I have,  therefore,  no  doubt  in  referring 
it  to  that  species. 

The  second  upper  (and  probably  therefore  the  corresponding  lower)  milk-molar 
of  Stegodon  cliftii  (see  above,  and  Plate  XLV,  fig.  2)  corresponds,  as  far  as  regards 
the  number  of  ridges  carried  by  the  crown,  with  the  corresponding  tooth  of  S.  boni- 
bifrons,  but  is  distinguished,  among  other  characters,  by  one  side  of  each  ridge  being 
higher  than  the  other,  by  the  still  greater  thickness  of  the  ridges,  as  well  as  by  the 
form  of  the  anterior  talon,  and  the  greater  size  of  the  whole  tooth. 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


83-264 


Third  upper  milk-molar. — I have  no  complete  specimen  of  the  third  upper 
milk-molar,  though  an  incomplete  specimen  of  this  tooth  will  be  noticed  when  I 
come  to  the  first  upper  true  molar. 

Third  loioer  milk-molar. — Two  much- worn  and  somewhat  mutilated  specimens 
of  the  third  lower  milk-molar  of  Stegodon  bomhifrons  are  figured  in  the  “ Eauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis”  (Plate  XXIX A,  fig.  1,  Plate  XXIXB,  fig.  5).  The  first  of 
these  teeth  carries  six  ridges  and  a talon,  and  has  a length  of  4 inches,  and  a width 
of  2 inches.  The  second  carries  five  ridges,  and  fore-and-aft  talons,  and  has  a 
length  of  3'6  inches  and  a width  at  the  widest  point  of  1’8  inches.  No  description 
of  these  teeth  has  ever  appeared. 

In  fig.  3 of  Plate  XLV  of  this  memoir  I have  had  drawn  a perfect  specimen 
of  a tooth  which  certainly  appears  to  he  the  third  lower  milk-molar  of  the  right  side 
of  Stegodon  bomhifrons.  This  tooth  is  now  in  the  Indian  Museum,  and  was  obtained 
by  exchange  with  the  Dahore  Museum.  It  was  found  in  the  Siwahks  of  the 
Punjab.  The  crown  carries  five  transverse  ridges,  and  two  small  talons,  the  most 
anterior  one  being  somewhat  broken.  The  first  three  ridges  are  worn,  but  the  two 
last  are  still  untouched  by  attrition. 

The  penultimate  ridge  carries  about  nine  cusps.  The  ridges  are  very  low  and 
blunt,  and  there  is  but  a small  quantity  of  cement  in  the  valleys.  The  dimensions 
of  the  specimen  are  as  follows  : — 


Length 4i‘l 

Width  of  first  ridge  17 

Ditto  of  penultimate  ridge 2‘2 

Height  of  ditto  ditto I'l 

Antero-posterior  diameter  of  base  of  penultimate  ridge .075 

Interval  between  sumnodts  of  penultimate  and  ante-penultimate  ridges 075 


The  unworn  ridges  are  lowest  at  their  centres ; the  two  first  ridges  have  a 
slight  obliquity  in  the  plane  of  wear,  which  slopes  from  the  inner  to  the  outer  side : 
in  the  third  ridge,  which  is  less  worn,  and  in  the  two  unworn  ridges,  the  centre 
of  each  ridge  is  the  lowest  point,  showing  that  the  tooth  cannot  belong  to 
S.  cliftii.  In  its  blunt  ridges,  low  ridge-formula,  and  small  quantity  of  cement, 
the  tooth  presents  all  the  characters  of  the  molars  of  Stegodon  bomhifrons.  It  will 
be  seen  below  that  the  corresponding  tooth  of  Stegodon  insignis  carries  a larger 
number  of  ridges,  which  are  also  thinner  and  taller.  The  corresponding  tooth  of 
S.  cliftii  is  unknown,  but  its  ridges  would  probably  be  considerably  higher  on  the 
inner  than  on  the  outer  side,  and  the  whole  tooth  would  also  be  wider  than  the 
specimen  under  consideration.  The  figured  tooth  seems  to  agree  very  closely  with 
the  five-ridged  tooth  figured  by  Palconer,  but  is  of  slightly  larger  size,  and  the 
hind-talon  relatively  rather  smaller. 

It  seems  that  the  third  lower  milk-molar  of  Stegodon  bomhifrons  may  have 
either  five  or  six  ridges,  and  it  is  therefore  inferred  that  the  corresponding  upper 
tooth,  when  discovered,  will  present  either  one  or  both  of  these  numbers. 


265—84 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PBOBOSCIDIA. 


First  upper  true  molar. — There  is  no  specimen  of  the  first  upper  true  molar  of 
Stegodon  bombifrons  figured  in  the  “ Fauna  Anti  qua  Sivalensis,”  neither  do  any  of 
the  crania  of  that  species  in  the  Indian  Museum  contain  this  tooth. 

The  six-ridged  tooth  represented  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XLVI  of  this  memoir,  is  I 
think,  in  all  probability,  from  its  low  ridge-formula,  the  first  upper  true  molar  of 
Stegodon  bombifrons  ; the  tooth  certainly  does  not  belong  to  S.  cliftii,  and  I cannot 
find  any  instance  of  the  corresponding  tooth  of  S.  insignis  carrying  less  than  seven 
ridges ; moreover,  the  ridges  are  rather  lower  in  the  figm’ed  specimen  than  in  the 
corresponding  tooth  of  S.  insignis. 

The  figured  tooth  is  the  specimen  referred  by  me  to  Stegodon  sinensis 
in  the  “ K-ecords.”^  This  determination  was  made  from  the  curvature  of  the 
ridges,  before  I found  that  this  was  a valueless  character,  and  before  I had  ob- 
tained the  cast  of  the  tooth  on  which  the  Chinese  species  was  founded  by  Professor 
Owen. 

The  figured  tooth  was  obtained  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Kangra  district,  and  is 
implanted  in  a fragment  of  the  left  maxilla,  which  also  contains  the  much-worn  last 
milk-molar.  The  crown  of  the  tooth  carries  six  complete  ridges,  and  a large  anterior 
talon.  The  first  four  ridges  are  worn,  while  the  two  last  are  still  intact.  The 
penultimate  ridge  carries  twelve  or  thirteen  tubercles,  and,  like  the  other  ridges,  has 
its  highest  point  in  the  centre.  The  first  three  ridges  are  nearly  straight ; but  the 
three  last  are  much  curved.  One  of  the  tubercles  of  the  last  ridge  is  placed  con- 
siderably in  advance  of  the  others.  There  is  a slight  trace  of  a median  division  in 
the  first  two  ridges.  The  length  of  this  tooth  is  5 ’9  inches,  its  greatest  width  3 
inches,  and  the  height  of  the  penultimate  ridge  1‘6  inches. 

The  height  of  the  ridges  in  this  tooth  is  slightly  less  than  is  generally  the  case 
with  those  of  the  corresponding  tooth  of  Stegodon  insignis,  though  the  ridges  in 
some  specimens  of  the  latter  are  hot  higher  than  in  the  present  specimen.  It  is 
therefore  only  from  the  low  ridge-formula  that  I consider  it  probable  that  this  tooth 
belongs  to  S.  bombifrons,  in  which  we  know  that  the  last  molar  has  a lower  formula 
than  in  S.  insignis.  Another  very  similar  tooth  in  the  Indian  Museum,  which  I 
also  refer  to  S.  bombifrons,  has  six  ridges,  but  no  trace  of  a hind-talon.  Prom 
the  convexity  of  the  ridges  the  figured  tooth  cannot  belong  to  S.  cliftii,  of  which 
the  first  true  molar  has  been  already  described. 

The  last  milk-molar  in  the  same  jaw  is  worn  away  to  such  an  extent  that  only 
the  two  last  ridges  are  differentiated  from  the  common  surface  of  dentine  to  which 
the  others  have  been  reduced.  Still,  however,  from  the  shape  of  the  crown  of  this 
tooth,  I am  nearly  certain  that  it  could  not  have  carried  more  than  either  five  or  six 
ridges,  in  which  case  the  jaw  may  pretty  safely  be  referred  to  the  present  species, 
as  the  last  milk-molar  of  S.  insignis  never  has  less  than  seven  ridges. 

I have  figured  this  tooth  chiefly  to  show  that  a great  degree  of  curvature  may 
occur  in  the  ridges  of  species  of  Stegodons,  which  are  usually  quite  straight.  In  the 

Kec.  Geol.  Sui  v.  India,  Vol.  XI,  p.  73. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADxi  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


85—206 


}'>eiiultimate  upper  true  molar  of  a cranium  of  S.  insignis^  in  the  Indian  Museum, 
the  ridges  are  still  more  curved  than  in  the  present  specimen. 

First  loiver  true  molar. — The  two  lower  molars  of  a Stegodon  represented  in 
Plates  XXIXA,  fig.  2,  and  XXIXB,  fig.  6,  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,” 
are  classed  by  Dr.  Palconer  as  the  first  true  molars  of  Stegodon  homhifrons.  Each 
of  these  teeth  carries  seven  low  broad  ridges  and  a talon.  These  teeth  carry  one 
ridge  more  than  the  corresponding  upper  molar,  and  the  same  number  as  the  cor- 
responding tooth  of  S.  insignis. 

Second  upper  true  molar. — In  the  Indian  Museum  there  are  two  palate  speci- 
mens of  a Stegodon,  with  the  nearly  complete  penultimate  molars,  each  of  which 
carries  seven  ridges  and  a talon.  These  ridges  are  thick  and  low,  and  the  valleys 
have  but  little  cement.  In  the  smaller  specimen  the  ridges  are  quite  straight,  but 
in  the  larger  they  are  bent  and  irregular,  like  those  of  the  first  upper  molar  des- 
cribed above.  Erom  the  breadth  and  lowness  of  the  ridges  there  is  no  doubt 
but  that  these  teeth  belong  to  S.  hombifrons.  The  corresponding  tooth  of  S.  insignis 
has  nearly  always  eight  ridges,  which  are  much  higher,  and  which  contain  more 
cement  in  the  valleys.  The  length  of  the  tooth  in  the  smaller  specimen  is  7'4< 
inches,  and  its  greatest  width  3'4  inches ; in  the  larger  specimen  the  length  of  the 
corresponding  tooth  is  8-3  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  3*9  inches.  The  teeth  are 
much  worn  and  somewhat  broken,  and  are  not,  therefore,  calculated  to  afford  a 
good  figure. 

Second  loioer  true  molar. — A second  lower  true  molar  of  this  species  is  figured 
by  Palconer  in  Plate  XXIXA,  fig.  3,  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.”  That 
tooth  carries  seven  ridges  and  a hind-talon,  the  front  one  having  probably  been 
worn  away.  The  ridges  are  low  and  blunt,  and  seem  to  carry  but  few  cusps.  A 
corresponding  tooth  in  the  Indian  Museum  shows  the  same  number  of  ridges,  and 
small  fore-and-aft  talons.  The  ridges  are  much  lower  and  blunter  than  those  of 
the  corresponding  tooth  of  S.  insignis,  in  the  same  collection,  and  the  valleys 
contain  much  less  cement.  The  tubercles  on  the  two  last  ridges  are  only  five  or  six 
in  number,  while  those  on  the  corresponding  ridges  of  the  tooth  of  S.  insignis  carry 
eight  or  nine.  The  length  of  the  second  lower  molar  of  S.  hombifrons  is  7' 7 inches, 
and  its  greatest  width  3’3  inches.  The  tooth  being  somewhat  battered  would  not 
afford  a good  figure ; Ealconer’s  figure,  though  on  a small  scale,  is,  however,  amply 
sufficient  to  distinguish  this  tooth. 

Third  tpper  true  molar. — The  cranium  figured  in  Plates  XXVII  and  XXVIII 
of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  exhibits  the  last  true  molar  of  the  present 
species.  The  tooth  of  either  side  carries  nine  ridges  and  a talon ; its  length  is  10' 2 
inches  and  its  width  3 A inches.  The  antero -internal  extremities  of  the  molars  in 
this  cranium  are  only  separated  by  an  interval  of  1 inch;  another  skull  in  the 

' This  cranium  (No.  ) is  described  by  Dr.  Falconer  at  page  41  of  the  “ Catalogue  of  the  Fossil  Vertebrata  in 
the  Museum  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal.”  No  notice  is,  however,  taken  of  the  curvature  of  the  ridges,  probably 
.showing  that  the  author  thought  it  a point  of  no  importance. 


267—86 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


Indian  Museum,  in  which  the  last  molars  carry  eight  ridges  and  a hind-talon,  shows 
that  this  extreme  apjDroximation  of  the  molars  is  due  to  lateral  crushing,  since  in 
the  latter  skull  the  antero-internal  angles  of  the  molars  are  separated  by  more 
than  2 inches. 

Third  lower  true  molar. — Specimens  of  the  last  lower  molar  of  this  species  are 
represented  in  Plate  XXIX  A (fig.  8)  and  XXIX  B (fig.  7)  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis,”  showing  that  this  tooth  carried  nine  ridges  and  a hind-talon. 

Ididge-formula. — Prom  the  foregoing  details  of  the  teeth  of  Stegodon  bombifrons, 
theii  ridge-formula  may  he  approximately  represented  as  follows  : — 

Milk-molars.  True  molars. 

.P+4P-K5— 6)?  6+7+(8— 9) 

P+4  +(5-6)  7+7+9 

This  formula  wiU  he  seen  to  he  intermediate  between  the  formulae  of  S.  cliftii 
(see  above)  and  S.  insignis below).  The  last  milk-molar  in  some  cases  presents 
a lower  number  of  ridges  than  in  S.  cliftii,  while  the  true  molars  have  generally  a 
liigher  number  than  those  of  the  latter.  The  last  true  molar  of  S.  bombifrons  has 
always  a smaller  number  of  ridges  than  the  corresponding  tooth  of  S.  insignis,  while 
the  two  preceding  teeth  present,  on  the  whole,  a smaller  number  of  ridges,  though  the 
highest  number  of  ridges  (seven)  which  occurs  in  the  teeth  of  S.  bombifrons  equals 
the  lowest  which  occurs  in  those  of  S.  insignis. 

Cranium.- — A very  perfect  cranium  (now  in  the  British  Museum)  is  figured  in 
Plates  XXVII  and  XXVIII  of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  and  another  less 
perfect  specimen  (also  in  the  British  Museum)  in  the  preceding  plate  of  the  same 
work.  A third  cranium,  lacking  a portion  of  the  left  frontal  region,  is  in  the  col- 
lection of  the  Indian  Museum,  obtained  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the 
Kangra  district.  This  specimen,  though  of  rather  smaller  size,  agrees  precisely  in 
form  with  the  British  Museum  specimens,  so  that  this  form  of  cranium  may  be 
considered  as  characteristic  of  the  species.  The  characters  of  the  skull,  as  given  by 
Palconer,  are  as  follows  : The  skull  " is  convex  from  occiput  to  front,  and  also 
across,  and  is  very  narrow  at  the  temporal  contraction.  The  bounding  ridges  sweep 
round  by  a bold  curve  into  the  post-orbitary  processes,  as  in  B.  meridionalis . There 
is  a deep  furrow  between  the  tusks  (which  are  of  small  size).  The  nasal  opening 
for  the  trunk  is  above  the  line  (or  nearly  so)  of  the  post-orbitary  process  of  the 
frontal  bone.  Above  the  infra-orbitary  foramen  on  the  right  side  there  is  another 
small  opening.” 

distribution. — Bemains  of  this  species  have  not,  as  far  as  I am  aware,  been 
found  elsewhere  than  in  the  sub-Himalayan  Siwaliks,  and  I doubt  if  they  occur  to 
the  west  of  the  Jhelam  river. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA.  87—268 


Species  3 : Stegodon  insignis,  Palconer  & Cautley.  Plates  XLV,  fig.  4,  XLVI, 

figs.  2 & 4. 

Synonym ; (?)  S.  orientalis,  Owen. 

B-istory. — The  first  figured  tooth  of  this  species  seems  to  he  the  specimen  ob- 
tained from  Ava,  and  figured  by  Mr.  Clift  in  the  “ Transactions  of  the  Geological 
Society  of  London,”^  under  the  name  of  Mastodon  elephantoides.  Dr.  Palconer 
subsequently  showed  ^ that  the  latter  name  really  comprehended  more  than  one 
species,  and  gave  to  the  teeth  with  a high  ridge-formula  the  name  of  Elephas  {Ste- 
godon) insignis.  Several  skulls  and  a large  series  of  teeth  appear  under  that  name 
in  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.”  In  the  same  work  a considerable  number  of 
teeth  also  appear  under  the  name  of  Elephas  (Stegodon)  ganesa  : these  latter  teeth, 
however,  cannot  he  distinguished  from  those  named  Stegodon  insignis,  and  as  we 
shall  see  subsequently,*  it  is  only  the  adult  skulls  of  these  two  very  closely  allied 
species  that  can  he  distinguished.  The  molars  of  Stegodon  insignis  also  hear  a very 
close  resemblance  to  those  of  S.  bomhifrons,  hut  are  distinguished  by  a generally 
higher  ridge-formula,  and  by  the  ridges  being  narrower  and  taller,  as  well  as  by  the 
greater  amount  of  cement  which  is  usually  present  on  them.  Dr.  Palconer^  consi- 
ders that  the  following  formula  represents  the  average  number  of  the  ridges  of  the 
molars  of  this  species,  though  he  remarks  that  there  is  a greater  tendency  to  varia- 
tion in  this  respect  than  there  is  among  the  true  Mastodons.  Dr.  Palconer’s  formula 
is  as  follows: — 

Milk-molars,  True  molars. 

2-t-5-l-7  7-1-8  -h  (10-11) 

2 + 54-7  7 + (8—9)  + (11—13) 

W e shall  subsequently  see  that  this  formula  only  requires  very  slight  alteration 
as  far  as  our  present  knowledge  goes.  As  a very  large  series  of  the  teeth  of  this 
species  are  figured  in  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  I have  only  thought  it 
necessary  in  this  memoir  to  figure  a few  specimens  of  the  milk-molar  dentition, 
which  exhibit  well  the  general  dental  characters  of  the  species,  as  distinguished 
from  S.  bomhifrons. 

First  milk-molars. — Of  the  first  milk-molars  of  Stegodon  insignis  I know  of  no 
perfect  specimens,  though  a fragment  of  the  upper  tooth  is  attached  to  the  young 
maxilla  represented  in  Plate  XIX,  fig.  1,  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.” 

Second  upper  milk-molar. — Of  the  second  upper  milk-molar  of  this  species  two 
specimens  are  represented  in  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis;”  one  in  fig.  1 of 
Plate  XIX  and  the  other  in  fig.  3 of  Plate  XXIX  (misnamed  in  plate  S.  bombi- 
frons).  The  first  of  these  teeth  is  complete  and  well  worn ; it  exhibits  five  complete 
ridges,  in  front  a large  talon  or  incomplete  ridge,  and  behind  a small  talon.  The 


* Ser.  2,  Vol.  II,  PI.  XXXVIII,  fig.  2. 
2 Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  II,  p.  85. 

^ Ibid.,  p.  86. 


269—88 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


ridges  are  straight,  fairly  broad,  and  appear  to  have  carried  a large  number  of  cusps 
on  their  unworn  summits ; the  number  of  cusps  on  the  yet  unworn  last  ridge  seems 
to  be  twelve.  The  tooth  is  considerably  narrower  in  front  than  behind ; its  length 
is  2’ 7 inches  and  its  greatest  width  1’6  inches  : the  width  of  the  base  of  the  central 
ridge  being  -6  inch. 

On  page  43  of  the  “ Catalogue  of  the  Possil  Vertebrata  in  the  Museum  of  the 
Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,”  Dr.  Palconer  describes  a second  upper  milk-molar  of  an 
elephant  (No.  S.  7)  as  belonging  to  S.  insignis.  This  identification  appears  to  me 
to  be  a mistake ; the  tooth  really  belonging  to  Loxodoii  planifrons.  The  tooth 
differs  from  both  the  second  upper  molars  of  Stegodon  insignis  figured  in  the 
Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  by  being  less  narrowed  in  front,  by  the  ridges  being 
six  in  number,  by  their  being  narrower  and  higher,  by  the  number  of  cusjds  on  the 
last  ridge  being  only  five  or  six,  by  there  being  no  hind-talon,  and  by  the  much 
greater  quantity  of  cement  present  in  the  valleys,  which  completely  overlaps  the 
last  unworn  ridge.  In  all  the  above-mentioned  points  this  tooth  agrees  with  the 
teeth  of  Loxodon  planifrons,  and  in  the  Indian  Museum,  where  it  is  now  deposited, 
it  has  accordingly  been  classed  as  belonging  to  that  species. 

Stegodon  orientalis,  Owen.^ — The  fragment  comprising  the  two  last  ridges  and 
the  hind- talon  of  a (probably)  last  upper  milk-molar  of  a Stegodon  from  China, 
figured  and  described  by  Professor  Owen  in  the  “ Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geologi- 
cal Society  of  London’”^  as  the  second  upper  milk-molar  of  a new  species  of  the 
genus,  under  the  name  of  S.  orientalis,  does  not  appear  to  me  to  be  sufficiently 
distinguished  from  the  corresponding  tooth  of  the  present  species. 

Professor  Owen,  in  describing  the  Chinese  milk-molar,  and  a fragmentary  true 
molar,  which  he  also  refers  to  the  same  species,  lays  great  stress  on  the  number  of 
cusps  carried  on  the  ridges  of  these  teeth,  which  in  the  larger  tooth  he  estimates  at 
about  a dozen.  N ow,  I have  already  shown  elsewhere^  that  there  is  a considerable 
tendency  to  variation  in  the  number  of  cusps  carried  by  the  ridges  of  the  molars  of 
Stegodon  ganesa  and  S.  insignis,  and  in  the  last  lower  milk-molar  of  the  latter 
species  represented  in  fig.  4 of  Plate  XL VI  of  this  memoir,  some  of  the  ridges 
carry  at  least  seventeen  cusps,  a greater  number  than  occurs  in  the  larger  Chinese 
tooth.  Again,  the  figured  third  lower  milk-molar  of  S.  insignis  in  two  of  its  ridges 
exhibits  a most  distinct  median  cleft,  which  character  Professor  Owen  considers 
distinctive  of  his  Chinese  specimen.  If  the  figure  of  the  latter  be  compared  with  the 
figure  of  the  second  upper  milk-molar  of  S.  insignis,  given  in  fig.  I of  Plate  XIX 
of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”^  it  will  be  seen,  as  far  as  can  be  gathered  from 
the  small  size  of  the  latter  figure,  that  the  two  teeth  have  very  much  the  same 
general  form  and  size.  The  Chinese  tooth  cannot  belong  to  S.  cliftii,  as  its  ridges 
are  too  tall,  are  highest  in  the  middle,  and  carry  too  much  cement.  The  ridges  of 

' Vol.  XXVI,  p.  421,  PI.  XXVIII,  figs.  3 and  4. 

Rec.  Geol.  Surv.  India,  Vol.  IX,  p.  49. 

* The  corresponding  tooth  of  the  same  species  represented  in  fig.  3 of  Plate  XXIX  of  the  Fauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis  (wrongly  referred  in  plate  to  S,  bomhifrons)  is  somewhat  broader  posteriorly. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


89—270 


the  Chinese  tooth  are  likewise  too  high  for  Stegoclon  homhifrons.  Although  it  may 
not  be  a matter  of  complete  certainty  until  we  obtain  the  entire  Chinese  milk-molar, 
it  appears  to  me  that  there  is  every  probability  that  that  tooth  is  really  the  second 
upper  milk-molar  of  Stegodon  insignis,  and  that  the  imperfect  true  Chinese  molar 
referred  by  Professor  Owen  to  his  new  species,  S.  orientalis,  also  belongs  to 
S.  insignis. 

Second  lower  milk-molar. — Of  the  second  lower  milk-molar  of  Stegodon  in- 
signis, two  imperfect  specimens  are  represented  in  figs.  1 and  3 of  Plate  XX  of  the 
“ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis their  distinctive  characters  are  not,  however,  very 
well  displayed,  neither  is  there  any  description  of  these  teeth  in  the  explanation  of 
the  plates.  To  give  a good  idea  of  this  tooth,  I have  had  drawn  in  fig.  2 of 
Plate  XLVI,  a very  nearly  perfect  specimen  from  the  collection  of  the  Asiatic 
Society  of  Bengal,  now  in  the  Indian  Museum.  The  tooth  was  determined  by  Dr. 
Palconer,  and  a short  notice  of  it  will  he  found  on  page  44  of  his  Catalogue  of 
the  Possil  Vertehrata  in  the  Museum  of  the  Society.  The  specimen  is  implanted 
in  a fragment  of  the  left  ramus  of  the  mandible,  and  has  been  somewhat  damaged 
anteriorly ; most  of  the  ridges  have  been  well  worn,  hut  of  the  last  only  the  summits 
of  the  cusps  are  touched  by  wear.  The  crown  of  the  tooth  is  considerably  narrower 
in  front  than  behind,  and  carries  five  ridges  (the  anterior  broken)  and  a small  hind- 
talon.  Relatively  to  the  corresponding  tooth  of  Stegodon  homhifrons,,  which  has 
been  already  described,  the  ridges  are  high  and  slender ; there  is  a consideral)le 
quantity  of  cement  in  the  intervening  valleys,  and  the  enamel  is  thrown  into  deep 
vertical  groovings  and  puckerings.  The  last  unworn  ridge  carries  ten  cusps.  The 
length  of  this  tooth  is  2’7  inches,  its  greatest  width  1’6  inches,  and  the  height  of 
its  ridges  1 inch.  The  important  points  in  which  this  tooth  dilfers  from  the  corres- 
ponding tooth  of  Stegodon  homhifrons  have  been  already  sufficiently  pointed  out 
when  describing  the  dentition  of  that  species. 

Third  upper  milk-molar. — Of  the  third  upper  milk-molar  of  Stegodon  insignis, 
specimens  are  figured  in  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  Plates  XIX,  figs.  2 and  3, 
and  XIX  A,  fig.  1,  which  show  that  this  tooth  carried  seven  ridges  and  small  fore- 
and-aft  talons.  The  very  perfect  tooth  of  a Stegodon  represented  in  Plate  XLV, 
fig.  4,  of  the  present  memoir  agrees  with  the  last-mentioned  specimens  in  tlie 
characters  referred  to,  and  as  its  other  characters  are  also  those  of  the  molars  of 
S.  insignis,  it  has  been  classed  as  the  third  upper  milk-molar  of  that  species.  The 
tooth  was  collected  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Siwaliks  of  the  Punjab  : only  its  two 
first  ridges  have  been  affected  by  attrition,  but  portions  of  the  summits  of  most  of 
the  others  have  unfortunately  been  broken  away.  The  tooth  is  narrower  in  front 
than  behind,  and,  as  before  indicated,  carries  seven  ridges,^  and  very  small  fore-and- 

' The  last  ridge  is  smaller  than  the  others,  and  might  he  reckoned  as  a talon,  hut  that  it  carries  a still  smaller  ridge 
behind.  This  last  ridge  is  evidently  a talon  in  process  of  passing  into  a true  ridge.  The  hind-talon  in  the  tooth  drawn 
in  fig.  1 of  the  same  plate  will  he  seen  to  be  relatively  shorter  in  proportion  to  the  true  ridges,  and  is  evidently  only 
a large  talon.  It  will,  of  course,  be  seen  that  the  distinction  is  really  an  arbitrary  one. 


'271—90 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


aft  talons.  The  anterior  talon  is  connected  by  a longitudinal  ridge  with  the  inner 
extremity  of  the  first  true  ridge.  Each  transverse  ridge  is  tall  and  slender,  and  is 
highest  along  the  median  line ; there  is  an  indistinct  trace  of  a longitudinal  median 
cleft  across  the  anterior  ridges.  Owing  to  the  broken  condition  of  the  summits  of 
the  ridges,  it  is  not  easy  to  estimate  the  precise  number  of  cusps  borne  by  each, 
hut  they  appear  to  he  from  thirteen  to  fifteen.  The  last  ridge  is  more  closely 
approximated  to  the  penultimate,  than  is  the  latter  to  the  antepenultimate.  The 
hind-talon  merely  forms  a kind  of  ledge  on  the  last  ridge.  Both  these  characters 
are  shown  in  Ealconer’s  specimen.  The  length  of  the  specimen  is  4’6  inches,  its 
greatest  width  2'4  inches,  and  the  height  of  the  central  ridge  1'3  inches.  The 
number  and  height  of  the  ridges,  together  with  the  great  number  of  cusps  borne  on 
them,  are  distinctive  characters  of  the  dentition  of  Stegodon  insignis  as  opposed  to 
8.  bomhifrons. 

Thwd  lower  milh-molar. — -Of  the  third  lower  milk-molar  of  the  present 
species,  two  imperfect  specimens  are  represented  in  figs,  1 and  2 of  Plate  XX  of 
the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis” ; one  of  these  shows  that  the  tooth  has  seven 
ridges.  In  Plate  XLVI,  fig.  4,  of  the  present  memoir,  I have  had  figured  a quite 
complete  specimen  of  this  tooth,  obtained  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Shvaliks  of  the 
Punjab.  This  very  beautiful  specimen  is  implanted  in  a fragment  of  the  right 
ramus  of  tfie  mandible,  which  also  contains  the  two  last  ridges  of  the  penultimate 
milk-molar.  The  figured  tooth  is  oblong  in  shape,  and  nearly  as  wide  in  front  as 
behind  : its  outer  border  is  concave  and  its  inner  convex.  The  crown  carries  seven 
ridges  and  fore-and-aft  talons.  Only  the  first  and  second  ridges  have  been  affected 
by  wear ; the  ridges  are  tall  and  slender,  and  hear  a large  number  of  cusps  on  their 
summits ; thus  the  fourth  ridge  carries  no  less  than  seventeen  cusps,  a considerably 
larger  number  than  occurs  in  the  so-called  Stegodon  orientalis  of  Professor  Owen, 
referred  to  above.  The  anterior  talon  is  closely  applied  to  the  first  ridge  ; the  pos- 
terior talon  forms  a small  distinct  ridge,  carrying  five  large  cusps.  The  length  of 
the  tooth  is  4‘9  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  2’1  inches.  .Another  similar  specimen 
of  this  tooth,  also  from  the  Punjab,  is  contained  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian 
Museum  : from  this  we  may  fairly  infer  that  the  number  of  ridges  in  this  tooth  is 
generally  constant.  The  tooth  is  widely  different  from  the  corresponding  tooth  of 
S.  bomhifrons  described  and  figured  above  (Plate  XLV,  fig.  3) ; the  distinctive  points 
are  the  greater  number  of  the  ridges,  their  thinner  and  more  elongated  form,  and 
the  greater  number  of  cusps  which  they  carry  on  their  summits. 

Mrst  upper  true  molar. — Of  the  true  molar  series  of  Stegodon  insignis,  a very 
large  number  of  teeth  are  figured  in  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  and  I have, 
therefore,  thought  it  unnecessary  to  figure  any  in  this  memoir,  and  have  contented 
myself  with  merely  noticing  the  salient  points  of  each  tooth.  A specimen  of  the 
first  true  molar  is  shown  in  the  skull  depicted  in  fig.  4 of  Plate  XIX  of  the 
above-mentioned  work.  It  carries  seven  ridges  and  a talon ; the  ridges  are  high, 
and  the  valleys  well  filled  with  cement ; each  ridge  carries  a large  number  of 


SIWALIK  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCTBIA. 


91-272 


cuspsl  Of  two  young  skulls  in  the  Indian  Museum  containing  the  third  milk-  and 
the  first  true  molars,  the  first  true  molar  in  the  one  carries  seven  ridges  and  tAvo 
talons,  and  has  a length  of  5‘7,  and  a width  of  2’6  inches,  while  in  the  other  the 
corresponding  tooth  has  eight  ridges  with  a length  of  6*5,  and  a width  of  2'9  inches, 
A specimen  of  a skull  from  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,  now  in  the  Indian 
Museum,  has  seven  ridges  in  the  first  true  molar.  It  would  appear,  therefore, 
that  while  seven  is  the  normal  number  of  ridges  in  this  tooth,  this  number  may 
occasionally  he  increased  to  .eight. 

First  lower  true  molm\ — Of  the  first  lower  true  molar  a worn  specimen  in  the 
Indian  Museum  seems  to  have  seven  ridges,  and  has  a length  of  5‘2  inches,  with 
a breadth  of  2'8  inches  ; a very  similar  specimen  also  carries  the  same  number  of 
ridges.  A specimen  of  the  first  lower  true  molar  of  this  species  represented  in 
fig.  4 of  Plate  XXV  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  also  has  seven  ridges 
and  a hind-talon.  As  far,  therefore,  as  is  at  present  known,  seven  seems  to  he  tlie 
constant  number  of  ridges  in  this  tooth. 

Second  upper  true  molar. — A specimen  of  the  second  upper  true  molar  repre- 
sented in  fig.  5 of  Plate  XIX  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  exhibits  eight 
ridges  and  a front  talon : another  specimen  in  fig.  4 of  the  succeeding  plate  of 
the  same  work  has  also  eight  ridges,  with  fore-and-aft  talons.  A cranium  described 
on  page  41  (Xo.  S.  4)  of  Dr.  Ealconer’s  “ Catalogue  of  the  Eossil  Vertehrata  in  the 
Museum  of  the  Asiatic  Society  of  Bengal,”  and  now  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian 
Museum,  exhibits  the  first  and  second  true  molars,  the  latter  of  which  has  only 
seven  ridges  ; the  penultimate  tooth  in  the  same  skull  has  only  six  ridges,  hut  an 
anterior  ridge  may  have  disappeared  in  wearing.  In  the  skull  figured  in  fig,  2 of 
Plate  XIX  A of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  there  are  only  seven  ridges  in  the 
penultimate  true  molars.  Other  specimens  of  the  second  upper  molar  of  S.  msignis 
in  the  Indian  Museum  exhibit  eight  ridges.  Eight  may,  therefore,  he  taken  as 
the  normal  number  of  ridges  in  this  tooth,  with  seven  as  an  occasional  variety. 

Second  lower  true  molar. — Three  perfect  specimens  of  the  second  lower  true 
molar  of  Stegodon  msignis  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian  Museum  exliihit  respect- 
ively, eight  ridges  and  two  talons.  Two  specimens  of  this  tooth  represented  in  figs.  4 
and  9 of  Plate  XX  of  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis’’.  exhibit,  respectively,  nine 
and  ten  ridges.  Another  specimen  figured  in  the  same  work  has  seven  ridges 
(Plate  XXA,  fig.  2,  S.  ganesa)\  while  yet  another  (Plate  XXIV A,  fig.  3)  has  up- 
wards of  twelve  ridges.  The  specimen  drawn  in  Plate  XXXVIII,  fig.  2,  of  Clift’s 
memoir,  has  nine  ridges  and  a large  hind  talon.  Eight  or  nine  may  therefore  he 
taken  as  the  normal  number  of  ridges  in  this  tooth,  with  occasional  variations  from 
seven  to  twelve. 

Last  true  molars. — The  number  of  ridges  in  the  last  upper  true  molar  seems  to 
vary  from  ten  to  eleven,  and  in  the  lower  from  eleven  to  thirteen. 

1 The  tooth  figured  in  Plate  XXIV,  fig.  1,  of  the  Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  as  the  first  true  molar  of  S.  ganesu. 
has  only  six  very  broad  ridges,  with  few  cusps,  and  probably  belongs  to  S,  bomhifrons. 


273—92 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


Conclusion. — Prom  the  above  descriptions  the  ridge-formula  of  this  species 
may  be  tabulated  as  follows  : — 

2 + 5 + 7 (7—8)  + (7  — 8)  + (10  — 11) 

2 + 5 + 7 7 + (7  — 12)  + (11  — la) 

The  ridge-formula  of  this  species  is  constants  as  far  as  we  at  present  know,  in 
the  milk-molar  series,  but  is  liable  to  very  considerable  variations  in  the  true  molar 
series.  In  the  succeeding  sub-genera  {Loxodon,  Eueleplias) , it  will  be  found  that 
this  variability  extends  back  into  the  milk-molar  series,  which  seems  to  be  the  most 
constant  in  its  ridge-formula.  In  Stegodon  insignis  the  number  of  cusps  on  the 
ridges  seems  to  be  greatest  in  the  milk-molar  series,  sometimes  attaining  as  many 
as  seventeen,  while  in  the  second  true  molar,  according  to  Dr.  Palconer,  ten  seems 
to  be  the  average  number. 

Cranium. — The  adult  cranium  of  this  species  is  remarkable  for  the  peculiar 
flattened  form  of  the  vertex,  from  which  character  it  derives  its  specific  name ; a 
further  discussion  on  the  skull  will  be  found  under  the  head  of  the  next  species. 
Dr.  Palconer  mentions  as  a character  of  this  species  the  great  height  of  the  ptery- 
goids, which  form  a ridge  running  up  to  the  base  of  the  orbits.  The  lower  jaw  is 
much  like  that  of  the  Indian  elephant  in  general  shape ; the  rami,  however,  diverg- 
ing to  a greater  extent  posteriorly. 

Distribution. — Remains  of  this  species  has  been  obtained  from  the  Siwaliks, 
and  not  improbably  from  the  Narbada  gravels. 


Species  d : Stegodon  ganesa,  Palconer  & Cautley. 

Mistory.' — 'This  fourth  species  of  Siwalik  Stegodon  appears  to  have  been  mainly 
founded  on  an  imperfect  cranium  with  long  tusks,  presented  by  the  late  Colonel 
Baker  to  the  British  Museum.  This  cranium  is  represented  on  Plates  XXI  and 
XXII  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  and  in  a restored  state  on  Plate  XXIII 
of  the  same  work. 

Distinctness  of  the  species. — Subsequently  to  the  publication  of  the  Pauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  Dr.  Palconer^  seems  to  have  had  considerable  doubts  as  to  the 
specific  distinctness  of  this  cranium,  and  to  have  thought  that  it  might  be  merely 
a variety  of  Stegodon  insignis.  This  conclusion  appears  to  have  been  arrived  at 
because  no  distinction  could  be  found  between  the  molars  of  Stegodon  insignis  and 
S.  ganesa,  and  also  because  there  appears  to  be  somewhat  of  a transition  from  the 
typical  form  of  the  cranium  of  S.  insignis  (P.  A,  S.,  Plate  XV)  towards  that  of 
.S',  ganesa.  The  typical  cranium  of  the  former  species  is  characterized  by  the  extra- 
ordinary depression  of  its  fronto-parietal  region,  and  by  the  very  small  width  of  the 
temporal  fossae.  S.  ganesa,  on  the  other  hand,  is  characterized  by  a development  of 


Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  II,  p.  84. 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA.  93—274 

the  parieto-frontal  region  in  much  the  same  manner  as  in  the  living  elephants,  and 
by  the  consequently  great  width  of  the  temporal  fossse. 

Less  typical  skulls  of  S.  insignis,  as  the  specimen  represented  in  fig.  1 of 
Plate  XVII  of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  and  another  in  the  Indian 
Museum,  have  a somewhat  greater  vertical  development  of  the  parieto-frontals. 
The  temporal  fossa  in  these  skulls  is,  however,  still  very  narrow.  Young  skulls  of 
the  species,  however,  have  the  fronto-parietal  region  well  developed,  as  in  S.  ganesa 
(P.  A.  S.,  Plate  XVIII,  figs.  1,  2,  3),  and  it  appears,  therefore,  that  the  aborted 
frontal  region  of  N.  insignis  is  only  a characteristic  of  the  adult. 

That  the  one  large  cranium  ascribed  to  Stegodon  ganesa  is  not  a single  abnor- 
mality is  proved  by  the  existence  of  another  very  similar  cranium,  with  the  tusks 
broken  off,  obtained  by  Mr.  Theobald  in  the  Punjab,  and  now  in  the  Indian  Museum. 
This  cranium  was  described  by  myself  in  the  “ Eecords,”^  under  the  name  of 
ganesa.  The  resemblance  of  this  cranium  to  that  named  S.  ganesa  in  the  ‘‘  Pauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis”  is  so  close  that  I have  thought  it  unnecessary  to  give  a figure 
of  it,  almost  the  only  difference  between  the  two  being  that  the  former  has  the 
frontal  region  somewhat  hollowed  mesially  in  place  of  being  quite  flat  as  in  the 
latter. 

It  thus  appears  that  there  are  two  very  distinct  forms  of  adult  crania  of  8te- 
godons,  which  have  the  same  dentition,  and  which  in  the  young  state  also  appear  to 
be  indistinguishable.  On  the  whole,  I now  think  it  very  probable  that  S.  ganesa 
may  be  merely  a very  well  marked  race  of  8.  insignis,,  or,  in  other  words,  may  be 
a species  in  process  of  evolution.  The  adult  race  is,  however,  so  well  marked 
and  so  distinct  that  I prefer  to  continue  to  apply  to  it  a separate  specific  name,  with 
the  above  proviso. 

On  page  31  of  the  tenth  volume  of  the  “ Eecords,”  I have  noticed  a speci- 
men of  a huge  tusk  of  an  elephant  from  the  Narbada  valley,  which  from  its  size 
and  form  seems  to  belong  to  8,  ganesa.  Prom  the  same  deposits  teeth  which  agree 
with  those  of  8.  insignis  have  been  obtained,  but  no  specimen  of  the  cranium,  and 
it  is  therefore  not  certain  whether  they  might  not  also  belong  to  8.  ganesa.  The 
discovery  of  the  cranium  of  either  of  the  8tegodons  in  the  Narbada  valley  will  be  a 
matter  of  great  interest,  as  we  shall  then  see  whether  they  had  undergone  any 
further  differentiation  in  the  period  immediately  succeeding  that  of  the  Siwaliks.  I 
have  already  commented  upon  the  similarity  of  certain  of  the  molars  of  some  of 
the  Indian  Mastodons  as  bearing  upon  the  case  of  8.  insignis  and  8.  ganesa^  in 
which  no  distinction  can  be  found  in  the  molars.^ 

1 Eec.  Geol.  Surv.  of  India,  Vol.  IX,  p.  42. 

2 It  may  be  mentioned  that  the  molars  of  two  well  defined  species  of  Himalayan  marmots  {Arctomys  caudatus 
and  A.  himalayanus)  are  absolutely  indistinguishable,  and  if  found  in  the  fossil  state  would  be  referred  to  one  species. 


275—94 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


Sub- Genus  2 : Loxodon,  Dalconer. 

Elephants  whose  molars  in  most  species  have  a higher  ridge-formula  than  in  the 
Stegodons,  and  in  which  the  ridges  are  thinner  and  higher,  and  the  valleys  more 
completely  filled  with  cement. 


Species  I : Loxodon  planifrons,  Ealconer  & Cautley. 

General  characters. — This  species,  together  with  the  African  elephant,  in  the 
characters  of  its  molars,  forms  a link  between  the  higher-ridged  Stegodons  and  the 
extinct  European  Loxodons,  the  two  species  having  a lower  ridge-formula  than  any 
other  species  of  the  suh-genus  Loxodon.  We  shall  find  that  the  number  of  ridges 
in  the  molars  of  this  species  are  liable  to  a much  greater  degree  of  variation  than 
is  the  case  in  any  of  the  preceding  species, — a variability  correlated  with  the  greater 
complexity  of  the  molars  of  this  group.  Dr.  EalconeE  makes  the  ridge-formula  of 
this  species  as  follows  : — 

3 + 6 + 7 7 + 8 + 10 

3+6  + 7 7+(8-9)+(10— ]1) 

This  formula  does  not  give  a sufficiently  wide  range  of  variation  for  the  number 
of  ridges,  and  another  will  he  proposed  after  a short  survey  of  the  teeth. 

The  enamel  ridges  on  the  molars  of  this  species  are  intermediate  in  height  be- 
tween those  of  Stegodon  insignis  and  those  of  Euelephas  hijsudricus  ; when  worn  the 
crowns  present  lozenge-shaped  cross-sections  of  the  ridges,  often  with  detached  cylin- 
ders of  enamel  near  the  median  line  of  the  tooth ; the  enamel  is  of  great  relative 
thickness,  and  much  crenulated  or  crimped  in  the  higher  portions  of  the  ridges, 
hut  interiorly  this  crimping  is  absent ; this  causes  a great  difference  in  the  appear- 
ance of  the  crown-surface  of  a little- worn  and  a much-worn  tooth.  The  molars  of 
the  species  are  readily  distinguished  from  those  of  the  Stegodons  by  the  eement 
completely  filling  up  the  intervals  between  the  enamel  ridges.  The  present  species 
is  further  distinguished  from  all  other  species  of  elephants,  both  recent  and  fossil, 
as  far  as  is  at  present  known,  by  having  been  furnished  with  two  pairs  of  premolars 
in  both  upper  and  lower  jaws,^  in  which  respect  it  agrees  with  many  species  of 
Mastodon. 

Crankm. — Eigures  of  the  cranium  of  L.  planifrons  will  be  found  on  Plates  IX 
and  X of  the  “Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis.”  The  cranium  is  readily  distinguished 
from  that  of  any  other  species  of  elephant  by  the  perfectly  flat  and  expanded 
frontal  region  (whence  the  specific  name),  and  by  the  small  degree  to  which  the 
temporal  fossse  extend  on  to  this  surface.  The  nasal  aperture  is  of  relatively  small 

^ Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  II,  p.  9l. 

Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,  PI.  VI,  figs.  4,  5,  6 ; PI.  XII,  fig.  8, 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


95—276 


extent,  and  the  nasals  themselves  form  a short  protuberance.  The  pterygoids  are 
small,  and  the  incisive  sheaths  diverge  to  a considerable  extent  anteriorly. 

Distrihiition. — Dossil  remains  of  this  species  have  been  obtained  only  from  the 
sub- Himalayan  Siwaliks,  and  it  appears  that  the  geographical  range  of  both  this 
and  the  succeeding  species  did  not  extend  into  Sind,  or  into  Perim  Island,  or  Burma. 
A very  large  series  of  the  molars  of  this  species  are  contained  in  the  collection  of 
the  Indian  Museum,  but  as  they  do  not  differ  from  the  beautiful  series  figured  in 
the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  none  have  been  figured  in  this  memoir. 

First  upper  milk-molar. — A specimen  of  the  first  upper  milk-molar  is  repre- 
sented of  the  natural  size  in  fig.  1 of  Plate  XII  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis 
this  tooth  has  three  ridges  and  a talon. 

First  lower  milk-molar. — Of  the  first  lower  milk-molar  I cannot  discover  any 
specimen : Dr.  Palconer  gives  the  number  of  ridges  in  this  tooth  as  three,  probably 
from  the  number  in  the  corresponding  upper  tooth. 

Second  upper  milk-molar. — A detached  specimen  of  a second  upper  milk-molar 
of  this  species  in  the  Indian  Museum  (formerly  in  the  collection  of  the  Asiatic 
Society  of  Bengal,  where  it  was  catalogued  by  Dr.  Palconer  as  belonging  to  Stegodon 
insignis),  has  six  ridges  and  a talon:  its  length  is  2‘8  inches,  and  its  greatest  width 
1-6  inches.  Another  specimen  of  this  tooth,  in  a young  cranium  in  the  Indian 
Museum,  seems  to  have  only  five  ridges. 

Second  lower  milk-molar. — There  is  no  specimen  of  this  tooth  in  the  Indian 
Museum ; the  specimen  represented  in  fig.  7 of  Plate  XII  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis”  has  six  ridges  and  a talon:  its  length  is  2-4  inches,  and  its  greatest 
width  1’4  inches. 

Third  upper  milk-molar. — The  number  of  ridges  in  the  third  upper  milk-molar 
represented  in  fig.  4 of  Plate  VI  of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  is  six,  with 
talons  : the  length  of  this  tooth  is  4‘0  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  2’4  inches.  A 
specimen  in  the  Indian  Museum  has  seven  ridges. 

Third  lower  milk-molar. — The  specimen  of  the  third  lower  milk-molar  repre- 
sented in  fig.  8 of  Plate  XII  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  shows  seven 
ridges,  with  talons  : its  length  is  4-4  inches,  and  its  greatest  width  2-4  inches.  Of 
two  specimens  in  the  Indian  Museum,  one  shows  eight  ridges,  and  the  other  nine. 
The  latter  specimen  was  presented  by  the  Boorkee  Museum,  and  is  but  little  worn ; 
it  exhibits  well  the  characteristically  thick  enamel  plates,  widely  separated,  and 
enclosed  in  a large  mass  of  cement. 

First  upper  true  molar. — The  germ  specimen  of  the  first  true  molar  in  the 
young  cranium  represented  in  fig.  4 of  Plate  VI  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Siva- 
lensis” exhibits  seven  ridges,  and  has  a length  of  5‘5  inches  with  a width  of  2-7 
inches.  I have  not  seen  any  other  specimens  of  this  tooth ; it  is,  however,  possible 
from  the  number  of  ridges  in  the  last  milk-molars,  that  the  number  of  ridges  in 
both  upper  and  lower  first  true  molars  may  sometimes  be  more  than  seven. 


277—96 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


First  lower  true  molar. — Of  the  first  lower  true  molar,  two  specimens  in  the 
Indian  Museum  have  seven  ridges  each  : the  length  of  one  of  these  teeth  is  6 inches, 
and  its  greatest  width  2'8  inches.  The  specimen  of  the  same  tooth  represented  in  • 
fig.  10  of  Plate  XII  of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  also  shows  the  same 
number  of  ridges. 

Second  upper  true  molar. — In  a very  perfect  palate  specimen  in  the  Indian 
Museum,  showing  the  penultimate  and  last  true  molars,  the  penultimate  tooth  has 
eight  ridges,  with  a length  of  5-8  inches  and  a width  of  4' 2 inches : a smaller 
specimen  in  the  same  collection  has  nine  ridges.  The  three  specimens  drawn  in 
figs.  5,  5«,  and  6 of  Plate  XII  of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  have  each 
eight  ridges. 

Second  lower  true  molar. — Of  two  specimens  of  this  tooth  in  the  Indian 
Museum,  one  has  eight,  and  the  other  nine  ridges  : the  length  of  the  latter  tooth  is 
9 inches,  with  a width  of  3' 5 inches.  The  corresponding  tooth  represented  in  fig.  6 
of  Plate  XI  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis”  carries  nine  ridges ; the  specimen 
represented  in  fig.  8 of  the  same  plate  has  eleven  ridges. 

Third  upper  true  molar. — The  last  molar  in  the  large  palate  specimen  referred 
to  above  has  ten  ridges,  with  a length  of  11'5  inches  and  a width  of  4'6  inches. 
The  last  true  molar  in  the  cranium  figured  in  Plate  X of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis”  has  eleven  ridges. 

Third  lower  true  molar. — A perfect  specimen  of  this  tooth  in  the  Indian 
Museum  has  twelve  ridges,  with  a length  of  10' 5 inches  and  a width  of  4 inches. 
The  same  tooth  in  the  lower  jaw  represented  in  fig.  2 of  Plate  XI  of  the  “ Pauna 
Antiqua  Sivalensis”  has  thhteen  ridges,  while  the  specimen  represented  in  fig,  12 
of  Plate  XII  of  the  same  w^ork  exhibits  only  ten  ridges. 

Ridge-formula. — The  foregoing  survey  of  the  molar  series  of  Loxodon  planifrons 
affords  the  following  as  the  nearest  approximation  I can  at  present  give  to  the 
ridge-formula  of  the  species,  riz. : — 

H/r  n/r  ^ P P i\/r  ^ P P 
m.  m.  3 + 6 + (7-9)  7 p (8-11)  4-  (10-13) 

Possibly  some  alteration  will  have  to  be  made  in  the  number  of  ridges  in  the 
first  true  molar,  hut  otherwise  the  number  of  ridges  are  probably  nearly  correct. 
It  will  be  observed  that  the  “ intermediate”  molars  are  hepta-and  octolophodont, 
and  that  the  whole  ridge-formula  is  very  close  to,  though  generally  slightly  higher 
than  that  of  Loxodon  africanus,  as  exhibited  in  the  table  given  in  the  sequel.  Both 
these  species  have  a tendency  to  the  prevalence  of  seven  and  eight  ridges  in  the 
intermediate  molars,  and  are  doubtless  links  between  the  Stegodons  and  the  higher ■; 
ridged  Loxodons. 


97—278 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 

Stjb-Genus  3 ; Euelephas,  Falconer. 

Elephants  in  whieh  the  ridges  of  the  molars  are  developed  into  tall  and  nearly 
parallel  plates,  the  intervals  between  which  are  completely  filled  with  cement. 
The  number  of  plates  in  the  last  lower  molar  may  reach  as  many  as  twenty-four. 


Species  1 : Euelephas  hysedhicus,  Falconer  & Cautley. 

General  characters. — This  species  is  the  only  representative  of  the  thin-plated- 
toothed,  or  elasmodont,  elephants  found  in  the  Siwaliks.  The  cranium  and  the 
dentition  are  well  illustrated  in  the  “ Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  and,  therefore,  I 
have  not  thought  it  necessary  to  figure  the  dentition  in  this  memoir. 

The  cranium  ^ is  nearest  in  form  to  that  of  Etielephas  indicus,  hut  is  readily 
distinguished  by  the  alveoli  of  the  tusks  being  straighter,  as  well  as  by  the  greater 
lateral  development  of  the  parieto-frontal  protuberances,  and  by  the  greater  incision 
of  the  temporal  fossae. 

In  describing  briefly  some  of  the  specimens  figured  in  the  ‘‘  Fauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis,”  Dr.  Falconer  remarks  of  the  cranium — that  the  young  tusks  are  oval 
in  cross-section,  that  they  diverge  slightly,  and  are  very  near  in  size  to  those  of  the 
young  Indian  elephant,  but  are  narrower  in  front  and  more  convex.  The  palatal 
bones  diverge  in  front  and  the  infra-orbital  foramen  is  of  unusually  large  size.  The 
ridge-formula  of  the  molars  is  much  lower  than  that  of  the  Indian  elephant,  indi- 
cating that  the  fossil  species  forms  a link  connecting  the  latter  with  the  loxodont 
elephants.  The  plates  of  enamel  and  ivory  in  the  molars  are  lower  than  in  other 
species  of  elasmodont  elephants,  but  are  narrow  and  vertical ; the  interspaces  occu- 
pied by  the  cement  are  generally  wider  than  the  enamel  and  ivory  plates  themselves. 
The  enamel  is  usually  thicker  than  in  the  African  elephant  and  much  crenulated. 
The  molars  are  at  once  distinguished  from  those  of  Loxodon  planifrons  by  the  plates, 
being  more  numerous,  narrower,  and  extending  further  down  towards  the  root  of 
the  tooth,  not  being  in  fact  mounted  upon  a common  base  of  dentine  as  in  that 
species.  The  enamel  is  also  thinner,  and  the  included  ellipses  on  the  worn  crown 
surface  much  narrower.  Specimens  of  the  molars  are  not  unfrequently  found, 
from  which  the  investing  cement  has  decomposed  and  fallen  off,  leaving  the  enamel 
plates  standing  out  separately  in  a manner  which  might  lead  the  inexperienced 
observer  to  think  that  they  belonged  to  a species  distinct  from  that  to  which  the 
complete  teeth  belonged.  Great  variability  exists  in  the  number  of  plates  of  the 
molars,  there  having  not  improbably  existed  two  races,  one  with  considerably  more 
plates  in  the  molars  than  the  other. 

A nearly  complete  specimen  of  the  mandible  is  represented  in  fig,  7 of  Plate 
XIII  A of  the  “Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis;”  it  is  characterized  by  a short 
symphysis,  with  a very  small  and  narrow  spout : a similar  specimen  is  in  the  Indian 
Museum. 

' P.  A.  S.,  PI.  XII  B,  fig.  4;  PI.  XLIII,  figs.  20  A and  B. 

A 1 


279—98 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


Remains  of  this  species  have  been  found  only  in  the  suh-Himalayan  Siwaliks 
to  the  eastward  of  the  Jhelum  river. 

First  milk-molars. — Of  the  first  milk-molars,  both  upper  and  lower,  I can  find 
no  specimens. 

Second  upper  milk-molar. — In  one  young  skull  in  the  Indian  Museum  the 
second  milk-molar  has  five  ridges,  and  in  another  seven.  The  same  tooth  in  the 
two  skulls  drawn  in  Plate  VI,  figs.  1 and  3,  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  has 
five  ridges. 

Second  lower  milk-molar. — The  second  lower  milk-molars  drawn  in  Plate  VII, 
figs.  5 and  7 of  the  last-named  work,  have  either  seven  or  eight  ridges,  according 
as  one  is  reckoned  as  a true  ridge  or  a talon : a specimen  doubtfully  classed  as 
the  same  tooth,  drawn  in  fig.  6 of  that  plate,  has  nine  ridges. 

Third  upper  milk-molar. — In  three  young  crania  in  the  Indian  Museum,  the  third 
milk-molar  exhibits,  respectively,  eight,  ten,  and  eleven  ridges.  The  same  tooth  in 
the  skull  figured  in  plate  VI,  fig.  I,  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” has 
seven  ridges,  with  fore-and-aft  talons.  Other  specimens  figured  or  referred  to  have 
the  number  of  ridges  between  seven  and  nine. 

Third  lower  milk-molar. — Two  specimens  of  the  third  lower  milk-molar  drawn 
in  figs.  8 and  9 of  plate  VII  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” have  each  nine 
ridges  : a specimen  of  the  same  tooth  in  the  Indian  Museum  (presented  by  the 
Roorkee  Museum)  has  eleven  ridges  and  two  talons. 

First  upper  true  molar. — In  a specimen  of  the  cranium  of  F.  hysudricus 
referred  to  in  a note  (No.  3)  to  the  description  of  Plate  VI  of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis  ” the  number  of  ridges  in  the  first  true  molar  is  given  as  eight ; Dr.  Pal- 
coner  remarks  that  this  tooth  is  remarkable  for  its  unusual  width,  and  the  small 
number  of  ridges  which  it  contains ; a detached  specimen  of  the  same  tooth  figured 
in  Plate  VII,  fig.  2,  of  the  same  work,  has  twelve  ridges. 

First  loioer  true  molar. — A specimen  of  the  first  lower  molar  in  a jaw  figured 
in  Plate  VIII,  fig.  4,  of  the  “ Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” has  ten  ridges,  with  a 
small  hind- talon;  another  specimen  drawn  in  fig.  10  of  the  preceding  plate  of 
the  same  work  has  twelve  ridges. 

Second  upper  true  molar. — The  second  upper  molar  in  the  cranium  drawn  in 
Plate  VIII,  fig.  1,  of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  has  ten  ridges  and  a large 
heel ; the  specimen  of  the  same  tooth  drawn  in  fig.  3 of  the  preceding  plate  of 
the  same  work  has  twelve  ridges. 

Second  lower  true  molar. — Two  lower  jaws  in  the  Indian  Museum,  in  which 
the  second  true  molar  is  in  wear,  exhibit  twelve  and  thirteen  ridges,  respectively,  in 
that  tooth. 

Third  upper  true  molar. — In  two  crania  in  the  Indian  Museum,  in  which  the 
last  true  molar  is  in  use,  the  tooth  in  one  instance  has  thirteen  ridges  and  talons, 
and  in  the  other  seventeen  ridges. 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


99-280 


Third  lower  true  molar. — Three  specimens  of  the  last  lower  molar  in  the  Indian 
Museum  exhibit,  respectively,  fourteen,  fifteen,  and  sixteen  ridges.  The  specimen 
drawn  in  fig.  12  of  Plate  VII  of  the  “Pauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis  ” shows  seventeen 
or  eighteen  ridges. 

Ridge-formula. — Prom  the  above  series  of  teeth,  the  ridge-formula  of  the 
molars  of  E.  hysudricus  may  approximately  be  represented  as  follows  : — 

ivr  AI  ? + (5-7)  + (7-11)  ^ (8-12)  + (10-12)  + (13—17) 
ivx.  lU.  p (9—11)  (10-12)  + (12—13)  + (14—18) 

Prom  the  general  symmetry  of  this  formula,  it  is  probable  that  it  presents  a very 
fair  approximation  to  the  truth.  It  will  he  found  from  the  table  of  formula  given 
below,  that  the  position  assigned  to  the  species  from  this  formula  is  between 
E.  mnaidriensis  and  E.  antiquus,  or  the  second  in  the  list  of  true  elasmodont  ele- 
phants : as  being  a pliocene  species  this  ridge-formula,  as  being  lower  than  that  of 
the  pleistocene  species  (with  one  exception,  which  will  be  referred  to  again  below) 
is  in  accordance  with  the  theory  of  evolution,  and  the  less  specialization  of  the  older 
forms  of  a genus.  The  height  of  the  ridges  of  the  molars  of  this  species  is  much  less 
than  in  the  Indian  elephant : the  height  of  the  eighth  ridge  of  the  last  upper  molar 
of  the  former  species  averaging  about  5-|  inches,  and  in  the  latter  upwards  of  8 
inches ; the  plates  of  the  one  are  also  much  thicker  than  those  of  the  other. 

Species  2 : Eublephas  namadicus,  Palconer  & Cautley. 

The  remains  of  this  species  of  elephant  have  been  obtained  only  from  the  Pleis- 
tocene deposits  of  the  Narbada  valley,  there  being  no  traces  of  its  existence  in  the 
earlier  Siwalik  rocks.  A considerable  number  of  the  true  molars  are  figured  in  the 
“Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  but,  with  the  exception  of  the  last  lower  milk-molar, 
no  complete  specimens  of  the  milk-molars  are  there  figured.  The  collection  of  the 
Indian  Museum  unfortunately  contains  no  specimens  of  the  milk-dentition,  with  the 
exception  of  the  last  lower  milk-molar ; so  that  the  milk-molar  dentition  is  vir- 
tually still  unknown.  A second  upper  true  molar  in  the  Indian  Museum  has  twelve 
complete  plates. , The  specimens  in  the  laiter  collection,  and  those  figured  in  the 
“ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  enable  me  to  make  the  following  approximation  to  the 
ridge-formula  of  this  species,  viz. : — 

Milk-molars.  True  molars. 

? + ? + ? .P  + 12  + 18 

? + ? + (9—10)  (i2— 13)  + (12—15)  + (19—20) 

This  ridge-formula  will  be  found  to  be  extremely  close  to  that  of  the  dentition 
of  the  Em’opean  Elephas  antiquus,  as  given  by  Professor  Leith  Adams  and  from 
this  resemblance  of  the  ridge-formula,  and  from  the  great  similarity  of  the  teeth  of 
the  two  species,  that  writer  has  come  to  the  conclusion  that  the  Narbada  elephant 
is  probably  a variety  of  E.  amtiquus.  With  regard  to  this  conclusion,  in  the  first 

'“Dentition  and  Osteology  of  Elephas  antiquus,”  p.  47.  Palaeontograph.  Soc.,  1877. 


281—100 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


place,  as  we  have  seen,  the  milk-molars  of  the  Narbada  species  are,  with  one  excep- 
tion, unknown,  and  it  is  possible  that  their  ridge-formula  may  differ  somewhat 
from  that  of  the  milk-molars  of  E.  antiquus.  Secondly,  there  is  the  very  peculiarly 
shaped  cranium  of  E.  namadicus,  characterized  by  the  great  supraorbital  ridge,  well 
exhibited  in  the  large  cranium  figured  in  plate  XIIB  of  the  “ Bauna  Antiqua  Siva- 
lensis,”  in  another  craniuni  in  the  British  Museum,  and  in  two  crania  in  the 
Indian  Museum.  All  the  other  crania  of  E.  namadicus  in  the  latter  collection,  and 
I believe  also  in  the  former,  are  imperfect  superiorly,  so  that  in  all  the  complete 
crania  known  to  me  this  very  characteristic  frontal  ridge  occurs,  and  it  may,  there- 
fore, he  fairly  considered  as  characteristic  of  the  Indian  species.  In  noticing  this 
peculiarity  of  the  cranium  of  the  Narbada  elephant.  Professor  Leith  Adams  suggests^ 
that  it  may  he  due  to  distortion,  a view  which,  I think,  is  disproved  by  the  facts 
given  above. 

Of  Elephas  antiquus  Professor  Leith  Adams,  in  the  above  quoted  passage,  says, 
he  is  unacquainted  with  any  English  cranium,  but  refers  to  one  in  the  museum  at 
Borne,  in  which  I infer,  though  it  is  not  clearly  expressed,  that  there  is  no  ridge, 
like  that  of  the  Narbada  elephant.  If  the  cranium  of  the  European  elephant  have 
no  such  ridge,  while  it  is  constant  in  the  Indian  form,  I cannot  think  it  by  any 
means  proved  that  E.  namadicus  and  E,  antiquus  are  varieties  of  one  species,  though 
there  can  be  no  doubt  but  that,  as  was  admitted  by  Ealconer,  they  are  extremely 
closely  allied,  and  possibly  that  the  molars  of  the  two  are  indistinguishable  in  a 
large  series. 

With  regard  to  the  great  similarity  of  the  teeth  in  the  two  species,  we  have 
already  seen  in  the  case  of  Stegodon  ganesa  and  S.  insignis  that  the  teeth  of  two 
forms  of  elephant  may  be  indistinguishable,  while  the  crania  are  very  widely 
different.  In  the  lower  true  molars  of  E.  namadicus  there  seems  to  be  a tendency 
to  a somewhat  higher  ridge-formula  than  in  E.  antiquus? 

As  the  crania  and  molars  of  Eleplias  namadicus  in  the  collection  of  the  Indian 
Museum  do  not  differ  from  those  figured  in  the  “ Eauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis,”  I have 
not  considered  it  necessary  to  give  figures  of  any  of  them  on  the  present  occasion. 

The  molars  of  this  species  are  stated  by  Ealconer  to  differ^  from  those  of  E. 
hysudricus,  in  the  greater  height  of  the  ridges  or  plates,  in  the  slight  amount  of  their 
thinning  superiorly,  and  in  their  nearly  vertical  direction.  There  is  also  no  loop  near 
the  middle  of  the  plates  on  the  grinding  surface  in  the  enamel,  and  the  cement  is 
thinner.  The  molars  differ  from  those  of  E.  indicus  (apart  from  the  difference  in 
the  number  of  ridges),  by  the  worn  dentine  surfaces  being  thicker  and  presenting  no 
curve  towards  the  apex  ; the  enamel  is  also  thicker.  In  the  crimping  of  the  enamel 
plates  the  two  species  are  very  much  alike. 

' loc.  cit.,  p.  52. 

^ At  page  68  of  his  memoir  on  E.  antiquus,  Prof.  Adams  seems  to  be  under  the  impression  that  E.  namadic.us 
is  found  in  the  Siwaliks  of  Northern  India  and  extends  back  into  the  Miocene.  Eemains  of  the  species  have'  only  been 
found  in  the  presumably  Pleistocene  deposits  of  the  Narbada  valley  ; E.  namadicus  is  probably  later  in  time  than  E. 
antiquus,  and  not  earlier,  as  is  stated  by  Prof.  Adams. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA.  101—282 


TABLE  SHOWING  DIMENSIONS  OF  MOLARS  OP  INDIAN  MASTODONS. 


Mastodon 

palconeei. 

Mastodon 

PANDIONIB. 

Mastodon 

LATIDBNS. 

Mastodon 

PEEIMBNSIS, 

Mastodon 

SlYALENSIS. 

Upper. 

Lower. 

Upper. 

Lower. 

Upper. 

Lower. 

Upper. 

Lower. 

Upper. 

Lower. 

Length  of  first  milk-molar 

?. 

? 

.p 

? 

1-2 

? 

1-3 

p 

? 

0-6 

Width  of  ditto  ditto  .... 

.P 

• ? 

? 

P 

1-0 

P 

1-1 

P 

P 

. 0-4 

Length  of  second  ditto  .... 

1-8 

2-12 

2-2 

1-6 

2-05 

2-3 

P 

? 

26 

1-9 

Width  of  ditto  ditto  .... 

1-6 

1-45 

1-8 

ri 

1-5 

1-7 

? 

? 

1-8 

1-2 

Length  of  third  ditto  .... 

3-04 

? 

P 

3-4 

3-7 

41 

? 

P 

3-2 

3-4 

Width  of  ditto  ditto  .... 

20 

? 

? 

2-3 

2-2 

2-2 

p 

p 

2-0 

1-8 

Length  of  first  true  molar 

3-5 

4'1 

4-0 

4-2 

4-0 

? 

4-2 

P 

3-8 

4-2 

Width  of  ditto  ditto  . ‘ . 

2-2 

2-3 

2-5 

2-3 

2-3 

p 

2-4 

P 

2’2 

2-4 

Length  of  second  ditto 

5-2 

6-4 

.P 

4-2 

6-3 

68 

5-4 

51 

6-5 

59 

Width  of  ditto  ditto  .... 

3-5 

3-7 

? 

2-6 

3-6 

3-6 

2-8 

2-8 

.2-9 

2-5 

Length  of  third  ditto  . . . . i 

? 

? 

7-7 

7-4 

8-6 

? 

9-6 

10-7 

7-8 

8-8 

Width  of  ditto  ditto  . . . . 

p 

? 

3-3 

3-0 

4-2 

? 

3-7 

4-4 

3-3 

2-9 

Length  of  penultimate  premolar 

0 

0 

? 

P 

1-6 

P 

p 

? 

0 

0 

Width  of  ditto  ditto 

0 

0 

? 

? 

1-4 

? 

? 

? 

0 

0 

Length  of  last  ditto 

0 

0 

2-05 

p 

2-2 

? 

2-4 

P 

0 

0 

Width  of  ditto  ditto 

0 

0 

1-5 

? 

1-8 

? 

1'7 

? 

0 

0 

TABLE  SHOWING  DIMENSIONS  OP  MOLARS  OF  STEGODONS. 


SlEGODOl 

ff  CLIETII. 

StEGODON  BOMB!- 
FEONS. 

SlEGODON  INSIGKIS 
and  GANESA. 

Upper. 

Lower. 

Upper. 

Lower. 

Upper. 

* Lower. 

Length  of  first 

milk-molar 

P 

? 

P 

? 

P 

p 

Width  of  ditto 

ditto 

p 

P 

? 

? 

P 

? 

Length  of  second 

ditto 

2-8 

P 

? 

2-2 

2-7 

2-7 

Width  of  ditto 

ditto 

2-1 

P 

P 

1-4 

1-6 

1-55 

Length  of  third 

ditto 

4-9 

P 

• P 

4-1 

4-6 

4-9 

Width  of  ditto 

ditto  ...... 

2-9 

p 

P 

2-2 

2-4 

2-1 

Length  of  first 

true  molar.- 

6-1 

? 

5-9 

6-4 

5-7 

5-2 

Width  of  ditto 

ditto  

3-3 

P 

3-0 

2-9 

2-6 

2-8 

Length  of  second 

ditto  

8-2 

p 

7-4 

8-5 

9-7 

9-3 

Width  of  ditto 

ditto  

4-0 

P 

3-4 

3-2 

3-5 

3-2 

Length  of  third 

ditto  

9-3 

12-7 

10-2 

13'4 

11-0 

12-2 

Width  of  ditto 

ditto  

» . .. 

4-3 

4-5 

3-7 

4-2 

3-8 

3-5 

283—102 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


TABLE  OF  RECENT  AND  FOSSIL  PROBOSCIDIAN 
Family  I. — FlNOTSEBIDuF. 


Genus:  DINOTHERIUM  (Kaup). 


1.  D.  giganteum  (Kaup.) 

2.  D.  indicum  (Falconer) 

3.  D.  honigii  (Kaup.) 

? D.  bavaricum  (Meyer) 
? D.  cuvieri  (Kaup.) 

4.  D.  fentafotamicB  (Falc.) 

5.  D.  sindiense  (Lyd.) 


. Europe.  Miocene. 

. India.  Mio-Pliocene. 
. Europe.  Miocene. 

. India.  Mio-Pliocene. 
. India.  Miocene. 


Family  II.—FLEFEANTID^. 
Genus  I : MASTODON,  (Cuvier). 


Teilophodon 


Tktralophodon 


3.  M.  andium  (Cuvier) 

4.  M.  angustidens  (Cuvier) 

M.  simorrense  (Lartet.) 

Jll.  cuvieri  (Pomel.) 

5.  M.  horsoni  (Hays) 

M.  huffonis  (Pomel.) 

6.  M.falconeri  (Lyd.) 

7.  M.  humboltii  (Cuvier) 

8.  M.  maximus  (Cuvier) 

M.  oliioticus  (Blum.) 

M.  giganteus  (Auct.) 

9.  M.  obscurus  (Leidy.) 

? M.  chapmani  (Hays) 

10.  M.  'pandionis  (Pale.) 

11.  M.  pentelici  (Lart.  & Gaud.) 

12.  M.  productus  (Cope) 

13.  M.  goyrenaicus  (Lart.) 

114.  M.'tapiroides  (Cuvier) 

M.  turicensis  (Schinz.) 

15.  M.  virgatidens  (Meyer) 
f 16. , M.  arvernensis  (Croiz  & Jobert) 

IM.  brevirostre  (Gervais). 

17.  M.  dissimilis  (Jourdan)^ 

18.  M.  latidens  (Clift) 

19.  M.  longirostris  (Kaup.) 

20.  M.  mirificiis  (Leidy) 

21.  M.  sivalensis  (Falc.  & Caut.) 
22.  M.  perimensis  (Falc.  & Caut.) 


. S.  America.  Pliocene. 
. Europe.  Miocene. 


. Europe.  Pliocene. 

. India.  Mio-Pliocene. 

. S.  America.  Pleistocene. 
. N.  America.  Pleistocene. 


. N.  America.  Miocene(?). 

. India.  Mio-Pliocene.  Pleistocene(?) 
. Europe.  Miocene  (?) 

. N.  America.  Pliocene. 

. Europe.  Miocene. 

. Europe.  Miocene. 

Europe.  Miocene. 

. Europe.  Upper  Pliocene. 

. Europe.  Upper  Pliocene. 

. India.  Mio-Pliocene. 

. Europe.  Miocene. 

. N.  America.  Pliocene. 

. India.  Mio-Pliocene. 

. India.  Mio-Pliocene. 


* I believe  this  table  to  include  all  the  species  of  which  descriptions  have  reached  India ; there  may  be  other 
species  described  lately  which  I have  not  seen.  Only  a few  of  the  most  important  synonyms  are  given. — E.  L. 

* M.  dissimilis  and  M.  longirostris  seem  to  have  a tendency  to  the  development  of  an  extra  ridge  in  the  third 

and  fourth  molars.  ’ • 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


103—284 


Genus  II:  ELEPHAS  (Linn^). 
Sub-Genus  1 : Stegodon  (Ealconer). 


23.  S.  homhifrons  (Falc.  & Caut.) 

24.  8.  cliftii  (Falc.  & Caut.) 

? S.  sinensis  (Owen). 

25.  8.  ganesa  (Falc.  & Caut.) 

26.  8.  insignis  (Falc.  & Caut.)  . 
? 8.  orientalis  (Owen). 


India.  Mio-Pliocene. 

India  and  China.  Mio-Pliocene. 

India.  Mio-Pliocene  and  Pleisto- 
cene. 

India  and  China.  Mio-Pliocene 
and  (?)  Pleistocene. 


Sub-Genus  2 : Loxodon  (Ealconer). 


27.  L.  africanus  (Blum.) 

28.  L.  melitensis  (Falc.) 

L.falconeri  (Busk.) 

29.  L.  meridionalis  (Nesti.) 

30.  L.  planifrons  (Falc.  & Caut.) 


. Africa.  Eecent. 

. Europe.  Pleistocene. 

. Europe.  Pliocene. 

. India.  Mio-Pliocene. 


Sub-Genus  3 : . Euelephas 

31.  E.  americanus  (DKay) 

E.  columbi  (Falc.) 

32.  E.  antiquus  (Falc.) 

? E.  intermedius  (Jourdan,  MSS.) 

E.  prisons  (Gold.) 

33.  E.  armenaicus  (Falc.) 

34.  E.  hysudrieus  (Falc.  & Caut.) 

35.  E,  indicus  (Linne  ) 

E.  sumatranus  (Temminck.) 

36.  E.  mnaidriensis  (Adams.) 

37.  E.  namadicus  (Falc.  & Caut.) 

38.  E.  primigenius  (Blum.) 


(Ealconer). 

. . N.  America.  Pleistocene. 

. . Europe.  Pliocene. 

. Europe.  — ? 

. . India.  Mio-Pliocene. 

. . India.  Kecent. 

. . Europe.  Pleistocene. 

. . India.  Pleistocene. 

■.  Europe,  Asia,  and  N.  America. 
Pleistocene. 


Table  showing  the  number  of  ridges  in  the  molars  of  the  Pboboscidia. 


Genus  : DINOTHERIUM. 


Milk-molars. 

True  molars. 

All  species 

...  H-2-f3 

3+2  + 2 

1 + 2 + 3 

3 + 2 + 2 

Genus:  MASTODON. 

Section  A. — Trilophodon. 

Normal  species 

...  l + 2-f3 

3 + 3 + 4 

1 + 2 + 3 

3 + 3 + (4 — 1 

286—104 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


Section  B. — Tetralophodon. 


Milk-molars. 

True  molars. 

Normal  species 

...  2+3  + 4 

4 + 44-  5 

2 + 3 + 4 

4 + 4 + 5 

Af.  latidens  ... 

...  2 + 3 + 4 

(4-5)  + (4—5)  + (5—6) 

2 + 3 + 4 

4 + (4—5)  + (5— .P) 

M.  sivalensis 

...  2 + 3 + 4 

4 + (4—5)  + (5-6) 

2 + 3 + 4 

(?  6)  + (4-5)  + (5-6) 

Genus:  ELEPHAS. 

Sub-Genus  1:  Stegodon. 

S.  cUftii 

? + 4 +6 

6 + 6 + (7-8) 

? + 4(?)  + 6(?) 

6?  + 6?  + (7—8) 

S.  bombifrons 

...  ? + 4 (?)  + (5-6  (?) ) 

6 + 7+  (8-9) 

? + 4 +(5-6) 

7 + 7+  9 

S.  insignis  ^ ) 

8.  ganesa  j 

^2  + 5+  7 

(7-8)  + (7-  8)  + (10-11) 

12  + 5+7 

7 + (7-12)  +(11-13 

Sub-Genus  2 : Loxodon. 

L.  africanus 

...  (2-3)  + (5-6)  + (4-7) 

7+8  +10 

(2-3)  + (5-6)  + (4-7) 

7 + (8—9)+  (10—12) 

L.planifrons 

...  3 + (5-6)  + (6—7) 

7 + (8—  9)  + (10—11) 

3 (?)  + 6 + (7-9) 

7 + (8-11) +,(10—13) 

JL.  meridionalis 

...  3 + (5-6)  + 8 

(8—9)  + (8—10)  + 13 

3+  6 +8 

8^  + (8-  9) + (11-15) 

L.  melitensis 

... 

...  3 + 5+8 

8 + 9 + 12 

3 + 5+  8 

8+9  + 12 

Sub-Genus  3 : Euelephas. 

JE.  mnaidriensis 

...  (2-3)  + (4-6)  + (8—9) 

(8—  9)  + 10  + (12—13) 

(2-3)  + v5-6)  + (8-9) 

(8—10)  + 10  + (12—13) 

hgsudricus 

...  ? + (5-7)+ (7-11) 

( 8—12)  + (10—12)  + (13—17) 

? + (7—9)  + (9-11) 

(10—12)  + (12—13)  + (14^18) 

E.  antiquus  ... 

...  (2-3)  + (5-7)  + (8-10) 

( 9—12)  + (12-13)  + (15—20) 

3 + (6-8)  + (9—11 

(11—12)  + (12—13)  + (16-19) 

E.  namadicus 

...?  + ?+  ? 

? + 12  + 18 

? + ? + (9—10) 

(12—13)  + (12—15)  + (19—20) 

E.  americanus 

4 + 8+12 

12  + 16  + 20 

4 + 8 -k  12 

12  + 16  + 20 

E.  indicus  ... 

...  4 + (7-9)+  (11-13) 

(12—14)  + (16—18)  + 24 

4 + (7—8)  + 12 

(12—14)  + (16—18)  + (24—27 

E.  armeniacus 

? + ? + ? 

? + ? + 24 

? + ? + ? 

? + ? + ? 

E-  primigenius 

... 

...  ? + (3—4)  + (6—9)  + (9—12) 

(9—15)  + (14-16)  + (18—27) 

2 + (3—4)  + (6—9)  + (9—12) 

(9-15)  + (14—16)  + (18-27) 

SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


105—286 


Note. — In  the  foregoing  table  the  ridge -formulae  of  the  molars  of  the  Indian  fossil  Proboscidia 
have  been  chiefly  compiled  from  specimens  in  the  Indian  Museum,  from  those  figured  in  the 
Fauna  Antiqua  Sivalensis/^  and  from  Dr.  Falconer’s  notes.  In  the  other  species  the  formulae  have 
been  taken  from  the'  valuable  memoirs  of  Professors  Busk^  and  Adams  ^ in  the  publications  of  the 
Zoological  and  Palaeontographical  Societies,  and  from  the  notes  of  Dr.  Falconer.  When,  among  the 
elephants  with  a high  ridge-formula,  a species  appears  (like  E.  americanus)  with  only  a single  cipher  in 
each  term,  the  formula  must  be  regarded  as  only  an  approximation  to  the  true  one. 


Conclusion. 


At  the  close  of  this  survey  of  the  fossil  Indian  Froboscidia,  a few  general 
thoughts  present  themselves,  which  we  will  now  consider. 

We  find  that  in  the  Siwalik  period  there  lived  in  India  three  species  of  Bino- 
therium,  five  of  Mastodon,  four  of  Stegodon,  one  of  Loxodon,  and  one  of  EuelepJias. 
In  the  succeeding  Narbada  period,  this  proboscidian  fauna,  which  is  the  richest  in 
the  world,  was  greatly  reduced  in  number,  and  was  only  represented  by  possibly  two 
species  of  Stegodon  and  one  of  Euelephas,  the  two  former  being  Siwalik  species  and 
the  latter  new.  It  is,  however,  possible  that  Mastodon  pandionis  may  have  lived  in 
the  same  period,  as  its  teeth  are  said  to  have  been  found  in  the  Deccan.  In  modern 
India  this  fauna  has  dwindled  down  to  one  species  of  Euelephas, — a species  which  is 
not  known  before  the  period  of  the  recent  alluvium. 

We  find  that  the  whole  of  these  species  of  Frohoscidia  (unless  we  accept  Pro- 
fessor Leith  Adams’  identification  of  JE.  namadiciis  with  E.  antiquus)  are  peculiar  to 
India,  but  that  many  of  them  are  represented  by  allied  species  in  the  Tertiaries 
and  Post-Tertiaries  of  Europe. 

The  following  table  exhibits  this  relationship : — 


Indian. 

Binothenum,  3 sp. 

Mio-Pliocene. 

Mastodon  pandionis  . 

Mio-Pliocene,  Pleistocene  (?) . 
M.  falconeri 
Mio-Pliocene. 

M.  latidens 
Mio-Pliocene. 

M.  perimensis  . 

Mio-Pliocene. 


Eueopean. 

. No  very  closely  allied  species. 

Genus  of  upper  Miocene  age. 

. M.  angustidens. 

Upper  Miocene. 

. No  closely  allied  form,  though  approaching 
last  species  in  form  of  molars. 

. No  aUied  species. 


f M.  dissimilis^. 


Upper  Pliocene. 


j M.  longirostris. 
h Upper  Miocene. 


' Trans.  Zool.  Soc.,  London,  Vol.  VI. 

2 “ British  Fossil  Elephants”  Pal.  Soc,,  1877-79.  “ Maltese  Fossil  Elephants” : Trans.  Zool.  Soc,,  London, 

Vol.  IX. 

^ Of  M.  dissimilis  I have  only  seen  the  figures  of  the  molars  given  in  Vol,  II  of  the  “ Archives  du  Museum 
D’Histoire  NatureUe  de  Lyon  the  letter-press  having  not  yet  reached  India,  The  molars  seem  to  he  of  the  type  of 
M.  longirostris,  hut  have  less  distinct  trefoils. 

C 1 


287—106 


SIWALIK  AND  NAEBADA  PEOBOSCIDIA. 


Indian. 

M.  sivalensis 
Mio-Pliocene. 

Stegodon  .... 

Mio-Pliocene  and  Pleistocene. 
Loxodon  jplanifrons 
Mio-Pliocene. 

Hueleplias  hysudrious 
Mio-Pliocene. 

Enelephas  namadims  . 

Pleistocene. 

Enelephas  indicus 
Recent. 


Eueopean. 

. M.  arvernensis. 

Upper  Pliocene. 

. No  European  representative  of  the  sub- 
genus. 

. No  closely  allied  European  species. 

Sub-genus  Pliocene  to  Recent. 

. No  closely  allied  European  species. 

Sub-genus  Pliocene  to  Reeent. 

. Enelephas  antiquus. 

Pliocene. 

. Enelephas  primigenins. 

Pleistocene. 


With  regard  to  the  age  of  the  Siwaliks  as  indicated  hy  the  Prohoscidia,  we 
find  that  these  deposits  contain  the  genns  Dinotlierium,  which  is  characteristic  of 
the  upper  Miocene  of  Europe.  Of  the  Mastodons  we  find  a mingling  of  Miocene 
and  Pliocene  forms  in  the  Siwaliks.  Stegodon  is  unknown  in  Europe,  while  Loxo- 
don  and  Enelephas  do  not  occur  before  the  Pliocene  in  Europe. 

Another  fact,  however,  presents  itself.  It  will  he  found  from  the  distribution 
given  in  the  text,  that  the  whole  of  the  species  and  genera  of  Indian  Prohoscidia 
which  are  represented  hy  allied  species,  in  the  Miocene  of  Europe  (with  the  possible 
exception  of  M.  pandionis)  are  found  only  in  the  Siwaliks  of  Sind,  the  Western 
Punjab,  and  Perim  Island.  On  the  other  hand,  the  species  which  are  represented  hy 
allied  species  in  the  post-Miocene  of  Europe  are  mainly  found  only  to  the  east  of 
the  Punjab ; the  only  exception  being  M.  sivalensis,  which  is  also  found  somewhat 
to  the  west  of  the  Jhelum,  but  not  in  Sind. 

These  facts  therefore,  as  far  as  the  evidence  of  one  group  of  fossils  goes,  would 
show  that  the  whole  mammaliferous  beds  of  Northern  India  range  from  the  upper 
Miocene  well  into  the  Pliocene  period,  and  that  the  strata  on  the  east  of  the  Jhelum 
are  mainly  of  Pliocene  age,  while  those  to  the  west  of  that  river  are  partly,  at  all 
events,  of  Miocene  age. 

These  conclusions  precisely  agree  with  those  which  I have  arrived  at  elsewhere, 
from  other  evidence,  as  to  the  age  of  the  Siwaliks,  and  there  is,  therefore,  a strong 
presumption  of  then?  correctness.^ 

* The  view  that  the  Siwaliks  are  in  great  part  of  Pliocene  age  seems  to  be  gradually  gaining  ground  among 
palaeontologists.  In  a lecture  on  the  “ Extinct  Mammals  of  North  America,”  delivered  by  Professor  Flower,  before 
the  Eoyal  Institution,  on  March  10th,  1876,  the  author  speaks  of  the  Siwaliks  as  belonging  to  a transitional  period 
between  the  Miocene  and  Pliocene  (p.  12).  Professor  Riitimeyer  in  his  memoir  on  “ Die  Hinder  der  Tertiar-Epoche” 
(Abhand.  der  Schweiz  Pal.  Gesell.,  Vol.  V,  1878,  pp.  184 — 89,)  adopts  a similar  view.  Professor  0.  C.  Marsh  in  his 
paper  on  the  “ History  and  Methods  of  Palaeontological  Discovery”  (Amer.  Journ.  of  Sci.  and  Arts,  p.  348,  Novem_ 
her  1879),  refers  to  the  Siwaliks  as  being  of  Pliocene  age. 

Professor  Le  Conte,  however,  in  his  recently  published  “Elements  of  Geology,”  p.  498  (New  York,  1879),  totally 
ignores  the  partially  Pliocene  age  of  the  Siwaliks,  and  classes  them  altogether  as  Miocene.  He  also  ignores  the  nu- 
merous additions  to  the  mammalian  fauna  of  those  rocks  made  hy  myself,  and  noticed  in  the  previous  parts  of  this 
volume,  and  in  the  “ Records”  of  the  last  few  years.  In  the  last  edition  of  Professor  Nicholson’s  “ Palaeontology” 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


107—288 


In  the  list  of  Prohoscidia  given  aliove,  out  of  a total  of  thirty-eight  species, 
no  less  than  sixteen,  or  nearly  one-half,  belong  to  India,  and  fourteen  of  these  to 
the  Siwalik  period.  There  is  no  better  instance  than  the  Prohoscidia  of  the  enor- 
mous richness  of  the  Siwalik  fauna  in  large  forms,  and  of  their  almost  total 
extinction  at  the  present  day.  The  cause  of  this  extinction  has  been  attributed  to 
the  glacial  period  by  Professor  Huxley,^  who  was  followed  by  Mr.  Wallace.^ 

In  the  table  of  ridge-formulge  of  the  sub-genus  Bueleplias  given  above,  one 
very  noticeable  point  presents  itself,  which  I will  shortly  refer  to.  It  will  be  ob- 
served that,  with  the  remarkable  exception  of  E.  mnaidriensis,  the  arrangement  of 
the  species  from  their  ridge-formulse,  corresponds  very  closely  with  the  order  of 
their  appearance  in  time,  the  two  Pliocene  species  coming  first,  and  then  the 
Pleistocene  and  Recent  species.  Euelephas  mnaidriensis  occrn^s  somewhat  out  of  its 
position  in  time,  in  the  ridge-arrangement : this,  however,  must  probably  be  re- 
garded as  a special  instance  of  an  earlier  development  of  the  higher  type. 

Again,  E.  primigenius  attained  a higher  development  of  its  ridge-formula  than 
its  successor  in  time,  the  Indian  elephant. 

With  regard  to  the  last-named  species,  it  may  be  well  to  notice  that  Professor 
Boyd  Dawkins®  has  recently  expressed  his  opinion  that  E.  primigenius  is  the  parent 
of  E.  indicus,  and  that  the  latter  is  specifically  identical  with  E.  americanus  {colum- 
hi)  and  E.  armeniacus.  I have  not  myself  had  an  opportunity  of  examining  a large 
series  of  the  molars  of  these  species,  and  the  following  remarks  are,  therefore,  submit- 
ted with  deference.  In  the  first  place,  it  seems  to  me  somewhat  improbable  that  the 
whole  of  the  fossil  Indian  elephants  were  entirely  swept  away  and  replaced  by  a 
western  form,  which  E.  indicus  must  be  according  to  Professor  Dawkins,  this  replace- 
ment having  probably  taken  place  within  the  human  period,  as  we  have  no  evidence  of 
the  existence  of  the  last-named  species  previous  to  that  period  in  India.  Purther, 
according  to  Dr.  Palconer,  the  molars  of  E.  primigenius  are  broader,  and  have  thinner 
and  more  numerous  plates  than  those  of  E.  indicus,  showing  that  the  supposed  descent 
would  be  retrogressive  instead  of  progressive.  Dr.  Palconer  ^ even  goes  so  far  as  to 
place  the  two  forms  in  distinct  groups,  E.  primigenius  belonging  to  his  eurycoronine 
and  E.  indicus  to  his  stenocoronine  group.  Again,  the  highly  curved  tusks  of  the 
mammoth  are  strangely  unlike  those  of  the  Indian  elephant.®  I cannot  at  present 
indicate  the  line  of  descent  of  the  latter  species  from  any  of  the  fossil  Indian  forms, 
but  it  may  be  observed  that  both  the  Narbada  E.  namadicus  and  the  Siwalik 

(1879),  the  Siwaliks  are  generally  classed  as  upper  Miocene,  and  none  of  the  mammals  discovered  since  Falconer’s  time 
are  noticed. 

' Presidential  Address  to  Geological  Society  of  London,  1870,  P.  G.  S.  L.,  p.  Ivii,  1870. 

^ “ Geographical  Distribution  of  Animals,”  Vol.  I,  p.  150.  In  the  “ Manual  of  the  Geology  of  India”  (p.  587), 
Mr.  W.  T.  Blanford  attributes  the  origin  of  the  theory  of  the  extinction  of  the  great  mammals  by  the  glacial  period  to 
Mr.  Wallace,  whereas  it  seems  to  have  been  first  put  forth  by  Professor  Huxley  in  the  passage  quoted  above. 

^ Quar.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.,  London,  1879.  p.  145. 

Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  II,  p.  13. 

* I am  informed  by  Mr.  A.  0.  Hume  that  a pair  of  tusks  of  the  Indian  elephant  in  the  possession  of  one  of  the 
native  princes  are  curved  like  those  of  the  mammoth. 


289—108 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSOIDIA. 


E.  hysudricus  have  simpler  molars  than  those  of  the  Indian  elephant,  and  that  any 
descent  from  these  forms  would  he  in  the  order  of  regular  progressive  development . 
With  regard  to  the  first  named  species,  I do  not  think  that  the  Indian  elephan^ 
could  he  descended  from  it,  because  the  Narbada  elephant  lived  to  a very  recent 
date  in  India,  and  because  of  its  very  peculiarly  shaped  skull.  E.  hysudricus^  on  the 
other  hand,  lived  at  an  earlier  period,  and  has  a skull  which  only  requires  a little 
modification  to  bring  it  to  that  of  the  Indian  elephant.  It  must  also  he  remem- 
bered that  in  Northern  India,  where  all  the  Siwalik  elephants  lived,  we  have  (with 
one  or  two  possible  exceptions)  no  record  of  the  animals  which  lived  subsequently 
to  the  Siwahk  (Pliocene)  period,  and  we  have  therefore  no  means  of  saying  whether 
E.  hysudricus  then  became  extinct,  or  whether  it  lived  on  and  became  developed 
into  a more  specialized  form.  I do  not  put  forward  these  suggestions  as  having 
any  certainty,  hut  merely  as  points  for  consideration  before  the  two  species  can  he 
classed  together.  I may  add  that  in  the  discussion  which  followed  the  reading  of 
Professor  Dawkins’  paper.  Professor  L.  Adams  expressed  his  opinion  that  E.  primi- 
genius  and  E.  indicus  were  decidedly  distinct,  hut  that  E.  americanus  {columbi), 
E.  armeniacus,  and  E.  indicus  might  possibly  he  the  same  species. 

The  growing  tendency  which  there  appears  to  be  among  mammahan  palae- 
ontologists to  take  Httle  heed  of  more  or  less  minute  points  of  difference,  and  to 
unite  distinguishable  forms  under  one  species,  appears  to  me  to  he  a retrograde 
movement,  which  is  especially  confusing  to  the  geologist,  as  it  deprives  him  of  all 
assistance  in  identifying  strata  by  their  included  remains.  The  identity  of  the  Indian 
elephant  and  the  mammoth  is  no  new  idea,  hut  was  originally  adopted  by  De  Blain- 
ville,^  who  said  that  he  could  not  distinguish  between  the  two.  The  elaborate 
labours  of  Palconer  subsequently  showed  the  points  which  distinguish  the  mammoth 
from  other  allied  elephants,  labours  which  seem  in  a fair  way  of  being  disregarded 
by  modern  writers. 

References  to  non-Indian  species  oe  fossil  Proboscidia.^ 

Dinotherium  giganteum. 

Kaup  : “ Ossements  Fossiles  des  Mammiferes  qui  se  trouvent  au  Museum  grand-ducal  de  Darmstadt, 
Darmstadt,  1832. 

Dinotherium  honigii. 

Kaup ; Art.  15,  pp.  5 — 14. 

Meyer : Jahrbucli,  1831,  p.  296,  1836,  p.  59. 

{D.  havaricum). 

Mastodon  andium. 

“ Hugh  Falconer,  Palaeontological  Memoirs  of  the  late,  ” by  C.  Murchison,  London,  1868,  Vol.  I 
p.  99,  II,  p.  14. 

1 “ Osteographie”  des  Elephants,  p.  222. 

* This  list  of  references  is  not  meant  to  make  the  least  approach  to  a complete  bibliography  of  the  fossil  Proboscidia,  but 
is  merely  intended  to  enable  the  reader  to  make  comparisons  between  the  Indian  species  figured  in  this  volume  with  the  non- 
Indian  species.  . 


SIWALIK  AND  N AHEAD  A PEOBOSCIDIA. 


109—290 


M.  angustidens. 

M.  Vacek : “Abhand.  der  k.  k.  Raichs.,”  Wien,  Vol.  VII,  pt.  4,  1877.  Biedennau : “ Abliand. 

der  Schweiz  pal.  Gesell.,”  Vol.  Ill,  1876. 

Falconer:  “ Pal.  Mem.,”  Vol.  I,  p.  89,  II,  pp.  14,  21. 

E.  Sismonda : “ Osteographia  di  un  Mastodonte  angustidente.”  Mem.  Acc.  real,  di  Torino,  Ser.  II,  Vol. 
XII,  1852. 

Meyer;  “ Palseontograpbica,”  Vol.  XVII,  Cassel.  Lortet  and  Chantre,  Archiv.  du  Mus.  d’Hist.  Nat.  de 
Lyon,  Vol.  II.  Lyons,  1878. 

M.  horsoni. 

M.  Vacek  -.  loc.  cit. 

Lortet  and  Chantre : loc.  cit. 

M.  JiumhoUii, 

Meyer : loc.  cit. 

Lortet  and  Chantre : loc.  cit. 

M.  maximus. 

Warren:  “Descrip,  of  skeleton  of  M.  giganteus  (maximus).”  Boston,  1852. 

Lortet  and  Chantre : loc.  cit.  {M.  ohioticus.)  Leidy  : “ Contributions  to  Extinct  Vertebrate  Fauna  of  the 
Western  Territories.”  Washington,  1873,  Vol.  I,  p.  237.  {M.  americanus). 

M,  ohsctirus. 

Leidy : “ Contributions  to  Extinct  Vertebrate  Fauna  of  the  Western  Territories.”  Washington,  1873, 
Vol.  I,  PI.  XXI,  p.  231. 

M.  pentelici. 

Gaudry:  “ Aniraaux  Fossiles  et  Geologic  de  I’Attique.”  Paris,  1862. 

M.  productus. 

Cope:  “U.S.Geograph.  Survey,  W.  of  100th  Meridian,”  Vol.  IV,  Pt.  II,  p.  306,  Pis.  LXX— LXXI. 
Philadelphia,  1877. 

M,  pgrenaicus,  Lartet,  MSS. 

M.  tapiroides. 

Gaudry  : “ Animaux  Fossiles  et  Geologie  de  I’Attique.”  Paris,  1862.  {M.  turicensis). 

M.  Vacek : loc.  cit. 

Meyer : loc.  cit.  {M,  hiricensis). 

Lortet  and  Chantre  : loc.  cit. 

M.  virgatidens. 

Meyer : loc.  cit. 

M.  arvernensis. 

Croizet  et  Jobert,  “ Eecherches  sur  less  Ossemens  Fossiles  du  departement  du  Puy-du-dome,”  Paris,  1828. 
M.  Vacek : loc.  cit. 

Falconer  : Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  II,  pp.  14,  26,  39. 

M.  dissimilis. 

Lortet  and  Chantre  : loc.  cit. 

M.  longirostris. 

Kaup ; loc.  cit. 

M.  Vacek  : loc.  cit. 

Lortet  and  Chantre  ; loc.  cit. 

Falconer : Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  I,  pp.  159,  107,  468,  472,  II,  pp.  14,  23. 

M.  mirificus. 

Leidy  : loc.  cit.,  p.  237. 

“ Extinct  Mammalian  Fauna  of  Dakota  and  Nebraska.”  Jour.  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia, 

Ser.  II,  Vol.  VIII,  p.  249,  PI.  XXV,  figs.  1,  2.  Philadelphia,  1869. 

JLoxodon  melitensis. 

L.  Adams  : “ Maltese  Fossil  Elephants,”  Trans,  Zool.  Soc.,  London,  Vol.  IX. 

Busk  : Trans.  Zool.  Soc.,  London,  Vol.  VI. 

D 1 


291—110 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


L.  meridionalis. 

Ducrot  and  Lortet : Archiv.  du  Mus.  d’Hist.  Nat.  de  Lyon,  A^ol.  1, 1876. 

Falconer:  loc.  cit.,  Vol.  II,  p.  118. 

Euelephas  americanus . 

Leidy : “Extinct  Mammalian  Fauna  of  Dakota  and  Nebraska,”  p.  251. 

Falconer  : Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  II,  pp.  14,  211,  212. 

E.  antiquus. 

Ducrot  and  Lortet : loc.  cit. 

L.  Adams  : “ Dentition  and  0.steology  of  E.  antiquus,"  Palseontographical  Society,  1877. 
Boyd-Dawkins  : Quar.  Jour.  Geol.  Soc.,  London,  Vol.  XXVIII,  p.  413. 

Falconer:  Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  II,  pp.  14,  147. 

E.  mnaidriensis . 

L.  Adams. 

“Maltese  Fossil  Elephants,”  Trans.  Zool.  Soc.,  London,  Vol.  IX. 

Busk:  Trans.  Zool.  Soc.,  London,  Vol.  VI,  p.  251  {E.falconeri). 

E.  primigenius. 

Ducrot  and  Lortet : loc.  cit. 

Falconer : Pal.  Mem.,  Vol.  I,  pp.  79,  421,  II,  pp.  14,  158. 

Boyd-Dawkins:  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Geological  Society  of  London,  Vol.  XXXV,  p.  138. 

L.  Adams:  “Dentition  and  Osteology  of  Elephas primigenius"  Palseontographical  Society,  1879.* 


1 Only  jnst  received  in  India  : the  presumed  occurrence  of  the  pre-antipenultimate  milk-molar  in  the  mammoth,  would  have  been  noticed  in 
the  note  on  the  dentition  of  the  Elephants,  if  Prof.  Adams’  memoir  had  .arrived  in  time.  B.L.  March  1880. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


111—292 


APPENDIX. 


Since  the  above  was  in  type,  several  specimens  of  Siwalik  proboscidian  remains  have  been  received 
in  the  Indian  Museum,  some  of  which  require  a short  notice,  and  have  engendered  the  necessity 
of  issuing  an  additional  plate  (XXXV  A) . 


Dinotherium  sindibnse,  nobis. 

Of  this  species,  a single  ramus  of  the  mandible,  collected  by  Mr.  Wynne  in  the  Siwaliks  of 
the  Kohat  District,  has  been  received  by  the  Indian  Museum.  The  crowns  of  the  molars  in  this 
jaw  have,  unfortunately,  all  been  broken  off,  but  the  size  and  form  of  the  jaw  agree  precisely  with 
those  of  the  Sind  specimen  (Plate  XXXI,  fig.  4),  and  confirm  the  conclusions  deduced  therefrom. 


Mastodon  pandionis.  Falconer. 

Mr.  Theobald  has  remitted  to  the  Indian  Museum  a magnificent  specimen  of  the  palate  of  this 
species,  from  Nila  in  the  Punjab,  showing  the  penultimate  and  last  true  molars  of  either  side.  In 
Plate  XXXY  A,  the  two  teeth  of  the  left  side  have  been  figured.  These  two  teeth  are  very 
important,  as  completing  our  knowledge  of  the  true  molar  dentition  of  this  species ; no  specimen 
of  the  penultimate  upper  molar  was  known  to  me  when  describing  the  dentition  in  detail,  and  only 
one  bad  specimen  of  the  last  molar,  alluded  to  on  page  218.  I shall  not  describe  the  new  teeth  in 
detail,  but  merely  mention  their  leading  features. 

The  penultimate  tooth  is  considerably  worn,  carries  three  transverse  ridges,  and  may  have  had 
a small  hind-talon.  The  last  molar  is  only  slightly  worn,  and  carries  four  ridges  and  an  anterior 
talon : the  ridges  of  this  tooth  dimmish  in  size  gradually  from  the  first  to  the  last.  A large 
quantity  of  cement  is  present  in  the  valleys,  which  are  completely  blocked  by  accessory  columns  or 
tubercles.  The  ridges  when  worn  present  irregularly  shaped,  and  depressed  surfaces  of  dentine. 

In  all  the  above  characters,  these  two  teeth  agree  with  the  molars  of  M.  pandionis  described 
above,  and  unquestionably  belong  to  that  species  ; they  show  that  the  species  was  a true  Trilophodon. 

In  the  palate,  the  two  teeth  of  either  side  converge  to  a very  small  extent  anteriorly  : their 
plane  of  wear  slopes  very  considerably  from  the  outer  to  the  inner  side.  The  dimensions  of  the 


specimen  are  as  follows  : — 

In. 

Length  of  two  molar  teeth  .........  11'3 

Interval  between  outer  sides  of  last  molar  at  second  ridge  .....  10'5 

Interval  between  inner  sides  of  ditto  at  same  point  . . . . . .3-0 

Interval  between  antero-internal  angles  of  penultimate  molars  ....  2’8 

Length  of  penultimate  molar  . . . . . . . . . 5'1 

Width  of  ditto  ditto  ..........  3’6 

Length  of  last  ditto  . . . . . . . . . . 6'2 

Width  of  ditto  ditto  . . ........  3‘9 


293—112 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA.  . 


This  specimen  shows  that  in  its  last  upper  molar,  M.  pandionis  makes  no  approach  to  M.  siva- 
lensis  (Plate  XLIV,  fig.  1),.  and  in  this  respect  differs  from  the  lower  molars,  as  I have  noticed 
above  (page  226), 

The  penultimate  molar  of  the  new  specimen  is  very  important,  as  showing  the  difference  of 
this  tooth  from  the  corresponding  molar  of  M.  falconeri  (Plate  XXXII,  fig,  I).  The  two  teeth 
are  in  different  conditions  of  wear,  that  of  M.  falconeri  being  the  least  worn,  but  they  still  permit  of 
comparison.  It  will  be  observed  that  the  molar  of  M.  pandionis  presents  irregular,  and  not  trefoil- 
shaped surfaces  of  dentine  on  its  inner  columns,  and  that  its  valleys  are  completely  blocked.  If  the 
molar  of  M.  falconeri  were  worn  as  much  as  that  of  M.  pandionis,  the  dentine  surfaces  of  the  two 
first  ridges,  as  well  as  those  of  the  two  columns  in  each  ridge,  would  have  been  united,  instead  of 
remaining  quite  distinct : this  is  shown  in  the  first  upper  true  molar  of  M.  falconeri,  drawn  in  fig.  4 
of  Plate  XXXII.  Again,  the  molar  of  M.  pandionis  must  have  had  only  a very  small  hind-talon, 
as  the  width  of  the  united  hind-ridge  and  talon  is  very  little  in  excess  of  the  second  ridge : in 
M.  falconeri,  on  the  other  hand,  the  width  of  the  united  hind-ridge  and  talon  is  equal  to  the  width 
of  the  second  ridge,  plus  half  that  of  the  first.  Finally,  the  two  teeth  are  broadly  distinguished  by 
the  presence  of  cement  in  the  one  and  its  complete  absence  in  the  other. 

Mr.  Theobald  has  also  sent  there  detached  specimens  of  the  last  upper  true  molar  of  M.  pan- 
dionis, two  of  which  agree  with  the  figured  specimen,  while  the  third  has  a hind-talon,  like  the 
specimen  referred  to  on  page  218. 

Since  the  whole  of  the  plates  illustrating  this  memoir  have  been  lithographed,  a comparison  of 
the  figures  of  the  • last  lower  molars  of  M.  pandionis  and  M.  sivalensis  has  shown  me  that  I had 
overlooked  certain  differences  between  them.  The  right  last  lower  molar  of  the  former  species  drawn 
in  fig.  4 of  Plate  XXXV  will  be  seen  to  be  convex  externally  and  straight  internally,  the  reverse 
being  the  ease  with  the  corresponding  tooth  of  M.  sivalensis  drawn  in  fig.  3 of  Plate  XLIV ; 
the  latter  tooth  is  also  narrower  than  the  former.  The  corresponding  tooth  of  M.  pandionis  drawn 
in  fig.  2 of  Plate  XXXIV,  which  succeeds  an  undoubted  trilophodont  tooth,  appears  in  the  engraving 
to  be  slightly  concave  on  the  outer  side ; this  is,  however,  an  error  on  the  part  of  the  native  artist; 
the  outer  border  of  the  base  of  the  crown  is  in  reality  perfectly  straight,  a rod  laid  along  the  base 
of  the  outer  columns  touching  them  all,  whereas  in  M.  sivalensis  a similarly  placed  rod  would  only 
touch  the  two  end  columns.  The  last  lower  molar  of  M.  pandionis  has,  therefore,  its  external 
surface  either  convex  or  straight,  and  in  the  former  case,  its  hinder  extremity  inclines  towards  the 
inner  side.  In  M.  sivalensis,  on  the  other  hand,  the  last  lower  molar  (as  is  shown  in  my  figure  and 
in  the  specimen  with  more  ridges  drawn  in  fig.  8 of  Plate  XXXVII  of  the  “ Fauna  Antiqua 
Sivalensis^'’)  has  its  outer  surface  always  concave,  and  its  hinder  extremity  inclining  towards  the 
outer  side.  The  specimen  represented  in  fig.  2 of  Plate  XXXIV  approaches  in  form  to  the  tooth 
of  M.  sivalensis,  but  is  widely  distinguished  by  the  presence  of  a large  quantity  of  cement.  Another 
specimen  of  the  last  lower  molar  of  M.  pandionis  in  the  Indian  Museum,  is  intermediate  in  character 
between  the  two  figured  specimens.  We  thus  see  that  in  this  species  there  is  a form  with  narrow, 
and  another  with  broad  molar  teeth. 

Mastodon  pykenaicus,  Lartet. 

On  page  212  1 stated  that  I could  not  find  any  description  of  the  molars  of  this  species.  I have 
subsequently  come  across  a figure  of  the  last  upper  molar  given  by  M.  Gaudry.i  It  seems  that  that 
writer  is  inclined  to  consider  M.  pyrenaicus  merely  as  a variety  of  M.  angustidens. 

* “ Lea  Enchainements  du  Monde  Animal,”  page  174. 


SIWALIK  AND  NARBADA  PROBOSCIDIA. 


113—294 


Mastodon  dissimilis,  Jourdan. 

The  text  of  MM.  Lortet  and  Chantre's  monograph  on  the  Mastodons  of  the  Rhine  basin, 
alluded  to  on  pages  2.86  and  290,  has  just  been  received  in  India : from  this  memoir  I find 
that  M.  dissimilis  is  merely  a synonym  of  M.  arvernensis,  and  not  a distinct  species.  The  name 
dissimilis  is  a manuscript  one  proposed  by  the  late  M.  Jourdan  in  1840  for  specimens  in  the 
Lyons  museum.  The  name  of  M.  arvernensis  was  applied  by  Croizet  and  Jobert  in  1826,  and  has 
always  been  recognized ^by  subsequent  writers.  I cannot  but  think  it  extremely  ill-advised  to  rake 
up  an  utterly  forgotten  name  for  a well  known  species,  and  still  more  so  to  publish  the  plates  under 
that  name  without  the  explanatory  text. 


March  1880. 


INDEX 


N.  B. — The  numbering  of  the  pages  in  this  Index  refers  to  the  volume  paging,  and  not  to  the  separate 
paging  of  each  part.  Synonyms  are  in  italics. 


Acerotherium 

periinense  . 

Acotherulum 

Alcelaphus 

Amphibos 

acuticornis 

antilopinus 

elatus 

Amphicyon 

palseindicus  . 

dominans 

helveticus 

gracilis 

minor 

vetus 

major 

Anoa  depressicornis 
Anthracotheridse  . 
Anthracotherium 

silistrense 

Antilope  cervicapra 
gyi-icornis 
palseindica 
patulicornis 
picta 

porrecticornis  . 
sivalensis 
Antoletherium 
Aphelops 
Atelodus 

Bibos  banting  , 

frontalis 
gaurus 
gavseus 

Bison 


grunniens 

sivalensis 

prisons 


Bos 


Page. 

51 

xiii,  xiv,  20,  51 
77 
158 

150,  172,  174 
)2,  174,  176,  180 
88,  178,  180 
88,  178, 180 
. 19,  20 

. 21,  84 
84 
84 


84 
84 
84 
89, 176 
78 


79,  81 
XV,  78 


92,  154,  180 
92,  157,  180 
89 

92,  158,  180 
92,  154,  180 
185 

. xiii 

viii 

. xvii,  89 
xvii,89,  105,  120 
xvii,  89,  105,  120 

xvii 
122 
. xvi 


88,  90,  92,  122,  180 
xvi,  90,  126 
. 95,  173 
vi,  90,  92,  112,  173,  180 
. 89,  106 


acntifrons 

chinensis 


293 


INDEX. 


Bos — continued. 

falconerianus  ..... 
indicus  ..... 

namadicus  ..... 

occipitalis  ..... 

planifroTis  . . ... 

platyrhinus  ..... 

primigenius  . . . • . 

Bovidffi,  table  of  frontal  measurements  of— 

Bramatherium  ..... 

perimense  ..... 

Bubalus  . . . . . 

arni  ..... 

huffelus  ..... 

cafFer  ..... 

pallasii  ..... 

palreindicus  . . . . . 

platyceros  . ... 

sivalensis  . ...  . 

Bucapra  ..... 

„ daviesii  . . . . . 

Buffelus  ....... 

Camelopardalis  . . . . . 

and  Sivatheridm,  homologj-  of  horns  of — 
girafifa  ..... 
sivalensis  .... 

Camelus  sivalensis  ..... 

Capra  . ...  , 

aegagrus  ..... 

falconeri  ..... 

perimensis  ..... 

sibirica  ..... 

sivalensis  ..... 

SP-  

Cervus  . . . . . 

duvaucellii  ..... 

latidens  ..... 

simplicidens  ..... 

sivalensis  ...... 

triplidens  ..... 

Cbceropotamus  ..... 

Choerotberium  ..... 

Dentition  of  Elepbantidse  .... 

and  affinities  of  Dinotberidae  . 

Dinotheridae  ..... 

Dinotherium  ..... 

cuvieri  ..... 
giganteum  . 

indicum  ..... 
konigii  ..... 
pentapotamiae  .... 
sindiense  . . ' . 

Dorcatberium  ..... 

majus  ..... 


Page. 


XV,  90, 


89 


99 

. xvii,  89 
92,  95,  180 
. 88,174 
2,  100,  173,  180 
92,  119, 180 
XV,  90,  104 
153 

59,  166,  174 
2,  160,  178,  180 
. xvi,  127 
0,  120,  130,  136 
xvii 
. xvi,  130 


19 


90,  92, 132,  180 
92,  127,  173,  180 
. 173,  180 
180 

. 180,  181 
xvi 

xvii,  57,  93 
166 
. 57,  59 

58,  92,  181 
61,  92,  139,  181 

169 

170 

171 

92,  170,  181 
170 

92,  169,  181 
92,  171,  181 
. xvii,  64 
xvii 

, 21,  65,  92,  180 
, 21,  69,  92,  181 
xvii 

xvii,  21,  67,  92,  181 
. 76,  77 

77 
198 
182 
182 

2,  183,  283,  284 
73 

.73,  189,  195.  283 
72,  189,  192,  204,  283 
283 

21,  72,  183,  288 
196,  283,  292 
. 62,  94 

31,  63,  92 


INDEX. 


297 

Page. 


l^oi'catlierium — continued. 


minus 

21,  64,  92 

moschinum  . 

62 

Elephantidse 

197 

dentition  of — 

198 

Elephas 

. 256,  283 

Equus  primigenius 

76 

sivalensis 

76 

Euelephas 

. 278,  285 

americanus 

284 

antiquus 

. 280,  284 

armenaicus 

. 284,  289 

columbi 

284 

li3’'sudi’icus 

. 278,  284 

indicus 

. 284,  288 

mnaidriensis  . 

. , 284 

namadicus 

. 278,  284,  288 

piimigenius 

. 237,  284 

Eossil  and  liecent  Proboscidia — Table  of— 

. 283,  288 

Helladotherium 

xviii,  164 

Heinibos 

. 145,  172,  174 

acuticornis 

. 176,  180 

antilopinus 

. 178,  180 

occipitalis 

. 174, 180 

ti'iquetriceros  . 

. 88,  92,  174, 180 

Hemitragus  hylocrinus  . 

92 

Hexaprotodon  iravadicum 

78 

namadicum 

78 

sivalense  . 

78 

Hippobyus  sivalensis 

78 

Hippopotamidse  . . . 

78 

Hippopotamus 

. 79,  81 

Hippotherium  antilopinum 

76 

Homology  of  horns  of  Sivatheridse  and  Camelopardalis  . 

. 

166 

Hydaspitberium  . . 

92,  159,  179 

grande 

179 

leptognathus 

179 

megacephalnm 

xviii,  92,  159 

Hyopotamus 

. XV,  77 

Hjmtherium 

. XV,  76 

Hyracotherium  . 

76 

Indian  Mastodons,  measurements  of  molars  of — 

282 

Leptobos  acuticornis 

. 176,  180 

antilopinus 

. 178, 180 

elatus  , 

. 174,  178,  180 

falconeri 

. 178,  180 

frazeri  . 

. 178,  180 

triquetricornis . 

. 174,  180 

List  of  recent  and  fossil  Proboscidia 

283 

fossil  Indian  Suina 

• 78 

Listriodon 

. 20, 70 

pentapcftamise  . 

. 21,  70 

Lophiodon  . ; 

. 71, 72 

298 


IKDEX. 


Loxodon 


Mams 


africanus 

melitensis 

meridiouaiis 

planifrons 

sindiensis 


Mastodon 

americanus 
andium 
angustidens 
arvernensis 
borsoni 
dissimilis 
elejpJiantoides 
falconer! 
giganteus 
humboltii 
latideus 
longivostris 
maximus 
mirificus 
obscurus 
ohioticus 
pandionis 
penteleci 
perimensis 
productus 
pyrenaicus 
sivalensis 
tapiroides 
turicensix 
virgatideiis 

Mastodons,  measurements  of  molars  of  Indian 
list  of— 

Measurements  of  molars  of  Indian  Mastodons 
Stegodons 

Merycopotamus  • • • ■ • 

dissimilis  . . • • 

Non-Indian  species  of  fossil  Proboscidla,  references  to  works  on 
Ovis,  sp.  . • 

Palmomeryx  ...••• 

Palaeoryx 

Peribos 

Portax  namadicus  . . . ■ • 

sp.  . . • • • 

Proboscidia,  list  of  recent  and  fossil- 

references  to  works  on  non-Indian  species  of  fossil- 
ridge-formulae  of  molars  of — 

Probubalus  antelopinus  . . ■ ■ ■ 

celebensis  . . • ■ • 

triquetricornis  . . • ■ 


200 


201,  200,  210 


. 275,  285 
201 
284 
284 

201,237,  238,  275 
. 19,82 

. 21,82 
. 202,  283,  284 

283 

209,  210,  283 
13,  223,  225,  238,  248,255,  283 
283 

209,  210,  237,  28S 
283- 
268 

. 202,  282,,  283 

. 201,  283 
209,  210,  238,  283 
201,  227,  238,  282 
201,  238,  21.1,  243,  244,  283 
209,  210,  237,  238,  246,  283 
283 

. 209,  212,  283 

. 246,  283 
212,  213,  238,  255,  282,  283,  292 
206,  209,  212,  283 
. 201,  238,  239,  282,  283 
199,  201,  209,  212,  226,  283 
209,  212,  283,  293 
201,  226,  238,  248,  282,  283 
206,  209,  212,  283 
206,  209,  212,  283 
209,  212,  283 
282 
283 
282 
282 
79 
78 
289 
. 92,181 


. 141,  172,  174 

• xvi,  180 

• xvi,  ISO' 

283 
289 

284 
• 178,  180 

176 

IH  175, 180 
79 


Fteropus 


INDEX. 


299 


Rhagatherium  ..... 

Rhinoceros  Ihjthii  .... 

crassus  .... 
crossii  .... 

deccanensis  .... 
dental  formula  of — 
mandible  of — . 

etruscus  .... 

from  Pikermi  .... 

hemitsechus  .... 

indicas  .... 

inermis  .... 

iravadicus  .... 

javanicus  .... 

list  of  Indian  species  of — 
leptorhinus  .... 

megarJiinus  .... 

merkii  .... 

namadicus  .... 

palaeindicus  .... 
perimensis  .... 
planidens  .... 
platyrhinus  .... 
remarks  on — 

simus  .... 

sinensis  .... 
sivalensis  .... 
sondaicus  .... 
stenocephalus  .... 
snmatranus  .... 
sumatrensis  . . . ' . 

tichorhinus  .... 
various  species 

Ridge-formulm  of  molars  in  Proboscidia,  table  of— 

Ruminants,  list  of  Indian  Tertiary — 
remarks  on  fossil — . 

Sanitherium 

scblagintweitii 

Sivatheridae  ..... 

Sivatheridae  and  Camelopardalis,  homology  of  horns  of — 

Sivatherium  .... 

giganteom  .... 

Stegodou  ..... 

bombifrons  .... 
cliftii  .... 

ganesa  .... 

insignis  .... 

orientalis  .... 
sinensis  .... 

godons,  measurements  of  molars  of — . 
ridge-formulae  of  molars  of — . 

Suina,  list  of  fossil,  Indian  .... 


Page. 

77 

. . xiv 

13 

. . xiv 

viii,  xiv,  1,  21,  38,  52 

5 

8 

28,  31,  36 
13 

. 12,  25,  28,  31 

ii,  xiv,  13,  25,  28,  33,  52 
. . xiv 

xiii,  xiv,  20,  21,  36,  25 

xiv,  25,  31,  35,  38,  52 

52 

25,  28,  31 
12 
50 

viii,  32,  52 

ix,  xiv,  15,  20,  22,  52 

xiv,  15,  52 
xiii,  xiv,  20,  21,  41,  52 
xi,  xiv,  15,  20,  29,  35,  52 
21 
50 

xiv,  15,  21,  38,  52 
x,  xiv,  15,  20,  26,  38,  52 
xiv,  14 
xiv,  52 
. . xiv,  14 

xiv,  25,  31 
3,  22,  28,  31,  35,  38,  52 
43 

284 
. 92, 180 

88 

76 

76 

93 

166 

. 160,  166 
92 

237,  256,  285 
238, 262,  282 
237,  238, 256,  282 
. 273,  282 
237,  238, 26^,  282 
269 
257 
282 

285 
78 


300 


INDEX. 


Sus  giganteus 

hysudricus  . ..... 

punjabiensis  ...... 

pusillus  ...... 

Table  of  recent  and  fossil  Proboscidia  .... 

of  measurements  of  skulls  of  Bovidse 

of  references  to  works  on  non-Indian  species  of  fossil  Proboscidia 
of  ridge-formulce  of  molars  of  Proboscidia 
Tapirus  ....... 

Tetraceros  ....... 

TetraConodon  ....... 

magnum  . . ... 

Tetraconodontidae  . . ... 

Tetralophodon  ...... 

Tetraprotodon  palmindicum  ..... 

Trilophodon  ...... 

Vishnutherium  iravadicum  ..... 

Zalahis  ........ 


Page. 

78 

78 

XV 

76 

283 

153 

289 


71 
166 
. 71, 78 

xviii,  78  79 
82 

. 227,285 
78 

. 209,284 
xviii,  21,  55,  92 
. xii 


INDEX 


TO  THE 

PLATES  OF  MOLAR  TEETH  AND  OTHER  REMAINS  OF  MAMMALIA 

EEOM  THE 

TERTIARY  BEDS 

OE 


INDIA  AND  BURMA. 


I 


t 


I. 


EXPLANATION  OP  PLATES 

TO 

IIHINOCEROS  DECCANENSIS. 


PLATE  1. 

1. — View  of  masticatory  surface  of  the  upper  molar  series,  left  side. 

3. — Left  upper  molars  from  the  inner  side. 

PLATE  II. 

1.  — Third  and  fourth  upper  premolars,  left  side,  view  of  outer  wall.* 

2.  — Fragment  of  first  true  molar,  right  side,  showing  the  inner  wall  of  anterior  valley 

(a),  to  illustrate  its  great  depth. 

3.  — Outer  side  of  left  ramus  of  mandible.  Half  natural  size.f 

4.  — Symphysis  of  mandible  seen  from  above. 

PLATE  III. 

1. — Squamosal  bone  with  meatus  auditorius  («),  post-glenoid  process  (d),  and  post-tympanic 
process  (c)  ; — {d)  parts  of  supra-occipital  and  ex-occipital  (?)  bones. 

3. — Outer  sides  of  left  lower  molars. 

3. — Crown  view  of  ditto  ditto. 

All  the  letters  not  given  here  will  be  found  given  at  page  8. 


* This  view  represents  the  teeth  in  their  normal  position,  and  does  not  therefore  show  their  full  height, 
t The  hindermost  molar  should  be  marked  m3  instead  of  mi. 


u ■ 


'(■  V' 


(-•i-  ^ : m [ 

- :--: - ■.  ^ ■ ’■  ■ 

.!  •^:  ; t'  c-.- .^ :;  v.^;"’."'  . T 


.!  [ ;l.:a,:  [• 


; ,/  .'  \.yi  o'-.‘!-^  :i'\l  Q>  ^(-0  , . . - , 

j;;  :.:r-  /•;  ' 1 Ij  O- '• 


r 


. 

n 


( 


1 1 


X-  i 


PLATE  I. 

Rhinoceros  deccanensis,  Foote. 

Fig-.  1 . View  of  masticatory  surface  of  the  upper  molar  series^  left  side. 
Fig.  2.  Left  upper  molars,  from  the  iuuer  side. 


[ Reprint.  ] 


Qeol:  Surv:  of  iTidia. 


FLUVIATILE  DEPOSITS.  KRISHNA  VALLEY. 


Pl:l. 


Lith-.  and  prit:  a,t  Ole  GboV.  Survey's  Office 


Calcut.t.a, 


PLATE  II. 


[ Reprint.  ] 


Rhinoceros  deccanensis^  Foote. 

1.  Third  and  fourth  upper  premolars,  left  side,  view  of  outer  wall.^ 

2.  Fragment  of  first  true  molar,  right  side,  showing  the  inner  wall  of  anterior  valley  (a), 

to  illustrate  its  great  depth. 

3.  Outer  side  of  left  ramus  of  mandible.  Half  natural  size.^ 

4.  Symphysis  of  mandible  seen  from  above. 

This  view  represents  the  teeth  in  their  normal  position,  and  does  not  thei'efa>‘e  show  their  full  heiglit. 

The  hindermost  molar  should  be  marked  m^  instead  of  m'. 


Oeol:  Surv  of  India 


FLUVIATILE  DEPOSITS.  KRISHNA  VALLEY 


FI  IT 


Lith.  and  print:  at  tlie  Greol.  Surveys  Office 


PLATE  III. 


Rhinoceros  deccanensis,  Foote. 


[ Reprint.  ] 


Kg'.  1.  Squamosal  bone  with  meatus  auditovius  {a),  post-glenoid  process  [h],  and  post-tympanic 
process  (e)  ; [d)  parts  of  supra-occipital  and  ex-occipital  (?)  bones. 

Fig.  2.  Outer  sides  of  left  lower  molars. 

Fig.  3.  Crown  view  of  ditto. 


All  the  letters  not  given  here  and  in  preceding  plates  will  be  found  given  on  page  8. 


[ Reprint.  ] 


PLATE  IV. 

Rhinoceros  & Acerothbrium. 

Fig.  1.  Rhinoceros  ral.®indicuSj  Falc.  &CaHt. ; fragment  of  upper  molar  of  the  left  side  : 
Siwalik. 

Pig.  2.  Rhinoceros  sivalbnsis,  Falc.  & Caut. : 3rd  upper  true  molar  of  the  right  side  : Siwalik. 

Fig.  3.  Rhinoceros  palhsindicus,  Falc.  & Caut. : upper  premolar  of  the  right  side  : Siwalik 
(copied  from  “ F.  A.  S.,”  Plate  LXXIV,  fig.  4), 

Fig.  4.  Rhinoceros  platyrhinus^  Falc.  & Caut. : 2nd  upper  true  molar  of  the  right  side 
(copied  from  « F.  A.  S.,”  Plate  LXXV,  fig.  11a). 

Fig.  5.  Rhinoceros  indices,  Cuv.  ; 3rd  upper  true  molar  of  the  left  side : Narbada  valley  ; des- 
cribed in  second  fasciculus  as  R.  namadicus. 

Fig.  6.  Rhinoceros  indices,  Cuv.  : 2nd  upper  true  molar  of  the  right  side  : Narbada  valley ; 
described  in  second  fasciculus  as  R.  namadices. 

Fig.  7.  Acerothbriem  pbrimense,  Falc.  & Caut. ; upper  true  molar  of  the  right  side  : Siwalik  ; 
described  in  text  as  Rhinoceros  planidens,  7iobis. 

Fig.  8.  Rhinoceros  sivaeensis,  Falc.  & Caut. ; 2nd  upper  true  molar  of  the  right  side:  Siwalik 
(copied  from  Messrs.  Baker  and  Durand’s  memoir) . 

Fig.  9.  Acbrotheriem  pbrimense,  Falc.  & Caut. : upper  molar  of  the  left  side  : Sinalik ; described 
in  text  as  Rhinoceros  planidens,  tiodis. 

Figs.  3 and  4 one-half  natural.size ; fig.  8 one-quarter  natural  size  ; the  rest  natural  size. 


PLATE  IV.~RHmOCEROS. 


Fiff. 


Fig. 


Fi 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fk 


Fi-. 


1.  Rhinoceros  pamindicus^  Falc.  and,  Caid.;  upper  molar ; left  side.  Lehri — 
Siwaliks.  No.  57. 

3.  Rhinoceros  sivalensis,  Falc.  and  Caut. : 3rd  upper  molar ; right  side.  Katana — 
Siwaliks.  No.  xl’j" 

3.  Rhinoceros  palaiindicus,  Falc.  and  Caut. : upper  premolar ; right.  Siwaliks 

(copied  from  “ F.  A.  S.”  plate  74,  fig.  4). 

4.  Rhinoceros  platyrhinus,  Falc.  and  Caut. : 2nd  upper  molar ; right  side  (copied 

from  F.  A.  S.”  plate  75,  fig.  lla). 

5.  Rhinoceros  namadichs,  Falc.  et  nobis : 3rd  upper  molar ; left  side.  Narhudda 

Valley.  No.  471. 

6.  Rhinoceros  namadichs,  Falc.  et  nobis  : 2nd  upper  molar  ; right  side.  Narhudda 

Valley.  No.  470. 

7.  Rhinoceros  planidens,  n.  sp.  nobis  : upper  molar ; right  side.  Gadari — Siwa- 

liks. No.  56. 

8.  Rhinoceros  sivalensis,  Falc.  and  Caut.:  2nd  upper  molar;  right  side.  Siwa- 

liks (copied  from  Messrs.  Baker  and  Durand). 

9.  Rhinoceros  planidens,  sjt?.  ; upper  molar;  left  side.  Gadari — Siwaliks. 


Figures  3 and  I one-half  natural  size ; figure  8 one-quarter  natural  size;  the  rest  natural  size. 


mamma  L I a . 


/V  jy. 


G-eol:  Surv-,  of  Ijiclia. 


TERTIARY 


PLATE  V- RHINOCEROS. 


Fig. 


Fig. 


Fig. 

Fig. 


Fig. 


1.  Rhinoceros  iravadicus^  n.  sp.  nobis : 2nd  upper  molar;  left  side  : specimen  found 

in  a Pagoda  at  Prome  and  presented  to  the  Indian  Museum  by  Col.  Phayre. 
No.  219. 

2.  Rhinoceros  iravadicus,  n.  sp.  nobis ; 2nd  upper  molar ; right  side.  Irawadi 

Valley.  No.  216. 

3.  Rhinoceros  iravadicus,  n.  sp.  nobis;  portion  of  occiput.  Pegu.  No.  251. 

4.  Rhinoceros  sivalensis,  Falc.  and  Caut.:  2nd  upper  molar ; leftside.  Asnot— * 

Siwaliks.  No.  780. 

5.  Rhinoceros,  n.  sp.  ? upper  premolars  ; right  side.  Burma.  No.  220. 


Figure  3 one-third  natural  size ; the  rest  natural  size. 


bf)  6c 


L Reprint-  ] 


PLATE  V. 


Fig.  1. 
Fig.  2. 

3. 

4. 

Fig.  5. 


Rhikocekos  iRAVADicus,  n.  sp.  nobis  : 2nd  upper  true  molar  of  the  left  side : specimen 
found  in  a pagoda  at  Prome,  and  presented  to  the  Indian  Museum  by  Sir  A.  Phayre. 
Rhinoceros  iravadicus,  n.  sp.  nobis : 2nd  upper  true  molar  of  the  right  side  : Irawadi 
valley. 

Rhinoceros  iravadicus^  m.  sp.  nobis:  portion  of  occiput:  Pegu. 

Rhinoceros  iravadicus  (?)  n.  sp.  nobis:  two  upper  milk-molars  of  the  right  side: 

Burma : described  in  text  as  being  the  premolars  of  a possibly  new  species. 
Rhinoceros  sivalensis,  Falc.  & Cant.  : 2nd  upper  true  molar  of  the  left  side  : Siwalik. 
Fig.  3 one-third  natural  size ; the  rest  natural  size. 


G-eol:  Surv;  of  India 


T E R T 


ARY 


MAMMALIA- 


PI  P 


Pi’mted  at  S-eol:  Survey  Office. 


~!ay  TLasick  L all  Bose, 


PLATE  YL-RHINOCEROS  AND  ACEROTHERIUM. 


Fig-. 

Fig. 

Fig. 

Fig. 

Fig. 

Fig. 

Fig. 

Fig. 

Fig. 

Fig. 


1.  Rhinoceros  sivalensis^  Falc.  and  Cant, : 3rd  lower  molar ; right  side.  Pinjor — 

Siwaliks.  No. 

2.  Acerotherium  perimense^  Falc.  and  Cant. : 1st  upper  molar ; left  side.  Gadari — 

Siwaliks.  No.  55. 

3.  Rhinoceros,  w.  lower  molar ; right  side.  Attock — Nahans  (?). 

4.  Ehinoceros  platyrhinus,  Falc.  arid  Cant. ; lower  premolar;  right  side.  Siwaliks. 

5.  Acerotherium  perimense,  Falc.  and  Cant.:  upper  molars;  right  side.  Perim 

Island.  A.  S.  B.  No.  I'J-. 

6.  Rhinocebos  {spl) : upper  premolar ; left  side.  Manehhar  beds — Sind.  No.  G. 

7.  Rhinoceros  ??.  1st  lower  molar ; right  side.  Siwaliks.  A.  S.  B.  No.  -3!^. 

8.  Rhinoceros  PAUiEiNDicus : lower  molar ; left  side.  Manehhar  beds.  Sind. 

No.  494. 

9.  Rhinoceros  : upper  premolar ; leftside.  Siwaliks.  No.  174. 

10.  Rhinoceros  {sp)  : 4th  upper  premolar ; left  side.  Siwaliks.  A.  S.  B.  No. 


All  the  figures  natural  size. 


iMi\ 


[ Reprint.  ] 


Fig.  1. 
Fig.  2. 

Fig.  3. 
Fig.  4. 
Fig.  5. 

Fig.  6. 

Fig.  7. 
Fig.  8. 
Fig.  9. 

Fig.  10. 


PLATE  VI. 

Rhinoceros  sivalensis  (?)  Falc.  & Caul.  : 3rd  lower  true  molar  of  the  right  side  : Siwalik. 
Acerotherium  pekimense,  Falc.  & Caut..  : Srd  upper  premolar  of  the  left  side : Siwalik  : 

described  in  text  as  first  true  molar 
Rhinoceros,  sp. : lower  molar  of  the  right  side  : near  Attock. 

Rhinoceros  platyrhinus  (?)  Falc.  & Caut. : lower  premolar  of  the  right  side ; Siwalik. 
Acerotherium  perimense,  Falc.  & Caut. : 2nd  and  Srd  upper  premolars  of  the  left  side  • 
Perim  Island : described  in  text  as  iast  premolar  and  first  true  molar. 

Acerotherium  perimense,  Falc.  & Caut. : the  2nd  (?)  upper  premolar  of  the  righ 
side  : Sind  : described  in  text  as  left  premolar  of  a Rhinoceros. 

Rhinoceros,  sp.,  1st  lower  molar  of  the  right  side  : Siwalik. 

Rhinoceros  PAUiEiNDicus  (?)  Lower  molar  of  the  left  side  : Sind. 

Rhinoceros  sp.  : upper  premolar,  or  milk-molar  of  the  left  side,  probably  abnormal 
Siwalik. 

Rhinoceros  platyrhinus  (?)  An  anterior  upper  milk-molar  of  the  right  side  ; Siwalik. 
All  the  figures  natural  size. 


Geol-.  Suvv.  of  Itidia 


T E R r 


ARY 


MAMMA  L I A 


PI  vr 


Prmtad  at  aeol;  Survey  Offtce 


by  Rasiclc  L all  Bose. 


v'tl 


'i' 


PLATE  VIL-CAMIVORA  AND  UNGDLATA. 


Fig.  .. 

. 1. 

ViSHNUTHERiUM  lEAVADicuMj  %.  gen.  iiobis : left  ramus  of  mandible.  Burma. 

No.  224.  Inner  view. 

Fig. 

..  2. 

Outer  view  o£  fig.  1. 

Fig.  . 

..  3. 

Dorcatherium  minus,  n.  sp.  nohis  : 2nd  and  3rd  upper  molars ; right  side. 
Asnot — Siwaliks.  No.  1301.  Inner  view. 

Fig. 

..  4. 

Dorcatherium  majus,  var.  b.,  n.  sp.  nohis : upper  molars ; left  side.  Asnot — 

Siwaliks.  No.  1307.  Inner  view. 

Fig. 

..  5. 

Amphicyon  PALiEiNDicus,  n.  sp.  iioUs : 2nd  upper]  molar ; right  side.  Kushal- 
ghar,  near  Attock.  No.  497. 

Fig. 

..  6. 

Outer  view  of  fig.  4. 

Fig. 

..  7. 

Outer  view  of  fig.  3. 

Fig. 

..  8. 

Amphicyon  PALaiiNDicus,  n.  sp.  nohis : lower  carnassial,  and  last  milk  molar . 
Nurpur— Siwaliks.  No.  656.  Outer  view. 

Fig.  , 

..  9. 

Dorcatherium  majus,  n.  sp.  nohis:  3rd  upper  molar;  right  side.  Kushalghar, 

near  Attock.  No.  502.  Inner  view. 

Fig. 

..  10. 

Outer  view  of  fig.  9. 

Fig. 

..  11. 

Dorcatherium,  sp. : right  upper  molar.  Kusbalghar,  near  Attock.  Nos.  502-6. 

Fig.  . 

..  12. 

Inner  view  of  fig.  8. 

Fig.  . 

..  13. 

Bramatherium  perimense,  Falc.  and  Cant. : 1st  and  2nd  lower  molars,  Perim 

Island.  A.  S.  B.  No.  Outer  view. 

Fig. 

...  14. 

Camelopardalis  sivalensis,  Falc.  et  nohis : last  lower  premolar ; right  side. 

Lehri — Siwaliks.  No.  39. 

Fig. 

,..  15. 

Camelopardalis  sivalensis,  Falc.  partim : 1st  and  2nd  lower  molars ; right  side. 

Lehri — Siwaliks.  No.  39,  Outer  side. 

All  the  figures  natural  size. 


G-eol:  Sui-v:  of  Ividia.  T E R T 1 A R MAMMALIA.  Th.  VIl. 


Pi-infcftd  a.t  OeoL,  Siirvejr  Office.  libLif! by  Ra.sio]i  L all  Bose. 


M r^  >/ !' 


,5 


« , 

> 


r1 


i 


S'. 


PLATE  VIII.-UNGULATA  AND  EDENTATA. 


Fig. 

...  1. 

Cervus  triplidens,  n.  sp.  nobis:  2nd  and  3rd  upper  molars;  right  side.  Siwaliks. 

No.  Inner  view. 

Fig. 

...  2. 

Outer  view  of  fig.  1. 

Fig. 

...  3. 

Cervus  simplicidens,  n.  sp.  nobis : 2nd  and  3rd  upper  molars  ; left  side.  Siwaliks. 

No.  48.  Inner  view. 

Fig. 

...  4. 

Cervus  latidenSj  n.  sp.  nobis : lower  molar ; right  side.  Padri — Siwaliks.  No.  23. 

Inner  view. 

Fig. 

5. 

Cervus,  sp, : 2nd  and  3rd  lower  molars  ; right  side.  Padri — Siwaliks.  No.  -j-f-. 
Outer  view. 

Fig. 

...  6. 

Outer  view  of  fig.  4. 

Fig. 

...  7. 

Cervus  latidens,  n.  sp.  nobis:  last  upper  molar ; right  side.  Asnot — Siwaliks. 

No.  1420.  Outer  view. 

Fig. 

...  8. 

Listriodon  pentapotami^,  Male,  sp,  : upper  molar  ; right  side.  Kushalghar, 

near  Attock.  No.  499. 

Fig. 

...  9. 

Listriodon  pentaPotamiad,  Falc.  sp. : upper  molar ; right  side.  Asnot — Potwar. 

No.  813. 

Fig. 

...  10. 

Inner  view  of  fig.  7. 

Fig. 

...  11. 

Manis  sindiensis,  n.  sp.  nobis : second  phalange  third  digit  of  manus.  Lateral 

view. 

Fig. 

...  12. 

View  of  distal  surface  of  fig.  11. 

Fig. 

...  13. 

View  of  anterior  surface  of  fig.  11. 

Fig. 

...  14. 

View  of  proximal  surface  of  fig.  11. 

GrRol:  S-ar^r-.  of  India 


TERTIARY 


MAMMAL 


Fh-.VUl. 


I A 


Sfe 


PLATE  IX.-DINOTHERIUM  AND  SANITHERIUM. 


Fig. 

,.  1. 

Dinotherium  pentapotami^,  Falc. : first  upper  premolar ; right  side ; crown- 
surface,  from  the  inner  side.  Kushalghar,  near  Attock.  No.  505. 

Fig. 

..  2. 

Dinotherium  pentapotamia:,  Falc. : first  upper  molar ; right  side ; crown-surface, 
from  the  inner  side.  Kushalghar,  near  Attock.  No.  506. 

Fig.  .. 

,.  3. 

Dinotherium  pentapotamij),  Falc. : second  upper  molar  ; right  side  ; crown- 
surface,  from  the  inner  side.  Kach.  No.  G062. 

Fig. 

,,  4. 

Dinotherium  pbntapotamijE,  Falc. : first  upper  molar  j right  side  Kach. 

No.  G 062. 

Fig. 

..  5. 

Dinotherium  pentapotamij,  Falc.  : first  lower  molar;  left  side.  Sind, 

Nos. 

Fig. 

..  6. 

Sanatherium  schlagintweitii,  Fon  Meyer : second  and  part  of  third  lower 
molars ; left  side.  Kushalghar.  (Palseontographica,  vol.  15,  pi.  II,  fig.  9.) 

Fig. 

..  7. 

Outer  view  of  fig.  6. 

Fig. 

..  8. 

Sanitherium  schlagintweitii.  Von  Meyer  {Sus  pusillus,  Falc.) : part  of  third 
lower  molar;  right  side.  Kushalghar.  No.  500. 

Fig.  . 

..  9. 

Outer  view  of  fig.  8. 

Print-ed  ah  CtroI-.  Sm'vey-  Office 


Lithft  iiy  ,aa.sick  L s2\B  o sr 


..T'.V  ■( 


PLATE  X.-TETRACONODON. 

1.  Teteaconodon  magnum,  'Bale.:  rigLt  ramus  of  mandible ; upper  view.  Asnot — 

Siwaliks.  No.  828, 

2.  Inner  view  of  penultimate  premolar  of  same  specimen. 

3.  Outer  view  of  same  specimen. 


Geol.  Siii'v.  of  India 


Printed  at  &eol-.  S-ur^ey  Office  LilK?.  by  Rasic-kXallBoae 


[Eeissue.  ] 


PLATE  X. 

Tethaconodon  marnum,  Falconer. 

Molar  and  part  o£  premolar  dentition  of  rig-ht  ramus  of  mandible  : from  the  Punjab. 
a.  Upper  view. 

Inner  view  of  penultimate  premolar. 
c.  Outer  view. 


f 


^•VYor>;o 


■aoijjO  »M.'^  Tpn^HJ. 


^T.7!  }»'pa  -ISUiXYir  -^Y-T. 


plaii 


•VIGNI  'S  SMDOa  Sn0  30  Vl3y3 


"K-ipxii  je  '.AJ-ng  ;j0P-g 


/ 


PLATE  XL 


Fig-.  1.  Bos  NAMADicus,  F.  & C. : front  view  of  eraninm,  ;i-  nat.  size.  Nerbndda  Valley. 
No.  266,  Ind.  Mus. 

Fig-.  2.  Lateral  view  of  same  cranium,  ^ nat.  size. 

Figs.  3 & 4.  Sections  of  liorn-core,  3 at  tip,  4 at  base. 


Gcdl'.  Surv-.  of  India.  TE.RT1ARY  MAMMALIA  Pl:XT 


Printed  at  Geol-  Survey  Office  "by  H asicic  LallBo  se. 


PLATE  XIL 


Fig.  1.  Bos  ACUTIFEONS,  n.  sp.  nobis:  front  view  of  cranium,  ^ nat.  size.  Padri,  Siwalik. 
No.  yf  7,  Ind.  Mus. : 1 a,  section  of  horn-core  at  tip  ■,  1 at  base. 

Fig.  2.  Bos  PLANiFEONS,  n.  sp.  nobis : front  view  of  cranium,  j nat.  size.  Kaiigra,  Siwalik. 
No.  ,-f^,  Ind.  Mus. 


-Fi-.xn 


< 


5 

5 


5 

I 

rr. 

ti 


lEl 


I 


A 


PLATE  XIIL 


Bos  ACUTiFRONS,  n.  sp.  nobis  : larger  view  o£  specimen  drawn  in  Plate  XII,  L size. 


G-eol:  S-ar-v:  of  India 


P«nted  at  Geol-,  Sur  xre^  Office  ^ Lith^VR^sickLadl  B. 


• s 


.Y‘',  ' 


n 

.4' 


'^0 


m 


) 


I 


PLATE  XIV. 

Bos  PLATYRHiNUSj  n.  sp.  nobis  ; front  view  of  lower  half  of  cranium,  ^ nat.  size.  Unib,  Siwalik. 
No.  Ind.  Mus. 


T E R T I A R Y 


MAM  M ALIA 


Fl-.KJV 


I 


G-eol  Surv-.  of  India 


!EEMi.teP-  at  Cl-ouL.  Offiee  . 


-i  iV.S  ^Jy  B-as  iclc  I all  B o s e 


PLATE  XV. 

Bison  sia^alensis,  P.  & C.,  sp. : front  Anew  of  cranium  and  section  of  horn-core,  | uat.  size.  SiiA^alik, 
No.  YT9i  AIus, 


of  Iridia.  TERTIARY  MAMMALIA,  Ph.XV. 


f.  and  print:  at  die  G-eol.  Sas-rveys  Offlce. 


PLATE  XVL 


Fig-.  1.  Bos  NAMADicuSj  F.  fe  C. : occipital  view  of  cranium  figured  in  Plate  XI,  ^ nat.  size. 

Fig.  2.  Bos  ACUTiFROJTS,  11.  sp.  iiobis  : occipital  view  of  cranium  figured  in  Plate  XII,  fig.  1, 
^ nat.  size. 

Fig.  3.  Bos  NAMADicus,  F.  & C. : occipital  view  of  sjiecimen  figured  in  F.  A.  S.,  Plate  G, 
fig.  1.  a.  Nerbudda. 

Pig.  4.  Bos  PLANiFRONs,  n.  sp.  nobis : occipital  view  of  cranium  figured  in  Plate  XII,  fig.  2, 
^ nat.  size. 


IjILK-.  and  Print-:  GboL  Surveys  Ofiice 


I •' 


PLATE  XVII. 

Fig.  1.  Bison  SivalensiSj  F.  & C.,  sp. ; occipital  view  of  specimen  figured  in  Plate  XV, 
nat.  size. 

Fig.  2.  Bubalus  pala)indicus,  F.  & C.  : occipital  view  of  specimen  figured  in  Plate  XIX, 
^ nat.  size. 


Printed  -aX.  Geol-,  S-arvey 


Litlfiiliy  aasickL,  allBosc . 


P o xvir. 


G-eol;  Snrv-.  of'  India 


i 


B' 


PLATE  XVIII. 

Bubaltjs  platyceuos,  n.  sp.  nobis  : Fig.  1,  front  view  of  cranium,  I nat,  size ; Fig.  ’■Z,  occipital  view, 
I nat.  siz.  Siwalik,  No.  ;j2o..  Mus. 

Fig.  3.  Section  of  horn -core  at  base. 


Geo]  : Surv:  of  India.  ’ TERTIARYMAMMALIA.  PI;  XVlll. 


ntli:  tr  Lrd),  Raef..  .Printed  5.t  Geol:  .Sur-.^ey  OEc.i 


J- 


1 • 


f 


V < 


f ; '«.  • «’•  V ti 

‘ ‘ 


I 


{( 


. ■/ 


■it 


-...■a-  ■ 

^ V'.'W  I-  '■/  .^{q/jC'  : 


k 


■P' 


iV. 


•vv 


■ 

■ 1 ' 


' 


PLATE  XIX. 


Bubalits  PAL.SINDICIJS,  F.  & C. : front  view  of  cranium,  ^ nat.  size.  Nerbudda  Valley. 


Geol;  SxiTv:  of  India, 


Printed  at  &eolT  Survey  Office. 


PLATE  XX. 


Peribos  occipitalis,  Falconer,  sp.  (?)  : front  view  of  cranium,  ^ hat.  size.  No.  - (A  S B ) 
Siwalik.  ^ 


PLATE  XX. 


Hemibos  occipitalis,  Falc.,  sp. ; front  view  of  cranium  of  male  trochoceros  form  ; 
size  ; Siwalik,  Described  in  text  as  Peribos  occipitalis . 


Synonyms  : Probubalus  triquetricornis,  Riit. 

Hemibos  triquetriceros,  Falc. 

1 a.  Section  of  base  of  horn-core. 


[ Reissue-  ] 

one-half  natural 


FI:  XX. 


S-urv;  of  India, 


Russick  L all  Bose. 


Printed  at  Geol;  Survey  Office. 


PLATE  XXL 


Fig-.  J.  AmphibOs  A.CUTICORNIS,  F.  & C. : lateral  view  of  cranium,  | nat.  size.  Siwalik. 

Fig.  2.  Peribos  occipitalis,  Falconer,  sp.  (?)  : lateral  view  of  cranium  figured  in  Plate  XX, 
J nat.  size. 


&eol;  Si 


I ' 


PrititecL  at  Greol;  Siirvejy  OffloR 


Xtth.“rl3y  Ksls'i’kXi  allB  o s e . 


PLATE  XXI  A. 


Hemibos  occipitalis,  Falc.  sp. ; front  view  of  nearly  iierfeet  cranium  of  male  trochoceros  form 
one-half  natural  size  ; Siwalik. 


T B B.  T I A 'R  Y 


MA  MM  ALIA  . 


PI  ••  XXL  A 


■ G-eol:  Surv.  of  India. 


•To  tlulTadiP  a s . 


.frinled  at  Geol-  Sur  vej  Oftice 


PLATE  XXI  B. 


Hemibos  acuticorniSj  Talc,  sp. ; front  view  of  specimen  figured  in  Plate  XXI,  fig,  1, 


&eol.  Surv:  of  Itidia, 


TERTIAE.  Y MAMMALIA. 


PLXXI.B 


JoduHatliDas^LitliA  ■ 


PrinLcd  al  Gcol'.  Survey  Orflce, 


PLATE  XXL 


[ Reissue-  ] 


Fig,  1.  Hemibos  acijticoenis,  Falc.  sp. ; prorile  view  of  cranium  of  a young  female;  one-half 
natural  size  ; Siwalik.  Described  in  text  as  Ampliihos  acuticornis. 

Fig.  2.  Hemibos  occipitalis^  Falc.  sp. ; profile  view  of  specimen  figured  in  preceding  plate. 


Geol;  Sur-v;  of  Tndia. 


tertiary  YAMYALIA 


PI-.'  XXL 

(Reas  sTie^ 


J.  ScTaaumlour^.Iitlii 


Pri-ntei  at  Seol  S-arvej  Office 


■ i' 


V. 


Si,-. 


[ Reissue-  ] 


PLATE  XXII. 

Hbmibos  acuticorniSj  Pale.  sp. ; front  view  of  cranium  of  an  old  male,  of  the  triangular  horned 
variety ; one-half  natural  size ; Siwalik.  Described  in  text  as  Hemibos  triquetriceros. 

Synonym : Amphiios  actiUcornis,  Falc.  and  Riit. 


Geol'.  Surv:  of  India,. 


TERTIARY  MAMMALIA 


P.t-inted  at  Gaol:  Su>-t/:  Office 


LitL  by  BasicTc  ball  Bose 


PI  X/Ji 


t 


"■1  ' 


[ Reissue.  ] 


PLATE  XXIIL 


PIemibos  acuticobniSj  Falc.  sp. ; profile  view  of  specimea  figured  in  last  plate. 


Geol:  Siirv:  of  India,  TERTIARY  MAMMALIA 


i 


Rasicic  Tall  Bose.  5^ 


PLATE  XXIII  A. 


Hemibos  acuticorniSj  Falc.  sp. ; front  view  of  a male  skull  somewhat 
figured  in  Plate  XXIIj  and  with  less  markedly  triangular 
size;  Siwalik. 


younger  than  specimen 
horns;  one-half  natural 


a.  Section  of  base  of  horn-core, 


Geol:  S-arv.  of  India 


TERTIARY 


MAMMA  L I A 


El:  XXIII.  A. 


Jo  d.uUath.Das.LithS- 


PrintBiat  OeoL  Survey  Office- 


PLATE  XXIV. 


Amphibos  acuticornis,  F.  & C.  : front  view  of  cranium,  i nat.  size.  Padri,  Siwalik  No. 
Mus. 


PI:  XXIV. 


Geol;  Surv:  of  India. 


TERTIARY  MAMMALIA, 


LilK:  iy  ■Rasick  LaQl  .Bos< 


Printed  at  Geol:  Snrv:  Office, 


[ Eeissue-  ] 


PLATE  XXIV 


Hemibo?  occipitalis,  Falc.  sp. ; front  view  of  cranium  of  normal  (?)  male  form ; one-half  natural 
size  j Siwalik.  Described  in  text  as  Awjokibos  (Remibos)  acidicornis. 


G-eol'  Surv.  of  India 


TER  T I A R Y 


M AMMALIA 


P1-.  XXIV 

Reissue. 


PLATE  XXV. 

Fig.  1.  Antilopb  Sivalensis,  n.  sp.  nobis:  lateral  view  of  cranium,  | nat.  size.  Siwalik,  No.  47, 
Ind.  Mus. 

Fig.  2.  Antilope  Sivalensis,  n.  sp.  nobis  : front  view  of  preceding  specimen. 

Fig.  3.  Antilope  patulicounis,  n.  sp.  nobis : front  view  of  part  of  cranium,  | nat.  size.  Siwalik, 
No.  46. 

Fig.  4.  Antilope  pouuecticornis,  n.  sp.  nobis  : front  view  of  left  frontal  and  horn-core  (right 
side  restored  in  outline),  J nat.  size.  Potwar  District,  Siwalik,  No.  1653, 


Geol:  Surv  : of  India  . 


Printed  at  Geol:  Survey  Ofiice, 


y-. 


% 


■'  .0 


\ 


1 


r 


s ik 


■■i' 


y. 


ts'i. 


r 


i 


l :■ 

■jii 


,V 


r . ' 

, ,=  :, 

\ :n  - 


•:v  ';; 


'i; 


] 


'•:V 


« 


PLATE  XXVI. 


Hyuaspitiierium  megacephalum,  n.  gen.  nobis:  lateral  and  front  views  of  cranium.  Potwar 
District,  Siwalik,  nat.  size,  Ind.  Mus. 


Geol;  Surv;  of  India 


itVidbya-dLsic-k  Lia.n  Bose  Printed  at  Geol:  Surv:  Office . 


■".iir/iy  : u 

^ :.'.y/J  .rj;>  ./:-  ,fTKT;,—  ’ ,.  ' ;C;  ,.^  f 

r 'vV-i;,'  , • . ,’■"•■/ 


^ 


fj-  . 


PLATE  XXVir. 

Figs.  1 & 2.  Hydaspitherium  megacephaltjm,  n.  gen.  nobis : palatal  and  occipital  views  of 
cranium  figured  in  Plate  XXVI,  J nat.  size. 

Fig.  3.  Last  left  upper  molar  of  Sivatherium  giganteum,  nat.  size. 

Fig.  4.  Corresponding  tootb  of  llydaspitliemm  megacephahm,  nat.  size. 


Geol-  Surv,  of  India . ' *'  TERTIARY  MAMMALIA.  n,  XXTVn. 


Printed  at  Geol'.  Survey  Office  LiIh^Ly  Basiclt  LallBose  . 


PLATE  XXVIII. 


Pig.  1.  Capra  Sivalensis^  u.  sp.  nobis : front  view  of  portion  of  cranium.  ^ nat.  size : original 
specimen  in  the  British  Museum.  Siwalik. 

Pig.  2.  Lateral  view  of  last  specimen. 

Pig.  3.  Capra,  sp. : fragment  of  left  horn-core,  | nat.  size.  Potwar  District,  Siwalik,  No.  1698. 

Pig.  4.  Capra  perimensis,  n.  sp.  nobis : lateral  view  of  portion  of  cranium  and  horn-cores,  | nat. 
size.  Perim  Island,  No.  (A.  S.  B.) 

Pig.  5.  Pront  view  of  last  specimen,  | nat.  size. 


Geoi:  S-urv  : of  India,. 


TERTIARY  MAMMALIA. 


?L  XXVJIl 


LitT : iy  E,a,sicl^  L all  Bose, 


Printed,  at  Geol:  Survey  Office  . 


PLATE  XXIX. 

Dinotherium  pentapotAmi^,  Falconer  et  nobis. 

...  1.  The  second  and  third  left  lower  true  molars  : Siwalik. 

2 & 3.  The  last  premolar,  the  first  true  molar,  and  half  of  the  second  true  molar  of  the 
left  side : from  Kushalghar  on  the  Indus. 

Both  specimens  are  represented  of  the  natural  size,  and  are  viewed  from  the  outer 
side. 


<39ol;  Sin-v.  of  Inclia  - 


PJXXIX 


TERTIARY  MAMMALIA. 


LitM  by Rasicl^  L^UBose 


Pi'mtad  at  Qeol.  Srarv.  Office 


-v- 


vii 


• ''A/! 


9 


4 

1 


9 


4 ' 

V 


% 


• i 


PLATE  XXX. 


Dinotherium  pentapotami^,  Falconer  et  nobis. 

A portion  of  the  left  ramris  of  the  mandible  containin]!^  the  last  premolar  and  the  three  true 
molars.  The  specimen  is  from  the  Laki  hills  of  Sind ; and  is  represented  from  the  outer 
side^  of  the  natural  size. 


Geol-  Siirv:  of  Iixdia.  . 


Ill ifVi  ]B.^i,siclcXjal].  Bose  P'V'i'vi'ted  eit  Geol:  Sixrv:  Oi’fxee 


i'l 


■4 

" T ' , §■ 


/ 


■fc- 


i. 


' ^5 


• I' 


♦« 


- c 


:^i 


» 


* 


# 


PLATE  XXXI. 


Tig. 

...  1. 

Fig. 

...  2. 

Fig. 

...  3. 

Fig. 

...  4. 

Dinotherium  tndicum,  Falconer.  Hinder  ridge  of  second  right  upper  true  molar  : 
from  (?)  Dehra  Ghazi  Khan. 

Dinotheriitm  indicum,  Falconer.  First  left  lower  true  molar : from  Sind. 
Dinotherium  pentapotami^,  Falconer  et  nobis.  Last  left  upper  premolar : from 
Sind. 

Dinotherium  sindiense,  nobis.  Part  of  right  ramus  of  the  mandible  : from  Sind. 
All  the  specimens  are  represented  of  the  natural  size.  The  upper  molars  are  viewed 
from  the  inner,  and  the  lower  from  the  outer  side. 


LitM'jqy  Jo  d.iii\arrL  Las. 


Prmlfid  ai  G-eol;  Sur Yev  Office. 


&eol-.  Sixrv.  of  India. 


T E RT  I A RY  MAMMAL  I A 


PL.  XXXI. 


TT 


* 


ft 


t 


ih 


0 


H 


, v 


"'l-- 


% 


f.,^p 


#■ 


i ■' 


ft 


IK 


"v 


'm, 


% 


.€r 


I 


■■  i ., 


..  ^ 


PLATE  XXXII. 


Fig. 

...  1. 

Fig. 

2. 

Fig. 

...  3. 

Fig. 

...  4. 

Mastodon  (Teilophodon)  falconeri,  nobis. 

Second  left  upper  true  molar ; from  the  Punjab. 

¥ 

Second  left  upper  milk-molar : from  a young-  cranium  found  in  the  Punjab. 

Third  left  upper  milk-molar  : from  the  same  cranium. 

First  left  upper  true  molar  : from  the  Punjab. 

All  the  specimens  are  represented  of  the  natural  size^  and  are  viewed  from  the 
inner  side. 


r 

i 


PLATE  XXXIII. 

Mastodon  (Trilophodon)  palconeri,  nobis. 

Fig.  ...  1.  Part  o£  right  ramus  of  mandible,  with  second  true  molar:  from  the  Punjab. 

Fig.  ...  2.  Second  right  lower  milk-molar  : from  the  Punjab. 

Fig.  ...  3.  First  right  lower  true  molar  : from  Sind. 

Fig.  ...  4.  Second  right  lower  true  molar : from  the  jaw  represented  in  fig.  1. 

All  the  specimens  are  viewed  from  the  outer  side  : fig.  1 is  J the  natural  size  : the 
rest  are  of  the  natural  size. 


Geol;  Siirv  ,of  Jiadiu  . 


MAM  M A [,  T A 


I'i  . XXXJli  . 


Lxtli^'by  JoduNafliBas 


PrinleA  atOaol-.  Survey  Offic 


t 


PLATE  XXXIV. 

Mastodon  (Teilophodon)  pandionis,  Falconer. 

Fig.  1.  The  second  right  lower  true  molar  : from  the  Punjab. 

Fig.  2.  The  third  right  lower  true  molar,  from  the  same  jaw  as  the  last. 

Both  molai’s  are  represented  of  the  natural  size,  and  are  viewed  from  the  outer  side. 


&eol  Surv.  of  India.  TERTIARY  RTAMMALTA  . PR.  XKXIY. 


JoauNathDas.Lithii  Pmnted  at  &eol-  .Surrey  Office 


PLATE  XXXV. 

Mastodon  (Trilophodon)  pandionis,  Falconer. 


Fig.  1. 
Pig.  2. 
Fig.  3. 
Fig.  4. 


The  first  right  lower  true  molar : from  the  Punjab. 

The  last  left  lower  premolar  ? ; from  Sind. 

The  second  left  upper  milk-molar : from  the  Punjab. 

The  third  right  lower  true  molar : from  the  Punjab. 

All  the  specimens  are  represented  of  the  natural  size.  The  upper  molar  is  viewed 
from  the  inner  side,  and  the  lower  molars  are  viewed  from  the  outer  side. 


mamma 


J SAauTnWi.I.a,^. 


'i:  » ■ 


i '■ 


A? 


V I 


PLATE  XXXVA. 

Mastodon  (Tuilophodon)  pandionis.  Falconer. 

The  penultimate  and  last  left  upper  true  molars : from  the  Punjab  : taken  from 
a palate  specimen. 

The  teeth  are  drawn  of  the  natural  size,  and  from  the  inner  side. 


Geol;  Surv:  of  India  . 


PLATE  XXXYI. 

AIastobon  (Trilophopon)  pandionis.  Falconer. 

Fig^.  1.  The  symphysis  of  the  mandible,  from  the  specimen  containing-  the  tooth  repre- 

sented in  Plate  XXXV,  fig.  4. 

Fig.  2.  The  symphysis  of  a mandible  with  tusks  : from  the  Punjab’ 

Both  figures  are  half  the  natural  size. 


Geol;  Surv:  of  India. 


TERTIARY  MAK¥ALIA, 


PI  XXXVI. 


J . S cTiauinlurg^ir  L itb  ft 


Pcinted  at  &eoT.  S-urvey  Office 


PLATE  XXXVII. 


Mastodon  (Tetralophodon)  latidens,  Clift, 
and 

Mastodon  (Trilophodon)  pandionis,  Falconer. 


Fig. 

1. 

Fig. 

2. 

Fig. 

3. 

Fig. 

4. 

Fig. 

5. 

Fig. 

6. 

Fig. 

7. 

Fig. 

8. 

The  specimen  drawn  in  fig*.  3 is  provisionally  referred  to  M.  pandionis : all  the  other 
specimens  belong  to  M.  latidens. 

The  third  right  lower  milk-molar  : from  Burma  ? 

The  second  right  lower  milk-mol%  : from  the  Punjab. 

Tlie  second  left  lower  milk-molar  : from  Sind. 

The  second  right  upper  milk-molar : from  the  Punjab. 

The  first  left  upper  milk- molar  : fi’om  the  Punjab. 

The  last  left  upper  premolar : from  the  same  jaw  as  No.  8. 

The  penultimate  right  upper  premolar  : from  the  Punjab. 

The  third  left  upper  milk-molar  : from  the  Punjab. 

All  the  specimens  are  represented  of  the  natural  size.  The  upper  molars  are  viewed 
from  the  inner,  and  the  lower  from  the  outer  side. 


G-eoV.  Surv;  of  ludia 


TEPvTIARY  MAMMALIA, 


Pl.XXXVH. 


Lith.*  iy  JodulTathDas. 


Printed  at  G-eop.  Survey  OfAce, 


PLATE  XXXVIII. 

Mastodon  (Tetralophodon)  latidbns,  Clift. 

Fig.  1.  The  second  right  upper  true  molar : from  the  Punjab. 

Fig.  3.  The  second  right  upper  true  molar : from  a palate  specimen  from  Burma. 

Both  molars  are  represented  of  the  natural  size : and  are  viewed  from  the  inner 
side. 


G-eol-.  Surv:  of  India 


MAMMALIA 


PI-  XXXVIU. 


Prmtei  at  Survey  Office. 


PLATE  XXXIX. 

Mastodon  (Tetralophodon)  latidens,  Clift. 

The  third  right  upper  true  molar : fromi  Lehri^  in  the  Punjab.  The  specimen  is 
drawn  of  the  natural  size,  and  is  viewed  from  the  inner  side. 


i/> 


PLATE  XL. 


Mastodon  (Tetralophodon)  peeimensis,  Falc.  & Caut. 

TragTneiit  of  left  maxilla  containing  the  last  premolar,  and  the  first  true  molar: 
from  the  Punjab.  The  specimen  is  drawn  of  the  natural  size. 


Geol.Suw.  of  India,  T E H T I AB.Y  IVTAMlVlALlA  . PI.XL 


i 


Lith.i]Dy  J 0 duTSra,^!  D as . Frintei  at  G-eoL  Survey  Office. 


PLATE  XLl. 


Fig.  1.  Mastodon  (Tetralophodon)  pkrimensis,  Falc.  & Caut.  Second  left  lower  true 

molar  : from  the  Punjab. 

Fig.  %.  Mastodon  (Tetralophodon)  sjvalensis,  Pale.  & Caut.  Third  left  ujjper  milk- 

molar  : from  the  Siwaliks. 

Fig.  3.  Mastodon  (Tetralophodon)  perimensis  ? Falc.  & Caut.  First  right  upper  milk 

molar  : from  the  Punjab. 

Fig.  4.  Mastodon  (Tetralophodon)  perimensis^  Falc.  & Caut.  Second  right  upper  true 

molar  : from  the  Punjab. 

All  the  specimens  are  drawn  of  the  natural  size.  The  upper  molars  are  viewed  from 
the  inner  side.  The  lower  molar  is  viewed  from  the  outer  side. 


TERTIARY  MAMMALIA, 


J.  Scliaumlui-^Iiith'^ 


Printel  at  G-eol-.  Survey  Office. 


G-eol.  S-urv:  of  India 


R.  XLi 


PLATE  XLII. 


Mastodon  (Tetualophodon)  perimensis,  Falc.  & Caut. 

Third  left  upper  true  molar : from  the  Punjab : drawn  of  the  natural  size,  and 
viewed  from  the  inner  side. 


Geol.  Surv:  of  India,  TERTIARY  MAMMALIA.  FLXLII. 


J.Sdianimbur^.LiQi^  Printei  at  GeoL  Survey  Office. 


■A 


‘V 


'/r.  ■ 

, • *• 


• '4-'  . « 
.>  > 


.» ■'f 


4VJ 


«M  • '■ 


.-?i.v.-.  ' ?4 

■e  v * 


r'. 


■•  ■ "V  -: 


: '.'  A n». 


'i- . .,  ■> 


f.v  * 


f ■ :v4r'^?% 

. t*;  ♦ ^■*- 

. ♦• 

••W  v ■' 


*4.' 


4:  ^ >%  ;•■«: 


c 


^ *!  # W fc  - V*  '•©  V ; 

' ■■•  % ■tv.?’'  !*  -i- 


^'A3  • 

#?.■ 





^ ^ 4>.: 


.•% 


,..  f. "T-'J  ■*.''fs’';rf  if-*,-*  Vi®'  *‘?  '*^'  « '■’■'  ••■’**  -V' 


■e<.4A 


Ji-  '.'  A , f^---  ■ 
# •#- 


%»‘it 


■t  . 


'■'i 


J*  .•  .i;?  ^ -V  ■ 

■'  "'■  i *’'■'«“*?■ 

l,i^  ■•  fj/f  v. 


m: 


!"  V.'-V 


*1 

.»■  J»^ 


iir  v^ 


f ^ 


.t  w-> 


. 4. 

'■ 


(■•^/>  'V* 

k'  ■\^V'‘’d£ 
^3:4 


-..S'  >•  •-” 


>,;  ' ■ ' ‘'i 


i- 


•1C4 


r~ 


■=■ :. . ■■  ■s*  % ■ 

.50  Vvk^r  •• 


ir: 


I? 


-v; 


wV' 


■ ’%^ 


IlCii. 


jv  •»  (>  ^4 


■h  . 


^--p-  ■ 


-kt'^  ' 


* .: 
'■  >i 


»v 

« ► 


'/  ; ^ • ( 

’*  # " .■*  <*  . . * .• 


)mV'' 


\ . f , ^ • 


■ ‘\ 


PLATE  XLIII. 


1.  Mastodon  (Tetealophodon)  perimensis  (?)  Falc.  and  Cant.  Symphysis  of  man- 

dible. 

2.  Mastodon  (Tetralophodon)  perimensis,  Falc.  and  Caut.  Symphysis  of  man- 

dible broken  anteriorly,  and  showing  in  cross  section  two  small  tusks. 

Both  specimens  were  obtained  from  the  Punjab,  and  are  represented  of  half  the 
natural  size.  ' < 


n-  XLin. 


G-eol'.  Surr.  of  India. 


TERTIARY  MAMMALIA, 


J.  Schaumburg  . 


Prmt&dL  at  Geol-.  Survej^  Ofiice. 


Fig. 

Fig. 

Fig. 


PLATE  XLIV. 

Mastodon  (Tetralophodon  sivalensis),  Falc.  & Caut. 

1.  Third  left  upper  true  molar  : from  a palate  specimen  collected  in  the  Punjab. 

2.  Third  right  lower  milk-molar  : from  a fragment  of  a mandible  collected  in  Kangra. 

3.  Third  right  lower  true  molar : from  a nearly  complete  palate  collected  in,,  the 

Punjab. 

The  specimens  are  figured  of  the  natural  size,  the  upper  molar  being  viewed  from 
the  inner  and  the  lower  molars  from  the  outer  side. 


Geol'.  Sui-v-  of  iujia 


T P.  R T I ^ R Y MA  MM  A.L  I A . 


PI.  XI, IV, 


3 


Pi'iDitorl,  at  Geol  fi-.ii'vej/"  Otlico 


V S rjiaum  k uv^ , Li  Ua  - 


\ 


PLATE  XL¥- 

rig.  1.  Stegodon  cliftii,  Falconer  and  Cautley.  Third  left  upper  milk-molar : from  the 

Punjab. 

Fig.  2.  (?)  Stegodon  cliftii,  Falconer  and  Cautley.  Second  right  upper  milk-molar : from 

China.  Stegodon  sinensis,  Owen, 

Fig.  3.  Stegodon  bombifrons,  Falconer  and  Cautley.  Third  right  lower  milk-molar : 

from  the  Punjab. 

Fig.  4.  Stegodon  insignis,  Falconer  and  Cautley.  Third  upper  milk-molar;  from  the 

Punjab. 

All  the  figures  are  drawn  of  the  natural  sbe,  the  upper  molars  being  viewed  from 
the  inner  and  the  lower  from  the  outer  side. 


n-.xLV. 


G-eol-.  Surv;  of  India. 


TERTIARY  MAMMALIA. 


Printed  at  Geol.  Survey  OfRce . 


J.  ScauiTil)ur|.Li)li.^ 


'TS  • * 


Fig. 

Fig. 

Fig. 

Fig. 


PLATE  XLYI. 


1.  Stegodon  bombipkons.  Falconer  and  Cautley.  First  left  upper  true  molar. 

2.  Stegodon  insignis,  Falconer  and  Cautley.  Second  left  lower  milk-molar. 

3.  Stegodon  bombipkons^  Falconer  and  Cautley.  Second  left  lower  milk-molar. 

4.  Stegodon  insignis,  Falconer  and  Cautley.  Third  right  lower  true  molar. 

All  the  figures  are  drawn  of  the  natural  size,  the  upper  molar  being  viewed  from 
the  inner,  and  the  lower  molarsfrom  the  outer  side.  All  the  specimens  are  from 
the  Punjab. 


4 

?■. 


TERTIABY  ¥AM¥ALrA 


PI.  XL  VI 


G-eol;  Surv  of  India 


J-  ScliauinliuT|',Lithi 


Printed  at  Geol-  Survey  Offace.